9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 96-Diagnostic-TM1972

9120, 9220, 9320,
9420, 9520 and 9620

Tractors
Operation and Test
TECHNICAL MANUAL
9120, 9220, 9320, 9420,9520 and
9620 Tractors Operation and Test
TM1972 21DEC06 (ENGLISH)
For complete service information also see:

9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors
Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1623
12.5 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM188
POWERTECH 8.1L Diesel Engines - Level 9
Electronic Fuel Systems With Denso In-Line
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM255
POWERTECH 8.1L Diesel Engines - Base
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM86
18-Speed PST Repair Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM168
18-Speed PST Operations, Test and
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM280
Alternators and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM77
GreenStar 2 Diagnosis and Tests Manual . . TM1061
Real Time Kinematics (RTK) Base Station
Diagnosis and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM2820
John Deere Waterloo Works

Litho in U.S.A.
Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician. Information is organized in groups for the various
Essential tools required in performing certain service components requiring service instruction. At the
work are identified in this manual and are beginning of each group are summary listings of all
recommended for use. applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools,
other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
introduction of this manual and the cautions presented
throughout the text of the manual. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific
machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only
the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis,
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this
testing, and repair.
symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to
the potential for personal injury.
Fundamental service information is available from
other sources covering basic theory of operation,
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and
fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance,
operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair
and basic type of failures and their causes.
the components. Operation and tests sections help you
identify the majority of routine failures quickly.
DX,TMIFC –19–29SEP98–1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=2
Contents
210
SECTION 210—GENERAL Group 61—AutoTrac Steering System
Group 05—Safety Group 70A—Hydraulic System (Standard)
Group 10—General Specifications Group 70B—Hydraulic System (Scraper High Flow)
Group 15—General References Group 70C—Hydraulic System (Ag High Flow)
Group 90—Operator Station
211
SECTION 211—SERVICE CODES
Group ACU—ACU Code Diagnostics SECTION 220—ENGINE
Group AMS—AMS Code Diagnostics Group 10—Operational Checks
Group ASU—ASU Code Diagnostics Group 15—Tests and Adjustments
Group ATC—ATC Code Diagnostics Group 20—Theory of Operation
Group CCU—CCU Code Diagnostics 212
Group ECU—ECU Code Diagnostics SECTION 230—FUEL AND AIR
Group HCU—HCU Code Diagnostics Group 20—Theory of Operation
Group ICU—ICU Code Diagnostics
Group JDL—JDL Code Diagnostics SECTION 240—ELECTRICAL
Group PCU—PCU Code Diagnostics Group 15—Tests and Adjustments 213
Group SCo—SCo Code Diagnostics Group 20—Theory of Operation
Group SCS—SCS Code Diagnostics Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams
Group SCU—SCU Code Diagnostics
Group SSU—SSU Code Diagnostics SECTION 245—CONTROL UNITS
Group SUP—SUP Code Diagnostics Group 05—Codes and Addresses
220
Group ACU—ACU References
SECTION 212—OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group ASU—ASU References
Group 05—Axles Group ATC—ATC References
Group 15—Electrical Group CCU—CCU References
Group 16—Ag Management Solutions (AMS) Group ECU—ECU References
Group 20—Hitch Group HCU—HCU References 230
Group 25—Heating, Ventilation, and Air Group ICU—ICU References
Conditioning (Standard) Group PCU—PCU References
Group 26A—Heating, Ventilation and Air Group PRF—PrF References
Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Group SCo—SCo References
(—009999) Group SCS—SCS References
240
Group 26B—Heating, Ventilation and Air Group SCU—SCU References
Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Group SSU—SSU References
(010001—) Group SUP—SUP References
Group 40—Power Take-Off SECTION 246A—AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
Group 45—Selective Control Valve (AMS) — GREENSTAR 245
Group 50—Steering Group GSS—Greenstar™ System References
Group 60—Manual Shift Transmission
SECTION 246B—AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
SECTION 213—SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS (AMS) — JDLINK™
Group 50—Powershift Transmission Group 10A—Accessing Diagnostic Codes and 246A
Group 60—Steering System Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice. 246B
COPYRIGHT © 2006
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION® Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
TM1972 (21DEC06) i 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=1
Contents
210
Addresses 9000 Series Field Installed
Group 10B—Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 15Z—AutoTrac Steering Control Unit
Group 10C—Diagnostic Addresses Identification
Group 15A—JDLINK™ Machine Messenger Group 15AA—AutoTrac Steering Control Unit Diag -
Diagnostics 9000 Series Factory Installed
211
Group 15AB—Steering Control Unit Diag - 9000
SECTION 246C—AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS Series Field Installed
(AMS) — AUTOTRAC Group 20A—Circuit Code Listing
Group 05A—How to Use This Diagnostic Group 20B—Connector Information
Information
212 Group 10A—Accessing Diagnostic Addresses and SECTION 246D—AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
Codes (AMS) — FIELD DOC™
Group 10B—Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 15A—GPS Position and STARFIRE Receiver
Group 10C—Diagnostic Addresses Operation and Tests
Group 15A—AutoTrac Identification Group 15B—FIELD DOC Basic Operation and Tests
213 Group 15B—AutoTrac Diagnostics - 9000 Series
Factory Installed SECTION 250—POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION
Group 15C—AutoTrac Diagnostics - 9000 Series Group 05—Preliminary Checks
Field Installed Group 10—Operational Checks
Group 15D—GREENSTAR™ Parallel Tracking Group 15—Tests and Adjustments
Identification Group 20—Theory of Operation
220 Group 15E—Parallel Tracking Diagnostics - 9000 Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams
Series Factory Installed
Group 15F—Parallel Tracking Diagnostics - 9000 SECTION 255—MANUAL SHIFT TRANSMISSION
Series Field Installed Group 05—Preliminary Checks
Group 15G—GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics Group 10—Operational Checks
230 Group 15H—GREENSTAR™ Mobile Processor Group 15—Tests and Adjustments
Diagnostics Group 20—Theory of Operation
Group 15I—STARFIRE™ Receiver Diagnostics Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams
Group 15J—GREENSTAR™ KeyCard Diagnostics
Group 15K—AutoTrac CAN Bus Identification SECTION 256—DRIVE SYSTEMS
Group 15L—AutoTrac CAN Bus Diagnostics - 9000 Group 10—Operational Checks
240 Series Factory Installed Group 15—Tests and Adjustments
Group 15M—AutoTrac CAN Bus Diagnostics - 9000 Group 20—Theory of Operation
Field Installed Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams
Group 15N—AutoTrac CCD Bus Identification
Group 15O—AutoTrac CCD Bus Diagnostics - 9000 SECTION 260—STEERING AND BRAKES
245 Series Factory Installed Group 05—Preleminary Checks
Group 15P—AutoTrac CCD Bus Diagnostics - 9000 Group 10—Operational Checks
Series Field Installed Group 15—Tests and Adjustments
Group 15Q—AutoTrac Power Identification Group 20—Theory of Operation
Group 15R—AutoTrac Power Diagnostics - 9000 Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams
246A Group 15S—AutoTrac Power Diagnostics - 9000 SECTION 270—HYDRAULICS
Series Field Installed Group 05—Preliminary Checks
Group 15T—AutoTrac Status Identification Group 10—Operational Checks
Group 15U—AutoTrac Status Diagnostics - 9000 Group 15—Tests and Adjustments
Series Factory Installed Group 20—Theory of Operation
246B Group 15V—AutoTrac Status Diagnostics - 9000 Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams
Series Field Installed
Group 15W—AutoTrac Steering Response SECTION 290—OPERATOR STATION
Identification Group 05—Preliminary Checks
Group 15X—AutoTrac Steering Response Diag. - Group 10—Operational Checks
9000 Series Factory Installed
Group 15Y—AutoTrac Steering Response Diag. - Continued on next page
TM1972 (21DEC06) ii 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=2
Contents
Group 15—Tests and Adjustments

Group 20—Theory of Operation
Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams 246C
SECTION 299—TOOLS
Group 10—Fabricated Tools
Group 15—Test Kits
246D
250
255
256
260
270
290
299
INDX
TM1972 (21DEC06) iii 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=3
Contents
246C
246D
250
255
256
260
270
290
299
INDX
TM1972 (21DEC06) iv 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=4
Contents
246C
246D
250
255
256
260
270
290
299
INDX
TM1972 (21DEC06) v 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=5
Contents
210
211
212
213
220
230
240
245
246A
246B
TM1972 (21DEC06) vi 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=6
210
Section 210
GENERAL
Contents
Page
Group 05—Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-05-1
Group 10—General Specifications

Reference 210-10-001, General
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-10-1
Group 15—General References

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-2
Reference 210-15-001, General
Reference List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-3
Reference 210-15-002, Bolt and Cap Screw
Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-4
Reference 210-15-003, Glossary of Terms . . .210-15-6
Reference 210-15-004, JIC Hydraulic
Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-10
Reference 210-15-005, Wiring Diagram and
Schematic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-12
Reference 210-15-006, Electrical Schematic
Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-13
Reference 210-15-007, Reading Wiring
Schematics and Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-15
Reference 210-15-008, Visually Inspect
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-21
Reference 210-15-009, Seven Step Electrical
Procedure1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-23
Reference 210-15-010, Using a Probe
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-26
Reference 210-15-011, Circuit Types . . . . . .210-15-27
Reference 210-15-012, Circuit
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-29
Reference 210-15-013, Troubleshooting
Circuit Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-33
Reference 210-15-014, Understanding
Electrical vs. Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . .210-15-37
Reference 210-15-015, Intermittent Electronic
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-39
Reference 210-15-016, Relay Circuit
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-43
Reference 210-15-017, Using a Digital
Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-56
Reference 210-15-101, Troubleshooting
Unresolved Electrical/Electronic
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-15-57
TM1972 (21DEC06) 210-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=1
Contents
210
122106
PN=2
Group 05
Safety
210
Recognize Safety Information 05
1
This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the
potential for personal injury.
–UN–07DEC88
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.
T81389
DX,ALERT –19–29SEP98–1/1
Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near

heaters or other fire hazards.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
–UN–23AUG88
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
TS227
spontaneously.
DX,FLAME –19–29SEP98–1/1
Prevent Battery Explosions
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from

the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
–UN–23AUG88
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm

battery to 16°C (60°F).
TS204
DX,SPARKS –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 210-05-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=7
Safety
210
05 Prepare for Emergencies
2
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
–UN–23AUG88
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
TS291
DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
Prevent Acid Burns
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong

enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get
medical attention immediately.
–UN–23AUG88
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not TS203
exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
DX,POISON –19–21APR93–1/1
122106
PN=8
Safety
210
Handle Agricultural Chemicals Safely 05
3
Chemicals used in agricultural applications such as

fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, pesticides,
rodenticides, and fertilizers can be harmful to your health
or the environment if not used carefully.
–UN–23AUG88
Always follow all label directions for effective, safe, and
legal use of agricultural chemicals.
Reduce risk of exposure and injury:
TS220
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as
recommended by the manufacturer. In the absence of
manufacturer’s instructions, follow these general
guidelines:
– Chemicals labeled ’Danger’: Most toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, respirator, gloves, and skin
protection.
–UN–11OCT88
– Chemicals labeled ’Warning’: Less toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, gloves, and skin protections.
– Chemicals labeled ’Caution’: Least toxic. Generally
require use of gloves and skin protection.
• Avoid inhaling spray or dusts.
A34471
• Always have soap, water, and towel available when
working with chemicals. If chemical contacts skin,
hands, or face, wash immediately with soap and water.
If chemical gets into eyes, flush immediately with water.
• Wash hands and face after using chemicals and before
eating, drinking, smoking, or urination.
• Do not smoke or eat while applying chemicals.
• After handling chemicals, always bathe or shower and
change clothes. Wash clothing before wearing again.
• Seek medical attention immediately if illness occurs
during or shortly after use of checmials.
• Keep chemicals in original containers. Do not transfer
chemicals to unmarked containers or to containers used
for food or drink.
• Store chemicals in a secure, locked area way from
human or livestock food. Keep children away.
• Always dispose of containers properly. Triple rinse
empty containers and puncture or crush containers and
dispose of properly.
DX,WW,CHEM01 –19–05APR04–1/1
122106
PN=9
Safety
210
05 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
4
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
X9811
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1
Park Machine Safely
Before working on the machine:
• Lower all equipment to the ground.

• Stop the engine and remove the key.
• Disconnect the battery ground strap.
–UN–24MAY89
• Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.
TS230
DX,PARK –19–04JUN90–1/1
122106
PN=10
Safety
210
Support Machine Properly 05
5
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

before you work on the machine. If the work requires that
the machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure
support for them. If left in a raised position, hydraulically
supported devices can settle or leak down.
–UN–23AUG88
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles,
or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
TS229
Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
When implements or attachments are used with a

machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the
implement or attachment operator’s manual.
DX,LOWER –19–24FEB00–1/1
Wear Protective Clothing
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.
–UN–23AUG88
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
TS206
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,WEAR –19–10SEP90–1/1
Work in Clean Area
Before starting a job:
• Clean work area and machine.

• Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.
–UN–18OCT88
• Have the right parts on hand.

• Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt
shortcuts.
T6642EJ
DX,CLEAN –19–04JUN90–1/1
122106
PN=11
Safety
210
05 Service Machines Safely
6
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,

scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get
caught, severe injury could result.
–UN–23AUG88
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
TS228
DX,LOOSE –19–04JUN90–1/1
Service Accumulator Systems Safely
Escaping fluid or gas from pressurized hydraulic

accumulator systems can cause serious injury. Extreme
heat can cause the accumulator to burst, and pressurized
lines can be accidentally cut. Do not weld or use a torch
near a pressurized accumulator or pressurized line.
–UN–23AUG88
Relieve pressure from the hydraulic system before
removing accumulator. Never attempt to relieve hydraulic
system or accumulator pressure by loosening a fitting.
TS281
Accumulators cannot be repaired.
DX,WW,ACCLA –19–15APR03–1/1
Work In Ventilated Area
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is

necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove
the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe
extension.
–UN–23AUG88
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the

doors and get outside air into the area
TS220
DX,AIR –19–17FEB99–1/1
122106
PN=12
Safety
210
Illuminate Work Area Safely 05
7
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a

portable safety light for working inside or under the
machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage.
The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite
spilled fuel or oil.
–UN–23AUG88
TS223
DX,LIGHT –19–04JUN90–1/1
Replace Safety Signs
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the

machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign
placement.
–UN–23AUG88
TS201
DX,SIGNS1 –19–04JUN90–1/1
Use Proper Lifting Equipment
Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe

injury or machine damage.
Follow recommended procedure for removal and

installation of components in the manual.
–UN–23AUG88
TS226
DX,LIFT –19–04JUN90–1/1
122106
PN=13
Safety
210
05 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
8
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
–UN–23AUG88
Remove paint before heating:
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
TS220
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding

will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic

fumes and dust away.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
DX,PAINT –19–24JUL02–1/1
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can
–UN–15MAY90
accidentally burst when heat goes beyond the immediate

flame area.
TS953
DX,TORCH –19–10DEC04–1/1
122106
PN=14
Safety
210
Keep ROPS Installed Properly 05
9
Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the

roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or
removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper
torque.
–UN–23AUG88
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS
is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be
TS212
replaced, not reused.
DX,ROPS3 –19–03MAR93–1/1
Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust
Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when

handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled
asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer.
Components in products that may contain asbestos fibers
–UN–23AUG88
are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies, clutch
plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in these
components is usually found in a resin or sealed in some
way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as
TS220
airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated.
Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for

cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing
asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator. A
special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean
asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on
the material containing asbestos.
Keep bystanders away from the area.
DX,DUST –19–15MAR91–1/1
122106
PN=15
Safety
210
05 Practice Safe Maintenance
10
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine
to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be

raised for service work.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems
–UN–23AUG88
or welding on machine.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

tractor before servicing electrical system components or
TS218
welding on machine.
DX,SERV –19–17FEB99–1/1
Use Proper Tools
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and

procedures can create safety hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and

fasteners.
–UN–08NOV89
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct

size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
TS779
wrenches.
Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
DX,REPAIR –19–17FEB99–1/1
122106
PN=16
Safety
210
Dispose of Waste Properly 05
11
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
–UN–26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
TS1133
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN –19–03MAR93–1/1
Prevent Machine Runaway
Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.
Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.

Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
–UN–11JAN89
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start
engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in
neutral or park.
TS177
DX,BYPAS1 –19–29SEP98–1/1
122106
PN=17
Safety
210
05 Handle Starting Fluid Safely
12
Starting fluid is highly flammable.
Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep
starting fluid away from batteries and cables.
–UN–18MAR92
To prevent accidental discharge when storing the
pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store
in a cool, protected location.
TS1356
Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.
DX,FIRE3 –19–16APR92–1/1
Service Cooling System Safely
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling

system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough
to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop
–UN–23AUG88
to relieve pressure before removing completely.
TS281
DX,RCAP –19–04JUN90–1/1
Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines
Entanglement in rotating driveline can cause serious injury

or death.
Keep tractor master shield and driveline shields in place

–UN–22AUG95
at all times. Make sure rotating shields turn freely.
Wear close fitting clothing. Stop the engine and be sure

PTO driveline is stopped before making adjustments,
TS1644
connections, or cleaning out PTO driven equipment.
DX,PTO –19–12SEP95–1/1
122106
PN=18
Safety
210
Protect Against High Pressure Spray 05
13
Spray from high pressure nozzles can penetrate the skin

and cause serious injury. Keep spray from contacting
hands or body.
–UN–18MAR92
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any high
pressure spray injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene may result.
Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference
TS1343
a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is
available from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,SPRAY –19–16APR92–1/1
Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely
Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When

constructing tools, use proper, quality materials, and good
workmanship.
–UN–01JUL97
Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment
and experience to perform the job.
LX1016749
DX,SAFE,TOOLS –19–10OCT97–1/1
Clean Vehicle of Hazardous Pesticides
1. Sweep or vacuum the floor of cab.

CAUTION: During application of hazardous
pesticides, pesticide residue can build up on
2. Clean headliners and inside cowlings of cab.
the inside or outside of the vehicle. Clean
vehicle according to use instructions of
3. Wash entire exterior of vehicle.
hazardous pesticides.
4. Dispose of any wash water with hazardous
When exposed to hazardous pesticides, clean exterior
concentrations of active or non-active ingredients
and interior of vehicle daily to keep free of the
according to published regulations or directives.
accumulation of visible dirt and contamination.
DX,CABS2 –19–24JUL01–1/1
122106
PN=19
Safety
210
05 Live With Safety
14
Before returning machine to customer, make sure

machine is functioning properly, especially the safety
systems. Install all guards and shields.
–19–07OCT88
TS231
DX,LIVE –19–25SEP92–1/1
122106
PN=20
Group 10
General Specifications
210
Reference 210-10-001, General Specifications 10
1
Power Engine PTO hp (kW)
9120 280 hp (208 kW) 233 hp (174 kW)

9220 325 hp (242 kW) 276 hp (206 kW)
9320 375 hp (280 kW) 317 hp (236 kW)
9420 425 hp (317 kW) 317 hp (236 kW)
9520 450 hp (336 kW) 317 hp (236 kW)
9620 500 hp (373kW) 317 hp (236 kW)
Rated Speed .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2100 rpm

Governed Speed Range ................................................................................................................................................................... 900—2200 rpm
Operating Speed Range ................................................................................................................................................................. 1500—2100 rpm
Slow Idle ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 900±10 rpm
Fast Idle ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 2200±25 rpm
Engine:
Type ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Diesel

Cylinders ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... In-line 6
Aspiration .................................................................................................................................................. Turbocharged and Air-to-Air Aftercooled
Lubrication ............................................................................................................................................................ Full Pressure Full-Flow Filtration
Displacement (9120) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 8.1 L (496 in.3 )
...Bore (9120) ................................................................................................................................................................................ 116 mm (4.56 in.)
...Stroke (9120) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 129 mm (5.06 in.)
...Compression Ratio (9120) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 16.5:1
Displacement (9220-9620) ............................................................................................................................................................ 12.5 L (766 in.3 )
...Bore (9220-9620) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 127 mm (5.00 in.)
...Stroke (9220-9620) .................................................................................................................................................................... 165 mm (6.50 in.)
...Compression Ratio (9220-9620) .................................................................................................................................................................. 16.0:1
Capacities:
Fuel Tank Fill .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1026 L (270 gal)

Cooling System:
...(9120-9220) .................................................................................................................................................................................. 52 L (13.75 gal)
...(9320-9620) ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 60 L (16 gal)
Crankcase:
...(9120) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 26.5 L (7 gal)
...(9220-9620) ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 42 L (11 gal)
12- and 24-Speed Transmission (9120-9420):
...Without PTO ................................................................................................................................................................................. 129 L (34 gal) *
...With PTO ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 131 L (35 gal) *
Powershift Transmission:
...Without PTO .............................................................................................................................................................................. 134 L (35.4 gal) *
...With PTO ................................................................................................................................................................................... 138 L (36.4 gal) *
Hydraulic System:
...Without Hitch ................................................................................................................................................................................... 103 L (27 gal)
...With Hitch ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 106 L (28 gal)
* Capacity Includes Axles
Continued on next page OURX949,0000242 –19–26MAR04–1/4
122106
PN=21
210
10 Fuel System:
2 Injection Pump Type:
.. 9120 .................................................................................................... In-Line with Electronic Governor, High Pressure Common Rail (HPCR)
.. 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 ............................................................................................................................. Unit Electronic, Electronic Governor
Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................................................................... Dry-Type with Secondary Element
Hydraulic System:
Type .................................................................................................................................................. Closed center Pressure/Flow Compensated

Main Hydraulic Pump .......................................................................................................................................................................... Axial Piston
Displacement ................................................................................................................................................................................. 75 cm3 (4.5 in.3)
Maximum Pressure ............................................................................................................................................. 20 000 kPa (200 bar) (2900 psi)
Maximum Pump Flow MST ...................................................................................................................................................... 166 L/min (44 gpm)
Maximum Pump Flow PST ....................................................................................................................................................... 186 L/min (48 gpm)
Available Flow at One SCV ..................................................................................................................................................... 114 L/min (30 gpm)
Available Flow at Two SCV’s MST .......................................................................................................................................... 166 L/min (44 gpm)
Available Flow Two SCV’s PST ............................................................................................................................................... 186 L/min (48 gpm)
Selective Control Valves (SCVs) .................................................................................................................................................. Electro-hydraulic
Hitch Lift Capacity:
.. Category 3 ............................................................................................................................................................................. 6305 kg (13871 lb)
.. Category 4/4N ....................................................................................................................................................................... 6566 kg (14445 lb)
Electrical System:
Type ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 Volt

Alternator ............................................................................................................................................ 140 amp (—019999) 150 amp (020000—)
Batteries:
.. 9120 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
.. 9220-9320-9420-9520 ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Cold Cranking Amps:
.. 9120 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1850
.. 9220-9320-9420-9520 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 2775
Steering:
Type .................................................................................................................................. Articulated Hydrostatic with Two Double Action Rams

Turns (Lock to Lock) ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.3
Articulation Steering Angle ................................................................................................................................................................................ 42°
Brakes:
Type .............................................................................................................................................................................. Power Hydraulic Wet Disk
12-Speed Syncro Transmission:
Type ......................................................................................................................................................... Hydraulically Activated Wet Disk Clutch

Gear Selections ............................................................................................................................................................... 12 Forward – 3 Reverse
24-Speed Transmission:
Type ............................................................................................................................ Hydraulically Activated Wet Disk Clutch and Hi-Lo Clutch
Gear Selections ............................................................................................................................................................... 24 Forward – 6 Reverse
122106
PN=22
210
18 Speed Powershift Transmission: 10
3
Type ......................................................................................................................................................... Electronically Activated Wet Disk Clutch
Gear Selections ................................................................................................................................................................. 18 Forward – 6 Reverse
Power Take Off:
Type ............................................................................................................................................................................................ Fully Independent

Speed ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1000 rpm
Size ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 45 mm (1-3/4 in.)
Clutch ..................................................................................................................................................... Multiple Wet-Disk Hydraulically Activated
Weight (Average Shipping):
9120 ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 12900 kg (28380 lb)

9220 ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 14098 kg (31015 lb)
9320 ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 14290 kg (31440 lb)
9420 ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 15350 kg (33770 lb)
9520 ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 15350 kg (33770 lb)
9620 ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 15350 kg (33770 lb)
122106
PN=23
210
10 Overall Dimemsions
4 Wheelbase ................................................................................................................................................................................ 3500 mm (137.8 in.)
Overall Length:
...No Hitch or Quick Couplers ................................................................................................................................................... 3500 mm (137.8 in.)
...With and Quick Couplers .......................................................................................................................................................... 7340 mm (289 in.)
Overall Width (Left Fuel Tank to Right Step) ........................................................................................................................... 3035 mm (119.5 in.)
Axle Length .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3042 mm (120 in.)
Axle Diameter:
9120-9220
...Standard ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 100mm
...Optional ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110mm
9320-9420 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110mm
9520
—XXXXXX ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110mm
XXXXXX— ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120mm
9620 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120mm
Height from Ground:

Top of Cab
...9120 ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3442 mm (135.5 in.)
...9220-9620 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3493 mm (137.5 in.)
Top of Air Stack
...9120 .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3505 mm (138 in.)
...9220-9620 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 3556 mm (140 in.)
Top of Hood ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2477 mm (95.5 in.)
Turning Radius:
No Steering Stops ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4.45 m (14.6 ft)
With 3° Stops .................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.72 m (15.6 ft)
With 5° Stops .................................................................................................................................................................................... 5.18 m (17.0 ft)
With 10° Stops .................................................................................................................................................................................. 5.92 m (19.5 ft)
Crop Clearance
Axle Housing ................................................................................................................................................................................. 680 mm (26.8 in.)
Hinge Pin ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 419 mm (16.5 in.)
Drawbar Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 305 mm (12 in.)
Drawbar ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 281 mm (15 in.)
Dimensions are tractor equipped with standard tires
OURX949,0000242 –19–26MAR04–4/4
122106
PN=24
Group 15
General References
210
Service Equipment and Tools 15
1
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RW39137,0000452 –19–18APR02–1/3
RXA0059309 –UN–30JAN02
Electronic Circuit Load Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW51
Electrical Tests
RW39137,0000452 –19–18APR02–2/3
Digital Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05791
Check electrical components/circuits
–UN–12DEC88
RW11274
Digital Multimeter
RW39137,0000452 –19–18APR02–3/3
122106
PN=25
General References
210
15 Specifications
2
Item Measurement Specification
Wire Gauge Current Draw
16 Gauge Wire Amperage 75 ma Max per 4 m (16 ft.)
14 Gauge Wire Amperage 50 ma Max per 4 m (16 ft.)
RW39137,0000453 –19–18APR02–1/1
122106
PN=26
General References
210
Reference 210-15-001, General Reference List 15
3
This is a list of additional references that may be of • Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-012).
benefit to the technician during machine diagnosis. • Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference
210-15-013).
Safety • Understanding Electrical vs. Electronic Circuits (See
Reference 210-15-014).
• Safety Information (See Section 210, Group 05). • Intermittent Electronic Problems (See Reference
210-15-015).
General • Relay Circuit Types (See Reference 210-15-016).
• Using a Digital Multimeter (See Reference
• General Specifications (See Reference 210-10-001). 210-15-017).
• Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values (See Reference • Tractor Schematic List (See Reference 240-25-001).
210-15-002).
• Glossary of Terms (See Reference 210-15-003). Control Unit Information
Hydraulic • Recall, Record and Clear Codes (See Reference

245-05-001).
• Hydraulic Circuit Symbols (See Reference • Access Control Unit Addresses (See Reference
210-15-004). 245-05-002).
• Service Code Descriptions (See Reference
Electrical 245-05-003).
• Control Unit Addresses (See Reference
• Wiring Diagram and Schematic Information (See 245-05-004).
• Electrical Schematic Symbols (See Reference ISO Diagrams
210-15-006).
• Reading Wiring Schematics and Diagrams (See • Tractor ISO Diagram List (See Reference
Reference 210-15-007). 270-25-001).
• Visually Inspect Electrical System (See Reference
210-15-008). Tools
• Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure (See
Reference 210-15-009). • Fabricated Tools (See Section 299, Group 10).
• Using a Probe Light (See Reference 210-15-010). • Test Kits (See Section 299, Group 15).
• Circuit Types (See Reference 210-15-011).
OURX949,0000243 –19–13NOV01–1/1
122106
PN=27
General References
210
15 Reference 210-15-002, Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
4
–19–02APR97
TS1656
Continued on next page OURX949,0000244 –19–13NOV01–1/2
122106
PN=28
General References
210
15
5
–19–02APR97
TS1657
OURX949,0000244 –19–13NOV01–2/2
122106
PN=29
General References
210
15 Reference 210-15-003, Glossary of Terms
6
ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
Accessory ACC Secondary electrical system
ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Unit ASU Control Unit used to command function of ACTIVE SEAT™
Air Conditioning A/C System used conditioning the air in the cab
Air Quality System AQS System used to control conditioned air in the cab
Alternating Current AC Electrical current that reverses its direction at regularly recurring intervals
Armrest Control Unit ACU Armrest control used to control tractor functions
Automatic Temperature Control ATC Abbreviation
Battery Bat A device used to furnish electrical current
Brakes BR Abbreviation
Brake Load Sense BRL Reference—Brake load sense
Central Control Unit CCU Computerized system for tractor monitoring
Chrysler Collision Detection CCD A communication system linking on-board electronics
Circuit CCT A complete path of an electrical current
Circulator Motor Symbols for circulator motor speeds

O Medium Speed
+ Fastest Speed
Clean Oil Reservoir COR Reservoir used to contain oil for the tractor hydraulic system
Clockwise CW Direction in which the hands of a clock rotate
Cold Cranking Amperes CCA Refers to a battery’s capability to perform during cold weather operation
Component Technical Manual CTM Technical manual developed for the servicing of major components
Counterclockwise CCW Direction opposite the rotation of the hands of a clock
Control Flow (Steering Pressure) CF Reference—Steering pressure control flow
Control Flow DR CFD Reference—Control flow diagnostic receptacle
Corner Post Display CPD Display for system control units
Diagnostic Receptacle DR A connection where hydraulic pressure can be measured
Digital Multi-Meter DMM An electrical multi-functional measuring device
Direct Current DC Electrical current flowing in one direction only
Displacement Control Valve DCV Controls hydraulic pump stroke
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX949,0000245 –19–15FEB02–1/4
122106
PN=30
General References
210
ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION 15
7
Senses and communicates to the Displacement Control Valve demand for
Electronic Displacement Control EDC hydraulic pump stroke
Electro-Hydraulic EH Refers to a hydraulic valve function that is controlled electrically
Electro-Hydraulic Depth Control EHDC Abbreviation
Electro-Hydraulic Selective
Control Valve EH SCV Selective control valve operated with electrical solenoids
Electronic Components Relay ELX Refers to the relay powering most of the electronic components
Engine Control Unit ECU Computerized system used to govern engine speed
Evacuation Diagnostic
Receptacle EVAC Diagnostic receptacle port used for prelubrication of the pump drive gears
Excess Flow (SCV/Hitch Flow) EF Reference—SCV/Hitch flow
Excess Flow Load Sense

(SCV/Hitch Flow) EFL Reference—SCV/Hitch load sense
Forward FWD Refers to direction of movement
Gallons Per Minute gpm Amount of fluid over a period of one minute
GREENSTAR™ System GSS Part of John Deere Precision Farming Systems
Ground-Driven Pump GDP Pump used to operate steering and brakes during emergency conditions
Heating-Ventilating and Air

Conditioning HVAC Abbreviation
High-Intensity Discharge Light HID Abbreviation
Hitch Control Unit HCU Computerized system used to control hitch functions
Housing Hsg Abbreviation
Ignition IGN Control for starting and stopping the tractor
Implement Management System IMS Control for operating equipment
Inside Diameter ID Abbreviation
Instrument Control Unit ICU Computerized system controlling tractor warning functions
International Standards
Organization ISO Standards organization
Joint Industry Council

Organization JIC Standards organization
Lateral Hitch Position LHP Refers to hitch positioning for a row guidance hitch application
Left-Hand LH or L-H Abbreviation
Continued on next page OURX949,0000245 –19–15FEB02–2/4
122106
PN=31
General References
210
15 ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
8
Liquid Crystal Display LCD A technology used for displaying information
ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
Manifold Air Pressure MAP Abbreviation
Manual Shift Transmission MST Abbreviation
Negative Neg (—) Refers to a part of an electrical circuit
Number No. Abbreviation
ORFS
O-Ring Face Seal ORS A type of seal used in making hydraulic connections
Outside Diameter OD Abbreviation
Backup Park Brake Controller PBC Operates to park brake if the PCU fails.
Perf Mon
Performance Monitor (PrF) Abbreviation
Positive Pos (+) Refers to a part of an electrical circuit
Potentiometer POT A device used to vary electrical voltage
Powershift Control Unit PCU Computerized system used to control transmission shift functions
Power Shift Transmission PST Abbreviation
Power Take-Off PTO Abbreviation
Pressure Control Valve PCV Valve used to control pressure within a system
Pressure Regulating Valve PRV A device used to regulate pressure in a system
Product Identification Number PIN Serial number relating to tractor identification
Pulse-Width-Modulation PWM Method of controlling electrical signals
Pump DR PD Reference—Pump diagnostic receptacle
Pump Load Sense PLD Reference—Pump load sense
Reverse Rev Refers to direction of movement
Revolutions Per Minute rpm Abbreviation
RH or
Right-Hand R-H Abbreviation
Rockshaft RS Abbreviation
122106
PN=32
General References
210
ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION 15
9
Selective Control Option SCo Controller for Selective control valve 4 and 5
Computerized system used to control selective control valve functions for

Selective Control Unit SCU selective control valves 1, 2, and 3
Selective Control Valve SCV Device used to control remote hydraulic functions
Set-Up Panel SUP Operator control panel used to set selective control valve function
Slow Moving Vehicle SMV Warning sign on the rear of the tractor
Society of Automotive Engineers SAE Engineering Standards Organization
Specification Spec Abbreviation
Steering System Control Unit SSU Computerized system controlling tractor steering
Steering Load Sense STL Reference—Steering load sense
Switch SW Abbreviation
Tachometer Tach Abbreviation
Tail Light TL Abbreviation
Temperature Temp Abbreviation
Transmission Trans Abbreviation
Transient Voltage Protection TVP An electrical device used to protect a circuit from voltage surge
Voltage (Volts) V Abbreviation
Voltage Detector V Det Abbreviation
Warning Lamp WL Abbreviation
Without W/O Abbreviation
Wide-Open Throttle WOT Full throttle
OURX949,0000245 –19–15FEB02–4/4
122106
PN=33
General References
210
15 Reference 210-15-004, JIC Hydraulic Symbols
10
A B C D E F
1 1 1 M 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9 9
10 10 10 M 10
11 11 11 11
12 12 12
13
14
15
16
–UN–13FEB04
17
RXA0073493
18
Continued on next page OURX949,0000246 –19–29JUL04–1/2
122106
PN=34
General References
210
A—Pumps C—Miscellaneous Units D8—Two Position, Three F2—Line, Pilot (For Control) 15
A1—Fixed Displacement - C1—Electric Motor Connection F3—Line, Liquid Drain 11
Unidirectional C2—Accumulator, Spring D9—Two Position, Four F4—Direction of Hydraulic
A2—Fixed Displacement - Loaded Connection Flow
Bidirectional C3—Accumulator, Gas D10—Three Position, Four F5—Direction of Pneumatic
A3—Variable Displacement - Charged Connection Flow
Unidirectional C4—Heater D11—Two Position, In F6—Lines Crossing
A4—Variable Displacement - C5—Cooler Transition F7—Lines Crossing
Bidirectional C6—Temperature Controller D12—Valves Capable of F8—Lines Joining
B—Motors and Cylinders C7—Filter, Strainer Infinite Positioning F9—Lines with Fixed
B1—Hydraulic Motor - Fixed C8—Pressure Switch (Horizontal Bars Indicate Restriction
Displacement - C9—Pressure Indicator Infinite Positional Ability) F10—Line, Flexible
Unidirectional C10—Temperature Indicator E—Methods of Operation F11—Station, Testing,
B2—Hydraulic Motor - Fixed C11—Direction of Shaft E1—Spring Measurement of Power
Displacement - Rotation (Assume Arrow E2—Manual Take-Off
Bidirectional on Near Side of Shaft) E3—Push Button F12—Variable Component
B3—Hydraulic Motor - Variable D—Valves E4—Push-Pull Lever (Run Arrow Through
Displacement - D1—Check E5—Pedal or Treadle Symbol at 45 Degrees)
Unidirectional D2—On-Off (Manual Shut-Off) E6—Mechanical F13—Pressure Compensation
B4—Hydraulic Motor - Variable D3—Pressure Relief E7—Detent Units (Arrow Parallel to
Displacement - D4—Pressure Reducing E8—Pressure Compensated Short Side of Symbol)
Bidirectional D5—Flow Control, Adjustable E9—Solenoid, Single Winding F14—Temperature Cause or
B5—Cylinder, Single Acting Non-Compensated E10—Reversing Motor Effect
B6—Cylinder, Double Acting, D6—Flow Control, Adjustable E11—Pilot Pressure - Remote F15—Reservoir - Vented
Single End Rod (Temperature and Supply F16—Reservoir - Pressurized
B7—Cylinder, Double Acting, Pressure E12—Pilot Pressure - Internal F17—Line to Reservoir -
Double End Rod Non-Compensated) Supply Above Fluid Level
B8—Adjusting Cushion D7—Two Position, Two F—Lines F18—Line to Reservoir - Below
Advance Only Connection F1—Line, Working (Main) Fluid Level
B9—Differential Piston
OURX949,0000246 –19–29JUL04–2/2
122106
PN=35
General References
210
15 Reference 210-15-005, Wiring Diagram and Schematic Information
12
All vehicle wires are shown by a wire number which Schematic. The Sub-system Circuit Schematic shows
indicates the circuit number and wire color. each circuit individually with all components
represented by a schematic symbol. The schematic
Example: shows wire colors and all electrical devices have the
same identification letter/number as the previous
A wire with a number 226 would be found in an drawings.
accessories circuit (22X), and it would be a light blue
(XX6) wire. System Circuit Diagram
Circuit No Function Color No Wire Color The System Circuit Diagram shows each individual
000—099 Power XX0 Black wiring harness and main connectors on each harness.
100—199 Lighting XX1 Brown
200—299 Accessories XX2 Red The Wiring Diagram will show wire number, color and
300—499 Engine XX3 Orange a schematic symbol for each component (electrical
500—699 Transmission XX4 Yellow device). Each device will have the same number as on
700—799 Hydraulics XX5 Dk. Green the Functional Schematic. The main connectors will
800—899 Hitch a XX6 Lt. Blue have an identification letter/number assigned to it
900—999 Other XX7 Purple
XX8 Gray
(X001, X002, etc.).
XX9 White
a
Wire numbers may be machine specific. System Harness Drawing
System Functional Schematic The System Harness Drawing is a pictorial view of all
components (electrical devices) and all connectors
The System Functional Schematic will show individual used on the machine by harness location. Each
circuits, wire numbers, color and a schematic symbol electrical device and connector will have the same
for each component (electrical device). Each identification number as the Functional Schematic and
schematic symbol will have an identification letter Circuit Diagram.
(indicating the type of device) and number assigned to
it. For example, the key switch is designated as S001.
The "S" designates a switch and the "001" designates
the first switch to be assigned a number.
Sub-System Schematic
Sub-system circuit schematics are sectional divisions

(e.g. SE1, SE2 etc.) of the System Functional
OURX949,0000247 –19–21MAY04–1/1
122106
PN=36
General References
210
Reference 210-15-006, Electrical Schematic Symbols 15
13
3
2
B C
1 4
1 19 37 A
E F G
D
53
7
6
5
2 20 P 38 54
t +
3 21 39 55
4 22 40 56
5 23 41 57
6 24 t 58
+
7 25 - 59
8 26 G 42 60
9 27 M 43 61
86 30
28 M
10 44 62
85 87 87A
11 29 M 63
45
A OFF
B AID
12 30 M
46 A OFF
ACCESSORY
OFF
M RUN
13 31 47 DETENTS
(ACC, OFF, START
RUN) RUN
A B
32 P
14 48 6
BAT 4
15 33 49
BAT 5
16 34 50
3
35 51
–UN–13FEB04
17 7
8
18 36 52
RXA0073492
Continued on next page OURX949,0000248 –19–10JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=37
General References
210
15 1—Chassis Ground 17—Operated by Lever 35—Non-Ionizing Radiation 48—Pressure Operated
14 2—Single Point Ground 18—Operated by Pedal 36—Radar Speed Sensor Normally Open Switch
3—Case Ground 19—Operated by Key 37—Electronic Control System 49—Normally Closed Limit
4—Circuit Connecting Dot 20—Operated by Pressure 38—Clock Switch
5—Twisted Wires 21—Operated by Temperature 39—Horn 50—Fuse
6—Male Terminal (Pin) 22—Thermal Effect 40—Loudspeaker 51—Fixed Resistor
7—Female Terminal (Socket) 23—Detent 41—Lighter with Indicator 52—Variable Resistor
8—Connector Pin and Socket 24—Mechanical Position Lamp 53—Heating Element
(Mated) 25—Battery (Cell) 42—Single Pole, Single Throw, 54—Capacitor
9—Multiple Pin Connector 26—Generator Normally Open Switch 55—Polarized Capacitor
10—Multiple Socket Connector 27—Motor 43—Single Pole, Single Throw, 56—Speed Sensor
11—Connector Assembly 28—Starter Motor Normally Closed Switch 57—Solenoid
(Male Terminals) 29—Pump Motor 44—Single Pole, Single Throw, 58—Valve Operating Solenoid
12—Connector Assembly 30—Blower Motor Normally Closed Switch 59—Clutch Operating Solenoid
(Female Terminals) 31—Wiper Motor 45—Pushed Button Switch 60—Diode
13—Operated Mechanically 32—Single Filament Lamp 46—Lever Operated Switch 61—Zener Diode
14—Operated by Pushing 33—Dual Filament Lamp 47—Pedal Operated Normally 62—Relay
15—Operated by Pulling 34—Antenna Closed Switch 63—Key Switch
16—Operated by Turning
OURX949,0000248 –19–10JUN04–2/2
122106
PN=38
General References
210
Reference 210-15-007, Reading Wiring Schematics and Diagrams 15
15
002 B+ (12V)
134 HEAD LIGHT

A
F19 C
10A
B
032
W3
092 D
092
134
A240
C240 RADIO
ANTENNA A 3 4
GROUND 134 HD LT
10
SHEILD
CAPACITOR 2 277 A
279 B241
8 B LF
092
060
032
275
1 A
CLOCK 276 B240
7 B
RF
6 284 A
AM/FM 285 B243
RADIO 13 B
LR
CLOCK
5 281 A
POWER 283 B242
9 11 12 B
RR
060
092
W4
060
RADIO
GROUND
060
–UN–01AUG01
E
092
SE2
050 SPG
RXA0056161
G SE-4 RADIO F
122106
PN=39
General References
210
15 A—Main Power Leads C—Component Identification D—Component Name F—Circuit Name
16 B—Component Schematic Code E—Ground Wires G—Section Number
Symbol
Reading a System Functional Schematic (E) across the bottom. The diagram contains no
harness or connector information. Each electrical
The System Functional Schematic is made up of component is shown by a schematic symbol (B), the
sections which contain one or more Subsystem component name (D), and a component identification
Functional Schematic laid out side by side in a logical code (C). The same names and identification letter
sequence of related functions. Each Subsystem is a codes are used on all machine drawings—the System
major group of components like the wiper circuit or Functional Schematic, System Circuit Diagram, and
seat control circuit (G). Sections are named to reflect the System Harness Drawing. Components and
that group of components (F). The System Functional connectors can easily be cross-referenced from one
Schematic is formatted with power supply wires (A) drawing to another. See Reference 210-15-006 for
shown across the top of the drawing and ground wires Component Identification Legend.
122106
PN=40
General References
210
15
10A 17
A
F19
W6
A B CAB HARNESS
86 BATT + 002 032
30
87A
87 202 092
87
85
A B
SE1, K27
F45
20A
W3
ANTENNA
WITH CABLE
ANTENNA
092
092
032
C240
ANTENNA
GROUND SHEILD
CAPACITOR
060
ANT
W4 C
ANT RADIO
GROUND GROUND 11 060
3 092
4 092
7
1
9 032
CLOCK
2
8
2 277 277 A B241 A

9
3
8 279 279 B LF
B
13 12 11 10
A
1 275 275 A B240
7 276 276 B RF
4
B
A
6 284 284 A B243
5
13 285 285 B LR
B
6
A
A240 5 281 281 A
B242
AM/FM 12 283 283 B RR B
RADIO 10 134
B
–UN–01AUG01
134
RXA0056162
D SE-4 RADIO
Circuit Diagram
A—Power Source B—Connector Symbol C—Ground Symbols D—Section (SE) Number
122106
PN=41
General References
210
15 Reading a Circuit Diagram subsection can be traced from power source (A) to
18
ground (C). If the circuit passes through any harness
The Circuit Diagram is a schematic representation of connectors (B), they are shown, with their "X"
each "SE" section (D) with any relevant connector (B) identification number, if given, as well as connector
information added for each circuit. Each circuit in the terminal number and circuit number.
122106
PN=42
General References
210
E101 B241 15
X006 RIGHT LEFT FRONT 19
ROOF B242 SPEAKER
RIGHT REAR CONSOLE
HARNESS
SPEAKER LAMPS
(10-WAY)
W2 B243
CHASSIS LEFT REAR E100 S104
GROUND SPEAKER DOME DOME
A240 B240 LAMP LAMP
RIGHT FRONT SWITCH
RADIO
SPEAKER
X106 S105
DOOR
ROOF HARNESS
(2-WAY) X240 SWITCH
X103 LEFT CONVENIENCE
BEACON OUTLET JUNCTION BLOCK
A903
LIGHT (TO FIELD OFFICE)
CORNER POST
DISPLAY S102
A101 TURN
X005 STEERING SIGNAL SWITCH
TO CHASSIS X903 COLUMN S103
HARNESS PERF MONITOR MODULE HI-LO
(78-WAY) OR UNIV MONITOR BEAM SWITCH
S213/S221 S920
HARNESS S300
A/C SWITCHES HORN SWITCH
OR TO A903 START AID
(SEE DETAIL)
SWITCH
F1-F48 S594
R210 FUSE
TOP CLUTCH
BLOWER MOTOR SWITCH
PANEL
RESISTOR S504/S505 B618
S591 LEFT/RIGHT CLUTCH POSITION
M211 (STANDARD) REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH S001 SENSOR
SWITCH KEY SWITCH S593
M220 (ATC)
BOTTOM CLUTCH
PRESSURIZER
BLOWER X993 SWITCH
MOTOR WHEEL SPEED
SIGNAL
CONNECTOR
W2
CHASSIS S503
GROUND DIFFERENTIAL
(010) X101 LOCK SWITCH
S212
A/C DE-ICING STEERING COLUMN
SWITCH MODULE CONNECTOR
M210 (STANDARD)
S592
M221 (ATC) DECELERATE
CIRCULATION X241 SWITCH
–UN–18OCT01
BLOWER RIGHT X007 X001
MOTOR LOAD CENTER
W4
CONVENIENCE DIAGNOSTIC RADIO GROUND
OUTLET JUNCTION JUNCTION BLOCK CONNECTOR (060)
BLOCK CONNECTOR X920
POST
RXA0057722
B994 RADAR SENSOR

PARK LEVER
V1-V2 OUTPUT SIGNAL
DIODE BLOCK CONNECTOR
POSITION SENSOR
Reading a Harness Diagram The location of each component that is connected to

the harness is shown and identified by its
Harness Diagram alpha/numeric identification number. Harness routing is
also shown.
The Harness Diagram consists of three dimensional
wiring harness drawings that show harness routing,
component location and identification information.
122106
PN=43
General References
210
15 Each wiring diagram is followed by CIRCUIT routing harness drawings throughout the technical manual. As
20
information for each component (each component a result, components and connectors can easily be
covered separately) on the HARNESS. cross-referenced from one drawing to another.
Each CONNECTOR that joins one harness to another See the "Component Identification Legend" in this
is identified by an "X" component identification number group.
and a name, and, its location is also shown.
The same names and identification numbers are used

on all machine schematic, circuit diagrams and
OURX949,0000249 –19–13NOV01–6/6
122106
PN=44
General References
210
Reference 210-15-008, Visually Inspect 15
21
Electrical System
Visually inspect the electrical system prior to starting the

tractor, after receiving customer complaint:
1. Look for bare wires that could ground a component or

short across to another component.
2. Look for missing or worn conduit. This could indicate a
wire problem.
3. Look for loose or broken connectors and wires.
Continued on next page OURX949,000024A –19–22FEB02–1/2
122106
PN=45
General References
210
15
22
IMPORTANT: During any diagnostic operation
involving harness connectors, always
consider the possibility that a terminal
–UN–29JUN01
may have “backed out’ enough to lose
connection. This can happen if the
terminal did not seat properly when
installed, and it is a condition that is
YZ3352
generally not obvious simply by looking
at the connectors when mated. Careful
inspection may be required.
4. Inspect batteries for:

• Corroded terminals
• Loose terminals or battery posts
• Dirty condition
• Damp condition
• Cracked case
• Proper electrolyte level
5. Check alternator belt tension.

6. After machine has been shut down for five minutes
inspect for overheated parts. Parts will often smell like
burned insulation. Place hand on the alternator. Heat in
these parts when the unit has not been operated for
some time is a sure clue to charging circuit problems.
7. If visual inspection does not indicate the possible
malfunction, but inspection does indicate that the
machine can be run, turn the key switch to the IGN
position. Operate the accessory circuits, indicator
lights, gauge lights, etc. How does each of these
components work? Look for sparks or smoke which
might indicate shorts.
8. Start machine. Check all gauges for good operation
and check to see if system is charging or discharging.
9. In general, look for anything unusual.
Many electrical failures cannot be detected even if the

machine is started. Therefore, a systematic and complete
inspection of the electrical system is necessary.
OURX949,000024A –19–22FEB02–2/2
122106
PN=46
General References
210
Reference 210-15-009, Seven Step Electrical Procedure1 15
23
E
FUSE
- +
SWITCH LOAD
A B
–UN–26APR01
NEGATIVE D GROUND
GROUND BATTERY C
(DFRW26)
VOLTAGE
RXA0053193
GROUND CHECK
CHECK
A—Circuit Breaker Battery B—Circuit Breaker Load Side D—Component Ground Lead E—Component Battery Lead
Side C—Component Battery Lead Disconnected
1
With probe light or multimeter
Continued on next page OURX949,000024B –19–18MAY04–1/3
122106
PN=47
General References
210
15 Step Sequence Resultsa
24 Probe—Multimeter Conditions
1-Switch Onb Check battery side of circuit breaker (A) Bright Light—Battery voltage. Normal - GO TO 2.
for battery voltage.c
Dim Light—Low voltage - Repair high resistance.
No Light—No voltage - Repair open circuit from battery.
2-Switch Off Check load side of circuit breaker (B) for Bright light—Battery voltage - normal - GO TO 4
battery voltage.
Dim Light—Low voltage - Replace circuit breaker
No light—No voltage - GO TO 3
3-Switch Off Check load side of circuit breaker (B) for Bright Light—Continuity to ground - Repair grounded circuit at or
continuity to ground. (Clip of tester at before switch.
battery voltage (+).
No Light—no continuity to ground - replace circuit breaker.
4-Switch On Check load side of circuit breaker (B) for Bright Light—Battery voltage - Normal - GO TO 6
battery voltage.
Dim Light—Low voltage - Replace circuit breaker.
No Light—No voltage - GO TO 5
5-Disconnect lead to Check lead at (E) for battery voltage. Bright Light—Battery voltage - Repair component
component at (C)d. Switch
on.
No light—No voltage - Repair grounded circuit at or after switch.
a
Disregard probe light condition when using a multimeter.
b
Controlling switch or relay for component (load).
c
Use DFRW26—Test Lead when testing circuits with fuses. See Section 299, Dealer Fabricated Tools.
d
Multimeter will not apply a load to circuit at Step 5. Use probe light.
Continued on next page OURX949,000024B –19–18MAY04–2/3
122106
PN=48
General References
210
Step Sequence Resultsa 15
Probe—Multimeter Conditions 25
6-Switch On Check lead to component at (C) for Bright Light—Battery voltage normal - GO TO 7.
battery voltage.
Dim Light—Low voltage - Repair high resistance in circuit between
circuit breaker and component
No Light—Repair high resistance in circuit between circuit breaker

and component
7-Switch On Check ground lead of component at (D) Bright Light—High voltage - Open ground circuit. Repair open
for voltage. circuit.
Dim Light—Voltage - Poor continuity to ground. Repair high

resistance circuit.
No Light—No voltage - Good continuity to ground. Repair

component.
OURX949,000024B –19–18MAY04–3/3
122106
PN=49
General References
210
15 Reference 210-15-010, Using a Probe Light
26
–UN–19JUN98
RW46060
IMPORTANT: This sequence CANNOT be used in The above example shows how to connect a probe
electronic circuits. Refer to light to check an electrical circuit for voltage. When
Understanding Electrical vs. checking a circuit for battery voltage, connect the
Electronic Circuits, (Reference probe light clip to ground as shown.
210-15-014) for additional
information).
NOTE: After any repair, always return to Operational

Check, to be certain another circuit has not
been affected during the repair.
OURX949,000024C –19–13NOV01–1/2
–UN–19JUN98
RW46061
When checking a circuit for continuity to ground, used to locate opens, grounds, high resistance or
connect the probe light to a known source of battery faulty components with the use of the electrical wiring
voltage as shown. schematics. The simple circuit above can be used as a
reference for each step but you must refer to the
The controlling switches MUST BE “ON” and the circuit wiring schematics for additional components that may
connected to the component to locate high resistance be connected in parallel.
(0.5 to 5.0 ohms) in the load circuit or ground circuit of
a component. You may want to start at step “6” as your first step for
diagnosing any malfunctioning electrical circuit where
The seven-step procedure is for use on ELECTRICAL the component is easily accessible. If battery voltage is
circuits only. Review the description for electrical and not present at step “6”, it will be necessary to go to
electronic circuits in this group. The procedure can be step “1” to isolate the malfunction.
OURX949,000024C –19–13NOV01–2/2
122106
PN=50
General References
210
Reference 210-15-011, Circuit Types 15
27
The diagnosis in this section will be broken down into

individual electrical circuits or subsystems (groups of
individual circuits such as the overall lighting circuit) and
into electronic circuits.
To understand what we are calling electrical circuits and

electronic circuits, see the following circuit definitions.
OURX949,000024D –19–13NOV01–1/4
–UN–05DEC89
RW17947
A—Source Voltage B—Source Voltage at Load
IMPORTANT: Complete electrical schematics are electrical circuit is considered to end when the source
located in this group. voltage enters an electronic module or electronically
controlled device. Heater-type, wire-wound resistors
Electrical Circuit are not considered electronic components, for
example, blower motor speed resistor or
This circuit provides source voltage (A) to the load (B) ceramic-covered wire resistors are not electronic
and does not pass through electronic components. An components.
Continued on next page OURX949,000024D –19–13NOV01–2/4
122106
PN=51
General References
210
15
28
–UN–15DEC88
RW12979
A—Source Voltage B—End of Electrical Circuit, C—Electronic Module D—Load
Beginning of Electronic
Circuit
Electronic Circuit Usually, source voltage has been changed with

electronic components by decreasing the voltage and
This circuit begins where the source voltage (A) of an current flow to the load (D). The voltage can also be
electrical circuit enters an electronic module (B) or increased.
electronic control device (C).
OURX949,000024D –19–13NOV01–3/4
–UN–28FEB00
RW71306
A—Source Voltage C—Electronic Module F—Solenoid No. 2 H—Indicator Lamp ON,

B—End of Electrical Circuit, D—Source Voltage at Load G—Indicator Lamp ON, Solenoid No. 2 Engaged
Beginning of Electronic E—Solenoid No. 1 Solenoid No. 1 Disengaged I—Temperature Sensor
Circuit
Secondary Electronic Circuit circuit of source voltage (D) to electrical components

can pass through an electronically controlled relay
Even though electronic circuits use small amounts of inside a module. This secondary circuit is still
current to operate electronic components, a secondary considered to be part of the electronic circuit.
OURX949,000024D –19–13NOV01–4/4
122106
PN=52
General References
210
Reference 210-15-012, Circuit Malfunctions 15
29
There are four major electrical circuit malfunctions:
1. High resistance circuit

2. Open circuit
3. Grounded circuit
4. Shorted circuit
Each is explained separately below.
OURX949,000024E –19–13NOV01–1/6
–UN–16JUN98
RW46051
A—Battery C—Switch E—Lamp (Load) F—Ground
B—Fuse D—Unwanted Resistance
High Resistance Circuit
A high resistance circuit is a circuit having unwanted

resistance (D) that causes a voltage drop and reduces
current flow.
Continued on next page OURX949,000024E –19–13NOV01–2/6
122106
PN=53
General References
210
15
30
–UN–16JUN98
RW46052
B—Fuse D—Open Circuit
Open Circuit
An open circuit is a circuit having a break or

separation (D) that prevents current from flowing in the
circuit.
OURX949,000024E –19–13NOV01–3/6
–UN–16JUN98
RW46053
B—Fuse D—Grounded Circuit
Grounded Circuit
A grounded circuit is a circuit where a voltage wire is

in contact with the machine frame (D), providing
continuity with the battery ground terminal.
122106
PN=54
General References
210
15
31
–UN–16JUN98
RW46054
A—Battery D—Voltage-to-Voltage Short G—Lamp (Load) J—Sensor
B—Fuse F1 E—Voltage-to-Signal Short H—Ground-to Ground Short K—Control Unit
C—Switch F—Voltage-to-Ground Short I—Ground L—Fuse F2
Shorted Circuit 3. Voltage wire shorted to a ground wire (F) (wires of

battery voltage or regulated voltage, shorted to a
A shorted circuit is a circuit where a wire-to-wire ground wire connecting a component to the battery
contact of two adjacent wires (D, E, F & H) provides negative terminal).
unwanted continuity between the two wires. The 4. Ground wire shorted to another ground wire (H)
following are types of shorted circuits. (wires of zero voltage).
1. Voltage wire shorted to another voltage wire (D) NOTE: This type of short does not create an
(wires of equal or unequal voltage). observable malfunction.
2. Voltage wire shorted to a sensor signal wire (E)
(wires of unequal voltage).
122106
PN=55
General References
210
15
32
–UN–16JUN98
RW46055
A—Battery C—Switch D—Lamp (Load) E—Ground
B—Fuse
Locations of Circuit Malfunctions Example: A component may not operate before

disconnecting an electrical connection, but it operates
In a ”simple” electrical circuit, the circuit malfunctions after reconnecting the connector.
occur at only three possible locations:
Reason: Oxidation of the terminals created ”high
1. Before a controlling switch (C). resistance” and a voltage drop that prevents the proper
2. Between a controlling switch (C) and the load (D). amount of current flow to the component.
3. After the load (D). Disconnecting and reconnecting the connector,
removed some oxidation and reestablished good
Electrical components can become faulty with the continuity through the connector.
same four circuit malfunctions. Sometimes a
component malfunction can easily be confused with a
circuit malfunction. Therefore, care must be exercised
when isolating the cause of the problem.
OURX949,000024E –19–13NOV01–6/6
122106
PN=56
General References
210
Reference 210-15-013, Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions 15
33
–UN–16JUN98
RW46056
A—Battery D—Unwanted Resistance G—Ground J—Circuit Connector
B—Fuse E—Open Circuit H—Component Terminal K—Component Terminal
C—Switch F—Lamp (Load) I—Circuit Connector
High Resistance or Open Circuit voltage at a location easily accessible between (K)
and (H).
A High Resistance Circuit (D) can result in slow, dim • If voltage is low, move toward the voltage source
or no component operation (for example: loose, (A) to locate point of voltage drop.
corroded, dirty or oily terminals, gauge of wire too • If voltage is correct, move toward the load (F)
small or broken strands of wire). and ground terminal (G) to locate voltage drop.
An Open Circuit (E) results in no component NOTE: The example shows high resistance (D)
operation because the circuit is incomplete (for between (K) and (J) and open circuit (E)
example: broken wire, terminals disconnected, open between (J) and (I).
protective device or open switch).
Do the following to isolate the location of a “high 2. Repair the circuit as required.
resistance” (D) or “open” (E) circuit. 3. Perform an operational check-out on the component
after completing the repair.
1. With the controlling switch (C) closed (on) and the
load (F) connected into the circuit, check for proper
Continued on next page OURX949,000024F –19–13NOV01–1/4
122106
PN=57
General References
210
15
34
–UN–17JUN98
RW46057
A—Battery D—Component Terminal F—Grounded Circuit H—Lamp (Load)
B—Fuse E—Wire Terminal G—Component Terminal I—Ground
C—Switch
Grounded Circuit 2. Disconnect the load (H) from component terminal

(G).
A Grounded Circuit (F) results in no component 3. With the controlling switch (C) open (off), check for
operation and the fuse or circuit breaker opens (for continuity to ground between (D) and (E).
example: a power wire contacting the machine frame, a. If there is continuity, there is a grounded circuit
chassis or component housing). between (D) and (E). Repair the circuit.
Do the following to isolate the location of a “grounded” NOTE: In the example, the circuit is grounded
circuit. between (D) and (E) at (F).
1. Switch (C) must be open (off). Check for continuity b. If there is no continuity, check the component for
to ground between (B) and (C). shorts and grounds.
a. If there is continuity, there is a grounded circuit
between (B) and (C). Repair the circuit 4. Perform an operational check-out on the component
b. If there is no continuity, go to step 2. after completing the repair.
122106
PN=58
General References
210
15
35
–UN–16JUN98
RW46058
A—Battery H—Lamp E2 (Load) L—Switch S2 Q—Sensor Voltage-to-Ground
B—Fuse F1 I—Voltage-to-Sensor Ground M—Fuse F2 Short
C—Voltage-to-Voltage Short Short N—Fuse F3 R—Sensor
D—Switch S1 J—Voltage-to-Sensor Signal O—Control Unit S—Sensor Signal-to-Ground
E—Voltage-to-Voltage Short Short P—Sensor Voltage-to-Signal Short
F—Voltage-to-Ground Short K—Voltage-to-Sensor Voltage Short T—Ground
G—Lamp E1 (Load) Short
Shorted Circuit 5. Battery wire from switch S2 (L) is shorted at (J) to

the sensor signal voltage wire.
Machines equipped with several electronic control Result:1 Sensor signal voltage goes out of range.
devices contain wiring harnesses that can become 6. Battery wire from switch S2 (L) is shorted at (I) to
shorted by one of the following ways shown above. the sensor ground wire.
Result:1 Fuse F2 (M) opens after closing switch S2
1. Battery wire from fuse F1 (B) is shorted at (C) to (L) and the sensor signal voltage goes out of range.
another battery wire after switch S2 (L). 7. Controller regulated voltage wire is shorted at (P) to
Result: Lamp E2 (H) is on all the time. the sensor signal voltage wire.
2. Battery wire from fuse F1 (B) is shorted at (E) to Result:1 The sensor signal voltage wire goes out of
another battery wire after switches S1 and S2 (D & range.
L). 8. Controller regulated voltage wire is shorted at (Q) to
Result: Both lamps E1 and E2 (G & H) operate on the sensor ground wire.
either switch. Result:1 The sensor signal voltage wire goes out of
3. Battery wire from fuse F1 (B) is shorted at (F) to a range.
ground wire. 9. Sensor signal voltage wire is shorted at (S) to the
Result: Fuse F1 (B) opens after switch S1 (D) is sensor ground wire.
closed. Result:1 The sensor signal voltage wire goes out of
4. Battery wire from switch S2 (L) is shorted at (K) to range.
a regulated voltage wire.
Result:1 Sensor signal voltage goes out of range. Do the following to isolate a “shorted circuit”:
1
The controller may shut down or provide limited operation for its
function and a diagnostic code may be displayed or stored.
122106
PN=59
General References
210
15 1. Review the machine electrical schematic to identify switches on. Connect one meter lead to a good
36
the circuits for the component that does not operate frame ground. With the other meter probe, touch
and identify all components attached to the circuits. each of the suspected circuits one at a time. If
2. Disconnect all components attached to the circuits, there is a voltage reading, the circuit is shorted to
to single out the affected wires. another voltage wire. Repair the circuit.
3. To prevent damage to connector terminals, obtain Repairing Shorted Circuits
mating connector terminals from repair parts. DO
NOT force meter probes into connector terminals. Repair a “shorted circuit” as follows:
4. Connect the meter leads across two of the affected
circuits. The meter should show no continuity Wires NOT in a Loom: Wrap individual wires with
between the two circuits. Repeat the check across electrical tape or replace the damaged wire and band
another combination of two circuits until all affected as required.
circuits have been checked.
5. For Example: A 37 pin connector contains three Wires in a Loom: If hot spots exist in shorted area of
wires to a sensor. With one meter probe attached the harness, replace the harness. If hot spots are not
to each of the three wires, one at a time, touch the noticeable, install a new wire of proper gauge between
other meter probe to the remaining 36 wires. If the last two connections. Use tie bands to secure the
there is continuity between any two wires, the wire to outside of the harness.
circuit is shorted. Repair the circuit.
6. Additional check for a shorted circuit: With all NOTE: Perform an operational check-out on the
components disconnected from the suspected component after completing the repair.
circuits, turn the key switch and other necessary
OURX949,000024F –19–13NOV01–4/4
122106
PN=60
General References
210
Reference 210-15-014, Understanding Electrical vs. Electronic Circuits 15
37
–UN–11JUL96
RW45159
A—Battery E—Test Point H—Electronic Control Module J—Test Point
B—Fuse F—Headlamp I—Circuit Resistance (20 K—Air Filter Restriction
C—Key Switch G—Air Filter Restriction Ohms) Indicator
D—Circuit Resistance (5 Switch
Ohms)
IMPORTANT: Knowing the difference between Differences between the two test instruments are
electrical and electronic circuits is shown in examples "A" and "B".
very important. The use of a probe
(test) light in some electronic Example A—Electrical Circuit
circuits will over load the circuit,
creating damage to switches, Refer to the above circuit.
transistors, resistors, capacitors and
possibly micro-processors. The headlamp (F) will not operate with 5 ohms of
resistance (D) in the circuit. If the headlamp is
Test Light Versus Multimeter disconnected at point "E" and is checked for voltage at
that point, using a multimeter, the meter would indicate
With probe light or multimeter. battery voltage.
Both multimeters and test lights may be used to check NOTE: The meter does not draw enough current to
for voltage in a circuit. Both draw current, from the create a voltage drop and place a load on the
circuit that is being tested, to operate. circuit. This gives a false indication of a good
circuit to that point.
A typical multimeter (digital or analog) draws 0.05
milliamps to operate and a test light will draw 250— If the same check was made using a test light, the
300 milliamps during operation. This makes the current result would be either no light or a very dim light.
draw of the test light 5,000 times higher than the
multimeter.
122106
PN=61
General References
210
15 NOTE: The test light draws enough current to place a NOTE: The test light overloads the circuit because the
38
load on the circuit. This gives a more realistic control module cannot meet the high current
indication of the condition of the circuit. demands of the test light, thus it gives a false
test result.
Results were different for each test instrument for the
following reasons: However, if a multimeter had been used to check point
"J", it would have read correct voltage, indicating the
• The type of circuit being tested (ELECTRICAL) air filter restriction indicator should be replaced.
• The amount of current draw each test instrument
requires to operate NOTE: The multimeter does not overload the circuit
• The type of circuit malfunction (high resistance) because of its low current draw.
Example B—Electronic Circuit Results were different for each test instrument for the
following reasons:
Refer to the above circuit.
• The type of circuit being tested (ELECTRONIC)
The air filter restriction indicator (K) will not operate • The amount of current draw each test instrument
with 20 ohms resistance (I) in the circuit when the air requires to operate
filter restriction switch (G) is closed (with 25 inches • The type of circuit malfunction (high resistance)
water vacuum at the switch).
The next step would be to check for high resistance
If point "J" is checked for voltage, (with air filter between the electronic module (H) and the indicator
restriction switch (G) closed), using a test lamp, the lamp (K).
result would be no light. The electronic module (H)
could be replaced in error.
OURX949,0000250 –19–13NOV01–2/2
122106
PN=62
General References
210
Reference 210-15-015, Intermittent Electronic Problems 15
39
B D
C
E
A F G H
L
K
+ +
–UN–22JUN00
TO B,D,H,I,& L I
RW71272
J
A—Component, First D—Wire Terminal to Second G—Battery Positive Terminal K—Digital Multimeter
B—Wire Terminal to First Component (E) H—Battery Negative Terminal L—Frame Ground
Component (A) E—Component, Second I—Battery Ground to Frame M—Jumper Wire
C—Isolated Wire F—DFRW51—Electronic J—Battery
Circuit Load Tester
Volt Drop Method possible, to isolate the circuit to a single wire (C),
so that the wire is open at all ends.
Checking a circuit for voltage drop is a method of 2. Ground one end of wire (C) with a jumper wire (M)
identifying high resistance in the wire. Voltage drop to the machine frame (L).
checks on electrical circuit can performed by using the 3. Connect DFRW51—Electronic Circuit Load Tester
electrical function as the load. (F) at wire terminal (D) and battery positive (+)
terminal (G). The current draw of the test lamp is
NOTE: Review Understanding Electrical vs. Electronic 3.8 to 4.2 amps at 12.2 to 12.6 volts.
Circuits, (Reference 210-15-014). 4. Connect a multimeter across battery terminals (G &
H). Red to positive (G) and black to negative (H).
The following method is basically for checking wires in Record baseline voltage.
electronic circuits but can also be used in electrical 5. Move black multimeter lead to each point (I, L, B,
circuits. and D) and record voltage.
1. Disconnect all components (A and E), from the

circuit, including diodes and resistors when
122106
PN=63
General References
210
15 excessive resistance in the circuit (C) between
40
NOTE: Each connection should cause a 0.1 to 0.2 those two points. Example: G to H = 12.4 volts, G
voltage drop. There are five connections in the to I = 12.2 volts, G to L = 12.1 volts, G to B = 12.0
example (H, I, L, B, and D) which will cause a volts and G to D = 10.8 volts would indicate high
total of 0.5 to 1.0 voltage difference between H resistance between points B and D. The minimum
and D as compared to as compared to the expected voltage between G and D is 11.8 volts.
voltage across G and H.
6. When the voltage drop between any two adjacent

test points is greater than 0.4 volts, there is
122106
PN=64
General References
210
D 15
B C 41
A
F
L K
+ G H
–UN–08JUN00
O
N
RW71273
J
A—Component, First D—Wire Terminal to Second G—Battery Positive Terminal K—Digital Multimeter
B—Wire Terminal to First Component (E) H—Battery Negative Terminal L—Frame Ground
Component (A) E—Component, Second I—Battery Ground to Frame M—Jumper Wire
C—Isolated Wire F—DFRW51—Electronic J—Battery
Circuit Load Tester
Current Draw Method system fails to provide continuous, uninterrupted

operation, loading the circuit with 3-5 amps as follows
This Current Draw method can be used as an may help to isolate unwanted resistance in the circuit.
alternate method to check for excessive resistance in a
circuit when the problem is intermittent and difficult to 1. Disconnect all components (A and E), from the
isolate. circuit, including diodes and resistors when
possible, to isolate the circuit to a single wire (C),
The amount of current required for most electronic open at all ends.
circuits to operate is commonly milliamps (1 ma is one 2. Ground one end of wire (C) with a jumper wire (M)
thousandth of an amp). Sudden changes in circuit to the machine frame (L).
resistance can generate and send a false signal to the 3. Connect DFRW51—Electronic Circuit Load Tester
electronic control module causing intermittent (F) at battery positive (+) terminal (G). The current
operation. Digital multimeters also operate on very draw of the test lamp is 3.8 to 4.2 amps at 12.2 to
small amounts of current. 12.6 volts.
When the normal voltage and resistance (ohms)

checks indicate the electronic circuit is normal, but the
122106
PN=65
General References
210
15 4. Set multimeter (K) dial and test leads for amperage It is difficult to determine the conductivity of
42
test. Connect red meter lead to second lead of the terminals when harness connectors are
test lamp (F). Connect black lead to battery (-) connected. Obtain the necessary connector
terminal (H). Record the current (amps) after 30 terminals (pins and sockets) to be used as a
seconds. troubleshooting tool to determine adequate
5. Move black multimeter lead to terminal (D). Record frictional contact of mating terminals on the
the current (amps) and compare the current machine.
recorded at Step 4.
Wire Gauge Current Draw—Specification b. If the current draw is within specification, instruct
16 Gauge Wire—Amperage .................... 75 ma Max per 4 m (16 ft.)
another person to apply a moderate push-pull or
14 Gauge Wire—Amperage .................... 50 ma Max per 4 m (16 ft.)
twisting effort along the harness and at
connectors as you observe the multimeter for a
a. If the current draw is more than specification and
change in current draw.
the circuit does not have diodes or resistors,
c. When this current draw method does not identify
there is excessive resistance in the circuit.
resistance in the circuit, the harness circuit
Isolate the point of resistance and repair.
should be considered normal and the electronic
components should be thoroughly checked. Also
NOTE: The resistance can be a terminal that is dirty,
check for intermittent operation by performing
loose, deformed, corroded, eroded or
several operational checks of the electronic
improperly crimped. The wire may be broken
system.
or contain several broken strands.
OURX949,0000251 –19–28FEB02–4/4
122106
PN=66
General References
210
Reference 210-15-016, Relay Circuit Types 15
43
A relay is an electrical device used to allow a switch to

control multiple loads and/or large current flows without
damaging the switch. A small current from the switch
energizes the relay and it connects a power supply to a
load.
OURX949,0000252 –19–13NOV01–1/14
SWITCH
A
POWER
SUPPLY
FUSE
B
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
–UN–08MAY01
E LOAD
OFF
RXA0053042
A—Switch C—Solenoid E—Load F—Internal Switch

B—Fuse D—Resistor
Common Relay Circuit • Terminal 85—ground circuit for switch (terminal 86)
• Terminal 87A—OFF position for terminal 30
• Terminal 30—supplied with battery power usually • Terminal 87—ON position for terminal 30 to
from a fuse (B) complete circuit to load (E) (lights, blower motor,
• Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from a accessories, etc.)
switch (A) (key switch, light switch, fan switch, etc.)
122106
PN=67
General References
210
15
44
SWITCH
A
POWER
SUPPLY
FUSE
B
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
–UN–08MAY01
E LOAD
ON
RXA0053044
When the switch (A) is closed (turned ON), battery the solenoid, a magnetic field is created that pulls the
power is supplied to terminal 86. The current flows relay internal switch (F) from terminal 87A to terminal
through the solenoid (C) inside the relay to terminal 85 87. This allows battery power to flow from the fuse
and then to ground. As the current is flowing through through terminal 30 to terminal 87 and to the load (E).
122106
PN=68
General References
210
15
45
SWITCH
A
POWER
SUPPLY
FUSE
B
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
–UN–08MAY01
E LOAD
OFF
RXA0053042
When the switch (A) is opened (turned OFF), the • Terminal 30—supplied with battery power usually
battery power stops flowing through terminal 86 to from a fuse (B)
terminal 85. The solenoid (C) inside the relay loses its • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from a
magnet field and the relay internal switch (F) returns to switch (A) (key switch, light switch, fan switch, etc.)
the OFF position at terminal 87A. The fixed resistor (D) • Terminal 85—indicator light (G), ground circuit for
in parallel with the solenoid (C) helps to prevent or relay coil (terminal 86)
dampen a voltage spike from happening when the • Terminal 87A—OFF position for terminal 30
circuit is broken. If a voltage spike were to happen, • Terminal 87—ON position for terminal 30 to
control units and other electronic components could be complete circuit to load (E) (lights, blower motor,
damaged. accessories, etc.)
Common Relay Circuit With Indicator Light
122106
PN=69
General References
210
15
46
SWITCH
A
POWER
SUPPLY
FUSE
B
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
ON
–UN–08MAY01
INDICATOR G E LOAD
ON
RXA0053046
A—Switch C—Solenoid E—Load G—Indicator Light
B—Fuse D—Resistor F—Internal Switch
This circuit is identical to the common relay circuit, but • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power usually
it has an indicator light (G) added to the ground circuit from a fuse (B)
(terminal 85). When the external switch (A) is closed, • Terminal 30—supplied with battery power from a
and current flows through relay terminals 86 and 85, switch (A) (key switch, light switch, fan switch, etc.)
the indicator light (G) will be lit to tell the operator the • Terminal 85—ground circuit for switch (terminal 86)
circuit is active. An indicator light maybe added to any • Terminal 87A—OFF position for terminal 30
relay circuit. • Terminal 87—ON position for terminal 30 to
complete circuit to load (E) (lights, blower motor,
Relay Circuit With Power and Switch Terminals accessories, etc.)
Reversed
122106
PN=70
General References
210
15
47
SWITCH
A
FUSE
POWER
B SUPPLY
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
–UN–08MAY01
E LOAD
OFF
RXA0053048
This relay circuit has battery power supplied to energized, the relay internal switch (F) is connected to
terminal 86 continuously, flowing through the solenoid terminals 30 and 87.
(C) to terminal 85 and to ground. With the solenoid (C)
122106
PN=71
General References
210
15
48
SWITCH
A
FUSE
POWER
B SUPPLY
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
–UN–08MAY01
E LOAD
ON
RXA0053050
Current flows to the load (E) when the external switch • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from a
(A) is closed. switch (A) (key switch, light switch, fan switch, etc.)
• Terminal 85—ground circuit for switch (terminal 86)
Common Relay Circuit With Two Loads • Terminal 87A—ON position for terminal 30 load one
(E)
• Terminal 30—supplied with battery power usually • Terminal 87—ON position for terminal 30 load two
from a fuse (B) (H)
122106
PN=72
General References
210
15
49
SWITCH
A
POWER
SUPPLY
FUSE
B
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
E LOAD
ON
–UN–08MAY01
OFF
LOAD 2 H
RXA0053051
A—Switch C—Solenoid E—Load H—Load 2
This relay circuit has the external switch (A) open.

Power flows through terminal 30 to terminal 87A and
to load (E).
122106
PN=73
General References
210
15
50
SWITCH
A
POWER
SUPPLY
FUSE
B
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
E LOAD
–UN–08MAY01
OFF
ON
LOAD 2 H
RXA0053052
A—Switch C—Solenoid E—Load H—Load 2
When the external switch (A) is closed, the relay • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from a
internal switch (F) connects terminals 30 and 87 to switch (A) (key switch, light switch, fan switch, etc.)
provide power to a different load (H). • Terminal 85—circuit grounded by CCU
• Terminal 87A—OFF position for terminal 30
Turn Signal Relay Circuits • Terminal 87—ground circuit for load (E)
• Terminal 30—supplied with battery power usually

from a fuse (B) and through a load (E) (light)
122106
PN=74
General References
210
15
TURN 51
SIGNAL
SWITCH
A
POWER
SUPPLY
FUSE
B
BATTERY
SOLENOID C
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
–UN–08MAY01
CCU
ON TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
RXA0053053
E LOAD

When turn signal is activated, battery power is • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from
supplied to terminal 86 through solenoid (C) to terminal HI/LO beam switch (A)
85. Terminal 85 is connected to CCU which grounds • Terminal 85—ground circuit for switch (terminal 86)
the circuit intermittently to flash the lights. • Terminal 87A—power to terminal 30 of Low Beam
Relay (I)
Multiple relay circuit: Keeping two loads from • Terminal 87—ON position for terminal 30 to
being ON at the same time. complete circuit to high beams (E)
The headlight circuit uses two relays wired together to Low Beam Relay (I):
control the headlights. This configuration prevents both
high and low beams from being ON at the same time. • Terminal 30—supplied with battery power from
This same configuration can be used in other terminal 87A of High Beam Relay (J)
applications. • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from
HI/LO beam switch (A)
High Beam Relay (J): • Terminal 85—ground circuit for switch (terminal 86)
• Terminal 87A— OFF position for terminal 30
• Terminal 30—supplied with battery power from fuse • Terminal 87—ON position for terminal 30 to
(B) complete circuit to low beams (H)
122106
PN=75
General References
210
15
52
SWITCH
A LOW
POWER
SUPPLY
BATTERY
HIGH
SOLENOID C B
FUSE
86 30
F INTERNAL
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
J
ON HIGH BEAM
86 30
HIGH BEAM
RELAY E LOAD
–UN–08MAY01
85 87 87A
RXA0053054
OFF LOW BEAM
LOW BEAM
RELAY H LOAD 2
A—Switch D—Resistor F—Internal Switch I—Low Beam Relay

B—Fuse E—Load H—Load 2 J—High Beam Relay
C—Solenoid
When the HI/LO beam switch (A) is in the High Beam supplied to terminal 30 of the High beam relay (J),
position, battery power is supplied to terminal 86 of the through internal relay switch (F) to terminal 87 and
High beam relay (J), through the solenoid (C) to then to the High beam lights (H).
terminal 85 and then to ground. Fused power (B) is
122106
PN=76
General References
210
SWITCH 15
53
A LOW
POWER
SUPPLY
BATTERY
HIGH
B
SOLENOID C FUSE
86 30
INTERNAL
F
SWITCH
RESISTER D
85 87 87A
J OFF HIGH BEAM

86 30
HIGH BEAM
RELAY E LOAD
–UN–08MAY01
85 87 87A
I ON LOW BEAM
LOW BEAM
RXA0053055
RELAY H LOAD 2
A—Switch D—Resistor F—Internal Switch I—Low Beam Relay

B—Fuse E—Load H—Load 2 J—High Beam Relay
C—Solenoid
When the HI/LO beam switch (A) is in the LOW Beam • Terminal 30—supplied with battery power from fuse
position, battery power is supplied to terminal 86 of the (B)
Low beam relay (I), through the solenoid (C) to • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from light
terminal 85 and then to ground. Fused power (B) is switch (A), Field 1 or 2 position
supplied to terminal 30 of the High beam relay (J), • Terminal 85—ground circuit to terminal 30 of
through internal relay switch (F) to terminal 87A and Spotlight Ground Relay (M)
then to terminal 30 of the Low beam relay (I). Battery • Terminal 87A— OFF position for terminal 30
power flows from terminal 30 to terminal 87 and then • Terminal 87—ON position for terminal 30 to
to Low beam lights (E). complete circuit to spot light (E)
Multiple relay circuit: Allowing a load to be ON Spotlight Grounding Relay (M):

only when another load is ON.
• Terminal 30—supplied with battery power from
The light circuit has a spot light that can only be ON terminal 85 of Spot light relay (K)
when the light switch (A) is in the Field 1 or 2 position • Terminal 86—supplied with battery power from
and the HI/LO beam switch (L) is in the HI beam HI/LO beam switch (L), High beam position
position. This same configuration can be used in other • Terminal 85—ground circuit
applications. • Terminal 87A— OFF position for terminal 30
• Terminal 87— ground circuit
Spot Light Relay:
122106
PN=77
General References
210
15
54 SWITCH
A
POWER
BATTERY
SUPPLY
FIELD
B
SPOTLIGHT FUSE
86 30
RELAY K
SWITCH
L
POWER
SUPPLY
HIGH 85 87 87A
SOLENOID C OFF SPOT LIGHT

86 30
F INTERNAL E LOAD
SWITCH
RESISTER D
–UN–08MAY01
SPOTLIGHT
85 87 87A M GROUNDING
RELAY
RXA0053056
A—Switch D—Resistor F—Internal Switch L—HI/LO Beam Switch
B—Fuse E—Load K—Spotlight Relay M—Spotlight Grounding Relay
C—Solenoid
When the light switch (A) is in the Field 1 or 2 position terminal 87 and then to ground. Battery fused (B)
and the HI/LO beam switch (L) is in the High beam power flows through terminal 30 of the spot light relay
position, battery power is supplied to terminal 86 of the (K) to terminal 87 and on to the spot light (E). The
spot light relay (K). Current flows through the relay HI/LO beam switch (L) provides battery power to
solenoid (C) to terminal 85 and on to terminal 30 of Spotlight Grounding relay, terminal 86 through the
Spotlight Grounding relay (M). Current flows through solenoid (C) and on to terminal 85 and ground.
the Spotlight Grounding relay internal switch (F) to
122106
PN=78
General References
210
15
55
SWITCH
A
POWER
BATTERY
SUPPLY
FIELD
B
SPOTLIGHT FUSE
86 30
RELAY K
SWITCH
L
POWER
SUPPLY
HIGH 85 87 87A
SOLENOID C ON SPOT LIGHT

86 30
F INTERNAL E LOAD
SWITCH
–UN–08MAY01
RESISTER D
SPOTLIGHT
85 87 87A M GROUNDING
RELAY
RXA0053059
A—Switch D—Resistor F—Internal Switch L—HI/LO Beam Switch
B—Fuse E—Load K—Spotlight Relay M—Spotlight Grounding Relay
C—Solenoid
OURX949,0000252 –19–13NOV01–14/14
122106
PN=79
General References
210
15 Reference 210-15-017, Using a Digital Multimeter
56
It is recommended that a digital multimeter (JT05791 continuity test, autoranging, manual ranging, and touch
or equivalent with an analog display) be used to make hold.
the required electrical measurements in the diagnostics
procedures. A knowledge of the operation of the Digital Multimeter Tests
particular meter used is assumed.
Current Measurements --For amperage readings, the
NOTE: When using multimeters always refer to red (+) contact must also be moved to the desired
operation instructions supplied by terminal on the meter.
manufacturer the descriptions below are
specific to the JT05791. Diode Test--The “diode test” position can be used to
test diodes. A single tone will sound in the forward
The Positive test lead from the volt-ohm input of the bias direction along with a display of forward voltage
meter should be connected to Point A and the drop.
negative test lead from the common input of the meter
should be connected to Point B. Continuity Test --The meter also can be used to test
continuity. If the circuit is open, there will be no tone. If
Unless otherwise stated, all voltage measurements are the circuit made has continuity (less than 150 ohms) a
direct current (D.C.). continuous tone will sound.
In making a resistance measurement, be careful to use Autoranging-- The meter powers up in the autorange
the correct resistance range on the meter. Disconnect mode. Range is selected automatically. The digital
appropriate connectors or turn off key switch, as display indicates the range.
directed by diagnostic procedures later in this manual.
Manual Ranging--When the button in the middle of
Digital Display--The digital display reads values of the selector knob is pressed with the meter on, the
variables measured. It is updated 2 1/2 times a range is selected manually. You can “dial” through
second. In normal operation the meter selects the ranges by repeatedly depressing the button. As in the
range which will show the most accurate reading. autorange mode, range in use will be shown in the
When the value being measured is too large for the digital display. To return to autorange mode, press
meter to display, an “OL” (overload) will be shown. range button for 1 second. Meter will “chirp” once and
Position of decimal point will change, depending upon return to autorange mode.
range in use. The display also verifies the type and
size of measurement being made. Touch Hold--If the button in the selector is depressed
and held down while the meter is being turned on, and
Analog Display--This is a bar graph located below the held until the display reaches full brightness the meter
digital display. The analog display is updated 25 times is in the “touch hold” mode. In touch hold, any reading
per second. It is more responsive to help see trends which is constant for a minimum of 1/2 second and
developing in variable readings. The polarity indicator differs from the previous reading by at least one bar of
is also part of this display. The full bar graph indicates the analog display will be “captured” by the meter. A
the maximum reading for a scale. The arrowhead tone (beep) will sound when the reading has been
indicates OL. held. The operator can then remove the probes and
the reading will be retained. Touch hold is always in
Selector--The selector is the rotary switch which autorange mode. Turn the selector switch to “OFF” to
allows the operator to select the type of variable to be deactivate touch hold.
measured; i.e.- current measurements, diode test,
OURX949,0000253 –19–15FEB02–1/1
122106
PN=80
General References
210
Reference 210-15-101, Troubleshooting 15
57
Unresolved Electrical/Electronic Problems
NOTE: This reference is a guideline for troubleshooting

problems that still exist after standard diagnostics
have been performed. These problems are
typically due to specific operating conditions,
intermittent failures or, in rare cases, control unit
failures. Depending on the situation, some or all of
the following may be important.
Problems due to specific operating conditions
Review all recorded codes and consult with operator to

determine operating and vehicle conditions when the
problem occurs. Record details.
❒ Does code/problem occur at the same time as other

problems?
❒ Does code/problem occur when vehicle is warm or
cold?
❒ Does code/problem occur during field or transport
operation?
❒ Does code/problem occur while performing a specific
action such as shifting, turning, braking, operating
certain hydraulics?
❒ When did code/problem first appear? Was there any
maintenance performed recently? (If yes, inspect areas
of maintenance for inadvertent damage or improper
installations.)
Attempt to recreate code/problem based on conditions. If

possible, repeat operational, system, electrical, hydraulic
or mechanical checks under these conditions.
Problems due to intermittent electrical failures
NOTE: Electrical intermittent failures are usually caused

by harness, terminal or connector problems.
❒ Inspect all connectors and terminals of related circuits.

❒ Inspect mechanical linkages for interference with
harnesses or connectors.
❒ Inspect harnesses for missing or improperly installed
clamps or bands. Loose harnesses that are allowed to
move too freely or harnesses that are banded too
tightly may result in worn or damaged wires.
Continued on next page HP51992,00007E2 –19–03APR06–1/2
122106
PN=81
General References
210
15 ❒ Inspect mechanical linkages for proper operating
58
condition.
Problems due to control unit failures
NOTE: Before replacing control unit, review all tests.

Control units are the least likely cause of failure!
❒ If all checks have been made with no problems

identified, check power and ground circuits. Power
inputs must be within 1 V of battery voltage and ground
circuits must be less than 1.0 ohm to the vehicle single
point ground.
❒ Inspect all connectors and terminals of associated
control units.
HP51992,00007E2 –19–03APR06–2/2
122106
PN=82
Section 211
SERVICE CODES
Contents 211
Page Page
Group ACU—ACU Code Diagnostics ACU 111 — SCV 1 Control Switch

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-1 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-37
ACU 001 — ACU Control Unit Fault . . . . . . 211-ACU-6 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-37
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-6 ACU 120 — SCV 2 Control Voltage
ACU 002 — SCV Lever Calibration Fault . . 211-ACU-8 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-39
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-8 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-39
ACU 003 — Throttle or Hitch Controls ACU 121 — SCV 2 Control Switch
Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-9 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-41
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-9 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-41
ACU 027 — Calibration Incomplete. . . . . . 211-ACU-10 ACU 130 — SCV 3 Control Voltage
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-10 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-43
ACU 028 — ACU Not Calibrated. . . . . . . . 211-ACU-11 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-43
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-11 ACU 131 — SCV 3 Control Switch
ACU 030 — Engine Throttle Control Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-45
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-13 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-45
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-13 ACU 140 — SCV 4 Control Voltage
ACU 040 — Transmission Shift Lever Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-47
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-15 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-47
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-15 ACU 141 — SCV 4 Control Switch
ACU 041 — ACU Powered Up In Gear. . . 211-ACU-17 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-49
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-17 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-49
ACU 042 — Transmission Lever Park ACU 150 — SCV 5 Control Voltage
Position Switch Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-20 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-51
ACU 049 — Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker ACU 151 — SCV 5 Control Switch
Switch ON at Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-23 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-53
ACU 053 — Hitch Load/Depth Control ACU 155 — ACU Control Unit Software
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-24 Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-54
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-24
ACU 054 — Hitch Control Lever Circuit Group AMS—AMS Code Diagnostics
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-26 20 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-1
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-26 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-1
ACU 056 — Hitch Raise Limit Control 21 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-2
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-27 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-2
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-28 22 — Language Selection Problem . . . . . . . 211-AMS-3
ACU 057 — Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-3
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-29 30 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-4
ACU 070 — IMS Switch Fault . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-31 31 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-5
ACU 071 — Auto Resume Switch Fault . . 211-ACU-33 33 — Internal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-6
ACU 110 — SCV 1 Control Voltage 40 — Parallel Tracking Problem . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-7
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-35
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ACU-35 Continued on next page
122106
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-7 200 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-34

41 — Parallel Tracking Problem . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-8 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-34
211 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-8 201 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-35
44 — Parallel Tracking Problem . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-9 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-35
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-9 210 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-36
45 — Parallel Tracking Problem . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-10 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-36
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-10 211 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-37
46 — Parallel Tracking Problem . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-11 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-37
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-11 213 — Internal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-38
47 — Device Address Change . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-12 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-38
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-12 220 — Parallel Tracking Problem . . . . . . . 211-AMS-39
48 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-13 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-39
50 — Automatic Steering Problem . . . . . . 211-AMS-15 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-41
53 — CCD Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-17 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-43
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-17 227 — Automatic Steering Problem . . . . . 211-AMS-44
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-18 230 — Display Address Change . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-45
55 — AutoTrac Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-19 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-45
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-19 231 — CAN Bus Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-46
60 — Flash Erase Failed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-20 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-46
61 — Contour Write Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-21 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-47
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-21 233 — Language Selection Problem . . . . . 211-AMS-48
100 — KeyCard Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-22 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-48
110 — Check Wiring (CAN Bus) . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-23 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-49
111 — Check Wiring (CCD) . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-24 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-50
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-24 236 — AutoTrac Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-51
126 — AutoTrac Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-25 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-51
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-25 280 — Mobile Processor Problem . . . . . . . 211-AMS-52
128 — Software Not Compatible . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-26 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-52
150 — PC Data Card Problem . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-27 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-53
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-28 301 — STARFIRE™ Receiver Problem . . . 211-AMS-55
157 — Invalid Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-32 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-58
158 — KeyCard Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-33
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-33 Continued on next page
122106
PN=2
Contents
Page Page
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-59 Group ASU—ASU Code Diagnostics

306 — STARFIRE™ Receiver Problem . . . 211-AMS-60 Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-1
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-60 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-2 211
308 — RTK Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-61 ASU 010 — Seat Position Voltage Fault . . . 211-ASU-4
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-61 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-4
000956.16 — Roll Sensor Out Of ASU 012 — Accelerometer Voltage
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-62 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-6
002028.12 — No STARFIRE™ ASU 020 — System Supply Voltage
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-63 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-7
002146.13 — Terrain Compensation Module ASU 021 — ASU Supply Voltage Low . . . . 211-ASU-8
Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-64 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-8
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-64 ASU 022 — Sensor Supply Voltage
002146.14 — Temperature Sensor Out Of Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-9
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-65 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-9
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-65 ASU 026 — Flow Control Valve Not
523309.07 — Yaw Sensor Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-10
Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-66 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-10
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-66 ASU 027 — Seat Position Sensor Not
523309.16 — Yaw Sensor Out Of Calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-11
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-67 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-11
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-67 ASU 028 — ASU Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-13
523310.02 — Memory Error . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-68 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-13
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-68 ASU 031 — Flow Control Valve Circuit
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-14
523319.18 — Low Switched Voltage. . . . . 211-AMS-69
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-14
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-69
ASU 033 — Pressure Control Valve
523342.31 — No STARFIRE™ Fore/Aft
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-16
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-70
ASU 035 — Compressor Relay Circuit
523441.31 — No STARFIRE™ Height
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-18
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-71
ASU 036 — Compressor Time-Out . . . . . . 211-ASU-20
523572.31 — Unsafe Shutdown - Parameters
Not Stored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-72
ASU 037 — Vent Valve Circuit Fault . . . . . 211-ASU-22
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-72 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-22
523773.03 — STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out ASU 038 — Vent Valve Time-Out . . . . . . . 211-ASU-24
Of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-73 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-24
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-73 ASU 050 — Seat Above Ride Zone . . . . . 211-ASU-26
523773.04 — STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-26
Of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-74 ASU 111 — Seat Height Switch Fault . . . . 211-ASU-28
523774.03 — STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out ASU 113 — Seat Firmness Switch
Of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-75 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-29
523774.04 — STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out ASU 120 — ASU CCD Bus Fault . . . . . . . 211-ASU-30
Of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-76 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-30
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-76 ASU 121 — Tractor Wheel Speed Message
523792.01 — No Unswitched Voltage . . . . 211-AMS-77 Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-31
523792.18 — Low Unswitched Voltage . . . 211-AMS-78
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-AMS-78 Continued on next page
122106
PN=3
Contents
Page Page
ASU 122 — Hydraulic Oil Level Message Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-24
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-32 ATC 11.4 — Blower Control Circuit
211 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-32 Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-25
ASU 123 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-25
Message Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-33 ATC 12.3 — Water Valve Position Sensor
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-33 Circuit Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-26
ASU 124 — Engine Speed Message Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-26
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-34 ATC 12.4 — Water Valve Position Sensor
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-34 Circuit Voltage Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-28
ASU 125 — Diagnostic Fuse Status Message Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-28
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-35 ATC 13.1 — Water Valve Motor Not
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-35 Calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-30
ASU 207 — ASU Watchdog Reset Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-30
Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-36 ATC 13.3 — Water Valve Motor Circuit
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ASU-36 Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-32
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-32
Group ATC—ATC Code Diagnostics ATC 13.4 — Water Valve Motor Circuit
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-1 Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-34
ATC 01.3 — Cab Temperature Sensor Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-34
Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-2 ATC 13.7 — Water Valve Motor
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-2 Mechanical Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-36
ATC 01.4 — Cab Temperature Sensor Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-36
Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-4 ATC 14.3 — Air Flow Mode Position
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-4 Sensor Circuit Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-38
ATC 03.3 — Ambient Temperature Sensor Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-38
Circuit Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-6 ATC 14.4 — Air Flow Mode Position
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-6 Sensor Circuit Voltage Low . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-40
ATC 03.4 — Ambient Temperature Sensor Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-40
Circuit Voltage Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-8 ATC 15.1 — Air Flow Mode Motor Not
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-8 Calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-42
ATC 07.3 — Outlet Air Temperature Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-42
Sensor Circuit Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-10 ATC 15.5 — Air Flow Mode Motor Circuit
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-10 Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-44
ATC 07.4 — Outlet Air Temperature Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-44
Sensor Circuit Voltage Low . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-12 ATC 15.6 — Air Flow Mode Motor Circuit
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-12 Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-46
ATC 08.3 — Evaporator Temperature Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-46
Sensor Circuit Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-14 ATC 15.7 — Air Flow Mode Motor
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-14 Mechanical Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-48
ATC 08.4 — Evaporator Temperature Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-48
Sensor Circuit Voltage Low . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-16 ATC 16.3 — Compressor Clutch Circuit
ATC 09.1 — Excessive A/C Clutch Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-50
Cycling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-18 ATC 16.4 — Compressor Clutch Circuit
ATC 10.3 — Cab Temperature Control Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-54
Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-22 ATC 17.3 — Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit
ATC 10.4 — Cab Temperature Control Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-58
Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-23 ATC 17.4 — Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit
ATC 11.3 — Blower Control Circuit
Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-24 Continued on next page
122106
PN=4
Contents
Page Page
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-60 CCU 009 — Seat Switch Stuck Closed . . . 211-CCU-30
ATC 18.3 — Circulation Blower Motor Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-30
Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-62 CCU 010 — Engine Coolant Temperature 211
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-62 High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-31
ATC 18.4 — Circulation Blower Motor Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-31
Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-65 CCU 011 — Engine Coolant Temperature
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-65 Very High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-33
ATC 19.1 — Circulation Blower Motor Driver Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-33
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-67 CCU 012 — Engine Coolant Temperature
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-67 Circuit Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-35
ATC 20.3 — ATC Supply Voltage High . . . 211-ATC-69 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-35
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-69 CCU 013 — Engine Coolant Temperature
ATC 20.4 — ATC Supply Voltage Low . . . 211-ATC-71 Circuit Short. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-36
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-71 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-36
ATC 22.1 — ATC Memory Fault . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-73 CCU 015 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-73 High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-37
ATC 23.2 — ATC Control Unit Fault . . . . . 211-ATC-75 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-37
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-75 CCU 016 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature
ATC 24.1 — ATC CAN Bus Fault . . . . . . . 211-ATC-76 Very High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-39
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-76 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-39
ATC 24.9 — ATC CAN Bus Fault . . . . . . . 211-ATC-77 CCU 017 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-77 Circuit Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-41
ATC 25.5 — Compressor Shutoff Due to Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-41
Engine Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-79 CCU 018 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-79 Circuit Short. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-42
ATC 26.9 — ECU CAN Message
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-42
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-81
CCU 019 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ATC-81
Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-43
Group CCU—CCU Code Diagnostics
CCU 020 — Engine Oil Pressure Low by
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-1
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-45
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-3
CCU 023 — Engine Speed Signal
CCU 001 — Fuel Level Sensor Fault . . . . . 211-CCU-8
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-8 Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-48
CCU 004 — Fuel Flow Signal From ECU Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-48
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-9 CCU 024 — Hydraulic Oil Level Switch
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-9 Circuit Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-49
Service Code Diagnosis—9120 Only. . . . . . 211-CCU-9 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-49
Service Code Diagnosis—9220, 9320, CCU 025 — Transmission Oil Pressure
9420, 9520 and 9620. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-13 Switch Circuit Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-50
CCU 005 — Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-50
Sensor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-18 CCU 026 — Transmission Oil Pressure
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-18 Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-52
CCU 006 — Diagnostic Messages From ECU Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-52
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-19 CCU 029 — Axle Oil Pressure Switch
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-19 Circuit Short. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-56
Service Code Diagnosis—9120 Only. . . . . 211-CCU-20 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-56
Service Code Diagnosis—9220, 9320, CCU 030 — Engine Air Filter
9420, 9520 and 9620. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-23 Restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-57
CCU 007 — Engine Power Level Code Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-58
Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-28
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-28 Continued on next page
122106
PN=5
Contents
Page Page
CCU 033 — Transmission Oil Pressure CCU 072 — CCD Message From PCU
Sensor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-60 Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-102
211 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-60 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-102
CCU 037 — Reverse Switch Circuit CCU 075 — Traction Clutch Slipping Too
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-62 Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-105
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-62 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-105
CCU 039 — Secondary Steering Pump Is CCU 080 — Differential Lock Switch
On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-63 Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-106
CCU 040 — Secondary Steering Switch CCU 081 — Differential Lock Solenoid
Circuit Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-64 Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-107
CCU 045 — CCU Supply Voltage Low CCU 095 — Throttle Command Signal From
w/Engine Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-65 ACU Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-109
CCU 046 — CCU Supply Voltage Low CCU 101 — Axle Oil Pressure Switch Failed
w/Engine Running >1500 RPM . . . . . . . 211-CCU-69 Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-111
CCU 047 — CCU Supply Voltage High CCU 107 — IMS Not Responding Due to
w/Engine Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-73 HCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-113
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-73 Service Code Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-113
CCU 049 — CCU Supply Voltage Very High CCU 120 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-115
w/Engine Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-77 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-115
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-77 CCU 121 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-116
CCU 050 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-116
CCU 122 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-117
Restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-81
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-117
CCU 125 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-118
CCU 051 — Transmission Oil Filter
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-118
Restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-84
Group ECU—ECU Code Diagnostics
CCU 053 — Transmission High/Low Solenoid
ECU 010 — Cylinder #1 Electronic Injector
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-86
Mechanical Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-1
ECU 013 — Throttle #1 Input High . . . . . . . 211-ECU-2
CCU 055 — CCU Address 23
ECU 014 — Throttle #1 Input Low . . . . . . . 211-ECU-3
Configuration Invalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-88
ECU 015 — Throttle #1 Abnormal Pulse
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-88 Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-4
CCU 061 — Hydraulic Oil Level Low. . . . . 211-CCU-89 ECU 020 — Cylinder #2 Electronic Injector
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-89 Mechanical Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-6
CCU 064 — Axle Pump Oil Pressure Very ECU 021 — Manifold Air Pressure Input
Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-91 Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-7
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-91 ECU 022 — Manifold Air Pressure Input
CCU 065 — Axle Pump Oil Pressure Low Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-8
Too Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-94 ECU 023 — Manifold Air Temperature Input
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-94 Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-9
CCU 067 — CCU Sensor Power Circuit ECU 024 — Manifold Air Temperature Input
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-97 Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-11
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-97 ECU 025 — Engine Coolant Temperature
CCU 068 — PTO Overspeed . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-98 Input Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-13
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-98 ECU 026 — Engine Coolant Temperature
CCU 070 — Operator Not Seated w/Rear Input Voltage Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-15
PTO ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-100
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-CCU-100 Continued on next page
122106
PN=6
Contents
Page Page
ECU 027 — Fuel Supply Pressure Input ECU 068 — Fuel Derate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-53
Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-17 ECU 069 — Cylinder #5 Electronic Injector
ECU 028 — ECU Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-18 Mechanical Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-54 211
ECU 029 — Fuel Supply Pressure Input ECU 071 — Fuel Rail Pressure Loss
Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-19 Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-55
ECU 030 — Cylinder #3 Electronic Injector ECU 072 — Fuel Rail Pressure Not
Mechanical Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-20 Developed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-56
ECU 031 — Cylinder #1 EUI Circuit ECU 073 — Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-21 Supply Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-57
ECU 032 — Cylinder #2 EUI Circuit ECU 074 — Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-22 Supply Voltage Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-58
ECU 033 — Cylinder #3 EUI Circuit ECU 075 — Water In Fuel Detected . . . . . 211-ECU-59
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-23 ECU 076 — Water in Fuel Signal Voltage
ECU 034 — Cylinder #4 EUI Circuit High or Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-60
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-24 ECU 077 — Pump Control Valve #1
ECU 035 — Cylinder #5 EUI Circuit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-62
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-25 ECU 078 — Fuel Rail Pressure Control
ECU 036 — Cylinder #6 EUI Circuit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-63
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-26 ECU 079 — Pump Control Valve #2
ECU 037 — Fuel Temperature Input Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-64
Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-27 ECU 080 — Fuel Temperature High
ECU 038 — Fuel Temperature Input Moderately Severe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-65
Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-29 ECU 084 — ECU Power Down Error . . . . 211-ECU-66
ECU 040 — Cylinder #4 Electronic Injector ECU 088 — Pump Control Valve #1 Fuel
Mechanical Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-31 Flow Not Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-67
ECU 041 — Crank Position Input ECU 089 — Pump Control Valve #2 Fuel
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-32 Flow Not Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-68
ECU 042 — Crank Position Input ECU 090 — Fuel Rail Pressure Higher Than
Noise/Pattern Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-33 Expected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-69
ECU 043 — Pump Position Sensor Input ECU 091 — Cylinder #1 EUI Circuit
or Cam Position Input Missing . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-35 Shorted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-70
ECU 044 — Cam Position Input Noise or ECU 092 — Cylinder #2 EUI Circuit
Pattern Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-37 Shorted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-71
ECU 045 — ECU/Pump Timing or Crank ECU 093 — Cylinder #3 EUI Circuit
Position/Cam Position Out of Sync . . . . 211-ECU-39 Shorted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-72
ECU 050 — Fuel Rail Pressure Input ECU 094 — Cylinder #4 EUI Circuit
Voltage High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-41 Shorted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-73
ECU 051 — Fuel Rail Pressure Input ECU 095 — Cylinder #5 EUI Circuit
Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-42 Shorted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-74
ECU 057 — Fuel Supply Pressure ECU 096 — Cylinder #6 EUI Circuit
Moderately Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-43 Shorted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-75
ECU 058 — Fuel Supply Pressure ECU 097 — Electronic Injector Supply
Extremely Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-44 Voltage Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-76
ECU 059 — Fuel Supply Pressure ECU 098 — Electronic Injector Wiring
Moderately High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-45 Shorted to Power Source. . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-77
ECU 060 — Cylinder #6 Electronic Injector ECU 099 — Electronic Injector Wiring
Mechanical Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-46 Shorted to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-79
ECU 062 — Engine Coolant Temperature
Moderately High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-47 Group HCU—HCU Code Diagnostics
ECU 063 — Engine Coolant Temperature Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-1
Extremely High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-49 HCU 022 — HCU Supply Voltage Fault . . . 211-HCU-3
ECU 066 — Manifold Air Temperature
Moderately High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-ECU-51 Continued on next page
122106
PN=7
Contents
Page Page
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-3 HCU 090 — Hitch Raise Disabled Due to
HCU 027 — Calibration Incomplete. . . . . . . 211-HCU-4 Low Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-27
211 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-4 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-27
HCU 028 — HCU Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-5
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-5 Group ICU—ICU Code Diagnostics
HCU 029 — Calibration Recall . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-6 ICU 094 — Membrane Switch Stuck . . . . . . .211-ICU-1
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-6 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211-ICU-1
HCU 040 — Valve Harness Connections ICU 095 — ICU CCD Bus Fault . . . . . . . . . .211-ICU-2
Invalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-7 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211-ICU-2
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-7 ICU 096 — Air Brake Pressure Low . . . . . . .211-ICU-3
HCU 041 — Pressure Valve Solenoid Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211-ICU-3
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-8 ICU 099 — ICU Memory Fault . . . . . . . . . . .211-ICU-4
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-8 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211-ICU-4
HCU 042 — Return Valve Solenoid Circuit
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-10 Group JDL—JDL Code Diagnostics
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-10 JdL 001 — Control Unit Configuration and
HCU 043 — Pressure Valve Calibration Machine PIN Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-1
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-12 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-1
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-12 JdL 002 — Control Unit Power Limit
HCU 044 — Return Valve Calibration Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-2
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-14 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-2
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-14 JdL 003 — Control Unit Memory Capacity
HCU 045 — Sensor Power Fault . . . . . . . 211-HCU-16 Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-3
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-16 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-3
HCU 049 — Raise/Lower Rocker Switch JdL 004 — CCD Bus Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-4
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-17 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-4
JdL 005 — CAN Bus Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-5
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-17
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-5
HCU 050 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-18
JdL 006 — Control Unit Voltage Low . . . . . 211-JDL-6
HCU 052 — Hitch Draft Sensor Circuit
JdL 007 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-7
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-19
JdL 008 — Invalid Time/Date . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-8
HCU 053 — Hitch Load/Depth Control
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-20
JdL 010 — Machine Data Configuration
Fault 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-9
HCU 054 — Hitch Control Lever Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-9
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-21 JdL 011 — Machine Data Configuration
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-21 Fault 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-10
HCU 055 — Hitch Position Sensor Circuit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-10
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-22 JdL 012 — Machine Data Configuration
HCU 056 — Hitch Raise Limit Control Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-11
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-23 JdL 013 — Machine Data Configuration
HCU 057 — Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-12
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-24 JdL 014 — Machine Data Configuration
HCU 058 — External Raise/Lower Switch Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-13
Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-25 JdL 015 — Calibration Memory Fault . . . . 211-JDL-14
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-25 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-14
HCU 060 — HCU CCD Bus Fault . . . . . . . 211-HCU-26
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-HCU-26 Continued on next page
122106
PN=8
Contents
Page Page
Jdl 016 — GPS Not Available . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-15 SCo 040 — Valve Harness Connections
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-15 Invalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-7
JdL 017 — GPS Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-16 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-7 211
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-16 SCo 060 — SCo CCD Bus Fault. . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-8
JdL 018 — JdL CAN Error Limit Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-8
Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-17 SCo 090 — SCV Function Disabled Due
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-17 to Low Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-9
JdL 050 — GPS Lock Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-18 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-9
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-18 SCo 100 — Operator Not Seated w/SCV in
JdL 052 — GPS Lock Lost . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-19 Detented Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-10
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-19 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-10
JdL 054 — GPS Antenna/Cable Fault . . . . 211-JDL-20 SCo 140 — SCV 4 Control Lever Circuit
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-20 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-11
JdL 060 — Call Unanswered. . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-21 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-11
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-21 SCo 141 — SCV 4 Extend Valve Fault . . . 211-SCo-12
JdL 063 — Call Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-22 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-12
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-22 SCo 142 — SCV 4 Retract Valve Fault. . . 211-SCo-13
JdL 064 — Cellular Signal Weak or No Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-13
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-23 SCo 143 — SCV 4 Extend Valve Fault
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-23 During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-14
JdL 065 — Cellular Data Bit Error Rate Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-14
Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-24 SCo 144 — SCV 4 Retract Valve Fault
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-24 During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-15
JdL 066 — Cellular Personal Identification Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-15
Number Blocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-25 SCo 145 — Insufficient Current for SCV 4
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-25 Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-16
JdL 067 — Communications Service Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-16
Identification Module Fault . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-26 SCo 150 — SCV 5 Control Lever Circuit
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-26 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-18
JdL 068 — Line Busy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-27 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-18
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-27 SCo 151 — SCV 5 Extend Valve Fault . . . 211-SCo-19
JdL 069 — Data Exchange Fault . . . . . . . 211-JDL-28 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-19
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-28
SCo 152 — SCV 5 Retract Valve Fault. . . 211-SCo-20
JdL 070 — Modem Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-29
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-20
SCo 153 — SCV 5 Extend Valve Fault
JdL 071 — Data Upload Fault . . . . . . . . . . 211-JDL-30
During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-21
JdL 072 — Data Download Fault . . . . . . . 211-JDL-31
SCo 154 — SCV 5 Retract Valve Fault
During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-22
Group PCU—PCU Code Diagnostics
SCo 155 — Insufficient Current for SCV 5
PCU Code Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-PCU-1
Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-23
Group SCo—SCo Code Diagnostics Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-23
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-1
SCo 022 — SCo Supply Voltage Fault . . . . 211-SCo-3 Group SCS—SCS Code Diagnostics
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-3 SCS 020 — SCS Control Unit Fault . . . . . . 211-SCS-1
SCo 027 — Calibration Incomplete . . . . . . . 211-SCo-4 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-1
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-4 SCS 022 — SCS Switched Supply
SCo 028 — SCo Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-5 Voltage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-3
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-5 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-4
SCo 029 — Calibration Recall. . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-6
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCo-6 Continued on next page
122106
PN=9
Contents
Page Page
SCS 023 — SCS Unswitched Supply Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-53

Voltage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-6 SCS 101 — Remote Sensor 1 Voltage
211 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-6 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-55
SCS 027 — SCS Calibration Incomplete. . . 211-SCS-8 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-55
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-9 SCS 102 — Remote Sensor 2 Voltage
SCS 028 — SCS Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-11 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-57
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-12 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-58
SCS 041 — Hitch/SCU Connector SCS 103 — AutoLoad Operation
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-14 Cancelled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-60
SCS 045 — Sensor Power Fault. . . . . . . . 211-SCS-17 SCS 110 — SCV I Control Lever Fault
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-17 Message Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-62
SCS 048 — Remote Sensor 1 Voltage Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-62
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-19 SCS 111 — SCV I Extend Valve Fault . . . 211-SCS-64
SCS 049 — Remote Sensor 2 Voltage SCS 112 — SCV I Retract Valve Fault . . . 211-SCS-67
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-22 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-67
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-22 SCS 113 — SCV I Extend Valve
SCS 050 — Remote Sensor 3 Voltage Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-69
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-24 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-70
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-25 SCS 114 — SCV I Retract Valve
SCS 053 — Average Draft Control Setting Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-72
Fault Message Received . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-27 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-72
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-27 SCS 115 — Insufficient Current for SCV I
SCS 056 — Front Scraper Initial Draft Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-74
Setting Fault Message Received . . . . . . 211-SCS-29
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-75
SCS 116 — Remote Sensor 1 Wrong
SCS 057 — Rear Scraper Initial Draft
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-77
Setting Fault Message Received . . . . . . 211-SCS-32
SCS 120 — SCV II Control Lever Fault
SCS 060 — SCV Control Lever Message
Message Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-79
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-34
SCS 121 — SCV II Extend Valve Fault . . . 211-SCS-82
SCS 061 — Clutch Position Information
Message Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-37 Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-82
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-37 SCS 122 — SCV II Retract Valve Fault . . 211-SCS-84
SCS 062 — True Ground Speed Message Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-85
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-39 SCS 123 — SCV II Extend Valve
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-40 Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-87
SCS 090 — SCV Function Disabled Due Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-87
to Low Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-42 SCS 124 — SCV II Retract Valve
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-42 Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-89
SCS 097 — Option Pin Configuration Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-90
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-44 SCS 125 — Insufficient Current for SCV II
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-45 Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-92
SCS 098 — Option PIN Configuration Invalid Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-92
at Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-47 SCS 130 — SCV III Control Lever Fault
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-48 Message Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-94
SCS 099 — SCS Option Connection Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-95
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-50 SCS 131 — SCV III Extend Valve Fault . . 211-SCS-97
SCS 100 — Operator Out Of Seat With
SCV On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-52 Continued on next page
122106
PN=10
Contents
Page Page
SCS 132 — SCV III Retract Valve Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-18
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-99 SCU 100 — Operator Not Seated w/SCV in
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-100 Detented Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-19 211
SCS 133 — SCV III Extend Valve Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-19
Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-102 SCU 101 — Remote Sensor 1 Voltage
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-102 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-20
SCS 134 — SCV III Retract Valve Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-20
Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-104 SCU 103 — Cancellation of External
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-105 Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-21
SCS 135 — Insufficient Current for SCV Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-21
III Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-107 SCU 109 — External Command Fault. . . . 211-SCU-22
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-107 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-22
SCS 136 — Remote Sensor 2 Wrong SCU 110 — SCV 1 Control Lever Circuit
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-109 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-23
Code Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCS-110 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-23
SCU 111 — SCV 1 Extend Valve Fault. . . 211-SCU-24
Group SCU—SCU Code Diagnostics Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-24
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-1 SCU 112 — SCV 1 Retract Valve Fault . . 211-SCU-25
SCU 022 — SCU Supply Voltage Fault. . . . 211-SCU-4 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-25
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-4 SCU 113 — SCV 1 Extend Valve Fault
SCU 023 — SCU Supply Voltage Fault During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-26
(F6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-6 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-26
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-6 SCU 114 — SCV 1 Retract Valve Fault
SCU 027 — Calibration Incomplete. . . . . . . 211-SCU-7 During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-27
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-7 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-27
SCU 028 — SCU Not Calibrated. . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-8 SCU 115 — Insufficient Current for SCV 1
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-8 Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-28
SCU 029 — Calibration Recall . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-9 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-28
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-9 SCU 120 — SCV 2 Control Lever Circuit
SCU 040 — Valve Harness Connections Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-30
Invalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-10 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-30
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-10 SCU 121 — SCV 2 Extend Valve Fault. . . 211-SCU-31
SCU 045 — Sensor Power Fault. . . . . . . . 211-SCU-11 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-31
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-11 SCU 122 — SCV 2 Retract Valve Fault . . 211-SCU-32
SCU 047 — Hitch Following Sensor Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-32
Power Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-12 SCU 123 — SCV 2 Extend Valve Fault
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-12 During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-33
SCU 048 — Remote Sensor 1 Voltage Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-33
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-13 SCU 124 — SCV 2 Retract Valve Fault
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-13 During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-34
SCU 060 — SCU CCD Bus Fault . . . . . . . 211-SCU-14 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-34
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-14 SCU 125 — Insufficient Current for SCV 2
SCU 061 — No Data From External Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-35
Device for More Than 1 Second . . . . . . 211-SCU-15 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-35
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-15 SCU 130 — SCV 3 Control Lever Circuit
SCU 090 — SCV Function Disabled Due Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-37
to Low Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-16 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-37
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-16 SCU 131 — SCV 3 Extend Valve Fault. . . 211-SCU-38
SCU 098 — Option PIN Configuration Invalid Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-38
at Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-17 SCU 132 — SCV 3 Retract Valve Fault . . 211-SCU-39
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-17 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-39
SCU 099 — SCU Option Connection
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-18 Continued on next page
122106
PN=11
Contents
Page Page
SCU 133 — SCV 3 Extend Valve Fault SSU 052 — Steering Wheel Position
During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-40 Sensor 2 Current Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-23
211 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-40 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-23
SCU 134 — SCV 3 Retract Valve Fault SSU 053 — Steering Wheel Position
During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-41 Sensor 2 Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-24
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-41 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-24
SCU 135 — Insufficient Current for SCV 3 SSU 055 — Steering Wheel Position
Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-42 Sensor 2 Signal Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-26
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SCU-42 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-26
SSU 065 — Steering Movement Occurred
Group SSU—SSU Code Diagnostics w/No Steering Wheel Signal
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-1 Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-28
SSU 001 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-3 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-28
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-3 SSU 066 — Steering Input Device
SSU 002 — Control Unit Fault . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-4 Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-29
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-4 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-29
SSU 004 — Vehicle Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-5 SSU 100 — Operator Not Seated While
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-5 AutoTrac Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-30
SSU 008 — AutoTrac Activation Code Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-30
Invalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-6 SSU 101 — Operator Presence Switch
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-6 Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-32
SSU 010 — Transmission Mismatch . . . . . . 211-SSU-7 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-32
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-7 SSU 111 — Steering Valve Fault . . . . . . . 211-SSU-34
SSU 011 — No Transmission Type Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-34
Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-8 SSU 153 — Steering Angle Sensor
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-8 Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-35
SSU 020 — SSU Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-10 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-35
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-10 SSU 158 — Steering Angle Sensor Low
SSU 021 — Steering Valve Supply or No Motion—Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-36
Voltage Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-11 SSU 159 — Steering Direction Signal
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-11 Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-37
SSU 029 — SSU EOL Data Fault . . . . . . . 211-SSU-13 SSU 180 — Steering Angle Sensor Output
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-13 Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-38
SSU 030 — SSU Supply Voltage Fault . . . 211-SSU-14 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-38
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-14 SSU 181 — Steering Angle Sensor Output
SSU 031 — Sensor Supply Voltage High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-39
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-15 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-39
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-15 SSU 182 — Steering Angle Sensor Low
SSU 041 — Steering Wheel Position or No Motion—AutoTrac Mode . . . . . . . 211-SSU-40
Sensor 1 Supply Voltage Fault . . . . . . . 211-SSU-16 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-40
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-16 SSU 196 — Steering Valve Deadband
SSU 042 — Steering Wheel Position Calibration Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-42
Sensor 1 Current Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-17 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-42
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-17 SSU 197 — Steering Valve Command
SSU 043 — Steering Wheel Position Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-44
Sensor 1 Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-18 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-44
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-18 SSU 198 — Steering Valve Command
SSU 045 — Steering Wheel Position High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-46
Sensor 1 Signal Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-20 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-46
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-20 SSU 199 — Steering System Output
SSU 051 — Steering Wheel Position Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-48
Sensor 2 Supply Voltage Fault . . . . . . . 211-SSU-22
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-22 Continued on next page
122106
PN=12
Contents
Page
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-48

SSU 201 — Wheel Speed Signal
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-49 211
SSU 203 — Transmission Signal
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-51
SSU 205 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Signal
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-53
SSU 206 — Resume Switch Signal
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-54
SSU 208 — GREENSTAR™ Display
Message Fault w/AutoTrac Active or
Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-56
SSU 209 — TCM Message Missing . . . . . 211-SSU-57
SSU 212 — MST Transmission Reverse
Status not Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-58
SSU 213 — Yaw Rate Message
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-59
SSU 214 — GPS Speed Message
Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SSU-61
Group SUP—SUP Code Diagnostics

SUP 010 — Communication w/SCU
Interrupted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SUP-1
Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SUP-1
SUP 011 — Communication w/SCo
Interrupted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-SUP-3
SUP 020 — Internal SUP Memory Fault . . . 211-SUP-5
122106
PN=13
Contents
211
122106
PN=14
Group ACU
ACU Code Diagnostics
Specifications
ACU Address 03
211
ACU
Throttle Lever Command Voltage Volts (Throttle Lever Full Back) 0.5 1
Volts (Throttle Lever Full Forward) 4.5
ACU Address 04
Shift Control Lever Switch Signals Lever Position 000

Display Reading 101
Park and Neutral 011
Reverse Gear Hold
Forward Gear Hold
ACU Address 05
Shift Control Lever Switch Lever Position 010, 011, or 110

Signals—(MST) Display Reading 001
Gear Hold (Center Position) 100
High Range Position (Full Forward)
Low Range Position (Full Rearward)
ACU Address 05
Shift Control Lever Switch Lever Position 110

Signals—(PST) Display Reading 010
Park 001
Neutral and Gear Hold Positions
Bump Forward (Forward and 100
Reverse Position)
Bump Rearward (Forward and 011, 010 or 110
Reverse Position)
Forward or Reverse Gear Hold
(Center Position)
Continued on next page RW39137,0000454 –19–08MAR04–1/5
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-ACU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=85
ACU Address 06
Shift Control Lever Switch Signals Park and Reverse (+) 101
211
ACU Forward (-) 100
2 Reverse Gear Hold 100 or 000
Out of Park, Reverse (-), Forward 000
Gear Hold, Forward (+) and Full
Neutral.
ACU Address 07
Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch Off 100

Position Raise 001
Lower 010
ACU Address 08
Hitch Load/Depth Control Volts (CCW) 0.50

Potentiometer Voltage Volts (CW) 4.50
ACU Address 09
Hitch Control Lever Potentiometer Volts (Raise) 0.50

Voltage Volts (Lower) 4.50
ACU Address 10
Hitch Raise Limit Control Volts (Limited Raise) 0.50

Potentiometer Voltage Volts (Maximum Raise) 4.50
ACU Address 11
Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control Volts (Slow) 0.50

Potentiometer Voltage Volts (Fast) 4.50
122106
PN=86
ACU Address 12
SCV Control Voltage and Switch Float 0.2.0—1.2.0

211
Status Retract/Forward Detent 0.6.1—1.8.1 ACU
Retract/Forward Midrange 1.3.0—2.8.0 3
Center OFF 2.3.1—3.2.1
Extend/Rearward Midrange 3.1.0—4.5.0
Extend/Rearward Detent 3.9.1—4.8.1
ACU Address 13

Status Retract/Forward Detent 0.6.1—1.8.1
Retract/Forward Midrange 1.3.0—2.8.0
ACU Address 14

ACU Address 15

122106
PN=87
ACU Address 16

211
ACU Status Retract/Forward Detent 0.6.1—1.8.1
4 Retract/Forward Midrange 1.3.0—2.8.0
ACU Address 24
Shift Lever Configuration Value PST 000

MST Transmission 24 Speed 001
MST Transmission 12 Speed 002
ACU Address 31
IMS Switch Position Signals Switch Position Display Reading

Center Position 101
Position 1 110
Position 2 011
ACU Address 32
Auto Resume Switch Position Switch Position Display Reading

Signals Neutral 010
Resume 001
Hitch Lever Voltage
Hitch Lever Voltage Range Voltage Range (Hitch Full Forward to More Than 1.78V
Full Rearward Voltage) (Prior to
Software Version 30)
Voltage Range (Hitch Full Forward to More Than 1.58V
Full Rearward Voltage) (Software
Version 30 and Above)
122106
PN=88
Hitch Load/Depth Control
Potentiometer Range Voltage Range (Full Clockwise to More Than 1.78V

211
Full Counterclockwise Voltage) (Prior ACU
to Software Version 30) 5
Voltage Range (Full Clockwise to More Than 1.58V
Full Counterclockwise Voltage)
(Software Version 30 and Above)
Hitch Raise Control

Full Counterclockwise Voltage) (Prior
to Software Version 30)
Hitch Rate of Drop Control

Full Counterclockwise Voltage) (Prior
to Software Version 30)
Throttle Lever Voltage
Throttle Lever Voltage Range Voltage Range (Throttle Full Forward More Than 1.78V
to Full Rearward Voltage) (Prior to
Software Version 30)
Voltage Range (Throttle Full Forward More Than 1.58V
to Full Rearward Voltage) (Software
Version 30 and Above)
RW39137,0000454 –19–08MAR04–5/5
122106
PN=89
ACU 001 — ACU Control Unit Fault
ACU 001 indicates the ACU (A901) is not communicating

211
ACU with the CCU (A991).
6
OURX908,00003DB –19–12AUG02–1/1
Service Code Diagnosis
NOTE: Additional References:
• ACU Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-ACU-200).

• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999), (See Reference 245-ACU-300).
• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (010001—), (See Reference 245-ACU-300b).
• SE14 Armrest Control Unit (ACU) Schematic (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-015).
• Armrest Control Unit (ACU) (SE14) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-059).
• Cab Connecting Harnesses (See Reference 240-25-027).
• General Reference List (See Reference 210-15-001).
– – –1/1
1 CCD Network Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See OK: CCD checks good.
Reference245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Access CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005).
NOT OK: Make
necessary repairs and
see if code returns. Code
does not return, diagnosis
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=90
2 ACU Power Check 1. Remove and inspect fuse F3. OK: All checks good.
2. Turn Key Switch (001) to ON position. Replace and perform full
3. Check Terminal A of F3 (10A) for battery voltage. calibration of ACU.
4. Disconnect Armrest Control Harness X901-4 and check continuity from terminal 9 of
harness to terminal B of F3. Access ACU Address 20
5. Check for continuity to ground from terminal 4 of Armrest Control Harness X901-4 and perform ACU
211
to ground. Calibration. (See
ACU
Reference 245-ACU-001.)
7
NOT OK: No battery
voltage at F3. Repair
circuit 072 as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F3 bad.

Replace F3. F3 opens
repeatedly. Check circuits
down stream for shorts.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No continuity

from terminal 9 at X901-4
to terminal B of F3.
Repair circuit 932 as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No continuity to

ground. Repair circuit 050
as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=91
ACU 002 — SCV Lever Calibration Fault
ACU 002 indicates an SCV lever calibration has failed.

211
ACU
8
OURX908,00003DC –19–07NOV01–1/1
– – –1/1
1 ACU Memory Loss NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Diagnostics
245-05-001). completed.
If service code ACU 02 is stored, there is an ACU internal memory loss related to
calibration data recorded at ACU Address 21. Do the following:
NOTE: This service code will not generate an alarm.
1. Access ACU Address 21 and perform SCV Control Lever Calibration. See ACU
Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001).
2. Clear ACU service codes at ACU Address 01.
3. Cycle the ignition switch (OFF—ON).
4. If service code "ACU 02” returns, and the SCV levers do not operate properly,
replace the ACU and perform full calibration. Access ACU Address 20, and perform
ACU Calibration. See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=92
ACU 003 — Throttle or Hitch Controls

Calibration Fault
211
ACU 003 indicates a throttle and/or hitch control(s) ACU
calibration has failed. 9
OURX908,00003DD –19–07NOV01–1/1
– – –1/1
1 ACU Memory Loss NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Diagnostics
245-05-001). completed.
If ACU service code ACU 03 is stored, there is an ACU internal memory loss related to
calibration data recorded at ACU Address 20. Do the following:
NOTE: This service code will not generate an alarm but service code "ACU/27" may
be generated at the same time, and, an alarm is generated with it.
1. Access ACU Address 20 and perform ACU Calibration. See ACU Addresses
(Reference 245-ACU-001).
2. Cycle the ignition switch (OFF—ON).
3. If service code ACU 03 returns, replace the ACU and perform full calibration.
Access ACU Address 20 and perform ACU Calibration. See ACU Addresses
(Reference 245-ACU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=93
ACU 027 — Calibration Incomplete
ACU 027 indicates ACU calibration was not successful, an

211
ACU “information” alarm is generated.
10
OURX908,00003DE –19–25JAN02–1/1
– – –1/1
1 Invalid Calibration NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See OK: Diagnostics
Reference245-05-001). completed.
ACU service code "27" is stored if an armrest control device is not properly calibrated NOT OK: Replace ACU
during the calibration process (ACU Address 20). and perform full
calibration. See ACU
This code will be stored ONLY if an ACU calibration procedure has been started and Calibration.
either of the two following occurs:
Access ACU Address 20
• The calibrated voltage range from the control is LESS than 1.7 volts and perform ACU
—OR— Calibration. (See
• The control was NOT calibrated during calibration. Reference 245-ACU-001.)
Other service codes, related to the control that caused code "27" to be stored, may or
may not also be stored.
• If other service codes were also stored, the controller(s) that generated the code
must be calibrated.
• If no other service codes were stored, ALL controls must be calibrated.
Calibrate controls as necessary. Access ACU Address 20 and perform ACU

Calibration. See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=94
ACU 028 — ACU Not Calibrated
ACU 028 indicates ACU calibration was not performed. An

211
“information” alarm is generated. Calibration may not be ACU
successful if configuration selection at ACU Address 24 is 11
not performed.
OURX908,00003DF –19–02MAR04–1/1
• ACU Theory of Operation, (See Reference 245-ACU-200).

• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—901999T)(—009999W), (See Reference 245-ACU-300).
• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (902001T—)(010001—W), (See Reference 245-ACU-300b).
• Tractor Schematic List, (See Reference 240-25-001).
• General Reference List, (See Reference 210-15-001).
– – –1/1
1 ACU Configuration NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Configuration is
Selection 245-05-001). correct.
Check display for correct configuration entry. GO TO 2 .
With engine OFF; NOT OK: Configuration is

incorrect.
Access ACU Address 24 and perform Shift Lever Configuration.
GO TO 3 .
(See ACU Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001).
Display should read:
24
XX0
– – –1/1
122106
PN=95
2 Full Calibration Perform full calibration of ACU. OK: Calibrated the ACU.
Code does not return.
Access ACU Address 20 and perform ACU Calibration. Diagnosis complete.
(See ACU Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001). NOT OK: Calibration did

not correct problem.
211
(See Access Control Unit Addresses, (See Reference 245-05-002). Replace ACU. Calibrate
ACU
and recheck for code.
12
Access ACU Address 20
and perform ACU
Calibration.
(See ACU Addresses,

Reference 245-ACU-001).
– – –1/1
3 Set Configuration Access ACU Address 24 and perform Shift Lever Configuration. OK: GO TO 2 .
(See ACU Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001).
(See Access Control Unit Addresses, (See Reference 245-05-002).
ACU Address 24—Specification

Shift Lever Configuration Value—PST ........................................................................ 000
MST Transmission 24 Speed ...................................................................................... 001
MST Transmission 12 Speed ...................................................................................... 002
– – –1/1
122106
PN=96
ACU 030 — Engine Throttle Control Fault
ACU 030 indicates an engine throttle control (R300) circuit

211
failure, an “information” alarm is generated. Service code ACU
does not necessarily mean that the throttle control 13
potentiometer is at fault.
OURX908,00003E0 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=97
1 Throttle Lever NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Command Test 245-05-001). problem was not found.
Check for intermittent
Access ACU Address 03 and perform Hand Throttle Voltage Test. See ACU causes, access ACU
Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). Address 02 and perform
ACU System Beep Mode
211
ACU Address 03—Specification Test. (See Reference
ACU
Throttle Lever Command Voltage—Volts 245-ACU-001.) If fault is
14
(Throttle Lever Full Back) ................................................................ Minimum Voltage 0.5 not found and code does
Volts (Throttle Lever Full Forward) ................................................ Maximum Voltage 4.5 not return, diagnostics
completed.
Throttle Lever Voltage—Specification
Throttle Lever Voltage Range—Voltage NOT OK: Found
Range (Throttle Full Forward to Full problems in circuitry,
Rearward Voltage) (Prior to Software connections or control
Version 30) ............................................................................................ More Than 1.78V potentiometer. Repair as
Voltage Range (Throttle Full Forward to needed, clear codes,
Full Rearward Voltage) (Software operate engine throttle
Version 30 and Above) ......................................................................... More Than 1.58V control lever and recall
codes. Recall, Record
NOTE: Throttle full forward voltage must be at least and Clear Codes (See
1.78V (Prior to Software Version 30) or Reference 245-05-001).
1.58V (Software Version 30 and Above) Code does not return,
more than the throttle full rearward voltage. There should be no “beep” or sudden diagnostics completed.
change in voltage through the full range of throttle movement.
View software version at ACU Address 86 and ACU Address 87 (Status)—ACU

Software Version Number
– – –1/1
122106
PN=98
ACU 040 — Transmission Shift Lever Fault
ACU 040 indicates a transmission shift control lever circuit

211
failure. An Information alarm is generated. Service code ACU
does not necessarily mean that the shift control switch 15
(A913) is at fault. The following test will check shift control
signals from the ACU (A901) for all functions of the shift
control lever.
OURX908,00003E1 –19–09AUG04–1/1

• Cab Harness (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-026).
• Cab Harness (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-055).
– – –1/1
1 Transmission Lever NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Position Test 245-05-001). problem was not found.
With engine OFF access ACU Address 24 and perform Shift Lever Configuration. GO TO 2 .
See ACU Addresses, (Reference 245-ACU-001.)
NOT OK: Found
Access ACU Address 04 and perform Transmission Lever Position Switches Test. problems in alignment,
See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). connections or circuit
board. Repair as needed,
Check display for correct signals in PARK, NEUTRAL, REVERSE and FORWARD. clear codes, operate
transmission shift lever
ACU Address 04—Specification (PST) and recall codes.
Shift Control Lever Switch Signals— Recall, Record and Clear
Lever Position .......................................................................................... Display Reading Codes (See Reference
PARK and NEUTRAL .................................................................................................. 000 245-05-001). Code does
REVERSE Gear Hold .................................................................................................. 101 not return, diagnostics
FORWARD Gear Hold ................................................................................................ 011 completed.
NOTE: If “000” displays in REVERSE or FORWARD position, check condition of shift

lever/magnet assembly before replacing ACU circuit board.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=99
2 Transmission Lever Access ACU Address 05 and perform Transmission Lever Position (PST) and Hi/Lo OK: Performed test,
Forward/Rearward Position (MST) Switches Test. See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). problem was not found.
Position Switches
Test Check display for correct signals in PARK, NEUTRAL, FORWARD upshift (+), GO TO 3 .
REVERSE upshift (+), FORWARD downshift (-), and REVERSE downshift (-) positions.
NOT OK: Found
211
ACU Address 05—Specification problems in alignment,
ACU
Shift Control Lever Switch Signals— connections or circuit
16
(PST)—Lever Position ............................................................................. Display Reading board. Repair as needed,
PARK ........................................................................................................................... 110 clear codes, operate
NEUTRAL and Gear Hold Positions ........................................................................... 010 transmission shift lever
Bump Forward (FORWARD and (PST) or Hi/Lo lever
REVERSE Position) .................................................................................................... 001 (MST) and recall codes.
Bump Rearward (FORWARD and Recall, Record and Clear
REVERSE Position) .................................................................................................... 100 Codes (See Reference
FORWARD and REVERSE Gear Hold 245-05-001). Code does
(Center Position) ..................................................................................... 011, 010 or 110 not return, diagnostics
completed.
NOTE: If “000” displays in REVERSE or FORWARD position, check condition of sector
lever magnet assembly before replacing ACU circuit board.

Shift Control Lever Switch Signals—
(MST)—Lever Position ............................................................................ Display Reading
Gear Hold (Center Position) ........................................................................ 010, 110, 011
HIGH Range Position (Full Forward) .......................................................................... 001
LOW Range Position (Full Rearward) ........................................................................ 100
– – –1/1
3 Transmission Lever Access ACU Address 06 and perform Transmission Lever Fore/Aft Position OK: Performed test,
Fore/Aft Position Switches Test. See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). problem was not found.
Switches Test Check for intermittent
Check display for correct signals in the following positions. circuit problems, access
ACU Address 02 and
ACU Address 06—Specification perform ACU System
Shift Control Lever Switch Signals— Beep Mode Test. (See
PARK and REVERSE upshift (+) ................................................................................ 101 Reference 245-ACU-001.)
FORWARD downshift (-) ............................................................................................. 100 If fault is not found and
REVERSE Gear Hold ....................................................................................... 100 or 000 code does not return,
Out of PARK, REVERSE downshift (-), diagnosis completed.
FORWARD Gear Hold, FORWARD
upshift (+) and Full NEUTRAL. ................................................................................... 000 NOT OK: Found
problems in alignment,
connections or circuit
clear codes, operate
(PST) and recall codes.
Recall, Record and Clear
Codes (See Reference
245-05-001). Code does
not return, diagnostics
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=100
ACU 041 — ACU Powered Up In Gear
ACU 041 indicates a start in gear was performed. Code

211
may have been generated due to inappropriate signals ACU
from the shift control lever. Service code does not 17
necessarily mean that the shift control switch (A913) is at
fault. The following test will check shift control signals
from the ACU (A901) for all functions of the shift control
lever.
OURX908,00003E2 –19–09AUG04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Shift Lever NOTE: If ACU control unit is not configured correctly at ACU Address 24, ACU Code OK: Shift lever
Configuration Check 041 maybe set and transmission may not shift. configuration correct.
NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference GO TO 2 .
245-05-001).
NOT OK: Corrected
Access ACU Address 24 and perform Shift Lever Configuration Configuration. See configuration. Code does
ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). not return.
ACU Address 24—Specification Diagnosis complete.

Shift Lever Configuration—Transmission ................................................ Display Address
PST .............................................................................................................................. 000
MST (24 speed) .......................................................................................................... 001
MST (12 speed) .......................................................................................................... 002
– – –1/1
122106
PN=101
Access ACU Address 04 and perform Transmission Lever Position Switches Test. GO TO 3 .
See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001).
NOT OK: Found
211
Check display for correct signals in PARK, NEUTRAL, REVERSE and FORWARD. problems in alignment,
ACU
18
ACU Address 04—Specification board. Repair as needed,
Shift Control Lever Switch Signals— clear codes, operate
Lever Position .......................................................................................... Display Reading transmission shift lever
PARK and NEUTRAL .................................................................................................. 000 (PST) and recall codes.
REVERSE Gear Hold .................................................................................................. 101 Recall, Record and Clear
FORWARD Gear Hold ................................................................................................ 011 Codes (See Reference
245-05-001). Code does
NOTE: If “000” displays in REVERSE or FORWARD position, check condition of shift not return, diagnostics
lever/magnet assembly before replacing ACU circuit board. completed.
– – –1/1
Position Switches
NOT OK: Found
completed.
lever/magnet assembly before replacing ACU circuit board.

– – –1/1
122106
PN=102
ACU Address 02 and
211
ACU
PARK and REVERSE upshift (+) ................................................................................ 101 Reference 245-ACU-001.)
19
FORWARD downshift (-) ............................................................................................. 100 If fault is not found and
REVERSE Gear Hold ....................................................................................... 100 or 000 code does not return,
Out of PARK, REVERSE downshift (-), diagnosis completed.
FORWARD Gear Hold, FORWARD
upshift (+) and Full NEUTRAL. ................................................................................... 000 NOT OK: Found
problems in alignment,
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=103
ACU 042 — Transmission Lever Park

Position Switch Conflict
211
ACU ACU 042 indicates park switch conflict signals from the
20 shift control lever. Service code does not necessarily
mean that the control switch ACU (A901) is at fault. The
following test will check shift control signals from the ACU
(A913) shift control lever. This code may be set by shifting
to quickly.
OURX908,00003E3 –19–09AUG04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=104
Access ACU Address 04 and perform Transmission Lever Position Switches Test. GO TO 2 .
See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001).
NOT OK: Found
211
Check display for correct signals in PARK, NEUTRAL, REVERSE and FORWARD. problems in alignment,
ACU
21
ACU Address 04—Specification board. Repair as needed,
Shift Control Lever Switch Signals— clear codes, operate
Lever Position .......................................................................................... Display Reading transmission shift lever
PARK and NEUTRAL .................................................................................................. 000 (PST) and recall codes.
REVERSE Gear Hold .................................................................................................. 101 Recall, Record and Clear
FORWARD Gear Hold ................................................................................................ 011 Codes (See Reference
245-05-001). Code does
NOTE: If “000” displays in REVERSE or FORWARD position, check condition of shift not return, diagnostics
lever/magnet assembly before replacing ACU circuit board. completed.
– – –1/1
Position Switches
NOT OK: Found
completed.
lever magnet assembly before replacing ACU circuit board.

– – –1/1
122106
PN=105
ACU Address 02 and
211
ACU
Lever Position .......................................................................................... Display Reading Reference 245-ACU-001.)
22
PARK and REVERSE upshift (+) ................................................................................ 101 If fault is not found and
FORWARD downshift (-) ............................................................................................. 100 code does not return,
REVERSE Gear Hold ....................................................................................... 100 or 000 diagnosis completed.
Out of PARK, REVERSE downshift (-),
FORWARD Gear Hold, FROWEARD NOT OK: Found
upshift (+) and Full NEUTRAL. ................................................................................... 000 problems in alignment,
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=106
ACU 049 — Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch

ON at Start-Up
211
ACU 049 indicates the Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch ACU
(S800) circuit was active on a start-up, an “information” 23
alarm is generated.
OURX908,00003E4 –19–12AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Rear Hitch NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Raise/Lower Rocker 245-05-001). problem was not found.
Switch Test Check for intermittent
Access ACU Address 07 and perform Rear Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch Test. causes, access ACU
See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). Address 02 and perform
Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch 245-ACU-001.) If fault is
Position—Off ............................................................................................................... 100 not found and code does
Raise .......................................................................................................................... 001 not return, diagnostics
Lower .......................................................................................................................... 010 completed.
NOT OK: Found

problems in connector or
switch. Repair as needed,
clear codes, operate hitch
raise/lower rocker switch
and recall codes. Recall,
Record and Clear Codes
(See Reference
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=107
ACU 053 — Hitch Load/Depth Control Circuit

Fault
211
ACU ACU 053 indicates Hitch Load/Depth control potentiometer
24 (R806) circuit failure, an “information” alarm is generated.
Service code does not necessarily mean that the
potentiometer is at fault. SCS Code 053 may be set at
same time as this code. They are diagnosed using same
test.
OURX908,00003E5 –19–03APR06–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=108
1 Hitch Load/Depth NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Control Potentiometer 245-05-001). problem was not found.
Test Check for intermittent
Access ACU Address 08 and perform Rear Hitch Load/Depth Control Voltage Test. causes, access ACU
211
ACU
Hitch Load/Depth Control Potentiometer 245-ACU-001.) If fault is
25
Voltage—Volts (CCW) ................................................................... Minimum Voltage 0.50 not found and code does
Volts (CW) .................................................................................... Maximum Voltage 4.50 not return, diagnostics
completed.
Hitch Load/Depth Control—Specification
Potentiometer Range—Voltage Range NOT OK: Found
(Full Clockwise to Full Counterclockwise problems in circuitry,
Voltage) (Prior to Software Version 30) ................................................ More Than 1.78V connections or control
Voltage Range (Full Clockwise to Full potentiometer. Repair as
Counterclockwise Voltage) (Software needed, clear codes,
Version 30 and Above) ......................................................................... More Than 1.58V operate hitch load/depth
control switch and recall
NOTE: There should be no “beep” or sudden change in voltage through the full range codes. Recall, Record
of control movement. and Clear Codes (See
View software version at ACU Address 86 and ACU Address 87 (Status)—ACU Code does not return,
Software Version Number diagnostics completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=109
ACU 054 — Hitch Control Lever Circuit Fault
ACU 054 indicates Hitch Control Lever Potentiometer

211
ACU (R805) circuit failure, an “information” alarm is generated.
26 Service code does not necessarily mean that the
potentiometer is at fault.
OURX908,00003E6 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=110
1 Hitch Control Lever NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Potentiometer Test 245-05-001). problem was not found.
Access ACU Address 09 and perform Rear Hitch Lever Control Voltage Test. See causes, access ACU
ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). Address 02 and
performACU System
211
ACU Address 09—Specification Beep Mode Test. (See
ACU
Hitch Control Lever Potentiometer Reference 245-ACU-001.)
27
Voltage—Volts (Raise) .................................................................. Minimum Voltage 0.50 If fault is not found and
Volts (Lower) ................................................................................ Maximum Voltage 4.50 code does not return,
diagnostics completed.
Hitch Lever Voltage—Specification
Hitch Lever Voltage Range—Voltage NOT OK: Found
Range (Hitch Full Forward to Full problems in circuitry,
Rearward Voltage) (Prior to Software connections or control
Version 30) ............................................................................................ More Than 1.78V potentiometer. Repair as
Voltage Range (Hitch Full Forward to needed, clear codes,
Full Rearward Voltage) (Software operate hitch control lever
Version 30 and Above) ......................................................................... More Than 1.58V and recall codes. Recall,
Record and Clear Codes
NOTE: There should be no “beep” or sudden change in voltage through the full range (See Reference
of control movement. 245-05-001). Code does
View software version at ACU Address 86 and ACU Address 87 (Status)—ACU completed.
– – –1/1
ACU 056 — Hitch Raise Limit Control Circuit

Fault
ACU 056 indicates Hitch Raise/Limit Control

Potentiometer (R807) circuit failure, an “information” alarm
is generated. Service code does not necessarily mean
that the potentiometer is at fault. SCS Code 056 may be
set at same time as this code. They are diagnosed using
same test.
OURX908,00003E7 –19–03APR06–1/1
122106
PN=111

211
ACU • ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999), (See Reference 245-ACU-300).
28 • ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (010001—), (See Reference 245-ACU-300b).
– – –1/1
1 Hitch Raise Limit NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Access ACU Address 10 and perform Rear Hitch Raise Limit Control Voltage Test. causes, access ACU
Hitch Raise Limit Control Potentiometer 245-ACU-001.) If fault is
Voltage—Volts (Limited Raise) ..................................................... Minimum Voltage 0.50 not found and code does
Volts (Maximum Raise) ................................................................ Maximum Voltage 4.50 not return, diagnostics
completed.
Hitch Raise Control—Specification
Version 30 and Above) ......................................................................... More Than 1.58V operate hitch raise limit
– – –1/1
122106
PN=112
ACU 057 — Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control

Circuit Fault
211
ACU 057 indicates Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control ACU
Potentiometer (R808) circuit failure, an “information” alarm 29
is generated. Service code does not necessarily mean
that the potentiometer is at fault. SCS Code 057 may be
set at same time as this code. They are diagnosed using
same test.
OURX908,00003E8 –19–03APR06–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=113
1 Hitch Rate-of-Drop NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Access ACU Address 11 and perform Rear Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control Voltage Test. causes, access ACU
211
ACU
Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control 245-ACU-001.) If fault is
30
Potentiometer Voltage—Volts (Slow) ............................................ Minimum Voltage 0.50 not found and code does
Volts (Fast) ................................................................................... Maximum Voltage 4.50 not return, diagnostics
completed.
Hitch Rate of Drop Control—Specification
Version 30 and Above) ......................................................................... More Than 1.58V operate hitch rate-of-drop
– – –1/1
122106
PN=114
ACU 070 — IMS Switch Fault
ACU 070 is stored and an alarm is generated when one

211
of the following occur: IMS inputs are shorted to ground, 5 ACU
or 12 volts; IMS switch is positioned in a transitional state 31
for more than 13 seconds; or IMS switch indicates a
non-center position at start-up.
OURX908,00003E9 –19–08MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=115
1 IMS Switch Circuit NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: IMS switch signals
Test 245-05-001). are correct, diagnosis
complete.
Access ACU Address 31 and perform Implement Management System (IMS) Switch
Test. See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). NOT OK: Switch signals
are not correct, repair or
211
NOTE: If switch is moved slowly, the normally open and normally closed switch replace switch and
ACU
contacts may not change at the same time. This will cause display of either 100 or 001 connection as needed.
32
during slow switch movement. This is normal for slow switch movement and does not Check for correct signal
indicate a switch problem. by repeating IMS Switch
Test.
IMS Switch Position Signals—Switch
Position .................................................................................................... Display Reading
Center Position ............................................................................................................ 101
Position 1 ..................................................................................................................... 110
Position 2 ..................................................................................................................... 011
The IMS switch operation can be checked by measuring continuity between the pins at
the switches 4-way connector:
Switch Position Pins Pins Pins Pins Pins Pins

1—2 1—4 1—3 2—4 2—3 3—4
Sequence 1 closed closed open closed open open

Off closed open closed open closed open
Sequence 2 open open open closed closed closed
– – –1/1
122106
PN=116
ACU 071 — Auto Resume Switch Fault
ACU 071 is stored and an alarm is generated when one

211
of the following occur: All inputs are shorted to ground, 5 ACU
or 12 volts; Auto Resume switch is positioned in a 33
transitional state for more than 13 seconds; or Auto
Resume switch indicates a non-center position at start-up.
OURX908,00003EA –19–14NOV02–1/1
NOTE: ACU 071 will occur and generate and alarm if one of the following occur:
Additional References:

– – –1/1
122106
PN=117
1 Auto Resume Switch NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Auto Resume switch
Circuit Test 245-05-001). signals are correct,
diagnosis complete.
Access ACU Address 32 and perform Auto Resume Switch Test. See ACU
Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). NOT OK: Switch signals
are not correct, repair or
211
NOTE: If switch is moved slowly, the normally open and normally closed switch replace switch and
ACU
contacts may not change at the same time. This will cause display of either “000” connection as needed.
34
during slow switch movement. This is normal and should not be of concern. Check for correct signal
by repeating Auto
ACU Address 32—Specification Resume Switch Position
Auto Resume Switch Position Signals— Test.
Switch Position ........................................................................................ Display Reading
Neutral ......................................................................................................................... 010
Resume ....................................................................................................................... 001
The Auto Resume switch operation can be checked by measuring continuity between
the pins at the switch’s 4-way connector: (Pin 4 not used).
Switch Position Pins Pins Pins

1—2 1—3 2—3
Resume ON closed open open

Neutral open open closed
– – –1/1
122106
PN=118
ACU 110 — SCV 1 Control Voltage Fault
ACU 110 indicates SCV No. 1 control voltage is out of

211
range, an “information” alarm is generated. Service code ACU
does not necessarily mean that the switch is at fault. 35
OURX908,00003EB –19–27FEB04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=119
1 SCV Control Switch NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Performed test,
Test 245-05-001). problem was not found.
Access ACU Address 12 and perform SCV 1 Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test. causes, access ACU
211
ACU
SCV Control Voltage and Switch 245-ACU-001.) If fault is
36
Status—Float .................................................................................................. 0.2.0—1.2.0 not found and code does
Retract/Forward Detent .................................................................................. 0.6.1—1.8.1 not return, diagnostics
Retract/Forward Midrange .............................................................................. 1.3.0—2.8.0 completed.
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
Extend/Rearward Midrange ............................................................................ 3.1.0—4.5.0 NOT OK: Found
Extend/Rearward Detent ................................................................................ 3.9.1—4.8.1 problems in circuitry,
connections or control
NOTE: The display will show both the voltage reading (two left digits) and the switch potentiometer. Repair as
status information (right digit). The voltage reading is displayed to the nearest tenth needed, clear codes,
volt. The right digit will always be either "0" or "1" to designate an open or closed operate SCV control
switch, respectively. switch and recall codes.
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=120
ACU 111 — SCV 1 Control Switch Fault
ACU 111 indicates SCV No. 1 control voltage and switch

211
circuit status is incorrect, an “information” alarm is ACU
generated Service code does not necessarily mean that 37
the voltage circuit is at fault.
OURX908,00003EC –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=121
211
ACU
38
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=122

211
OURX908,00003ED –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=123
211
ACU
40
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=124

211
generated. Service code does not necessarily mean that 41
OURX908,00003EE –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=125
211
ACU
42
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=126

211
OURX908,00003EF –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=127
211
ACU
44
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=128

211
OURX908,00003F0 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=129
211
ACU
46
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=130

211
OURX908,00003F1 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=131
211
ACU
48
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=132

211
OURX908,00003F2 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=133
211
ACU
50
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=134

211
OURX908,00003F3 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=135
211
ACU
52
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=136

211
OURX908,00003F4 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=137
211
ACU
54
Center OFF .................................................................................................... 2.3.1—3.2.1
245-05-001). Code does
completed.
– – –1/1
ACU 155 — ACU Control Unit Software Error
Code Caused By: Software problem that cannot be

cleared.
No diagnostic tests are available for this code. If this code

is set, replace ACU control unit.
BB92646,0000377 –19–20DEC06–1/1
122106
PN=138
Group AMS
AMS Code Diagnostics
20 — CAN Bus Problem
The indicated device(s) are no longer communicating with

211
the GREENSTAR™ Display. AMS
1
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company HP51992,0000091 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Disconnected mon/cntlr
Reference 246C-15K-001, 9000 Series Factory Installed
Reference 246C-15K-002, 9000 Series Field Installed
Reference 246C-15L-001, 9000 Series Factory Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15L-002, 9000 Series Factory Installed Electrical Schematic
Reference 246C-15M-001, 9000 Series Field Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15M-002, 9000 Series Field Installed Electrical Schematic
– – –1/1
1 CAN Bus Check Check the indicated device(s) and CAN Bus wiring. OK: Code clears.
DONE.
NOT OK: See reference

246C-15L-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
Diagnostics or
246C-15M-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
Diagnostics to diagnose
a CAN Bus problem.
– – –1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-AMS-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=139
Two devices are requesting the same RUN page section.

211
AMS
2
HP51992,0000092 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Display Conflict
Reference 246C-15G-001, Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15G-002, Electrical Schematic
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ See reference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a OK: Code clears.
Display Check GREENSTAR™ Display problem.
DONE.
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
122106
PN=140
22 — Language Selection Problem
The following device(s) do not support the selected

211
language. AMS
3
HP51992,0000093 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: (None)
– – –1/1
1 Language Check See OMPC20228, Greenstar Guidance System Operators Manual to check OK: Code clears.
language setting.
DONE.
The device will continue to use the previously selected language.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=141
Too many devices are attempting to communicate with the

211
AMS GREENSTAR™ Display.
4
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company HP51992,0000094 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Too many mon/cntlrs
– – –1/1
1 Devices Check Remove one or more of the GREENSTAR™ devices. OK: Code clears.
DONE.
NOT OK: Code does not

clear.
See reference
246C-15G-003,
GREENSTAR™ Display
a GREENSTAR Display
problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=142
CAN Bus communications overloaded.

211
AMS
5
HP51992,0000095 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Display Comm. Overload
– – –1/1
1 Power Check Reset the display or turn the power off and then back on. OK: Code clears.
DONE.
NOT OK: See reference

246C-15G-003,
GREENSTAR™ Display
a GREENSTAR™ Display
problem
– – –1/1
122106
PN=143
33 — Internal Error
A failure has been detected in the GREENSTAR™

211
AMS Display’s internal memory.
6
HP51992,0000096 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Display Memory Failure
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ See reference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a OK: Code clears.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=144
40 — Parallel Tracking Problem
Loss of communication with position receiver

211
AMS
7
HP51992,0000097 –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: No GPS Communication
Reference 246D-15A-001, GPS Position Receiver Identification
Reference 246D-15A-200, GPS Position Receiver Theory of Operation
Reference 246D-15A-300, GPS Diagnostic Wiring Diagrams
– – –1/1
1 GPS and STARFIRE™ See appropriate GPS receiver diagnostics: OK: Code clears.
Receiver Check
Reference 246D-15A-002, Type A STARFIRE Receiver Diagnostics DONE.
Reference 246D-15A-003, Type B STARFIRE Receiver with TCM Diagnostics
Reference 246D-15A-004, Type C STARFIRE Receiver & TCM with RTK Correctional
Signal Diagnostics
Reference 246D-15A-005, Type D STARFIRE iTC Receiver Diagnostics
Reference 246D-15A-006, Type E STARFIRE iTC Receiver with RTK Radio

Diagnostics
Reference 246D-15A-007, Type F GREENSTAR GPS Receiver - L-Band Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=145
The GPS receiver is not able to acquire a differential

211
AMS correction signal.
8
HP51992,0000098 –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: No GPS Differential
– – –1/1
Receiver Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=146
No Parallel Tracking Key on KeyCard or no KeyCard

211
present. AMS
9
HP51992,0000099 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: No Keycard
Reference 246C-15E-001, 9000 Series Factory Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15E-002, 9000 Series Factory Installed Electrical Schematic
Reference 246C-15F-001, 9000 Series Field Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15F-002, 9000 Series Field Installed Electrical Schematic
– – –1/1
1 Parallel Tracking Key Reference 246C-15E-003, 9000 Series Factory Installed Parallel Tracking OK: Code clears.
Check Diagnostics or 246C-15F-003, 9000 Series Field Installed Parallel Tracking
Diagnostics DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=147
The GPS receiver must be set to report at the 5 Hz rate.

211
AMS
10
HP51992,000009A –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: 1 Hz GPS Operation
– – –1/1
Receiver Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=148
The GPS receiver has no GPS signal.

211
AMS
11
HP51992,000009B –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: No GPS
– – –1/1
Receiver Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=149
47 — Device Address Change
You are about to change the address of the GREENSTAR

211
AMS Display.
12
HP51992,000009C –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ See Reference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a OK: Code clears.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=150
CAN physical layer changed.

211
AMS
13
HP51992,000009D –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text:
– – –1/1
1 CAN Bus Check See Reference 246C-15L-003, 9000 Series Factory Installed AutoTrac CAN Bus OK: Code clears.
Diagnostics or 246C-15M-003, 9000 Series Field Installed AutoTrac CAN Bus
Diagnostics DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=151
No primary GREENSTAR™ Display detected.

211
AMS
14
HP51992,000009E –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=152
50 — Automatic Steering Problem
No communication with the steering controller.

211
AMS
15
HP51992,000009F –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: No SSU Communication
– – –1/1
1 SSU Check Check to be sure that SSU is listed in list of control units in CommandCenter when in OK: SSU is listed in
diagnostic mode. CommandCenter.
See reference
246C-15L-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
Diagnostics or
246C-15M-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
an implement CAN Bus
problem.
NOT OK: SSU is not

listed in CommandCenter.
See reference
245-05-006, CAN
Network Diagnosis to
diagnose a tractor CAN
Bus problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=153
Multiple primary GREENSTAR™ Displays detected on the

211
AMS bus.
16
HP51992,00000A0 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ Only one primary display is allowed on the bus. OK: Code clears.
Display Check
See Reference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a DONE.
GREENSTAR™ Display problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=154
53 — CCD Bus Problem
An AUX address detected CCD active.

211
AMS
17
HP51992,00000A1 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: (None)
– – –1/1
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=155
The auto-detected CAN layer differs from the current layer

211
AMS selected.
18
HP51992,00000A2 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
Diagnostics to diagnose an implement CAN Bus problem. DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=156
55 — AutoTrac Problem
The operator is responsible for the machine path.

211
AMS
19
HP51992,00000A3 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: AutoTrac Roadway Operation
Reference 246C-15A-001, 9000 Series Factory Installed
Reference 246C-15A-002, 9000 Series Field Installed
Reference 246C-15B-001, 9000 Series Factory Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15B-002, 9000 Series Factory Installed Electrical Schematic
Reference 246C-15C-001, 9000 Series Field Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15C-002, 9000 Series Field Installed Electrical Schematic
– – –1/1
1 AutoTrac Off Check Make sure AutoTrac has been turned off before entering roadways or for transport. OK: AutoTrac is off.
See Reference 213-61,

AutoTrac Steering
System Diagnosis to
diagnose an AutoTrac
problem.
NOT OK: Be sure to turn

AutoTrac off on the
GREENSTAR™ Display.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=157
60 — Flash Erase Failed
GREENSTAR™ Display having problems erasing contour

211
AMS paths from memory.
20
HP51992,00000A4 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Flash Erase Failed
– – –1/1
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=158
61 — Contour Write Error
GREENSTAR™ Display having problems writing contour

211
paths to memory. AMS
21
HP51992,00000A5 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Flash Write Failed
Reference 246C-15G-001246C-15G-001, Theory of Operation
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ See Reference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR ™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a OK: Code clears.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=159
100 — KeyCard Problem
Indicates a problem with the KeyCard or PC Data Storage

211
AMS Card.
22
HP51992,00000A6 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text:
Reference 246C-15J-001, Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15J-002, Electrical Schematic
– – –1/1
1 Card Check Eject the KeyCard and/or PC Data Storage Card and firmly re-insert again. OK: Code clears.
DONE.
NOT OK: See Reference

246C-15J-003, KeyCard
and PC Data Storage
Card Diagnostics to
diagnose a card problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=160
110 — Check Wiring (CAN Bus)
Wiring problem with harness.

211
AMS
23
HP51992,00000A7 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Check Wiring (CAN)
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=161
111 — Check Wiring (CCD)
CAN to CCD Queue Overflow

211
AMS
24
HP51992,00000A8 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Check Wiring (CCD)
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=162
126 — AutoTrac Disabled
Using a version of Mobile Processor Application Code that

211
is not using secure CAN. AMS
25
HP51992,00000A9 –19–22OCT04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: AutoTrac Disabled
– – –1/1
1 AutoTrac Check See Reference 213-61, AutoTrac Steering System Diagnosis to diagnose an OK: Code clears.
AutoTrac problem.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=163
128 — Software Not Compatible
Running different versions of Secure CAN is GSD and

211
AMS Mobile Processor Application.
26
HP51992,00000AA –19–22OCT04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Software not compatible
– – –1/1
1 System Check See appropriate system diagnostics in section 246 according to what AMS application OK: Code clears.
you are using.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=164
150 — PC Data Card Problem
Indicates the Data Card has been removed.

211
AMS
27
HP51992,00000AB –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Data card missing
– – –1/1
1 Card Check Check to be sure the data card is securely in place. OK: Code clears.
DONE.

and PC Data Storage
Card Diagnostics to
– – –1/1
122106
PN=165
Indicates no setup data on PC Data Storage Card.

211
AMS
28
HP51992,00000AC –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: JDOffice setup files missing
– – –1/1
1 Card Check See Reference 246C-15J-003, KeyCard and PC Data Storage Card Diagnostics to OK: Code clears.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=166
Indicates that the PC Data Storage Card is full.

211
AMS
29
HP51992,00000AD –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Data card full
– – –1/1
1 Card Check Take PC Data Storage Card to JDOFFICE personal computer and unload OK: Code clears.
FIELDDOC™ data.
DONE.
Re-insert card into GREENSTAR™ Display when finished.
FIELDDOC is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
122106
PN=167
Indicates KeyCard has been removed.

211
AMS
30
HP51992,00000AE –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Keycard missing
– – –1/1
1 Card Check Check to be sure that the KeyCard is securely in place. OK: Code clears.
DONE.

and PC Data Storage
Card Diagnostics to
– – –1/1
122106
PN=168
Indicates no KeyCard data on PC KeyCard.

211
AMS
31
HP51992,00000AF –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Keycard files missing
– – –1/1
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=169
157 — Invalid Key
Indicates invalid Key - Field Mapping disabled.

211
AMS
32
HP51992,00000B0 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Keycard invalid
– – –1/1
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=170
More than one KeyCard has been detected.

211
AMS
33
HP51992,00000B1 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Too many Keycards
– – –1/1
1 Card Check Check to be sure that only one KeyCard is inserted into the Mobile Processor. OK: Code clears.
DONE.

and PC Data Storage
Card Diagnostics to
– – –1/1
122106
PN=171
The indicated device(s) are no longer communicating with

211
AMS the GREENSTAR Display.
34
HP51992,00000B2 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: CAN Bus Problem
– – –1/1
1 CAN Bus Check Check the indicated device(s) and CAN Bus wiring. OK: Code clears.
DONE.

246C-15L-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
Diagnostics or
246C-15M-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=172
Two devices are requesting the same RUN page section.

211
AMS
35
HP51992,00000B3 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Page Layout Check Perform Run Page Layout on GREENSTAR™ Display to correct the conflict. OK: Code clears.
DONE.

246C-15G-003,
GREENSTAR Display
problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=173
Too many devices are attempting to communicate with the

211
AMS GREENSTAR™ Display.
36
HP51992,00000B4 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Devices Check Remove one or more of the GREENSTAR™ devices. OK: Code clears.
DONE.

246C-15G-003,
GREENSTAR Display
problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=174
CAN Bus communications overload.

211
AMS
37
HP51992,00000B5 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Power Check Reset the display or turn the power off and back on again. OK: Code clears.
DONE.

246C-15G-003,
GREENSTAR Display
problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=175
213 — Internal Error
A failure has been detected in the GREENSTAR™

211
AMS Display’s internal memory.
38
HP51992,00000B6 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Internal Error
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR Display See Rreference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a OK: Code clears.
Check GREENSTAR™ Display problem.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=176
Parallel Tracking is not receiving data from the GPS

211
receiver. AMS
39
HP51992,00000B7 –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Parallel Tracking Problem
– – –1/1
Receiver Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=177
The GPS receiver is not able to acquire a differential

211
AMS correction signal.
40
HP51992,00000B8 –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
Receiver Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=178
No Parallel Tracking Key on KeyCard or no KeyCard

211
present. AMS
41
HP51992,00000B9 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Reference 246C-15D-001, 9000 Series Factory Installed
Reference 246C-15D-002, 9000 Series Field Installed
Reference 246C-15E-001, 9000 Series Factory Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15E-002, 9000 Series Factory Installed Electrical Schematic
Reference 246C-15F-001, 9000 Series Field Installed Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15F-002, 9000 Series Field Installed Electrical Schematic
– – –1/1
1 Parallel Tracking Key See Reference 246C-15E-003, 9000 Series Factory Installed Parallel Tracking OK: Code clears.
Check Diagnostics or 246C-15F-003, 9000 Series Field Installed Parallel Tracking
Diagnostics to diagnose a Parallel Tracking problem. DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=179
The GPS receiver must be set to report at the 5 Hz rate.

211
AMS
42
HP51992,00000BA –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
Receiver Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=180
The GPS receiver has no GPS signal.

211
AMS
43
HP51992,00000BB –19–20DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
Receiver Check
Reference 246D-15A-002, Type A STARFIRE Receiver Diagnostics DONE
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=181
227 — Automatic Steering Problem
No communication with the steering controller.

211
AMS
44
HP51992,00000BC –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Automatic Steering Problem
– – –1/1
1 SSU Check Check to be sure the SSU is listed in the CommandCenter when in diagnostic mode. OK: SSU is listed in
CommandCenter.
See Reference
246C-15L-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
Diagnostics or
246C-15M-003, 9000
AutoTrac CAN Bus
an implement CAN Bus
problem.
NOT OK: SSU is not

listed in CommandCenter.
See Reference
245-05-005, CCD
Network Diagnosis to
diagnose a tractor CAN
Bus problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=182
230 — Display Address Change
You are about to change the address of the

211
GREENSTAR™ Display. AMS
45
HP51992,00000BD –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Display Address Change
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ See Rreference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a OK: Code clears.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=183
Multiple primary GREENSTAR™ Displays detected on the

211
AMS bus.
46
HP51992,00000BE –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ Only one primary GREENSTAR™ Display is allowed on the bus. OK: Code clears.
Display Check
See Reference 246C-15G-003, GREENSTAR™ Display Diagnostics to diagnose a DONE.
GREENSTAR™ Display problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=184
No primary GREENSTAR Display detected.

211
AMS
47
HP51992,00000BF –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=185
233 — Language Selection Problem
The following device(s) do not support the selected

211
AMS language.
48
HP51992,00000C0 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: Language Selection Problem
– – –1/1
1 Language Check See OMPC20228, GREENSTAR™ Guidance System Operators Manual to check OK: Code clears.
language setting.
DONE.
The device will continue to use the previously selected language.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=186
The display is on the CCD Bus.

211
AMS
49
HP51992,00000C1 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: CAN Bus Problem
– – –1/1
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=187
The auto-detected CAN layer differs from the current

211
AMS layer.
50
HP51992,00000C2 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Reference 246C-15K-0029000 Series Field Installed, 9000 Series Field Installed
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=188
236 — AutoTrac Problem
The operator is responsible for the machine path.

211
AMS
51
HP51992,00000C3 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed text: AutoTrac
– – –1/1
1 AutoTrac Off Check Make sure AutoTrac has been turned off before entering roadways or for transport. OK: AutoTrac is off.
See Reference 213-61,

AutoTrac Steering
System Diagnosis to
diagnose an AutoTrac
problem.
NOT OK: Be sure to turn

AutoTrac off on the
GREENSTAR™ Display.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=189
280 — Mobile Processor Problem
Indicates to the operator that switched power to the

211
AMS Mobile Processor has failed.
52
HP51992,00000C4 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Reference 246C-15H-001, Theory of Operation
Reference 246C-15H-002, Electrical Schematic
– – –1/1
1 Check Mobile See Reference 246C-15H-003, Mobile Processor Diagnostics to diagnose a Mobile OK: Code clears.
Processor Processor problem.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=190
Indicates to the operator that unswitched power to the

211
Mobile Processor has failed. AMS
53
HP51992,00000C5 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Mobile Processor See Reference 246C-15H-003, Mobile Processor Diagnostics to diagnose a Mobile OK: Code clears.
Check Processor problem.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=191
Indicates that there is an internal voltage failure to the

211
AMS Mobile Processor.
54
HP51992,00000C6 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Mobile Processor See Reference 246C-15H-003, Mobile Processor Diagnostics to diagnose a Mobile OK: Code clears.
Check Processor problem.
DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=192
301 — STARFIRE™ Receiver Problem
STARFIRE™ Network Problem.

211
AMS
55
HP51992,00000C7 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: STARFIRE™ Network Problem
– – –1/1
1 STARFIRE™ Receiver The Network is not operating properly - There is nothing you can do to correct OK: DONE.
Check problem. Logon to www.starfirenetwork.com and verify that the Network is not
operating properly
– – –1/1
122106
PN=193
Receiver not receiving on alternate frequency.

211
AMS
56
HP51992,00000C8 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Receiver not receiving on alternate frequency
– – –1/1
1 STARFIRE™ Receiver See appropriate GPS receiver diagnostics: OK: Code clears.
Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=194
GPS correction license has expired.

211
AMS
57
HP51992,00000C9 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: GPS correction license has expired
– – –1/1
Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=195
Corrected GPS position is not available.

211
AMS
58
HP51992,00000CA –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Corrected GPS position is not available
– – –1/1
Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=196
GPS position is not available ID.

211
AMS
59
HP51992,00000CB –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: GPS position is not available
– – –1/1
Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=197
Updating GPS software.

211
AMS
60
HP51992,00000CC –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Updating GPS Software
– – –1/1
Check
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=198
308 — RTK Problem
RTK Base Station has moved.

211
AMS
61
HP51992,00000CD –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: RTK Base Station has moved
– – –1/1
1 RTK Check See reference 246D-15A-004, Type C STARFIRE Receiver & TCM with RTK OK: Code clears.
Correctional Signal Diagnostics or reference 246D-15A-006, Type E STARFIRE iTC
Receiver with RTK Radio Diagnostics to diagnose an RTK problem. DONE.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=199
000956.16 — Roll Sensor Out Of Range
The internal roll sensor is out of normal operating range.

211
AMS
62
HP51992,00000CE –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Roll sensor out of range - The internal roll sensor is out of normal operating range
Addtional References:
– – –1/1
1 TCM Check See appropriate GPS receiver diagnostics: OK: Code clears.
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=200
002028.12 — No STARFIRE™ Communication
The Terrain Compensation Module has lost

211
communication with the STARFIRE™ Receiver. AMS
63
HP51992,00000CF –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: No STARFIRE™ Communication - The Terrain Compensation Module has lost communication with
the STARFIRE™ Receiver
– – –1/1
Reference 246D-15A-003, Type B STARFIRE Receiver with TCM Diagnostics DONE.
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=201
002146.13 — Terrain Compensation Module

Not Calibrated
211
AMS The Terrain Compensation Module has not been
64 calibrated for this vehicle.
HP51992,00000D0 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Terrain Compensation Module not calibrated - The Terrain Compensation Module has not been
calibrated for this vehicle
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=202
002146.14 — Temperature Sensor Out Of

Range
211
The internal temperature sensor is out of normal operating AMS
range. 65
HP51992,00000D1 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Temperature sensor out of range - the internal temperature sensor is out of normal operating
range
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=203
523309.07 — Yaw Sensor Not Responding
The internal yaw sensor is not responding.

211
AMS
66
HP51992,00000D2 –19–03APR04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Yaw sensor not responding - The internal yaw sensor is not responding
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=204
523309.16 — Yaw Sensor Out Of Range
The internal yaw sensor is out of normal operating range.

211
AMS
67
HP51992,00000D3 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Yaw sensor out of range - The internal yaw sensor is out of normal operating range
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=205
523310.02 — Memory Error
An internal memory error has occurred.

211
AMS
68
HP51992,00000D4 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Memory Error - An internal memory error has occurred
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=206
523319.18 — Low Switched Voltage
The Terrain Compensation Module has detected low

211
voltage on Electronic Power (cc no.21). AMS
69
HP51992,00000D5 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Low switched voltage - The Terrain Compensation Module has detected low voltage on Electronic
Power (cc no.21)
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=207
523342.31 — No STARFIRE™ Fore/Aft Setting
The STARFIRE™ Fore/Aft setting has not been entered

211
AMS for this vehicle.
70
HP51992,00000D6 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: No STARFIRE™ Fore/Aft Setting - The STARFIRE™ Fore/Aft setting has not been entered for this
vehicle
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=208
523441.31 — No STARFIRE™ Height Setting
The STARFIRE™ Height setting has not been entered for

211
this vehicle. AMS
71
HP51992,00000D7 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: No STARFIRE™ Height setting - The STARFIRE™ Height setting has not been entered for this
vehicle
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=209
523572.31 — Unsafe Shutdown - Parameters

Not Stored
211
AMS The Terrain Compensation Module was unable to save
72 SETUP changes when the key was turned off.
HP51992,00000D8 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Unsafe Shutdown - Parameters Not Stored - The Terrain Compensation Module was unable to
save SETUP changes when the key was turned off
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=210
523773.03 — STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out

Of Range
211
The STARFIRE™ CAN High (cc no.255) voltage is out of AMS
range high. 73
HP51992,00000D9 –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out Of Range - The STARFIRE™ CAN High (cc no.255) voltage is out
of range high
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=211

Of Range
211
AMS The STARFIRE™ CAN High (cc no.255) voltage is out of
74 range low.
HP51992,00000DA –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out Of Range - The STARFIRE™ CAN High (cc no.255) voltage is out
of range low
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=212

Of Range
211
The STARFIRE™ CAN Low (cc no.254) voltage is out of AMS
range high. 75
HP51992,00000DB –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out Of Range - The STARFIRE™ CAN Low (cc no.254) voltage is out
of range high
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=213

Of Range
211
AMS The STARFIRE™ CAN Low (cc no.254) voltage is out of
76 range low.
HP51992,00000DC –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: STARFIRE™ CAN Voltage Out Of Range - The STARFIRE™ CAN Low (cc no.254) voltage is out
of range low
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=214
523792.01 — No Unswitched Voltage
The Terrain Compensation Module has detected no

211
voltage on Unswithced Electronic Power (cc no.22). AMS
77
HP51992,00000DD –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: No Unswitched Voltage - The Terrain Compensation Module has detected no voltage on
Unswithced Electronic Power (cc no.22)
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=215
523792.18 — Low Unswitched Voltage
The Terrain Compensation Module has detected low

211
AMS voltage on Unswitched Electronic Power (cc no.22).
78
HP51992,00000DE –19–21DEC04–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Displayed Text: Low Unswitched Voltage - The Terrain Compensation Module has detected low voltage on
Unswitched Electronic Power (cc no.22)
– – –1/1
Signal Diagnostics

Diagnostics
– – –1/1
122106
PN=216
Group ASU
ASU Code Diagnostics
Essential Tools

European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).
211
ASU
1
Support Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1424
–UN–12JUL99
Supports seat mechanism during service
RW78294
RW39137,0000455 –19–18APR02–2/2
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-ASU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=217
Specifications
Accelerometer Voltage
211
ASU
2 Accelerometer Voltage 3.54V—4.06V
Battery Voltage
Battery Voltage 8V—18V
Flow Control Valve Null Current
Flow Control Valve Range 1.20—1.60a
Flow Control Valve

Solenoid-Resistance
Flow Control Valve Solenoid Resistance 3.10—4.10 Ohms
Flow Control Valve-Stationary

Amperage
Flow Control Valve Stationary Amperage 0.00 amps
Pressure Control Valve-Amperage
Pressure Control Valve Amperage (Standby) 0.00 amps

(Active) 0.70 or higher amps
Pressure Control Valve

Solenoid-Resistance
Pressure Control Valve Solenoid Resistance 9.2—12.3 ohms
Seat Firmness Switch
Firmness Control Switch Position Top 110

Center 101
Bottom 011
Undefined 100, 001, 010, 111 or 000
Continued on next page RW39137,0000456 –19–18APR02–1/2
122106
PN=218
Seat Height Switch
Raise/Lower Switch Position Top 110

211
Center 101 ASU
Bottom 011 3
Undefined 100, 001, 010, 111 or 000
Seat Position Sensor Voltage
Full Up Volts 0.50V—1.50V
Full Down Volts 3.50V—4.50V
Sensor Supply Voltage
Sensor Supply Voltage 4.90V—5.10V
RW39137,0000456 –19–18APR02–2/2
122106
PN=219
ASU 010 — Seat Position Voltage Fault
This code indicates seat position potentiometer circuit

211
ASU failure. Seat will be disabled until power is cycled OFF
4 and tractor is re-started. The Information, Read Manual
and Electrical indicators will flash.
OURX949,000025C –19–16FEB02–1/1
• ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Circuits (SE2c) (See Reference 240-25-003c).

• ASU Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-ASU-200).
• ASU Circuit Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-ASU-300).
• ACTIVE SEAT™ Theory of Operation (See Reference 290-20-007).
• ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Valve Assembly Theory of Operation (See Reference 270-20-050).
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
1 Seat Position Sensor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed. Clear
Test 245-05-001.) code and perform
Operational Check
Access ASU Address 04 and perform Seat Position Status Test. (See ASU (ACTIVE SEAT™), (See
Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001.) Reference 290-10-004).
Code does not return,
Seat Position Sensor Voltage—Specification diagnosis complete.
Full Up—Volts ............................................................................................. 0.50V—1.50V
Full Down—Volts ......................................................................................... 3.50V—4.50V NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs. Code
complete.
NOT OK: If code returns.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=220
2 Seat Suspension OK: No problem found.

Check CAUTION: To prevent seat from lowering and causing injury use Diagnosis completed.
JDG1424 Support Block while working under seat assembly. Remove
tool before cycling seat. NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
Diagnosis completed.
211
1. Loosen top of seat boot and check scissor suspension for corroded, damaged or ASU
worn parts. 5
2. Check for correct position sensor mounting.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=221
ASU 012 — Accelerometer Voltage Fault
This code indicates accelerometer circuit failure, seat will

211
ASU be disabled until power is cycled OFF and tractor is
6 re-started. The Information, Read Manual and Electrical
indicators will flash.
OURX949,000025D –19–19MAY06–1/1

1 Preliminary Check Check accelerometer orientation. Accelerometer is easily installed upside down, if OK: GO TO 2
recently replaced. Verify that arrow on side of accelerometer is pointing up.
NOT OK: Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1
2 Check Accelerometer NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed. Clear
245-05-001.) code and perform
Operational Check
Access ASU Address 05 and perform Accelerometer Status Test. (See ASU (ACTIVE SEAT™), (See
Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001). Reference 290-10-004).
Accelerometer Voltage—Specification diagnosis complete.
Accelerometer—Voltage .............................................................................. 3.54V—4.06V
NOT OK: Made
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=222
ASU 020 — System Supply Voltage Fault
This code indicates system supply voltage is below 8 or

211
above 18 volts, seat will be disabled until tractor is ASU
brought to zero speed. The Information, Read Manual and 7
Electrical indicators will flash.
OURX949,000025E –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Check Battery NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed. Clear
Voltage 245-05-001.) code and perform
Operational Check
Access ASU Address 06 and perform ASU System Voltage Test. (See ASU (ACTIVE SEAT™). (See
Battery Voltage—Specification diagnosis complete.
Battery—Voltage ................................................................................................. 8V—18V
NOT OK: Made
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=223
ASU 021 — ASU Supply Voltage Low
This code indicates system voltage is below 11 volts, seat

211
ASU will continue to run with reduced performance. The
8 Information, Read Manual and Electrical indicators will
flash until problem is corrected.
OURX949,000025F –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Check Battery NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed. Clear
Voltage 245-05-001.) code and perform
Operational Check
Access ASU Address 06 and perform ASU System Voltage Test. (See ASU (ACTIVE SEAT™), (See
Battery Voltage—Specification diagnosis complete.
Battery—Voltage ................................................................................................. 8V—18V
NOT OK: Made
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=224
ASU 022 — Sensor Supply Voltage Fault
This code indicates sensor supply voltage is out of range,

211
seat will be disabled until power is cycled OFF and tractor ASU
is re-started. The Information, Read Manual and Electrical 9
OURX949,0000260 –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Check Sensor Voltage NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed. Clear
245-05-001.) code and perform
Operational Check
Access ASU Address 07 and perform ASU Sensor Supply Voltage Test. (See ASU (ACTIVE SEAT™), (See
Sensor Supply Voltage—Specification diagnosis complete.
Sensor Supply—Voltage ............................................................................. 4.75V—5.25V
NOT OK: Made
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=225
ASU 026 — Flow Control Valve Not

Calibrated
211
ASU This code indicates the flow control valve null value was
10 not entered into the ASU Controller, the seat will continue
to operate. The Information and Read Manual indicators
will flash until problem is corrected.
OURX949,0000261 –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Calibrate Flow NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Clear code and
Control Valve 245-05-001.) perform Operational
Check (ACTIVE SEAT™),
A flow control valve that is not calibrated will cause the seat to raise or lower as the (See Reference
tractor is driven. The seat will not perform to optimum level. Only proper calibration will 290-10-004). Code does
clear this diagnostic code. Related codes may also be stored. not return, diagnosis
complete.
If the code (ASU 26) appears, Access ASU Address 16 and perform Flow Control
Valve NULL Current Setting. (See ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001). NOT OK: Related codes
found and corrected.
Flow Control Valve Null Current—Specification Diagnosis completed.
Flow Control Valve—Range ............................................................................ 1.20—1.60a
a
Every valve will have it’s own value which must be configured. This value is found
etched on the seat control valve and on a sticker on the valve’s mounting plate located
under the floor mat at the left front corner of the seat.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=226
ASU 027 — Seat Position Sensor Not

Calibrated
211
This code indicates calibration was initiated and not ASU
completed, seat will continue to operate. The Information 11
and Read Manual indicators will flash until problem is
corrected.
OURX949,0000262 –19–28JUN06–1/1

1 Preliminary Check Check accelerometer orientation. Accelerometer is easily installed upside down, if OK: GO TO 2
recently replaced. Verify that arrow on side of accelerometer is pointing up.
NOT OK: Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1
122106
PN=227
2 Calibrate ASU NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No related codes.
245-05-001.) Diagnosis completed.
Only proper calibration will clear this diagnostic code. Related codes may also be NOT OK: Related codes
stored. found and corrected.
211
To determine the cause:
ASU
12
• Clear the ASU codes, recall and record all codes which reappear. It may be
necessary to operate the controls to cause the code(s) to return. See Recall, Record
and Clear Codes, (Reference 245-05-001).
• Perform the appropriate test procedure(s) for the displayed codes and make repairs
as necessary.
• Calibrate the ASU. Even if a fault is corrected, the code will return until a successful
calibration has been completed.
Access ASU Address 20 and perform a complete ASU Calibration. (See ASU
Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=228
ASU 028 — ASU Not Calibrated
This code indicates seat has not been calibrated, seat will
211
continue to operate. The Information and Read Manual ASU
indicators will flash until problem is corrected. 13
OURX949,0000263 –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Code Information NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Code does not
245-05-001.) return. Diagnosis
completed.
An ASU that is not calibrated will allow the seat to function as an air suspension seat.
The seat will not perform to optimum level. NOT OK: Control unit
replaced. Diagnosis
If an ASU has been operating normally and “loses” it’s calibration, attempt to completed.
recalibrate the control unit. If the code (ASU 28) returns, replace the control unit.
Access ASU Address 20 and perform a complete ASU Calibration. (See ASU
Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=229
ASU 031 — Flow Control Valve Circuit Fault
This code indicates flow control valve circuit failure, seat

211
ASU will be disabled until power is cycled OFF and tractor is
14 re-started. The Information, Read Manual and Electrical
OURX949,0000264 –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Cycle Seat Hydraulics NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Perform Operational
245-05-001.) Check (ACTIVE SEAT™),
(See Reference
Access ASU Address 17 and perform Flow Control Valve Manual Operation. (See 290-10-004). Code does
ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001.) not return, diagnosis
complete.
NOT OK: Code returns.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=230
2 Flow Control Valve Access ASU Address 10 and perform Flow Control Valve Current Status Test. (See OK: Clear codes and
Circuit Test ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001). perform Operational
Flow Control Valve-Stationary Amperage—Specification (See Reference
Flow Control Valve—Stationary 290-10-004). Code does
Amperage ......................................................................................................... 0.00 amps not return, diagnosis
211
complete.
ASU
Flow Control Valve Solenoid-Resistance—Specification
15
Flow Control Valve Solenoid— NOT OK: Made
Resistance .............................................................................................. 3.10—4.10 ohms necessary repairs. Code
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=231
ASU 033 — Pressure Control Valve Circuit

Fault
211
ASU This code indicates pressure control valve circuit failure,
16 seat will be disabled until power is cycled OFF and tractor
is re-started. The Information, Read Manual and Electrical
OURX949,0000265 –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Check Pressure NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Control Valve Circuit 245-05-001.)
GO TO 2 .
Access ASU Address 11 and perform Pressure Control Valve Current Status Test.
(See ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001.) NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs. Clear
Pressure Control Valve-Amperage—Specification code and perform
Pressure Control Valve Amperage— Operational Check
(Standby) .......................................................................................................... 0.00 amps (ACTIVE SEAT™), (See
(Active) .............................................................................................. 0.70 or higher amps Reference 290-10-004).
Pressure Control Valve Solenoid-Resistance—Specification diagnosis complete.
Pressure Control Valve Solenoid—
Resistance ................................................................................................ 9.2—12.3 ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=232
2 Cycle Seat Hydraulics Access ASU Address 17 and perform Flow Control Valve Manual Operation to OK: Clear code and
determine if there is pressure to the flow control valve. (See ASU Addresses, perform Operational
Reference 245-ASU-001.) Check (ACTIVE SEAT™),
(See Reference
290-10-004). Code does
not return, diagnosis
211
complete.
ASU
17
NOT OK: Made
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=233
ASU 035 — Compressor Relay Circuit Fault
This code indicates off-load compressor circuit failure,

211
ASU seat will be disabled until tractor is brought to zero speed.
18 The Information, Read Manual and Electrical indicators
will flash.
OURX949,0000266 –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Preliminary Check Check fuse F45 located in the fuse panel. OK: GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Make

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=234
2 Seat Compressor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Seat raises with
Check 245-05-001.) switch and code doesn’t
return. Diagnosis
Seat must be in the center of it’s travel range to ensure that the ride zone limits do not complete.
interfere with the test.
NOT OK: Seat raises
211
1. Turn key switch (S001) to RUN position. with switch and code
ASU
2. Raise the seat with the raise/lower rocker switch (S941). returns.
19
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Seat not raising

and compressor not
running with switch.
Perform Compressor
Circuit Test (ACTIVE
SEAT™), (See Reference
240-15-016).
Repeat Step 2
– – –1/1
3 ASU Circuit Test 1. Check for voltage at terminal B1 of ASU connector X940 (30-way). OK: GO TO ASU
2. Check for continuity to ground at terminal F3 of X940. Address 09 and perform
Seat Height Control
Switch Status Test. (See
Reference 245-ASU-001.)
NOT OK: Voltage not

present at terminal B1.
necessary and then ....
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No ground or

high resistance at
terminal F3. Repair
ground wire as needed
and then ....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=235
ASU 036 — Compressor Time-Out
This code indicates a bad relay, compressor failure or

211
ASU jammed suspension, seat will be disabled until tractor is
20 brought to zero speed. The Information and Read Manual
OURX949,0000267 –19–16FEB02–1/1

NOT OK: Make

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=236
2 Seat Compressor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Seat raises with
Check 245-05-001.) switch and code doesn’t
return. Diagnosis
Seat must be in the center of it’s travel range to ensure that the ride zone limits do not complete.
interfere with the test.
NOT OK: Seat raises
211
ASU
2. Raise the seat with the raise/lower rocker switch (S941) to the Full Up position. returns. Perform
21
Compressor Circuit Test
(ACTIVE SEAT™), (See
Repeat Step 2 .
NOT OK: Seat raises

very slowly or stops
before reaching top of
ride zone with the
compressor still running.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Seat not raising

and compressor not
Perform Compressor
240-15-016).
Repeat Step 2 .
– – –1/1

Check CAUTION: To prevent seat from lowering and causing injury use Perform Compressor
JDG1424 Support Block while working under seat assembly. Remove Circuit Test (ACTIVE
tool before cycling seat. SEAT™), (See Reference
240-15-016).
Loosen top of seat boot and check scissor suspension for corroded, damaged or worn
parts. Remove any foreign objects that could be jamming the suspension. GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=237
ASU 037 — Vent Valve Circuit Fault
This code indicates off-load vent solenoid circuit failure,

211
ASU seat will be disabled until tractor is brought to zero speed.
22 The Information, Read Manual and Electrical indicators
will flash.
OURX949,0000268 –19–16FEB02–1/1

NOT OK: Make

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=238
2 Vent Valve Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Seat raises and
245-05-001.) lowers with switch and
code doesn’t return.
Seat must be in the center of it’s travel range to ensure that the Ride Zone protection Diagnosis complete.
is not interfering with the test.
NOT OK: Seat raises and
211
1. Turn key switch (S001) to RUN position. lowers with switch and
ASU
2. Raise and lower seat with the raise/lower rocker switch (S941). code returns, replace the
23
ASU Control Unit. Access
ASU Address 20 and
perform a complete ASU
Calibration. (See
NOT OK: Seat does not

lower with switch.
Perform Off-Load Vent
240-15-017).
Repeat Step 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=239
ASU 038 — Vent Valve Time-Out
This code indicates a defective or blocked vent valve or

211
ASU jammed suspension, seat will be disabled until tractor is
24 brought to zero speed. The Information and Read Manual
OURX949,0000269 –19–16FEB02–1/1

NOT OK: Make

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=240
2 Vent Valve Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Seat lowers with
245-05-001.) switch and code doesn’t
return. Diagnosis
Seat must be in the center of it’s travel range to ensure that the Ride Zone protection complete.
is not interfering with the test.
NOT OK: Seat lowers
211
ASU
2. Lower the seat with the raise/lower rocker switch (S941) to the Full Down position. returns. Perform Off-Load
25
Vent Circuit Test
(ACTIVE SEAT™), (See
Repeat Step 2
NOT OK: Seat lowers

very slowly or stops
before reaching bottom of
ride zone with the vent
still operating.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Seat not

lowering and vent not
Perform Off-Load Vent
240-15-017).
Repeat Step 2
– – –1/1

Check CAUTION: To prevent seat from lowering and causing injury use Perform Off-Load Vent
JDG1424 Support Block while working under seat assembly. Remove Circuit Test (ACTIVE
tool before cycling seat. SEAT™), (See Reference
240-15-017).
Loosen top of seat boot and check scissor suspension for corroded, damaged or worn
parts. Remove any foreign objects that could be jamming the suspension. GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=241
ASU 050 — Seat Above Ride Zone
This code indicates seat is calibrated, active and position

211
ASU is above ride zone, seat will be disabled until power is
26 cycled OFF and tractor is re-started. The Information,
Read Manual and Electrical indicators will flash.
OURX949,000026A –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Cycle Seat Hydraulics NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Perform Operational
245-05-001.) Checks (ACTIVE
Access ASU Address 17 and perform Flow Control Valve Manual Operation. (See 290-10-004). Code does
ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001.) not return, diagnosis
complete.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=242
2 Flow Control Valve Access ASU Address 10 and perform Flow Control Valve Current Status Test. (See OK: Clear codes and
Circuit Test ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001.) perform Operational
Flow Control Valve-Stationary Amperage—Specification (See Reference
Flow Control Valve—Stationary 290-10-004). Code does
Amperage ......................................................................................................... 0.00 Amps not return, diagnosis
211
complete.
ASU
Flow Control Valve Solenoid-Resistance—Specification
27
Flow Control Valve Solenoid— NOT OK: Made
Resistance ............................................................................................. 3.10—4.10 Ohms necessary repairs. Code
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=243
ASU 111 — Seat Height Switch Fault
This code indicates seat height switch circuit failure, seat

211
ASU will continue to operate. The Information, Read manual
28 and Electrical indicators will flash until problem is
corrected.
OURX949,000026B –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Raise/Lower Switch NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Switch and circuit
Test 245-05-001.) function correctly.
Access ASU Address 09 and perform Seat Height Control Switch Status Test. (See
ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001.) NOT OK: Repair or
replace as needed.
Seat Height Switch—Specification Diagnosis completed.
Raise/Lower Switch Position—Top ............................................................................. 110
Center .......................................................................................................................... 101
Bottom ......................................................................................................................... 011
Undefined ................................................................................ 100, 001, 010, 111 or 000
– – –1/1
122106
PN=244
ASU 113 — Seat Firmness Switch Fault
This code indicates firmness control switch circuit failure,

211
seat will continue to operate. The Information, Read ASU
manual and Electrical indicators will flash until problem is 29
corrected.
OURX949,000026C –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Firmness Control NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Switch and circuit
Switch Test 245-05-001.) function correctly.
Access ASU Address 08 and perform Firmness Control Switch Status Test. (See
ASU Addresses, Reference 245-ASU-001.) NOT OK: Repair or
replace as needed.
Seat Firmness Switch—Specification Diagnosis completed.
Firmness Control Switch Position—Top ..................................................................... 110
Center .......................................................................................................................... 101
Bottom ......................................................................................................................... 011
Undefined ................................................................................ 100, 001, 010, 111 or 000
– – –1/1
122106
PN=245
ASU 120 — ASU CCD Bus Fault
This code indicates the ASU did not receive a CCD

211
ASU message when expected, seat will be disabled until tractor
30 is brought to zero speed. The Information, Read manual
and Electrical indicators will flash.
OURX949,000026D –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 CCD Network NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: All systems function.
Diagnosis 245-05-001.) Code does not return,
diagnosis completed.
Perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.)
NOT OK: Problems found
in CCD bus circuitry,
repair and recall codes to
confirm repair. See
Codes, (Reference
245-05-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=246
ASU 121 — Tractor Wheel Speed Message

Missing
211
This code indicates the ASU did not receive a CCD wheel ASU
speed message when expected, seat will continue to 31
operate. The Information and Read manual indicators will
flash.
OURX949,000026E –19–16FEB02–1/1

confirm repair. See
Codes, (Reference
245-05-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=247
ASU 122 — Hydraulic Oil Level Message

Missing
211
ASU This code indicates the ASU did not receive a CCD oil
32 level message when expected, seat will continue to
operate. The operator will hear no warning and see no
display.
OURX949,000026F –19–16FEB02–1/1

confirm repair. See
Codes, (Reference
245-05-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=248
ASU 123 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Message Missing
211
This code indicates the ASU did not receive a CCD ASU
hydraulic oil temperature message when expected, seat 33
will continue to operate. The operator will hear no warning
and see no display.
OURX949,0000270 –19–16FEB02–1/1

confirm repair. See
Codes, (Reference
245-05-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=249
ASU 124 — Engine Speed Message Missing
This code indicates the ASU did not receive a CCD

211
ASU engine speed message when expected, seat will continue
34 to operate. The Information and Read manual indicators
will flash.
OURX949,0000271 –19–16FEB02–1/1

confirm repair. See
Codes, (Reference
245-05-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=250
ASU 125 — Diagnostic Fuse Status Message

Missing
211
This code indicates the ASU did not receive a CCD ASU
diagnostic fuse status message when expected, seat will 35
continue to operate. The operator will hear no warning
and see no display.
OURX949,0000272 –19–16FEB02–1/1

confirm repair. See
Codes, (Reference
245-05-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=251
ASU 207 — ASU Watchdog Reset Detected
This code indicates that the control unit cannot run the
211
ASU software properly, seat will continue to operate unless
36 conditions that set the code also disable the control unit.
The Information and Read Manual indicators will flash.
OURX949,0000273 –19–16FEB02–1/1

1 Circuit Checks NOTE: Resolve all other codes, which could set ASU 207, before performing following OK: Codes do not return.
procedure. Diagnosis complete.
NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference NOT OK: Other codes
245-05-001.) are set also. Resolve
other codes before
Start tractor and drive for a minute to determine if code returns. resolving 207.
NOT OK: Only code 207

returns. Replace ASU
control unit, access ASU
Address 20 and perform
a complete ASU
Calibration. (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=252
Group ATC
ATC Code Diagnostics
Specifications
Cab Temperature Sensor

211
ATC
Temperature Sensor Resistance 5°C (Cold) 7253 Ohms 1
Range (41°F) 1195 Ohms
45°C (Hot)
(113°F)
A/C Dual Pressure Switch
A/C Dual Pressure Switch (Low Closing Pressure 160—260 kPa

Side) (1.6—2.6 bar)
(23—37 psi)
Opening Pressure 140—230 kPa
(1.4—2.3 bar)
(20—33 psi)
5 V Supply Voltage
Upper Voltage Limit Voltage 4.8—5.2 V
RW39137,0000537 –19–15OCT02–1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-ATC-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=253
ATC 01.3 — Cab Temperature Sensor Circuit

Voltage High
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 01.3 indicates that the cab
2 temperature sensor has a short to power or has an open
circuit.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,0000777 –19–10NOV03–1/1
NOTE: Codes for the new ATC are displayed on ATC control on side panel or on SERVICE ADVISOR™. Code
displayed will have a suffix letter (a or s) shown. For example, if 01.3a, is displayed,“Cab Temperature Sensor
Circuit Voltage High” is currently malfunctioning (active). 01.3s would indicate “Cab Temperature Sensor Circuit
Voltage High” was previously stored.
NOTE: CLIMATRAK™ codes are not broadcast on the CCD network (Corner Post Display).
• CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Theory Of Operation (010001—) (See Reference 290-20-009).

• CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Schematic (See Reference 290-25-002).
• SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—) (See Reference 240-25-052b).
• Chassis Harness (See Reference 240-25-028).
• General Reference List (See reference 210-15-001).
SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
1 Diagnostic Path If using SERVICE ADVISOR™, GO TO 2 . OK: Using SERVICE

ADVISOR™....
If SERVICE ADVISOR™ is not available, GO TO 3 .
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=254
2 Cab Air Temperature NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Temperature/voltage
Sensor Test Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). match.
Perform Cab Air Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 040. See ATC Diagnosis complete.
Addresses, (Reference 245-ATC-001).
NOT OK: Corrected fault.
211
ATC
3
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
3 Sensor/Circuit Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Repaired as
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). required. Check operation
of system. Code does not
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) A/C System Temperature Sensor Test (010001—), return.
(See Reference 290-15-030).
Diagnosis complete.
NOTE: Resistance reading is dependent on sensor temperature. See table at test
specified to compare reading to sensor temperature.
Cab Temperature Sensor—Specification

Temperature Sensor Resistance
Range—5° C (Cold)
(41° F) ............................................................................................................. 7253 Ohms
45° C (Hot)
(113° F) ........................................................................................................... 1195 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=255
ATC 01.4 — Cab Temperature Sensor Circuit

Voltage Low
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 01.4 indicates that the cab
4 temperature sensor is shorted to ground.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available....
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=256
2 Cab Air Temperature NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Temperature/voltage
Sensor Test Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). match.
Perform Cab Air Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 040. See ATC Diagnosis complete.
211
ATC
5
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). required. Code does not
return.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) A/C System Temperature Sensor Test (010001—),
(See Reference 290-15-030). Diagnosis complete.


(41° F) ............................................................................................................. 7253 Ohms
45° C (Hot)
(113° F) ........................................................................................................... 1195 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=257
ATC 03.3 — Ambient Temperature Sensor

Circuit Voltage High
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 03.3 indicates that the
6 ambient (roof inlet) temperature sensor has a short to
power or has an open circuit.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available....
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=258
2 Ambient Air NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Temperature/voltage
Temperature Sensor Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). match.
Test
Perform Rear Ambient Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 043. See Diagnosis complete.
ATC Addresses, (Reference 245-ATC-001).
211
ATC
7
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
return.


(41° F) ............................................................................................................. 7253 Ohms
45° C (Hot)
(113° F) ........................................................................................................... 1195 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=259
ATC 03.4 — Ambient Temperature Sensor

Circuit Voltage Low
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 03.4 indicates that the roof
8 inlet temperature sensor is shorted to ground.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000077A –19–10NOV03–1/1

1 Diagnostic Path If using SERVICE ADVISOR™, GO TO 2 2. OK: Using SERVICE

ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available....
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=260
2 Ambient Air NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Temperature/voltage
Test
Perform Rear Ambient Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 043. See Diagnosis complete.
ATC Addresses, (Reference 245-ATC-001).
211
ATC
9
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
return.


(41° F) ............................................................................................................. 7253 Ohms
45° C (Hot)
(113° F) ........................................................................................................... 1195 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=261
ATC 07.3 — Outlet Air Temperature Sensor

211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 07.3 indicates that the outlet
10 air temperature sensor is shorted to power or has an open
circuit.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000077C –19–10NOV03–1/1


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=262
2 Outlet Air NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Temperature/voltage
Test
Perform Outlet Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 041. See ATC Diagnosis complete.
211
ATC
11
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
return.


(41° F) ............................................................................................................. 7253 Ohms
45° C (Hot)
(113° F) ........................................................................................................... 1195 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=263
ATC 07.4 — Outlet Air Temperature Sensor

Circuit Voltage Low
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 07.4 indicates that the outlet
12 air temperature sensor is shorted to ground.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000077D –19–10NOV03–1/1


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=264
2 Outlet Air NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Temperature/voltage
Test
Perform Outlet Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 041. See ATC Diagnosis complete.
211
ATC
13
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
return.


(41° F) ............................................................................................................. 7253 Ohms
45° C (Hot)
(113° F) ........................................................................................................... 1195 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=265
ATC 08.3 — Evaporator Temperature Sensor

211
14 evaporator temperature sensor is shorted to power or has
an open circuit).
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000077E –19–10NOV03–1/1

1 Diagnostic Path If using SERVICE ADVISOR™, GO TO 2 2. YES: Using SERVICE

ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
YES: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available....
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=266
2 Evaporator Air NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) YES:
Temperature Sensor Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). Temperature/voltage
Test match.
Perform Evaporator Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 045. See ATC
Addresses, (Reference 245-ATC-001). Diagnosis complete.
211
NO: Corrected fault.
ATC
15
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
3 Sensor/Circuit Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) YES: Repaired as
return.


(41° F) .......................................................................................................... 12697 Ohms
25° C (Hot)
(77° F) ............................................................................................................. 5000 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=267
ATC 08.4 — Evaporator Temperature Sensor

Circuit Voltage Low
211
16 evaporator temperature sensor is shorted to ground.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000077F –19–10NOV03–1/1

1 Diagnostic Path If using SERVICE ADVISOR™, GO TO 2 . YES: Using SERVICE

ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
YES: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=268
2 Evaporator Air NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) YES:
Temperature Sensor Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). Temperature/voltage
Test match.
Perform Evaporator Temperature Sensor Voltage Test, ATC Address 045. See ATC
Addresses, (Reference 245-ATC-001). Diagnosis complete.
211
NO: Corrected fault.
ATC
17
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
3 Sensor/Circuit Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) YES: Repaired as
return.


(41° F) .......................................................................................................... 12697 Ohms
25° C (Hot)
(77° F) ............................................................................................................. 5000 Ohms
– – –1/1
122106
PN=269
ATC 09.1 — Excessive A/C Clutch Cycling
CLIMATRAK™ service code 09.1 indicates that the

211
ATC clutch/compressor unit is cycling “ON” more than six times
18 a minute.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,0000780 –19–28JUL03–1/1

1 Blower Motor Speed NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: GO TO 2 .
Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
NOT OK: Repair as
Slow circulator blower motor (M221) speed will not circulate air from the unit properly. necessary and perform
Verify motor operation before proceeding. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Circulation Operational Check,
Blower Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-024). CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(See Reference
290-10-005 (010001—).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=270
2 Low Refrigerant Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Pressure Test (010001—), (See Reference OK: No system leaks.
Charge Check 290-15-028).
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK:
Repair/recharge as
211
necessary and. . . .
ATC
19
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
3 Evaporator Verify evaporator temperature sensor (B221) operation. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: GO TO 4 .
Temperature Sensor A/C System Temperature Sensor Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-030).
Check NOT OK: Repair/replace
as necessary and. . . .
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
4 Evaporator Drain Check evaporator drain tube for restriction. Ensure that condensation from the OK: GO TO 5 .
Tube Check evaporator has proper drainage.
NOT OK: Repair as
required and. . . .
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
5 Water Valve Verify operation of water valve. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Water Valve Test OK: GO TO 6 .
Operation Check (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-032).
NOT OK: Repair/replace
as required and. . . .
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=271
6 Refrigerant Loss OK: GO TO 7 .

Switch
as required and. . . .
GO TO 1 .
211
ATC
20
RXA0063979 –UN–27NOV02
A—Dual Pressure Switch
Verify operation of the low pressure side of the dual pressure switch (S221). See Dual
Pressure Switch (Low Side) Test, (See Reference 290-15-007) and return to this
procedure.
A/C Dual Pressure Switch—Specification

A/C Dual Pressure Switch (Low Side)—
Closing Pressure ........................................................................................ 160—260 kPa
(1.6—2.6 bar)
(23—37 psi)
Opening Pressure ...................................................................................... 140—230 kPa
(1.4—2.3 bar)
(20—33 psi)
– – –1/1
7 Evaporator If the sensor is located in a cold area of the evaporator, clutch cycling may be OK: GO TO 1 .
Temperature Sensor affected. Moving the sensor to a warmer location may decrease clutch cycling.
Location NOT OK: GO TO 8 .
NOTE: In high humidity conditions, moving this sensor may cause the evaporator to
freeze over. If this happens, position the evaporator temperature sensor closer to the
sensors original position in the evaporator core. Be sure to operate the ATC system to
ensure proper operation after changes have been made.
Perform the following procedure and test for operating improvement:
1. Remove grillwork and recirculating air filter from CLIMATRAK™ unit.
2. Locate the evaporator temperature sensor inside the evaporator housing, below the
circulation air temperature sensor.
3. Remove the sensor from it’s current location.
4. Insert the sensor between the lower two tubes at center of evaporator. The
mounting angle should be approximately the same.
NOTE: The blower should not cycle ON and OFF more than six times per minute.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=272
8 CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Disconnect wire harness from the control unit’s 32-way connector (X222). Check OK: Replace
Control Unit Fault condition of connector and terminals. CLIMATRAK™ Control
Unit and perform
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
Calibration Procedure
(010001—), (See
211
ATC
21
NOT OK: Clean or repair
connector and terminals
as necessary, reinstall,
and. . . .
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=273
ATC 10.3 — Cab Temperature Control Circuit

Voltage High
211
22 temperature set control potentiometer is below minimum
value (short circuit to ground).

1 Replace The temperature set control potentiometer can not be serviced individually. NOT OK: Replace
CLIMATRAK™ Control CLIMATRAK™ Control
Unit Replace and calibrate CLIMATRAK™ Control (ATC) unit (A222) located in side control Unit and perform
panel. CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=274
ATC 10.4 — Cab Temperature Control Circuit

Voltage Low
211
CLIMATRAK™ service code 10.4 indicates that the ATC
temperature set control potentiometer is above maximum 23
value (short circuit to power or open circuit).

1 Replace The temperature set control potentiometer can not be serviced individually. NOT OK: Replace
(010001—), (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=275
ATC 11.3 — Blower Control Circuit Voltage

High
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 11.3 indicates that the blower
24 set control potentiometer is below minimum value (short
circuit to ground).

1 Replace The blower set control potentiometer can not be serviced individually. NOT OK: Replace
(010001—), (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=276
ATC 11.4 — Blower Control Circuit Voltage

Low
211
CLIMATRAK™ service code 11.4 indicates that the blower ATC
set control potentiometer is above maximum value (short 25
circuit to power or open circuit).

1 Replace The blower set control potentiometer can not be serviced individually. NOT OK: Replace
(010001—), (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=277
ATC 12.3 — Water Valve Position Sensor

211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 12.3 indicates that the water
26 valve position feedback potentiometer is below minimum
value (short circuit to ground).


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=278
2 Water Valve Position NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Display correct.
Sensor Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
GO TO 3 .
Access ATC Address 011 and perform Water Valve Position Test.
Check SERVICE ADVISOR™ display for correct temperature. Temperature is always Code does not return.
211
displayed in °C on SERVICE ADVISOR™.
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
27
– – –1/1
return.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Water Valve Test (010001—), (See Reference
290-15-032). Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=279
ATC 12.4 — Water Valve Position Sensor

Circuit Voltage Low
211
28 valve position feedback potentiometer is above maximum
value (short circuit to power or open circuit).


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=280
Sensor Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
29
– – –1/1
return.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Water Valve Test (010001—), (See Reference
– – –1/1
122106
PN=281
ATC 13.1 — Water Valve Motor Not

Calibrated
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 13.1 indicates the water valve
30 actuator motor is not calibrated.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=282
2 Water Valve Motor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Water valve
Calibration Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021). calibrated.
Access ATC Address 022 and perform Water Valve Calibration Status Test. Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1 211
ATC
31
3 Calibrate NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Calibration
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). successful. Code does
Control Unit not return.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Calibration Procedure (010001—), (See Reference
NOT OK: Calibration

failed or code returns.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
4 CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Water Valve Test (010001—), (See Reference OK: GO TO 1 .
Water Valve Check 290-15-032).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=283
ATC 13.3 — Water Valve Motor Circuit

Voltage High
211
32 valve circuit(s) is shorted to power or has an open circuit.


ADVISOR™....
If SERVICE ADVISOR™ is not available, GO TO 3 3 .
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=284
GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
33
– – –1/1
3 CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Water valve and
Water Valve Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). circuits check good.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Water Valve Test (010001—), (See Reference Replace CLIMATRAK™
290-15-032). Control Unit and perform
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See

water valve or circuits as
necessary.
Perform CLIMATRAK™
(ATC) Calibration
Procedure (010001—),
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=285
ATC 13.4 — Water Valve Motor Circuit

Voltage Low
211
34 valve circuit(s) is shorted to ground.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=286
GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
35
– – –1/1
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See

necessary.
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=287
ATC 13.7 — Water Valve Motor Mechanical

Fault
211
36 valve motor has a mechanical failure or blockage.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000078B –19–09JUL02–1/1

122106
PN=288
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
211
ATC
(010001—), (See
37

necessary.
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=289
ATC 14.3 — Air Flow Mode Position Sensor

211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 14.3 indicates that the air
38 flow mode control potentiometer is above maximum value
(short circuit to power or open circuit).
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000078C –19–14NOV02–1/1


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=290
2 Air Flow Mode NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Display correct.
Position Sensor Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
Check GO TO 3 .
Access ATC Address 007 and perform Air Flow Mode Setting Test.
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
39
– – –1/1
3 Air Flow Mode Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Air flow mode control
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). and circuits check good.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Air Flow Mode Control Test (010001—), (See Replace CLIMATRAK™
Reference 290-15-033). Control Unit and perform
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See

air flow mode control or
circuits as necessary.
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=291
ATC 14.4 — Air Flow Mode Position Sensor

Circuit Voltage Low
211
40 flow mode control potentiometer is below maximum value
(short circuit to ground).
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000078D –19–14NOV02–1/1
NOTE: Codes for the new ATC are displayed on ATC control on side panel or on Service ADVISOR™. Code

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1

ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=292
Position Sensor Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
Check GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
41
– – –1/1
3 Air Flow Mode Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Air flow mode control
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). and circuits check good.
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See

air flow mode control or
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=293
ATC 15.1 — Air Flow Mode Motor Not

Calibrated
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 15.1 indicates the air flow
42 mode motor is not calibrated.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000078E –19–14NOV02–1/1


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=294
2 Air Flow Mode Motor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Air Flow Mode Motor
Calibration Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021). calibrated.
Access ATC Address 023 and perform Air Flow Mode Motor Calibration Status Diagnosis complete.
Test.
– – –1/1 211
ATC
43
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). successful. Code does
Control Unit not return.
NOT OK: Calibration

failed or code returns.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
4 Air Flow Mode Motor Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Air Flow Mode Control Test (010001—), (See OK: GO TO 1 .
Check Reference 290-15-033).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=295
ATC 15.5 — Air Flow Mode Motor Circuit

Voltage High
211
44 flow motor circuit(s) is shorted to power or has an open
circuit.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000078F –19–14NOV02–1/1


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=296
Position Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
45
– – –1/1
3 Air Flow Mode Motor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Air flow mode motor
Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). and circuits check good.
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See

air flow mode motor or
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=297
ATC 15.6 — Air Flow Mode Motor Circuit

Voltage Low
211
46 flow motor circuit(s) is shorted to ground.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,00007A0 –19–14NOV02–1/1


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=298
Position Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
47
– – –1/1
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See

(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=299
ATC 15.7 — Air Flow Mode Motor Mechanical

Fault
211
48 flow mode motor has a mechanical failure or blockage.

122106
PN=300
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
211
ATC
(010001—), (See
49

(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=301
ATC 16.3 — Compressor Clutch Circuit

Voltage High
211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ service code 16.3 indicates a short to
50 power or an open circuit between CLIMATRAK™ Control
(ATC) unit and relay K220.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=302
2 Compressor Status NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Display correct.
GO TO 3 .
Access ATC Address 004 and perform Compressor Status Test.
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
51
– – –1/1
122106
PN=303
3 Relay K220 Terminal NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: No battery voltage at
Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). terminal 86.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Battery voltage

211
B C at terminal 86.
ATC
52
GO TO 5 .
I
D
G
A
J L
E
F H
K
M
RXA0063980 –UN–27NOV02
A—CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Control Unit (A222)

B—CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Control Unit Connector (X222)
C—CAN Connector
D—HVAC Connector (7 Way) (X223)
E—HVAC Connector (2 Way) (X224)
F—Harness Ground
G—CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Relay (K220)
H—Duct Air Temperature Sensor (B223)
I—Blower Motor Driver (A221)
J—Cab Air Temperature Sensor (B220)
K—Evaporator Temperature Sensor (B221)
L—Water Valve (Y221)
M—Dual Pressure Switch (S221)
1. Remove relay K220 (G) from A/C harness and install DFRW130 Relay Circuit Test
Lead in K220 harness location.
2. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON, and ATC OFF.
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal 86 of DFRW130.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=304
4 Relay K220 Terminal 1. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON. OK: Battery voltage at
Check Continued 2. Set CLIMATRAK™ system to AUTO and temperature control knob to FULL cold terminal 86.
(CCW).
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal 86 of DFRW130. Clear codes and see if
code returns. Code does
211
complete. Code returns.
ATC
Check cct 299 for
53
intermittent problems.
NOT OK: No or low

battery voltage at terminal
86.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
5 Circuit 299 Check Perform Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure, (See Reference210-15-009) on cct OK: Cct 299 good.
299 from CLIMATRAK™ connector (X222), terminal 4 to relay K220, terminal 86. Replace and calibrate
CLIMATRAK™.
NOTE: See SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—), (Reference
240-25-052b). Perform CLIMATRAK™
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
NOT OK: Cct 299 fails

check. Repair/replace as
necessary.
Return to diagnosis in
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=305
ATC 16.4 — Compressor Clutch Circuit

Voltage Low
211
54 ground between CLIMATRAK™ Control (ATC) unit and
relay K220.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=306
2 Compressor Status NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Display correct.
GO TO 3 .
Access ATC Address 004 and perform Compressor Status Test.
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
55
– – –1/1
122106
PN=307
3 Relay K220 Terminal NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: No battery voltage at
Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). terminal 86.
GO TO 4 .

211
B C at terminal 86.
ATC
56
GO TO 5 .
I
D
G
A
J L
E
F H
K
M
RXA0063980 –UN–27NOV02
A—CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Control Unit (A222)

B—CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Control Unit Connector (X222)
C—CAN Connector
D—HVAC Connector (7 Way) (X223)
E—HVAC Connector (2 Way) (X224)
F—Harness Ground
G—CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Relay (K220)
H—Duct Air Temperature Sensor (B223)
I—Blower Motor Driver (A221)
J—Cab Air Temperature Sensor (B220)
K—Evaporator Temperature Sensor (B221)
L—Water Valve (Y221)
M—Dual Pressure Switch (S221)
1. Remove relay K220 from A/C harness and install DFRW130 Relay Circuit Test
Lead in K220 harness location.
2. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON, and ATC OFF.
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal 86 of DFRW130.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=308
4 Relay K220 Terminal 1. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON, and CLIMATRAK™ ON. OK: Battery voltage at
Check Continued 2. Set CLIMATRAK™ system to AUTO and temperature control knob to FULL cold terminal 86.
(CCW).
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal 86 of DFRW130. Clear codes and see if
211
ATC
Check cct 299 for
57
NOT OK: No or low

86.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
299 from CLIMATRAK™ connector (X222), terminal 4 to relay K220, terminal 86. Replace and calibrate
CLIMATRAK™.
NOTE: See SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—), (Reference
240-25-052b). Perform CLIMATRAK™
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).

necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=309
ATC 17.3 — Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit

Voltage High
211
58 power or an open circuit between CLIMATRAK™ control
unit and relay K30.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=310
2 Pressurizer Blower NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Display correct.
Motor Status Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (902001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
GO TO 3 .
Access ATC Address 019 and perform Pressurizer Blower Status Test.
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
59
– – –1/1
3 Circuit 227 Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Cct 227 good.
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). Replace and calibrate
CLIMATRAK™ control
Perform Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure, (See Reference210-15-009) on cct unit.
227 from CLIMATRAK™ connector (X222), terminal 3 to relay K30, terminal 86.
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).

necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=311
ATC 17.4 — Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit

Voltage Low
211
60 Ground between CLIMATRAK™ control unit and relay
K30.


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=312
2 Pressurizer Blower NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Display correct.
GO TO 3 .
Access ATC Address 019 and perform Pressurizer Blower Status Test.
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
61
– – –1/1
227 from CLIMATRAK™ connector (X222), terminal 3 to relay K30, terminal 86.
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).

necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=313
ATC 18.3 — Circulation Blower Motor Circuit

Voltage High
211
62 power or an open circuit between CLIMATRAK™ control
unit and blower motor driver .


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=314
2 Circulation Blower NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Display correct.
GO TO 3 .
Access ATC Address 003 and perform Circulation Blower Mode Status Test.
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
63
– – –1/1
3 Blower Motor Driver NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: No or low voltage at
Terminal Check Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). terminal 5.
1. Remove connector from air flow mode motor (Y222). GO TO 4 .

2. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON, and CLIMATRAK™ OFF.
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal 5 of blower motor driver connector. NOT OK: Battery voltage
at terminal 5.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
4 Air Flow Mode Motor 1. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON, and CLIMATRAK™ ON. OK: Battery voltage at
Driver 2. Set CLIMATRAK™ system to AUTO and temperature control knob to FULL cold terminal 5.
(CCW).
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal 5 blower motor driver connector. Clear codes and see if
Check cct 287 for
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at terminal 5.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=315
287 from CLIMATRAK™ connector (X222), terminal 14 to air flow mode motor Replace and calibrate
connector, terminal 5. CLIMATRAK™ control
unit.
211
(ATC) Calibration
ATC
64
(See Reference
290-15-022).

necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=316
ATC 18.4 — Circulation Blower Motor Circuit

Voltage Low
211
CLIMATRAK™ service code 18.4 indicates a short to ATC
ground between CLIMATRAK™ control unit and air flow 65
mode motor.

1 Diagnostic Path If using SERVICE ADVISOR™, GO TO 2 2. OK: Using SERVICE

ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=317
GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
66
– – –1/1
287 from CLIMATRAK™ connector (X222), terminal 14 to air flow mode motor
connector, terminal 5. Perform CLIMATRAK™
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).

necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=318
ATC 19.1 — Circulation Blower Motor Driver

Circuit Fault
211
CLIMATRAK™ service code 19.1 indicates a circuit fault in ATC
blower motor circuits. 67


ADVISOR™....
GO TO 2 .
OK: SERVICE
ADVISOR™ is not
available...
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=319
GO TO 3 .
211
ATC
Diagnosis complete.
68
– – –1/1
3 Circulation Blower NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Circulation blower
Motor Driver Circuit Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). motor driver and circuits
Check check good.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Circulation Blower Test (010001—), (See Reference
290-15-024). Replace CLIMATRAK™
Control Unit and perform
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See

circulation blower motor
driver or circuits as
necessary.
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=320
ATC 20.3 — ATC Supply Voltage High
CLIMATRAK™ service code 20.3 indicates high voltage

211
reading in 5 volt supply circuit (short to power or open). ATC
69

122106
PN=321
1 Five Volt Supply NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: All voltage readings
Circuit Checks Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). in specification and code
does not return.
Key switch ON, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) in AUTO mode.
Diagnosis complete.
Check voltage reading at following sensors/control units:
211
NOT OK: All voltage
ATC
Sensor/Control Unit Terminal Circuit checks high.
70
Number
Evaporator Temperature Sensor A 268 Replace CLIMATRAK™
(B221) Control Unit and perform
Outlet Temperature Sensor (B223) A 267 CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
Cab Air Temperature Sensor (B220) A 266 Calibration Procedure
ambient Air Temperature Sensor A 265 (010001—), (See
(B222) Reference 290-15-022).
Water Valve (Y221) 3 293
Air Flow Mode Motor (Y222) 1 293 NOT OK: One or more
voltage checks high.
NOTE: See SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—), (Reference Check circuit(s) for open
240-25-052b). or short to power.
Voltage reading should be 4.8—5.2 volts.
5 V Supply Voltage—Specification
Upper Voltage Limit—Voltage ......................................................................... 4.8—5.2 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=322
ATC 20.4 — ATC Supply Voltage Low
CLIMATRAK™ service code 20.3 indicates low voltage

211
reading in 5 volt supply circuit (short to ground). ATC
71
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000079A –19–09JUL02–1/1

122106
PN=323
1 Five Volt Supply NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: All voltage readings
Circuit Checks Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). in specification and code
does not return.
Key switch ON, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) in AUTO mode.
Diagnosis complete.
Check voltage reading at following sensors/control units:
211
NOT OK: All voltage
ATC
Sensor/Control Unit Terminal Circuit checks low.
72
Number
Evaporator Temperature Sensor A 268 Replace CLIMATRAK™
(B221) Control Unit and perform
Outlet Temperature Sensor (B223) A 267 CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
Cab Air Temperature Sensor (B220) A 266 Calibration Procedure
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor A 265 (010001—), (See
(B222) Reference 290-15-022).
Water Valve (Y221) 3 293
Air Flow Mode Motor (Y222) 1 293 NOT OK: One or more
voltage checks low.
NOTE: See SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—), (Reference Check circuit(s) for short
240-25-052b). to ground.
Voltage reading should be 4.8—5.2 volts.
5 V Supply Voltage—Specification
Upper Voltage Limit—Voltage ......................................................................... 4.8—5.2 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=324
ATC 22.1 — ATC Memory Fault
CLIMATRAK™ service code 22.1 indicates a

211
CLIMATRAK™ control unit program memory failure. ATC
73
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000079B –19–09JUL02–1/1

122106
PN=325
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). successful, code does not
return.
211
NOT OK: Calibration
ATC
failed.
74
Replace CLIMATRAK™
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=326
ATC 23.2 — ATC Control Unit Fault
CLIMATRAK™ service code 23.2 indicates an internal

211
CLIMATRAK™ control unit failure. ATC
75
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000079C –19–09JUL02–1/1

1 Control Unit Fault Replace CLIMATRAK™ Control Unit and perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Calibration OK: Diagnosis complete.
Procedure (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=327
ATC 24.1 — ATC CAN Bus Fault
CLIMATRAK™ service code 24.1 indicates the

211
ATC CLIMATRAK™ control unit is not sending data to CAN bus
76 system.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company HP51992,0000D73 –19–04JUN03–1/1
NOTE: Codes for the new ATC are displayed on ATC control on side panel or on Service ADVISOR™. Code

• CLIMATRAK™ Schematic (010001—) (See Reference 290-25-005).
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
1 Power-up ATC NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Code does not
control unit Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). return.
1. Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Diagnosis complete.
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021).
2. Turn key switch OFF. NOT OK: Code returns.
3. Start tractor and perform Operational Check, CLIMATRAK (ATC) (010001—), Replace ATC control unit.
4. Does code return? Perform CLIMATRAK™
(ATC) Calibration
(See Reference
290-15-022).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=328
ATC 24.9 — ATC CAN Bus Fault
CLIMATRAK™ service code 24.9 indicates the

211
CLIMATRAK™ control unit is not receiving data from CAN ATC
bus system. 77
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000079D –19–09JUL02–1/1

122106
PN=329
1 CAN Bus Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: CAN diagnosis good.
Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnosis, (See Reference 245-05-006). Control Unit and perform
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
211
(010001—), (See
ATC
78
CAN circuits as
necessary. Code does
not return.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=330
ATC 25.5 — Compressor Shutoff Due to

Engine Overheat
211
CLIMATRAK™ service code 25.5 indicates CLIMATRAK™ ATC
has shut off A/C clutch/compressor due to engine 79
overheating.
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000079E –19–09JUL02–1/1
NOTE: ECU service codes 062 and 063 may be related codes.

1 Code Active or Stored NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: Code is active
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). (“25.5a”).
Is code active or stored? Display will show “25.5a” if active and “25.5s” if stored. GO TO 2 .
OK: Code is stored

(“25.5s”)
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=331
2 Active Code Check Check coolant temperature display, information and warning indicators on side OK: Engine was
console. overheated. Problem
corrected.
Is engine overheating? If engine is overheating, correct overheating problem.
Clear codes and return to
diagnosis in progress.
211
ATC
NOT OK: Engine is not
80
overheating.
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See
– – –1/1
3 Stored Code Check 1. Perform Recall, Record and Clear Codes, (See Reference 245-05-001). OK: ECU code 062 or
2. Check for stored code ECU 062 or ECU 063. 063 was stored. Correct
engine overheating
problems.
Clear codes and return to

NOT OK: ECU code 062

or 063 was not stored.
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—), (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=332
ATC 26.9 — ECU CAN Message Missing
CLIMATRAK™ service code 26.9 indicates CLIMATRAK™

211
is not receiving information from ECU when expected. ATC
81
NOTE: PCU service code 071 may be related code.
HP51992,0000887 –19–05NOV04–1/1
NOTE: CLIMATRAK™ codes are not broadcast on the CCD network or displayed on the Corner Post Display.

1 Related Code Checks NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: PCU code 071 was
Recall, Record and Clear Codes (010001—), (Reference 290-15-021). stored.
1. Recall, Record and Clear Codes for PCU. Perform Recall, Record and Clear GO TO 3 .
Codes, (See Reference 245-05-001).
2. Was PCU code 071 stored? NOT OK: PCU code 071
was not stored.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=333
2 CAN Bus Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. See CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) OK: CAN diagnosis good.
Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnosis, (See Reference 245-05-006). Control Unit and perform
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
211
(010001—), (See
ATC
82
CAN circuits as
necessary. Code does
not return.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
3 Incorrect or Faulty Refer to ECU documentation: OK: ECU is correct for

ECU tractor.
• For tractors using 8.1L engine with JD Level 9 ECU (9120), see CTM255.
• For tractors using 12.5 engine with JD Level 6 ECU (9220, 9320, 9420 and 9520), Replace CLIMATRAK™
See CTM188. Control Unit and perform
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
If code occurred immediately after ECU had been change, and wiring problems have Calibration Procedure
been ruled out, there is a possibility that ECU is wrong type or faulty and not (010001—), (See
broadcasting proper CAN messages. Reference 290-15-022).
NOT OK: Tractor has

wrong or faulty ECU.
Replace and perform full
calibration of ECU.
Access ECU Address 27

and perform ECU Type
configuration.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=334
Group CCU
CCU Code Diagnostics
Essential Tools

211
CCU
1
Battery Load Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05832
Load test batteries
RW39137,0000457 –19–18APR02–2/3
Current Clamp-On Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02153
Measure current
RW39137,0000457 –19–18APR02–3/3
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-CCU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=335
Service Equipment and Tools

211
CCU tools may be available from a local supplier.
2
86 87
Relay Circuit Test Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DFRW130 86
30
–UN–26FEB02
87a
87
30 85 87a
85
Test relays and circuits 86

30
87a 87
85
30
87 87a
85 86
RXA0059577
RW39137,0000458 –19–18APR02–2/4
Electrical Testing
–UN–13FEB02
RXA0059399
RW39137,0000458 –19–18APR02–3/4
Battery Load Tester

–UN–13FEB02
RXA0059401
RW39137,0000458 –19–18APR02–4/4
122106
PN=336
Specifications
ACU Address 03
211
CCU
Throttle Lever Command Voltage (full back) 0.5 V 3
Voltage (full forward) 4.5 V
ACU Address 19
Operator Presence Switch Position Seat Occupied “XX1”
Operator Presence Switch Position Seat Vacant “XX0”
CCU Address 04
Engine Speed Sensor Output Center Digit Toggles “X0X”....”X1X”....”X0X”
CCU Address 07
Axle Lube Pump Pressure Switch Pressure Low “X0X”

Position Pressure Normal “X1X”
CCU Address 07
Reservoir Level Switch Position Oil Level Low “XX0”

Oil Level Normal “XX1”
CCU Address 09
Rear PTO Switch Position PTO “OFF” “XX0”

PTO “ON” “XX1”
CCU Address 11
Filter Restriction Switch Position Filter Restricted “1XX”

Filter Normal “0XX”
CCU Address 11
Fuse F14 Status Fuse F14 Good/Installed “XX1”

Fuse F14 Open/Removed “XX0”
122106
PN=337
CCU Address 12
Air Filter Restriction Switch Filter Restricted “XX1”

211
CCU Position Filter Normal “XX0”
4
CCU Address 16
Fuel Level Sensor Voltage (empty) 0.0 V

Voltage (full) 4.8 V
CCU Address 17
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage (hot) 0.2 V

Voltage (cold) 4.5 V
CCU Address 18
Engine Coolant Temperature Voltage (hot) 0.2 V

Sensor Voltage (cold) 4.5 V
CCU Address 19
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Voltage (low pressure) 0.2 V

Sensor Voltage (high pressure) 4.5 V
CCU Address 20
Engine Speed Sensor Engine Pulses per Revolution 00.5

Configuration
CCU Address 23
Tractor Configuration Wheel “XX0”

Tracks “XX1”
CCU Address 28
Rear PTO Configuration Rear PTO Enabled 001
122106
PN=338
CCU Address 32
System Voltage vs. RPM Voltage (RPM below 1500) 11.2—15.5 V

211
Voltage (RPM above 1500) 12.5—15.5 V CCU
5
Alternator Output Current
Alternator Output Current @ 13.2 V 140 Amp (min)
Alternator Output Voltage
Unregulated Voltage 15.5—16.5 V
Regulated Voltage 13.2—14.2 V
Axle Lube Pump Flow Rate
Axle Lube Pump Flow-1000 rpm Flow 3.8L (1.0 gal.) in 6-7 seconds (oil
temperature 22°C (72°F))
Minimum Axle Lube Oil Pressure
Minimum Pressure at 1000 RPM Pressure 62 kPa

(0.62 bar)
(9 psi)
Differential Lock Solenoid
Coil Resistance ohms 8.0-12.0
Engine Oil Pressure
Minimum No Load (Idle) Pressure 100 kPa

(1.0 bar)
(15 psi)
Maximum Full Load (Rated Speed) Pressure 450 kPa

(4.5 bar)
(65 psi)
122106
PN=339
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature Temperature Alarm Setpoint 102 °C

211
CCU (Warning)
6 (215 °F)
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature Temperature Alarm Setpoint (Stop 105 °C

Engine)
(221 °F)
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Inlet Pressure
Pressure Maximum Pressure @ 65°C 620 kPa

(150°F) (6.2 bar)
(90 psi)
Minium Axle Lube Oil Pressure
Minimum Pressure at 1000 RPM Pressure 62 kPa

(0.62 bar)
(9 psi)
Minimum Voltage Reading
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Voltage (low pressure) 0.05 V

Sensor
Transmission Lube Pressure with

PTO
Typical Pressure with PTO (1000 Pressure at 38-52 °C 90-150 kPa

RPM) (100-125 °F) (0.9-1.5 bar)
(13-22 psi)
55-120 kPa
Pressure at 65 °C (0.55-1.2 bar)
(150 °F) (8-18 psi)
122106
PN=340
Minimum Pressure with PTO (2000 Pressure at 38-52 °C 280 kPa

RPM) (100-125 °F) (2.8 bar)
(40 psi)
211
200 kPa CCU
Pressure at 65 °C (2.0 bar) 7
(150 °F) (30 psi)
Transmission Lube Pressure without

PTO
Typical Pressure without PTO Pressure at 38-52 °C 100-170 kPa

(1000 RPM) (100-125 °F) (1.0-1.7 bar)
(15-25 psi)
70-140 kPa
Pressure at 65 °C (0.7-1.4 bar)
(150 °F) (10-20 psi)
Minimum Pressure without PTO Pressure at 38-52 °C 310 kPa

(2000 RPM) (100-125 °F) (3.1 bar)
(45 psi)
240 kPa
Pressure at 65 °C (2.4 bar)
(150 °F) (35 psi)
Transmission System Pressure at

2000 RPM
Transmission System Pressure Pressure at 2000 RPM 1775—1875 kPa

(17.8—18.8 bar)
(257—273 psi)
RW39137,0000459 –19–18APR02–5/5
122106
PN=341
CCU 001 — Fuel Level Sensor Fault
CCU 001 is stored if the resistance of the sensor is above

211
CCU 105 ohms, indicating an open sensor circuit or short to
8 battery voltage. The “Information” and Read Manual
Function Indicators will flash until the fault condition is
corrected.
OURX908,00003F5 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-206).

• Fuel Supply System Operation (See Reference 230-20-001).
• Fuel Tanks (See Reference 230-20-006).
• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999), (See Reference 245-CCU-300).
• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (See Reference 245-CCU-300b).
• ICU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999), (See Reference 245-ICU-300).
• ICU Circuit Wiring Diagram (010001—), (See Reference 245-ICU-300b).
– – –1/1
1 Fuel Level NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Sensor/Circuit Check 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed. If
necessary, check for
Access CCU Address 16 and perform Fuel Level Sensor Voltage Test. See CCU intermittent problems,
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). access CCU Address 03
and perform CCU System
CCU Address 16—Specification Beep Mode w/o Speed
Fuel Level Sensor—Voltage (empty) ........................................................................ 0.0 V Sensors Test. (See
Voltage (full) .............................................................................................................. 4.8 V Reference 245-CCU-001.)
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=342
CCU 004 — Fuel Flow Signal From ECU

Missing
211
CCU 004 is stored when the fuel flow signal is not sent CCU
from the ECU to the CCU. This is done with circuit 366. 9
Also, if the ECU is not powered up through fuses F12,
F43 and relay K13.
OURX908,00003F6 –19–25MAY06–1/1
• ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE10) (See Reference 245-ECU-300).

• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (See Reference245-CCU-300).
• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—) (See Reference 245-CCU-300b).
– – –1/1
1 Model Selection Tractor model 9120 has an 8.1L engine and has a different engine control unit from all OK: For 9120 tractors,
other 9020 model tractors. Tractor models 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 have a see Service Code
12.5L engine. Diagnosis—9120 Only.
For 9120 tractors, see Service Code Diagnosis—9120 Only. OK: For 9220, 9320,
9420, 9520 and 9620,
For 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620, see Service Code Diagnosis—9220, 9320, see Service Code
9420, 9520 and 9620. Diagnosis—9220, 9320,
9420, 9520 and 9620.
– – –1/1
Service Code Diagnosis—9120 Only
– – –1/1
122106
PN=343
1 Check Fuses NOTE: On 9120 tractors, circuit 366 has a branch circuit 335 spliced to it. A 1000 ohm OK: Fuses good.
resistor is located in circuit 335. If circuit 335 has an open, CCU code 004 will be set
and tractor will run normally. This 1000 ohm, 1/4 watt, 5% tolerance resistor is not GO TO 5 .
available from Deere. It may be purchased locally at most electronic parts stores.
NOT OK: Replace fuses.
NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference Clear codes and start
211
245-05-001). tractor to verify code does
CCU
not return. If code returns:
10
1. Access ECU Address 025.
2. ECU Address 025 should display: GO TO 2 .
Power Factor Tractor Model NOT OK: Power Code

125 9120 “000”.
3. Check fuses F12 and F43. These provide power to the ECU. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Circuit 366 Power Circuit 366 carries the fuel flow signal from the ECU (A400) to the CCU (A991). Circuit OK: No problems found.
Check—9120 Only 366 uses ECU connector X400-1 pin B3 and CCU connector X991-1 pin B2. Replace and perform full
calibration of ECU.
1. With Key switch OFF (S001), disconnect ECU connector.
2. Key switch ON. See ECU Addresses,
3. Check for 4.5—5.0 V on X400-1 terminal B3 . (Reference
IMPORTANT: To prevent possible damage to connector pins, do NOT force 245-ECU-001).
multimeter probes into connector pins.
NOT OK: No or low
voltage at ECU
connector.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Circuit 366 Check 1. Key switch (S001) OFF. OK: All checks good.
2. Disconnect ECU connector X400-1 and CCU connector X991-1.
3. Perform Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-013) on GO TO 4 .
circuit 336 from ECU connector X400-1, terminal B3 to CCU connector X991-1,
terminal B2 (C). NOT OK: Repair/replace
X400-1 X991-1
30-WAY ECU 30-WAY CCU Return to diagnosis in
CONNECTOR C CONNECTOR progress.
1 2 3 1 2 3
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
G G
H H
J J
K K
RXA0074543 –UN–21APR04
C—Circuit 366 ECU/CCU Terminals

– – –1/1
122106
PN=344
4 Circuit 335 Check NOTE: Circuit 335 has a 1000 ohm resistor and is spliced into circuit 366. If this circuit OK: Circuit checks good.
is failed open, the tractor will run normally but set CCU code 004.
NOT OK: Circuit is open.
1. Key switch (S001) OFF. Repair circuit 335/366 an
2. Disconnect ECU connectors X400-1 and X400-2. necessary.
3. Check circuit 335/366 from ECU connector X400-2 terminal, P1 to ECU connector
211
X400-1, terminal B3 for an open (E). Return to diagnosis in
CCU
progress.
11
X400-1 X400-2
30-WAY ECU 30-WAY ECU
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
1 2 3 E 1 2 3
A L
B M
C N
D P
E R
F S
G T
H W
J X
K Y
RXA0074545 –UN–21APR04
E—Circuit 335/366 ECU Terminals
– – –1/1
5 ECU Power Check 1. Disconnect ECU connector X400-1 (30-way connector). OK: All checks good.
2. Check for high resistance to ground (circuit 050) on terminals C2 and C3 (D). Replace and perform full
3. Key Switch (S001) ON. calibration of ECU.
4. Check for battery voltage on terminals B1 and B2 (circuit 352) (C).
5. Check for battery voltage on terminal E3 (circuit 322) (E). See ECU Addresses,
(Reference
245-ECU-001).
C
1 2 3
NOT OK: Open or high
A D resistance on terminal C2
B or C3. Repair/replace
C
X400-1 D ground circuit 050.
30-WAY ECU E
CONNECTOR E Return to diagnosis in

progress.
F
G
H NOT OK: No or low
J voltage on terminal B1 or
K
B2.
RXA0074549 –UN–21APR04 GO TO 6 .
C—Terminals B1 and B2—Power Circuit 352 NOT OK: No or low

D—Terminals C2 and C3—Ground Circuit 050 voltage on terminal E3.
E—Terminal E3—Power Circuit 322
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=345
6 Circuit 352 Check 1. Disconnect ECU connector X400-1 (30-way connector). OK: All checks good.
2. Perform Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-013) on Replace and perform full
circuit 352 from X400-1 terminals B1 and B2 to terminal B of fuse F43. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
211
245-ECU-001).
CCU
12
NOT OK: Circuit 352
checks bad.
Repair/replace circuit 352
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
7 Relay K13 Check 1. Key switch (S001) ON. OK: All checks good.
2. Remove relay K13 from load center and install DFRW130, Relay Circuit Test Lead,
in relay panel K13 position. GO TO 8 .
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86. Key Switch OFF, check continuity
to ground on terminal 85 of DFRW130. NOT OK: No or low
4. Install K13 in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage on terminal 87 of DFRW130. voltage on terminal 30 of
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and re-install K13. K13. Repair/replace
A Return to diagnosis in
progress.
NOT OK: No or low

voltage on terminal 86.
B
as necessary.
progress.

ground on terminal 85.
GO TO 9 .
NOT OK: No or low

D Replace relay.
85
30 Return to diagnosis in
87A
87
progress.
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04
A—Relay Panel
B—DRFW130—Relay Circuit Test Lead
C—Relay to be tested.
D—Relay Terminal Identification
– – –1/1
122106
PN=346
circuit 322 from X400-1 terminal E3 to terminal 87 of relay K13. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
211
245-ECU-001).
CCU
13
NOT OK: Circuit 322
checks bad.
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
9 Diode V1 Check 1. Remove Diode V1 from relay panel. OK: Diode checks good.
2. Perform diode test on Diode V1 between terminals 2 and 3. Reverse meter leads Repair/replace circuit 303
and retest. as necessary.
NOTE: Reading should be between .3 to .7 voltage drop in one position and “OL” in Return to diagnosis in
the other. progress.
NOT OK: Diode fails

checks. Replace diode.
progress.
– – –1/1
Service Code Diagnosis—9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620
– – –1/1
122106
PN=347
1 Check Fuses NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Fuses good.
245-05-001).
GO TO 4 .
1. Access ECU Address 025.
2. ECU Address 025 should display: NOT OK: Replace fuses.
Clear codes and start
211
Power Factor Tractor Model tractor to verify code does
CCU
160 9220 not return. If code returns:
14
188 9320
216 9420 GO TO 2 .
229 9520
230 9520 w/120mm axles NOT OK: Power Code
240 9620 “000”.
3. Check fuses F12 and F43. These provide power to the ECU. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Circuit 366 Power Circuit 366 carries the fuel flow signal from the ECU (A330) to the CCU (A991). Circuit OK: No problems found.
Check—9220, 9320, 366 uses ECU connector X330-3 pin E3 to CCU connector X991-1 pin B2. Replace and perform full
9420, 9520 and 9620 calibration of ECU.
tractors 1. With Key switch OFF (S001), disconnect ECU connector.
2. Key switch ON. See ECU Addresses,
3. Check for 4.5—5.0 V on X330-3 terminal E3 . (Reference
IMPORTANT: To prevent possible damage to connector pins, do NOT force 245-ECU-001).
multimeter probes into connector pins.
NOT OK: No or low
voltage at ECU
connector.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Circuit 366 Check 1. Key switch (S001) OFF. OK: All checks good.
2. Disconnect ECU connector X330-3 and CCU connector X991-1.
3. Perform Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-013) on GO TO 4 .
circuit 336 from ECU X330-3, terminal E3 to CCU connector X991-1, terminal B2
(D). NOT OK: Repair/replace
X330-3 X991-1
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR progress.
D
1 2 3 1 2 3
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
G G
H H
J J
K K
RXA0074544 –UN–21APR04
D—Circuit 366 ECU/CCU Terminals

– – –1/1
122106
PN=348
2. Check for high resistance to ground (circuit 050) on terminals B1 and B3 (G).
3. Key Switch (S001) ON. Replace ECU with known
4. Check for battery voltage on terminals A1, A2 and A3 (circuit 352) (H). good control unit.
5. Check for battery voltage on terminal G1 (circuit 322) (F).
211
resistance on terminal B1
H or B3. Repair/replace
CCU
15
ground circuit 050.
A
B Return to diagnosis in
C progress.
X330-3 D
G
30-WAY ECU E
NOT OK: No or low
CONNECTOR F voltage on terminal A1,
F A2 or A3.
G
H
J GO TO 5 .
K
1 2 3
NOT OK: No or low
RXA0074550 –UN–21APR04 voltage on terminal G1.
F—Terminal G1—Power Circuit 322 GO TO 6 .

G—Terminals B1 and B3—Ground Circuit 050
H—Terminals A1, A2 and A3—Power Circuit 352
– – –1/1
circuit 352 from X330-3 terminals A1, A2, and A3 to terminal B of fuse F43. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
245-ECU-001).
NOT OK: Circuit 352

checks bad.
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=349
211
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and re-install K13. K13. Repair/replace
CCU
16
A Return to diagnosis in
progress.
NOT OK: No or low

B
as necessary.
progress.

GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: No or low

D Replace relay.
85
87A
87
progress.
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04
A—Relay Panel
– – –1/1
circuit 322 from X330-3 terminals G1 to terminal 87 of relay K13. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
245-ECU-001).
NOT OK: Circuit 322

checks bad.
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=350
211
CCU
NOT OK: Diode fails
17
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=351
CCU 005 — Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

Sensor Fault
211
CCU CCU 005 is stored if the CCU does not receive an input
18 signal from the oil pressure sensor for two seconds. The
“Information” and Read Manual Function Indicators will
flash until the fault condition is corrected.
OURX908,00003F7 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Theory, (See Reference 245-CCU-205).

• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8), (—009999), (See Reference 245-CCU-300).
• ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE10), (See Reference 245-ECU-300).
• ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram (9120), (See Reference 245-ECU-301).
• Chassis Harness, (See Reference 240-25-028).
– – –1/1
1 Engine Oil Pressure NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Gauge Sensor/Circuit 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed. If
Check necessary, check for
Access CCU Address 19 and perform Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage Test. intermittent problems,
See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). access CCU Address 03
Minimum Voltage Reading—Specification Beep Mode w/o Speed
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor— Sensors Test. (See
Voltage (low pressure) ............................................................................................ 0.05 V Reference 245-CCU-001.)
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=352
CCU 006 — Diagnostic Messages From ECU

Missing
211
Service Code CCU 006 is stored when the CCU does not CCU
receive codes from the ECU on 20/25 baud serial line. 19
OURX908,00003F8 –19–25MAY06–1/1
• SE10a Electronic Engine Control Unit (ECU) (9220, 9230, 9420, 9520 and 9620) Schematic (See Reference
240-25-011a).
• SE10b Electronic Engine Control Unit (ECU) (9120 only) Schematic (See Reference 240-25-011b).
• ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram (9120) (See Reference 245-ECU-301).
• SE8 Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-009).
• SE8 Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic, (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-048).
– – –1/1
1 Model Selection Tractor model 9120 has an 8.1L engine and has a different engine control unit from all OK: For 9120 tractors,
other 9020 model tractors. Tractor models 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 have a see Service Code
12.5L engine. Diagnosis—9120 Only.
For 9120 tractors, see Service Code Diagnosis—9120 Only. OK: For 9220, 9320,
9420, 9520 and 9620,
For 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620, see Service Code Diagnosis—9220, 9320, see Service Code
9420, 9520 and 9620. Diagnosis—9220, 9320,
9420, 9520 and 9620.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=353
Service Code Diagnosis—9120 Only
211 – – –1/1
CCU
20
1 Circuit 313 Check Circuit 313 is the communication link between the ECU (A400) and CCU (A991). OK: Circuit checks good.
Perform Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-013) on GO TO 2 .

circuit 313 from CCU X991-1 (30-way connector), terminal J3 to ECU X400-1 (30-way
connector), terminal J3 (B). NOT OK: Repair/replace
circuit as necessary.
X400-1 X991-1
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR progress.
1 2 3 1 2 3
A A
B B
C C
D B D
E E
F F
G G
H H
J J
K K
RXA0074548 –UN–21APR04
B—Circuit 313 connectors

– – –1/1
2. Check for high resistance to ground on terminals C2 and C3 (D).
4. Check for battery voltage on terminals B1 and B2 (circuit 352) (C). good control unit.
5. Check for battery voltage on terminal E3 (circuit 322) (E).
resistance on terminal C2
C or C3. Repair/replace
1 2 3
ground circuit 050.
A D
C
X400-1 D progress.
30-WAY ECU E
CONNECTOR E NOT OK: No or low

voltage on terminal B1 or
F
G B2.
H
J GO TO 3 .
K
NOT OK: No or low

RXA0074549 –UN–21APR04 voltage on terminal E3.
C—Terminals B1 and B2—Power Circuit 352 GO TO 5 .

D—Terminals C2 and C3—Ground Circuit 050
E—Terminal E3—Power Circuit 322
– – –1/1
122106
PN=354
3 Fuse F43 Check NOTE: Fuse F43 does not need to be removed for this check. OK: Battery voltage at
terminals A and B.
Check terminal A and B of fuse F43 (20A) for battery voltage.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: No or low

211
battery voltage on
CCU
terminal A. Repair/replace
21
progress.
NOT OK: No or low

battery voltage on
terminal B. Replace F43.
F43 fails repeatedly.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
circuit 352 from X400-1 terminals B1 and B2 to terminal B of fuse F43. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
245-ECU-001).
NOT OK: Circuit 352

checks bad.
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=355
211
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and re-install K13. K13.
CCU
22
GO TO 7 .
A
NOT OK: No or low
as necessary.
B
progress.

GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
D Return to diagnosis in
85 progress.
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04
A—Relay Panel
– – –1/1
circuit 322 from X400-1 terminals E3 to terminal 87 of relay K13. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
245-ECU-001).
NOT OK: Circuit 322

checks bad.
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=356
terminals A and B.
Check terminal A and B of fuse F12 (20A) for battery voltage. Repair/replace circuit 332
as necessary.
211
progress.
CCU
23
NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage on
progress.
NOT OK: No or low

battery voltage on
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Diode fails

progress.
– – –1/1
Service Code Diagnosis—9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620
– – –1/1
122106
PN=357
1 Circuit 313 Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Circuit checks good.
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Circuit 313 is the communication link between the ECU (A330) and CCU (A991).
Perform Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-013) on circuit as necessary.
211
circuit 313 from CCU X991-1 (30-way connector), terminal J3 to ACU X330-3 (30-way
CCU
connector), terminal F1 (A). Return to diagnosis in
24
progress.
X330-3 X991-1
30-WAY ECU 30-WAY CCU
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
1 2 3 1 2 3
A A
B B
C C
D A D
E E
F F
G G
H H
J J
K K
RXA0074547 –UN–21APR04
A—Circuit 313 connector terminals
– – –1/1
2. Check for high resistance to ground on terminals B1 and B3 (G).
4. Check for battery voltage on terminals A1, A2 and A3 (circuit 352) (H). good control unit.
5. Check for battery voltage on terminal G1 (circuit 322) (F).
resistance on terminal B1
H or B3. Repair/replace
ground circuit 050.
A
C progress.
X330-3 D
G
30-WAY ECU E
NOT OK: No or low
CONNECTOR F voltage on terminal A1,
F A2 or A3.
G
H
J GO TO 3 .
K
1 2 3
NOT OK: No or low
RXA0074550 –UN–21APR04 voltage on terminal G1.
F—Terminal G1—Power Circuit 322 GO TO 5 .

G—Terminals B1 and B3—Ground Circuit 050
H—Terminals A1, A2 and A3—Power Circuit 352
– – –1/1
122106
PN=358
terminals A and B.
Check terminal A and B of fuse F43 (20A) for battery voltage.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: No or low

211
battery voltage on
CCU
25
progress.
NOT OK: No or low

battery voltage on
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
circuit 352 from X330-3 terminals A1, A2, and A3 to terminal B of fuse F43. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
245-ECU-001).
NOT OK: Circuit 352

checks bad.
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=359
211
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and re-install K13. K13.
CCU
26
GO TO 7 .
A
NOT OK: No or low
as necessary.
B
progress.

GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
D Return to diagnosis in
85 progress.
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04
A—Relay Panel
– – –1/1
circuit 322 from X330-3 terminals G1 to terminal 87 of relay K13. calibration of ECU.
See ECU Addresses,

(Reference
245-ECU-001).
NOT OK: Circuit 322

checks bad.
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=360
terminals A and B.
Check terminal A and B of fuse F12 (20A) for battery voltage. Repair/replace circuit 332
as necessary.
211
progress.
CCU
27
NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage on
progress.
NOT OK: No or low

battery voltage on
as necessary.
progress.
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Diode fails

progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=361
CCU 007 — Engine Power Level Code

Mismatch
211
CCU CCU 007 is stored if the power code transmitted by the
28 ECU does not match the power code stored in the CCU.
OURX908,00003F9 –19–05AUG04–1/1
NOTE: Additional Reference:

– – –1/1
1 ECU Calibration NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Calibration is correct.
Check 245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Access ECU Address 27 and perform ECU Type Configuration to verify correct
calibration. All 9020 series tractors should read “000”. See ECU Addresses NOT OK: Recalibrated
(Reference 245-ECU-001). ECU. Start tractor and
see if code Returns.

Diagnosis complete.
Code returns.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=362
2 Engine Power Level NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Addresses ECU 24
Code Check 245-05-001, Recall, Record and Clear Codes). and 25 match. Diagnosis
complete.
If SERVICE ADVISOR™ is connected, access Voted/Actual Power Code Compare
Template. Return to diagnosis in
progress.
211
1. Access ECU Address 24, Voted Power Level Code, and note power level code
CCU
displayed. See ECU Addresses (Reference 245-ECU-001). NOT OK: ECU
29
2. Access ECU Address 25, Actual Power Level Code, and note power level code Addresses 24 and 25 do
displayed. See ECU Addresses (Reference 245-ECU-001). not match.
3. The two addresses, ECU Address 24 and ECU Address 25 should match.
If address 25 is wrong,
Power Factor Tractor Model replace ECU and perform
125 9120 complete
160 9220 calibration/configuration of
188 9320 ECU.
216 9420
229 9520 Access ECU Address 27
230 9520 w/120mm axles and perform ECU Type
240 9620 test. (See Reference
245-ECU-001.)
If address 24 is wrong,
contact the Dealer
Technical Assistance
Center (DTAC) to set up
a DTAC case.
122106
PN=363
CCU 009 — Seat Switch Stuck Closed
CCU 009 is stored when the CCU receives a signal, from

211
CCU the ACU via the CCD network, that the Operator’s seat
30 switch is always in the “Seat Occupied” status regardless
of any other tractor functions.
OURX908,00003FA –19–02AUG02–1/1
• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999) (See Reference 245-ACU-300).

– – –1/1
1 Operator Seat NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No problems found.
Switch/Circuit Check 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed. If
Access ACU Address 19 and perform Operator Presence Switch Test. See ACU intermittent problems,
Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). access ACU Address 02
and perform ACU System
ACU Address 19—Specification Beep Mode Test. (See
Operator Presence Switch Position— Reference 245-ACU-001.)
Seat Occupied .......................................................................................................... “XX1”
Operator Presence Switch Position— NOT OK: Made
Seat Vacant .............................................................................................................. “XX0” necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=364
CCU 010 — Engine Coolant Temperature

High
211
CCU 010 CCU
9120, 9220—Engine Coolant Temperature High is stored 31
if engine temperature is 111 °C (232 °F) or higher.
9320, 9420, 9520—Engine Coolant Temperature High is
stored if engine temperature is 106 °C (222 °F) or higher.
HP51992,0000F32 –19–17DEC03–1/1
• Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Theory, (See Reference 245-CCU-204).

• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—901999T)(—009999W), (See Reference 245-CCU-300).
• ICU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—901999T)(—009999W), (See Reference 245-ICU-300).
• ICU Circuit Wiring Diagram (902001T—)(010001—W), (See Reference 245-ICU-300b).
• ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram, (See Reference 245-ECU-300).
• Cab Harness (—901999T)(—009999W), (See Reference 240-25-026).
• Cab Harness (902001T—)(010001—W), (See Reference 240-25-055).
– – –1/1
1 Engine Coolant NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Temperature 245-05-001).
Sensor/Circuit Check GO TO 2 .
Access CCU Address 18 and perform Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Voltage
Test. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). NOT OK: Sensor/Circuit
failed. Repair/replace
CCU Address 18—Specification sensor/circuit.
Specification Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor—Voltage (hot) ....................................................................... 0.2 V Drive tractor and see if
Voltage (cold) .......................................................................................................... 4.5 V code returns. Code
returns,
After test, return to this diagnosis. Drive tractor and see if code returns. If code does
not return, diagnosis complete. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=365
2 Viscous Fan Drive Perform Viscous Fan Drive Test, (See Reference 220-15-004). OK: Viscous fan drive
Check good.
Replace coolant
termostats.
211
Refer to CTM86,
CCU
POWERTECH™ 8.1L
32
Diesel Engines Base
Engine or CTM100,
PowerTech™ 10.5L and
12.5L Diesel Engines
Base Engine (Section 02
- Group 070) for engine
thermostat replacement.
NOT OK: Viscous fan

drive failed test. Replace
viscous fan drive.
Diagnosis complete.
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
122106
PN=366

Very High
211
CCU 011 CCU
9120, 9220—Engine Coolant Temperature Very High is 33
stored if engine temperature is above 113 °C (235 °F).
9320, 9420, 9520—Engine Coolant Temperature Very
High is stored if engine temperature is above 108 °C (226
°F).
HP51992,0000F33 –19–17DEC03–1/1
• Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Theory, (See Reference 245-CCU-204).

• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—901999T)(—009999W), (See Reference 245-CCU-300).
• ICU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—901999T)(—009999W), (See Reference 245-ICU-300).
• ICU Circuit Wiring Diagram (902001T—)(010001—W), (See Reference 245-ICU-300b).
• ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram, (See Reference 245-ECU-300).
• Cab Harness (—901999T)(—009999W), (See Reference 240-25-026).
• Cab Harness (902001T—)(010001—W), (See Reference 240-25-055).
– – –1/1
Temperature 245-05-001).
Sensor/Circuit Check GO TO 2 .
Access CCU Address 18 and perform Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Voltage
Test. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). NOT OK: Sensor/Circuit
failed. Repair/replace
CCU Address 18—Specification sensor/circuit.
Specification Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor—Voltage (hot) ....................................................................... 0.2 V Drive tractor and see if
Voltage (cold) .......................................................................................................... 4.5 V code returns. Code
returns,
After test, return to this diagnosis. Drive tractor and see if code returns. If code does
not return, diagnosis complete. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=367
2 Viscous Fan Drive Perform Viscous Fan Drive Test, (See Reference 220-15-004). OK: Viscous fan drive
Check good.
Replace coolant
termostats.
211
Refer to CTM86,
CCU
POWERTECH™ 8.1L
34
Diesel Engines Base
Engine or CTM100,
PowerTech™ 10.5L and
12.5L Diesel Engines
Base Engine (Section 02
- Group 070) for engine
thermostat replacement.
NOT OK: Viscous fan

drive failed test. Replace
viscous fan drive.
Diagnosis complete.
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
122106
PN=368

Circuit Open
211
CCU 012 will be stored if the temperature sensor reads CCU
-40 °C (-40 °F) or less indicating an open in the sensor 35
circuit. The “Information” and “Service” indicators will
flash.
OURX908,00003FB –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-204).

– – –1/1
Temperature 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed. If
Sensor/Circuit Check necessary, check for
Access CCU Address 18 and perform Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Voltage intermittent problems,
Test. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). access CCU Address 03
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor— Sensors Test. (See
Voltage (hot) .............................................................................................................. 0.2 V Reference 245-CCU-001.)
Voltage (cold) ............................................................................................................ 4.5 V
NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=369

Circuit Short
211
CCU CCU 013 will be stored if the temperature sensor reads
36 150 °C (302 °F) indicating a short in the sensor circuit.
The “Information” and “Service” indicators will flash.
OURX908,00003FC –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-204).

– – –1/1
Access CCU Address 18 and perform Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Voltage intermittent problems,
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor— Sensors Test. (See
Voltage (cold) ............................................................................................................ 4.5 V
NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=370
CCU 015 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature High
CCU 015 is stored when hydraulic oil temperature

211
reaches between 102 °C (215 °F) and 105 °C (221 °F). CCU
The Service Alert, Hydraulic System and Temperature 37
Function indicators will flash and the warning horn will
beep five times. The most common cause of oil
overheating is high flow/high pressure.
OURX908,00003FD –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-210).

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No problems found.
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Perform the following checks as listed below.
NOT OK: Made
With Engine OFF: necessary repairs.
1. Check oil coolers and radiators for debris restricting air flow. Clean as necessary. GO TO 2 .
2. Inspect hydraulic lines for kinked pipes, crushed hoses. Replace as needed.
3. Check oil for correct viscosity.
4. Rotate viscous fan by hand. There should be some resistance to rotation. The fan
should not free spin more than one half rotation. If fan spins more than one half
rotation, perform Viscous Fan Drive Test, (See Reference 220-15-004). Return to
this diagnosis after performing test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=371
2 Operational Check Press PTO Speed and Service Hours Switches on Vehicle Monitor Panel to display OK: Temperature did not
Hydraulic Oil Temperature in degrees Celsius. exceed alarm setpoint.
No codes stored.
Perform Hydraulic Operational Check, (See Reference 270-10-001). Diagnosis completed.
Hydraulic Oil—Specification NOT OK: Isolated

211
Temperature—Temperature Alarm problem. Made necessary
CCU
Setpoint (Warning) ................................................................................................. 102 °C repairs. Repeat
38
(215 °F) Operational Check.
Recall codes to determine if code returns. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, NOT OK: Could not
(Reference 245-05-001). isolate problem.
GO TO 3
– – –1/1
3 Hydraulic Oil Access CCU Address 17 and perform Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage OK: Test passed. If
Temperature Test. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). necessary, check for
Sensor/Circuit Check intermittent problems,
CCU Address 17—Specification access CCU Address 03
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor— and perform CCU System
Voltage (hot) .............................................................................................................. 0.2 V Beep Mode w/o Speed
Voltage (cold) ............................................................................................................ 4.5 V Sensors Test. (See
Reference 245-CCU-001.)
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Pressure Test, (See Reference 270-15-002). OK: Pressure check OK.
Pressure Check
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Pressure Test—Specification GO TO 2 .
Pressure—Maximum Pressure @ 65°C
(150°F).................................................................................................................. 620 kPa NOT OK: Isolated
(6.2 bar) problem. Made necessary
(90 psi) repairs.
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Pressure Test—Typical Readings GO TO 2 .

Temperature Pressure
38°C ................................................................................ 380-480 kPa
(100°F) (3.8-4.8 bar)
(55-70 psi)
65°C ................................................................................ 310-410 kPa
(150°F) (3.1-4.1 bar)
(45-60 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=372
CCU 016 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Very

High
211
CCU 016 is stored when hydraulic oil temperature CCU
reaches above 105 °C (221 °F). The Stop Engine, 39
Hydraulic System and Temperature Function indicators
will flash and the warning horn will sound steady. The
most common cause of oil overheating is high flow/high
pressure.
OURX908,00003FE –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Perform the following checks as listed below.
NOT OK: Made
With Engine OFF: necessary repairs.
1. Check oil coolers and radiators for debris restricting air flow. Clean as necessary. GO TO 2 .
2. Inspect hydraulic lines for kinked pipes, crushed hoses. Replace as needed.
3. Check oil for correct viscosity.
4. Rotate viscous fan by hand. There should be some resistance to rotation. The fan
should not free spin more than one half rotation. If fan spins more than one half
rotation, perform Viscous Fan Drive Test, (See Reference 220-15-004). Return to
this diagnosis after performing test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=373
2 Operational Check Press PTO Speed and Service Hours Switches on Vehicle Monitor Panel to display OK: Temperature did not
Hydraulic Oil Temperature in degrees Celsius. exceed alarm setpoint.
No codes stored.
Perform Hydraulic Operational Check, (See Reference 270-10-001). Diagnosis completed.
Hydraulic Oil—Specification NOT OK: Isolated

211
Temperature—Temperature Alarm problem. Made necessary
CCU
Setpoint (Stop Engine) ........................................................................................... 105 °C repairs. Repeat
40
(221 °F) Operational Check.
Recall codes to determine if code returns. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, ( NOT OK: Could not
Reference 245-05-001). isolate problem.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Hydraulic Oil Access CCU Address 17 and perform Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage OK: Test passed. If
Temperature Test. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). necessary, check for
Sensor/Circuit Check intermittent problems,
CCU Address 17—Specification access CCU Address 033
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor— and perform CCU System
Voltage (hot) .............................................................................................................. 0.2 V Beep Mode w/o Speed
Voltage (cold) ............................................................................................................ 4.5 V Sensors Test. (See
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Pressure Test, (See Reference 270-15-002). OK: Pressure check OK.
Pressure Check
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Pressure Test—Specification GO TO 2 .
Pressure—Maximum Pressure @ 65°C
(150°F).................................................................................................................. 620 kPa NOT OK: Isolated
(6.2 bar) problem. Made necessary
(90 psi) repairs.
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Pressure Test—Typical Readings GO TO 2 .

38°C ................................................................................ 380-480 kPa
(100°F) (3.8-4.8 bar)
(55-70 psi)
65°C ................................................................................ 310-410 kPa
(150°F) (3.1-4.1 bar)
(45-60 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=374

Circuit Open
211
CCU 017 will be stored if the temperature sensor reads CCU
-40 °C (-40 °F) or less indicating an open in the sensor 41
circuit. The “Information” and “Service” indicators will
flash.
OURX908,00003FF –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Hydraulic Oil NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Access CCU Address 17 and perform Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage intermittent problems,
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor— Sensors Test. (See
Voltage (cold) ............................................................................................................ 4.5 V
NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=375

Circuit Short
211
CCU CCU 018 will be stored if the temperature sensor reads
42 150 °C (302 °F) indicating a short in the sensor circuit.
The “Information” and “Service” indicators will flash.
OURX908,0000400 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
Access CCU Address 17 and perform Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage intermittent problems,
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor— Sensors Test. (See
Voltage (cold) ............................................................................................................ 4.5 V
NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=376
CCU 019 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Low
CCU 019 is stored if the throttle position “commands” an

211
engine speed above 1550 rpm when the hydraulic oil CCU
temperature is -18 °C (0 °F) or colder. The CCU will limit 43
engine speed to 1550 rpm until the throttle position is
changed to less than 1550 rpm or the oil is heated above
the setpoint. The Service Alert, Hydraulic System and
Temperature Function indicators will flash and the warning
horn will beep five times.
OURX908,0000401 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Ambient Temperature NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Ambient temperature
Considerations 245-05-001). is low enough for this
code.
If the ambient temperature is so low that a hydraulic oil temperature of -18 °C (0 °F) is
a reasonable expectation, then the code is valid and the oil should be heated. If the GO TO 2 .
ambient temperature is too high for a hydraulic oil temperature of -18 °C (0 °F), then a
sensor/circuit problem is indicated. NOT OK: Ambient
temperature is too high
for this code.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=377
2 Heating Hydraulic Oil Access CCU Address 33 and perform Hydraulic Oil Temperature Test. The reading OK: Hydraulic Oil
is displayed in °C only, it cannot be changed to °F. See CCU Addresses (Reference temperature is 38 °C or
245-CCU-001). greater. Diagnosis
completed.
Perform Heating Hydraulic Oil, (See Reference 270-15-100).
211
Heat oil to at least 38 °C (100 °F).
CCU
44
– – –1/1
3 Hydraulic Oil Access CCU Address 17 and perform Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage OK: Test passed.
Temperature Test. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). Diagnosis completed. If
CCU Address 17—Specification intermittent problems,
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor— access CCU Address 03
Voltage (hot) .............................................................................................................. 0.2 V and perform CCU System
Voltage (cold) ............................................................................................................ 4.5 V Beep Mode w/o Speed
Sensors Test. (See
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=378
CCU 020 — Engine Oil Pressure Low by

Sensor
211
CCU 020 is stored if engine speed is more than 512 rpm, CCU
the CCU will calculate a Stop Engine alarm pressure 45
threshold based on engine speed. If the pressure is below
this threshold, the Stop Engine, Engine System and
Pressure Function indicators will flash and the warning
horn will sound steady.
OURX908,0000402 –19–19AUG03–1/1
• Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-205).

• Engine Lubrication System Operation (12.5L Engine) (See Reference 220-20-002).
• Oil Filter Operation (12.5L Engine) (See Reference 220-20-003)
• Engine Lubrication System Operation (8.1L Engine) (See Reference 220-20-006).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=379
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Perform Preliminary Check as follows:
NOT OK: Made
• Remove Dipstick and check oil level with tractor on level ground. Fill to proper necessary repairs.
211
operating level if necessary.
CCU
• Check for wrong type of oil. John Deere PLUS-50™ is the recommended diesel GO TO 2 .
46
engine oil. If necessary, drain crankcase and refill with proper grade and viscosity
oil.
• Visually inspect for leaks. Repair as necessary.
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
2 Engine Oil Pressure Perform Engine Oil Pressure Test, (See Reference 220-15-003). OK: Engine Oil Pressure
Test within specifications and
Tractors to serial number —901233 no codes stored.
Engine Oil Pressure (—901233)—Specification
Minimum No Load (Idle)—Pressure ..................................................................... 100 kPa OK: Engine Oil Pressure
(1.00 bar) within specifications but
(15 psi) code returned.
Maximum Full Load (Rated Speed)—
Pressure ............................................................................................................... 450 kPa GO TO 3 .
(4.5 bar)
(65 psi) NOT OK: Engine Oil
Pressure not within
Tractors from serial number 901234— specification.
Engine Oil Pressure (901234—)—Specification GO TO 4 .

Minimum No Load (Idle)—Pressure ....................................................................... 89 kPa
(0.89 bar)
(13 psi)
Minimum 2000 rpm—Pressure ............................................................................ 169 kPa
(1.69 bar)
(24.5 psi)
Maximum Full Load (Rated Speed)—
Pressure ............................................................................................................... 400 kPa
(4.0 bar)
(58 psi)
Perform Recall, Record and Clear Codes to determine if code returns. (See
Reference 245-05-001.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=380
3 Engine Oil Pressure Access CCU Address 19 and perform Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Voltage Test. OK: Test passed. If Code
Gauge Sensor/Circuit See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). CCU 05 was also stored,
Check check for intermittent
IMPORTANT: The CCU will calculate a Stop Engine alarm pressure threshold circuit problems, access
based on engine speed. If the pressure is below this threshold, the Stop Engine, CCU Address 03 and
Engine System and Pressure Function indicators will flash and the warning horn perform CCU System
211
will sound steady. Alarm set point is variable depending on engine speed. See Beep Mode w/o Speed
CCU
table that follows. Sensors Test. (See
47
NOTE: If sensor and circuits check good, Verify correct CCU for tractor. All Tier II If not, diagnosis
engines run slightly lower oil pressure due to a new engine oil cooler with integrated completed.
pressure regular. CCU control units after serial # 002342 have lower alarm set points.
Early CCU control units set an alarm at a higher pressure setting. See table that NOT OK: Made
follows. necessary repairs.
Engine Oil Pressure Alarm Set Point
Seral Number RPM Alarm Pressure
—002341 900 62 kPa
(0.62 bar)
(9.0 psi)
1600 225 kPa
(2.25 bar)
(32.6 psi)
002342— 900 69kPa

(0.69 bar)
(10.0 Psi)
2000 179 kPa
(1.79 bar)
(25.9 psi)
CCU Address 19—Specification

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor—
Voltage (low pressure) .............................................................................................. 0.2 V
Voltage (high pressure) ............................................................................................. 4.5 V
– – –1/1
4 Causes of Low The causes of Low Engine Oil Pressure are: OK: Perform engine
Engine Oil Pressure repair. Diagnosis
1. Clogged oil pump screen or cracked pick-up tube. Remove oil pan and clean completed.
screen. Replace pickup tube.
2. Clogged oil cooler or filter. Remove and inspect cooler.
3. Excessive oil temperature. Remove and inspect cooler
4. Defective oil pump. Remove and inspect.
5. Oil pressure regulating valve failure. Remove and inspect.
6. Broken piston spray jet. Replace piston spray jet.
7. Excessive main or connecting rod bearing clearance. Determine bearing clearance.
Refer to CTM100 for 12.5L engine inspection and repair, (6105 & 6125 Diesel
Engine Repair) or CTM86 for 8.1L engine inspection and repair, (6081 Diesel
Engine Repair).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=381
CCU 023 — Engine Speed Signal Missing
CCU 023 is stored if the CCU does not receive the engine
211
CCU speed signal from the ECU on circuit 325. The ECU uses
48 circuits 355 and 356 from engine crank sensor to receive
the engine speed signal (except 9120). (9120 only), the
ECU uses circuits 447 and 448 from the engine
crankshaft speed sensor to receive the engine speed
signal.
OURX908,0000403 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Engine Speed NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Sensor/Circuit Check 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed. If
Access CCU Address 04 and perform Engine Speed Sensor Status Test. See CCU intermittent problems,
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). access CCU Address 02
CCU Address 04—Specification Beep Mode w/Speed
Engine Speed Sensor Output—Center Sensors Test. (See
Digit Toggles .................................................................................. “X0X”...."X1X”....”X0X” Reference 245-CCU-001.)
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=382
CCU 024 — Hydraulic Oil Level Switch

Circuit Open
211
CCU 024 is stored if the Sensor Power Circuit (F14) is CCU
good and the Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Level Switch signal 49
is missing for more than 0.3 seconds indicating an open
sensor circuit. The “Information” and Read Manual
Function indicators will flash.
OURX908,0000404 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Level Switch Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-209).
• Hydraulic Oil Reservoir (See Reference 270-20-002).
– – –1/1
Reservoir Level 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed. If
Switch/Circuit Check necessary, check for
Access CCU Address 07 and perform Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status Test at intermittent problems,
Axle Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status . See CCU Addresses access CCU Address 03
(Reference 245-CCU-001). and perform CCU System
Beep Mode w/o Speed
CCU Address 07—Specification Sensors Test. (See
Reservoir Level Switch Position—Oil Reference 245-CCU-001.)
Level Low ................................................................................................................ “XX0”
Oil Level Normal ....................................................................................................... “XX1” NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=383
CCU 025 — Transmission Oil Pressure

Switch Circuit Open
211
CCU Service Code CCU 25 is stored when the MST
50 Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (B594) indicates an
“open” for longer than two seconds.
OURX908,0000405 –19–02AUG02–1/1
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Oil level and fuse
245-05-001). are good and address
configuration. is correct.
• Access CCU Address 66 /67 and perform Pressure Switches Sensors
Configuration. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). GO TO 2 .
• Check transmission oil level, and refill as necessary.
• Check fuse F14, and replace if necessary. (If the fuse opens, other sensors will also NOT OK: Oil level has
set service codes.) been corrected. Operate
tractor to see if code
returns.
NOT OK: CCU Address

66/67 configuration
wrong.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Fuse was

open.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=384
2 Fuse Circuit Check • With key switch (S001) OFF, check for grounds on the B side of the fuse holder for OK: Circuits check
F14 (circuit 942). correct.
• With key switch at RUN, check for battery voltage on the A side of fuse holder for
F14 (circuit 072). GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Voltage not

211
present on A terminal.
CCU
Repair circuit 072 from
51
ELX relay.
NOT OK: Grounding was

indicated on B terminal.
necessary.
– – –1/1
3 CCU Addresses 66/67 Access CCU Address 66 /67 and perform Pressure Switches Sensors OK: Configuration
Configuration Configuration. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). complete. Operate tractor
to see if code returns.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Transmission Access CCU Address 12 and perform Transmission Oil Pressure Switch Test at OK: GO TO 5 .
Pressure Axle Oil Filter, Transmission Oil Pressure and Engine Air Filter Switches. See
Switch/Circuit Check CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
5 Transmission System Perform Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Reference 255-15-011.) OK: Oil pressure in
Pressure Check specification. Replace
Transmission System Pressure—Specification CCU.
Transmission—Pressure at 2000 RPM .................................................. 1775—1785 kPa
(17.8—18.8 bar) Access CCU Address 20
(257—273 psi) and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
NOTE: Pressures of 0—30 kPa (0—0.3 bar) (0—5 psi) above or below spec can be Configuration. See CCU
treated as normal pressure. Transmission system pressure is typically 170—240 kPa Addresses, (Reference
(1.7—2.4 bar) (25—35 psi) lower at 1000 rpm. 245-CCU-001).
NOT OK: Make

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=385
CCU 026 — Transmission Oil Pressure Low
CCU 026 is stored when oil pressure is 1365—1465 kPa

211
CCU (13.7—14.7 bar) (198—212 psi) or less for three seconds,
52 hydraulic oil temperature is above -10 °C (-14 °F) and
engine speed is above 1200 rpm. The Stop Engine,
Transmission System and Function Indicators will flash
and the warning horn will sound steady. The warning will
continue until the fault is corrected.
OURX908,0000406 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• 24 Speed POWR-SYNC™ Transmission Theory (See Reference 255-20-002).

• Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-214).
POWR-SYNC is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
122106
PN=386
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Perform Transmission Preliminary Check. (See Reference 255-05-001.)
NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
211
CCU
GO TO 2 .
53
– – –1/1
2 Transmission System Perform Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Reference 255-15-011.) OK: Initial pressure check
Pressure Test OK.
Transmission System Pressure at 2000 RPM—Specification
Transmission System Pressure— GO TO 3 .
Pressure at 2000 RPM ........................................................................... 1775—1875 kPa
(17.8—18.8 bar) NOT OK: Pressure below
(257—273 psi) specification.
NOTE: Pressures of 0—30 kPa (0—0.3 bar) (0—5 psi) above or below spec can be GO TO 4 .
treated as normal pressure. Transmission system pressure is typically 170—240 kPa
(1.7—2.4 bar) (25—35 psi) lower at a 1000 rpm. OK: Re-check of
pressure OK. Diagnosis
completed.
– – –1/1
3 Transmission Perform Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor/Circuit Test. (See Reference OK: Test passed. Sensor
Pressure 255-15-015.) OK. If necessary, check
Sensor/Circuit Check for intermittent problems,
access CCU Address 03
Beep Mode w/o Speed
Sensors Test. (See
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=387
4 Transmission System Perform Transmission System Leak Test. (See Reference 255-15-007.) OK: Test procedure
Leak Test passed.
Transmission System Pressures at a 1000—1500 RPM—Specification
Transmission System Pressure— GO TO 5 .
Pressure at 1000—1500 RPM ............................................................... 1730—1830 kPa
(17.3—18.3 bar) NOT OK: Repair leaks.
211
(257—273 psi)
CCU
Clutch Circuit Pressure Differential— GO TO 2 .
54
Pressure Differential at 1000 RPM ........................................................................ 70 kPa
(0.7 bar)
(10 psi)
Transmission Two Speed Pressure
Differential— Pressure Differential at
1000 RPM .............................................................................................................. 20 kPa
(0.2 bar)
(3 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=388
5 Transmission Lube Perform Transmission Lube Pressure Test. (See Reference 255-15-010.) OK: Lube Pressure OK.
Pressure Test
Transmission Lube Pressure with PTO—Specification GO TO 2 .
Typical Pressure with PTO (1000
RPM)—Pressure at 38-52 °C NOT OK: Make
(100-125 °F) .................................................................................................. 90-150 kPa necessary repairs.
211
(0.9-1.5 bar)
CCU
(13-22 psi) GO TO 2 .
55
Pressure at 65 °C
(150 °F) ........................................................................................................... 55-120 kPa
(0.55-1.2 bar)
(8-18 psi)
Minimum Pressure with PTO (2000
RPM)—Pressure at 38-52 °C
(100-125 °F) ......................................................................................................... 280 kPa
(2.8 bar)
(40 psi)
Pressure at 65 °C
(150 °F) ................................................................................................................ 200 kPa
(2.0 bar)
(30 psi)
Transmission Lube Pressure without PTO—Specification

Typical Pressure without PTO (1000
(100-125 °F) .................................................................................................. 100-170 kPa
(1.0-1.7 bar)
(15-25 psi)
Pressure at 65 °C
(150 °F) ........................................................................................................... 70-140 kPa
(0.7-1.4 bar)
(10-20 psi)
Minimum Pressure without PTO (2000
(100-125 °F) ......................................................................................................... 310 kPa
(3.1 bar)
(45 psi)
Pressure at 65 °C
(150 °F) ................................................................................................................ 240 kPa
(2.4 bar)
(35 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=389
CCU 029 — Axle Oil Pressure Switch Circuit

Short
211
CCU CCU 029 is stored when sensor output voltage drops
56 below 0.8 volts, indicating an open circuit. The Information
and Service Function indicators flash until the condition
clears.
OURX908,0000407 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Axle Pump Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-201).
– – –1/1
1 Axle Lube Pump NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Pressure 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed. If
Switch/Circuit Check necessary, check for
Access CCU Address 07 and perform Axle Oil Pressure Switch Status Test at Axle intermittent problems,
Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status. See CCU Addresses access CCU Address 03
(Reference 245-CCU-001). and perform CCU System
Beep Mode w/o Speed
The center digit is used to display Axle Lube Pump Pressure Switch status. Sensors Test. (See
Axle Lube Pump Pressure Switch NOT OK: Made
Position—Pressure Low ........................................................................................... “X0X” necessary repairs.
Pressure Normal ...................................................................................................... “X1X” Diagnosis completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=390
CCU 030 — Engine Air Filter Restricted
CCU 030 is stored if engine air filter is restricted. The

211
Service Alert, Engine System and Filter Function CCU
indicators will flash and the warning horn will beep five 57
times.
• CCU 030 (Software Version —000015) is stored if filter

restriction is sufficient to cause 20 to 30 inches water
vacuum for three seconds and engine speed is more
than 700 rpm. The Service Alert, Engine System and
Filter Function indicators will flash and the warning horn
will beep five times. Access CCU Address 86 and CCU
Address 87 to read Software Version Number. See
CCU Addresses, (Reference 245-CCU-001).
• CCU 030 (Software Version000016—) is stored if filter
restriction is sufficient to cause 20 to 30 inches water
vacuum for 15 seconds and engine speed is more than
700 rpm. The Service Alert, Engine System and Filter
beep five times. Access CCU Address 86 and CCU
• CCU 030 (9620 Only) is stored if filter restriction is
sufficient to cause 20 to 30 inches water vacuum for 30
seconds and engine speed is more than 700 rpm. ECU
will derate engine two power levels. If code is not
resolved, ECU will continue to derate engine one power
level every 120 minutes until lowest power level is
reached. The Service Alert, Engine System and Filter
beep five times.
OURX908,0000408 –19–10JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=391
• Engine Air Filter Restriction Switch Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-203).
211
CCU • Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation (See Reference 230-20-002).
58 • Air Cleaner Operation (See Reference 230-20-003).
• Turbocharger Operation (See Reference 230-20-004).
• Turbocharger Lubrication (See Reference 230-20-005).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: GO TO 2 .
245-05-001).
NOT OK: Made
Perform Preliminary Check: necessary repairs.
• Inspect all air intake hoses and clamps for tightness. Leaking or damaged hoses are GO TO 2 .
the cause of dirt entering the engine.
• Remove and inspect filters.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=392
2 Engine Air Filter Access CCU Address 12 and perform Engine Air Filter Switch Test at Axle Oil OK: Test passed. If
Restriction Filter, Transmission Oil Pressure and Engine Air Filter Switches. See CCU necessary, check for
Sensor/Circuit Check Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). intermittent problems,
The right digit is used to display the Engine Air Filter Restriction Sensor status. and perform CCU System
Beep Mode w/o Speed
211
CCU Address 12—Specification Sensors Test. (See
CCU
Air Filter Restriction Switch Position— Reference 245-CCU-001.)
59
Filter Restricted ........................................................................................................ “XX1”
Filter Normal ............................................................................................................. “XX0” GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Air Intake Operational Perform Air Intake Operational Check in the following manner: OK: Sensor status
Check changed correctly. Clear
1. Start tractor and keep at slow idle. code CCU 030. Diagnosis
2. Access CCU Address 12. completed.
The display should read:
12 NOT OK: Check for
XX0 intermittent problems,
IMPORTANT: If sensor status does not change after 30 seconds, remove and perform CCU System
restriction from air intake IMMEDIATELY!! Beep Mode w/o Speed
Sensors Test. (See
3.Place a partial restriction in air intake flow. Reference 245-CCU-001.)
4. Observe CCU Address 12 for a change in status of restriction sensor switch. GO TO 2 .

Should only take a few moments to change status.
12
XX1
5. After sensor status changes to a “1”, remove restriction immediately and observe a
change back to “0”.
6. Perform Recall, Record and Clear Codes to determine if code returns. (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=393
CCU 033 — Transmission Oil Pressure

Sensor Fault
211
CCU Service Code 033 is stored when the MST Transmission
60 Oil Pressure Sensor (B594) indicates an “open” for longer
than two seconds.
OURX908,0000409 –19–02AUG02–1/1
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Oil level good and
245-05-001). address configuration is
correct.
• Access CCU Address 66 /67 and perform Pressure Switches Sensors
Configuration. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). GO TO 3 .
• Check transmission oil level, and refill as necessary.
NOT OK: Oil level has
been corrected. Operate
tractor to see if code
returns.
NOT OK: Addresses

66/67 configuration
wrong.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=394
2 CCU Addresses 66/67 Access CCU Address 66 /67 and perform Pressure Switches Sensors OK: Configuration
Configuration Configuration. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). complete. Operate tractor
to see if code returns.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1 211
CCU
61
3 Transmission Access CCU Address 37 and perform Transmission Oil Pressure Test. See CCU OK: Transmission oil
Pressure Display Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). pressure in specification.
Check
NOTE: Pressures of 0—30 kPa (0—0.3 bar) (0—5 psi) above or below specification GO TO 5 .
can be treated as normal pressure. Transmission system pressure is typically 170—
240 kPa (1.7—2.4 bar) (25—35 psi) lower at 1000 rpm. NOT OK: Transmission
oil pressure low.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
4 Transmission System (See Reference 255-15-011 and perform Transmission System Pressure Test.) OK: Transmission oil
Pressure Check pressure in specification.
Transmission System Pressure—Specification
System Pressure—Pressure at 2000 GO TO 5 .
RPM ........................................................................................................ 1775—1785 kPa
(17.8—18.8 bar) NOT OK: Make
(257—273 psi) necessary repairs and
operate tractor to see if
NOTE: Pressures of 0—30 kPa (0—0.3 bar) (0—5 psi) above or below specification code returns.
can be treated as normal pressure. Transmission system pressure is typically 170—
240 kPa (1.7—2.4 bar) (25—35 psi) lower at 1000 rpm.
– – –1/1
5 Transmission Oil (See Reference 255-15-015 and perform Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor/Circuit OK: Diagnosis complete.
Pressure Test.)
Sensor/Circuit Check
– – –1/1
122106
PN=395
CCU 037 — Reverse Switch Circuit Open
Service Code CCU 37 is set when the CCU reads an

211
CCU open reverse detect circuit. This circuit is used to prevent
62 the IMS sequence from being learned or executed in
REVERSE gear position.
OURX908,000040A –19–08JUL03–1/1
• Cab Connecting Harnesses (See Reference 240-25-027)
• Chassis Harness (See Reference 240-25-028)
• General References (See Reference 210-15-001)
– – –1/1
1 IMS Reverse Detect Perform Adjust Neutral Start and Reverse Switches. (See TM1623, Section 55, OK: Reverse detect
Switch Adjustment Group 45.) switch in adjustment.
Check
After adjusting switch, return to this diagnosis. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 IMS Reverse Detect NOTE: Recall, record and clear codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Switch Check 245-05-001.) Diagnosis completed. If
Access CCU Address 13 and perform IMS Reverse Detect Switch Test at Reverse intermittent problems
and Emergency Steering Pressure Switches. (See Reference 245-CCU-001.) using CCU System Beep
Mode w/o Speed Sensors
Test, CCU Address 03.
(See CCU Addresses,
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=396
CCU 039 — Secondary Steering Pump Is On
Service Code CCU 039 is set after engine startup when

211
the secondary steering pressure sensor (B990) detects CCU
low steering pressure for .5 second. A secondary steering 63
relay (K990) is activated which engerizes the secondary
steering pump (M990).
OURX908,000040B –19–02AUG02–1/1
– – –1/1
1 Secondary Steering NOTE: Recall, record and clear codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Sensor Circuit Check 245-05-001.) Diagnosis completed. If
Access CCU Address 13 and perform Secondary Steering Sensor Test at Reverse intermittent problems
and Emergency Steering Pressure Switches. (See Reference 245-CCU-001.) using CCU System Beep
Mode Test. (See CCU
Addresses, Reference
245-CCU-001.)
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=397
CCU 040 — Secondary Steering Switch

Circuit Open
211
CCU Service Code CCU 040 is set if the CCU reads an open
64 circuit in the secondary steering system after key switch
(S001) is turned ON but engine is not started.
OURX908,000040C –19–02AUG02–1/1
• SE8 Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic (See Reference 240-25-009)

– – –1/1
1 Secondary Steering NOTE: Recall, record and clear codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Pressure Switch 245-05-001.) Diagnosis completed. If
Check necessary, check for
Access CCU Address 13 and perform Secondary Steering Pressure Switch Test at intermittent problems
Reverse and Emergency Steering Pressure Switches. (See Reference using CCU System Beep
245-CCU-001.) Mode Test. (See
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=398
CCU 045 — CCU Supply Voltage Low

w/Engine Running
211
CCU 045 is stored when charging voltage has been below CCU
11.2 volts with engine between 512 and 1500 rpm. The 65
yellow Service Alert Lamp should come on and the
warning horn should sound.
OURX908,000040D –19–16DEC03–1/1
• SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting Schematic (See Reference 240-25-002).
• Internal Alternator Tests (—019999), (See Reference 240-15-002).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=399
1 Preliminary Check OK: No problems found.

CAUTION: Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong
enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if GO TO 2 .
splashed into eyes.
NOT OK: Made
Avoid the hazard by: necessary repairs.
211
CCU 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. GO TO 2 .
66 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.

3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention
immediately.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2
quarts).
NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference
245-05-001).
Perform Preliminary Check:
• Check Belt for being worn, loose or damaged.

• Check Belt Tensioner.
• Check electrical connections to Alternator and Battery for looseness or corrosion.
• Check electrolyte water level in battery.
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Start tractor if possible. Use jumper cables if necessary to get tractor started. OK: System voltage
within specification No
If batteries are dead, perform Battery Inspection to service batteries before code stored.
proceeding, (See Reference 240-15-003) OR use jumper cables to get tractor started.
GO TO 3 .
Access CCU Address 32 and perform CCU System Voltage Test. See CCU
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). NOT OK: System voltage
NOT within specification
NOTE: If jumper cables were used, remove cables before observing CCU address 32.
GO TO 5 .
1. Set engine between slow idle and 1500 RPM. Voltage should be between 11.2 volts
and 15.5 volts.
2. Set engine above 1500 RPM. Voltage should be between 12.5 volts and 15.5 volts.
NOTE: With engine above 1500 RPM, the warning horn service alert and alternator
indicator light should be OFF.

System Voltage vs. RPM—Voltage
(RPM below 1500) ....................................................................................... 11.2—15.5 V
Voltage (RPM above 1500) .......................................................................... 12.5—15.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=400
3 Alternator High NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Service Alert lamp
Voltage and Warning 245-05-001). comes on at correct
Check voltage. If alternator is
new, diagnosis
CAUTION: Moving drive belt and rotating pulley. Bodily injury or completed. If not...
entanglement possible. Avoid loose fitting clothing and remove jewelry.
211
GO TO 4 .
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow alternator voltage to exceed 16.5 volts in following CCU
test. 67
NOT OK: If Service Alert
lamp and warning horn
Connect digital multimeter to output terminal. Bypass voltage regulator through 5 mm do not come ON at
(3/16 in.) hole in rear cover of alternator with a small screwdriver. When readout of 15.4-15.6 volts, replace
multimeter reaches 15.5 volts, the yellow Service Alert lamp and warning horn come the CCU, access CCU
ON. Remove the screwdriver and regulated voltage should return to 13.2-14.2 volts. Address 20, Engine
Speed Sensor
Alternator Output Voltage—Specification Configuration and perform
Unregulated—Voltage .................................................................................. 15.5—16.5 V full calibration of the
Regulated—Voltage ..................................................................................... 13.2—14.2 V CCU. (See Reference
245-CCU-001.) Repeat
this step.
NOT OK: If alternator

voltage does not
decrease to 13.2-14.2
volts after removal of
screwdriver, replace
voltage regulator, clear
CCU code 047 and
repeat this step.
– – –1/1
4 Alternator Output NOTE: Electrical lead connections for bench testing alternator are: OK: In specification
Capacity Check Diagnosis completed.
1. Output—"S" and "L" terminals to battery positive (+) source.
2. Alternator housing grounded (-) to battery. NOT OK: Repair/Replace
alternator. Perform
Output amperage test: Attach JT02153 Current Clamp-On Probe around alternator Operational Check.
output lead. Connect multimeter to output terminal.
GO TO 2 .
Attach JT05832 Battery Load Tester to battery terminals.
With engine at 2000 rpm, turn all lights and accessories ON (except windshield wiper
motor). Apply a 50-70 amp load on batteries with JT5832 Tester. Record alternator
output, release load and remove test equipment.
NOTE: If alternator output volts fall below the normal regulator range of 13.2 volts, the
alternator is overloaded. Decrease load to get 13.2—13.4 volt range and continue.
Alternator Output Current—Specification

Alternator Output—Current @ 13.2 V ....................................................... 140 Amp (min)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=401
5 Charging System Perform Charging System Voltage Test. (See Reference 240-15-001.) OK: Charging System
Voltage Check OK. Diagnosis completed.
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
211
GO TO 2 .
CCU
68
– – –1/1
122106
PN=402
CCU 046 — CCU Supply Voltage Low

w/Engine Running >1500 RPM
211
CCU 046 is stored when charging voltage has been below CCU
12.5 volts with engine above 1500 rpm. The yellow 69
Service Alert Lamp should come on and the warning horn
should sound.
OURX908,000040E –19–16DEC03–1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=403

splashed into eyes.
NOT OK: Made
211
CCU 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. GO TO 2 .

immediately.

quarts).
245-05-001).
• Check Belt for being worn, loose or damaged.

• Check Belt Tensioner.
• Check electrical connections to Alternator and Battery for looseness or corrosion.
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Start tractor if possible. Use jumper cables if necessary to get tractor started. OK: System voltage
If batteries are dead, perform Battery Inspection to service batteries before code stored.
proceeding, (See Reference 240-15-003) OR use jumper cables to get tractor started.
GO TO 3 .
Access CCU Address 32 and perform CCU System Voltage Test. See CCU
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). NOT OK: System voltage
NOT within specification
NOTE: If jumper cables were used, remove cables before observing CCU address 32.
GO TO 5 .
and 15.5 volts.
2. Set engine above 1500 RPM. Voltage should be between 12.5 volts and 15.5 volts.
indicator light should be OFF.

(RPM below 1500) ....................................................................................... 11.2—15.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=404
new, diagnosis
CAUTION: Moving drive belt and rotating pulley. Bodily injury or completed.
211
If not, GO TO 4 .
test. 71
Speed Sensor
this step.

voltage does not
CCU code 047 and
repeat this step.
– – –1/1
4 Alternator Output NOTE: Electrical lead connections for bench testing alternator are: OK: In specification
Capacity Check Diagnosis completed.
1. Output—"S" and "L" terminals to battery positive (+) source.
2. Alternator housing grounded (-) to battery. NOT OK: Repair/Replace
alternator. Perform
Output amperage test: Attach JT02153 Current Clamp-On Probe around alternator Operational Check.
output lead. Connect multimeter to output terminal.
GO TO 2 .
Attach JT05832 Battery Load Tester to battery terminals.
output, release load and remove test equipment.

– – –1/1
122106
PN=405
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
211
GO TO 2 .
CCU
72
– – –1/1
122106
PN=406
CCU 047 — CCU Supply Voltage High

w/Engine Running
211
CCU 047 is stored when charging voltage has been CCU
above 15.5 volts with engine above 512 rpm. The yellow 73
Service Alert Lamp should come on and the warning horn
should sound.
OURX908,000040F –19–07AUG04–1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=407
1 Preliminary Check OK: Electrolyte level OK.

splashed into eyes.
NOT OK: Added water.
211
GO TO 2 .
CCU 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

immediately.

quarts).
245-05-001).
Check electrolyte level of batteries. If level is below top of plates, add water to
approximately 6 mm (1 4 in.) above plates. DO NOT overfill batteries.
NOTE: Overcharging the batteries will cause the battery to boil dry. If electrolyte level
was very low, perform Battery Inspection before proceeding. (See Reference
240-15-003).
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Start tractor. OK: System voltage

Access CCU Address 32 and perform CCU System Voltage Test. See CCU code stored.
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001).
GO TO 3 .
and 15.5 volts. NOT OK: System voltage
2. Set engine above 1500 RPM. Voltage should be between 12.5 volts and 15.5 volts. NOT within specification
indicator light should be OFF. GO TO 5 .

(RPM below 1500) ....................................................................................... 11.2—15.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=408
new, diagnosis
CAUTION: Moving drive belt and rotating pulley. Bodily injury or completed.
211
If not, GO TO 4 .
test. 75
Speed Sensor
this step.

voltage does not
CCU code 047 and
repeat this step.
– – –1/1
4 Alternator Output NOTE: Electrical lead connections for bench testing alternator are: OK: In specification.
Capacity Check
1. Output—"S" and "L" terminals to battery positive (+) source. GO TO 6 .
2. Alternator housing grounded (-) to battery.
NOT OK: Alternator in
Output amperage test: Attach JT02153 Current Clamp-On Probe around alternator specification but code
output lead. Connect multimeter to output terminal. returns.
Attach JT05832 Battery Load Tester to battery terminals. GO TO 7 .
With engine at 2000 rpm, turn all lights and accessories ON (except windshield wiper NOT OK: Repair/Replace
motor). Apply a 50-70 amp load on batteries with JT05832 Tester. Record alternator alternator. Perform
output, release load and remove test equipment. Operational Check.
NOTE: If alternator output volts fall below the normal regulator range of 13.2 volts, the GO TO 2 .

– – –1/1
122106
PN=409
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
211
GO TO 2 .
CCU
76
– – –1/1
6 ICU Voltage Check 1. Key switch in RUN position, engine ON. OK: Battery voltage
2. Press VOLTS button on side console. displayed. Diagnosis
3. Read volts in side console display. complete.
NOT OK: Voltage reads

20V.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
7 Sensor Ground Check Check the following circuits at CCU for shorts to ground: OK: Circuits check good.
Replace and calibrate
• Fuel level sensor (B302) circuits 314 and 353. CCU.
• Engine oil pressure sensor (B303) circuits 326 and 367.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor (B301) circuit 359. Access CCU Address 20
• Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B700) circuit 701. and perform Engine
• Transmission oil pressure sensor (B594) circuit 505 (MST only). Speed Sensor
Configuration.
NOT OK: Repair circuits

as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=410
CCU 049 — CCU Supply Voltage Very High

w/Engine Running
211
CCU 049 is stored when charging voltage has been CCU
above 18.0 volts with engine above 512 rpm. The Stop 77
Engine Lamp should come on and the warning horn
should sound.
OURX908,0000410 –19–07AUG04–1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=411
1 Preliminary Check OK: Electrolyte level OK.

splashed into eyes.
NOT OK: Added water.
211
GO TO 2 .
CCU 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

immediately.

quarts).
245-05-001).
Check electrolyte level of batteries. If level is below top of plates, add water to
approximately 6 mm (1 4 in.) above plates. DO NOT overfill batteries.
NOTE: Overcharging the batteries will cause the battery to boil dry. If electrolyte level
was very low, perform Battery Inspection before proceeding. (See Reference
240-15-003).
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Start tractor. OK: System voltage

Access CCU Address 32 and perform CCU System Voltage Test. See CCU code stored.
GO TO 3 .
and 15.5 volts. NOT OK: System voltage
2. Set engine above 1500 RPM. Voltage should be between 12.5 volts and 15.5 volts. NOT within specification
indicator light should be OFF. GO TO 5 .

(RPM below 1500) ....................................................................................... 11.2—15.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=412
Check voltage. IF alternator is
new, diagnosis
CAUTION: Moving drive belt and rotating pulley. Bodily injury or completed. If not,
211
GO TO 4 .
test. 79
Speed Sensor
this step.

voltage does not
CCU code 047 and
repeat this step.
– – –1/1
4 Alternator Output NOTE: Electrical lead connections for bench testing alternator are: OK: In specification.
Capacity Check
1. Output—"S" and "L" terminals to battery positive (+) source. GO TO 6 .
2. Alternator housing grounded (-) to battery.
NOT OK: Alternator in
Output amperage test: Attach JT02153 Current Clamp-On Probe around alternator specification but code
output lead. Connect multimeter to output terminal. returns.
Attach JT05832 Battery Load Tester to battery terminals. GO TO 7 .
With engine at 2000 rpm, turn all lights and accessories ON (except windshield wiper NOT OK: Repair/Replace
motor). Apply a 50-70 amp load on batteries with JT05832 Tester. Record alternator alternator. Perform
output, release load and remove test equipment. Operational Check.
NOTE: If alternator output volts fall below the normal regulator range of 13.2 volts, the GO TO 2 .

– – –1/1
122106
PN=413
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
211
GO TO 2 .
CCU
80
– – –1/1
6 ICU Voltage Check 1. Key switch in RUN position, engine ON. OK: Battery voltage
2. Press VOLTS button on side console. displayed. Diagnosis
3. Read volts in side console display. complete.
NOT OK: Voltage reads

20V.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
7 Sensor Ground Check Check the following circuits at CCU for shorts to ground: OK: Circuits check good.
• Fuel level sensor (B302) circuits 314 and 353. CCU.
• Engine oil pressure sensor (B303) circuits 326 and 367.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor (B301) circuit 359. Access CCU Address 20
• Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B700) circuit 701. and perform Engine
• Transmission oil pressure sensor (B594) circuit 505 (MST only). Speed Sensor
Configuration.

as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=414
CCU 050 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restricted
CCU 050 is stored when hydraulic oil filter restricted. The

211
Service Alert, Hydraulic System and Filter function CCU
indicators will flash and the warning horn will beep five 81
times.
• CCU 050 (Software Version —000015) is stored when

filter restriction is sufficient to cause a pressure
differential for three seconds, engine speed is more
than 700 rpm, hydraulic oil temperature is greater than
40 °C (104 °F) and the start inhibit timer has timed out.
The Service Alert, Hydraulic System and Filter function
indicators will flash and the warning horn will beep five
times. Access CCU Address 86 and CCU Address 87 to
read Software Version Number. See CCU Addresses,
(Reference 245-CCU-001).
• CCU 050 (Software Version 000016—) is stored when
filter restriction is sufficient to cause a pressure
differential for 15 seconds, engine speed is more than
700 rpm, hydraulic oil temperature is greater than 40 °C
(104 °F) (PST) or 20°C (68°F) (MST) and the start
inhibit timer has timed out. If engine speed goes below
700 rpm or hydraulic oil temperature is less than 40 °C
(104 °F) (PST) or 20°C (68°F) (MST), then the timer will
reset. The Service Alert, Hydraulic System and Filter
function indicators will flash and the warning horn will
beep five times. Access CCU Address 86 and CCU
OURX908,0000411 –19–10JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=415
• Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-208).
211
CCU • Oil Filter Housing (See Reference 270-20-003).
82 • CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999), (See Reference 245-CCU-300).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: 750 hours have
245-05-001). elapsed since last filter
change. Changed filter.
Determine if 750 hours of operation have passed since last filter change. Replace filter,
inside the right front frame, if routine service requires. GO TO 2 .
If vehicle is new, change filter after 100 hours of operation. See Operator’s Manual, NOT OK: Less than 750
Section 80 “Break-In Period”. hours have passed or it is
a recurring problem.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Start tractor and set at 1500 rpm. OK: No codes return.
Run for three minutes. Diagnosis completed. If
Perform Recall, Record and Clear Codes to determine if code returns. (See intermittent circuit
Reference 245-05-001.) problems, access CCU
CCU System Beep Mode
w/o Speed Sensors Test.
(See Reference
245-CCU-001.)
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=416
3 Hydraulic Filter Access CCU Address 11 and perform Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch Test at Hydraulic OK: Test passed. If
Restriction Oil Filter Switch, Transmission Oil Filter Switch and Sensor Power Circuit Status. necessary, check for
Sensor/Circuit Check See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). intermittent problems,
CCU Address 11—Specification and perform CCU System
Filter Restriction Switch Position—Filter Beep Mode w/o Speed
211
Restricted ................................................................................................................. “1XX” Sensors Test. (See
CCU
Filter Normal ............................................................................................................. “0XX” Reference 245-CCU-001.)
83
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Filter Examination Remove filter element, cut open, and inspect for an accumulation of debris that would OK: No debris found.
cause filter to plug. Diagnosis completed.
NOT OK: Found debris.

Begin Hydraulic System
Diagnosis (Section 213,
Group 70) to isolate origin
of debris. Diagnosis
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=417
CCU 051 — Transmission Oil Filter

Restricted
211
CCU CCU 051 is stored when filter restriction is sufficient to
84 cause a pressure differential for three seconds, engine
speed is more than 700 rpm, hydraulic oil temperature is
above 20 °C (68 °F) and the start inhibit timer has timed
out. The Service Alert, Hydraulic System and Filter
beep five times.
OURX908,0000412 –19–27MAY04–1/1
• Transmission Oil Filter Restriction Switch Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-213).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: 750 hours have
245-05-001). elapsed since last filter
change. Changed filter.
Determine if 750 hours of operation have passed since last filter change. Replace filter
if routine service requires. GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Less than 750

hours have passed or it is
a recurring problem.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=418
2 Operational Check Start engine and set at 1500 rpm. OK: No codes return.
Run for three minutes. Diagnosis completed. If
Perform Recall, Record and Clear Codes to determine if code returns. (See intermittent problems,
Reference 245-05-001.) access CCU Address 03
211
Beep Mode w/o Speed
CCU
Sensors Test. (See
85
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Transmission Oil Access CCU Address 11 and perform Transmission Oil Filter Switch Test at OK: Test passed. If
Filter Restriction Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch, Transmission Oil Filter Switch and Sensor Power necessary, check for
Switch/Circuit Check Circuit Status. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). intermittent problems,
Filter Restriction Switch Position—Filter Beep Mode w/o Speed
Restricted ................................................................................................................. “X1X” Sensors Test. (See
Filter Normal ............................................................................................................. “X0X” Reference 245-CCU-001.)
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Filter Examination Remove filter element, cut open, and inspect for an accumulation of debris that would OK: No debris found.
cause filter to plug. Diagnosis completed.
NOT OK: Found debris.

Begin Hydraulic System
Diagnosis (Section 213,
Group 70) to isolate origin
of debris. Diagnosis
completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=419
CCU 053 — Transmission High/Low Solenoid

Circuit Fault
211
CCU CCU 053 is stored when the CCU, which monitors the
86 status of its internal driver that turns the solenoid ON and
OFF, detects a fault in the circuit. The CCU will turn the
Hi-Lo solenoid OFF and the Service Alert and Electrical
symbols will flash and the warning horn will beep five
times.
NOTE: Only for 24 speed MST.
OURX908,0000413 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Hi-Lo Solenoid Circuit Theory (MST Only) (See Reference 245-CCU-207).

– – –1/1
1 Operational Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No code, diagnosis
245-05-001). completed. If necessary,
check for intermittent
Start tractor and set at low idle. problems, access CCU
Push Hi-Lo switch to the “LO” position. CCU System Beep Mode
Perform Recall, Record and Clear Codes to determine if code returns. (See (See Reference
Reference 245-05-001.) 245-CCU-001.)
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=420
2 Hi-Lo Solenoid Circuit Key Switch (S001) OFF. OK: Circuit check OK,
Check replace solenoid.
Disconnect connector from Hi-Lo Solenoid (Y590).
GO TO 1 .
Check circuit 579 (Pin A) for shorts to ground (Pin B, circuit 010).
NOT OK: Made
211
Check for continuity, on circuit 579, between pin A of Y590 solenoid connector and pin necessary repairs.
CCU
H3 of X991-1 (CCU connector).
87
GO TO 1 .
Check that pin B of Y590 solenoid connector goes to ground (circuit 010).
Repair harness if:
• A short exists between pin A and pin B of Y590 connector.

• No continuity on circuit 579.
• Pin B of Y590 does not go to ground (circuit 010).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=421
CCU 055 — CCU Address 23 Configuration

Invalid
211
CCU CCU 055 is stored if the CCU is configured wrong at CCU
88 Address 23.
OURX908,00006AC –19–02AUG02–1/1
• CCD Communication Network Theory, (See Reference 245-05-200

– – –1/1
1 CCU Configuration Access CCU Address 23 and perform Wheel/Tracks Setting. (See Reference OK: Code does not
Check 245-CCU-001.) return. Diagnosis
complete.
Tractor Configuration—Wheel .................................................................................. “XX0” NOT OK: CCU Code 055
Tracks ....................................................................................................................... “XX1” returns. Replace and
perform full
After configuring CCU, Recall, Record and Clear Codes (See Reference calibration/configuration of
245-05-001). CCU.
GO TO CCU Address 20
and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
Configuration.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=422
CCU 061 — Hydraulic Oil Level Low
CCU 061 is stored if engine speed is above 900 rpm and

211
the hydraulic level falls below normal for more than one CCU
second, then the Stop Engine, Hydraulic and Level 89
indicators are turned on and the warning horn is on
steady. The alarm stays on as long as the condition exists
and for five seconds after it has ended.
OURX908,0000414 –19–10JUN04–1/1
• Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Level Switch Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-209).
• Hydraulic Oil Reservoir (See Reference 270-20-002).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Oil level good.
245-05-001).
GO TO 3 .
Check oil level in sight glass on engine side shield, next to cab ladder. With tractor on
level ground, hitch in the lowered position and the engine stopped; oil level should be NOT OK: Added oil.
on the upper mark on the glass.
GO TO 2 .
NOTE: CCU Code 061 may be set if CCU Address 27 is not configured correctly. CCU
Address 27 should be configured to “003”.
Add oil as required.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=423
2 Operational Check Start the engine and operate at slow idle. OK: Hydraulic Oil
Reservoir light OFF. No
If the reservoir level was very low, it might take one to two minutes for the Hydraulic code stored. Diagnosis
Oil Reservoir light to go OFF. completed.
Check sight glass after approximately three minutes. Oil level should be at the upper NOT OK: Hydraulic Oil
211
mark. Reservoir light ON, sight
CCU
glass level OK.
90
Add oil as required.
GO TO 3 .
Determine if code returns. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, (Reference
245-05-001).
– – –1/1
3 Hydraulic Oil Access CCU Address 07 and perform Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status Test at OK: Test passed. CCU
Reservoir Level Axle Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status. See CCU Addresses Code 061 maybe set if
Switch/Circuit Check (Reference 245-CCU-001). CCU Address 27 is not
configured correctly. CCU
CCU Address 07—Specification Address 27 should be
Reservoir Level Switch Position—Oil configured to “003”.
Level Low ................................................................................................................ “XX0”
Oil Level Normal ....................................................................................................... “XX1” If necessary, check for
intermittent circuit
problems, access CCU
(See Reference
245-CCU-001.) Diagnosis
completed.
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=424
CCU 064 — Axle Pump Oil Pressure Very

Low
211
CCU 064 is stored when the CCU, which also uses PTO CCU
switch status and hydraulic oil temperature signals, 91
calculates when the alarm is necessary once axle pump
oil pressure decreases to 50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7 psi). The
CCU begins a timing cycle, once low pressure is sensed,
to delay the alarm. The length of the delay depends on oil
temperature and PTO switch status. The Stop Engine,
Transmission and Level Function indicators flash and the
warning horn sounds steady while code is active.
OURX908,0000415 –19–14NOV02–1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=425
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Made
• Perform visual inspection of hoses, lines and fittings for oil leaks or damage: necessary repairs.
211
– Check from tee at bottom of axle lube pump outlet to elbow at 12 o’clock position
CCU
on front differential/axle housing. GO TO 2 .
92
– Check from tee at bottom of axle lube pump outlet to adapter at 12 o’clock
position on rear differential/axle housing. If equipped with PTO, check lube hose
connection at top-front-left of differential/axle housing to top of PTO drop box.
Check from bottom of PTO drop box to 12 o’clock position on front cover of
differential/axle housing.
– Check from lower front of differential cover to fill tube at rear of transmission.
• PST: Check axle lube pump suction side from bottom-front of transmission to top of
axle lube pump.
• MST: Check axle lube pump suction side from bottom-front of transmission to top of
axle lube pump. Check air mix hose from tee at top of pump to elbow above fill tube
at rear of transmission.
• Check Transmission Housing oil level in sight glass located on left rear of
transmission housing, left of PTO if equipped. Oil level should be within the upper
level marks with the engine OFF for five minutes. If oil was recently added, operate
engine at 2000 rpm for five minutes. Stop engine and recheck level after five
minutes. If necessary add oil until level is between upper marks.
– – –1/1
2 Axle Lube Oil Pump Perform Axle Lube Oil Pump Pressure Test. (See Reference 256-15-001.) OK: Pressure within
Pressure Check specification
Typical Axle Lube Oil Pump Pressure Reading
RPM/Temperature Pressure GO TO 3 .
1000 RPM at 22.7°C ......................................................... 108 kPa
(73°F) (1.08 bar) NOT OK: Pressure out of
(15.7 psi) specification
2000 RPM at 24.4C° ......................................................... 241 kPa
(76°F) (2.41 bar) GO TO 4 .
(35 psi)
OK: Re-check of
Minimum Axle Lube Oil Pressure—Specification pressure OK. Diagnosis
Minimum Pressure at 1000 RPM— completed.
Pressure ................................................................................................................. 62 kPa
(0.62 bar)
(9 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=426
3 Axle Lube Pump Access CCU Address 07 and perform Axle Oil Pressure Switch Status Test at Axle OK: Test passed. If
Pressure Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status. See CCU Addresses necessary, check for
Switch/Circuit Check (Reference 245-CCU-001). intermittent problems,
Axle Lube Pump Pressure Switch— Beep Mode w/o Speed
211
Pressure Switch—Normal Pressure ......................................................................... “X1X” Sensors Test. (See
CCU
Pressure Switch—Low Pressure .............................................................................. “X0X” Reference 245-CCU-001.)
93
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Axle Lube Pump Flow Perform Axle Lube Pump Flow Test. (See Reference 256-15-002.) Flow is checked OK: Flow checks OK.
Check from hose connected to hose at inlet adapter at 12 o’clock position on rear Pressure from step 2 is
differential/axle housing or hose to PTO drop box if equipped. high, restriction in axle
lube to front or rear
Axle Lube Pump Flow Rate-1500 rpm—Specification differential/axle housing.
Fill time less than 10 seconds.—38°C Repair/replace and
(100°F)........................................................................................................................ 3.9L
(1.0 gal.) GO TO 2 .
Fill time less than 12 seconds.—65°C
(150°F)........................................................................................................................ 3.9L NOT OK: Flow not within
(1.0 gal.) specification. Restriction
in hose from bottom of
transmission to axle lube
pump, or an axle lube
pump problem.
Repair/replace and
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=427
CCU 065 — Axle Pump Oil Pressure Low Too

Long
211
CCU CCU 065 is stored when the PTO switch is OFF only and
94 a low pressure condition has existed for five minutes. The
CCU begins a timing cycle, once low pressure is sensed,
to delay the alarm. The length of the delay depends on oil
temperature and PTO switch status. The Service Alert,
Transmission and Level Function indicators flash and the
warning horn beeps five times.
OURX908,0000416 –19–15NOV02–1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=428
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Made
• Perform visual inspection of hoses, lines and fittings for oil leaks or damage: necessary repairs.
211
– Check from tee at bottom of axle lube pump outlet to elbow at 12 o’clock position
CCU
on front differential/axle housing. GO TO 2 .
95
– Check from tee at bottom of axle lube pump outlet to adapter at 12 o’clock
position on rear differential/axle housing. If equipped with PTO, check lube hose
connection at top-front-left of differential/axle housing to top of PTO drop box.
Check from bottom of PTO drop box to 12 o’clock position on front cover of
differential/axle housing.
– Check from lower front of differential cover to fill tube at rear of transmission.
• PST: Check axle lube pump suction side from bottom-front of transmission to top of
axle lube pump.
• MST: Check axle lube pump suction side from bottom-front of transmission to top of
axle lube pump. Check air mix hose from tee at top of pump to elbow above fill tube
at rear of transmission.
• Check Transmission Housing oil level in sight glass located on left rear of
transmission housing, left of PTO if equipped. Oil level should be within the upper
level marks with the engine OFF for five minutes. If oil was recently added, operate
engine at 2000 rpm for five minutes. Stop engine and recheck level after five
minutes. If necessary add oil until level is between upper marks.
– – –1/1
2 Axle Lube Oil Pump Perform Axle Lube Oil Pump Pressure Test. (See Reference 256-15-001.) OK: Pressure within
Pressure Check specification
Typical Axle Lube Oil Pump Pressure Reading
RPM/Temperature Pressure GO TO 3 .
1000 RPM at 22.7°C ........................................................... 108 kPa
(73°F) (1.08 bar) NOT OK: Pressure out of
(15.7 psi) specification
2000 RPM at 24.4C° ........................................................... 241 kPa
(76°F) (2.41 bar) GO TO 4 .
(35 psi)
OK: Re-check of
Minimum Axle Lube Oil Pressure—Specification pressure OK. Diagnosis
Minimum Pressure at 1000 RPM— completed.
Pressure ................................................................................................................. 62 kPa
(0.62 bar)
(9 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=429
3 Axle Lube Pump Access CCU Address 07 and perform Axle Oil Pressure Switch Status Test at Axle OK: Test passed. If
Pressure Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status. See CCU Addresses necessary, check for
Switch/Circuit Check (Reference 245-CCU-001). intermittent problems,
Axle Lube Pump Pressure Switch— Beep Mode w/o Speed
211
Normal Pressure ...................................................................................................... “X1X” Sensors Test. (See
CCU
Low Pressure ........................................................................................................... “X0X” Reference 245-CCU-001.)
96
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Axle Lube Pump Flow Perform Axle Lube Pump Flow Test. (See Reference 256-15-002.) Flow is checked OK: Flow checks OK.
Check from hose connected to haso at inlet adapter at 12 o’clock position on rear Pressure from step 2 is
differential/axle housing or hose to PTO drop box if equipped. high, restriction in axle
lube to front or rear
Axle Lube Pump Flow Rate-1500 rpm—Specification differential/axle housing.
Fill time less than 10 seconds.—38°C Repair/replace and
(100°F)........................................................................................................................ 3.8L
(1.0 gal.) GO TO 2 .
Fill time less than 12 seconds.—65°C
(150°F)........................................................................................................................ 3.8L NOT OK: Flow not within
(1.0 gal.) specification. Restriction
in hose from bottom of
transmission to axle lube
pump or an axle lube
pump problem.
Repair/replace and
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=430
CCU 067 — CCU Sensor Power Circuit Fault
CCU 067 is stored if the CCU senses the circuit failed low
211
(0 volts) for two seconds, indicating F14 problem. The CCU
“Information” and Read Manual Function indicators will 97
flash until condition is corrected.
OURX908,0000417 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• Sensor Power Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-212).

– – –1/1
1 F14 Sensor Power NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Supply Check 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed.
Access CCU Address 11 and perform Sensor Power Circuit Status Test at NOT OK: Made
Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch, Transmission Oil Filter Switch and Sensor Power necessary repairs.
Circuit Status. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). Diagnosis completed.

Fuse F14 Status—Fuse F14
Good/Installed .......................................................................................................... “XX1”
Fuse F14 Open/Removed ........................................................................................ “XX0”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=431
CCU 068 — PTO Overspeed
CCU 068 is stored when the PTO is engaged and engine

211
CCU speed exceeds 2004 rpm for longer than five seconds.
98 The 1000 rpm PTO shaft turns at 1000 rpm when the
engine speed is set at 1900 rpm. The Warning and PTO
lamps will light for as long as the condition exists.
OURX908,0000418 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• PTO Theory of Operation (See Reference 256-20-003).

• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-ACU-300).
– – –1/1
1 Engine Speed Sensor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Engine pulses per
Configuration Check 245-05-001). revolution correct.
Access CCU Address 20 and perform Engine Speed Sensor Configuration Test. GO TO 2 .
See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001).
NOT OK: Performed
CCU Address 20—Specification configuration to correct
Engine Speed Sensor Configuration— pulse setting.
Engine Pulses per Revolution .................................................................................... 00.5
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
2 PTO Configuration NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Rear PTO configured
Check 245-05-001). correctly.
Access CCU Address 28 and perform Rear PTO Configuration Test. See CCU GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Performed
CCU Address 28—Specification configuration to enable
Rear PTO Configuration—Rear PTO PTO.
Enabled ....................................................................................................................... 001
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=432
3 PTO/Engine RPM NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Warning and PTO
Alarm Check 245-05-001). light came on after five
seconds at WOT setting
1. Start tractor and set engine rpm at 1900 rpm for 10 seconds. Check vehicle monitor only.
panel for Warning and PTO speed lights.
2. Return engine to 900 rpm and engage PTO. Check vehicle monitor panel for Diagnosis complete.
211
Warning and PTO speed lights.
CCU
3. Set engine rpm at 1900 rpm for 10 seconds. Check vehicle monitor panel for NOT OK: Warning and
99
Warning and PTO speed lights. PTO lights came on
4. Increase engine rpm to 2240 rpm (WOT) for 10 seconds. Check vehicle monitor before WOT. Replace the
panel for Warning and PTO speed lights. CCU, access CCU
5. Set engine rpm at 900 rpm and disengage PTO. Address 20, Engine
Speed Sensor
Configuration and perform
full calibration of the
CCU. (See Reference
245-CCU-001.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=433
CCU 070 — Operator Not Seated w/Rear PTO

ON
211
CCU CCU 070 is stored when the operator leaves the seat with
,100 the PTO switch in the ON position. This code is
informational in nature and indicates an error in the
operation of the tractor. Other possibilities are a Rear
PTO Switch or Operator Presence Switch malfunction.
OURX908,0000419 –19–02AUG02–1/1

• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-ACU-300).
– – –1/1
1 Rear PTO NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Switch OK. If
Switch/Circuit Check 245-05-001). necessary, check for
intermittent problems,
If PTO switch operation is in question, access CCU Address 09 and perform Rear access CCU Address 03
PTO Switch Test. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). and perform CCU System
Beep Mode w/o Speed
If not, consult with operator on proper PTO operation. Sensors Test. (See
CCU Address 09—Specification Diagnosis completed.
Rear PTO Switch Position—PTO “OFF” .................................................................. “XX0”
PTO “ON” ................................................................................................................. “XX1” If Operator Presence
switch in question....
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=434
2 Operator Presence If Operator Presence switch in question, access ACU Address 19 and perform OK: Switch OK. If
Switch/Circuit Check Operator Presence Switch Test. See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). necessary, check for
intermittent problems,
If not, consult with operator on proper PTO operation. access CCU Address 03
ACU Address 19—Specification Beep Mode w/o Speed
211
Operator Presence Switch Position— Sensors Test. (See
CCU
Seat Occupied .......................................................................................................... “XX1” Reference 245-CCU-001.)
,101
Seat Vacant .............................................................................................................. “XX0” Diagnosis completed.
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=435
CCU 072 — CCD Message From PCU Missing
CCU 072 indicates CCU not receiving communication

211
CCU data from PCU on CCD bus.
,102
OURX908,000041A –19–27SEP05–1/1
• CCD Wiring Diagram (010001—), (See Reference 245-05-007a).

• CCD Wiring Diagram (020000—), (See Reference 245-05-007b).
• PCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999), (See Reference 245-PCU-300b).
• PCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (010001—011406), (See Reference 245-PCU-300c).
• PCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (011408—), (See Reference 245-PCU-300d).
• CCD Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-05-200).
• CCU Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-CCU-200).
• Tractor Schematic List (See Reference 240-25-001).
– – –1/1
1 Related Codes Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No codes displayed.
Check for following Service Codes; NOT OK: Only PCU

Code 072 displayed.
CCU 095, CCU 055, CCU 072, or ASU 120.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Related codes

displayed.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=436
2 PCU Power Check 1. Key switch ON, engine OFF. OK: All checks good.
2. Remove and inspect fuses F23, F34 and F40 (—009999) or F27 (010001—). If fuse
has failed, replace fuse. GO TO 3 .
3. Check for battery voltage on terminal A of each fuse socket.
NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage on F34
211
socket. Repair/replace
CCU
,103
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

battery voltage on F23 or
F40 (—009999) / F27
(010001—) socket.
as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Fuse fails

repeatedly. Test circuits
down stream for short to
ground. Repair/replace as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
3 PCU Ground Check IMPORTANT: OK: All check good.
GO TO 4 .

ground circuit 050 as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
YZ3352 –UN–29JUN01
During any diagnostic operation involving harness connectors, always consider

the possibility that a terminal may have “backed out’ enough to lose connection.
This can happen if the terminal did not seat properly when installed, and it is a
condition that is generally not obvious simply by looking at the connectors when
mated. Careful inspection may be required.
1. Key switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PCU connectors X610-1. X610-2, X610-3 and X610-4.
3. Check circuit 050 for opens and high resistance from terminal A2 of
connectors X610-1, 3 and 4 and terminal F1 of connector X610-2 to SPG.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=437
4 Circuit 924/925 IMPORTANT: OK: All checks good.

CheckSERVICE
ADVISOR™ GO TO 5 .
GO TO 1 .
211
CCU
faulty circuit as
,104
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
YZ3352 –UN–29JUN01
During any diagnostic operation involving harness connectors, always consider

the possibility that a terminal may have “backed out’ enough to lose connection.
This can happen if the terminal did not seat properly when installed, and it is a
condition that is generally not obvious simply by looking at the connectors when
mated. Careful inspection may be required.
1. Key switch OFF.
2. Check circuit 924 for opens, shorts, high resistance and grounds from
terminal G of SERVICE ADVISOR™ connector to terminal E3 of PCU connector
X610-2.
3. Check circuit 925 for opens, shorts, high resistance and grounds from
terminal F of SERVICE ADVISOR™ connector to terminal E2 of PCU connector
X610-2.
5 CCD Network Check Perform CCD Network Diagnosis Test. (See Reference 245-05-005.) OK: GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=438
CCU 075 — Traction Clutch Slipping Too

Long
211
CCU Code 075 is stored when main disconnect clutch CCU
slipping is detected outside of limits (MST only). ,105
OURX908,000041B –19–07NOV01–1/1
• Recall, Record and Clear Codes (See Reference 245-05-001).

• Service Code Descriptions (See Reference 245-05-003).
• Control Unit Addresses (See Reference 245-05-004).
– – –1/1
1 Clutch Slip Warning When slipping conditions are exceeded, there will be a yellow warning lamp, five OK: Code has been
beeps of the warning horn, and the transmission indicator will light. stored. See information at
addresses given. (See
The CCU will monitor the engine output (rpm) and the transmission output to create a Access Control Unit
fixed ratio through the gearing (I/O). Regardless of what gear the transmission is in, Addresses, Reference
the ratio will remain “stable” unless slip is occurring. 245-05-002.)
Variables that affect the threshold of slip warning are:
• The timer starts when the ratio is “unstable” and rated fuel flow is 70% or greater.
• At idle, the timer will allow eight seconds of slip.
• At maximum throttle, the timer will allow four seconds of slip.
• Throttle time is affected by field cruise and deceleration switch position.
• If a second slip event occurs within 15 seconds, the allowable time is reduced by 1.5
seconds.
• At a commanded steering of greater than 17%, the warning is disabled.
Once code CCU 075 is stored, information is available for troubleshooting and/or
operator training. If an operator “rides” the clutch pedal, the code will likely be stored.
Clutch slip information may be retrieved at:
• ECU Address 38 — Number of times the alarm has been set.

• ECU Address 39 — Longest period of time clutch was slipping.
See ECU Address (Engine Control Unit) (Reference 245-ECU-001.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=439
CCU 080 — Differential Lock Switch Circuit

Fault
211
CCU Service Code CCU 080 is set if the CCU reads a closed
,106 circuit for more than fifteen seconds after tractor is
started. The Differential Lock Switch is controlled by the
ICU and the switch status is sent to the CCU on the CCD
network. The CCU will not energize the differential lock
solenoid until fault is corrected.
OURX908,000041C –19–02AUG02–1/1
– – –1/1
1 Differential Lock NOTE: Recall, record and clear codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Switch Check 245-05-001.) Diagnosis completed. If
Access ICU Address 03 and perform Differential Lock Switch Test at Brake, intermittent problems
Differential Lock and Deceleration Switches. (See Reference 245-ICU-001.) using ICU System Beep
Mode Test. (See
Reference 245-ICU-001.)
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=440
CCU 081 — Differential Lock Solenoid Circuit

Fault
211
Service Code CCU 081 is set if the CCU detects a fault in CCU
the differential lock solenoid circuit. When a circuit fault is ,107
detected the CCU will send an alarm to the ICU and turn
the differential lock solenoid OFF. The alarm will only be
ON momentarily until the solenoid shuts OFF.
OURX908,000041D –19–02AUG02–1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=441
1 Differential Lock • Key switch (S001) ON, engine OFF. OK: All checks good.
Solenoid Circuit • Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y502) harness connector. Diagnosis completed. If
Check • Check terminal A of harness connector for battery voltage. necessary, check for
• Check terminal B of harness connector for continuity to ground. intermittent problems
• Check resistance of differential lock solenoid. using CCU System Beep
Mode Test. (See
211
Differential Lock Solenoid—Specification Reference 245-CCU-001.
CCU
Coil Resistance—ohms ........................................................................................ 8.0-12.0
,108
NOT OK: No battery
voltage at terminal A.
Repair/replace cct. 515
as necessary.
progress.

ground at terminal B.
as necessary.
progress.
NOT OK: Differential lock

solenoid failed check.
Replace solenoid.
progress.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=442
CCU 095 — Throttle Command Signal From

ACU Missing
211
CCU 095 is stored when the CCU does not receive the CCU
hand throttle command from the ACU via the CCD ,109
network.
OURX908,000041E –19–02AUG02–1/1

• CCD Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-05-200)
• Cab Connecting Harnesses (See Reference240-25-027).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No ACU 030 service
245-05-001). code.
Determine if service code ACU 030 is stored. If so, access ACU Address 03 and GO TO 2 .
perform Hand Throttle Voltage Test. See ACU Addresses (Reference
245-ACU-001). NOT OK: ACU 030
stored. Performed test.
ACU 030 indicates a throttle potentiometer problem. Diagnosis completed.

Throttle Lever Command—Voltage (full
back) .......................................................................................................................... 0.5 V
Voltage (full forward) ................................................................................................. 4.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=443
2 Operational Check Access ACU Address 03 and perform Hand Throttle Voltage Test. See ACU OK: Voltage changes
Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). correctly and no code
stored, CCD network
With the engine OFF, pull throttle lever full rearward and then push full forward. communication OK.
Display should range between 0.5 volts and 4.5 volts. electrical problems,
211
CCU
Determine if code returns. (See Reference 245-05-001). and perform CCU System
,110
Beep Mode w/o Speed
ACU Address 03—Specification Sensors Test. (See
Throttle Lever Command—Voltage (full Reference 245-CCU-001.)
back) ........................................................................................................................... 0.5V Diagnosis completed.
Voltage (full forward) .................................................................................................. 4.5V
NOT OK: If numbers on
display do not change or
problems were
encountered when trying
to get readings;
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 CCD Network Perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.) OK: No problems found.
Diagnosis Check for intermittent
problems, access CCU
(See Reference
245-CCU-001.)
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=444
CCU 101 — Axle Oil Pressure Switch Failed

Closed
211
CCU 101 is stored when the engine is OFF and the CCU
pressure sensor is sensed as closed for more than four ,111
seconds, indicating a pressure sensor stuck closed. The
Information and Service Function indicators will blink until
the condition has ended.
OURX908,000041F –19–27NOV02–1/1
NOTE: CCU Code 101 maybe set if CCU Address 27 is not configured correctly. CCU Address 27 should be
configured to “003”.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=445
1 Axle Lube Pump NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Test passed.
Pressure 245-05-001). Diagnosis completed.
Switch/Circuit Check CCU Code 101 maybe
Access CCU Address 07 and perform Axle Oil Pressure Switch Status Test at Axle set if CCU Address 27 is
Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status. See CCU Addresses not configured correctly.
(Reference 245-CCU-001). CCU Address 27 should
211
be configured to “003”.
CCU
,112
Axle Lube Pump Pressure Switch If necessary, check for
Position—Pressure Normal ...................................................................................... “X1X” intermittent problems,
Pressure Low ........................................................................................................... “X0X” access CCU Address 03
Beep Mode w/o Speed
Sensors Test. (See
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=446
CCU 107 — IMS Not Responding Due to HCU
CCU 107 is stored if during execution, the HCU, SCU or

211
SCo control units do not respond to an IMS command CCU
twice. The Information and Service lamps will light. The ,113
lamp will remain active until IMS is turned OFF.
OURX908,0000420 –19–27NOV02–1/1
Service Code Diagnostics
• HCU Wiring Diagram (SE7) (—009999), (See Reference 245-HCU-300).

• HCU Wiring Diagram (SE7) (—010001), (See Reference 245-HCU-300b).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Fuses OK.
245-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
Go to fuse panel and check Hitch and SCV fuses F5, F6, and F7. These fuses supply
the Hitch/SCV control unit with power. NOT OK: Replace fuses.
If problem continues,
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=447
2 CCD Network Perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.) OK: All systems function.
Diagnosis Code does not return,
Diagnostics complete.

211
repair and recall codes.
CCU
See Recall, Record and
,114
Clear Codes (Reference
245-05-001). Diagnosis
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=448
CCU 120 — Control Unit Fault
CCU 120 is stored when an internal control unit failure

211
occurs. CCU
,115
OURX908,0000421 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Control Unit Fault NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Diagnosis
245-05-001). completed.
Replace control unit, access CCU Address 20, Engine Speed Sensor Configuration
and perform full calibration of CCU. See CCU Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=449

211
CCU occurs.
,116
OURX908,0000422 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001). completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=450

211
occurs. CCU
,117
OURX908,0000423 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001). completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=451

211
CCU occurs.
,118
OURX908,0000424 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001). completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=452
Group ECU
ECU Code Diagnostics
Mechanical Failure
211
This service code is equivalent to Level 9 ECU - DTC ECU
000651.07. 1
NOTE: Refer to schematics that are tractor specific for

circuit numbers.
• 220-10-001 Engine Cooling Operational Check.

• 220-15-001 Engine Coolant Quality Check.
• 220-15-002 Radiator and Radiator Cap Test.
• 220-15-003 Engine Oil Pressure Test.
• 220-15-004 Viscous Fan Drive Test.
• 220-15-010 Dynamometer Horsepower Test.
• 220-15-011 Engine Performance, Fuel/Boost
Tables.
• 240-25-011aElectronic Engine Control Unit
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
• 240-25-011b Electronic Engine Control Unit
Schematic (SE10b) (9120).
• 240-25-019 SE1 Power Supply, Starting and
Charging System Circuits (—009999).
Charging System Circuits (010001—).
• 240-25-028 Chassis Harness.
• 245-ECU-001 ECU Addresses.
• 245-ECU-300 ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
• 220-10-002 Distinguishing Engine Control Units
(ECUs).
For Level 9ECU, see CTM255 (8.1L Diesel Engines Level

9 Electronic Fuel Systems), Level 9 ECU - DTC
000651.07 for service code diagnosis.
JW67297,0000192 –19–28JUN04–1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-ECU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=453
ECU 013 — Throttle #1 Input High
This service code is equivalent to Level 9 ECU - DTC

211
ECU 000091.03 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000091.03.
2

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

For Level 6 ECU, see CTM188 (10.5L and 12.5L Diesel

Engines Level 6 Electronic Fuel Systems), Level 6 ECU -
DTC 000091.03 for service code diagnosis.
JW67297,0000193 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=454
ECU 014 — Throttle #1 Input Low

211
000091.04 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000091.04. ECU
3

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,0000194 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=455
ECU 015 — Throttle #1 Abnormal Pulse

Width
211
ECU This service code is equivalent to Level 9 ECU - DTC
4 000091.08 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000091.08.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,0000195 –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=456

JW67297,0000195 –19–28JUN04–2/2 211

ECU
5
122106
PN=457

Mechanical Failure
211
6 000652.07.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,0000196 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=458
ECU 021 — Manifold Air Pressure Input

Voltage High
211
This service code is equivalent to ECU - DTC 000102.03. ECU
7

circuit numbers.

Tables.
• 240-25-011a Electronic Engine Control Unit
Schematic (SE10).
• 240-25-011b SE10b Electronic Engine Control
Unit (ECU) (9120 only) Schematic.
• 240-25-019 SE1 Power, Starting and Charging
System Circuits (—009999).
Charging Systems Circuits (010001—).
• 245-ECU-300 ECU Circuit Wiring Diagram.
(9120).
(ECUs).
For Level 9 ECU, see CTM255 (8.1L Diesel Engines

Level 9 Electronic Fuel Systems), Level 9 ECU - DTC

HP51992,0000D9C –19–10JUL03–1/1
122106
PN=459
ECU 022 — Manifold Air Pressure Input

Voltage Low
211
ECU This service code is equivalent to ECU - DTC 000102.04.
8

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10).
(9120).
(ECUs).


HP51992,0000D9D –19–10JUL03–1/1
122106
PN=460
ECU 023 — Manifold Air Temperature Input

Voltage High
211
000105.03 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000105.03. 9

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

122106
PN=461

211 JW67297,0000197 –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
10
122106
PN=462
ECU 024 — Manifold Air Temperature Input

Voltage Low
211
000105.04 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000105.04. 11

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

122106
PN=463

211 JW67297,0000199 –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
12
122106
PN=464

Input Voltage High
211
000110.03 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000110.03. 13

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,000019A –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=465

211 JW67297,000019A –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
14
122106
PN=466

Input Voltage Low
211
000110.04 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000110.04. 15

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,000019B –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=467

211 JW67297,000019B –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
16
122106
PN=468
ECU 027 — Fuel Supply Pressure Input

Voltage High
211
000094.03. 17

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,000019C –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=469
ECU 028 — ECU Error
This service code is equivalent to ECU - DTC

211
ECU 000629.12,13.
18

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10).
(9120).
(ECUs).


HP51992,0000D9E –19–10JUL03–1/1
122106
PN=470
ECU 029 — Fuel Supply Pressure Input

Voltage Low
211
000094.04. 19

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,000019D –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=471

Mechanical Failure
211
20 000653.07.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,000019E –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=472
ECU 031 — Cylinder #1 EUI Circuit Open

211
21

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,000019F –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=473

211
22

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001A1 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=474

211
23

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001A2 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=475

211
24

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001A0 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=476

211
25

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001A3 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=477

211
26

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001A4 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=478
ECU 037 — Fuel Temperature Input Voltage

High
211
000174.03 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000174.03. 27

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,00001A5 –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=479

211 JW67297,00001A5 –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
28
122106
PN=480
ECU 038 — Fuel Temperature Input Voltage

Low
211
000174.04 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000174.04. 29

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

122106
PN=481

211 JW67297,00001A6 –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
30
122106
PN=482

Mechanical Failure
211
000654.07. 31

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001A7 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=483
ECU 041 — Crank Position Input Missing

211
32

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001A8 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=484
ECU 042 — Crank Position Input

Noise/Pattern Error
211
000637.02 or 000637.10 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 33
000637.02 or 000637.10.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

000637.02 or Level 9 ECU - DTC 000637.10 for service
code diagnosis.
122106
PN=485

DTC 000637.02 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000637.10 for
service code diagnosis.
211 JW67297,00001A9 –19–28JUN04–2/2
ECU
34
122106
PN=486
ECU 043 — Pump Position Sensor Input or

Cam Position Input Missing
211
000636.08 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000636.08. 35

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,00001AA –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=487

211 JW67297,00001AA –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
36
122106
PN=488
ECU 044 — Cam Position Input Noise or

Pattern Error
211
000636.02 or 000636.10 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 37
000636.02 or 000636.10.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

code diagnosis.
Continued on next page JW67297,00001AB –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=489

211 JW67297,00001AB –19–28JUN04–2/2
ECU
38
122106
PN=490
ECU 045 — ECU/Pump Timing or Crank

Position/Cam Position Out of Sync
211
000637.07 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000637.07. 39

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,00001AC –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=491

211 JW67297,00001AC –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
40
122106
PN=492
ECU 050 — Fuel Rail Pressure Input Voltage

High
211
000094.03. 41

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001AE –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=493
ECU 051 — Fuel Rail Pressure Input Voltage

Low
211
42 000094.04.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420 and
9520).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001AF –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=494
ECU 057 — Fuel Supply Pressure Moderately

Low
211
000094.18. 43

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001B1 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=495
ECU 058 — Fuel Supply Pressure Extremely

Low
211
44 000094.01.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001B2 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=496
ECU 059 — Fuel Supply Pressure Moderately

High
211
000094.16. 45

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001B3 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=497

Mechanical Failure
211
46 000656.07.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001B4 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=498

Moderately High
211
000110.16 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000110.16. 47

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,00001B5 –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=499

211 JW67297,00001B5 –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
48
122106
PN=500

Extremely High
211
000110.00 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000110.00. 49

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

122106
PN=501

211 JW67297,00001B6 –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
50
122106
PN=502
ECU 066 — Manifold Air Temperature

Moderately High
211
000105.16 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000105.16. 51

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

122106
PN=503

211 JW67297,00001B7 –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
52
122106
PN=504
ECU 068 — Fuel Derate

211
001569.31 ECU
53

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).

Engines Level 6 Electronic Fuel Systems), 001569.31 for
HP51992,0000F28 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=505

Mechanical Failure
211
54 000655.07.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001B8 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=506
ECU 071 — Fuel Rail Pressure Loss Detected

211
000094.10. ECU
55

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001B9 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=507
ECU 072 — Fuel Rail Pressure Not

Developed
211
56 000094.17.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001BA –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=508
ECU 073 — Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

Supply Voltage High
211
001080.03. 57

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001BB –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=509
ECU 074 — Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

Supply Voltage Low
211
58 001080.04.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001BC –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=510
ECU 075 — Water In Fuel Detected

211
59

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001BD –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=511
ECU 076 — Water in Fuel Signal Voltage

High or Low
211
60 000097.03 or 000097.04 or Level 6 ECU - DTC
000097.03 or 000097.04.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

code diagnosis.
Continued on next page JW67297,00001BE –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=512

JW67297,00001BE –19–28JUN04–2/2 211
ECU
61
122106
PN=513
ECU 077 — Pump Control Valve #1 Error

211
ECU 001347.05.
62

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001BF –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=514
ECU 078 — Fuel Rail Pressure Control Error

211
001347.07. ECU
63

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001C0 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=515
ECU 079 — Pump Control Valve #2 Error

211
ECU 001348.05.
64

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001C1 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=516
ECU 080 — Fuel Temperature High

Moderately Severe
211
000174.16. 65

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001C2 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=517
ECU 084 — ECU Power Down Error

211
66

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001C3 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=518
ECU 088 — Pump Control Valve #1 Fuel Flow

Not Detected
211
001347.10. 67

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001C4 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=519
ECU 089 — Pump Control Valve #2 Fuel Flow

Not Detected
211
68 001348.10.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001C5 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=520
ECU 090 — Fuel Rail Pressure Higher Than

Expected
211
000094.13. 69

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10).
(9120).
(ECUs).


HP51992,0000D9F –19–10JUL03–1/1
122106
PN=521
ECU 091 — Cylinder #1 EUI Circuit Shorted

211
70

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001C6 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=522

211
71

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001C7 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=523

211
72

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001C8 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=524
This service code is equivalent to Level 9 ECU -

211
DTC000654.06 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000654.06. ECU
73

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001C9 –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=525
This service code is equivalent to Level 9 ECU -

211
ECU DTC000655.06 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000655.06.
74

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001CA –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=526

211
75

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).


JW67297,00001CB –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=527
ECU 097 — Electronic Injector Supply

Voltage Problem
211
76 000627.01.

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

JW67297,00001CC –19–28JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=528
ECU 098 — Electronic Injector Wiring

Shorted to Power Source
211
000611.03 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000611.03. 77

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,00001CD –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=529

211 JW67297,00001CD –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
78
122106
PN=530
ECU 099 — Electronic Injector Wiring

Shorted to Ground
211
000611.04 or Level 6 ECU - DTC 000611.04. 79

circuit numbers.

Tables.
Schematic (SE10) (9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and
9620).
(9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620).
(9120).
(ECUs).

Continued on next page JW67297,00001CE –19–28JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=531

211 JW67297,00001CE –19–28JUN04–2/2

ECU
80
122106
PN=532
Group HCU
HCU Code Diagnostics
Specifications
CCU Address 07
211
HCU
Oil Reservoir Level Switch Oil Level Low “000” 1
Oil Level Normal “001”
HCU Address 03
Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch Switch at “Raise” UP

Switch at “Lower” dn
Switch at “Center” OFF
HCU Address 05
Draft Sensor Voltage 1.9—2.1 V
HCU Address 06
Hitch Load/Depth Control In detent (CCW) “000”

Left to Right range “001”—”010”
HCU Address 07
Hitch Control Lever In Transport Lock “000”

Back to Front range “001”—”010”
HCU Address 08
Hitch Position Feedback Sensor Low End Voltage (in Transport Lock) 0.5—2.0 V
High End Voltage (Hitch full down) 3.0—4.5 V
HCU Address 09
Raise Limit Control Lower Limit (CCW) “000”

Upper Limit (CW) “010”
HCU Address 10
Rate-of-Drop Control Slow rate (CCW) “000”

Fast rate (CW) “010”
Continued on next page RW39137,000045A –19–18APR02–1/2
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-HCU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=533
HCU Address 11
External Raise/Lower Switch Switch at “Raise” “010”

211
HCU Switch at “Lower” “001”
2 Switch at Center “001”
HCU Address 12
External Raise/Lower Switch Switch at “Raise” “001”

Switch at “Lower” “010”
Switch at Center “001”
HCU Address 13
Sensor Supply Voltage 4.8—5.2 V
HCU Address 17
Raise/Lower Rocker Switch “Raise” position “110”—“199”

Center “Off” position “000”
HCU Address 17
Raise/Lower Rocker Switch “Lower” position “210”—”299”

Center “Off” position “000”
HCU Address 18
Battery Voltage Voltage 8.0—17.5 V ±1
Solenoid Coil Circuit (through coil)
Coil Circuit Resistance 3.0—6.0 ohm
RW39137,000045A –19–18APR02–2/2
122106
PN=534
HCU 022 — HCU Supply Voltage Fault
HCU Service Code 022 is stored when the 12 volt supply

211
to the Control Unit is insufficient to power the system. HCU
3
OUO1052,0000055 –19–27NOV02–1/1
• HCU Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-HCU-200.)

• Power, Starting and Charging Circuits (SE1) (See Reference 240-25-002.)
• General Reference List (See Reference 210-15-001.)
– – –1/1
1 Voltage Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Voltage reading is
245-05-001.) correct.
Access HCU Address 18 to read the HCU System Voltage present at the HCU/SCU NOT OK: Circuit
control units from the ELX relay. See Access Control Unit Addresses (Reference problem(s) were found
245-05-002). and corrected.
The voltage reading should be:
HCU Address 18—Specification

Battery Voltage—Voltage .......................................................................... 8.0—17.5 V ±1
If three dashes (- - -) are displayed, the voltage is not within the acceptable range.
If the voltage is not correct, check:
• The condition of fuses F5 and F6.

• The 48-way (18 and 30) connector to be free of corrosion, and all wires
well-crimped.
• Battery voltage should be found on pins X830-2B1 (circuit 802) and X830-1E1
(circuit 832) of the connector with key switch in RUN position.
• Continuity of ground wire (circuit 050) from pins X830-2A1 and X830-1D1 of the
connector to ground.
• Battery condition and charge (See Battery Inspection, Reference 240-15-003).
• If no display is present, check:
– Condition of fuse F10
– Turn signal control circuit. See Radio, Dome Lamp, and Multi-Function Switch
Circuits (SE4) (—009999), Reference 240-25-005 or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome
Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), Reference
240-25-045.
– CCD communication circuits 924 and 925 (See CCD Communication Network,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=535
HCU 027 — Calibration Incomplete
HCU Service Code 027 is stored if a sensor or valve is

211
HCU not properly calibrated during the calibration process.
4
OUO1052,0000056 –19–07AUG03–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check for Related NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No related codes.
Codes 245-05-001.) Calibration completed.
Only proper calibration will clear this Service Code. A related code should also be NOT OK: Related codes
stored which would indicate which specific sensor or valve caused the fault. found and corrected.
Calibration completed.
Excessive leakage within the hitch valve will prevent a valid calibration and result in
code HCU 027 being stored.
1. Clear the HCU codes, recall and record all codes which reappear. See Recall,
Record and Clear Codes (Reference 245-05-001).
2. Perform the appropriate test procedure(s) for the displayed codes and make repairs
as necessary. See Service Code Descriptions (Reference 245-05-003).
3. Calibrate the HCU. Even if a fault is corrected, the code will return until a
successful calibration has been completed. Access HCU Address 20 and perform
HCU Calibration (Reference 245-HCU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=536
HCU 028 — HCU Not Calibrated
HCU Service Code 028 is stored if a calibration has failed

211
or if the HCU has never been calibrated. An HCU from HCU
service parts will have this code stored because it has 5
never been calibrated.
OUO1052,0000057 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Code Information NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Calibration
245-05-001.) completed.
An HCU that is not calibrated will provide hitch control only when using the raise/lower NOT OK: Control unit has
rocker switch or external raise/lower switch, not with the hitch control lever. been replaced.
If an HCU has been operating normally and “loses” it’s calibration, attempt to
recalibrate the control unit. If the code (HCU 028) returns, replace the control unit.
Access HCU Address 20 and perform HCU Calibration (in Reference 245-HCU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=537
HCU 029 — Calibration Recall
HCU Service Code 029 indicates that HCU Address 20

211
HCU was accessed for less than 30 seconds.
6
OUO1052,0000058 –19–27NOV02–1/1

• Hitch Control Unit (HCU) System (See Reference 270-20-001.)
– – –1/1
1 Calibration Data NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Code has cleared.
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Calibration
If access to HCU Address 20 lasts for longer than 30 seconds, calibration data may be problem(s) found and
lost and a complete calibration procedure must be performed. corrected.
The code can also appear if the HCU calibration data, only, was needed. After
accessing Address 20, the data will display after pulling the “Diag” fuse, F10.
Access HCU Address 20 and perform HCU Calibration in HCU Addresses,

Reference 245-HCU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=538
HCU 040 — Valve Harness Connections

Invalid
211
This code may be set if the tractor has been improperly HCU
configured for hitch valve type. Other faults may occur if 7
problems exist in the valve’s solenoid circuitry.
OUO1052,0000059 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Valve Type Display NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Configuration is
245-05-001.) correct.
Access HCU Address 22 to confirm Valve Type (HCU) for the tractor. GO TO 2 .
The display should read: NOT OK: If the display is

not correct, check HCU
22 Address 86-87 for HCU
002 Software Version Number
of 15 or higher. If revision
level is lower than 15,
replace the HCU and
calibrate the control unit.
– – –1/1
2 Solenoid Circuit Access HCU Address 17 to display Rear Hitch Raise/Lower Valve Commands. OK: Solenoid and circuits
Checks test “good”. An internal
HCU Address 17—Specification valve problem is
Raise/Lower Rocker Switch—Raise indicated.
position .......................................................................................................... “110”—“199”
Center “off” position ................................................................................................... “000” NOT OK: Repairs have
been completed. Access
The display should return to “000” when released. HCU Address 20 and
perform HCU Calibration
in Reference
245-HCU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=539
HCU 041 — Pressure Valve Solenoid Circuit

Fault
211
HCU HCU Service Code 041 is stored during the calibration
8 procedure. Some hydromechanical failures may cause a
fault code to be stored and appear to be an
electrical/electronic failure. Hydromechanical faults consist
of valves stuck open or closed, excessive leakage, or
mechanical failures such as a broken spring. These
failures can cause an invalid calibration code (HCU 027)
to be stored.
OUO1052,000005A –19–27NOV02–1/1
NOTE: Hitch valve faults can be either electrical or hydromechanical failures. Only electrical/electronic valve circuit
faults can be detected by the HCU and will consist of “open” or “shorted” circuits.

• Selective Control Valve (SCV) (See Reference 270-20-008.)
• Hitch/SCV System ISO Diagram (See Reference 270-25-003.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=540
1 HCU Address 17 NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Solenoid and circuits
Reading 245-05-001.) test “good”. An internal
valve problem is
HCU Address 17 can be used to verify the output from the HCU to the “pressure” and indicated.
“return” valves by displaying three digits.
NOT OK: Repairs have
211
• The hundreds digit represents the valve (1= pressure, 2= return). been completed. Access
HCU
• The tens and ones digits represent the valve command (10-99, e.g. “151” indicates HCU Address 20 and
9
pressure valve command 51) perform HCU Calibration
• “000” indicates that no valve command has been detected. in Reference
• A dash, “-”, indicates a valve, or other fault, is preventing a valve output. 245-HCU-001.
Access HCU Address 17 to display, Rear Hitch Raise/Lower Valve Commands in

HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.

Raise/Lower Rocker Switch—“Raise”
position .......................................................................................................... “110”—”199”
Center “Off” position .................................................................................................. “000”
The display should return to “000” when released.
Solenoid Coil Circuit (through coil)—Specification

Coil Circuit—Resistance .............................................................................. 3.0—6.0 ohm
Consult 9020 series repair manual, TM1623, for valve information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=541
HCU 042 — Return Valve Solenoid Circuit

Fault
211
HCU HCU Service Code 042 during the calibration procedure.
10 Some hydromechanical failures may cause a fault code to
be stored and appear to be an electrical/electronic failure.
Hydromechanical faults consist of valves stuck open or
closed, excessive leakage, or mechanical failures such as
a broken spring. These failures can cause an invalid
calibration code (HCU 027) to be stored.
OUO1052,000005B –19–27NOV02–1/1

• Hitch Control Unit (HCU) System (See Reference 270-20-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=542
valve problem is
211
HCU
11
return valve command 51) perform HCU Calibration


Raise/Lower Rocker Switch—“Lower”
position .......................................................................................................... “210”—”299”

– – –1/1
122106
PN=543
HCU 043 — Pressure Valve Calibration Fault
HCU Service Code 043 will be stored if the HCU was

211
HCU unable to assign a valve preload setting because of valve
12 or hydraulic failure. During the calibration procedure some
hydromechanical failures may cause a fault code to be
stored and appear to be an electrical/electronic failure.
OUO1052,000005C –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=544
valve problem is
211
HCU
13
pressure valve command 51) perform HCU Calibration,


Raise/Lower Rocker Switch—“Raise”
position .......................................................................................................... “110”—”199”

– – –1/1
122106
PN=545
HCU 044 — Return Valve Calibration Fault
HCU Code 044 will be stored if the HCU was unable to

211
HCU assign a valve preload setting because of valve or
14 hydraulic failure. During the calibration procedure some
hydromechanical failures may cause a fault code to be
stored and appear to be an electrical/electronic failure.
OUO1052,000005D –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=546
Reading 245-05-001). test “good”. An internal
valve problem is
211
HCU
15
return valve command 51) perform HCU Calibration,


Raise/Lower Rocker Switch—“Lower”
position ............................................................................................................... 210—299
Center “Off” position .................................................................................................... 000

– – –1/1
122106
PN=547
HCU 045 — Sensor Power Fault
HCU Service Code is stored if the excitation voltage for

211
HCU the sensors does not fall within the operating range.
16
OUO1052,000005E –19–27NOV02–1/1

• Seven Step Electrical Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009.)
– – –1/1
1 Sensor Voltage Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Sensor voltage is
245-05-001.) correct.
Access HCU Address 13 to display Rear Hitch Sensor Supply Voltage in HCU NOT OK: Circuit
Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001. (See Access Control Unit Addresses, problem(s) found and
Reference 245-05-002. With the key switch ON and the engine OFF, the voltage corrected.
reading displayed should be:

Sensor Supply—Voltage .................................................................................. 4.8—5.2 V
Since the code was stored, an intermittent circuit may be indicated. Gently tug at the
HCU harness, the draft sensor harness, and the Hitch Position feedback sensor
harness. If he warning horn “beeps”, a harness or connector fault is indicated.
If voltage is not in range, check for “shorts”, “opens”, and ground on sensor circuits
873 (5 V sensor power) and 871 (5V sensor ground). If circuits are correct, an HCU
internal problem may exist.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=548
HCU 049 — Raise/Lower Rocker Switch

Circuit Fault
211
HCU Service Code 049 is stored if the rocker switch or HCU
the switch circuits show a fault. 17
OUO1052,000005F –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Hitch Raise/Lower NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Switch tested
Rocker Switch Test 245-05-001.) correctly. An intermittent
switch or circuit problem
Access HCU Address 03 and perform the Rear Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch may still exist.
Status test, in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.
NOT OK: Circuit
HCU Address 03—Specification problems were found and
Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch— corrected.
Switch at “Raise” .......................................................................................................... UP
Switch at “Lower” .......................................................................................................... dn
Switch at “Center” ...................................................................................................... OFF
– – –1/1
122106
PN=549
HCU 050 — Control Unit Fault
HCU Service Code 050 is stored if an electronic fault

211
HCU within the control unit was registered.
18
OUO1052,0000060 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Perform HCU NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Calibration
Calibration 245-05-001). completed.
If this code is stored, an attempt may be made to calibrate the HCU. If the attempt NOT OK: Control unit has
fails replace the control unit. Then access HCU Address 20 and perform HCU been replaced.
Calibration in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001. Calibration completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=550
HCU 052 — Hitch Draft Sensor Circuit Fault
HCU Service Code 052 is stored if a problem was

211
detected within the draft sensor, the sensor circuits, or HCU
due to sensor misadjustment. 19
OUO1052,0000061 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Draft Sensor Test NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Sensor tests “good”.
245-05-001).
NOT OK: Circuit
Access HCU Address 05 and perform the Rear Hitch Draft Sensor Voltage test in problems were found and
HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001. corrected. Calibration
completed.
Draft Sensor—Voltage ..................................................................................... 1.9—2.1 V
Correct circuit problems as required and calibrate control unit.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=551
HCU 053 — Hitch Load/Depth Control Circuit

Fault
211
HCU HCU Service Code 053 is stored if: Communication from
20 the ACU to the HCU has failed; the control potentiometer
has failed or the control was not moved during an HCU
calibration.
OUO1052,0000062 –19–27NOV02–1/1
NOTE: If an HCU 027 code was also stored, calibrate the HCU before performing the following test. Access HCU
Address 20 and perform HCU Calibration in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.

– – –1/1
1 Hitch Load/Depth NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Control tested
Control Potentiometer 245-05-001.) correctly.
Test
Access HCU Address 06 and perform the Rear Hitch Load/Depth Control Voltage NOT OK: Circuit
test in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001. problems were found and
corrected.
Hitch Load/Depth Control—In detent
(CCW) ........................................................................................................................ “000”
Left to Right range ........................................................................................ “001”—”010”
Following the test, recall and record codes. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes,
Reference 245-05-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=552
HCU 054 — Hitch Control Lever Circuit Fault
HCU Service Code 054 is stored if: Communication from

211
the ACU to the HCU has failed; the control potentiometer HCU
has failed or the control was not moved during an HCU 21
calibration.
OUO1052,0000063 –19–27NOV02–1/1
NOTE: HCU Service Code 054 is stored if:
If an HCU 027 code was also stored, calibrate the HCU before performing the following test. Access HCU Address
20 and perform HCU Calibration in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001. (See Recall, Record and Clear
Codes, Reference 245-05-001.)

– – –1/1
1 Hitch Control Lever NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Control tested
Potentiometer Test 245-05-001.) correctly.
Access HCU Address 07 and perform the Rear Hitch Control Lever Voltage test in NOT OK: Circuit
HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001. problems were found and
corrected.
Hitch Control Lever—In Transport Lock ................................................................... “000”
Back to Front range ...................................................................................... “001”—”010”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=553
HCU 055 — Hitch Position Sensor Circuit

Fault
211
HCU HCU Service Code 055 is stored if there is a fault in the
22 sensor, sensor circuits, or damaged/misadjusted sensor
linkage.
OUO1052,0000064 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Hitch Position NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Sensor tests “good”.
Feedback Sensor 245-05-001). If problem continues,
Test access HCU Address 20
Access HCU Address 08 and perform the Rear Hitch Position Sensor Voltage or and perform HCU
SCU CAL Pressure Switch Voltage w/o Hitch test in HCU Addresses, Reference Calibration in Reference
245-HCU-001. 245-HCU-001.
HCU Address 08—Specification NOT OK: Circuit

Hitch Position Feedback Sensor—Low problems were found and
End Voltage (in Transport Lock) ...................................................................... 0.5—2.0 V corrected.
High End Voltage (Hitch full down) .................................................................. 3.0—4.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=554
HCU 056 — Hitch Raise Limit Control Circuit

Fault
211
HCU Service Code 056 is stored if: Communication from HCU
the ACU to the HCU has failed; the control potentiometer 23
calibration.
OUO1052,0000065 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Raise Limit Control NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Control tested
Potentiometer Test 245-05-001). correctly.
If an HCU 027 code was also stored, calibrate the HCU before performing the NOT OK: Circuit
following test. Access HCU Address 20 and perform HCU Calibration, in HCU problems were found and
Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.) corrected.
Access HCU Address 09 and perform the Rear Hitch Raise Limit Control Voltage
test, in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.

Raise Limit Control—Lower Limit (CCW) ................................................................. “000”
Upper Limit (CW) ...................................................................................................... “010”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=555
HCU 057 — Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control

Circuit Fault
211
HCU HCU Service Code 057 is stored if: Communication from
24 the ACU to the HCU has failed; the control potentiometer
calibration.
OUO1052,0000066 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Rate-of-Drop Control NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Control tested
Potentiometer Test 245-05-001.) correctly.
If an HCU 027 code was also stored, calibrate the HCU before performing the NOT OK: Circuit
following test. Access HCU Address 20 and perform HCU Calibration in HCU problems were found and
Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.) corrected.
Access HCU Address 10 and perform the Rear Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control Voltage
test in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.

Rate-of-Drop Control—Slow rate (CCW) .................................................................. “000”
Fast rate (CW) ........................................................................................................... “010”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=556
HCU 058 — External Raise/Lower Switch

Circuit Fault
211
HCU Service Code 058 is stored if the external switch or HCU
circuits for the hitch raise/lower functions indicate a fault. 25
OUO1052,0000067 –19–27NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 External Raise/Lower NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Control tested
Switch Test 245-05-001.) correctly.
This test will be performed at two different HCU Addresses (11 and 12). NOT OK: Circuit
problems were found and
Access HCU Address 11 and perform the Rear Hitch External Switch-Raise corrected.
Function test in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.

External Raise/Lower Switch—Switch at
“Raise” ....................................................................................................................... “010”
Switch at “Lower” ...................................................................................................... “001”
Switch at Center ........................................................................................................ “001”
Access HCU Address 12 and perform the Rear Hitch External Switch-Lower
Function test in HCU Addresses, Reference 245-HCU-001.

External Raise/Lower Switch—Switch at
“Raise” ....................................................................................................................... “001”
Switch at “Lower” ...................................................................................................... “010”
Switch at Center ........................................................................................................ “001”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=557
HCU 060 — HCU CCD Bus Fault
HCU Service Code 060 indicates that the HCU has not
211
HCU received expected communication information from the
26 ACU (e.g. hitch lever potentiometer position, raise/lower
rocker switch inputs, etc.).
OUO1052,0000068 –19–27NOV02–1/1

• CCD Network Diagnosis (See Reference 245-05-005.)
– – –1/1
1 Check Control Unit NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Control unit and
245-05-001.) circuits are “good”.
1. Access diagnostic mode to recall codes and select the HCU control unit. Clear the NOT OK: Circuit
codes when “END” is displayed. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, Reference problems found and
245-05-001. corrected.
2. If the HCU codes cannot be cleared, check for code CCU 95. If it is also stored, a
problem with the ACU is indicated.
3. Check the battery voltage circuit through fuse F3 and circuit 932.
4. Check the ACU ground (circuit 050).
5. Check the CCD Network Circuits. (See Reference 245-05-005.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=558
HCU 090 — Hitch Raise Disabled Due to Low

Oil Level
211
HCU Service Code 090 is stored when the oil level sensor HCU
in the clean oil reservoir indicates that hydraulic fluid level 27
is low.
OUO1052,0000069 –19–27NOV02–1/1

• Hydraulic Oil Reservoir (See Reference 270-20-002.)
• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), See Reference 245-CCU-300b).
– – –1/1
1 Check Oil Level NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Oil level has been
245-05-001.) adjusted.
Related codes which may be present are CCU 024 and CCU 061. NOT OK: Problem in
level switch or circuits is
1. Check the hydraulic fluid level and add oil to the correct level as necessary. indicated.
2. If the fluid level is correct, access CCU Address 07 and perform Hydraulic Oil
Level Switch Status Test. See Axle Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level
Switch Status in CCU Addresses, Reference 245-CCU-001.

Oil Reservoir Level Switch—Oil Level
Low ............................................................................................................................ “000”
Oil Level Normal ........................................................................................................ “001”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=559
211
HCU
28
122106
PN=560
Group ICU
ICU Code Diagnostics
ICU 094 — Membrane Switch Stuck
ICU 094 indicates a touch switch is stuck on the vehicle

211
monitor panel. ICU
1
OURX949,0000275 –19–16NOV01–1/1
• Instrument Control Unit (ICU) Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-ICU-200).

• ICU Circuit Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-ICU-300).
– – –1/1
1 Recall Codes NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No Codes stored,
245-05-001.) ICU 094 code does not
return, diagnosis
There is no test procedure for this code. completed.
NOT OK: ICU 094 code

returns, inspect touch
switches for stuck switch.
If condition cannot be
corrected replace ICU
control unit. Access ICU
Address 08, Field Cruise
Control Factor and
perform full calibration.
See ICU Addresses,
(Reference 245-ICU-001).
NOT OK: Other codes

stored. Record and
diagnose using diagnostic
procedure for that code.
– – –1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-ICU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=561
ICU 095 — ICU CCD Bus Fault
ICU 095 indicates ICU not receiving communication data

211
ICU from CCD bus.
2
OURX949,0000276 –19–02AUG02–1/1
• CCD Communication Network Theory (See Reference 245-05-200).

– – –1/1
1 CCD Network NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: All systems function
Diagnosis 245-05-001.) correctly. Code does not
return, diagnosis
Perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.) completed.
NOT OK: Test isolated

problem. Repair as
needed, Recall, Record
and Clear Codes, (See
Reference 245-05-001). If
code does not return,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=562
ICU 096 — Air Brake Pressure Low
ICU 096 indicates low air brake pressure.

211
ICU
3
OURX949,0000277 –19–02AUG02–1/1
NOTE: Air brake pressure switch is used on European tractors only.

– – –1/1
1 Air Brake Pressure NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Repairs made, code
Switch Test 245-05-001.) does not return.
Diagnosis complete.
Access ICU Address 06 and perform Air Brake Pressure Switch Test. See ICU
Addresses, (Reference 245-ICU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=563
ICU 099 — ICU Memory Fault
ICU 099 indicates that the memory in the ICU has failed.
211
ICU
4
OURX949,0000278 –19–02AUG02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Recall Codes NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No codes stored.
245-05-001.) ICU 099 code does not
return, diagnosis
There is no test procedure for this code. completed.
NOT OK: ICU 099 code

returns. Access ICU
Control Factor and
(See Reference
245-ICU-001.)
NOT OK: ICU code 099

returns after calibration.
Replace ICU, access ICU
Control Factor and
(See Reference
245-ICU-001.)
NOT OK: Other Codes

stored. Record and
diagnose using diagnostic
procedure for that code.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=564
Group JDL
JDL Code Diagnostics
JdL 001 — Control Unit Configuration and
Machine PIN Conflict
211
This service code is equivalent to JdL 298887.31. This JDL
procedure provides supporting information to troubleshoot 1
a JdL code 298887.31 Control Unit Configuration and
Machine PIN Conflict problem.
HP51992,0000E23 –19–02MAR04–1/1
NOTE: The following list of subjects and information details have been provided in the 9020 series tractor manual
to help repair technicians resolve faults which may occur with the AMS JDLINK™ feature. This subject matter is
located in Section 246B of this manual.
• Reference 246b-10a-001, Accessing Diagnostic Addresses and Codes

• Reference 246b-10b-001, JDLINK™ Messenger Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 246b-10c-001, Diagnostic Addresses By Controller
• Reference 246b-15a-001, Theory of Operation
• Reference 246b-15a-002, Connector Locations
• Reference 246b-15a-003, Electrical Schematic
JDLINK is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
1 JDLINK™ System For JDLINK™ codes, see JDLINK™ Messenger Diagnostic Trouble Codes, OK: Diagnostics
Code Check (Reference 246b-10b-001). Perform JDLINK™ Machine Messenger Diagnostics Test. completed.
(See Reference 246b-15a-004.)
– – –1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-JDL-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=565
JdL 002 — Control Unit Power Limit

Exceeded
211
JDL This service code is equivalent to JdL 298886.31. This
2 procedure provides supporting information to troubleshoot
a JdL code 298886.31 Control Unit Power Limit Exceeded
problem.
HP51992,0000E24 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=566
JdL 003 — Control Unit Memory Capacity

Exceeded
211
a JdL code 298885.31 Control Unit Memory Capacity
Exceeded problem.
HP51992,0000E25 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=567
JdL 004 — CCD Bus Fault
This service code is equivalent to JdL 298884.31. This

211
JDL procedure provides supporting information to troubleshoot
4 a JdL code 298884.31 CCD Bus Fault problem.
HP51992,0000E26 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=568
JdL 005 — CAN Bus Fault

211
procedure provides supporting information to troubleshoot JDL
a JdL code 298883.31 CAN Bus Fault problem. 5
HP51992,0000E27 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=569
JdL 006 — Control Unit Voltage Low

211
6 a JdL code 001542.04 Control Unit Voltage Low problem.
HP51992,0000E33 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=570
JdL 007 — Control Unit Fault

211
a JdL code 000629.12 Control Unit Fault problem. 7
HP51992,0000E35 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=571
JdL 008 — Invalid Time/Date

211
8 a JdL code 000964.13 Invalid Time/Date problem.
HP51992,0000E34 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=572
JdL 010 — Machine Data Configuration Fault

1
211
a JdL code 298876.31 Machine Data Configuration Fault
1 problem.
HP51992,0000E2E –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=573

2
211
2 problem.
HP51992,0000E2F –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=574

3
211
3 problem.
HP51992,0000E30 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=575

4
211
4 problem.
HP51992,0000E31 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=576

5
211
5 problem.
HP51992,0000E32 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=577
JdL 015 — Calibration Memory Fault

211
14 a JdL code 299630.12 Calibration Memory Fault.
HP51992,0000D97 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=578
Jdl 016 — GPS Not Available

211
a Jdl code 299613.31 Data Download Fault problem. 15
HP51992,0000D9A –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=579
JdL 017 — GPS Fault

211
16 a JdL code 299841.12 Data Download Fault problem.
HP51992,0000D99 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=580
JdL 018 — JdL CAN Error Limit Exceeded
This service code is equivalent to JdL 299639.14. his

211
a JdL code 299639.1 CAN Error Limit Exceeded problem. 17
HP51992,0000D98 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=581
JdL 050 — GPS Lock Fault
This service code is equivalent to JdL 298882.31. his

211
18 a JdL code 298882.31 GPS Lock Fault problem.
HP51992,0000E28 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=582
JdL 052 — GPS Lock Lost

211
a JdL code 298881.18 GPS Lock Lost problem. 19
HP51992,0000E29 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=583
JdL 054 — GPS Antenna/Cable Fault

211
20 a JdL code 299620.31 GPS Antenna/Cable Fault problem.
HP51992,0000E1B –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=584
JdL 060 — Call Unanswered

211
a JdL code 298880.31 Call Unanswered problem. 21
HP51992,0000E2A –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=585
JdL 063 — Call Disconnected

211
22 a JdL code 299616.31 Call Disconnected problem.
HP51992,0000E1F –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=586
JdL 064 — Cellular Signal Weak or No

Service
211
a JdL code 298879.31 Cellular Signal Weak or No Service
problem.
HP51992,0000E2B –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=587
JdL 065 — Cellular Data Bit Error Rate Too

High
211
a JdL code 299615.31 Cellular Data Bit Error Rate too
High problem.
HP51992,0000E20 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=588
JdL 066 — Cellular Personal Identification

Number Blocked
211
a JdL code 299619.31 Cellular Personal Identification
Number Blocked problem.
HP51992,0000E1C –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=589
JdL 067 — Communications Service

Identification Module Fault
211
a JdL code 299618.31 Communications Service
Identification Module Fault problem.
HP51992,0000E1D –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=590
JdL 068 — Line Busy

211
a JdL code 298878.31 Line Busy problem. 27
HP51992,0000E2C –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=591
JdL 069 — Data Exchange Fault

211
28 a JdL code 299617.31 Data Exchange Fault problem.
HP51992,0000E1E –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=592
JdL 070 — Modem Fault

211
a JdL code 298877.31 Modem Fault problem. 29
HP51992,0000E2D –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=593
JdL 071 — Data Upload Fault

211
30 a JdL code 299614.31 Data Upload Fault problem.
HP51992,0000E21 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=594
JdL 072 — Data Download Fault

211
a JdL code 299613.31 Data Download Fault problem. 31
HP51992,0000E22 –19–02MAR04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=595
211
JDL
32
122106
PN=596
Group PCU
PCU Code Diagnostics
NOTE: See CTM280, 18-Speed PST Operations, Test

and Diagnostics for more information.
211
Additional References: PCU
1
• PCU Diagnostic Code Descriptions (See
CTM280, 18-Speed PST Operations, Test and
Diagnostics).
• SE15, Powershift Transmission Control Unit
(PCU) Schematic (—009999), (See Reference
240-25-016b).
• PCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999), (See
Reference 245-PCU-300b).
• PCU Circuit Wiring Diagram(010001—011406),
(See Reference 245-PCU-300c).
• PCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (011408—), (See
Reference 245-PCU-300d).
• Radar, Central Control Unit Schematic (SE8)
(—009999), (See Reference 240-25-009).
• SE8 Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic,
(010001—), (See Reference 240-25-048).
• Armrest Control Unit (ACU) (SE14) (—009999),
• SE15 Powershift Transmission Control Unit
(PCU) (010001—), (See Reference
240-25-050).
• Armrest Control Unit (ACU) (SE14) (010001—),
OURX949,0000279 –19–27SEP05–1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-PCU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=597
211
PCU
2
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-PCU-2 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=598
Group SCo
SCo Code Diagnostics
Specifications
CCU Address 07
211
SCo
HCU Address 18
LHP Address 18
SCo Address 03
Implement Option Input Jumpers Normal SCV Mode “000”

Row Trak Mode “100”
SCo Address 04
Implement Option Input Without Jumper “000”

Jump Pin A to Pin G “001”
Jump Pin A to Pin H “010”
Jump Pin A to Pin J “100”
SCo Address 10
SCV No. 4 Control Float “000”

Forward Detent “001”
Mid-Forward “002”
Center-Off “003”
Mid-Rearward “004”
Rearward Detent “005”
Continued on next page RW39137,000045B –19–18APR02–1/2
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-SCo-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=599
SCo Address 11

211
SCo Forward Detent “001”
2 Mid-Forward “002”
SCo Address 16
SCV No. 4 Solenoid Command Rearward Detent “199”

SCo Address 17

SCo Address 22
Valve Type display Status code 002
RW39137,000045B –19–18APR02–2/2
122106
PN=600
SCo 022 — SCo Supply Voltage Fault
SCo Service Code 022 is stored when the 12 volt supply

211
to the Control Unit is insufficient to power the system. SCo
3
OUO1052,000006A –19–02AUG02–1/1
• SCo Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-SCo-200.)

• SCo Wiring Diagram (SE13) (See Reference 245-SCo-300.)
– – –1/1
245-05-001.) correct.
Access LHP Address 18 to read the SCo System Voltage present at the SCo control NOT OK: Problem(s)
unit. See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. were found and
corrected.
LHP Address 18—Specification

Battery Voltage—Voltage .......................................................................... 8.0—17.5 V ±1
• The condition of fuse F7.

• Battery voltage should be found on terminal A of F7 fuseholder.
• The 48-way, X860-2, and, X860-1, connector to be free of corrosion, and all wires
well-crimped.
• Battery voltage should be found on pin X860-2B1 (circuit 842) of the connector with
key switch in RUN position.
• Battery condition and charge. See Battery Inspection, Reference 240-15-003.
– Condition of fuse F10.
240-25-045.
– CCD communication circuits (924 and 925). See CCD Communication Network,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=601
SCo 027 — Calibration Incomplete
SCo Service Code 027 is stored if a valve is not properly

211
SCo calibrated during the calibration process.
4
OUO1052,000006B –19–07AUG03–1/1

– – –1/1
stored which would indicate which specific valve caused the fault. found and corrected.
1. Clear the SCo codes, recall and record all codes which reappear. It may be
necessary to operate the controls to cause the code(s) to return. See Recall,
Record and Clear Codes, Reference 245-05-001.
as necessary.
3. Calibrate the SCo. Even if a fault is corrected, the code will return until a successful
calibration has been completed. Access SCo Address 20 and perform SCo
Calibration in SCo Addresses, Reference 245-SCo-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=602
SCo 028 — SCo Not Calibrated
SCo Service Code 028 is stored if a calibration has failed

211
or if the SCV’s have never been calibrated. An SCo from SCo
service parts will have this code stored because it has 5
OUO1052,000006C –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.) completed.
An SCo that is not calibrated may provide SCV operation but calibration of the SCV’s NOT OK: Control unit has
will be required for optimum performance. been replaced.
If an SCo has been operating normally and “loses” it’s calibration, attempt to
recalibrate the control unit. If the code (SCo 028) returns, replace the control unit.
Access SCo Address 20 and perform SCo Calibration in SCo Addresses, Reference
245-SCo-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=603
SCo 029 — Calibration Recall
SCo Service Code 029 indicates that SCo Address 20

211
SCo was accessed for less than 30 seconds.
6
OUO1052,000006D –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Problem(s)
If access to SCo Address 20 lasts for longer than 30 seconds, calibration data may be found and corrected.
lost and a complete calibration procedure must be performed.
The code can also appear if the SCo calibration data, only, was needed. After
accessing SCo Address 20, the End of Calibration data (EOC) will display after pulling
the “Diag” fuse, F10.
Access SCo Address 20 and perform SCo Calibration in SCo Addresses, Reference
245-SCo-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=604
SCo 040 — Valve Harness Connections

Invalid
211
This code may be set if the tractor has been improperly SCo
configured for hitch valve type. Other faults may occur if 7
OUO1052,000006E –19–22AUG03–1/1
– – –1/1
245-05-001.) correct.
Access SCo Address 22 to confirm the correct Valve Type (SCo) for the tractor. See GO TO 2 .
SCo Addresses, Reference 245-SCo-001.
NOT OK: If the display is
The display should read: not correct, check SCo
Address 86-87 for SCo
002, 001, or 000 of 15 or higher. If revision
replace the SCo and
– – –1/1
2 Solenoid Circuit • To check SCV 4, access SCo Address 16 and perform SCV 4 Command Status OK: Solenoid and circuits
Checks Test in SCo Addresses, Reference 245-SCo-001. test ’good’. An internal
• To check SCV 5, access SCo Address 17 and perform SCV 5 Command Status valve problem is
Test in SCo Addresses, Reference 245-SCo-001. indicated.

SCo Address 20 and
perform SCo Calibration,
Reference 245-SCo-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=605
SCo 060 — SCo CCD Bus Fault
SCo Service Code 060 indicates that the SCo has not
211
SCo received expected communication information from the
8 ACU (e.g. SCV control position).
OUO1052,000006F –19–15NOV01–1/1

• CCD Network Diagnosis (See Reference 245-05-005.)
– – –1/1
1. Access diagnostic mode to recall codes and select the SCo control unit. Clear the NOT OK: Problems found
codes when “END” is displayed. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, Reference and corrected.
245-05-001.
2. If the SCo codes cannot be cleared, check for code CCU 095. If it is also stored, a
5. Check the CCD Network circuits.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=606
SCo 090 — SCV Function Disabled Due to

Low Oil Level
211
SCo Service Code 090 is stored when the oil level sensor SCo
in the clean oil reservoir indicates that hydraulic fluid level 9
is low.
OUO1052,0000070 –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.) adjusted.
Check the hydraulic fluid level and add oil to the correct level as necessary. If the fluid indicated.
level is correct, access CCU Address 07 and perform the Hydraulic Oil Level Switch
Status Test. See Axle Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status in SCo
Addresses, Reference 245-SCo-001.

Low ............................................................................................................................ “000”
Oil Level Normal ........................................................................................................ “001”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=607
SCo 100 — Operator Not Seated w/SCV in

Detented Flow
211
SCo SCo Service Code 100 is stored if the operator leaves the
10 seat while hydraulic flow is occurring and the vehicle is in
Neutral gear or if the control positions are set while not in
the seat.
OUO1052,0000073 –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Informational Code NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Code has cleared.
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Code is still
The “Hydraulic” and “Service Alert” indicator lights will flash for 5 seconds with an stored. Access ACU
audible warning horn or “beep” if the operator leaves the seat while an SCV is in Address 19 and perform
detented flow. After 5 seconds, the “Service Alert” indicator and warning horn will stop, Operator Presence
an “Information” indicator light will come on, and the “Hydraulic” indicator light will Switch Test to check
return to normal. circuits of the neutral start
switch (See Reference
NOTE: The SCV switch DOES NOT disengage while operator is absent from the seat. 245-ACU-001.) (See
Reference 240-25-002 for
Attempt to clear code from storage. a schematic.)
1. Sit in operator’s seat.

2. Clear all SCU codes.
3. Place transmission lever in Park, and all SCV switches in neutral.
4. Turn key switch OFF and then back ON.
5. Check to see if code has returned.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=608
SCo 140 — SCV 4 Control Lever Circuit Fault
SCo Service Code 140 is set if the circuits for SCV No. 4
211
switch show a fault. SCo
11
OUO1052,0000074 –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SCV Switch Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Switch tested “good”.
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Problem(s)
A test of the SCV 4 switch and circuits will show the “range” of the control and whether found and corrected.
it is communicating properly.
Access SCo Address 10 and perform the SCV 4 Control Lever Voltage Test in SCo
SCo Address 10—Specification

SCV No. 4 Control—Float ......................................................................................... “000”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005”
To check the voltage reading for the potentiometer access ACU Address 15 and
perform SCV 4 Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test in ACU Addresses,
Reference 245-ACU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=609
SCo Service Code 141 is stored if the circuit from the

211
SCo SCV switch to the valve shows a fault.
12
OUO1052,0000075 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SCV Switch Circuit NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: SCV switch tests
Check 245-05-001.) “good”.
A test of the SCV 4 switch circuit will show the “position” of the control and whether it NOT OK: Circuit
is communicating properly with the SCV valve. problem(s) were found
and corrected.
Access SCo Address 16 and perform the SCV 4 Command Status Test in SCo

SCV No. 4 Solenoid Command—
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
To check the voltage reading for the potentiometer access ACU Address 15 in SCV 4
Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test in ACU Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=610

211
SCV switch to the valve shows a fault. SCo
13
OUO1052,0000076 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SCV Switch Circuit NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: SCV switch circuit
Check 245-05-001.) tests “good”.
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
perform the SCV 4 Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test in ACU Addresses,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=611
SCo 143 — SCV 4 Extend Valve Fault During

Calibration
211
SCo SCo Service Code 143 is stored if the circuit from the
14 SCV switch to the valve shows a fault. The code is similar
to Service Code SCo 141 except that it is stored during
calibration.
OUO1052,0000077 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000’
– – –1/1
122106
PN=612
SCo 144 — SCV 4 Retract Valve Fault During

Calibration
211
SCo Service Code 144 is stored if the circuit from the SCo
SCV switch to the valve shows a fault. The code is similar 15
calibration.
OUO1052,0000078 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=613

Float
211
SCo SCo Service Code 145 is stored when the detected
16 current through the Extend and/or Retract solenoids of
SCV 4 is too low to sustain the Float condition. The Code
will remain active until the key switch is cycled. While the
Code is stored, Float mode cannot be engaged but
normal extend/retract functions will be permitted.
OUO1052,000010C –19–27FEB02–1/1
NOTE: The SCV solenoids may require up to 1650 mA to shift the valve spool far enough to permit full flow and
“float”.

– – –1/1
1 Valve Software Check The SCo must have correct software version to match the circuits of the Valve Type OK: Address displays
(SCo) installed on the tractor. Access SCo Address 22 to check for the correct display. correctly.
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.
GO TO 2 .
Valve Type display—Status code ............................................................................... 002 NOT OK: Display not
correct. Check SCo
replace the SCo and
– – –1/1
122106
PN=614
2 Voltage Supply Check Ensure that voltage supply to the control unit is sufficient to power the float function. OK: Voltage supply in
Access LHP Address 18 to check for correct voltage. operating range.
LHP Address 18—Specification GO TO 3 .

LHP System Voltage—Voltage Range ..................................................... 8.0—17.1 V ±1
(12.3—13.5 V typical) NOT OK: Voltage out of
211
range and circuit 842 is
SCo
If display does not show voltage to be in range, check circuit 842 from fuse F7 for correct. See Charging
17
shorts, opens and grounds. See SCo Wiring Diagram (SE13), Reference 245-SCo-300. System Voltage Test,
– – –1/1
3 Valve Command Electronic valve commands must be present between the SCV switch, the ACU, and OK: All valve commands
Check the SCo. Access SCo Address 16 and perform SCV 4 Command Status Test to are correctly displayed.
check for this communication.
NOT OK: If valve
commands are not
correct, access ACU
SCV 4 Lever Voltage and
Switch Status Test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=615
SCo 150 — SCV 5 Control Lever Circuit Fault
SCo Service Code 150 is set if the circuits for SCV No. 5
211
SCo switch show a fault.
18
OUO1052,0000079 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Circuit
A test of the SCV 5 switch and circuits will show the “range” of the control and whether problem(s) found and
it is communicating properly. corrected.
Access SCo Address 11 and perform the SCV 5 Control Lever Voltage Test in SCo

Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=616

211
SCV switch to the valve shows a fault. SCo
19
OUO1052,000007A –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=617

211
SCo SCV switch to the valve shows a fault.
20
OUO1052,000007B –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=618
SCo 153 — SCV 5 Extend Valve Fault During

Calibration
211
SCo Service Code 153 is stored if the circuit from the SCo
SCV switch to the valve shows a fault. This code is similar 21
to Service Code SCU 151 except that it is stored during
calibration.
OUO1052,000007C –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=619
SCo 154 — SCV 5 Retract Valve Fault During

Calibration
211
SCo SCo Service Code 154 is stored if the circuit from the
calibration.
OUO1052,000007D –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
To check the voltage reading for the potentiometer at ACU Address 16 and perform
the SCV 5 Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test in ACU Addresses, Reference
245-ACU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=620

Float
211
SCo Service Code 155 is stored when the detected SCo
current through the Extend and/or Retract solenoids of 23
OUO1052,000010D –19–27FEB02–1/1
“float”.

– – –1/1
1 Valve Software Check The SCo must have correct software version to match the circuits of the Valve Type OK: Address displays
(SCo) installed on the tractor. Access SCo Address 22 to check for the correct display. correctly.
GO TO 2 .
Valve Type display—Status code ............................................................................... 002 NOT OK: Display not
correct. Check SCo
replace the SCo and
– – –1/1
122106
PN=621
Access LHP Address 18 to check for correct voltage. operating range.
LHP Address 18—Specification GO TO 3 .

LHP System Voltage—Voltage Range ..................................................... 8.0—17.1 V ±1
(12.3—13.5 V typical) NOT OK: Voltage out of
211
range and circuit 842 is
SCo
If display does not show voltage to be in range, check circuit 842 from fuse F7 for correct. See Charging
24
shorts, opens and grounds. See SCo Wiring Diagram (SE13), Reference 245-SCo-300. System Voltage Test,
– – –1/1
Check the SCo. Access SCo Address 17 and perform SCV 5 Command Status Test to are correctly displayed.
check for this communication.
NOT OK: If valve
commands are not
correct, access ACU
Switch Status Test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=622
Group SCS
SCS Code Diagnostics
SCS 020 — SCS Control Unit Fault
Code Caused By: Scraper Control Unit (SCS) software

211
failed to execute in allotted time. SCS
1
HP51992,00007AF –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Alarm Level: Information
Displayed Text: Hydraulic System
Control Unit Response: Limited Function
The Following Tools May Be Required for Proper Diagnosis:
JDG1478 —Digital Multimeter.
See Section 299, Group 10 for tool listings.
• Scraper AutoLoad™ Control Unit (SCS) Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-SCS-200.)
• Scraper AutoLoad™ Control Unit (SCS) Circuit Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-SCS-300.)
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check No preliminary checks required. OK: GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-SCS-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=623
2 Verify Code Recall, record and clear codes. OK: Code does not
return.
If using SERVICE ADVISOR™: This procedure can be performed by making a
connection to the vehicle and using the ”Diagnostics” tab to view and clear codes. GO TO 3.
If not using SERVICE ADVISOR™ or if unable to make a connection: See Recall, NOT OK: GO TO 4.
211
Record, and Clear Codes, Reference 245-05-001 for the on-board display procedure.
SCS
2
Recall codes again and check for return of this code.
3 Code Operational 1. Discuss with operator conditions and tasks being performed prior to this code. OK: Code does not
Checks 2. Start vehicle and try to duplicate conditions and tasks being performed at time of return. Diagnosis
code. complete.
3. Check for code return.
NOTE: If problem is intermittent, repeat check until code returns. If unable to recreate
code but operator reports continued problems, see Step 6 (Additional Checks and GO TO 4.
Intermittent Failure Evaluation).
– – –1/1
4 System Checks No system checks required. OK: GO TO 5.
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform Control Unit Switched Power Voltage Test at SCS Address 23. See SCS OK: GO TO 6.
Check Addresses, Reference 245-SCS-001.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=624
6 Additional Checks This step is a guideline for troubleshooting problems that still exist after standard OK: GO TO 2.
and Intermittent diagnostics have been performed. These problems are due to:
Failure Evaluation NOT OK: Problem
1. Specific operating conditions. identified. Repair as
2. Harness, connector or terminal problems. needed.
3. Intermittent failures.
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
Perform Troubleshooting Unresolved Electrical/Electronic Problems, Reference
3
210-15-101, which will provide guide lines and a checklist for isolating the problem. IF OK: Problem not
identified.
Perform Scraper Control

Unit Test, Reference
245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 022 — SCS Switched Supply Voltage

Fault
Code Caused By: Scraper AutoLoad™ Control Unit (SCS)

switched supply voltage is out of range.
HP51992,00007B0 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=625
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
4 Control Unit Response: No Function
Required Tools:
JT07328 — Terminal Test Kit
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Access SCS Address 23 and verify display meets following specification: OK: GO TO 2.
Battery Voltage—Specification NOT OK: Voltage reading

Supply Voltage—Key switch in RUN out of specification.
position (engine OFF) ..................................................................................... 12.5-14.5 V
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
return.
122106
PN=626
3 Code Operational 1. Start vehicle. OK: Code does not

Checks 2. Operate vehicle at idle for 5 - 10 minutes. return. Diagnosis
3. Check for code return. complete.
NOTE: If problem is intermittent, repeat check until code returns. If unable to recreate NOT OK: Code returns.
code but operator reports continued problems, see Step 6 (Additional Checks and
211
Intermittent Failure Evaluation). GO TO 4.
SCS
5
– – –1/1
4 System Checks Perform Charging System Voltage Test, Reference 240-15-001. OK: GO TO 5.
NOT OK: Repair as

needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform Control Unit Switched Power Voltage Test at SCS Address 23. See SCS OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=627
SCS 023 — SCS Unswitched Supply Voltage

Fault
211
SCS Code Caused By: Scraper AutoLoad™ Control Unit (SCS)
6 unswitched supply voltage voltage is out of range.
HP51992,00007B1 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: No Function
Required Tools:
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Access SCS Address 17 and verify display meets following specification: OK: GO TO 2.
Battery Voltage—Specification NOT OK: Voltage reading

Supply Voltage—Key switch in RUN out of specification.
position (engine OFF) ..................................................................................... 12.5-14.5 V
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=628
return.
211
SCS
7

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCV II and SCV III System Voltage Test at SCS Address 17. See SCS OK: GO TO 6.
Check Addresses, Reference 245-SCS-001..
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=629
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
8
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 027 — SCS Calibration Incomplete
Code Caused By: Scraper Control Unit (SCS) invalid

calibration values or failure of calibration memory.
HP51992,00007B2 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=630
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: Limited Function 9
Required Tools:
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
return.
If not using SERVICE ADVISOR™ or if unable to make a connection: See Recall, NOT OK: Code returns.
GO TO 4.
122106
PN=631

Checks 2. Check for code return. return. Diagnosis
complete.
code but operator reports continued problems, see Step 6 (Additional Checks and NOT OK: Code returns.
211
GO TO 4.
SCS
10
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCS Calibration at SCS Address 20. See SCS Addresses, Reference OK: Calibration
Check 245-SCS-001. successful.
If calibration was not successful or problem was not identified: GO TO 2.
New software may be required. Perform Programming Controllers, Reference NOT OK: Problem
245-05-100. identified: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
NOT OK: Calibration

unsuccessful and problem
not identified.
GO TO 6.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=632
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
11
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 028 — SCS Not Calibrated

not calibrated or a failed calibration was saved.
HP51992,00007B3 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=633
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
12 Control Unit Response: Limited Function
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
122106
PN=634

Checks 2. Check for code return. return. Diagnosis
complete.
211
GO TO 4.
SCS
13
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCS Calibration at SCS Address 20. See SCS Addresses, Reference OK: Calibration
Check 245-SCS-001. successful.
If calibration was not successful or problem was not identified: GO TO 2.
New software may be required. Perform Programming Controllers, Reference NOT OK: Problem
245-05-100. identified: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
NOT OK: Calibration

unsuccessful and problem
not identified.
GO TO 6.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=635
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
14
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 041 — Hitch/SCU Connector Fault
Code Caused By: Hitch/SCU control unit connected to

tractor.
HP51992,00007B5 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=636
Code Diagnosis
Alarm Level: Warning

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: Manual Operation Only 15
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Key switch OFF. OK: GO TO 2.
See Chassis Harness, Reference 240-25-028, to verify that Hitch/SCU fuses F5 and NOT OK: Disconnect
F6 are remove . Hitch/SCU control units or
remove fuses F5 and F6.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
122106
PN=637
3 Code Operational 1. Key switch OFF. OK: Code does not

Checks 2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF). return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
16
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit No electrical checks required. OK: GO TO 6.

Check
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=638
SCS 045 — Sensor Power Fault

211
sensor supply voltage out if range. SCS
17
HP51992,00007B6 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™, Manual operation only.
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Inspect area around 9-pin option jumper on rear of tractor for any visual signs of OK: GO TO 2.
damage or accumulated debris.
Correct any problems found. NOT OK: Voltage out of
2. Access SCS Address 16 and verify display meets following specification: specification.
Sensor Voltage—Specification
Supply Voltage—Key switch in RUN GO TO 4.
position (engine off) ......................................................................................... 4.55-5.25 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=639
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
18
– – –1/1
3 Code Operational 1. Key switch OFF. OK: Code does not

Checks 2. Disconnect implement option jumper. return. Diagnose for
3. Start vehicle. implement problem.
Diagnosis complete.
Intermittent Failure Evaluation). Diagnose for tractor
problem.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform Option Connector Supply Voltage Test at SCS Address 16. See SCS OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=640
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
19
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 048 — Remote Sensor 1 Voltage Fault
Code Caused By: Remote sensor 1 voltage out range.

Loss of AutoLoad™ On front scraper only, (manual
operation). Rear scraper performs normally.
HP51992,00007B7 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=641
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
20 Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™ on front scraper, Manual operation only.
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Tractor and implement connected at 9-pin option connector. OK: GO TO 2.
2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Access SCS Address 05. Display should read: NOT OK: Voltage
Option Sensor Voltage—Specification displayed is out of range.
Supply Voltage—Key switch in RUN
position (engine OFF) ......................................................................................... 0.5-4.5 V GO TO 5.
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=642
3 Code Operational 1. Tractor and implement connected at 9-pin option connector. OK: Code does not
Checks 2. Start vehicle. return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
21
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform Remote Sensor 1 Voltage Test at SCS Address 05. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
Check Reference 245-SCS-001.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=643

211
SCS Loss of AutoLoad™ on rear scraper only, (manual
22 operation). Front scraper performs normally.
HP51992,00007B8 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™ on rear scraper, Manual operation only.
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=644
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
23
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1
122106
PN=645
6 Additional Checks This step is a guideline for troubleshooting problems that still exist after standard OK: GO TO 2
211
GO TO 2
SCS
24
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1

Loss of draft sensor function input to SCS.
HP51992,00007B9 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=646
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: System wide loss of AutoLoad™. Manual operation only. Set points still functional. 25
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=647
211
SCS
26
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1
GO TO 2
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1
122106
PN=648
SCS 053 — Average Draft Control Setting

Fault Message Received
211
Code Caused By: Average Draft Setting data received SCS
from Armrest Control Unit with a failure indication. ACU 27
Code 053 may be set at same time as this code. They are
diagnosed using same test.
HP51992,00007BA –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™, Manual Operation Only
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks No preliminary checks required. OK: GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=649
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
28
– – –1/1

Checks 2. Slowly rotate Average Draft Setting knob through full range 2-3 times. return. Diagnosis
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit NOTE: AutoLoad™ Scraper Average Draft Setting Control uses same address as Rear OK: GO TO 6.
Check Hitch Load/Depth Control in Armrest control Unit (ACU).
NOT OK: Repair as
Perform Rear Hitch Load/Depth Control Voltage Test at ACU Address 08. See ACU needed.
Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=650
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
29
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 056 — Front Scraper Initial Draft Setting

Code Caused By: Front Scraper initial draft setting data

received from Armrest Control Unit with a failure
indication. ACU Code 054 or ACU Code 056 may be set
at same time as this code. They are diagnosed using
same test.
HP51992,00007BB –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=651
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
30 Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™, Manual Operation Only
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=652

Checks 2. Slowly rotate Front Scraper Initial Draft Setting knob through full range 2-3 times. return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
31
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit NOTE: Front Scraper Initial Draft Setting Control uses same addresses as Rear Hitch OK: GO TO 6.
Check Control Lever and Rear Hitch Raise Limit Control in Armrest control Unit (ACU).
NOT OK: Repair as
Perform Rear Hitch Lever Control Voltage Test at ACU Address 09 and Rear Hitch needed.
Raise Limit Control Voltage Test at ACU Address 10. See ACU Addresses, Reference
245-ACU-001. GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=653
SCS 057 — Rear Scraper Initial Draft Setting

211
SCS Code Caused By: Rear Scraper initial draft setting data
32 received from Armrest Control Unit with a failure
indication. ACU Code 057 may be set at same time as
this code. They are diagnosed using same test.
HP51992,00007BC –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=654
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
33
– – –1/1

Checks 2. Slowly rotate Rear Scraper Initial Draft Setting knob through full range 2-3 times. return. Diagnosis
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit NOTE: Rear Scraper Initial Draft Setting Control uses same address as Rear Hitch OK: GO TO 6.
Check Rate of Drop Control in Armrest control Unit (ACU).
NOT OK: Repair as
Perform Rear Hitch Rate-of-Drop Control Voltage Test at ACU Address 11. See ACU needed.
Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=655
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
34
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 060 — SCV Control Lever Message

Missing
Code Caused By: SCS not receiving expected

communication information from the ACU (e.g. SCV
control position).
HP51992,00007BD –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=656
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: SCVs Disabled 35
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=657

4. Check for related code CCU 095.
211
SCS
36
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform CCD Network Diagnosis, Reference 245-05-005. OK: GO TO 6.

Check
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=658
SCS 061 — Clutch Position Information

Message Missing
211
Code Caused By: SCS not receiving expected SCS
communication information on clutch position in last 2.5 37
seconds. This code will only be sent if Option connector
set for AutoLoad™.
HP51992,00007BE –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=659
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
38
– – –1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1

Check
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=660
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
39
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 062 — True Ground Speed Message

Missing
Code Caused By: SCS not receiving expected

communication information on true ground speed in last
2.5 seconds. This code will only be sent if Option
connector set for AutoLoad™.
HP51992,00007BF –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=661
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
40 Control Unit Response: Limited function
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Check radar harness and harness connections. OK: GO TO 2.
NOT OK: Repair as

needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=662

Checks 2. Operate vehicle for 5 - 10 minutes. return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
41
– – –1/1
– – –1/1

Check
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=663
SCS 090 — SCV Function Disabled Due to

Low Oil Level
211
SCS Code Caused By: Hydraulic oil level low. All SCV’s will
42 respond to open loop control only.
HP51992,00007C0 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks 1. Check the hydraulic fluid level and add oil to the correct level as necessary. OK: GO TO 2.
2. Access CCU Address 07. Display should read:
NOT OK: CCU Address
CCU Address 07—Specification 07 reads “000”.
Low ............................................................................................................................ “000” GO TO 5.
Oil Level Normal ........................................................................................................ “001”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=664
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
43
– – –1/1

4. Check for related code CCU 024 and CCU 061.
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status Test. See Axle Oil Pressure and OK: GO TO 6.
Check Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status in CCU Addresses, Reference 245-CCU-001.
NOT OK: Problem
identified: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=665
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
44
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 097 — Option Pin Configuration Fault
Code Caused By: Option pin configuration not supported

or has changed since last power up.
HP51992,00007C1 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=666
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™, Manual Operation Only 45
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Key switch OFF. OK: GO TO 2.

a. Disconnect implement from 9-pin option connector.
b. Key switch ON, engine OFF.
c. Check for code return.
d. Key switch OFF.
e. Reconnect implement to 9-pin option connector.
f. Key switch ON, engine OFF.
2. Access SCS Address 03.

3. Display should read:
SCS.001-T
Inp:003
000 —No implement connected to 9-pin option connector.
or
SCS.001-T
Inp:003
001 —TouchSet Depth Control connected to 9-pin option connector.
or
SCS.001-T
Inp:003
003 —Scraper AutoLoad™ feature connected to 9-pin option connector.
or
SCS.001-T
Inp:003
005 —TouchSet Scraper Control connected to 9-pin option connector.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=667
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
46
– – –1/1
3 Code Operational 1. Disconnect implement from 9-pin option connector. OK: Code does not
Checks 2. Start vehicle and run for one minute. return. Diagnosis
4. Key switch OFF.
5. Reconnect implement to 9-pin option connector. NOT OK: Code returns.
6. Start vehicle and run for one minute.
7. Check for code return GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform Operating Mode Status Test at SCS Address 03. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=668
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
47
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 098 — Option PIN Configuration Invalid

at Start-Up
Code Caused By: Option PIN configuration has changed

since last start-up. This Code may also be stored if option
cables are changed for different implements and the
engine is not turned OFF once between
disconnection/connection.
HP51992,00007C2 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=669
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
48 Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™, manual operation only.
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check No preliminary check needed. OK: GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=670
4. Key switch OFF.
211
SCS
49
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCS Option Jumper Status Test at SCS Address 04. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=671
SCS 099 — SCS Option Connection Change
Code Caused By: Option PIN cable was connected or

211
SCS disconnected while the key was in the ON position.
50
HP51992,00007C3 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™, manual operation only until resolved.
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check No preliminary check needed. OK: GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=672
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
51
– – –1/1
4. Key switch OFF.
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform the following: OK: GO TO 6.

Check
Operating Mode Status Test at SCS Address 03. See SCS Addresses, Reference NOT OK: Repair as
245-SCS-001. needed.
SCS Option Jumper Status Test at SCS Address 04. See SCS Addresses, Reference GO TO 2.
245-SCS-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=673
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
52
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 100 — Operator Out Of Seat With SCV

On
Code Caused By: Operator out of the seat with SCV in

continuous flow and tractor not in motion.
HP51992,00007C4 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=674
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: Information Only 53
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: This code is intended to be an indicator to the operator. SCV controlled OK: GO TO 2.
implements may move unexpectedly if operator exits the vehicle.
No preliminary checks required.
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=675

Checks 2. Operate SCV I in continuous flow. return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
54
NOTE: If DTCs related to operator presence, wheel speed, SCV lever or TOUCHSET™
Panel are present, diagnose those codes before proceeding with the current diagnosis.
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Operator Presence If Operator Presence switch in question, access ACU Address 19 and perform OK: GO TO 6.
Switch/Circuit Check Operator Presence Switch Test. See ACU Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001).
NOT OK: Problem
ACU Address 19—Specification identified. Repair as
Operator Presence Switch Position— needed.
Seat Occupied .......................................................................................................... “XX1”
Seat Vacant .............................................................................................................. “XX0” GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=676
Code Caused By: Remote sensor 1 voltage does not

211
respond as expected. Loss of AutoLoad™ on front scraper SCS
only, (manual operation). Rear scraper performs normally. 55
HP51992,00007C5 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™ on front scraper only, (manual operation).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Check for restriction to full range of movement of hydraulic implement. OK: GO TO 2.
2. Check for loose connections in sensor mounting and sensor linkages on implement.
3. Check correct hook-up of hydraulic hoses.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=677
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
56
– – –1/1
3 Code Operational 1. Verify tractor and implement connected at 9-pin option connector. OK: Code does not
Checks 2. Start vehicle and detent SCV I lever rearward (extend). return. Diagnosis
3. Wait for implement to reach upper set point. complete.
5. Detent SCV I lever forward (retract). NOT OK: Code returns.
6. Wait for implement to reach lower set point.
7. Check for code return. GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=678
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
57
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
Code Caused By: Remote sensor 2 voltage does not

respond as expected. Loss of AutoLoad™ on rear scraper
only, (manual operation). Front scraper performs normally.
HP51992,00007C6 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=679
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
58 Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™ on rear scraper only, (manual operation)
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Check for restriction to full range of movement of hydraulic implement. OK: GO TO 2.
2. Check for loose connections in sensor mounting and sensor linkages on implement.
3. Check correct hook-up of hydraulic hoses.
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=680
3 Code Operational 1. Verify tractor and implement connected at 9-pin option connector. OK: Code does not
Checks 2. Start vehicle and detent SCV III lever rearward (extend). return. Diagnosis
3. Wait for implement to reach upper set point. complete.
5. Detent SCV III lever forward (retract). NOT OK: Code returns.
6. Wait for implement to reach lower set point.
211
7. Check for code return. GO TO 4.
SCS
59
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=681
SCS 103 — AutoLoad Operation Cancelled
Code Caused By: AutoLoad™ operation cancelled due to

211
SCS transmission shift, enabling FieldCruise™, or loss of power
60 from ELX while AutoLoad is controlling an SCV.
AutoLoad is a trademark of Deere & Company

FieldCruise is a trademark of Deere & Company BB92646,0000375 –19–20DEC06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad (manual operation)
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=682
2 Verify Code Recall, record and clear codes for this control unit. OK: Code does not
return.
connection to vehicle and using “Diagnostics” tab to view and clear codes. GO TO 3.
211
Record, and Clear Codes, Reference 245-05-001 for on-board display procedure.
SCS
GO TO 4.
61
– – –1/1
3 Code Operational 1. Start tractor. OK: Code does not

Checks return. Diagnosis
2. Verify FieldCruise is disengaged. complete.
IMPORTANT: AutoLoad will cancel if transmission is shifted while AutoLoad is NOT OK: Code returns.
controlling an SCV. DO NOT shift transmission while AutoLoad is controlling an
SCV. GO TO 4.
3.Select one gear and operate tractor and scraper with AutoLoad engaged.
4. Check for return of code.
– – –1/1
4 System Checks No systems checks required. OK: GO TO 5.
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform Scraper AutoLoad™ Control Unit Test (SCS) 245-SCS-100. OK: GO TO 6.
Checks
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
210-15-101, which will provide guide lines and a checklist for isolating problem.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=683
SCS 110 — SCV I Control Lever Fault

Message Received
211
SCS Code Caused By: SCV I lever position data has been
62 received via CCD message with a failure indication.
HP51992,00007C8 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of SCV Function
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check A test of the SCV I switch and circuits will show the “range” of the control and whether OK: GO TO 2.
NOT OK: GO TO 5.
Access SCS Address 07 and move SCV I lever through indicated positions.
SCS Address 07—Specification

Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005”
NOTE: “- - -” Indicates no Lever Present of Lever Failed.

– – –1/1
122106
PN=684
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
63
– – –1/1

Checks 2. Cycle SCV III lever through all positions. return. Diagnosis
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Access ACU Address 12 and perform the SCV I Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test OK: GO TO 6.
Check in ACU Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=685
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
64
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 111 — SCV I Extend Valve Fault
Code Caused By: Circuit from the SCS to the SCV I

Extend Valve valve shows a fault.
HP51992,00007C9 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=686
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: Loss of SCV Function 65
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check A test of the SCV 1 switch circuit will show the “position” of the control and whether it OK: GO TO 2.
is communicating properly with the SCV valve.
NOT OK: GO TO 5.

SCV No. I Solenoid Command—
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”
NOTE: “FLO” Indicates Float.
“noF” Indicates Float is not available.

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=687

Checks 2. Cycle SCV I lever through all positions. return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
66
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCV I Command Status Test at SCS Address 13. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=688
SCS 112 — SCV I Retract Valve Fault
Code Caused By: Circuit from the SCS to the SCV I

211
Retract Valve valve shows a fault. SCS
67
HP51992,00007CA –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check A test of the SCV I switch circuit will show the “position” of the control and whether it is OK: GO TO 2.
communicating properly with the SCV valve.
NOT OK: GO TO 5.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=689
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
68
– – –1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
If problem not resolved: needed.
Perform SCV I Command Status Test at SCS Address 13. See SCS Addresses, GO TO 2.
Reference 245-SCS-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=690
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
69
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 113 — SCV I Extend Valve Calibration

Fault
Code Caused By: SCV I Extend function not calibrated or

a failed calibration was saved. The code is similar to
Service Code SCS 111 except that it is stored during
calibration.
HP51992,00007CB –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=691
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 4.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=692

211
SCS
71
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=693
SCS 114 — SCV I Retract Valve Calibration

Fault
211
SCS Code Caused By: SCV I Retract function not calibrated or
72 a failed calibration was saved. The code is similar to
calibration.
HP51992,00007CC –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 4.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=694
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
73
– – –1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
– – –1/1
122106
PN=695
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
74
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 115 — Insufficient Current for SCV I

Float
Code Caused By: SCV I flow control valve solenoid

current low while commanding float. The Code will remain
active until the key switch is cycled. While the Code is
stored, Float mode cannot be engaged but normal
extend/retract functions will be permitted.
NOTE: SCV valves left in continuous float position may

generate this code if hydraulic oil becomes very
hot. Allow hydraulic oil to cool.
NOTE: High flow SCV valves do not have Float position.
HP51992,00007CD –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=696
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: Limited Function 75
DFRW126—Modified Tap Out Harness
JDG774—Jumper Harness
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Inspect SCV I retract valve solenoid harness and connector. OK: GO TO 2.
2. Inspect hydraulic oil cooler for accumulated dirt and debris. Service as necessary.
NOT OK: Correct
condition.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=697

Checks 2. Command float with SCV I lever. return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
76
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCV I Command Status Test at SCS Address 13. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
Check Reference 245-SCS-001..
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=698
SCS 116 — Remote Sensor 1 Wrong Polarity
Code Caused By: Remote sensor 1 has wrong polarity.

211
Incorrect sensor installed. SCS
77
HP51992,00007CE –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™ on front scraper. Manual operation only.
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Verify hose orientation meets AutoLoad™ requirement. OK: GO TO 2.

2. Verify correct sensor part number installed.
3. Tractor and implement connected at 9-pin option connector. NOT OK: Voltage
4. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF). displayed is out of range.
5. Access SCS Address 05. Display should read:
Option Sensor Voltage—Specification GO TO 5.
position (engine OFF) ......................................................................................... 0.5-4.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=699
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
78
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=700
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
79
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 120 — SCV II Control Lever Fault

Message Received
Code Caused By: SCV II lever position data has been

received via CCD message with a failure indication.
HP51992,00007CF –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=701
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
80 Control Unit Response: Loss of SCV Function
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check A test of the SCV II switch and circuits will show the “range” of the control and whether OK: GO TO 2.
NOT OK: GO TO 5.
Access SCS Address 08 and move SCV II lever through indicated positions.

SCV No. II Control—Float ......................................................................................... “000”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005”

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=702

Checks 2. Cycle SCV II lever through all positions. return. Diagnosis
211
SCS
81
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Access ACU Address 13 and perform the SCV II Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=703
SCS 121 — SCV II Extend Valve Fault
Code Caused By: Circuit from the SCS to the SCV II

211
SCS Extend Valve valve shows a fault.
82
HP51992,00007D0 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check A test of the SCV II switch circuit will show the “position” of the control and whether it OK: GO TO 2.
NOT OK: GO TO 5.

SCV No. II Solenoid Command—
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
122106
PN=704
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
83
– – –1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCV II Command Status Test at SCS Address 14. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=705
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
84
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 122 — SCV II Retract Valve Fault
Code Caused By: Circuit from the SCS to the SCV II

Retract Valve valve shows a fault.
HP51992,00007D1 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=706
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 5.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=707

211
SCS
86
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=708
SCS 123 — SCV II Extend Valve Calibration

Fault
211
Code Caused By: SCV II Extend function not calibrated or SCS
a failed calibration was saved. The code is similar to 87
calibration.
HP51992,00007D2 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 4.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
122106
PN=709
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
88
– – –1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
Perform SCV II Command Status Test at SCS Address 14. See SCS Addresses, GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=710
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
89
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 124 — SCV II Retract Valve Calibration

Fault
Code Caused By: SCV II Retract function not calibrated or

a failed calibration was saved. The code is similar to
calibration.
HP51992,00007D3 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=711
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 4.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=712

211
SCS
91
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
Perform SCV II Command Status Test at SCS Address 14. See SCS Addresses, GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=713
SCS 125 — Insufficient Current for SCV II

Float
211
SCS Code Caused By: SCV II flow control valve solenoid
92 current low while commanding float. The Code will remain

HP51992,00007D4 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
122106
PN=714
1 Preliminary Check 1. Inspect SCV II retract valve solenoid harness and connector. OK: GO TO 2.
NOT OK: Correct
condition.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1 211
SCS
93
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1

Checks 2. Command float with SCV II lever. return. Diagnosis
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=715
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
94
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 130 — SCV III Control Lever Fault

Message Received
Code Caused By: SCV III lever position data has been
received via CCD message with a failure indication.
HP51992,00007D5 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=716
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check A test of the SCV III switch and circuits will show the “range” of the control and OK: GO TO 2.
whether it is communicating properly.
NOT OK: GO TO 5.
Access SCS Address 09 and move SCV III lever through indicated positions.

SCV No. III Control—Float ........................................................................................ “000”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005”

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=717

211
SCS
96
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Access ACU Address 14 and perform the SCV III Lever Voltage and Switch Status OK: GO TO 6.
Check Test in ACU Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=718
SCS 131 — SCV III Extend Valve Fault
Code Caused By: Circuit from the SCS to the SCV III
211
Extend Valve valve shows a fault. SCS
97
HP51992,00007D6 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check A test of the SCV III switch circuit will show the “position” of the control and whether it OK: GO TO 2.
NOT OK: GO TO 5.

SCV No. III Solenoid Command—
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
122106
PN=719
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
98
– – –1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCV III Command Status Test at SCS Address 15. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=720
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
99
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 132 — SCV III Retract Valve Fault
Code Caused By: Circuit from the SCS to the SCV III
Retract Valve valve shows a fault.
HP51992,00007D7 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=721
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
,100 Control Unit Response: Loss of SCV Function
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 5.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=722

211
SCS
,101
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCV III Command Status Test at SCS Address 15. See SCS Addresses, OK: GO TO 6.
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=723
SCS 133 — SCV III Extend Valve Calibration

Fault
211
SCS Code Caused By: SCV III Extend function not calibrated
,102 or a failed calibration was saved. The code is similar to
calibration.
HP51992,00007D8 –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 4.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
122106
PN=724
return.
211
SCS
GO TO 4.
,103
– – –1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
Perform SCV III Command Status Test at SCS Address 15. See SCS Addresses, GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=725
211
GO TO 2.
SCS
,104
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 134 — SCV III Retract Valve Calibration

Fault
Code Caused By: SCV III Retract function not calibrated

or a failed calibration was saved. The code is similar to
calibration.
HP51992,00007D9 –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=726
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
Control Unit Response: Limited Function ,105
– – –1/1
NOT OK: GO TO 4

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off ...................................................................................... “000” or “100” or “200”

– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4
– – –1/1
122106
PN=727

211
Intermittent Failure Evaluation). GO TO 4
SCS
,106
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
Perform SCV III Command Status Test at SCS Address 15. See SCS Addresses, GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
GO TO 2.
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=728
SCS 135 — Insufficient Current for SCV III

Float
211
Code Caused By: SCV III flow control valve solenoid SCS
current low while commanding float. The Code will remain ,107

HP51992,00007DA –19–08AUG06–1/1
Code Diagnosis
– – –1/1
122106
PN=729
1 Preliminary Check 1. Inspect SCV III retract valve solenoid harness and connector. YES: GO TO 2.
NO: Correct condition.
GO TO 2.
211 – – –1/1
SCS
,108
2 Verify Code Recall, record and clear codes. YES: Code does not
return.
If not using SERVICE ADVISOR™ or if unable to make a connection: See Recall, NO: Code returns.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
3 Code Operational 1. Start vehicle. YES: Code does not

Checks 2. Command float with SCV III lever. return. Diagnosis
NOTE: If problem is intermittent, repeat check until code returns. If unable to recreate NO: Code returns.
– – –1/1
4 System Checks No system checks required. YES: GO TO 5.
– – –1/1
5 Electrical Circuit Perform SCV III Command Status Test at SCS Address 15. See SCS Addresses, YES: GO TO 6.
NO: Repair as needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=730
6 Additional Checks This step is a guideline for troubleshooting problems that still exist after standard YES: GO TO 2.
Failure Evaluation NO: Problem identified.
1. Specific operating conditions. Repair as needed.
2. Harness, connector or terminal problems.
3. Intermittent failures. GO TO 2.
211
SCS
Perform Troubleshooting Unresolved Electrical/Electronic Problems, Reference IF OK: Problem not
,109
210-15-101, which will provide guide lines and a checklist for isolating the problem. identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
SCS 136 — Remote Sensor 2 Wrong Polarity
Code Caused By: Remote Sensor 2 has wrong polarity.

Incorrect sensor installed.
HP51992,00007DB –19–08AUG06–1/1
122106
PN=731
Code Diagnosis

211
SCS
,110 Control Unit Response: Loss of AutoLoad™ on rear scraper. Manual operation only.
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check 1. Verify hose orientation meets AutoLoad™ requirement. OK: GO TO 2

2. Verify correct sensor part number installed.
3. Tractor and implement connected at 9-pin option connector. NOT OK: Voltage
4. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF). displayed is out of range.
5. Access SCS Address 06. Display should read:
Option Sensor Voltage—Specification GO TO 5.
position (engine OFF) ......................................................................................... 0.5-4.5 V
– – –1/1
return.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=732
211
SCS
,111
– – –1/1
– – –1/1
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1
GO TO 2
identified.

245-SCS-100.
GO TO 2
– – –1/1
122106
PN=733
211
SCS
,112
122106
PN=734
Group SCU
SCU Code Diagnostics
Specifications
CCU Address 07
211
SCU
HCU Address 13
Sensor Supply Voltage 4.8V to 5.2V
HCU Address 18
Battery Voltage 8.0—17.5 V ±1
SCU Address 03
Implement Option Input Jumpers TSDCa Mode “001”

SCV Controlled Hitch Mode “004”
SCU Address 04
Implement Option Input Without Jumper “000”

Jump Pin A to Pin G “001”
Jump Pin A to Pin J “100”
SCU Address 05
Remote Sensor Voltage Voltage Range 0.25 V—4.75 V
SCU Address 07

Continued on next page RW39137,000045C –19–18APR02–1/3
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-SCU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=735
SCU Address 08

211
SCU Forward Detent “001”
2 Mid-Forward “002’
Rearward Detent “005’
SCU Address 09

SCU Address 13

SCU Address 14

SCU Address 15

Center-Off “000’
SCU Address 22
Valve Type display Status code 002
Continued on next page RW39137,000045C –19–18APR02–2/3
122106
PN=736
Remote Sensor 1 Voltage
Sensor Voltage Voltage 0.5 V—4.5 V

211
SCU
3
Remote Sensor 2 Voltage
Sensor Voltage Voltage 0.5 V—4.5 V
RW39137,000045C –19–18APR02–3/3
122106
PN=737
SCU 022 — SCU Supply Voltage Fault
SCU Service Code 022 is stored when the 12 volt supply

211
SCU from Fuse F5 to the Control Unit is insufficient to power
4 the system. The Hitch and all SCV functions are disabled
when the voltage is below 7.98 V or above 18.11 V.
OUO1052,000007E –19–04NOV02–1/1
• SCU Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-SCU-200.)

• SCU Wiring Diagram (SE7) (See Reference 245-SCU-300.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=738
245-05-001). within specification.
control units from the ELX relay. (See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference problem(s) were found
245-05-002.) and corrected.
211
SCU
5
Battery—Voltage ....................................................................................... 8.0—17.5 V ±1

• Battery voltage should be found on the A terminal of the F5 fuseholder.
• The 48-way (18, X830-2, and 30, X830-1) connector to be free of corrosion, and all
wires well-crimped.
• Battery voltage should be found on pin X830-2B1 (circuit 802) of the connector with
key switch in RUN position.
240-25-045.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=739
SCU 023 — SCU Supply Voltage Fault (F6)
SCU Service Code 023 is stored when the 12 volt supply

211
SCU from Fuse F6 to the Control Unit is insufficient to power
6 the system. The Hitch and all SCV functions are disabled
when the voltage is below 7.98 V or above 18.11 V.
OUO1052,000007F –19–04NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.) within specification.
control units. (See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.) problem(s) were found
and corrected.

Battery—Voltage ....................................................................................... 8.0—17.5 V ±1

• Battery voltage should be found on the A terminal of the F6 fuseholder.
• The 48-way (18, X830-2, and 30, X830-1) connector to be free of corrosion, and all
wires well-crimped.
• Battery voltage should be found on pin X830-1E1 (circuit 832).
connector.
240-25-045.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=740
SCU 027 — Calibration Incomplete
SCU Service Code 027 is stored if a valve is not properly

211
calibrated during the calibration process. SCU
7
OUO1052,0000080 –19–07AUG03–1/1

– – –1/1
stored which would indicate which specific valve caused the fault. found and corrected.
1. Clear the SCU codes, recall and record all codes which reappear. It may be
necessary to operate the controls to cause the code(s) to return. See Recall,
Record and Clear Codes, Reference 245-05-001.
as necessary.
3. Calibrate the SCU. Even if a fault is corrected, the code will return until a successful
calibration has been completed. Access SCU Address 20 and perform SCU
Calibration in SCU Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=741
SCU 028 — SCU Not Calibrated
SCU service code 028 is stored if a calibration has failed

211
SCU or if the SCV’s have never been calibrated. An SCU from
8 service parts will have this code stored because it has
OUO1052,0000081 –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.) completed.
An SCU that is not calibrated may provide SCV operation but calibration of the SCV’s NOT OK: Control unit has
will be required for optimum performance. been replaced.
If an SCU has been operating normally and “loses” it’s calibration, attempt to
recalibrate the control unit. If the code (SCU 028) returns, replace the control unit.
Access SCU Address 20 and perform SCU Calibration in SCU Addresses, Reference
245-SCU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=742
SCU 029 — Calibration Recall
SCU Service Code 029 indicates that SCU Address 20

211
was accessed for less than 30 seconds. SCU
9
OUO1052,0000082 –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Problem(s)
If access to SCU Address 20 lasts for longer than 30 seconds, calibration data may be found and corrected.
lost and a complete calibration procedure must be performed.
The code can also appear if the SCU calibration data, only, was needed. After
accessing Address 20, the End of Calibration data (EOC) will display after pulling the
“Diag” fuse, F10.
If needed, access SCU Address 20 and perform SCU Calibration in SCU Addresses,
Reference 245-SCU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=743
SCU 040 — Valve Harness Connections

Invalid
211
SCU This code may be set if the tractor has been improperly
10 configured for hitch valve type. Other faults may occur if
OUO1052,0000083 –19–15NOV01–1/1
– – –1/1
245-05-001.) correct.
Access SCU Address 22 to confirm the correct Valve Type (SCU) for the tractor. See GO TO 2 .
SCU Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001.
NOT OK: If the display is
The display should read: not correct, check SCU
Address 86-87 for SCU
002 of 15 or higher. If revision
replace the SCU and
– – –1/1
2 Solenoid Circuit • To check SCV 1, access SCU Address 13 and perform SCV 1 Command Status OK: Solenoid and circuits
Checks Test. See SCU Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001. test “good”. An internal
• To check SCV 2, access SCU Address 14 and perform SCV 2 Command Status valve problem is
Test. See SCU Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001. indicated.
• To check SCV 3, access SCU Address 15 and perform SCV 3 Command Status
Test. See SCU Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001. NOT OK: Repairs have
SCU Address 20 and
perform SCU Calibration,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=744
SCU 045 — Sensor Power Fault
SCU 045 is stored if the excitation voltage for the sensors

211
does not fall within the operating range. SCU
11
OUO1052,0000084 –19–15NOV01–1/1
NOTE: Service code SCU 045 is set by the same problem as code HCU 045 and may be set at the same time.
Additional references:

• Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-013.)
– – –1/1
1 Sensor Voltage Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Sensor voltage is
245-05-001). correct.
Access HCU Address 13 to display Rear Hitch Sensor Supply Voltage. (See Access NOT OK: Problem(s)
Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.) found and corrected.
With the key switch at RUN and the engine OFF, the voltage reading displayed should
be:

Sensor Supply—Voltage ............................................................................... 4.8V to 5.2V
Since the code was stored, an intermittent circuit problem may be indicated. Gently tug
at the HCU harness , the draft sensor harness, and the hitch position feedback sensor
harness. If the warning horn “beeps”, a harness or connector fault is indicated.
If voltage is not in range, check for “shorts”, “opens”, and grounds on sensor circuits
873 (5 V sensor power) and 871 (5 V ground). If circuits are correct, an HCU internal
problem may exist.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=745
SCU 047 — Hitch Following Sensor Power

Fault
211
SCU SCU Service Code 047 is stored when the supply power
12 to a remote sensor from drawn equipment is out of range.
OUO1052,0000085 –19–01FEB02–1/1
NOTE: Additional references:

• Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions (See Reference 210-15-013.)
– – –1/1
1 SCU Address 05 NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Circuits test “good”.
Status 245-05-001.) An intermittent circuit may
be indicated. Access SCU
To check the voltage range and circuits access SCU Address 05 and perform Remote Address 02 and perform
Sensor 1 Voltage Test. SCU System Beep Mode
Test, Reference
SCU Address 05—Specification 245-SCU-001.
Remote Sensor Voltage—Voltage Range ............................................... 0.25 V—4.75 V
SCU Address 20 and
perform SCU Calibration,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=746
SCU 048 — Remote Sensor 1 Voltage Fault
SCU Service Code 048 is stored if the Position Feedback

211
Sensor on an implement does not function correctly. SCU
13
OUO1052,0000086 –19–18JAN02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Implement Sensor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Voltage is in range.
Circuits 245-05-001.) No problem found.
Determine if the remote sensor is connected to the tractor system then access SCU NOT OK: Voltage was
Address 05 and perform the Remote Sensor 1 Voltage Test in SCU Addresses, not correct.
Reference 245-SCU-001. Repair/replace sensor or
Remote Sensor 1 Voltage—Specification
Sensor Voltage—Voltage ............................................................................. 0.5 V—4.5 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=747
SCU 060 — SCU CCD Bus Fault
SCU Service Code 060 indicates that the SCU has not
211
SCU received expected communication information from the
14 ACU (e.g. SCV control position).
OUO1052,0000088 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1. Access diagnostic mode to recall codes and select the SCU control unit. Clear the NOT OK: Circuit
codes when “END” is displayed. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, Reference problems found and
245-05-001. corrected.
2. If the SCU codes cannot be cleared, check for code CCU 095. If it is also stored, a
5. Check CCD Network Diagnosis, Reference 245-05-005.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=748
SCU 061 — No Data From External Device

for More Than 1 Second
211
Service Code SCU 061 is stored when no CCD messages SCU
are received from the remote control unit for greater than 15
1 second. The code will remain active, and prevent
remote control, until the power is cycled with the key
switch. Control will revert to the SCV switch on the
armrest.
OUO1052,00000FF –19–01FEB02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 CCD Communication The SCU monitors and collects information from the CCD bus for the SCV algorithms. OK: Cycle key switch and
resume operation to
Check for communication of the remote control unit with the tractor. Access SCU delete code.
Address 10 to display a control Command from External Device. See Access Control
Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. NOT OK: If
communication is not
If the display simply shows dashes (“- - -”), no command is being communicated. If present and there are
something other than dashes is shown the remote control is sending correctly. related codes (e.g. HCU
060, SCU 060, SCo 060),
The communication sent on the bus to the SCU must be received and applied as check tractor’s CCD
intended by the remote control unit. Access SCU Address 12 to display the External circuits. See CCD
Control Status of the command. Network Diagnosis,
If related codes are not

present, check circuits of
the remote control unit.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=749
SCU 090 — SCV Function Disabled Due to

Low Oil Level
211
SCU SCU Service Code 090 is stored when the oil level sensor
16 in the reservoir indicates that hydraulic fluid level is low.
OUO1052,0000089 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.) adjusted.
Check the hydraulic fluid level and add oil to the correct level as necessary. If the fluid indicated.
level is correct, access CCU Address 07 and perform the Hydraulic Oil Level Switch
Status Test. See Axle Oil Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Level Switch Status in CCU
Addresses, Reference 245-CCU-001.

Low ............................................................................................................................ “000”
Oil Level Normal ........................................................................................................ “001”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=750
SCU 098 — Option PIN Configuration Invalid

at Start-Up
211
SCU Code 098 is stored when an option cable is SCU
connected or disconnected while engine is running. 17
OUO1052,000008A –19–15NOV01–1/1
NOTE: The Code may also be stored if option cables are changed for different implements and the engine is not
turned OFF once between disconnection/connection.
• Service Code Descriptions (See Reference 245-05-003.)

– – –1/1
1 Engine OFF Cycle NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Code has cleared.
245-05-001.) Diagnose any other
Codes which may have
1. Clear all codes which may be stored. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, been stored.
2. Turn key switch to OFF and allow the engine to come to a complete stop. NOT OK: If Code
3. Start engine and check Codes again to ensure SCU 098 is no longer stored. continues to return....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Option Input Test Access SCU Address 04 and perform the SCU Option Jumper Status Test in SCU OK: Test complete.
Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001. Circuit(s) corrected or
option cable replaced.
NOT OK: Intermittent

connection of the option
cable may be indicated. If
the TOUCHSET™ Depth
Control option cable is
installed, access SCU
the SCU System Beep
Mode Test, Reference
245-SCU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=751
SCU 099 — SCU Option Connection Change
SCU Service Code 099 indicates that the option cable

211
SCU was connected or disconnected while the key was in the
18 ON position. If circuits for the connection indicated a fault,
the service code SCU 090 would be stored.
OUO1052,000008B –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SCU Operating Mode NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Display at address
245-05-001.) 03 and 04 are correct. No
problem found.
Address 03 will indicate which operating mode the SCU is in (which option cable is
installed). NOT OK: Display at
address 03 or 04 is not
NOTE: The engine must be OFF for this check. correct. Repair or replace
circuits or option cable as
1. Install the proper cable for the intended use and operating mode. necessary.
2. Turn key switch to RUN and access SCU Address 03 to display Operating Mode
Status in SCU Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001. (See Access Control Unit
Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.)
SCU Address 03—Specification

Implement Option Input Jumpers—
TSDCa Mode.............................................................................................................. “001”
SCV Controlled Hitch Mode ...................................................................................... “004”
3. Also access SCU Address 04 to display SCU Option Jumper Status in SCU
Addresses, Reference 245-SCU-001.

Implement Option Input—Without
Jumper ....................................................................................................................... “000”
Jump Pin A to Pin G ................................................................................................. “001”
Jump Pin A to Pin J .................................................................................................. “100”
a
TOUCHSET™ Depth Control
– – –1/1
122106
PN=752
SCU 100 — Operator Not Seated w/SCV in

Detented Flow
211
SCU Service Code 100 is stored if the operator leaves the SCU
seat while hydraulic flow is occurring and the vehicle is in 19
Neutral gear or if the control positions are set while not in
the seat.
OUO1052,000008C –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Informational Code NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Code has cleared.
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Code is still
The “Hydraulic” and “Service Alert” indicator lights will flash for 5 seconds with an stored. Access ACU
audible warning horn or “beep” if the operator leaves the seat while an SCV is in Address 19 and perform
detented flow. After 5 seconds, the “Service Alert” indicator and warning horn will stop, Operator Presence
an “Information” indicator light will come on, and the “Hydraulic” indicator light will Switch Test and check
return to normal. circuits of the neutral start
switch. See ACU
NOTE: The SCV switch DOES NOT disengage while operator is absent from the seat. Addresses, Reference
245-ACU-001. (See
Attempt to clear code from storage. Reference 240-25-002 for
a schematic.)
1. Sit in operator’s seat.
2. Clear all SCU codes.
3. Place transmission lever in Park, and all SCV switches in neutral.
4. Turn key switch OFF and then back ON.
5. Check to see if code has returned.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=753
SCU 101 — Remote Sensor 1 Voltage Fault
SCU Service Code 101 is stored when a remote sensor

211
SCU (implement, etc.) does not provide an input that is
20 expected by the commanding control unit.
OUO1052,000008D –19–20FEB02–1/1
– – –1/1
1 Inspect Conditions This code may be stored when: OK: Correct control has
resumed.
• With EHDC (Electro Hydraulic Depth Control) the commanded position cannot be
achieved and expected input does not change in 2—5 seconds. This may indicate a NOT OK: Hydraulic
stall condition, hydraulic failure, or feedback (closed loop) control interruption until failure is indicated. See
the operator actuates an SCV switch or the implement begins to move. Repair Manual, TM1623,
for disassembly of SCV
• With EHEC (Laserscraper Control) an input is out-of-range either high or low when stack.
the system is active. The signal from the Spectra-Precision control unit has been lost
or shorted, or the laser reference has been lost, and is no longer controlling the unit.
This may also occur when the vehicle has come to a stop.
• With EHLC (Loader Control) the commanded position cannot be achieved and
expected input does not change in 2—5 seconds. This may indicate a stall condition,
hydraulic failure, or feedback (closed loop) control interruption until the operator
actuates an SCV switch or the loader boom begins to move.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=754
SCU 103 — Cancellation of External Control
Service Code SCU 103 is stored when the operator

211
cancels input from the remote control unit by operating the SCU
tractor’s standard control (i.e. SCV switch, etc). The code 21
will remain active, and prevent remote control, until the
power is cycled with the key switch. Control will revert to
the SCV switch on the armrest.
OUO1052,0000100 –19–04FEB02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Display Addresses To check addresses for remote control activity, access SCU Address 10. See Access OK: Cycle key switch and
Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. resume operation to
delete code.
If the display simply shows dashes (“- - -”), no command is being communicated. If
something other than dashes is shown the remote control is sending correctly.
Remote control status, or it’s cancellation, may be displayed to provide information

while the tractor is still under power. Once the key switch is turned OFF the status will
no longer be available. Access SCU Address 12 to display the External Control Status
of the command.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=755
SCU 109 — External Command Fault
Service Code SCU 109 is stored when an expected action

211
SCU does not take place. The failure may be caused by
22 improper setup or lack of communication between the
remote control unit and the tractor’s SCU.
OUO1052,0000101 –19–11AUG03–1/1
NOTE: The code will remain active, and prevent remote control, until the power is cycled with the key switch.
Control will revert to the SCV switch on the armrest.

– – –1/1
1 Display Setup The SCU will support special features such as EHDC or Implement Control and allow OK: GO TO 2 .
Addresses the SCV valves to be operated by a remote control unit. The option pins and their
circuits, which are used for these special features, may be tested.
Access SCU Address 03 to ensure configuration for the option circuits is correct. See
Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.
To test the option circuits themselves access SCU Address 04.
– – –1/1
2 Display Command To check addresses for remote control activity, access SCU Address 10. See Access OK: Cycle key switch and
Addresses Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. resume operation to
delete code.
If the display simply shows dashes (“- - -”), no command is being communicated. If
something other than dashes is shown the remote control is communicating correctly.
Remote control status, or it’s cancellation, may be displayed to provide information

while the tractor is still under power. Once the key switch is turned OFF the status will
no longer be available. Access SCU Address 12 to display the External Control Status
of the command.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=756
SCU 110 — SCV 1 Control Lever Circuit Fault
SCU Service Code 110 is set if the circuits for SCV No. 1
211
switch show a fault. SCU
23
OUO1052,000008F –19–15NOV01–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Problem(s)
A test of the SCV 1 switch and circuits will show the “range” of the control and whether found and corrected.
Access SCU Address 07 and perform the SCV 1 Control Lever Voltage Test in SCU

Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=757
SCU 111 — SCV 1 Extend Valve Fault
SCU Service Code 111 is stored if the circuit from the

211
SCU SCV switch to the valve shows a fault.
24
OUO1052,0000090 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SCV Switch Circuit NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: SCV switch tests
Check 245-05-001.) “good”.
and corrected.
Access SCU Address 13 and perform the SCV 1 Command Status Test in SCU

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=758
SCU 112 — SCV 1 Retract Valve Fault

211
SCV switch to the valve shows a fault. SCU
25
OUO1052,0000091 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=759
SCU 113 — SCV 1 Extend Valve Fault During

Calibration
211
SCU SCU Service Code 113 is stored if the circuit from the
calibration.
OUO1052,0000092 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=760
SCU 114 — SCV 1 Retract Valve Fault During

Calibration
211
SCU Service Code 114 is stored if the circuit from the SCU
calibration.
OUO1052,0000093 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=761
SCU 115 — Insufficient Current for SCV 1

Float
211
SCU SCU Service Code 115 is stored when the detected
OUO1052,00000FC –19–11NOV02–1/1
“float”.

– – –1/1
1 Valve Software Check The SCU must have correct software version to match the circuits of the Valve Type OK: Address displays
(SCU) installed on the tractor. correctly.
Access SCU Address 22 to check for the correct display. See Access Control Unit GO TO 2 .
Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.
NOT OK: Display not
SCU Address 22—Specification correct. Check SCU
Valve Type display—Status code ............................................................................... 002 Address 86-87 for SCU
replace the SCU and
– – –1/1
122106
PN=762
operating range.
Access HCU Address 18 to check for correct voltage.
GO TO 3 .
HCU System Voltage—Voltage Range ..................................................... 8.0—17.1 V ±1 NOT OK: Voltage out of
211
(12.3—13.5 V typical) range. See HCU System
SCU
Voltage at HCU Address
29
18 in Reference
245-HCU-001.
– – –1/1
Check the SCU. are correctly displayed.
Access SCU Address 13 and perform SCV 1 Command Status Test to check for this NOT OK: If valve
communication. commands are not
correct, access ACU
Switch Status Test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=763
211
SCU switch show a fault.
30
OUO1052,0000094 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Circuit
A test of the SCV 2 switch and circuits will show the “range” of the control and whether problem(s) found and
it is communicating properly. corrected.

Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002’
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005’
– – –1/1
122106
PN=764

211
31
OUO1052,0000095 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=765

211
32
OUO1052,0000096 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=766

Calibration
211
calibration.
OUO1052,0000097 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=767

Calibration
211
calibration.
OUO1052,0000098 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=768

Float
211
SCU Service Code 125 is stored when the detected SCU
current through the Extend and/or Retract solenoids of 35
OUO1052,00000FD –19–11NOV02–1/1
“float”.

– – –1/1
NOT OK: Display not
replace the SCU and
– – –1/1
122106
PN=769
operating range.
GO TO 3 .
211
SCU
36
18 in Reference
245-HCU-001.
– – –1/1
correct, access ACU
Switch Status Test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=770
211
switch show a fault. SCU
37
OUO1052,0000099 –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: Circuit
A test of the SCV 3 switch circuit will show the “position” of the control and whether it problem(s) found and
is communicating properly with the SCV valve. corrected.

Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “001”
Mid-Forward .............................................................................................................. “002”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “003”
Mid-Rearward ............................................................................................................ “004”
Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “005”
perform the SCV 3 Lever Voltage and Switch Status Test inACU Addresses,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=771

211
38
OUO1052,000009A –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000”
– – –1/1
122106
PN=772

211
39
OUO1052,000009B –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000’
– – –1/1
122106
PN=773

Calibration
211
calibration.
OUO1052,000009C –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000’
– – –1/1
122106
PN=774

Calibration
211
calibration.
OUO1052,000009D –19–11NOV02–1/1

– – –1/1
and corrected.

Rearward Detent ....................................................................................................... “199”
Forward Detent .......................................................................................................... “299”
Center-Off .................................................................................................................. “000’
– – –1/1
122106
PN=775

Float
211
SCU SCU Service Code 135 is stored when the detected
OUO1052,00000FE –19–11NOV02–1/1
“float”.

– – –1/1
NOT OK: Display not
replace the SCU and
– – –1/1
122106
PN=776
operating range.
GO TO 3 .
211
SCU
43
18 in Reference
245-HCU-001.
– – –1/1
correct, access ACU
Switch Status Test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=777
211
SCU
44
122106
PN=778
Group SSU
SSU Code Diagnostics
Specifications
SSU Address 03
211
SSU
System Voltage Volts 9.0 V—16.0 V 1
SSU Address 04
Sensor Supply Voltage Volts 4.8 V—5.2 V
SSU Address 05
SID 1 Supply Voltage Voltage 4.8 V—5.2 V
SSU Address 33
SID 1 Input Current milliamps 04.0 mA—20.0 mA
SSU Address 06
SID 2 Supply Voltage Voltage 4.8 V—5.2 V
SSU Address 34
SID 2 Input Current milliamps 04.0 mA—20.0 mA
SSU Address 63
Operator Presence Switch Seat Vacant 0XX

Seat Occupied 1XX
ACU Address 19
Operator Presence Switch Seat Occupied XX1

Seat Empty XX0
Continued on next page TD21397,00002AA –19–10JUN04–1/2
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-SSU-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=779
SSU Address 61
AutoTrac Steer and Resume Resume Switch OFF X0X

211
SSU Switch Status and AutoTrac Mode Resume Switch ON X1X
2 Resume Switch Invalid Data X9X
AutoTrac enabled XX1
AutoTrac active XX2
TD21397,00002AA –19–10JUN04–2/2
122106
PN=780
SSU 001 — Control Unit Fault
SSU 001 indicates SSU software has failed and cannot be

211
restored by calibration. AutoTrac will be disabled when SSU
code is active. Code will remain active until cleared or 3
power is cycled.
TD21397,0000293 –19–10JUN04–1/1
• SSU Wiring Diagram, Factory Installed (SE15) (See Reference 245-SSU-300a.)

• SSU Wiring Diagram, Field Installed (SE15) (See Reference 245-SSU-300b.)
• Tractor Schematic List (See Reference 240-25-001.)
– – –1/1
1 Replace SSU NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Replaced and
245-05-001.) calibrated SSU. Code
does not return.
Replace the SSU and perform SSU Calibration Procedure at SSU Address 28 in SSU
Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=781
SSU 002 — Control Unit Fault
SSU 002 indicates SSU software has failed and cannot be

211
SSU restored by calibration. AutoTrac will be disabled when
4 code is active. Code will remain active until cleared or
power is cycled.
TD21397,0000307 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
does not return.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=782
SSU 004 — Vehicle Mismatch
SSU 004 is stored if the SSU detects an incorrect

211
software part number for the vehicle on which it is SSU
installed or when the tractor model number is not 9XXX 5
(found at SSU Addresses 92-93). AutoTrac will be
disabled when code is active. Code will remain active until
cleared.
TD21397,0000292 –19–29JUL04–1/1

• General References List (See Reference 210-15-001.)
– – –1/1
1 Jumper Wire Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Diagnosis complete.
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
Access SSU Address 35 to check for jumper wire (cct 947) configuration. Display
should be....
35
058
If display is correct attempt to connect to SERVICE ADVISOR™ to load correct

software.
If the SSU has recently been replaced an incorrect part may have been installed.
2 Repair Harness If the display was not correct the jumper wire may be ’open’ or ’shorted’. Check the OK: Repaired circuit.
circuit from the output, X980-2C4, to the input at X980-1A2. See Troubleshooting Diagnosis complete.
Circuit Malfunctions, 210-15-013.
Also check connectors for corrosion and that all wires are well connected.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=783
SSU 008 — AutoTrac Activation Code Invalid
SSU 008 is stored when the SSU activation code is not

211
SSU valid or was never entered. AutoTrac will be disabled
6 when code is active. Code will remain active and will
prevent AutoTrac engagement until the correct value has
been entered at SSU Address 39.
TD21397,0000291 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 AutoTrac Activation NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Code does not
Code 245-05-001.) return. Diagnosis
complete.
Access SSU Address 39 and perform AutoTrac Activation Code Test in SSU
Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference NOT OK: Code returns.
245-05-002. Log on to
“www.stellarsupport.com”
to obtain correct Address
value.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=784
SSU 010 — Transmission Mismatch
SSU 010 is stored when the transmission detected by the

211
SSU does not agree with the configured transmission. SSU
AutoTrac will be disabled when code is active. 7
TD21397,000026E –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check SSU Address Access SSU Address 36 to display the transmission type as detected by the SSU. OK: Display matches the
36 Detection may be reinitiated by cycling the hazard lights switch to ON and then OFF. transmission installed on
the tractor.
Display will indicate one of the following:
NOT OK: Cycle hazard
036 switch to allow the control
004 unit to detect the
transmission installed on
....for a MST. the tractor.
036
003
....for an PST.
036
000
....while transmission detection is in progress (undetermined).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=785
SSU 011 — No Transmission Type Detected
SSU 011 is stored when transmission type is not detected

211
SSU by SSU within 10 seconds of power up. AutoTrac will be
8 disabled when code is active.
TD21397,000026E –19–20DEC06–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check SSU Address NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Display matches
36 245-05-001) transmission installed in
tractor. Diagnosis
Access SSU Address 36 to display transmission type as detected by SSU. Detection complete.
may be reinitiated by cycling hazard lights switch to ON and then OFF.
NOT OK: Cycle hazard
Display will indicate one of following: switch to allow SSU to
detect transmission
036 installed in tractor.
004
NOT OK: Tractor will not
....for an MST. detect transmission type.
036 GO TO 2.
003
....for an PST.
036
000
....while transmission detection is in progress (undetermined).
– – –1/1
2 CCU Check Access CCU Addresses 80-81 (CCU Part Number) to check for correct CCU. See OK: Diagnosis complete.
Reference 245-CCU-001 CCU Addresses.
NOT OK: CCU part
CCU part number must be RE231816 or newer. number incorrect.
GO TO 3.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=786
3 Replace CCU 1. Replace CCU. OK: Calibration

successful.
2. Perform full CCU calibration beginning at CCU Address 20. See Reference
245-CCU-001 CCU Addresses. GO TO 1.
– – –1/1 211
SSU
9
122106
PN=787
SSU 020 — SSU Not Calibrated
SSU 020 is stored if the SSU does not confirm that an

211
SSU AutoTrac calibration procedure has been completed.
10 AutoTrac will be disabled when code is active. Code will
remain active until an AutoTrac calibration is completed
successfully.
TD21397,0000290 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SSU Calibration NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Diagnosis complete.
245-05-001.)
NOT OK: If “SSU” does
Access SSU Address 28 and perform SSU Calibration in SSU Addresses, Reference not display a
245-SSU-001. communication problem
exists.
(See Reference 245-05-002, Access Control Unit Addresses.)
Perform CCD Network
Diagnosis, Reference
245-05-005.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=788
SSU 021 — Steering Valve Supply Voltage

Low
211
SSU 021 is stored when the 12 volt supply from battery, SSU
through SSU control unit, and to the EH Steering Valve is 11
insufficient. AutoTrac will be disabled when code is active.
Code will remain active until cleared.
TD21397,000028F –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
122106
PN=789
1 Circuit Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Circuit good.
245-05-001.) Diagnosis complete.
Check circuit: Access SSU Address 02

and perform SSU System
1. The condition of fuse F8. Beep Mode Test to check
211
for intermittent problems if
SSU
2. With key switch ON, battery voltage should be on pin A of fuse F8 (F16 on field necessary.
12
installed harness).
• If no voltage at F8 (F16), check circuit 962 from F8 (cct 922 from F16), pin A, to See SSU Addresses,
ELX relay, pin 87. Reference 245-SSU-001.
Diagnosis complete.
3. X980-3 (32-way, gray) connector to be free of corrosion, and all wires well-crimped.
NOT OK: Circuit
4. Battery voltage should be found on pin M1 (cct 962) (cct 922 on field installed problem(s) was found and
harness) of X980-2 connector and pin H1 (cct 962) (or cct 922) of X980-3 corrected. Diagnosis
connector. complete.
5. Access SSU Address 30. Cycle hazard light switch. Disconnect the EH Steering
Valve. Battery voltage should be found between pin C (+) and pin B (-) of the
harness connector.
6. Continuity of ground wire (cct 050) from pins M2 and L2 of X980-2 connector and
pin G1 of X980-3 connector.
7. Battery condition and charge.
8. If no display is present, check:

• Condition of fuse F10
• Turn signal control circuit. See Radio, Dome Lamp, and Multi-Function Switch
Circuits (SE4) (—009999), Reference 240-25-005, or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome
Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), Reference 240-25-045.
• CCD communication circuits 924 and 925. Perform CCD Network Diagnosis,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=790
SSU 029 — SSU EOL Data Fault
SSU 029 is stored when the EOL (End of Line) calibration

211
and configuration values do not meet expectation. SSU
13
TD21397,0000308 –19–08JAN04–1/1

– – –1/1
does not return.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=791
SSU 030 — SSU Supply Voltage Fault
SSU 030 indicates system voltage out of range (below 9

211
SSU volts or above 16 volts). The normal operating range is
14 12.3 to 15.5 volts with tractor running.
TD21397,000028E –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 System Voltage NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Voltage in
245-05-001.) specification. Code does
Access SSU Address 03 and perform System Voltage Test in SSU Addresses, completed.
Reference 245-SSU-001.
NOT OK: Check causes
SSU Address 03—Specification for low or high voltage.
System Voltage—Volts ............................................................................... 9.0 V—16.0 V Clear code, run tractor
and recheck for code.
Ensure that code does
not return. See Recall,
Record and Clear Codes,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=792
SSU 031 — Sensor Supply Voltage Fault
SSU 031 indicates supply voltage to the Steering Angle

211
Sensor is less than 4.8 volts or more than 5.2 volts for SSU
more than one second. The sensor is disabled when 15
service code SSU 031 is active. Code will remain active
until cleared.
TD21397,000028D –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Sensor Supply NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Sensor supply
Voltage 245-05-001.) voltage is in specification.
Access SSU Address 04 and perform Sensor Supply Voltage Test in SSU Addresses,
Reference 245-SSU-001. NOT OK: Less than 4.8
voltage indicates an open
SSU Address 04—Specification or high resistance in the 5
Sensor Supply Voltage—Volts ..................................................................... 4.8 V—5.2 V volt supply circuit. Repair
and repeat this test.
NOT OK: More than 5.2

volts indicates an ’open’
in the ground circuit or a
’short’ to 12 volts. Repair
– – –1/1
122106
PN=793
SSU 041 — Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1

Supply Voltage Fault
211
SSU SSU 041 is stored when the sensor supply voltage to the
16 Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 is less than 4.8 volts or
greater than 5.2 volts for more than one second. AutoTrac
will be disabled when code is active. Code will remain
active until cleared.
TD21397,000028C –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check Sensor Voltage NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Value is correct. No
245-05-001.) problem found.
Access SSU Address 05 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Supply NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
Voltage Test in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. The supply voltage should
range as....
SSU Address 05—Specification

SID 1 Supply Voltage—Voltage ................................................................... 4.8 V—5.2 V
– – –1/1
2 Circuit Check 1. Turn key switch OFF. OK: Repair circuits or

2. Remove ’Diag’ fuse from F10 socket. sensor as required.
3. Turn key switch ON.
4. Disconnect SID 1 connector. NOT OK: No problems
5. Check for correct voltage between pins 1 (+) and 4 (-) of the harness connector. found. An intermittent
• If voltage is correct, a faulty sensor is indicated. fault in SSU is indicated.
• If voltage is not correct, swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If problem goes to
SID 2, a circuit problem is indicated. If problem remains with SID 1, a sensor
problem is indicated.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=794

Current Fault
211
SSU 042 is stored when the detected current through the SSU
Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 is less than 04.0 mA or 17
greater than 20.0 mA for more than one second. AutoTrac
TD21397,000028B –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check Sensor Current NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Value is correct. No
Access SSU Address 33 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Current Test NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001.
When turning the steering wheel through it’s left and right rotation the current will
range as....

SID 1 Input Current—milliamps .......................................................... 04.0 mA—20.0 mA
– – –1/1

sensor as required.
2. Remove ’Diag’ fuse from F10 socket.
NOT OK: No problems
3. Turn key switch ON. found. An intermittent
fault in SSU is indicated.
4. Disconnect SID 1 connector.
5. Check for correct current by placing the meter in series between pins 1 (+) and 4 (-)
of the harness connector.
• If current is correct, a faulty sensor is indicated.
• If current is not correct, swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If problem goes to
– – –1/1
122106
PN=795

Signal Fault
211
SSU SSU 043 is stored when the count value of Steering
18 Wheel Position Sensor 1 has become erratic. AutoTrac
TD21397,000028A –19–01JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Position Sensor 1 NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: GO TO 2 .
Count Check 245-05-001.)
Access SSU Address 07 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Status Test
in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. See Access Control Unit Addresses,
As the steering wheel is turned from left to right the value should increase and when
turned from right to left the value should decrease.
– – –1/1
2 Supply Voltage Check Access SSU Address 05 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Supply OK: GO TO 3 .
range as....

– – –1/1
122106
PN=796
3 SID 1 Current Check Access SSU Address 33 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Current Test OK: All values are
in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. correct. No problem
found.
range as.... NOT OK: GO TO 4 .
211
SSU
19
– – –1/1
4 Swap Connectors Swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If a Service Code SSU 053 is set, a sensor OK: Replace SID 1 or
problem is indicated (SID 1 is faulty). repair harness as
required.
If Service Code SSU 043 returns, a harness problem is indicated. Test harness for
shorts, opens, and grounds.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=797

Signal Mismatch
211
SSU SSU 045 is stored when the signal from the Steering
20 Wheel Position Sensor 1 (B981) does not match signal
from Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2. AutoTrac will be
cleared.
TD21397,0000289 –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
range as....

– – –1/1
122106
PN=798
found.
211
SSU
21
– – –1/1
4 Circuit Check 1. Turn key switch OFF. OK: No problems found.

An intermittent fault in
2. Remove ’Diag’ fuse from F10 socket. SSU may be indicated.
3. Turn key switch ON. NOT OK: Repair circuits

or sensor (SID 1) as
4. Swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If problem goes to SID 2 (code SSU 055 is required.
stored), a sensor (SID 1) problem is indicated. If problem remains with SID 1 (code
SSU 045 returns), a circuit problem is indicated.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=799

Supply Voltage Fault
211
SSU SSU 051 is stored when the sensor supply voltage to the
22 Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 is less than 4.8 volts or
greater than 5.2 volts for more than one second. AutoTrac
TD21397,0000288 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check Sensor Voltage Access SSU Address 06 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 Supply OK: Value is correct. No
Voltage Test in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. The supply voltage should problem found.
range as....
NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1

sensor as required.
NOT OK: No problems
5. Check for correct voltage between pins 1 (+) and 4 (-) of the harness connector.
• If voltage is correct, a faulty sensor is indicated.
• If voltage is not correct, swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If problem goes to
– – –1/1
122106
PN=800

Current Fault
211
SSU 052 is stored when the detected current through the SSU
Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 is less than 04.0 mA or 23
greater than 20.0 mA for more than one second. AutoTrac
TD21397,0000287 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SID 2 Current Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Value is correct. No
Access SSU Address 34 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 Current Test NOT OK: Circuit
in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. problems have been
found and corrected.
range as....

– – –1/1

sensor as required.
NOT OK: No problems
5. Check for correct current by placing the meter in series between pins 1 (+) and 4 (-)
of the harness connector.
• If current is correct, a faulty sensor is indicated.
• If current is not correct, swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If problem goes to
– – –1/1
122106
PN=801

Signal Fault
211
SSU SSU 053 is stored when the count value of Steering
24 Wheel Position Sensor 2 has become erratic. AutoTrac
TD21397,0000286 –19–28JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Position Sensor 2 NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: Made
Access SSU Address 08 to perform the Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 Status Test necessary repairs. Code
in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. See Access Control Unit Addresses, does not return.
Reference 245-05-002. Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
range as....

– – –1/1
122106
PN=802
found.
211
SSU
25
– – –1/1
4 Swap Connectors Swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If a Service Code SSU 043 is set, a sensor OK: Replace SID 2 or
problem is indicated (SID 2 is faulty). repair harness as
required.
If Service Code SSU 053 returns, a harness problem is indicated. Test harness for
shorts, opens, and grounds.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=803

Signal Mismatch
211
SSU SSU 055 is stored when the signal from the Steering
26 Wheel Position Sensor 2 (B982) does not match signal
from Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1. AutoTrac will be
cleared.
TD21397,0000285 –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
– – –1/1
range as....

– – –1/1
122106
PN=804
found.
211
SSU
27
– – –1/1
4 Circuit Check 1. Turn key switch OFF. OK: No problems found.

An intermittent fault in
2. Remove ’Diag’ fuse from F10 socket. SSU may be indicated.
3. Turn key switch ON. NOT OK: Repair circuits

or sensor (SID 2) as
4. Swap connectors for SID 1 and SID 2. If problem goes to SID 1 (code SSU 04 5 is required.
stored), a sensor (SID 2) problem is indicated. If problem remains with SID 2 (code
SSU 055 returns), a circuit problem is indicated.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=805
SSU 065 — Steering Movement Occurred

w/No Steering Wheel Signal Detected
211
SSU SSU 065 indicates the SSU detected movement at the
28 Steering Angle Sensor without receiving a signal from the
Steering Input Device (SID 1 and SID 2). AutoTrac will be
prevented while the code is active.
TD21397,0000309 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Inspect Components The SSU is fully powered once the key switch is ON. Circuits running to the Steering OK: All components are
Angle Sensor, the EH Valve, and the Steering Input Device (SID 1 and SID 2) are in normal condition. Clear
monitored even when AutoTrac is not active. the code and monitor for
it’s return prior to
If the SSU senses that any of these are not performing as expected, a code is stored. attempting to engage
This provides detection of problems with the components before allowing the operator AutoTrac.
to engage AutoTrac. Both the Angle Sensor and SID components are actuated during
standard hydraulic steering. NOT OK: Correct any
apparent or suspected
Check for.... problems, clear the code
and monitor for it’s return
1. Condition of SID components, their connectors and circuits. prior to attempting to
2. The secure mounting of the steering angle sensor, condition of it’s connector and engage AutoTrac.
circuits.
3. Access SSU Address 07 and perform Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Status
Test.
Test.
5. Access SSU Address 09 and perform Steering Angle Sensor Output Voltage
Test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=806
SSU 066 — Steering Input Device Calibration

Fault
211
SSU 066 indicates the Steering Input Device(s) did not SSU
provide the expected output during calibration. AutoTrac 29
will be prevented while the code is stored.
TD21397,000030A –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 SID Component This fault may only occur during calibration of a new tractor or when recalibrating the OK: All components are
Check SID after a component repair. in normal condition. Clear
the code and monitor for
Check the SID.... it’s return prior to
attempting to engage
• for proper and secure mounting. AutoTrac.
• that connectors are correctly attached to their device.
• that circuits are securely attached to the connectors. NOT OK: Correct any
• that components are free of corrosion and moisture. apparent or suspected
problems, clear the code
Then display addresses for testing.... and monitor for it’s return
prior to attempting to
1. Access SSU Address 07 and perform Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Status engage AutoTrac.
Test.
Test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=807
SSU 100 — Operator Not Seated While

AutoTrac Active
211
SSU SSU 100 is stored when AutoTrac is in the active mode
30 and the operator is out of the seat for more than two
seconds. If operator is out of seat for more than seven
seconds AutoTrac will shut off.
TD21397,0000284 –19–30JAN04–1/1

• SSU Wiring Diagram, Field Installed (SE15) (See Reference 245-SSU-300b)
– – –1/1
1 Access SSU Address NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: AutoTrac system is
63 245-05-001.) functioning properly.
Access SSU Address 63 and perform Seat Switch, Track Number, and GPS Status Access SSU Address 02
Test in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. See Access Control Unit and perform SSU System
Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. Beep Mode Test to check
for intermittent causes.
NOTE: Engine must be off for this test. See SSU Addresses,
Alternate between sitting in the operator’s seat and standing up. Display should read....
Diagnosis complete.
Operator Presence Switch—Seat Vacant ................................................................... 0XX NOT OK: Display does
Seat Occupied ............................................................................................................. 1XX not alternate when
operator is in or out of
seat.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=808
2 Operator Presence Access ACU Address 19 and perform Operator Presence Switch Test in ACU OK: Switch checks OK.
Seat Switch / Circuit Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001.
Check Access ACU Address 02
ACU Address 19—Specification and perform ACU System
Operator Presence Switch—Seat Beep Mode to check for
Occupied ..................................................................................................................... XX1 intermittent causes. See
211
Seat Empty .................................................................................................................. XX0 ACU Addresses,
SSU
31
Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: Repaired /

replaced switch.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=809
SSU 101 — Operator Presence Switch Circuit

Fault
211
SSU SSU 101 is stored when the SSU detects the seat switch
32 has not been open for more than 25.5 hours of operation.
AutoTrac will be disabled when code is active. Code will
remain active until the seat switch closes. Total time will
accumulate even through power cycles.
KB11996,00000AB –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Operator Presence NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Switch checks OK.
Seat Switch / Circuit 245-05-001.)
Check Access ACU Address 02
Access ACU Address 19 and perform Operator Presence Switch Test in ACU and perform ACU System
Addresses, Reference 245-ACU-001. Beep Mode Test to check
for intermittent causes.
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. (See ACU Addresses,
Reference 245-ACU-001.)
Operator Presence Switch—Seat If circuits pass the ’beep’
Occupied ..................................................................................................................... XX1 mode test, then....
Seat Empty .................................................................................................................. XX0
GO TO 2 .
If the Operator Presence Switch checks OK, inform owner / operator of the safety
considerations of not having the operator in the seat while transmission is out of (See ACU Addresses,
PARK. Reference 245-ACU-001.)
NOT OK: Repair /

replace switch. Diagnosis
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=810
2 CCD Network Perform CCD Network Diagnosis, Reference 245-05-005. OK: All systems function
Diagnosis correctly. Code does not
To assist in the circuit diagnosis see CCD Wiring Diagram (—009999) Reference return, diagnosis
245-05-007 or CCD Wiring Diagram (010001—), Reference 245-05-007a. complete.

211
problem. Repair as
SSU
33
and Clear Codes. (See
Reference 245-05-001.) If
code does not return
diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=811
SSU 111 — Steering Valve Fault
SSU 111 is stored when the EH Steering Valve reports a

211
SSU fault condition. AutoTrac will be disabled when code is
34 active. Code will remain active until cleared.
TD21397,0000283 –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Calibrate Steering NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Diagnosis complete.
Valve 245-05-001.)
NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
Start tractor, access SSU Address 28 and perform SSU Calibration.

– – –1/1
2 Operate Valve 1. Access SSU Address 30 and perform Steering Valve Manual Test. OK: Diagnosis complete.
Manually 2. Valve should be ’off’ or ’neutral’ when display is at “100”.
3. Left steer should begin when display is at approximately “90” and will be at NOT OK: Check for loose
maximum flow when display is at “50”. terminals in EH Steering
4. Right steer should begin when display is at approximately “110” and will be at Valve harness connector
maximum flow when display is at “150”. Y980 and SSU
5. If valve does not perform correctly, or SSU Code 111 reappears when valve is connectors X980-1 and
turned on, valve must be replaced. X980-3. If loose terminals
found, repair and perform
calibration again. If
problem still exists, and
an intermittent problem is
suspected, see SSU
System Beep Mode at
SSU Address 02.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=812
SSU 153 — Steering Angle Sensor

Calibration Fault
211
SSU 153 will be stored if the output signal from the SSU
Steering Angle Sensor, located on top of the hinge, does 35
not produce sufficient voltage range. AutoTrac will be
cleared.
TD21397,0000304 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check SSU Address NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: No circuit or sensor
09 245-05-001.) problem found. An SSU
fault is indicated. If an
Access SSU Address 09 and perform the Steering Angle Sensor Output Voltage Test. intermittent problem is
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002 suspected, see SSU
System Beep Mode at
• When steered full left, the display should be between 0.5 and 2.0 volts. SSU Address 02.
• When steered full right, the display should be between 3.0 and 4.5 volts.
• The difference between full right value and full left value must be greater than 1.8 NOT OK: If other related
volts. SSU codes are stored,
test the control unit’s
grounds (cct 050) from
connector X980-2 and
X980-3. Repair or replace
– – –1/1
122106
PN=813
SSU 158 — Steering Angle Sensor Low or No

Motion—Manual Mode
211
SSU SSU 158 is stored if the SSU detects movement from the
36 Steering Input Device (SID 1 and SID 2) but detects little,
or no, resulting movement from the Steering Angle
Sensor, located on top of the hinge, during manual
steering only. AutoTrac will be disabled when code is
active. Code will remain active until cleared.
NOTE: This code is similar to code SSU 182 except that

it only occurs during manual steering.
Access SSU Address 09 and perform the Steering Angle

Sensor Output Voltage Test.
If other related SSU codes are stored, test the control

unit’s grounds (cct 050) from connectors X980-2 (pins L2
and M2) and X980-3 (pin G1). Repair or replace circuit as
necessary.
TD21397,0000360 –19–15JUN04–1/1
122106
PN=814
SSU 159 — Steering Direction Signal Conflict
SSU 159 is stored only during calibration of the SSU. The

211
code indicates that feedback from the Steering Angle SSU
Sensor is opposite from the expected result of steering 37
wheel input.
Ensure that the Steering Angle Sensor is correctly

mounted and the linkage is properly positioned. Secure
any electrical harness, hydraulic hoses or lines, etc. so
there will be no interference with the AutoTrac
components.
Access SSU Address 09 and perform the Steering Angle

Sensor Output Voltage Test.
TD21397,0000361 –19–05APR04–1/1
122106
PN=815
SSU 180 — Steering Angle Sensor Output

Low
211
SSU SSU 180 will be stored if the output signal from the
38 Steering Angle Sensor, located on top of the hinge, is too
low (less than 0.5 volts). AutoTrac will be disabled when
code is active. Code will remain active until the power is
cycled with the key switch.
TD21397,0000302 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
System Beep Mode at
The display should indicate a voltage value between 0.5 V and 4.5 V. SSU Address 02.
NOT OK: If other related

SSU codes are stored,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=816
SSU 181 — Steering Angle Sensor Output

High
211
SSU 181 will be stored if the output signal from the SSU
Steering Angle Sensor, located on top of the hinge, is too 39
high (greater than 4.5 volts). AutoTrac will be disabled
when code is active. Code will remain active until the
power is cycled with the key switch.
TD21397,0000303 –19–10JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
System Beep Mode at
The display should indicate a voltage value between 0.5 V and 4.5 V. SSU Address 02.
NOT OK: If other related

SSU codes are stored,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=817
SSU 182 — Steering Angle Sensor Low or No

Motion—AutoTrac Mode
211
SSU SSU 182 will be stored if the SSU commands EH valve
40 flow but detects little, or no, resulting movement from the
Steering Angle Sensor located on top of the hinge.
remain active until the power is cycled with the key switch.
NOTE: This code is similar to code SSU 158 except that

it only occurs during AutoTrac steering.
TD21397,000026F –19–29JUN04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Check SSU Address NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: GO TO 2 .
09 245-05-001.)
If other related SSU codes are stored, test the control unit’s grounds (cct 050) from
connector X980-2 and X980-3. Repair or replace circuit as necessary.
Access SSU Address 09 and perform the Steering Angle Sensor Output Voltage Test.
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002
The display should indicate a voltage value between 0.5 V and 4.5 V.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=818
2 EH Valve Check Access SSU Address 30 and perform Steering Valve Manual Test OK: No problem found. If
suspected, see SSU
System Beep Mode at
SSU Address 02.
211
NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
SSU
41
– – –1/1
3 Calibrate SSU Access SSU Address 28 and perform SSU Calibration. OK: Calibration complete.
NOT OK: See CCD

Network Diagnosis,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=819
SSU 196 — Steering Valve Deadband

Calibration Fault
211
SSU SSU 196 is stored during SSU calibration when the
42 steering valve deadband calibration is out of tolerance.
remain active until cleared.
TD21397,0000282 –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Calbrate Control Unit NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: If code does not
245-05-001.) return, diagnosis
complete.
Access SSU Address 28 and perform SSU Calibration in SSU Addresses, Reference
245-SSU-001. NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 EH Valve Check Access SSU Address 30 and perform Steering Valve Manual Test OK: No problem found. If
suspected, see SSU
System Beep Mode at
SSU Address 02.
NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=820
3 Steering Valve Access SSU Address 29 and peform the Steering Valve Deadband Status Test. OK: No problem found.
Deadband Check
The left turn deadband must be between “80” and “97”. NOT OK: Check for loose
terminals in harness
The right turn deadband must be between “103” and “120”. connectors for EH
Steering Valve (Y980)
211
If a deadband is outside the valid range, perform the SSU Calibration again, taking and Steering Input Device
SSU
care to move the tractor slowly during the calibration if the tractor has duals mounted (A982). If loose terminals
43
or has difficulty steering against the stops while stationary. If valve deadband is found, repair and perform
repeatedly outside the valid range during calibration, the valve must be replaced. calibration again. If
problem still exists, and
suspected, see SSU
System Beep Mode at
SSU Address 02.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=821
SSU 197 — Steering Valve Command Low
SSU 197 is stored when command signal voltage from

211
SSU SSU to the EH Steering Valve (980) becomes too low
44 (less than 15% of supply voltage). AutoTrac will be
cleared.
TD21397,0000281 –19–10MAY06–1/1
• AutoTrac Steering System (See Reference 260-20-050.)

– – –1/1
1 Voltage Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: GO TO 2 .
245-05-001.)
With key switch (S001) ON, check circuits for: as necessary.
1. 12 Volts on pin A of fuse F8. (On field installed harness: fuse F16)
• If no voltage at F8 (F16), check continuity of circuit 072 from F8 (F16), pin A, to
ELX relay, pin 87.
2. The condition of fuse F8 (F16).
3. X980-2 (48-way brown) and X980-3 (32-way gray) connectors to be free of

corrosion, and all wires well-crimped.
4. Battery voltage should be found on pin M1 of X980-2 connector and pin H1 of

X980-3 connector.
5. Good grounding of ground wires (circuit 050) from pins M2 and L2 of X980-2
connector and pin G1 of X980-3 connector.

• Turn signal control circuit. See Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch
Circuits, SE4, Reference 240-25-022, or Radio, Dome Lamp and
Multi-Function Switch Schematic, SE4b, (010001—), Reference 240-25-045.
• CCD communication circuits 924 and 925. See CCD Network Diagnosis,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=822
2 Harness Checks 1. Check for shorts, opens, grounds, and high resistance at the steering valve OK: No problem found. If
connector: circuit 959 (power (C)), circuit 957 (ground (B)), circuit 958 (signal (D)), an intermittent is
and circuit 956 (fault (A)). suspected see SSU
System Beep Mode at
2. Turn key switch (S001) OFF. SSU Address 02.
211
3. Check continuity from steering valve (Y980) connector, pin A, to SSU connector NOT OK: Repair circuits
SSU
X980-1, pin D2 (circuit 956). as necessary.
45
4. Check continuity from steering valve connector, pin B, to SSU connector X980-3,
pin H1 (circuit 957).
5. Check continuity from steering valve connector, pin C, to SSU connector X980-3,
pin E1 (circuit 959).
6. Check continuity from steering valve connector, pin D, to SSU connector X980-3,
pin C1 (circuit 958).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=823
SSU 198 — Steering Valve Command High
SSU 198 is stored when the command signal voltage from

211
SSU SSU to the EH Steering Valve (980) becomes too high
46 (more than 85% of supply voltage). AutoTrac will be
cleared.
TD21397,0000280 –19–10MAY06–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Voltage Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: GO TO 2 .
245-05-001.)
With key switch (S001) ON, check circuits for: as necessary.
1. 12 Volts on pin A of fuse F8. (On field installed harness: fuse F16)
• If no voltage at F8 (F16), check continuity of circuit 072 from F8 (F16), pin A, to
ELX relay, pin 87.
2. The condition of fuse F8 (F16).
3. X980-2 (48-way brown) and X980-3 (32-way gray) connectors to be free of

corrosion, and all wires well-crimped.
4. Battery voltage should be found on pin M1 of X980-2 connector and pin H1 of

X980-3 connector.
5. Good grounding of ground wires (circuit 050) from pins M2 and L2 of X980-2
connector and pin G1 of X980-3 connector.

• Turn signal control circuit. See Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch
Circuits, SE4, Reference 240-25-022, or Radio, Dome Lamp and
Multi-Function Switch Schematic, SE4b, (010001—), Reference 240-25-045.
• CCD communication circuits 924 and 925. See CCD Network Diagnosis,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=824
2 Harness Check 1. Check for shorts, opens, grounds, and high resistance at the steering valve OK: No problem found. If
connector: circuit 959 (power (C)), circuit 957 (ground (B)), circuit 958 (signal (D)), an intermittent is
and circuit 956 (fault (A)). suspected see SSU
System Beep Mode at
2. Turn key switch (S001) OFF. SSU Address 02.
211
3. Check continuity from steering valve (Y980) connector, pin A, to SSU connector NOT OK: Repair circuits
SSU
X980-1, pin D2 (circuit 956). as necessary.
47
4. Check continuity from steering valve connector, pin B, to SSU connector X980-3,
pin H1 (circuit 957).
5. Check continuity from steering valve connector, pin C, to SSU connector X980-3,
pin E1 (circuit 959).
6. Check continuity from steering valve connector, pin D, to SSU connector X980-3,
pin C1 (circuit 958).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=825
SSU 199 — Steering System Output Fault
SSU 199 is stored during calibration when the resulting

211
SSU steering motion produced by the steering valve is incorrect
48 or the voltage output from the steering angle sensor is
reversed from the expected result. AutoTrac will be
cleared.
TD21397,000030B –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Operational Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Tractor steers
245-05-001.) correctly. No problem
found.
1. Start engine and set speed at low idle.
NOT OK: Plumbing
2. Turn steering wheel to each side of center. Power steering should operate normally. problem found and
• The power steering valve and the EH steering valve are intended to be plumbed corrected. Test operation
in parallel. thoroughly and check for
• If no code was stored for the Steering Angle Sensor (code SSU 159) during codes.
calibration but code SSU 199 was stored, the connections of the EH valve (Y980)
lines are reversed.
See AutoTrac Steering System, Reference 260-20-050 and Steering System

w/AutoTrac ISO Diagram, Reference 260-25-003 to check for correct line routing.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=826
SSU 201 — Wheel Speed Signal Missing
SSU 201 indicates the wheel speed signal is missing. The

211
SSU is not receiving the frequency signal via the CCD SSU
network. AutoTrac will be disabled when code is active. 49
Code will remain active until the wheel speed message is
received.
TD21397,000027F –19–01JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Wheel Speed Sensor NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Wheel speed sensor
Test 245-05-001.) value on display and ICU
display value is
Access SSU Address 18 and perform Current Wheel Speed Test in SSU Addresses, approximately the same.
Reference 245-SSU-001. See Reference 245-05-002, Access Control Unit Addresses.
GO TO 2 .
Compare speed reading on ICU display and Address display (tach) while driving the
tractor. Speed should be approximate values. NOT OK: If both the ICU
and the display read ’0’
NOTE: Display will show kph and ICU may show mph or kph depending on and the tractor shifts to
programing. To convert values to same units, multiply mph by 1.61 to get kph value. NEUTRAL after
approximately six
seconds, check the wheel
speed sensor connection.
After repair repeat this
test.
NOT OK: If the ICU

display is correct but the
address display reads ’0’,
see Wheel and Ground
Speed Sensor Status
Test at CCU Address 05
to check for wheel speed
communication. After
repair repeat this test.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=827
For a CCD Wiring Diagram (—009999), see Reference 245-05-007, or CCD Wiring return, diagnosis
Diagram (010001—), Reference 245-05-007a. complete.

211
problem. Repair as
SSU
50
and Clear Codes. (See
Reference 245-05-001.) If
code does not return
diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=828
SSU 203 — Transmission Signal Missing
SSU 203 indicates the PST transmission data is missing.

211
The SSU is not receiving the current gear signal via the SSU
CCD network. AutoTrac will be disabled when code is 51
active. Code will remain active until the transmission
message is received.
TD21397,000027E –19–01JUL04–1/1
• CCD Communication Network Theory (See Reference 245-05-200.)

– – –1/1
1 SSU Address 17 NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Display matches
Check 245-05-001.) commanded gear, current
transmission gear and
The SSU requires gear information to prevent AutoTrac engagement while in reverse. vehicle direction.
If this code is set and the tractor has an MST transmission, the SSU has detected the Access SSU Address 02
wrong transmission. Access SSU Address 36 and perform Transmission Type Test and perform SSU System
for redetection. Beep Mode to check for
Access SSU Address 17 and perform Commanded Gear, Current Gear, and See SSU Addresses,
Calculated Vehicle Direction for tractors with a PST Transmission. See SSU Reference 245-SSU-001.
Diagnosis complete.
See Access Control Unit AddressesReference 245-05-002.
NOT OK: If display does
The possible display characters for PST are: not change or problems
were encountered when
• “r” - reverse trying to get readings....
• “n” - neutral
• “F” - Forward GO TO 2 .
• “P” - Park
Commanded Gear - Left Current Gear - Center Vehicle Direction - Right

Digit Digit Digit
r r r
n n F
F F —
P P —
– – –1/1
122106
PN=829
2 CCD Network Perform CCD Network Diagnosis, Reference 245-05-005.) OK: All systems function

211
problem. Repair as
SSU
52
and Clear Codes. See
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=830
SSU 205 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Signal

Missing
211
SSU 205 is stored if the SSU did not receive a CCD SSU
hydraulic oil temperature message when expected. 53
remain active until the oil temperature message is
received.
TD21397,000027D –19–29JUL04–1/1

• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999) (See Reference 245-CCU-300.)
• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—) (See Reference 245-CCU-300b.)
– – –1/1
Diagnosis 245-05-001.) Code does not return.
Diagnosis complete.
If service codes CCU 017 or CCU 018 have been stored, follow their diagnostic
procedures to correct fault conditions prior to performing further testing. NOT OK: Problems found
Access SSU Address 24 to see if hydraulic oil temperature is displayed, then perform repair and recall codes to
CCD Network Diagnosis, Reference 245-05-005. confirm repair. See
Codes, Reference
245-05-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=831
SSU 206 — Resume Switch Signal Missing
SSU 206 is stored if the SSU does not receive the

211
SSU AutoTrac Resume Switch message from the ACU.
54 AutoTrac will be disabled when code is active. Code will
remain active until the resume switch message is
received.
TD21397,000027C –19–29JUL04–1/1

• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999) (See Reference 245-ACU-300.)
• ACU Circuit Wiring Diagram (010001—) (See Reference 245-ACU-300b.)
– – –1/1
1 SSU Address 61 NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: AutoTrac system is
Check 245-05-001.) functioning correctly, GO
TO 2 .
If service codes ACU 070 or ACU 071 have been stored, follow their diagnostic
procedures to correct fault conditions prior to performing further testing. NOT OK: Refer to
AutoTrac Operator’s
Access SSU Address 61 and perform AutoTrac Steer and Resume Switch Status and Manual for conditions
AutoTrac Mode in SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001. See Access Control Unit necessary to put the
Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. AutoTrac system in each
operation mode and
With key switch ON and engine OFF, operate the Resume Switch. The corner post repeat step.
display should read:

AutoTrac Steer and Resume Switch
Status and AutoTrac Mode—Resume
Switch OFF .................................................................................................................. X0X
Resume Switch ON ..................................................................................................... X1X
Resume Switch Invalid Data ....................................................................................... X9X
AutoTrac enabled ........................................................................................................ XX1
AutoTrac active ........................................................................................................... XX2
– – –1/1
122106
PN=832

211
problem. Repair as
SSU
needed. Recall, Record
55
and Clear Codes,
Reference 245-05-001. If
code does not return,
diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=833
SSU 208 — GREENSTAR™ Display Message

Fault w/AutoTrac Active or Enabled
211
SSU SSU 208 indicates SSU has not received expected data
56 from the GREENSTAR™ display on the CCD bus. The
SSU must receive at least one message from the
GREENSTAR™ display before the fault can be reported.
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company TD21397,000027B –19–29JUL04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Access SSU Address Access SSU Address 61 and perform AutoTrac Mode Test at AutoTrac Steer and OK: AutoTrac system is
61 Resume Switch Status and AutoTrac Mode in SSU Addresses, Reference functioning correctly.
245-SSU-001. See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.
GO TO 2 .
NOTE: Engine must be running for this test.
NOT OK: Refer to
Put the AutoTrac system in the enabled or active mode. Display should read.... AutoTrac Operator’s
Manual for conditions
SSU Address 61—Specification necessary to put the
AutoTrac Mode—AutoTrac enabled ............................................................................ XX1 AutoTrac system in each
AutoTrac active ........................................................................................................... XX2 operation mode and
repeat step.
– – –1/1
2 CCD Network NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: All systems function
Diagnosis 245-05-001.) correctly. Code does not
return, diagnosis
Perform CCD Network Diagnosis, Reference 245-05-005. complete.
Also see CCD Wiring Diagram (—009999), Reference 245-05-007 or CCD Wiring NOT OK: Test isolated
Diagram (010001—), Reference 245-05-007a. problem. Repair as
needed then Recall,
Record and Clear Codes.
(See Reference
245-05-001.) If code does
complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=834
SSU 209 — TCM Message Missing
Service Code SSU 209 indicates there is no

211
communiction available from the Terrain Compensation SSU
Module (TCM). The SSU must receive at least one 57
message from the TCM before the fault can be reported.
AutoTrac will be disabled and code will remain until key
switch has been cycled.
TD21397,0000301 –19–15SEP04–1/1

– – –1/1
1 TCM Status Access SSU Address 32 to display the status of the Terrain Compensation Module. OK: Display is correct.
Status will display as.... No problem found.
TCM is not present ............................................................... 000 NOT OK: See AMS (Ag
TCM is present but turned OFF ........................................... 001 Management Solutions)
TCM is present and turned ON ............................................ 002 Systems and
Components Diagnosis
and Tests, TM1909.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=835
SSU 212 — MST Transmission Reverse

Status not Available
211
SSU Service Code SSU 212 indicates there is no
58 communication available from the reverse detection
switches for the MST Transmission. AutoTrac will be
disabled and the code will remain until the message has
been received.
TD21397,000027A –19–05MAY06–1/1

– – –1/1
1 Transmission Display If service code CCU 037 has been stored, follow it’s diagnostic procedure to correct OK: Display is correct.
fault conditions prior to performing further testing. No problem found.
If this code is set and the tractor has a PST transmission, the SSU has detected the NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
wrong transmission. Access SSU Address 36 and perform Transmission Type Test
for redetection.
Access SSU Address 17 to display the Commanded Gear for the MST Transmission.
See Access Control Unit AddressesReference 245-05-002.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=836
2 Communication NOTE: Only the latest production CCU software sends the MST reverse switch OK: No problem found. If
Check communication on the bus. If the tractor is older (but above serial number 040000) and an intermittent is
this code is stored, a common problem is that the latest CCU control unit was not suspected, see CCU
installed during the AutoTrac installation process. Refer to DTAC Solution number System Beep Mode w/o
67043 for most up to date information. Speed Sensors at CCU
Address 03 for further
211
1. Insert ’Diag’ fuse, F10. testing of circuits.
SSU
59
2. Cycle through the sequence of control units to ensure that both “CCU” and “SSU” NOT OK: If a problem
are displayed. exists follow the
a. If either of these control units fails to display, a communication problem exists. diagnostic path described
See CCD Network Diagnosis, Reference 245-05-005, to diagnose the problem. above for each case.
3. Stop the sequence at “CCU” to see if Service Code CCU 067 is stored. If the Code
is stored, a sensor power interruption has occurred and may be intermittent.
• This failure would also store several other Codes related to sensors. See CCU
Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999), Reference 245-CCU-300 or CCU Circuit
Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), Reference 245-CCU-300b along with Radar,
Central Control Unit Schematic (SE8) (—009999), Reference 240-25-009.
• If the Code is not stored, a sensor circuit problem is indicated. Access CCU
Address 13 and perform Reverse and Emergency Steering Pressure Switches
Test.
– – –1/1
SSU 213 — Yaw Rate Message Missing
SSU 213 is stored when the yaw rate (turn rate) message
from the TCM has not been received by the SSU (A980)
for more than 5 seconds. Code can also be set if TCM
software has not been updated. GREENSTAR™ AutoTrac
Assisted Steering System will be disabled when code is
active.
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company KB11996,0000285 –19–21DEC05–1/1
122106
PN=837

211
SSU • 245-05-007, CCD Wiring Diagram (—009999)
60 • 245-05-007a, CCD Wiring Diagram (010001—019999)
• 245-05-007b, CCD Wiring Diagram (020000—)
• 245-05-007c, CCD Wiring Diagram (XXXXXX—)
• AutoTrac Steering System Theory (See Reference 260-20-050.)
• Factory Installed SSU Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-SSU-300a.)
• Field Installed SSU Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-SSU-300b.)
– – –1/1
1 GREENSTAR™ NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: GO TO 2 .
Display Software 245-05-001.)
Check NOT OK: Go to the John
GREENSTAR™ component software must have the Winter Software Bundle 2005 Deere Stellar support site.
update (WSB05).
www.stellarsupport
Key Switch in the RUN position
Download current
Press INFO button on Primary GREENSTAR™ Display GREENSTAR™ Display
software to KeyCard and
Press button next to KeyCard install in Mobile
Processor.
Press button next to Devices on CAN Bus
A Warning message will
View GREENSTAR™ Display information appear stating that a
software update needs to
Is Software Version current for product requirements? be performed.
You will be prompted to

Update Software.
Select Continue
After download, clear

code SSU 213 and repeat
this test.
– – –1/1
2 SSU Address 79 Access SSU address 79 and perform Vehicle Yaw Rate test. OK: SSU is receiving yaw
Check rate (turn rate) from GSD.
(See SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001.) Diagnosis complete.
(See Reference 245-05-002, Access Control Unit Addresses.) NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=838
3 CCD Network Perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.) OK: All systems function
return, diagnosis
complete.
NOT OK: Made

211
necessary repairs.
SSU
Diagnosis complete.
61
– – –1/1
SSU 214 — GPS Speed Message Missing
SSU 214 is stored when the GPS speed message from

the GREENSTAR™ display has not been received by the
SSU (A980) for more than 5 seconds. Code can also be
set if GSD software has not been updated.
GREENSTAR™ AutoTrac Assisted Steering System will
be disabled when code is active. Code will remain active
until the power is cycled with the key switch.
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company KB11996,0000286 –19–21DEC05–1/1

• 245-05-007, CCD Wiring Diagram (—009999)
• 245-05-007a, CCD Wiring Diagram (010001—019999)
• 245-05-007b, CCD Wiring Diagram (020000—)
• 245-05-007c, CCD Wiring Diagram (XXXXXX—)
• AutoTrac Steering System Theory (See Reference 260-20-050.)
• Factory Installed SSU Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-SSU-300a.)
• Field Installed SSU Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-SSU-300b.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=839
1 GREENSTAR™ NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: GO TO 2 .
Display Software 245-05-001.)
Check NOT OK: Go to the John
GREENSTAR™ component software must have the Winter Software Bundle 2005 Deere Stellar support site.
update (WSB05).
www.stellarsupport
211
Key Switch in the RUN position
SSU
Download current
62
Press INFO button on Primary GREENSTAR™ Display GREENSTAR™ Display
software to KeyCard and
Press button next to KeyCard install in Mobile
Processor.
Press button next to Devices on CAN Bus
A Warning message will
View GREENSTAR™ Display information appear stating that a
software update needs to
Is Software Version current for product requirements? be performed.
You will be prompted to

Update Software.
Select Continue
After download, clear

code SSU 214 and repeat
this test.
– – –1/1
2 SSU Address 19 Access SSU address 19 and perform GPS Speed test. OK: GPS receiver is
Check functioning normally and
(See SSU Addresses, Reference 245-SSU-001.) speed signal is broadcast
on the CCD network.
(See Reference 245-05-002, Access Control Unit Addresses.)
progress.
NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 CCD Network Perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.) OK: All systems function
return, diagnosis
complete.
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=840
Group SUP
SUP Code Diagnostics
SUP 010 — Communication w/SCU
Interrupted
211
SUP 010 is stored when the SUP senses that SUP
communication with the SCU has been lost. 1
OURX949,000027A –19–02AUG02–1/1
• SUP Circuit Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-SUP-300).

• SCU Wiring Diagram (SE7) (See Reference 245-SCU-300).
• SCV Controls (SUP) Theory of Operation (See Reference 245-SUP-200).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Fuses OK.
245-05-001.)
GO TO 2 .
Check fuses F5 and F6 in the fuse panel. Replace if necessary.
NOT OK: Replaced
fuse(s).
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 211-SUP-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=841
2 SCU-CCD Network With engine OFF, access SCU Address 01 to recall Control Unit Stored Codes, (See OK: No codes stored.
Check Reference 245-SCU-001). If SCU 060 is present or SCU diagnostic mode could not be
accessed, perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.) GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
211
Repeat step.
SUP
2
– – –1/1
3 Intermittent Electrical Check for intermittent problems in: OK: No problems found.
Check Diagnosis completed.
• CCD communication line (circuits 924, 925— X830-1 pins K2 and K3)
• SCU power circuits (circuits 802, 832— X830-1 pin E1; X830-2 pin B1) NOT OK: Made
• SCU Ground (circuit 050— X830-1 pin D1; X830-2 pin A1) necessary repairs.
Access SCU Address 02 for SCU System Beep Mode. (See Reference GO TO 2 .
245-SCU-001.)
NOT OK: No intermittents
found but problem still
exists.
Replace SCU control unit,

access SCU Address 20
and perform SCU
Calibration. (See
Reference 245-SCU-001.)
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=842
SUP 011 — Communication w/SCo

Interrupted
211
SUP 011 is stored when the SUP senses that SUP
communication with the SCo has been lost. 3
OURX949,000027B –19–02AUG02–1/1

• SCo Wiring Diagram (SE13) (See Reference 245-SCo-300).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Recall, Record and Clear Codes before proceeding. (See Reference OK: Fuse OK.
245-05-001.)
GO TO 2 .
Check fuse F7 in the fuse panel. Replace if necessary.
NOT OK: Replaced fuse.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=843
2 SCo-CCD Network With engine OFF, access SCo Address 01 to recall Control Unit Stored Codes, (See OK: No codes stored.
Check Reference 245-SCo-001). If SCo 060 is present or SCo diagnostic mode could not be
accessed, perform CCD Network Diagnosis. (See Reference 245-05-005.) GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
211
Repeat step.
SUP
4
– – –1/1
3 Intermittent Electrical Check for intermittent problems in: OK: No problems found.
• CCD communication line (circuits 924, 925— X860-1 pins K2 and K3)
• SCo power circuit (circuits 842— X860-2 pin B1) NOT OK: Made
• SCo Ground (circuit 050— X860-1 pin D1; X860-2 pin A1) necessary repairs.
Access SCo Address 02 for SCo System Beep Mode, (See Reference 245-SCo-001). GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No intermittents

found but problem still
exists.
Replace SCo control unit,

access SCo Address 20
and perform SCo
Calibration. (See
Reference 245-SCo-001.)
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=844
SUP 020 — Internal SUP Memory Fault
SUP 020 is stored when the SUP has lost part of its
211
internal memory. SUP
5
OURX949,000027C –19–02AUG02–1/1

• Cab Connecting Harnesses (See Reference240-25-027).
– – –1/1
245-05-001.) completed.
The SUP may function slightly differently but should still function with the partial
memory loss. Replacement is recommended, but not necessary unless operation is
unacceptable, then replace. SUP code 020 will remain as a nuisance code if the SUP
is not replaced. There is no calibration for the SUP control unit.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=845
211
SUP
6
122106
PN=846
Section 212
OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Contents
Page Page
Group 05—Axles Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-76

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-05-1 Heated Seat Circuit Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . .212-15-77 212
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-05-2
One or Both Axles Will Not Transmit Group 16—Ag Management Solutions (AMS)
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-05-3 GREENSTAR™ System Problem (—
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-05-3 009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-16-1
Axle Oil Overheats/Smells Burned. . . . . . . . . .212-05-5 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-16-1
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-05-5 GREENSTAR™ System Problem
Differential Lock Will Not (010001—). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-16-11
Engage/Disengage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-05-8 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-16-11
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-05-8 Loss of Power at Implement Breakaway
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-16-15
Group 15—Electrical Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-16-15
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-1 JDLINK™ System Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-16-19
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-2 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-16-19
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-3 GREENSTAR™ FIELDDOC™ Diagnostics. . .212-16-20
Charging System Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-4 Service Code Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-16-20
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-4
Starter Motor Will Not Crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-8 Group 20—Hitch
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-8 Hitch Won’t Raise And/Or Lower. . . . . . . . . . .212-20-1
Lighting System Malfunction (NA) . . . . . . . . .212-15-12 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-20-1
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-12 Hitch Raise/Lower Speed Incorrect . . . . . . . . .212-20-4
Lighting System Malfunction (Eur) . . . . . . . . .212-15-16 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-20-4
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-16 Hitch Cycles Up And Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-20-7
Turn Signal Lights Malfunction (NA) . . . . . . .212-15-21 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-20-7
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-21
Turn Signal Lights Malfunction (Eur) . . . . . . .212-15-22 Group 25—Heating, Ventilation, and Air
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-22 Conditioning (Standard)
Hazard Lights Malfunction (NA). . . . . . . . . . .212-15-28 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-25-1
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-28 Air Conditioning Not Cooling Adequately
Hazard Lights Malfunction (Eur) . . . . . . . . . .212-15-34 (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-25-2
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-34 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-25-2
Dome Light Malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-39 Heating Inadequate (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . .212-25-7
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-39 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-25-7
Roof Beacon Light Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-43 Low or No Air Flow From Air Ducts
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-43 (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-25-10
Vehicle Horn Malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-47 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-25-10
Seven Pin Outlet Malfunction (NA) . . . . . . . .212-15-50 Group 26A—Heating, Ventilation and Air
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-50 Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
Seven Pin Outlet Malfunction (EUR) . . . . . . .212-15-61 (—009999)
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-15-61 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-2
Convenience Outlet/Auxiliary Power Strip CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Trouble Light Flashing
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-15-73 (—009999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-3
Tractor Ground Speed Does Not Display . . .212-15-76 Continued on next page
122106
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-3 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-45-1

Diagnostic Trouble Lamp Does Not Light, Implement Settles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-45-3
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—009999). . . . . . . 212-26A-4 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-45-3
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-4 SCV(s) Does Not Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-45-5
Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (No Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-45-5
Cooling), CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—
009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-6 Group 50—Steering
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-6 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-1
212
Circulation Blower Inoperative, Slow, or Steering Wander or Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-2
Erratic, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (— Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-2
009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-8 Steering Capacity Low or Stalls Under
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . 212-26A-8 Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-4
Pressurizer Motor Inoperative or Slow, Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-4
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—009999). . . . . . 212-26A-11 Intermittent Drag When Turning Steering
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . 212-26A-11 Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-7
Group 26B—Heating, Ventilation and Air Loss of Power Steering and Brakes . . . . . . . .212-50-8
Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-8
(010001—) Loss Of Power Steering (Brakes Are
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Problem Normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-10
(010001—). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212-26B-1 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-50-10
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . 212-26B-1 Steering Is Slow, Sluggish Or Hard To Turn
(Tractor Moving) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-50-11
Group 30—Operator Station Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-50-11
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-1
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-2 Group 60—Manual Shift Transmission
Display Units Not Operational . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-1
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-3 Transmission Will Not Hold In Park (MST) . . .212-60-2
Warning Horn Does Not Operate . . . . . . . . . .212-30-4 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-2
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-4 Traction or Hi/Lo Clutch Slips (MST) . . . . . . . .212-60-4
Windshield Wiper/Washer Malfunction. . . . . . .212-30-9 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-4
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-9 Tractor Will Not Move (MST). . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-8
Dust In Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-20 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-8
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-30-20 Hi/Lo Does Not Shift (MST). . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-13
Operator Seat Problem (Air Seat) . . . . . . . . .212-30-28 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-60-13
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-30-28 Transmission Hard to Shift or Grinds
Operator Seat Problem (ACTIVE SEAT™). . .212-30-31 Gears (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-15
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-30-31 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-60-15
Power Mirror Malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-30-33 Transmission Jumps Out of Gear (MST) . . . .212-60-19
Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-30-33 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-60-19
Engine Stalls When Clutch Pedal is Released
Group 40—Power Take-Off (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-60-21
PTO Engages Aggressively. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-40-1 Observable Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . .212-60-21
PTO Slips Under Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-40-2
PTO Will Not Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-40-4
PTO Will Not Stop Turning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-40-6
Group 45—Selective Control Valve

Hose Ejects From SCV Coupler . . . . . . . . . . .212-45-1
122106
PN=2
Group 05
Axles

212
05
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RW39137,000045D –19–18APR02–1/5 1
ORFS x DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT03477
Gauge connection
RW39137,000045D –19–18APR02–2/5
Agricultural Universal Pressure Test Kit . . . . . . . JT05470
Hydraulic Pressure Testing
RW39137,000045D –19–18APR02–3/5
4000 kPa (40 bar) (600 psi) Gauge. . . . . . . . . . JT07042
Gauge
RW39137,000045D –19–18APR02–4/5
RXA0059395 –UN–14FEB02
(-4) ORFS Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38H1029
Hydraulic Connector
RW39137,000045D –19–18APR02–5/5
122106
PN=849
Axles
Specifications
Axle Lube Pump Flow
Axle Lube Pump Flow-1000 rpm Flow 3.8L (1.0 gal) in 6-7 seconds at 22
°C (72°F)
212 Axle Lube Pump Pressure

05
2
Minimum Pressure 1000 rpm 62 kPa
(0.62 bar)
(9 psi)
Differential Lock Solenoid
Coil Resistance 8.0-12.0 ohms
Differential Lock Valve Pressure
“P” Port Pressure 1680-1820 kPa

(16.8-18.2 bar)
(245-265 psi)
RW39137,000045E –19–18APR02–1/1
122106
PN=850
Axles
One or Both Axles Will Not Transmit Power
OURX949,0000290 –19–04DEC02–1/1
Observable Symptom Diagnosis
NOTE: Service code diagnosis may resolve this observable symptom and must be performed first. Consult with
customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See Additional References for Service Code Descriptions. 212
05
3

• Drivetrain Theory of Operation (See Reference 256-20-002).
• Axle/Differential Theory of Operation (See Reference 256-20-004).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check With engine OFF, check that: OK: GO TO 2 .
• The transmission to front axle driveshaft is securely fastened at both ends. NOT OK: Repair or
• The transmission to rear axle driveshaft is securely fastened at both ends and in the replace as necessary.
middle.
• The engine to transmission input shaft is securely fastened at both ends. GO TO 2 .
• Driveshafts are not bent or damaged.
• Talk to operator about problem and the conditions which cause the failure to occur.
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check OK: Tractor operates

CAUTION: The following procedure should be performed in an open area normally. Diagnosis
free of hazards and away from other vehicles. complete.
Drive tractor (if possible). Watch for abnormal conditions and listen for unusual noises. NOT OK: Tractor will not
move.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Noise or

abnormal conditions
present.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=851
Axles
3 Output Shaft Rotation OK: Tape moved.

Check CAUTION: Perform this test in an area free of people and equipment.
Tractor may move unexpectedly. GO TO 4 .
1. With the tractor OFF, attach a piece of duct tape from both of the transmission NOT OK: Tape stayed in
output driveshafts to the frame of the tractor. place and tractor did not
2. Start tractor and depress clutch pedal. move, transmission
3. Depress brake pedal and place tractor in a low gear. problem indicated.
4. Slowly release the clutch and brake pedals. Allow tractor to move 250 mm (10 in)
or less. Exit this diagnostic and
5. Stop tractor, place in PARK and turn key switch OFF. troubleshoot
6. Observe if duct tape has moved. Transmission Observable
212 Symptom (MST only), or
05 perform PST System
4 Diagnosis (PST only).
– – –1/1
4 Axle Check OK: Tractor moved.

CAUTION: Perform this test in an area free of people and equipment. Mechanical failure
Tractor may move unexpectedly. indicated in rear axle.
See TM1623 (section 56,
1. With the tractor OFF, remove the transmission to rear axle driveshaft. group 30) for repair
IMPORTANT: If driveshaft is not removed it must be secured out of the way of information.
rotating parts.
NOT OK: Tractor would
2. Start tractor. not move. Mechanical
3. With brake applied, place tractor in a low gear. failure indicated in the
4. Slowly release brake and allow tractor to move a short distance. front axle. See TM1623
5. Stop tractor, place in PARK and turn key switch OFF. (section 56, group 30) for
repair information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=852
Axles
Axle Oil Overheats/Smells Burned
OURX949,0000291 –19–15NOV02–1/1
NOTE: Axle oil smells burned indicating that overheating of the oil is occurring.
212
05
Service code diagnosis may resolve this observable symptom and must be performed first. Consult with customer
5
for resolution of unrelated codes. See Additional References for Service Code Descriptions.

• Axle Lube System Theory of Operation (See Reference 256-20-005).
• Axle Lube ISO Diagram (See Reference 256-25-002).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Perform the following inspections: OK: GO TO 2 .
• Check for debris and other obstructions restricting air flow through the grille screens NOT OK: Repair or
and transmission oil cooler on front of tractor. replace as necessary.
• Check for oil leaks from, or damage to hoses and fittings; from transmission to axle
lube pump, axle lube pump lines to front and rear axles. Check the return lines from GO TO 2 .
both axles to transmission. If tractor is equipped with PTO, check line from axle lube
pump to PTO drop box and from PTO drop box to rear axle.
• Check for proper oil level in sight glass located on the rear of the transmission. Oil
level should be between two upper marks with the engine OFF for five minutes. If oil
was recently added, operate engine at 2100 rpm for five minutes. Stop engine and
recheck level after five minutes.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=853
Axles
2 Driving Check OK: Good clean oil

CAUTION: The following procedure should be performed in an open area comes out of check oil
free of hazards and away from other vehicles. port on both axles and no
abnormal conditions exist.
Drive tractor, apply brakes a few times and observe any unusual conditions or noises
from the axles. GO TO 3 .
Drive the tractor for 3-5 minutes, PARK tractor and shut OFF engine. NOT OK: Noises,
unusual conditions, hot
Check for excessively hot areas on axle and final drive housings. spots are present. Axle
mechanical failure
indicated.
212
05 GO TO 3 .
6
NOT OK: Oil in axle low
or burnt. Restriction in
axle lube supply
indicated.
RXA0058056 –UN–25OCT01
GO TO 3 .
A—Axle Check Oil Port
CAUTION: Oil in axles may be extremely HOT.
Slowly remove check port plug (A) in the front and rear axles.
The port is located at 8 o’clock position on the differential/axle cover to left of drive
shaft. Air pressure can normally be felt or heard escaping from port as the plug is
slowly removed.
If oil does not come out of port, use wire to determine oil level.
If oil level is extremely low, remove drain plugs located at bottom of differential and
axle housing.
NOTE: Normal capacity of housing is 102 liters (27 gal.).
Check condition of oil drained from housing.

– – –1/1
3 Axle Lube Pump Perform Axle Lube Oil Pump Pressure Test, (Reference 256-15-001). OK: If no repairs have
Pressure Check been made, transmission
Axle Lube Pump Pressure—Specification problem indicated.
Minimum Pressure—1000 rpm .............................................................................. 62 kPa
(0.62 bar) Exit this diagnostic and
(9 psi) troubleshoot
Transmission Observable
Symptom (MST only), or
perform PST System
Diagnosis (PST only).
OK: Repairs have been

made. Diagnosis
complete
NOT OK: GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=854
Axles
4 Axle Lube Pump Flow Perform Axle Lube Oil Pump Flow Test. (See Reference 256-15-002). Flow is OK: Flow checks OK.
Check checked from hose connected to hose at inlet adapter at 12 o’clock position on rear Diagnosis complete.
differential/axle housing or hose to PTO drop box if equipped.
NOT OK: Pressure was
Axle Lube Pump Flow Rate-1500 rpm—Specification low in step 3 and flow
Fill time less than 10 seconds.—38°C checks OK. Check elbow
(100°F)........................................................................................................................ 3.9L at inlet (12 o’clock) of
(1.0 gal.) front differential/axle
Fill time less than 12 seconds.—65°C housing for 5/32” orifice.
(150°F)........................................................................................................................ 3.9L If fitting has an orifice,
(1.0 gal.) incorrect test gauge
calibration is indicated.
It is advisable to drain the axle housing and send a sample of the axle lube oil for an Repeat step 3 with a 212
OILSCAN™ analysis if the oil has a burned odor. calibrated gauge. Repair 05
as necessary 7
NOT OK: Flow not within

specification. Restriction
in axle lube pump suction
hose or an Axle Lube Oil
Pump problem.
Repair/replace and
GO TO 3 .
OILSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
122106
PN=855
Axles
Differential Lock Will Not Engage/Disengage
OURX949,0000292 –19–01APR04–1/1
212 customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See Additional References for Service Code Descriptions.
05
8
Differential Lock will automatically disengage if any of the following occur:
• Operator presses the brake pedal.

• Key switch is turned to the OFF position.
Check with the operator to verify problem before continuing.

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Differential lock solenoid is located on the front axle differential case cover. OK: GO TO 2 .
Check harness for damaged wires and check differential lock solenoid (Y502) harness NOT OK: Repair as
connector for loose or corroded connections. necessary .
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=856
Axles
2 Operational Check OK: No codes appear

CAUTION: The following procedure should be performed in an open area and differential lock
free of hazards and away from other vehicles. operates.
Drive tractor and engage differential lock. Diagnosis complete.
Listen for unusual noises while operating at various speeds and turning. Some NOT OK: Tractor will not
resistance should be felt while turning. move or axle noise
present. Mechanical
Engage and disengage differential lock several times to verify operation. damage is indicated
within the differential case
on one or both axles. See
TM1623 (section 56, 212
group 30) for repair 05
information. 9

will not engage or
disengage.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Differential Lock Access ICU Address 03 and perform Differential Lock Switch Test. (See Brake, OK: GO TO 4 .
Switch Check Differential Lock and Deceleration Switches, Reference 245-ICU-001.)
NOT OK: Repair as
Check for intermittent problems using ICU System Beep Mode Test. (See Reference necessary.
245-ICU-001.)
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Differential Lock 1. Key switch (S001) ON, engine OFF. OK: GO TO 5 .

Solenoid Circuit
Check 2. Engage differential lock switch (S503). NOT OK: No battery
3. Check terminal A of differential lock solenoid connector for voltage. Repair/replace cct. 515
as necessary.
4. Check terminal B of connector for continuity of ground
GO TO 2 .
5. Check resistance of differential lock solenoid.
Differential Lock Solenoid—Specification NOT OK: No continuity to
Coil—Resistance ........................................................................................ 8.0-12.0 ohms ground at terminal B.
as necessary.
Check for intermittent problems using CCU System Beep Mode w/o Speed Sensors
Test. (See Reference 245-CCU-001.) GO TO 2 .

solenoid failed check.
Replace solenoid.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=857
Axles
5 Differential Lock 1. Disconnect the inlet hose at the “P” port of the differential lock valve, located on OK: GO TO 6 .
Pressure Check rear side of the front differential housing.
NOT OK: Low pressure.
2. Install 38H1029, (-4) Tee ORFS, at “P” port and reconnect the inlet hose. Exit this diagnostic and
troubleshoot
3. Connect JT0347711—ORFS x DR to the ORFS tee. Transmission Observable
Symptom (MST only), or
4. Connect JT0549722—Hose Assembly, 3048 mm (120") Long to DR. perform PST System
Diagnosis (PST only).
5. Connect JT07042, 4000 kPa (40 bar) (600 psi) Gauge, to the hose and locate
gauge in a place which can easily be seen from the cab.
212 6. Drive tractor and heat transmission oil to a minimum of 38 °C (100 °F).
05
10 7. Place tractor in PARK, set engine speed to 1000 rpm and engage differential lock
switch on the floor between the brake and clutch pedals. The differential lock
symbol should appear on the ICU panel.
8. Record pressure on gauge.

Differential Lock Valve Pressure—Specification
“P” Port—Pressure .................................................................................... 1680-1820 kPa
(16.8-18.2 bar)
(245-265 psi)
Qualify the Pressure Test
If Differential Lock has not been engaged for an extended period of time, the seals
may have relaxed enough to allow pressure losses due to leakage. Prior to any
disassembly, verify that seal condition cannot be restored by performing the following
check.
1. Heat the differential oil to above 55 °C (130 °F).
2. Engage differential lock.
3. Drive tractor five to ten miles. Steering is limited with diff-lock engaged. Determine
appropriate speed for driving procedure.
• Roadway should be as straight as possible.
• Path should encounter as little traffic as possible.
4. Recheck pressure following this driving procedure.
a
Part of JT05470 Kit.
1
Part of JT07212 Diagnostic Fitting Kit. See Section 299, Group 15
for complete breakdown of this kit.
2
Part of JT05470 Agricultural Universal Pressure Test Kit. See
Section 299, Group 15 for complete breakdown of this kit.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=858
Axles
6 Differential Lock Remove differential lock valve and inspect for wear or damage. OK: Mechanical damage
Valve Check is indicated within the
differential case on one or
both axles. See TM1623
(section 56, group 30) for
repair information.
NOT OK: Replace valve.
GO TO 2 .
212
05
– – –1/1 11
122106
PN=859
Axles
212
05
12
122106
PN=860
Group 15
Electrical
Essential Tools

212
15
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RW39137,000045F –19–18APR02–1/3 1
Measure current
RW39137,000045F –19–18APR02–2/3
Battery Load Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05832
Load test batteries
RW39137,000045F –19–18APR02–3/3
122106
PN=861
Electrical

212
15
2 SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RW39137,0000460 –19–18APR02–1/4
86 87
30
–UN–26FEB02
87a
87
30 85 87a
85

30
87a 87
85
30
87 87a
85 86
RXA0059577
RW39137,0000460 –19–18APR02–2/4
Electrical Testing
–UN–13FEB02
RXA0059399
RW39137,0000460 –19–18APR02–3/4
Battery Load Tester

–UN–13FEB02
RXA0059401
RW39137,0000460 –19–18APR02–4/4
122106
PN=862
Electrical
Specifications
Alternator Alternator Output Capacity 140 amps (min) at 13.2 volts

Amperage
Alternator Output Voltage 212

15
3
Alternator Unregulated Voltage 15.5—16.5 V
Regulated Voltage 13.2—14.2 V
CCD Network Voltage
CCD Network Voltage Voltage 2.5
System Voltage
Engine Engine OFF 12.4—12.7 V

Engine ON 13.2—14.8 V
RW39137,0000461 –19–18APR02–1/1
122106
PN=863
Electrical
Charging System Problem
OURX908,0000425 –19–08NOV04–1/1
IMPORTANT: During any diagnostic operation involving harness connectors, always consider the
212 possibility that a terminal may have “backed out” enough to lose connection. This can happen if the
15
terminal did not seat properly when installed, and it is a condition that is generally not obvious simply by
4
looking at the connectors when mated. Careful inspection may be required.
customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See Additional References for Service Code Descriptions.

• Charging Circuit Theory of Operation (See Reference 240-20-002).
• SE1 Power Supply, Starting and Charging Schematic (See Reference 240-25-002).
• SE1 Power Supply, Starting and Charging System Circuits (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-019).
• Power Supply, Starting and Charging Systems Circuits (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-051).
• Charging System Voltage Test (See Reference 240-15-001).
• Battery Inspection (See Reference 240-15-003).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=864
Electrical

splashed into eyes.
NOT OK: Make
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. GO TO 2 .

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
212
If you spill acid on yourself: 15
5
immediately.

quarts).
• Check fuse F11.

• Check belt for excessive wear or damage, and tightness.
• Check belt tensioner.
• Check electrical connections to alternator and battery cable connections for
looseness or corrosion.
– – –1/1
2 Check System NOTE: Batteries must be fully charged and all battery cable connections clean and OK: System voltage
Voltage tight. If necessary, perform Battery Inspection to service batteries before proceeding. within specification No
(See Reference 240-15-003). code stored.
1. Access CCU Address 32 and perform CCU System Voltage Test, see CCU GO TO 3 .
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). See Access Control Unit Addresses
(Reference 245-05-002). NOT OK: System voltage
2. With engine OFF, voltage should read between 12.4 volts and 12.7 volts on display. NOT within specification
3. Start engine and set speed at 900 rpm. Voltage reading should be between 13.2
and 14.8 volts. GO TO 5 .
System Voltage—Specification
Engine—Engine OFF ................................................................................... 12.4—12.7 V
Engine ON .................................................................................................... 13.2—14.8 V
– – –1/1
122106
PN=865
Electrical
3 Check Alternator High OK: Service Alert lamp

Voltage and Warning CAUTION: Watch for moving drive belt and rotating pulley. comes on at correct
voltage. If alternator is
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow alternator voltage to exceed 16.5 volts in the new, diagnosis complete.
following test.
If not new.
Connect digital multimeter to output terminal of alternator. Start engine and set at 900
RPM. Bypass voltage regulator through 5 mm (3/16 in.) hole in rear cover of alternator GO TO 4 .
with a small screwdriver. When readout of multimeter reaches 15.5 volts, the yellow
Service Alert lamp and warning horn should come ON. Remove the screwdriver and NOT OK: If Service Alert
regulated voltage should return to 13.2—14.2 volts. lamp and warning horn
do not come ON at
212 NOTE: See Charging System Voltage Test (See Reference 240-15-001). 15.4—15.6 volts, replace
15 CCU and perform full
6 Alternator Output Voltage—Specification calibration.
Alternator—Unregulated Voltage ................................................................. 15.5—16.5 V
Regulated Voltage ........................................................................................ 13.2—14.2 V Access CCU Address 20
and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
Configuration. (See
Repeat Step 3 .

voltage does not
decrease to 13.2—14.2
voltage regulator and
clear code CCU 047.
Repeat Step 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=866
Electrical
4 Check Alternator Alternator output test: OK: In specification.

Output Diagnosis complete.
1. Attach JT02153 Current Clamp-On Probe around alternator output lead.
2. Attach JT05832 Battery Load Tester to battery terminals. NOT OK: Repair/replace
3. Access CCU Address 32 and perform CCU System Voltage Test, see CCU alternator. Perform
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). See Access Control Unit Addresses, operational check.
(Reference 245-05-002).
4. With engine at 2000 RPM, turn all lights and accessories ON (except windshield GO TO 2 .
wiper motor). Apply a 50-70 amp load on batteries with JT05832 Tester. Record
alternator output, release load and remove test equipment.
alternator is overloaded. Decrease load to get 13.2—13.4 volt range and continue. 212
15
Alternator Output Current—Specification 7
Alternator—Alternator Output Capacity
Amperage ............................................................................ 140 amps (min) at 13.2 volts
NOTE: If bench testing alternator, electrical lead connections are:
1. Output—”S” and “I” terminals to battery positive (+) source.

2. Alternator housing grounded (-) to battery
See Charging System Voltage Test (Reference 240-15-001), Step 9.
– – –1/1
5 Charging System If problem has not been resolved, perform Charging System Voltage Test. (See OK: Charging System
Voltage Check Reference 240-15-001). This test is a complete component check of the charging OK. Diagnosis complete.
system.
NOT OK: Make
necessary repairs and
check system.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=867
Electrical
Starter Motor Will Not Crank
OURX908,000042D –19–11AUG04–1/1
15
8
If park brake will not release and the tractor needs to be moved, see Manual Release of the Park Brake (—
011407), (Reference 260-20-043) or Manual Release of the Park Brake (011408—), (Reference 260-15-048) (PST
only).
This observable symptom assumes that there are accessory functions with power provided through the key switch,
that are operational.

• Starting Circuit Theory of Operation (See Reference 240-20-003).
• Seven Step Electrical Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009).
• Battery Inspection (See Reference 240-15-003).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=868
Electrical
1 Starter Motor NOTE: Batteries must be fully charged and all battery cable connections clean and OK: Preliminary check
Preliminary Check tight. If necessary, perform Battery Inspection to service batteries before proceeding. completed. Accessories
(See Reference 240-15-003). function OK.
Visually inspect the wire and cable connections of the Starter Motor (M001). GO TO 2 .
Place tractor in PARK. NOT OK: Accessories do

not function.
Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. Operate accessory functions to verify key
switch is functional. GO TO 9 .
212
15
– – –1/1 9
2 Starter Motor Turn Key Switch (S001) to START position. Does Starter Motor crank? OK: Starter Motor cranks.
Operational Check Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: Starter Motor

does not crank.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Check Starter Relay OK: Voltage indicated on

(K301) Voltage Supply CAUTION: Avoid bodily injury. NEVER use a jumper wire across Starter all three circuits.
Relay (K301) or starter solenoid. Tractor could start in gear.
GO TO 7 .
• Place tractor shift lever in PARK.
• Remove Starter Relay (K301) protective cover. NOT OK: No voltage
• Hold the Key Switch (S001) in the START position. indicated on circuit 002.
• Check for battery voltage on circuits 002, 301, and 309. Repair as necessary.
NOTE: (See Reference 240-25-002, SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting GO TO 2 .
Schematic.
NOT OK: No voltage
indicated on circuit 301.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated on circuit 309.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=869
Electrical
4 Check Starter Relay Check starter relay (K301) ground circuit for continuity to ground (circuit 010). OK: Ground circuit is
Ground Circuit good. Replace Relay.
GO TO 2 .

resistance indicated.
Repair as needed.
GO TO 2 .
212
15
10 – – –1/1
5 Check Neutral Start Put tractor gearshift lever in PARK. Locate and disconnect Neutral Start Switch (S302 OK: Battery voltage
Switch Harness MST only, S301 PST only) connector. Hold Key Switch (S001) in START position and present at terminal A.
check for battery voltage on terminal A at switch connector.
GO TO 6 .
NOTE: (See Reference 240-25-002, SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting
Schematic). NOT OK: No voltage at
terminal A. Repair circuit
311 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
6 Check Neutral Start 1. Put tractor gearshift lever in PARK. OK: Neutral Start Switch
Switch is properly adjusted and
2. Locate and disconnect Neutral Start Switch (S301 PST only, S302 MST only) has continuity. Repair
connector. circuit 301 from Neutral
Start Switch to Starter
3. Check neutral start switch adjustment. Relay.
For MST equipped tractors, Adjust Neutral Start Switch and Reverse Switch,
TM1623, Section 55, Group 45. GO TO 2 .
4. Check for continuity on terminals of Neutral Start Switch. NOT OK: Neutral Start
Switch is open (no
continuity). Replace
NOTE: (See Reference 240-25-002, SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting Neutral Start Switch.
Schematic.)
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=870
Electrical
7 Check Circuit 309 Hold Key Switch (S001) in START position. Check for battery voltage on Starter OK: Battery voltage
Solenoid post where circuit 309 wire is attached. indicated on post of
Starter Solenoid.
NOTE: (See Reference 240-25-002, SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting
Schematic. GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated on Starter
Solenoid post. Repair
Circuit 309 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
212
15
– – –1/1 11
8 Check Starter Motor OK: Battery voltage

Supply Voltage CAUTION: Avoid bodily injury. NEVER use a jumper wire across Starter indicated on BAT
Relay (K301) or starter solenoid. Tractor could start in gear. terminal. Replace Start
Motor.
Check Starter Motor (M001) mounting bolts for tightness to ensure a good ground.
GO TO 2 .
Check positive battery cable terminal (BAT) from Start Motor for battery voltage.
NOT OK: No voltage
indicated on BAT
terminal. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
9 Check Fuse F18 NOTE: (See Reference 240-25-002, SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting OK: Battery voltage on
Schematic. pin A. Fuse does not
open.
1. Key switch OFF. With fuse F18 installed, check for battery voltage on F18 terminals
A and B. GO TO 2 .
2. If no battery voltage on terminal B, replace F18.
3. If fuse opens without operating the Key Switch (S001), the short is between NOT OK: No battery
terminal B of fuse F18 and the Key Switch. voltage on terminal A.
4. Operate Key Switch (S001). If fuse F18 opens again, there is a short in a circuit to Repair circuit 002.
devices protected by F18.
GO TO 2 .

on pin A. Fuse opens
with Key Switch OFF.
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Fuse opens

when Key Switch is
operated to all positions.
Check for shorts and
grounds on circuits 112,
311, 212, or 022. Repair
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=871
Electrical
Lighting System Malfunction (NA)
OURX908,0000429 –19–02AUG02–1/1
NOTE: Light Switch (S100) in the ROAD position also activates The Hazard Light Circuit.
212
15
12
for resolution of unrelated codes. See additional references for code descriptions.
• See SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-006a).
• SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-046a).
• SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-005).
• SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045).
• SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-023a).
• SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-053a).
• Road Light Switch Operation (NA) (See Reference 240-25-040).
• Combined Light, Turn and hazard switch Operation (NA) (See Reference 240-25-041).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Visually inspect tractor lights for damage. OK: Tractor lights good.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Tractor light(s)

damaged. Repair or
replace as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=872
Electrical
2 Check Light Switch Key Switch (S001) OFF.

Operational
Light Switch (S100) will be checked at each position:
• DELAY (Option include with CLIMATRAK™ (ATC).)

• OFF
• ROAD
• FIELD 1
• FIELD 2
Check individual lights in each switch position and note which lamps do not light.
Temporarily replace lamps that do not light with known good lamp. This identifies 212
whether the lamp is bad or there is an electrical problem within the circuitry. 15
13
POSITION LIGHTS ACTIVATED
ROAD (Low Beam) Head Lights (2)
Tail Lights (2)
Turn Indicators (2) (flashing)
Roof Hazard Lights (4) (flashing)
Extremity Lights (2) (flashing)
Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7
pin)—terminal 6 (12V)
pin)—terminals 3 and 5 (pulsing 12 V)
Console Lights

ROAD (High Beam) High Beam Indicator
Head Lights (2)
Tail Lights (2)
Roof Hazard Lights (4) (flashing)
Extremity Lights (2) (flashing)
pin)—terminal 6 (12 V)
pin)—Terminals 3 and 5 (pulsing 12 V)
Console Lights

FIELD 1 Front Floods (2 or 3)
Rear Fender Floods (4)
Head Lights (2) (High and Low Beam
positions)
High Beam Indicator
Console Lights
Center Grill Spotlight (High beam only)

FIELD 2 Roof Floods (4)
Front Floods (2 or 3)
positions)
High Beam Indicator
122106
PN=873
Electrical
Console Lights OK: Lighting System OK.

Center Grill Spotlight (High beam only) Diagnosis completed.
POSITION LIGHTS ACTIVATED—90 Seconds NOT OK: None of the

DELAY Front Floods (2 or 3) lamps light.
Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Not all lamps
light.
GO TO 4 .
212
15
14 –19– –2/2
3 Check Light Switch Remove and inspect light switch fuse F20 (30A). OK: F20 good and
Fuse F20 battery voltage at terminal
Check terminal A of F20 socket for battery voltage. A.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Low or no

Repair circuit 002 B+ as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: F20 open.

Replace fuse. Fuse
opens repeatedly. Check
circuits downstream from
F20 for shorts to ground.
Repair as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Check Light Switch 1. Disconnect Light Switch (S100) from harness. OK: Light Switch
2. Check terminal B of harness for battery voltage. continuity good. Battery
3. Place S100 in ROAD position. Check for continuity between terminal B and voltage at terminal B.
terminals 1 and 2 of switch.
4. Place S100 in FIELD 1 position. Check for continuity between terminal B and GO TO 5 .
terminals 1 and 3 of switch.
5. Place S100 in FIELD 2 position. Check for continuity between terminal B and NOT OK: No or low
terminals 1, 3 and 4 of switch. voltage at terminal B.
6. Hold S100 in DELAY position (if equipped). Check for continuity between terminal repair circuit 062 as
B and terminal 5. Release DELAY position and check for open between terminal B necessary.
and terminal 5.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Switch fails

continuity check. Replace
Light Switch.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=874
Electrical
5 Check Light Switch Check lights in each Light Switch (S100) position. OK: All lights work.
Position
Note which lights do not light. GO TO 2 .
• ROAD Position (Low Beam) NOT OK: Some or all

• ROAD Position (High Beam) lights do not work in
• FIELD 1 ROAD position (Low
• FIELD 2 Beam).
• DELAY (Egress)
See Lights—Road
Position, Low Beam Test
(Reference 240-15-004).
212
NOT OK: Some or all 15
lights do not work in 15
ROAD position (High
Beam).
See Lights—Road
Position, High Beam Test
(Reference 240-15-005).
NOT OK: Some or all

lights do not work in
FIELD 1 position.
See Lights—Field 1
Position Test (Reference
240-15-006).
NOT OK: Some or all

FIELD 2 position. See
Lights—Field 2 Position
Test (Reference
240-15-007).
NOT OK: Some or all

DELAY position. See
Lights—Delay Position
Test (Reference
240-15-008).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=875
Electrical
Lighting System Malfunction (Eur)
OURX908,0000432 –19–02AUG02–1/1
15
16
customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See additional references for code descriptions.
• SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-006b).

• SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-046b).
• SE5b Lighting Circuits (Eur) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-023b).
• SE5b Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-053b).
• Field Light Switch Operation (Eur) (See Reference 240-25-043).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Visually inspect tractor lights for damage. OK: Tractor hazard lights
good.
GO TO 2 .

damaged. Repair/replace
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=876
Electrical
2 Road Light Switch Key Switch (S001) OFF. OK: Lighting system
Operational Check good. Diagnosis
Road Light Switch (S120) will be checked at each position. complete.
• DELAY NOT OK: No lamps light.

• OFF
• PARK GO TO 3 .
• ROAD
• FIELD NOT OK: Not all lamps
light.
Check individual lights in each switch position and note which lamps do not light.
GO TO 4 .
Temporarily replace lamps that do not light with known good lamp. This identifies 212
whether the lamp is bad or there is an electrical circuit problem. 15
17
DELAY POSITION Head Lights (2)
Grill Flood Lights (2)
Trailer Flood Lights (7 Pin)
Rear Fender Flood Lights (4)
PARK POSITION Console Lights (2)

License Plate Light
Front Clearance Lights (2)
Rear Tail Lights (4)
7 Pin connector, terminals 5 and 7 (left
and right tail lights)
ROAD POSITION—LOW BEAM Console Lights (2)

License Plate Light
Low Beam Head Lights (2)
ROAD POSITION—HIGH BEAM Console Lights (2)

License Plate Light
High Beam Head Lights (2)
FIELD POSITION Battery voltage supplied to Field Light

Switch
Low/High Beam Headlights (2)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=877
Electrical
3 Light Switch Fuse Remove and inspect light switch fuse F20 (30A). OK: F20 good and
F20 Check battery voltage at terminal
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Low or no

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
212
15 NOT OK: F20 open.
18 Replace fuse. Fuse
circuits down stream from
F20 for shorts. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Light Switch Check 1. Disconnect Road Light Switch (S120) from harness. OK: Switch continuity
2. Check terminal B of cab harness for battery voltage. good and battery voltage
3. Put Road Light Switch in PARK position. Check for continuity between terminal B at terminal B.
and terminal 1.
4. Put Road Light Switch in ROAD position. Check for continuity between terminal B GO TO 5 .
and terminals 1 and 3.
5. Put Road Light Switch in FIELD position. Check for continuity between terminal B NOT OK: No or low
and terminals 1 and 4. voltage at terminal B.
6. Hold Road Light Switch in DELAY position. Check for continuity between terminal B Repair circuit 062 as
and terminal 5. Release DELAY position and check for open between terminal B necessary.
and terminal 5.
GO TO 2 .

Light Switch.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=878
Electrical
5 Check Light Switch Check lights in each light switch position and note lights not working. OK: All lights work.
Position
• PARK GO TO 2 .
• ROAD—HIGH BEAM
• ROAD—LOW BEAM NOT OK: Some or all
• FIELD lights do not work in
• DELAY PARK position. See
Lights—PARK Position
DELAY POSITION Head Lights (2) Test (Eur) (See
Grill Flood Lights (2) Reference 240-15-010).
Trailer Flood Lights (7 Pin)
Rear Fender Flood Lights (4) NOT OK: Some or all
lights do not work in 212
PARK POSITION Console Lights (2) ROAD position Low 15
License Plate Light Beam. See Lights— 19
Front Clearance Lights (2) ROAD Position Low
Rear Tail Lights (4) Beam Test (Eur) (See
7 Pin connector, terminals 5 and 7 (left Reference 240-15-011).
and right tail lights)
NOT OK: Some or all
ROAD POSITION—LOW BEAM Console Lights (2) lights do not work in
License Plate Light ROAD position High
Front Clearance Lights (2) Beam. See Lights—
Rear Tail Lights (2) ROAD Position, High
Low Beam Head Lights (2) Beam Test (Eur) (See
ROAD POSITION—HIGH BEAM Console Lights (2)
License Plate Light NOT OK: Some or all
Front Clearance Lights (2) flood lights do not work in
Rear Tail Lights (2) FIELD position. See
High Beam Head Lights (2) Lights—Flood 1 Position
(Eur) (See Reference
FIELD POSITION Battery voltage supplied to Field Light 240-15-013) and Lights—
Switch Flood 2 Position (Eur)
Low/High Beam Headlights (2) (See Reference
240-15-014).
NOT OK: Headlights do

not light in Field position.
GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: Some or all

DELAY position. See
Lights—DELAY Position
Test (See Reference
240-15-008).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=879
Electrical
6 Diode Block 2 Check 1. Remove Diode Block 2 (V2) from relay panel. OK: Battery voltage at
2. Check for battery voltage at terminal 1 of diode socket. terminal 1 and V2 tests
3. Perform diode test between terminals 1 and 2 of V2. good. Repair circuit 153
as necessary.
NOTE: Reading should be between .3 to .7 voltage drop in one position and “OL” in
reverse position. GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
212 GO TO 2 .
15
20 NOT OK: V2 failed diode
test. Replace V2.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=880
Electrical
Turn Signal Lights Malfunction (NA)
OURX908,0000433 –19–25JAN02–1/1
possibility that a terminal may have “backed out” enough to lose connection. This can happen if the 212
15
21
NOTE: Use the following diagnostic procedure if neither left or right turn signals function, only one side functions or
an individual lamp is out.

– – –1/1
1 Operational Check Operate both left and right turn signals. Identify which lamps do not light. OK: Lamp did not light.
Circuit problem.
The following lamps should light when operating properly (selected side should flash
while the other is ON steady): GO TO 2 .
• Left and Right Fender Turn Lamps (E139, E140) NOT OK: Lamp did light.
• Left and Right Roof Turn/Hazard Lamps (E138, E141) Replace bad lamp.
• Left and Right Extremity Lamps (E137, E142) Repeat step and if
successful, diagnosis
Temporarily replace unlit turn signal lamp with known good lamp to isolate lamp or completed. If not;
circuit problem.
GO TO 2 .
Also check lamp for good, clean ground connection.
– – –1/1
2 Turn Signal Check Perform Turn Signal Switch Test. (See Reference 240-15-009). OK: Diagnosis
completed.
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=881
Electrical
Turn Signal Lights Malfunction (Eur)
OURX908,0000430 –19–02AUG02–1/1
15
22
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Visually inspect tractor turn signal lights for damage. OK: Tractor turn signal
lights good.
GO TO 2 .

as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: All lights work.
SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). Return to diagnosis in
progress.
1. Put Key Switch (S001) in ON position.
2. Check right front and rear turn/hazard lights (E164) and right turn indicator (H100) NOT OK: No turn signal
in RIGHT turn position and left front and rear turn hazard lights (E165) and left turn lights work.
indicator (H101) in LEFT turn position and note which lamps do not light.
3. Temporarily replace lamps that do not light with known good lamp. This identifies GO TO 3 .
whether the lamp is bad or there is an electrical circuit problem.
NOT OK: Some turn
signal lights do not work.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=882
Electrical
3 Fuse F32 Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (—009999), (Reference OK: F32 good and
240-25-006b) or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (010001—), (Reference battery voltage at terminal
240-25-046b). A.
Remove and inspect fuse F32. Check terminal A of F32 socket for battery voltage. GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
212
NOT OK: F32 open. 15
Replace F32. F32 opens 23
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Turn Signal Switch NOTE: See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (— OK: Battery voltage on
Check 009999), (Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and terminal 7 and continuity
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045). between terminals 7 and
4 (RIGHT turn position)
1. Disconnect Steering Column Module (X101) harness connector. and terminals 7 and 3
2. Check for battery voltage on terminal 7 of cab harness. (LEFT turn position).
3. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in LEFT turn position and check for continuity
between terminals 7 and 4 of (X101) harness connector. GO TO 6 .
4. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in RIGHT turn position and check for continuity
between terminals 7 and 3 of (X101) harness connector. NOT OK: No or low
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Switch failed

Steering Column Module.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=883
Electrical
5 Fuse F19 Check NOTE: See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (— OK: F19 good and
009999), (Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and battery voltage at terminal
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045). A. Repair circuit 032 as
necessary.
Remove and inspect fuse F19. Check terminal A of F19 socket for battery voltage.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
212 GO TO 2 .
15
downstream for shorts.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
6 Instrument Control NOTE: See ICU Wiring Diagram (—009999), (Reference 245-ICU-300) or ICU Circuit OK: Battery voltage at
Unit Input Check Wiring Diagram (010001—), (Reference 245-ICU-300b). terminals 16 and 17.
1. Disconnect Instrument Control Unit (ICU) (A900) harness connector (X900). GO TO 7 .

2. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in RIGHT turn position.
3. Check ICU harness connector terminal 17 for battery voltage. NOT OK: No or low
4. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in LEFT turn position. voltage at terminal 16.
5. Check ICU harness connector terminal 16 for battery voltage. Repair circuit 149 as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
7 Central Control Unit NOTE: See CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (—009999), (Reference 245-CCU-300) or OK: Ground on both
Output Check CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (Reference 245-CCU-300b). terminals.
1. Disconnect Central Control Unit (CCU) (A991) harness connector (X991-2). GO TO 8 .

2. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in RIGHT turn position.
3. Check CCU terminal W2 for ground. NOT OK: No ground on
4. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in LEFT turn position. either/or both terminals.
5. Check CCU terminal W3 for ground. Replace and calibrate
CCU. (See Reference
245-CCU-001).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=884
Electrical
8 Turn Signal/Hazard Perform the following in order: OK: Battery voltage on

Flasher Check terminal 49 and
NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or “pulsating” battery voltage
SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). on terminal 30 of relay K8
and K9.
1. Put Key Switch (S001) and hazard switch (S101) in ON position.
2. Disconnect Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher (A120) connector. GO TO 10 .
3. Check for battery voltage on terminal 49 of cab harness.
4. Reconnect Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher cab connector. NOT OK: No or low
5. Remove Right Turn Signal Relay (K8) and install DFRW130 in K8 relay socket. battery voltage at terminal
6. Check terminal 30 of DFRW130 for “pulsating” battery voltage. 49. Repair circuit 109 as
7. Put relay K8 back and repeat steps 5 and 6 for Left Turn Signal Relay (K9). necessary.
212
GO TO 2 . 15
25
NOT OK: No or low
“pulsating” battery voltage
at terminal 30 of relay K8
and/or K9.
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
9 Circuit 127 Continuity Perform the following in order: OK: Battery voltage on
Check terminal 30 of relay K8
NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or and K9.
SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a).
GO TO 10 .
1. Put Key Switch (S001) and hazard switch (S101) in ON position.
2. Disconnect Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher (A120) connector. NOT OK: No or low
3. Check for battery voltage on terminal 49 of cab harness. voltage on terminal 30 of
4. Jumper terminal 49 to terminal 49A of Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher (A120) cab relay K8 and/or K9.
connector. Repair circuit 127 as
5. Remove Right Turn Signal Relays (K8) and install DFRW130 in K8 relay socket. necessary.
6. Check terminal 30 of DFRW130 for battery voltage.
7. Put relay K8 back and repeat steps 5 and 6 for Left Turn Signal Relay (K9). GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=885
Electrical
10 Left/Right Turn NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types ( Reference 210-15-016). OK: All check good.
Signal Relay Check
1. Put Key Switch (S001) and hazard switch (S101) in ON position. GO TO 11 .
2. Remove Right Turn Relay (K8) from relay panel and install DFRW130 in K8
position. NOT OK: No ground on
3. Check DFRW130 terminals 30 and 86 for “pulsating” battery voltage and terminal K8. Repair circuit 141 as
85 for ground. necessary.
4. Install K11 in DFRW130 and check terminals 85 and 87 for “pulsating” battery
voltage. GO TO 2 .
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall K8.
6. Repeat steps 2—5 for Left Turn Relay (K9). NOT OK: No ground on
K9. Repair circuit 133 as
212 necessary.
15
26 GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

on terminal 30. Repair
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

on terminal 85 and 87.
Replace relay(s).
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=886
Electrical
11 Turn Signal/Hazard 1. Put Key Switch (S001) and hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: All “pulsating” battery
Lamp Harness and 2. Disconnect harness of non-lighting Turn Signal/Hazard Lights. voltage and continuity to
Trailer Lighting and 3. For Rear Fender Turn/Hazard Lights: Check terminal A of cab harness for ground checks good.
Accessory Outlet “pulsating” battery voltage and continuity to ground on terminal D. Replace lamp(s).
Check 4. For Front Turn/Hazard Lights: Check terminal 5 of cab harness for “pulsating”
battery voltage and continuity to ground on terminal 6. NOT OK: No continuity to
5. For Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet; check for “pulsating” battery voltage on ground and any/all light
terminals 1 and 4 and continuity to ground on terminal 3. terminal D, light terminal
6 or outlet terminal 3.
necessary.
GO TO 2 . 212
15
NOT OK: No or low 27
at any/all terminal A or
terminal 5. Right side of
tractor; repair circuit 115
as necessary. GO TO 2 .
Left side of tractor; repair
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

at terminal 1 of outlet.
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=887
Electrical
Hazard Lights Malfunction (NA)
OURX908,000042F –19–02AUG02–1/1
15
28
NOTE: The Hazard Light Circuit is also activated by the Light Switch (S100) in the ROAD position.

• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (Reference 245-CCU-300b).
• CCU Addresses (See Reference 245-CCU-001.)
• SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-006a).
• SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046a).
• SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045).
• SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a).
• Combined Light, Turn and hazard switch Operation (NA) (See Reference 240-25-041).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=888
Electrical
1 Preliminary Check Visually inspect Hazard Lights for damage. OK: All lights and F32
good.
Remove and inspect fuse F32 (20A).
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Hazard Light(s)

damaged. Repair or
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Fuse F32 open.

repeatedly. 15
29
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Key Switch (S001) OFF. OK: All Hazard Lights
flash. Terminals 3 and 5
Put Hazard Switch (S101) in ON position; Right (E137) and Left (E142) Extremity of Trailer Lighting and
lights, Right (E138) and Left (E141) Roof Turn/Hazard lights (4) and Right (H100) and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin)
Left (H101) Turn Indicator Lights should flash. terminals 3 and 5 of Trailer Lighting and “pulse”. Diagnosis
Accessory Outlet (7 Pin) should also have “pulsing” battery voltage. complete.
The Right (E139) and Left (E140) Turn Signal lights should not be flashing. NOT OK: Individual
light(s) do not flash.
Identify which of the following conditions exist:
GO TO 4 .
• Individual light(s) do not flash.
• Right side flashes, left side does not. NOT OK: Left side
• Left side flashes, right side does not. Hazard lights do not
• No lights flash. flash.
• No ”pulsing” voltage on terminals 3 and/or 5 of Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet
(7 Pin) (X130). GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Right side

Hazard lights do not
flash.
GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: No lights flash.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: No ”pulsing” on

terminals 3 and/or 5 of
Trailer Lighting and
Accessory Outlet (7 Pin).
GO TO 10 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=889
Electrical
3 Check Hazard Switch Remove and inspect fuse F32 (20A). OK: Fuse F32 good and
NOTE: SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference GO TO 2 .

240-25-006a) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference
240-25-046a). NOT OK: No or low
Repair circuit 002 (B+) as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
212
15 NOT OK: Fuse F32
30 opens repeatedly. Check
circuit 102 from terminal
B of F32 to all it’s loads
for shorts to ground.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Check Individual One or more hazard lights not flashing. OK: Hazard lights flash
Lights with temporary lamps.
Temporarily replace unlit lamp(s) with known good lamp to isolate lamp or circuit Replace bad lamps.
problems.
GO TO 2 .
NOTE: All right side hazard lights and indicator are on circuit 115.
NOT OK: One or more
NOTE: All left side hazard lights and indicator are on circuit 125. hazard lights do not flash
with temporary lamps.
NOTE: SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference Repair circuit(s) as
240-25-006a) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference necessary.
240-25-046a).
GO TO 2 .
NOTE: SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (—
009999), (See Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=890
Electrical
5 Check Left Turn Remove Left Turn Relay. Check for battery voltage on terminals 86 and 30. Check for OK: “Pulsating” voltage at
Relay (K9) a “pulsating” ground from terminal 85 to CCU (A991) terminal W2 of X991-2 harness. M4 of Cab harness with
Replace Left Turn Relay with a known good relay. Disconnect Cab/Chassis Harness known good relay.
(X005) plug. Check for “pulsating” voltage at terminal M4 of Cab harness. Replace relay.

240-25-046a). NOT OK: Voltage on
terminals 86 and 30.
NOTE: SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a Pulsating ground on
Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). terminal 85 to CCU. Low
or no voltage on terminal
NOTE: Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009). M4 of Cab harness. 212
Repair circuit 125 as 15
necessary. 31
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage on terminal 30
and/or terminal 86. Repair
circuit 102 back to
terminal B of fuse F32 as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No “pulsating”

continuity to ground from
terminal 85 of Left Turn
Relay socket to CCU,
harness X991-2, terminal
W2.
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=891
Electrical
6 Check Right Turn Remove Right Turn Relay. Check for battery voltage on terminals 86 and 30. Check OK: “Pulsating” voltage at
Relay (K8) for a “pulsating” ground from terminal 85 to CCU (A991). Replace Right Turn Relay M3 of Cab harness with
with a known good relay. Disconnect Cab/Chassis Harness (X005). Check for known good relay.
“pulsating” voltage at terminal M3 of Cab harness. Replace relay.

240-25-046a). NOT OK: Voltage on
NOTE: SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a “Pulsating” ground on
Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). terminal 85 to CCU. Low
or no voltage on terminal
212 NOTE: Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009). M3 of Cab harness.
15 Repair circuit 115 as
32 necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Low or no

circuit 102 back to
terminal B of fuse F32 as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .

terminal 85 of Right Turn
Relay to CCU harness
X991-2, terminal W3.
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
7 Hazard Switch Check Disconnect Hazard Switch (S101) harness. OK: Battery voltage at
terminal C. Continuity
Check for battery voltage at terminal C of cab harness. between terminal B and
terminal C in ON position.
Put Hazard Switch in ON position. Check continuity between terminal B and terminal C Continuity between
of switch. terminal A and terminal B
in OFF position.
Put Hazard Switch in OFF position. Check continuity between terminal A and terminal
B of switch. GO TO 8 .
NOTE: SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference NOT OK: Low or no
240-25-006a) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference voltage at terminal C.
240-25-046a). Repair circuit 102 as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .

switch.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=892
Electrical
8 Check Hazard Circuit Put hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: Battery voltage at E2
126 of X991-1.
Disconnect harness X991-1 from CCU (A991).
GO TO 9 .
Check for battery voltage at terminal E2 of harness plug X991-1.
NOT OK: No or low
NOTE: CCU Wiring Diagram (—009999), (See Reference 245-CCU-300) or CCU voltage at E2 of X991-1.
Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (Reference 245-CCU-300b). Repair circuit 126 as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
212
15
– – –1/1 33
9 Check CCU Put Hazard Switch (S101) in ON position. OK: “Pulsating” ground
“Pulsating” Ground on terminals W2 and W3.
Disconnect CCU (A991) harness X991-2. Repair circuit(s) 133 to
Left Turn Relay (K9)
Check for “pulsating” ground on terminals W2 and W3 of X991-2. and/or 141 to Right Turn
Relay (K8) as necessary.
NOTE: CCU Wiring Diagram (—009999), (See Reference 245-CCU-300) or CCU
Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (Reference 245-CCU-300b). GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No “pulsating

ground on terminal W2
and/or terminal W3.
Replace and recalibrate
CCU.
Access CCU Address 20

and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
Configuration.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
10 Check Trailer Put hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: “Pulsing” battery
Lighting and voltage on terminals 3
Accessory Outlet (7 Check for “pulsing” battery voltage on terminals 3 and 5 of X130. and 5.
Pin), terminals 3 and
5 GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No “pulsing”

battery voltage on
terminal 3. Repair circuit
125 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No “pulsing”

battery voltage on
115 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=893
Electrical
Hazard Lights Malfunction (Eur)
OURX908,0000431 –19–02AUG02–1/1
212 customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See additional references for code descriptions.
15
34 – – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Visually inspect tractor hazard lights for damage. OK: Tractor hazard lights
good.
GO TO 2 .

as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check 1. Put Key Switch (S001) and hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: All lights work.
2. Check left front and left rear turn/hazard lights (E165) and right front and right rear Return to diagnosis in
turn/hazard lights (E164) and note which lamps do not light. progress.
3. Temporarily replace lamps that do not light with known good lamp. This identifies
whether the lamp is bad or there is an electrical circuit problem. NOT OK: No lights work.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Right side

lights and/or indicator do
not light.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Left side lights

and/or indicator do not
light.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=894
Electrical
3 Fuse F32 Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (—009999), (Reference OK: F32 good and
240-25-006b) or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (010001—), (Reference battery voltage at terminal
240-25-046b). A.
Remove and inspect fuse F32. Check terminal A of F32 socket for battery voltage. GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
212
NOT OK: F32 open. 15
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Hazard Switch Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (—009999), (Reference OK: Battery voltage at
240-25-006b) or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (010001—), (Reference terminal B and continuity
240-25-046b). between terminals B and
C.
1. Disconnect hazard switch (S101) harness.
2. Check terminal B of cab harness for battery voltage. GO TO 5 .
3. Put hazard switch in ON position and check for continuity between terminals B and
C. NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage on
terminal B. Repair circuit
102 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .

between hazard switch
terminals B and C.
Replace switch.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
5 Central Control Unit NOTE: See CCU Wiring Diagram (—009999), (Reference 245-CCU-300) or CCU OK: Battery voltage at
Power Input Check Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (Reference 245-CCU-300b). harness connector.

2. Disconnect Central Control Unit (CCU) harness connector X991-1.
3. Check terminal E2 of harness for battery voltage. NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage at harness
connector. Repair circuit
126 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=895
Electrical
6 Central Control Unit NOTE: See CCU Wiring Diagram (—009999), (Reference 245-CCU-300) or CCU OK: Ground on terminals
Ground Check Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (Reference 245-CCU-300b). W2 and W3.

2. Disconnect Central Control Unit (CCU) harness connector X991-2.
3. Check terminal W2 and W3 for ground. NOT OK: No ground on
terminal W2 and/or W3.
Replace and perform full
calibration of the Central
Control Unit.
Access CCU Address 20,

212 and perform Engine
15 Speed Sensor
36 Configuration. (See
Reference 245-CCU-001).
– – –1/1
7 Turn Signal/Hazard NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Battery voltage on
Flasher Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (Eur) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). terminal 49 and battery
voltage on terminal 30 of
Perform the following in order: relay K8 and K9.

2. Disconnect Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher (A120) connector.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminal 49 of cab harness. NOT OK: No battery
4. Jumper terminal 49 to terminal 49A of Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher cab connector. voltage at terminal 30 of
5. Remove Right Turn Signal Relay (K8) and install DFRW130 in K8 relay socket. relay K8 and/or K9.
6. Check terminal 30 of DFRW130 for battery voltage. Repair circuit 127 as
7. Put relay K8 back and repeat steps 5 and 6 for Left Turn Signal Relay (K9). necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=896
Electrical
8 Left/Right Turn Signal NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: All check good.
Relay Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (Eur) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b).
GO TO 9 .
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016).
NOT OK: No ground on
1. Put Key Switch (S001) and hazard switch (S101) in ON position. K8. Repair circuit 141 as
2. Remove Right Turn Relay (K8) from relay panel and install DFRW130 in K8 necessary.
position.
3. Check DFRW130 terminals 30 and 86 for “pulsating” battery voltage and terminal GO TO 2 .
85 for ground.
4. Install K8 in DFRW130 and check terminals 85 and 87 for “pulsating” battery NOT OK: No ground on
voltage. K9. Repair circuit 133 as
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall K8. necessary. 212
6. Repeat steps 2—5 for Left Turn Relay (K9). 15
GO TO 2 . 37
NOT OK: No or low

at terminal 30. Repair
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

86. Repair circuit 102 as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

on terminals 85 and 87.
Replace relay(s).
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=897
Electrical
9 Turn Signal/Hazard 1. Put Key Switch (S001) and hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: All “pulsating” battery
Lamp Harness and 2. Disconnect harness of non-lighting Turn Signal/Hazard Lights. voltage and continuity to
Trailer Lighting and 3. For Rear Fender Turn/Hazard Lights: Check terminal A of cab harness for ground checks good.
Accessory Outlet “pulsating” battery voltage and continuity to ground on terminal D. Replace lamp(s).
Check 4. For Front Turn/Hazard Lights: Check terminal 5 of cab harness for “pulsating”
battery voltage and continuity to ground on terminal 6. GO TO 2 .
5. For Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet X160; check for “pulsating” battery voltage
on terminals 1 and 4 and continuity to ground on terminal 3. NOT OK: No continuity to
ground at any/all light
NOTE: Right side Turn/Hazard Lights (E164) and terminal 1 of X160 are on circuit 125 terminal D, light terminal
and all Left side Turn/Hazard Lights (E165) and terminal 4 at X160 are on circuit 115. 6 or outlet terminal 3.
212 necessary.
15
38 GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

at any/all terminal A or
terminal 5. Right side of
as necessary. Left side of
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

on terminal 4 of outlet.
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=898
Electrical
Dome Light Malfunction
OURX908,0000427 –19–02AUG02–1/1
customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See additional references for code descriptions. 212
15
39
• SE4 Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Circuits (See Reference 240-25-022 ).
– – –1/1
1 Operational Check Put Dome Light Switch (S104) in each switch position and check against table. OK: Lights work.
Diagnosis complete.
With switch in DOOR position, open and close door and note if lamp(s) E100 and
E102 (optional) light. NOT OK: Dome Lamp
does not light.
Switch Position Dome Lamp Step Lamp (Optional)
DOOR (Door open) X X GO TO 2 .
DOOR (Door closed)
OFF NOT OK: Step Lamp
ON X X (optional) does not light.
NOTE: SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (— GO TO 2 .

Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045). NOT OK: Lamp(s) does
not light in open DOOR
position.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Lamp(s) does

not light in ON position.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Dome Lamp

and/or Step Lamp stay
ON.
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=899
Electrical
2 Check Lamps Place Dome Light Switch (S104) in ON position. OK: Battery voltage on
terminal A and continuity
Remove nonfunctional lamps. to ground. Replace
lamp(s).
Check terminal A of lamp sockets for battery voltage.
GO TO 1 .
Check terminal B of lamp sockets for continuity to ground.
NOT OK: No or low
voltage on terminal A.
GO TO 3 .
212 NOT OK: No continuity to

15 ground.
40
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
3 Check Dome Light Remove and inspect fuse F19 (10A). OK: Battery voltage on
Fuse F19 terminal A and F19 good.
Check terminal A of F19 socket for battery voltage. Repair circuit 032 as
necessary.
NOTE: See Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure (Reference 210-15-009).
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F19 open.

Replace fuse F19. F19
circuits downstream from
F19 for shorts to ground.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=900
Electrical
4 Check Dome Lamp Disconnect harness from Dome Light Switch (S104). OK: Continuity between
Switch (S13) terminals A and B and
Put Dome Light Switch in ON position and check for continuity between terminals A terminals B and C of
and B. Put Dome Light Switch in DOOR position and check for continuity between Dome Light Switch.
terminals B and C. Battery voltage at
terminal B and continuity
Check terminal B of Dome Lamp cab harness for battery voltage. Check terminal A for to ground at terminal A.
continuity to ground.
GO TO 5 .
NOTE: See Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure (Reference 210-15-009).
NOTE: SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (— continuity check. Replace
009999), (See Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Dome Lamp Switch. 212
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045). 15
GO TO 1 . 41
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at terminal B.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .

ground at terminal A.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
5 Check Door Switch Put Dome Light Switch (S104) in DOOR position. OK: Battery voltage at
Open door. to ground at terminal B.
Door Switch continuity
Disconnect Door Switch (S105) harness plug. checks good.
Check harness terminal A for battery voltage and terminal B for continuity to ground. GO TO 1 .
Check for continuity between terminals A and B of Door Switch. Press Door Switch NOT OK: No or low
and check for open between terminals A and B. voltage at terminal A.
NOTE: See Seven Step Electrical Procedure (Reference 210-15-009). necessary.
NOTE: SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (— GO TO 1 .

Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045). NOT OK: No continuity to
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Door Switch

fails continuity check.
Replace switch.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=901
Electrical
6 Check Dome Lamp Dome Lamp (E100) and/or Step Lamp (E102) ON continuously. OK: Circuits check good.
Circuit
Check circuits 105 and 255 for shorts to ground. GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Shorts to

ground. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
212
15
42 – – –1/1
122106
PN=902
Electrical
Roof Beacon Light Malfunction
OURX908,000042B –19–02AUG02–1/1
15
43
• See SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-006a).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Visually inspect Roof Beacon Light (E133) for damage. OK: No damage and F29
good.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Beacon Light

damaged. Repair or
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Fuse F29 open.

Replace fuse. Fuse
opens repeatedly.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=903
Electrical
2 Operational Check Turn Roof Beacon Light Switch (S106) on. OK: Indicator ON and
Roof Beacon Light ON
Roof Beacon Indicator (H106) and Roof Beacon Light (E133) should be ON and and rotating. Diagnosis
rotating. complete.
NOT OK: No lights ON.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Roof Beacon

Light does not light.
212 GO TO 6 .
15
44 NOT OK: Roof Beacon
Light does not rotate.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Indicator does

not light.
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
3 Check Roof Beacon Remove and inspect fuse F29 (30A). OK: F29 good and
Fuse (F29) battery voltage at terminal
NOTE: Seven Step Electrical Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009). GO TO 2 .
NOTE: See SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference NOT OK: No or low
240-25-006a) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (See Reference voltage at terminal A.
240-25-046a). Repair circuit 002 (B+) as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: F29 opens

down stream from
terminal B of F29 for
shorts to ground.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=904
Electrical
4 Check Roof Beacon Disconnect Roof Beacon Light Harness. OK: Battery voltage at
Light Harness terminal A and continuity
Check terminal A of cab harness for battery voltage. to ground on terminal B.
Check terminal B of cab harness for continuity to ground. GO TO 5 .
NOTE: Seven Step Electrical Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009). NOT OK: No or low
NOTE: See SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference Repair circuit 168 From
240-25-006a) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (See Reference terminal A to F29 terminal
240-25-046a). B as necessary.
GO TO 2 . 212
15
NOT OK: No continuity to 45
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
5 Check Roof Beacon Disconnect Roof Beacon Light Harness (W19) from switch. OK: Continuity Between
Light Switch terminal A and terminal B.
Turn Roof Beacon Light Switch (S106) on.
GO TO 6 .
Check for continuity between terminals A and B.
NOTE: Seven Step Electrical Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009). continuity check. Replace
switch.
NOTE: See SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference
240-25-006a) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (See Reference GO TO 2 .
240-25-046a).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=905
Electrical
6 Check Roof Beacon Turn Roof Beacon Light Switch (S106) on. OK: Battery voltage at
Lamp and Roof terminal A and continuity
Beacon Indicator Remove Lamp (E133) and/or indicator (H106). to ground at terminal B of
Roof Beacon Light.
Check lamp socket(s) terminal A for battery voltage. Replace lamp.
Check lamp socket(s) terminal B for continuity to ground. GO TO 2 .
NOTE: Seven Step Electrical Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009). OK: Battery voltage at
NOTE: See SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference to ground at terminal B of
240-25-006a) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (See Reference indicator socket. Replace
212 240-25-046a). indicator lamp.
15
46 GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 2 .

as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
7 Check Roof Beacon Turn Roof Beacon Light Switch (S106) on. OK: Roof Beacon Light
Light Rotation rotates.
Roof Beacon Light (E133) should rotate.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Roof Beacon

Light does not rotate.
Repair or replace as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=906
Electrical
Vehicle Horn Malfunction
OURX908,000042E –19–02AUG02–1/1
15
47
• Horn Circuit Theory of Operation (See Reference 240-20-005).

• SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic ( -009999), (See Reference 240-25-005).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Perform a visual inspection of tractor Horn (B920) located at front of tractor. OK: Fuse is good.
Remove and check fuse F19. GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Fuse

repeatedly fails when
replaced.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=907
Electrical
2 Operate Horn Switch Press Horn Switch (S920) to check for proper operation. OK: Horn works.
Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: Horn does not

operate.
GO TO 3 .
212
15
48 – – –1/1
3 Check Horn Relay Remove Horn Relay (K23). Press Horn Switch and check for 12 volts on pins 30 and OK: 12 volts on pin 30
(K23) Supply Voltage 86 of Horn Relay socket terminals. and 86.
NOTE: (See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic ( GO TO 4 .
-009999), (See Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045) . NOT OK: No voltage on
pin 30. Repair circuit 032.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage on

pin 86.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
4 Check Horn Relay Check continuity of ground circuit (050) from pin 85 of Horn Relay (K23) socket to OK: Horn operates.
Ground Single Point Ground (W1). Replace Horn Relay.
Install a jumper wire across terminals 30 and 87 of Horn Relay socket terminals. Horn GO TO 2 .
should operate.
NOT OK: Ground circuit
NOTE: (See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic ( OK. Symptom still exists.
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045) . GO TO 6 .

ground on circuit 050.
Repair circuit as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=908
Electrical
5 Check Horn Supply Open front grille screen and locate Horn (B920) behind front hood grille screen. OK: Ground circuit good
Voltage and Ground and voltage supply OK.
Circuit Check continuity of Horn ground circuit (010). Replace Horn.
Press Horn Switch (S920) and check for 12 volts at the Horn (circuit 904). GO TO 2 .
NOTE: (See Reference 240-25-028 for Chassis Harness). NOT OK: Ground circuit
open (no continuity to
ground). Repair circuit as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
212
NOT OK: No voltage at 15
circuit 904 connection to 49
Horn. Repair circuit as
necessary,
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
6 Check Horn Switch Disconnect Steering Column Module (A101) Connector. Press and hold Horn Switch OK: Switch is good
(S920) to check continuity from terminal 5 to 6 terminal of module connector. (continuity between
terminals 5 and 6). Repair
NOTE: (See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic ( circuit 903 as necessary.
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045) . GO TO 2 .

between terminals 5 and
6. Replace switch
assembly.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
7 Fuse (F19) Opens NOTE: (See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic ( OK: GO TO 2 .
Repeatedly -009999), (See Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and
Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-045) . NOT OK: Repair circuit
032 as necessary.
Fuse F19 opens repeatedly. Check circuit 032 from terminal B of fuse F19 to all it’s
loads for shorts to ground. Repair as necessary. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=909
Electrical
Seven Pin Outlet Malfunction (NA)
OURX908,000042C –19–02AUG02–1/1
15
50

• SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-006a).
• Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-010).
• SE9 Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-up Panel (SUP) Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-049).
• Seven Pin Outlet Theory of Operation (NA) (See Reference 240-20-006).
• SE4 Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Circuits (See Reference240-25-022 ).
• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), )See Reference 245-CCU-300b).
• CCD Network Diagnosis (See Reference 245-05-005).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Visually inspect Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin) (X130) located at the rear OK: GO TO 2 .
of the tractor.
NOT OK: Remove debris.
Remove any accumulated debris that could obstruct a sound electrical connection.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=910
Electrical
2 Check Fuse Voltage Remove and inspect Fuses F20 (30A), F31 (30A), F32 (20A) and F35 (20A) and check OK: Battery voltage at all
for battery voltage at terminal A of each fuse socket. terminals and all fuses
good.
Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. Remove Fuse F39 (30A) and check for battery
voltage at terminal A of fuse socket. GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Fuse(s) not

intact. Replace fuse(s). If
fuse(s) fails repeatedly,
check for short to ground
from terminal “B” of
fuse(s) to all its loads.
Repair as necessary. 212
15
GO TO 3 . 51
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage at terminal F20,
F31, and/or F32. Repair
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage at terminal F35.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage at terminal F39.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=911
Electrical
3 Operational Check • Put tractor Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. Check for battery voltage on OK: All terminals have
terminals 4 and 7 of Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (Seven Pin) (X130). voltage corresponding to
• Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position. Check for battery voltage on terminal 2 their switch positions.
of Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin). Continuity to ground on
• Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. Check for battery voltage on terminal 6 of terminal 1. Diagnostic
Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin). complete.
• Put tractor Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in
LEFT TURN position. Check for pulsating battery voltage on terminal 3 of Trailer NOT OK: Low or no
Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin). voltage on terminal 4
• Put tractor Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in and/or 7.
RIGHT TURN position. Check for pulsating battery voltage on terminal 5 of Trailer
Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin). GO TO 4 .
212 • Put Hazard Switch (S101) in ON position. Check for pulsating voltage on terminals 3
15 and 5. NOT OK: Low or no
52 • Check for continuity to ground on terminal 1 of Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet voltage on terminal 2.
(7 Pin).
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Low or no

GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: Low or no

GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: No pulsating

voltage on terminals 3
and 5 when Hazard
Switch is ON.
GO TO 11 .
NOT OK: Low or no

necessary. Repeat Step.
NOT OK: No Continuity

to ground on terminal 1.
Repeat Step.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=912
Electrical
4 Check Accessory 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. OK: All checks good.
Outlet Relay 2. Remove Accessory Outlet Relay (K12) and install DFRW130 in K12 panel position.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check for continuity to ground GO TO 3 .
on terminal 85.
4. Install K12 in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage. NOT OK: No continuity to
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall K12. ground on terminal 85.
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead necessary.
(Reference DFRW130).
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage on terminal 30. 212
Repair circuit 242 as 15
necessary. 53
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

Repair circuit 212 or Key
Switch (S001) as
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=913
Electrical
5 Check Rear Floods Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position. OK: All checks good.
Relay
1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. GO TO 3 .
2. Remove Accessory Outlet Relay (K5) and install DFRW130 in (K5) panel position.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check for continuity to ground NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
on terminal 85.
4. Install (K5) in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage. NOT OK: Low or no
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall (K5). voltage on terminal 30.
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead necessary.
GO TO 3 .
212
15 NOT OK: Low or no
54 voltage on terminal 86.
GO TO 6 .

necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
6 Check Diode Block 1. Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position. OK: Diode test good and
V1 Voltage Supply 2. Remove Diode V1. battery voltage on
3. Check for battery voltage on terminal 4 of socket. terminal 4.
4. Perform diode test on Diode V1 between terminals 4 and 5.
5. Reverse meter leads and retest. GO TO 3 .
NOTE: Reading should be between .3 to .7 voltage drop in one position and “OL” in NOT OK: Low or no
the other. voltage indicated on
terminal 4 when Road
Light Switch is in FIELD 1
position.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Diode fails test.

Replace Diode.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=914
Electrical
7 Check Light Switch Disconnect Light Switch (S100) harness. OK: Battery voltage
Voltage Supply and indicated on terminal B of
Continuity Check for battery voltage on terminal B of Light Switch Connector. Light Switch Connector.
Continuity between
Put Light Switch in Field 1 position. Check for continuity between terminal B and terminal B and terminal 3.
terminal 3 of switch. Repair circuit 124 as
necessary.
Put Light Switch in Road position. Check for continuity between Terminal B and
terminal 2 of switch. GO TO 3 .
OK: Battery voltage

indicated on terminal B of
Road Light Switch 212
Connector. Continuity 15
between terminal B and 55
103 as necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage indicated on
terminal B of Road Light
Switch Connector. Repair
GO TO 3 .

Road Light Switch.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=915
Electrical
8 Check Turn Signal Perform the following checks: OK: All voltage readings
OK. Low or no voltage on
1. Remove and inspect fuse F19 (10A). Check for battery voltage on terminal A. terminal 3 of Trailer
Replace fuse. Lighting and Accessory
2. Disconnect Steering Column Module Connector (X101). Check for battery voltage Outlet (7 Pin).
on terminal 7 of connector.
3. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in LEFT turn position. Check continuity between GO TO 9
terminals 3 and 7 of switch harness. Put Turn Signal Switch in RIGHT turn position.
Check continuity between terminals 4 and 7 of switch harness. OK: All voltage readings
4. Reconnect Steering Column Module Connector. Locate and disconnect ICU OK. Low or no voltage on
Connector (X900). terminal 5 of Trailer
5. Put Turn Signal Switch in RIGHT turn position. Check for battery voltage on Lighting and Accessory
212 terminal 17 of ICU Connector. Outlet (7 Pin).
15 6. Put Turn Signal Switch in LEFT turn position. Check for battery voltage on terminal
56 16 of ICU Connector. GO TO 10
7. Reconnect ICU Connector. Locate and disconnect CCU Connector (X991-1). Check
for CCD voltage on terminals C2 and C3. NOT OK: Low or no
CCD Network Voltage—Specification Steering Column Module
CCD Network Voltage—Voltage .................................................................................. 2.5 Connector. Repair circuit
032 as necessary.
GO TO 3 .

GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

ICU Connector in RIGHT
turn position. Repair
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

ICU Connector in LEFT
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Voltage out of

specification on terminal
C2 or C3 of X991-1
Connector to CCU. (See
CCD Network Diagnosis,
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=916
Electrical
9 Check Left Turn 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: All checks good.
Relay 2. Remove Accessory Outlet Relay (K9) and install DFRW130 in (K9) panel position.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check for “pulsating” GO TO 3 .
continuity to ground on terminal 85.
4. Install (K9) in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage. OK: GO TO 3 .
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall (K9).
NOT OK: Low or no
Remove the Right Turn Relay (K8) and check for a constant continuity to ground from voltage on terminal 30
terminal 85 to CCU. and/or terminal 86. Repair
circuit 102 back to
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead terminal B of fuse F32 as
(Reference DFRW130). See CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), necessary.
(Reference 245-CCU-300 or Reference 245-CCU-300b). 212
GO TO 3 . 15
57
terminal 85 of Left Turn
Relay to CCU, harness
Repair circuit 133 or
replace CCU.
When replacing CCU,

and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
Configuration.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No constant

continuity to ground on
terminal 85 of opposite
side relay. Repair ground
circuit or calibrate CCU.
(See Reference
245-CCU-300.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=917
Electrical
10 Check Right Turn 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: All checks good.
Relay 2. Remove Accessory Outlet Relay (K8) and install DFRW130 in (K8) panel position.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check for “pulsating” GO TO 3 .
continuity to ground on terminal 85.
4. Install (K8) in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage. NOT OK: Low or no
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall (K8). voltage on terminal 30
Remove the Left Turn Relay (K9) and check for a constant continuity to ground from circuit 102 back to
terminal 85 to CCU. terminal B of fuse F32 as
necessary.
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead
(Reference DFRW130). See CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), GO TO 3 .
212 (Reference 245-CCU-300 or Reference 245-CCU-300b).
15 NOT OK: No “pulsating”
58 continuity to ground from
terminal 85 of Right Turn
Relay to CCU, harness
replace CCU.
When replacing CCU,

and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
Configuration.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No constant

terminal 85 of opposite
side relay. Repair ground
circuit or calibrate CCU.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=918
Electrical
11 Check Hazard Lights Put tractor Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. OK: CCU Address 10
Switch status changes with
Put Light Switch (S100) in the OFF position. switch position change.
Access CCU Address 10 and perform Warning Lights Switch Test. See CCU GO TO 13 .
NOT OK: No switch
When address is accessed, toggle the Hazard Lights Switch (S101) from the ON to the status change indicated
OFF position repeatedly. by CCU Address 10.
Note the change in address status. GO TO 12 .
NOTE: For North American Lighting—Access CCU Address 25, Warning Lights 212
Configuration if Hazard Light Operation takes precedence over Turning Signal 15
Operation to check for proper calibration. See CCU Addresses, (Reference 59
245-CCU-001).
– – –1/1
12 Check Hazard Switch Perform the following tests in order: OK: Voltage to and
continuity through the
1. Remove Hazard Switch (S101). Check for 12 V at terminal “C” connection to circuit hazard switch OK. Repair
102. circuit 126 as necessary.
2. Put Switch in ON position and check for continuity from terminal “C” to terminal “B”.
3. Reinstall Hazard Switch if OK, or replace if necessary. GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage at terminal “C”
connection to circuit 102.
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=919
Electrical
13 Check Turn Signal Perform the following tests in order: OK: 12 V on terminals
Relays 30, and 86. Continuity to
1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in LEFT turn ground on terminal 85.
position. Remove Left Turn Relay (K9). Check for battery voltage on terminals 86 Known good relay
and 30. Check for a “pulsating” ground from terminal 85 to CCU (A7). installed. Terminals 3
2. Remove the Right Turn Relay (K8) and check for a constant continuity to ground and/or 5 are not
from terminal 85 to CCU. energized. Repair circuit
3. Put Turn Signal Switch in RIGHT turn position. Check for battery voltage on 115 or 125 as necessary.
terminals 86 and 30 on Right Turn Relay (K8). Check for a “pulsating” ground from
terminal 85 to CCU. GO TO 3 .
4. Check for a constant continuity to ground from terminal 85 of the Left Turn Relay
(K9) to CCU. OK: All voltage and
212 5. Replace both the Right Turn Relay and the Left Turn Relay with known good relays. continuity checks OK.
15 Check for 12 V on terminals 5 and 3 of Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Terminals 3 and 5 are
60 Pin). energized with a known
good relay installed.
Replace defective relay(s)
as necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

and/or terminal 86 of
Relays. Repair circuit 102
back to terminal “B” of
fuse F32 as necessary.
GO TO 3 .

terminal 85 of relays K8
and/or K9. Repair circuit
141 or 133 as necessary.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=920
Electrical
Seven Pin Outlet Malfunction (EUR)
HP51992,0000010 –19–06APR04–1/1
15
61
• Recall, Record and Clear Codes (See Reference 245-05-001)

• Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-006b).
• SE5b Lighting System Schematic (Eur) (010001—) (See Reference 240-25-046b).
• SE5b Lighting Circuits (Eur) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-023b).
• SE5b Lighting Circuits (Eur) (010001—) (See Reference 240-25-053b).
• Radio, Dome Lamp, and Multi-Function Switch Circuits (SE4) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-005).
• SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic (010001—) (See Reference 240-25-045).
• SE4 Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Circuits (See Reference 240-25-022).
• Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-010).
• Radar, Central Control Unit Schematic (SE8) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-009).
• Seven Pin Outlet Theory of Operation (See Reference 240-20-006).
• Cab Harness (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-026).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Visually inspect Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin) (X160) and Flood Light OK: GO TO 2 .
connector (X161) located at the rear of the tractor.
NOT OK: Remove debris.
Remove any accumulated debris that could obstruct a sound electrical connection.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=921
Electrical
2 Fuse Checks 1. Key switch (S001) ON, Road Light switch (X120) in ROAD position. OK: Battery voltage at all
2. Check fuses F20, F31, F32, F35, F36, F37 and F39 for battery voltage at terminals terminals and all fuses
A and B. good.
NOTE: Fuses do not have to be removed for this check.
GO TO 3 .
NOTE: Fuses F35 and F36 are powered by F20. If F20 has failed, F35 and F36 will
not have battery voltage available. NOT OK: No or low
voltage at terminal B of
fuse(s). Inspect and
(X160 Connector) replace fuse. Fuse fails
Fuse Device Controlled Power Supply Circuit repeatedly. Check for
F20 Road Light Switch 002 short to ground from fuse
212 F32 Hazard Switch, Turn 002 to all its loads.
15 Signals
62 F35 Left Tail Light 158 GO TO 3 .
F36 Right Tail Light 158
F37 Brake Light 002 NOT OK: No or low
F39 Seven Pin Connector 002 voltage at terminal A of
Accessory fuse(s) F20, F31, F32,
F37 or F39. Repair circuit
(X161 Connector) 002 as necessary.
Fuse Device Controlled Power Supply Circuit
F31 Seven Pin Connector 002 GO TO 3 .
Flood Lights
NOT OK: Fuse F20 good
and no or low voltage at
terminal A of fuse(s) F35
and/or F36.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=922
Electrical
3 Seven Pin Voltage X160 OK: All terminals have

Check TRAILER voltage corresponding to
LIGHTING their switch positions.
ACCESSORY Continuity to ground on
OUTLET
terminal 3. Diagnosis
ACCESSORY 222 2
RIGHT TIAL LIGHT 128 7 complete.
1
RIGHT TUIRN SIGNAL 115 4 6 2
LEFT TAIL LIGHT 118 5 7 NOT OK: Ground Circuit.
5 3
BRAKE LIGHT 136 6 4
LEFT TURN SIGNAL 125 1 Open or high resistance
GROUND 010 3 on terminal 3. Repair
X161
FLOOD LIGHTS 109 IMPLEMENT Repeat this step. 212
FLOODS 15
RXA0073963 –UN–15MAR04 NOT OK: Accessory 63
terminal. Low or no
• Check terminal 3 of Seven Pin connector (X160) for good continuity to ground. voltage on terminal 2.
• Key switch ON. Check for battery voltage on ACCESSORY terminal 2 of Seven Pin
connector (X160). GO TO 5 .
• Road Light switch (S120) in ROAD position. Check for battery voltage on TAIL
LIGHT terminals 5 (Left) and 7 (Right) of Seven Pin connector (X160). NOT OK: Left Tail Light.
• Key switch (S001) ON. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in LEFT TURN position. Low or no voltage on
Check for pulsating battery voltage on LEFT TURN signal terminal 1 of Seven Pin terminal 5. Repair circuit
connector (X160). 118 as necessary.
• Key Switch (S001) ON. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in RIGHT TURN position.
Check for pulsating battery voltage on RIGHT TURN signal terminal 4 of Seven Pin Repeat this step.
connector (X160).
• Hazard Switch (S101) ON. Check for pulsating voltage on terminals 1 and 4. NOT OK: Right Tail Light.
• Key switch ON. Depress brake pedal and check for battery voltage on BRAKE Low or no voltage on
LIGHT terminal 6 of Seven Pin connector (X160). terminal 7. Repair circuit
• Road Light switch (S120) in FIELD position. Field Light switch (S190) in FIELD 1 128 as necessary.
position. Check for battery voltage at Flood light connector (X161).
Repeat this step.
Seven Pin Connector (X160)
Terminal ....................................................................................................... Function NOT OK: Left or Right
1 ............................................................................................................ Left turn signal turn signal. Low or no
2 ................................................................................................................... Accessory pulsating voltage on
3 ........................................................................................................................ Ground terminal 1 or 4.
4 ......................................................................................................... Right turn signal
5 ................................................................................................................ Left tail light GO TO 6 .
6 .................................................................................................................. Brake light
7 .............................................................................................................. Right tail light NOT OK: Hazard Light
switch. Low or no
Flood Light Connector (X161) pulsating voltage on
Connector ................................................................................................... Flood lights terminal 1 or 4.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Brake Light.

Low or no voltage on
terminal 6.
GO TO 12 .
NOT OK: Flood Light

connector (X161). Low or
no voltage on connector
X161.
GO TO 14 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=923
Electrical
4 Road Light Switch OK: Road Light switch

Check continuity good. Battery
S120
ROAD LIGHT ROAD position. Repair
SWITCH
DELAY
OFF
PARK FIELD position. Repair
ROAD circuit 117 as necessary.
FIELD
B C
B 062 D GO TO 3 .
5
A
2
4 NOT OK: No or low
212 4 117 FIELD B
B 2 3
15 1 4 5 voltage at terminal B.
64 3 124 ROAD
3 1 Repair or replace circuit
2
062 as necessary.
GO TO 3 .
1 158 TL
5 159
light switch.
GO TO 3 .
RXA0074035 –UN–18MAR04
A—Harness terminal B (battery voltage supply)

B—Switch terminal 1 (tail lights)
C—Switch terminal 4 (field lights switch)
D—Switch terminal B (battery voltage input)
1. Disconnect Road Light switch (S120) from harness.

2. Check terminal B of harness for battery voltage.
3. Place Road Light switch in ROAD position. Check for continuity between terminals
B and 1 of switch.
4. Place Road Light switch in FIELD position. Check for continuity between terminals
B and 4 of switch.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=924
Electrical
5 Accessory Outlet 1. Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. OK: All checks good.
Relay Check 2. Remove Accessory Outlet Relay (K12) and install DFRW130 in K12 panel position. Repair circuit 222 as
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check for continuity to ground necessary.
on terminal 85.
4. Install K12 in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage. GO TO 3 .
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead ground on terminal 85.
(Reference DFRW130). Repair circuit 050 as
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
212
NOT OK: Low or no 15
voltage on terminal 30. 65
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

Switch (S001) as
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=925
Electrical
6 Turn Signal Switch Perform the following checks:

Check
1. Check for battery voltage on terminal A and B of fuse F19.
NOTE: Fuse does not have to be removed for this check.
2.
A101
STEERING COLUMN
MODULE CONNECTOR
212
15
66 D C B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
X101
STEERING COLUMN
MODULE CONNECTOR
RXA0074034 –UN–18MAR04
A—Harness Connector terminal 7 (battery supply voltage)

B—Module terminal 7 (battery input voltage)
C—Module terminal 4 (right turn)
D—Module terminal 3 (left turn)
Disconnect Steering Column Module Connector (X101). Check for battery voltage on
terminal 7 of connector.
3. Put Turn Signal Switch (S102) in LEFT turn position. Check continuity between
terminals 3 and 7 of switch harness. Put Turn Signal Switch in RIGHT turn position.
Check continuity between terminals 4 and 7 of switch harness.
4. Reconnect Steering Column Module Connector. Locate and disconnect ICU
Connector (X900).
22 11
21 10
20 9
19 8
X900
A INSTRUMENT
18 7
CONTROL
17 6 UNIT
16 5 (ICU)
15 4
B
14 3
13 2
12 1
RXA0074033 –UN–18MAR04
A—ICU Connector terminal 17 (right turn)

B—ICU Connector terminal 16 (left turn)
5. Put Turn Signal Switch in RIGHT turn position. Check for battery voltage on
terminal 17 of ICU Connector.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=926
Electrical
6. Put Turn Signal Switch in LEFT turn position. Check for battery voltage on terminal OK: All voltage readings
16 of ICU Connector. OK. Low or no voltage on
7. Reconnect ICU Connector. terminal 1 and/or 4 of
8. Seven Pin connector.
3 21 GO TO 9 .
A
B NOT OK: Low or no
C voltage on terminal A of
D F19. Repair circuit 002 as
E X991-1 necessary.
A 30-WAY
CCU GO TO 3 .
B 212
F CONNECTOR
15
G NOT OK: Low or no 67
H voltage on terminal B of
J F19. Replace F19. Fuse
K fails repeatedly. Check
circuits downstream for
RXA0074032 –UN–19MAR04 shorts to ground.
A—CCU terminal C2 GO TO 3 .
B—CCU terminal C3
NOT OK: Low or no
Locate and disconnect CCU Connector (X991-1). Check for CCD voltage on terminals voltage on terminal 7 of
C2 and C3. Steering Column Module
Connector. Repair circuit
CCD Network Voltage—Specification 032 as necessary.
CCD Network Voltage—Voltage .................................................................................. 2.5
GO TO 3 .

GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

ICU Connector in RIGHT
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

ICU Connector in LEFT
GO TO 3 .

specification on terminal
C2 or C3 of X991-1
Connector to CCU. (See
CCD Network Diagnosis,
GO TO 3 .
–19– –2/2
122106
PN=927
Electrical
7 Hazard Light Switch 1. Key switch (S001) ON, Road Light switch (S120) OFF. OK: All checks good.
Check 2. Access CCU Address 25 and perform Warning Lights Configuration Test. Display
should read: GO TO 9 .
25
003 or 007. NOT OK: Warning Lights
3. Access CCU Address 10 and perform Warning Lights Switch Test. Display should Configuration wrong.
toggle between: Configure CCU to correct
10 setting at Address 25.
000 - Hazard switch OFF and 001 - Hazard switch ON.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Warning Light

212 switch does no toggle
15 between “000” and “001”.
68
GO TO 8 .
– – –1/1
8 Hazard Switch Check OK: Battery voltage at

terminal C of harness and
continuity between switch
S101 terminals B and C.
WARNING A
SWITCH 2
WARNING
GO TO 9 .
B
OFF
NOT OK: No or low

A C voltage at terminal C of
C 1 harness. Repair circuit
B 102 between switch and
F32.
3 GO TO 3 .
RXA0074031 –UN–19MAR04
1—Hazard Switch Connector battery volatge supply (circuit 102, terminal C) through switch. Replace
2—Hazard Switch terminal B terminal (circuit 126) switch.
3—Hazard Switch terminal C terminal (voltage input supply)
GO TO 3 .
1. Remove Hazard Switch (S101). Check for battery voltage at terminal C of harness
connection.
2. Put Hazard switch in ON position and check for continuity from terminal C to
terminal B of switch.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=928
Electrical
9 Turn Signal Relays Perform the following checks on turn signal relays K8 (Right Turn) and K9 (Left Turn). OK: All checks good for
Check K8. Repair circuit 115 as
1. Key switch (S001) ON, Hazard switch (S101) ON. necessary.
2. Remove Relay K8 and install DFRW130 in K8 panel position.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminal 86, pulsating battery voltage on terminal 30 GO TO 3 .
and check for continuity to ground on terminal 85.
4. Install K8 in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for pulsating battery voltage. OK: All checks good for
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall K8. K9. Repair circuit 125 as
6. Repeat for Relay K9. necessary.
GO TO 3 .

battery voltage on 15
terminal 86. Repair circuit 69
102 as necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

pulsating battery voltage
on terminal 30.
GO TO 10 .
NOT OK: Low or no

pulsating battery voltage
on terminal 87. Replace
relay.
GO TO 3 .

ground on terminal 85 of
K8 or K9.
GO TO 11 .
– – –1/1
10 Circuit 127 Check OK: Circuit 127 good.

Replace Turn
Signal/Warning Flasher.
49 C3 GO TO 3 .
A120 NOT OK: Repair circuit

C C2 TURN SIGNAL
127 as necessary.
HAZARD FLASHER
GO TO 3 .
49A 31
A
RXA0074030 –UN–19MAR04
A—Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher terminal 49A (circuit 127)
Perform Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure, (See Reference 210-15-009) on

circuit 127 from relay K8 and K9, terminal 30, to Turn Signal/Warning Flasher (A120)
terminal 49A.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=929
Electrical
11 Relay K8 and K9 1 2 3 OK: Circuits check good.

Ground Check L Replace and perform full
M calibration of CCU.
N Access CCU Address 20,
P Engine Speed Sensor
X991-2 R A Configuration.
30-WAY
CCU GO TO 3 .
CONNECTOR S
T NOT OK: Circuit 141
W failed check. Repair as
X B necessary.
212 Y
15 GO TO 3 .
70 RXA0074029 –UN–18MAR04
NOT OK: Circuit 133
A—CCU terminal W2 (right turn ground) failed check. Repair as
B—CCU terminal W3 (left turn ground) necessary.
Turn Signal/Warning Flasher relays K8 and K9 are grounded through the CCU. GO TO 3 .
Relay K8:

circuit 141 from relay K8, terminal 85, to CCU connector X991-2, terminal W2.
Relay K9:

circuit 133 from relay K9, terminal 85, to CCU connector X991-2, terminal W3.
– – –1/1
12 Brake Relay K10 1. Key switch (S001) ON, Brake ON. OK: All checks good.
Check 2. Remove Relay K10 and install DFRW130 in K10 panel position. Repair circuit 136 as
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check for continuity to ground necessary.
on terminal 85.
4. Install K10 in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage. GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

GO TO 13 .

necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

Replace relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=930
Electrical
13 Brake Switch Check Access ICU Address 03 and perform Brake Switch Test at Brake, Differential Lock OK: Switch checks good.
and Deceleration Switches. See ICU Addresses, (Reference 245-ICU-001). Repair circuit 116 as
necessary.
GO TO 3 .

check. Replace switch.
GO TO 3 .
212
15
– – –1/1 71
14 Flood Light Relay K5 1. Road Light switch (S120) in FIELD position, Field Light switch (S190) in FLOOD 1 OK: All checks good.
Check position. Repair circuit 109 as
2. Remove Relay K5 and install DFRW130 in K5 panel position. necessary.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check for continuity to ground
on terminal 85. GO TO 3 .
4. Install K5 in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage.
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall K5. NOT OK: No or low
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No or low

86.
GO TO 15 .

ground at terminal 85.
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Low or no

Replace relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=931
Electrical
15 Field Light Switch HARNESS OK: All checks good.

Check S190 CONNCTOR Repair circuit 145 as
FIELD
necessary.
LIGHT 1
SWITCH 2
OFF NOT OK: Low or no
FLOOD 1 battery voltage at terminal
FLOOD 2 3 A A.
A
B
B GO TO 4 .
B
C
C
NOT OK: Field light
A
C
switch fails continuity
212 check. Replace field light
15 switch.
72 RXA0074028 –UN–18MAR04
GO TO 3 .
1—Field Light Switch Harness Connector terminal A (battery voltage supply)
2—Field Light Switch terminal A (battery input voltage)
3—Field Light Switch terminal B (FIELD 1)
1. Road Light switch (S120) in FIELD position.

2. Disconnect Field Light switch (S190) from harness.
3. Check terminal A of harness for battery voltage.
4. Place Field Light switch in FIELD 1 position. Check for continuity between terminals
A and B of switch.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=932
Electrical
Convenience Outlet/Auxiliary Power Strip

Malfunction
OURX908,0000426 –19–02AUG02–1/1
15
73
NOTE: This observable symptom assumes that there are accessory functions with power provided through the key
switch, that are operational.
This diagnosis includes the Auxiliary Power Strip (X248).
• Convenience Outlet/Auxiliary Power Strip Theory of Operation (See Reference 240-20-004).

• SE1 Power Supply, Starting and Charging Schematic (See Reference 240-25-002).
• SE6 Accessory Connectors Schematic (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-007).
• SE6 Accessory Connectors Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-047).
• Cab Harness (010001—), (—009999).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=933
Electrical
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Fuse F41 was used for outlets X242, X243, X244 and X248 to serial OK: All fuses are good.
number —009999. Fuse F40 is used for these outlets after serial number 010001—.
GO TO 2 .
Check fuses F47, F48, and F40 or F41. Fuses may have failed depending on the
connection configuration of the tractor. NOT OK: Replace any
failed fuse(s). Fuse(s)
• For non-switched 12 volt supply connection Outlets 1 (X242), 2 (X243), 3 (X244), opens repeatedly.
and Auxiliary Power Strip (X248) may not be operational if fuse F41 (—009999) or
F40 (010001—) has failed. GO TO 4
• For switched 12 volt supply connection, Outlets 1 (X242), 2 (X243) and Auxiliary
Power Strip (X248) may not be operational if fuse F48 has failed.
• For switched 12 volt supply connection, Outlet 3 (X244) may not be operational if
212 fuse F47 has failed.
15
74 NOTE: See SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting Schematic (Reference
240-25-002.)
– – –1/1
2 Check Outlet Supply NOTE: For switched power configuration, Key Switch (S001) must be in ACCESSORY OK: Battery voltage
Voltage and Ground or RUN position. present and ground circuit
Circuit is good on outlet.
Check for battery voltage on terminal 1 and 2 of malfunctioning Convenience Outlet Diagnosis complete.
(X242, X243 or X244), or check for voltage on outside terminals of Auxiliary Power
Strip (X248). NOT OK: No continuity to
Check continuity to ground (circuit 010) at terminal 3 of malfunctioning Convenience or outlet as necessary
Outlet, or on middle terminal of Auxiliary Power Strip. and retest.
NOT OK: For

non-switched connection:
No voltage at “hot”
terminal of malfunctioning
outlet. Repair circuit 262
or outlet as necessary
and retest.
NOT OK: For switched

connection: No voltage at
“hot” terminal of
malfunctioning outlet.
necessary and retest.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=934
Electrical
3 Check Accessory NOTE: See SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting Schematic (Reference OK: All checks good.
Relay (K27) 240-25-002.)
GO TO 4
See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead
(Reference DFRW130). NOT OK: No voltage on
1. Put Key Switch (S001) in ACCESSORY or RUN position. 212 as necessary.
2. Remove Accessory relay (K27) and install DFRW130 in relay panel.
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and continuity to ground on GO TO 2 .
terminal 85.
4. Install K27 on DFRW130 and check for battery voltage on terminal 87. NOT OK: No voltage on
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall K27 in panel. terminal 30. Repair circuit
002 as necessary. 212
15
GO TO 2 . 75

ground on pin 85. Repair
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No or low

Replace relay.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Fuse(s) F41, F47 or NOTE: Fuse F41 was used for outlets X242, X243, X244 and X248 to serial OK: All fuses good.
F48 Open(s) number —009999. Fuse F40 is used for these outlets after serial number 010001—.
Repeatedly GO TO 2 .
NOTE: Disconnect all appliances from Convenience Outlets (X242, X243, X244) and
Auxiliary Power Strip (X248) before testing. Operation of too many appliances may NOT OK: Install fuse(s).
overload the circuit(s). If fuse(s) open
repeatedly, test for
Fuse(s) F48, F47 or (F41—F40) open(s) repeatedly. intermittent problem.
• Fuse F41—F40: Check circuit 262 from Terminal B to all it’s loads. Repair as GO TO 2 .
necessary.
• Fuse F47: Check circuit 272 from Terminal B to all it’s loads. Repair as necessary.
• Fuse F48: Check circuit 192 from Terminal B to all it’s loads. Repair as necessary.
NOTE: See SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting Schematic (Reference
240-25-002), and see SE6 Accessory Connectors Schematic ( -009999), (Reference
240-25-007) or SE6 Accessory Connectors Schematic (010001—), (See Reference
240-25-047).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=935
Electrical
Tractor Ground Speed Does Not Display
Tractor ground speed does not display on side panel.
212
15
76 HP51992,0000D8D –19–30JAN04–1/1

• Radar Ground Speed Sensor Circuit Theory (See Reference 245-CCU-211).
• Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Theory (MST Only) (See Reference 245-CCU-215).
• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999) (See Reference 245-CCU-300).
• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—) (See Reference 245-CCU-300b).
– – –1/1
1 Wheel and Ground IMPORTANT: During any diagnostic operation involving harness connectors, NOT OK: Made
Sensor Status Check always consider the possibility that a terminal may have “backed out’ enough to necessary repairs.
lose connection. This can happen if the terminal did not seat properly when Diagnosis complete.
installed, and it is a condition that is generally not obvious simply by looking at
the connectors when mated. Careful inspection may be required.
YZ3352 –UN–29JUN01
Perform Wheel and Ground Speed Sensor Status Test at CCU Address 05. (See
CCU Addresses, Reference 245-CCU-001.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=936
Electrical
Heated Seat Circuit Diagnostics
Information for diagnosing heated seat circuit problems
NOTE: Service code diagnosis may resolve observable

symptoms and must be performed first. Consult
with customer for resolution of unrelated codes.
Recommended Diagnostic Procedures 212

15
77
NOTE: The heated seat switch (S943) has an light
emitting diode (LED). The LED indicates
diagnostic action for circuitry between the control
unit, the switch and the heating elements.
Flashing OFF more than ON means the heating
sensor in the seat cushion heating element is not
functioning. Flashing ON more than OFF, when
key on, means the heating elements are not
powered (open circuit). Flashing ON more than
OFF, when key off, means the heating elements
are incorrectly powered (short circuit).
NOTE: The power must be disconnected from the heated

seat control unit to reset the system and clear
flashing fault signals. If heated seat system is
connected to ignition switch power, turn ignition
off to reset. If heated seat system is connected to
non-switched power source, disconnect power
harness to reset.
1. Heated Seat Supply Voltage and Ground Circuit Test

(Reference 240-15-021).
2. Heated Seat Switch Circuit Test (Reference
240-15-022).
3. Heated Seat Heating Element Circuit Test (Reference
240-15-023).
Additional References
• General References List (Reference 210-15-001).

• Fuse Load Center Diagram Listing (Reference
240-05-001).
• Ground Point Locations (Reference 240-25-030).
• Functional Schematics Listing (Reference 240-25-001).
Continued on next page BB92646,000036B –19–13DEC06–1/2
122106
PN=937
Electrical
• Recall, Record and Clear Codes (Reference

245-05-001).
BB92646,000036B –19–13DEC06–2/2
212
15
78
122106
PN=938
Group 16
Ag Management Solutions (AMS)
GREENSTAR™ System Problem (—009999)
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,000062C –19–03SEP03–1/1
NOTE: This diagnosis covers checking for voltage on the suspect connector/device and troubleshooting the
harnesses (factory or field installed). It will also cover the option of having an implement ready harness connected 212
16
to the GREENSTAR™ cab harness or the active terminator harness with terminator attached.
1
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Verify the following: OK: The tractor has the
receiver, display,
• A STARFIRE™ Receiver (A908) is mounted to the front center edge of cab roof with processor connected to a
a harness connector securely fastened. harness and keycard
• A GREENSTAR™ Display (A907) and Mobile Processor (A909) combination is inserted in
mounted on the corner post with two harness connectors securely fastened. GREENSTAR™ Mobile
• A Key Card is inserted into the top of the GREENSTAR™ Mobile Processor. Processor.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: The tractor is

missing one or more
items mentioned above.
See Owner/Operator
Manual or the John
Deere Dealer for the
proper GREENSTAR™
devices needed for the
application being used.
Diagnosis complete.
STARFIRE is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1
122106
PN=939
2 Operational Check With Key Switch (S001) ON, verify that the GREENSTAR™ Display lights up and is OK: Display lights up and
readable with menu choices available. Check that no error messages are displayed. is readable with no error
messages. Diagnosis
NOTE: There could be one possible error message when powering up the system complete.
which prompts the technician/operator to select this display as the Primary display. If
only one display is in use, select it as the Primary. If more than one, Consult TM1909, NOT OK: Display has
AMS Systems and Component Diagnosis for selecting the correct one to be the wrong/missing menu
Primary Display. choices.
Typical error messages displayed: Consult TM1909, AMS

Systems and Component
• “Tracking Disabled, No Keycard” Diagnosis for resolution of
212 • “No communication from Receiver” GREENSTAR™ system
16 • “ID 155, Keycard has been removed” problem.
2 • “The following monitors or controllers are disconnected”
NOT OK: Display does
not light up or there are
error messages
displayed.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Factory or Field Determine whether the GREENSTAR™ cab harness is factory or field installed. OK: Factory installed
Installed harness.
GREENSTAR™ Cab This is done by observing harness routing to the GREENSTAR™ Display (A907) and
Harness Mobile Processor (A909). Factory installed harnesses will be hidden, routed inside the GO TO 4 .
corner post. Field installed harnesses will be routed external to the corner post.
OK: Field installed
Also, the field installed harness uses the six pin diagnostic connector (X001) next to harness.
the fuse panel for connection to power circuits.
GO TO 12
NOTE: GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Wiring Diagram (W90) (—009999) (See
Reference 246a-GSS-300).
Field Installed GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Wiring Diagram (W92) (—009999) (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=940
4 Factory Check fuse F16 for display that does not light up and F17 for error message “ID 281 OK: All voltages within
GREENSTAR™ Cab Low Voltage-Unswitched Voltage”. specification but problem
Harness Connector remains.
Voltage Check With Key Switch (S001) ON, disconnect the GREENSTAR™ components one at a time
and check for correct voltages on harness connectors. Consult TM1909, AMS
Circuit 922 (F16) is switched voltage, from circuit 072 and ELX Relay K15; circuit 992 Diagnosis for resolution of
(F17) is unswitched voltage from circuit 002. GREENSTAR™ system
problem.
GREENSTAR™ Display harness connector (X907):
NOT OK: Voltages not
• Battery voltage between pin G and pin D (922, 070). within specification.
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin H and pin D (904, 070). 212
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin B and pin D (905, 070). GO TO 5 . 16
3
GPS Receiver harness connector (X908):
• Battery voltage between pin 6 and pin 7 (922, 070).

• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin 4 and pin 7 (904, 070).
GREENSTAR™ Mobile Processor harness connector (X909):
• Battery voltage between pin J and pin C (922, 070).

• Battery voltage between pin K and pin C (992, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin H and pin C (904, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin D and pin C (905, 070).
NOTE: SE12b GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Factory

Installed) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-013b).
GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Wiring Diagram (W90) (—009999) (See Reference

246a-GSS-300).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=941
5 Active Terminator The Active Terminator (A911) is located either in the right hand console behind the OK: Voltages within
Check SUP (A902) or, if an Implement Ready Harness is being used, the terminator is built specification. Replace
into the Breakaway Terminator Connector (A912) at the rear of the tractor. active terminator.
The Active Terminator (A911) has six wires where the Passive Terminator (A910) GO TO 2 .
located in the cab roof has four. The extra two wires are power (922) and ground
(070). If the Active Terminator is working, this power allows CAN bus communication. NOT OK: Voltages not
within specification.
With Key Switch (S001) OFF, replace the Active Terminator with a known good Implement Ready
terminator or the Passive Terminator in the cab roof. If an Implement Ready Harness Harness was being used.
is being used, disconnect it from the Breakaway Terminator Connector (A912) and use
the Active Terminator Harness (W94) with the terminator attached to simulate the GO TO 6 .
212 Breakaway Terminator Connector.
16 NOT OK: Voltages not
4 Turn Key Switch ON. Recheck connector voltages. within specification. No
Implement Ready
Circuit 922 (F16) is switched voltage, from circuit 072 and ELX Relay K15; circuit 992 Harness was being used.
(F17) is unswitched voltage from circuit 002.
GO TO 7 .
• Battery voltage between pin G and pin D (922, 070).

• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin H and pin D (904, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin B and pin D (905, 070).
STARFIRE™ Receiver harness connector (X908):

Mobile Processor harness connector (X909):

• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin H and pin C (904, 070)
Record which voltages are not correct.

GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Wiring Diagram (W90) (—009999) (See Reference

246a-GSS-300).
SE12c GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Field Installed) (—

009999) (See Reference 240-25-013c).
Factory Implement Ready Harness Wiring Diagram (W91) (—009999) (See Reference
246a-GSS-301).
Active Terminator Harness Wiring Diagram (W94) (See Reference 246a-GSS-304).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=942
6 Factory Implement With Key Switch (S001) OFF, disconnect the Implement Ready Harness from the OK: Problem does not
Ready Harness Check GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness (X914A, X915A) and replace with the Active Terminator exist with Implement
Harness (W94) with terminator attached. Ready Harness
disconnected.
Also disconnect harness power connections from tractor (992-one pin connector
(X918), 002-eyelet connection) and ground connections (070-one pin connector GO TO 8 .
(X919), 010-eyelet connection).
NOT OK: Problem still
NOTE: Circuit 922 on the cab harness changes to circuit 992 on the factory implement exists with Implement
ready harness at connector (X918). Ready Harness
disconnected.
Turn Key Switch ON and determine if problem is still exists.
GO TO 7 . 212
NOTE: SE12d Active Terminator Harness Schematic (See Reference 240-25-013d). 16
5
246a-GSS-301).
– – –1/1
7 Factory Determine from Step 5 above if; OK: No problems found.

GREENSTAR™ Cab
Harness Circuits Battery voltage is not available on circuit 992, verify unswitched power supply by GO TO 4 .
Check performing Factory GREENSTAR ™ Cab Harness Circuit 992 Test. (See Reference
246a-GSS-001). NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
Battery voltage is not available on circuit 922 and CAN voltages not correct on circuits
904 and 905, verify switched power supply by performing Factory GREENSTAR™ GO TO 2 .
Cab Harness Circuit 922 Test. (See Reference 246a-GSS-002).
CAN voltages are not correct but 12 volt measurements were present, perform
GREENSTAR™ CAN Bus Diagnosis. (See Reference 246a-GSS-003).
– – –1/1
8 Factory Implement Determine from step 5 above if, when having the Implement Ready Harness (W91) OK: GO TO 6 .
Ready Harness connected to the GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness (W90), one of the following voltages
Troubleshooting are incorrect: NOT OK: Loss of circuit
922 power and CAN bus
• Circuit 922 power and CAN bus voltage voltage.
• CAN bus voltage with switched power available (904, 905)
GO TO 9 .
NOTE: Circuit 922 on the cab harness changes to circuit 992 on the factory implement
ready harness at connector (X918). NOT OK: Loss of CAN
bus voltage with switched
power available (904,
905)
GO TO 11 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=943
9 Circuit 992 Check NOTE: Circuit 922 on the cab harness changes to circuit 992 on the factory implement OK: GO TO 10 .
ready harness at connector (X918).
On the Factory Installed Implement Ready Harness, power and ground come from tractor cab harness one
different connections to the tractor cab harness. Circuit 002 is connected through a pin connector (X918).
junction block and eyelet wire terminal. Circuit 992 comes from a one pin connector Check circuit 992 back to
(X918) with a red wire. Circuit 010 is chassis ground and is provided through another F17 pin B. Repair as
eyelet terminal. All of these connections are inside the right hand console behind the necessary. Reconnect
setup panel and vehicle monitor. Implement Ready
Harness to tractor.
Circuit 070 comes from another one pin connector (X919) with a black wire. It is
located outside the rear of the cab next to the control units. GO TO 2 .
212
16 Perform the following checks: NOT OK: Problem found
6 with circuit 992 on
• Key Switch (S001) ON; On the Tractor Cab Harness, check for Battery voltage on Implement Ready
the one pin connector (X918) with the red wire (922). Harness. Repair as
• With harness disconnected; On the Implement Ready Harness (W91), check necessary. Reconnect
continuity from the one pin connector (X918) to Breakaway Connector (X917) pin 4 Implement Ready
and to Implement Ready Harness Relay pin 86. Harness to tractor.
• With harness disconnected; On the Implement Ready Harness (W91), check for a
short circuit between 992 and other wires in the different connectors within the GO TO 2 .
harness (X914, X915, X917).
NOTE: There should be approximately 80 ohms of resistance between pin 2 (070)
and pin 4 (992) of X917. This is the coil resistance of the Implement Ready Harness
Relay (K900).
SE12b GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Factory Installed)

(—009999) (See Reference 240-25-013b).
Factory Implement Ready Harness Wiring Diagram (W91) (—009999) (See

– – –1/1
10 Circuit 922 Check Circuit 922 provides switched power from the ELX relay (K15) on circuit 072 through OK: GO TO 8 .
fuse F16. On the Implement Ready Harness (W91), 922 is connected to the two pin
connectors X915B and X915C on pin 1 of both connectors. NOT OK: Problem found
with circuit 922 on
Check continuity of circuit 922 and check that 922 is not shorted to other circuits in the Implement Ready
harness (W91). Harness. Repair as
necessary. Reconnect
NOTE: SE12b GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Factory Implement Ready
Installed) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-013b) . Harness to tractor.
Factory Implement Ready Harness Wiring Diagram (W91) (—009999) (See Reference GO TO 2 .
246a-GSS-301).
– – –1/1
11 CAN Circuits Check The CAN circuits (904, 905) connect only to the two 4-pin connectors (X914B, X914C). OK: GO TO 8 .
(Implement Ready
Harness W91) Check continuity of circuit 904 between X914B pin 2 and X914C pin 2. NOT OK: Problems found
with CAN circuits. Repair
Check continuity of circuit 905 between X914B pin 4 and X914C pin 4. as necessary. Reconnect
Implement Ready
Check for CAN circuit shorts to the other wires in the Implement Ready Harness. Harness to tractor.
NOTE: SE12b GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Factory GO TO 2 .

246a-GSS-301).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=944
12 Field Installed Check fuse F16 for display that does not light up and F17 for error message “ID 281 OK: All voltages within
GREENSTAR™ Cab Low Voltage-Unswitched Voltage”. specification but problem
Circuit 922 (F16) is switched voltage, from circuit 072 and ELX Relay K15; circuit 992 Diagnosis for resolution of
(F17) is unswitched voltage from circuit 002 (B+). GREENSTAR™ system
problem.
• Battery voltage between pin G and pin D (922, 050). within specification.
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin H and pin D (904, 050). 212
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin B and pin D (905, 050). GO TO 13 . 16
7


Diagnostic Connectors (Male-X924 and Female-X925)
NOTE: Voltage is supplied through the diagnostic connector mated to the diagnostic
connector of the tractor cab harness.
• Battery voltage between pin A and pin B (922, 050).

• Battery voltage between pin E and pin B (992, 050).
NOTE: SE12c GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Field

Installed) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-013c).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=945
13 Active Terminator The Active Terminator (A911) is located either in the right hand console behind the OK: Voltages within
Check SUP (A902) or, if an Implement Ready Harness is being used, the terminator is built specification. Replace
into the Breakaway Terminator Connector (A912) at the rear of the tractor. active terminator.
The Active Terminator (A911) has six wires where the Passive Terminator (A910) GO TO 2 .
located in the cab roof has four. The extra two wires are power (922) and ground
(050). If the Active Terminator is working, this power allows CAN bus communication. NOT OK: Voltages not
within specification.
With Key Switch (S001) OFF, replace the Active Terminator with a known good Implement Ready
terminator or the Passive Terminator in the cab roof. If an Implement Ready Harness Harness was being used.
is being used, disconnect it from the Breakaway Terminator Connector (A912) and use
the Active Terminator Harness (W94) with the terminator attached to simulate the GO TO 14 .
212 Breakaway Terminator Connector.
16 NOT OK: Voltages not
8 Turn Key Switch ON. Recheck connector voltages. within specification. No
Implement Ready
Circuit 922 (F16) is switched voltage, from circuit 072 and ELX Relay K15; circuit 992 Harness was being used.
(F17) is unswitched voltage from circuit 002.
GO TO 15 .
• Battery voltage between pin G and pin D (922, 070).

• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin H and pin D (904, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin B and pin D (905, 070).


Diagnostic Connectors (Male-X924 and Female-X925)
NOTE: Voltage is supplied through the diagnostic connector mated to the diagnostic
connector (X001) of the tractor cab harness.
• Battery voltage between pin A and pin B (922, 050).

• Battery voltage between pin E and pin B (992, 050).

SE12d Active Terminator Harness Schematic (See Reference 240-25-013d).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=946
14 Field Installed With Key Switch (S001) OFF, disconnect the Implement Ready Harness from the OK: Problem does not
Implement Ready GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness (X914A, X915A) and replace with the Active Terminator exist with Implement
Harness Check Harness (W94) with terminator attached. Ready Harness
disconnected.
Also disconnect harness connections to the convenience outlet (X920), radar unit
(X922), implement switch (X923) and the two pin Implement Ready Harness/Tractor GO TO 16 .
Cab Harness connector (X921B).
NOT OK: Problem still
NOTE: This will disable the radar unit and implement switch. exists with Implement
Ready Harness
Turn Key Switch (S1) ON and determine if problem still exists. disconnected.
NOTE: SE12c GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Field GO TO 15 . 212

Installed) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-013c). 16
9
Field Installed Implement Ready Harness Wiring Diagram (W93) (See Reference
246a-GSS-303) (—009999).
SE12d Active Terminator Harness Schematic (See Reference 240-25-013d.)
– – –1/1
15 Field Installed Determine from Step 13 above if; OK: No problems found.
GREENSTAR™ Cab
Harness Circuits • Battery voltage is not available on circuit 992, verify unswitched power supply by GO TO 12
Check performing Field GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Unswitched Power Test. (See
Reference 246a-GSS-004). NOT OK: Made
• Battery voltage is not available on circuit 922 and CAN voltages not correct on necessary repairs.
circuits 904 and 905, verify switched power supply by performing Field
GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Switched Power Test. (See Reference GO TO 2 .
246a-GSS-005).
• CAN voltages are not correct but 12 volt measurements were present perform
GREENSTAR™ CAN Bus Diagnosis. (See Reference 246a-GSS-003).
– – –1/1
16 Field Installed Determine from Step 13 above if, when having the Implement Ready Harness (W91) OK: GO TO 14 .
Implement Ready connected to the GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness (W90), one of the following voltages
Harness are incorrect: NOT OK: Loss of
Troubleshooting Switched power (922)
• Switched power (922) and CAN bus voltage and CAN bus voltage.
GO TO 17 .
NOT OK: Loss of CAN

905).
GO TO 18 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=947
17 Switched Power Circuit 922 provides switched power from the ELX relay (K15) on circuit 072 through OK: GO TO 16 .
Check fuse F16. On the Implement Ready Harness (W91), 922 is connected to the two pin
connectors X915B and X915C on pin 1 of both connectors. NOT OK: Replace relay
or make necessary
Circuit 922 is also connected to the Radar unit (B921). On the tractor harness, power repairs to circuits.
to the radar unit is labeled as circuit 942. 942 becomes 922 on the Implement Ready Reconnect Implement
Harness. Ready Harness to tractor.
Check continuity of circuit 922 and check that 922 is not shorted to other circuits in the GO TO 2 .
harness (W91).

212 Installed) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-013c).
16
10 Field Installed Implement Ready Harness Wiring Diagram (W93) (See Reference
246a-GSS-303) (—009999).
SE8 Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic (—009999), (See 240-25-009) or SE8
Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic, (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-048).
CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999), (See Reference 245-CCU-300) or CCU
Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (See Reference 245-CCU-300b).
– – –1/1
18 CAN Circuits Check The CAN circuits (904, 905) connect only to the two 4-pin connectors (X914B, X914C). OK: GO TO 16 .
(Implement Ready
Harness W91) • Check continuity of circuit 904 between X94B pin 2 and X94C pin 2. NOT OK: Make
• Check continuity of circuit 905 between X94B pin 4 and X94C pin 4. necessary repairs to
• Check for CAN circuit shorts to the other wires in the Implement Ready Harness. circuits. Reconnect
Implement Ready
NOTE: SE12c GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Field Harness to tractor.
GO TO 2 .
246a-GSS-303) (—009999).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=948
GREENSTAR™ System Problem (010001—)
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company HP51992,0000EEE –19–03SEP03–1/1
NOTE: This diagnosis covers checking for voltage on the suspect connector / device and troubleshooting the
harnesses. 212
16
– – –1/1 11
1 Preliminary Check Verify the following: OK: The tractor has the
receiver, display,
• A STARFIRE™ Receiver (A908) is mounted to the front center edge of cab roof with processor connected to a
a harness connector securely fastened. harness and key card
• A GREENSTAR™ Display (A907) and Mobile Processor (A909) combination is inserted in
mounted on the corner post with two harness connectors securely fastened. GREENSTAR™ Mobile
• A Key Card is inserted into the top of the GREENSTAR™ Mobile Processor. Processor.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: The tractor is

missing one or more
items mentioned above.
See Owner / Operator or
the John Deere Dealer for
the proper
GREENSTAR™ devices
needed for the application
being used. Diagnosis
complete.
2 Operational Check With Key Switch (S001) ON, verify that the GREENSTAR™ Display (A907) lights up OK: Display lights up and
and is readable with menu choices available. Check that no error messages are is readable with no error
displayed. messages. Diagnosis
complete.
NOTE: There could be one possible error message when powering up the system
which prompts the technician / operator to select this display as the Primary display. If NOT OK: Display has
only one display is in use, select it as the Primary. If more than one, Consult TM1909, wrong / missing menu
AMS Systems and Component Diagnosis for selecting the correct one to be the choices.
Primary Display.
Consult TM1909, AMS
Typical error messages displayed: Systems and Component
Diagnosis for resolution of
• “Tracking Disabled, No Key Card” GREENSTAR™ system
• “No communication from Receiver” problem.
• “ID 155, Key Card has been removed”
• “The following monitors or controllers are disconnected” NOT OK: Display does
not light up or there are
error messages
displayed.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=949
3 Factory Check fuse (F16) for display that does not light up and (F17) for error message “ID OK: All voltages within
GREENSTAR™ Cab 281 Low Voltage-Unswitched Voltage”. specification but problem
Circuit 922 (F16) is switched voltage, from circuit 072 and ELX1 Relay (K15); circuit Diagnosis for resolution of
992 (F17) is unswitched voltage from circuit 002. GREENSTAR™ system
problem.
• Battery voltage between pin (G) and pin (D) (922, 070). within specification.
212 • 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (H) and pin (D) (904, 070).
16 • 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (B) and pin (D) (905, 070). GO TO 4 .
12

• Battery voltage between pin (J) and pin (C) (922, 070).
• Battery voltage between pin (K) and pin (C) (992, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (H) and pin (C) (904, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (D) and pin (C) (905, 070).
See GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Circuit Drawing (010001—), (See Reference

246a-GSS-306).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=950
4 Active Terminator The Active Terminator is built into the Breakaway Terminator Connector (A912) at the OK: Voltages within
Check rear of the tractor. specification. Replace
active terminator.
The Active Terminator has six wires where the Passive Terminator (A910) located in
the cab roof has four. The extra two wires are power (922) and ground (070). If the GO TO 2 .
Active Terminator is working, this power allows CAN bus communication.
With Key Switch (S001) OFF, replace the Active Terminator with a known good within specification.
terminator or disconnect connectors (X914C) and (X915C) from the Breakaway
Terminator Connector and use the Active Terminator Harness (W94) with the GO TO 5 .
terminator attached to simulate the Breakaway Terminator Connector.
Turn Key Switch ON. Recheck connector voltages. 212

16
Circuit 922 (F16) is switched voltage, from circuit 072 and ELX1 Relay (K15); circuit 13
992 (F17) is unswitched voltage from circuit 002.
• Battery voltage between pin (G) and pin (D) (922, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (H) and pin (D) (904, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (B) and pin (D) (905, 070).

Mobile Processor harness connector (X909):
• Battery voltage between pin (J) and pin (C) (922, 070).
• Battery voltage between pin (K) and pin (C) (992, 070).
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (H) and pin (C) (904, 070)
• 2.0 to 2.5 volts between pin (D) and pin (C) (905, 070).
See GREENSTAR™ AMS Ready Harness Schematic (010001—)-SE12e, (Referemce

240-25-013e).
See GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Circuit Drawing (010001—), Reference

246a-GSS-306).
– – –1/1
5 Implement Harness With Key Switch (S001) OFF, disconnect the cab harness connectors (X914A) and OK: Problem does not
Check (X915A) in the right hand console behind the SUP (A902) and replace with the Active exist with Harness
Terminator Harness (W94) with terminator attached. disconnected.
Turn Key Switch ON and determine if problem is still exists. GO TO 7 .
See GREENSTAR™ AMS Ready Harness Schematic (010001—)-SE12e, (Referemce NOT OK: Problem still
240-25-013e). exists with Harness
disconnected.
246a-GSS-306). GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=951
6 GREENSTAR™ Cab Determine from Step 4 above if; OK: No problems found.
Harness Circuits
Check Battery voltage is not available on circuit 992, verify unswitched power supply by GO TO 3 .
performing Factory GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Circuit 992 Test. (See Reference
246a-GSS-001.) NOT OK: Made
necessary repairs.
Battery voltage is not available on circuit 922 and CAN voltages not correct on circuits
904 and 905, verify switched power supply by performing Factory GREENSTAR™ GO TO 2 .
Cab Harness Circuit 922 Test. (See Reference 246a-GSS-002.)
CAN voltages are not correct but 12 volt measurements were present, perform
GREENSTAR™ CAN Bus Diagnosis. (See Reference 246a-GSS-003.)
212
16
14 – – –1/1
7 Implement Harness Determine from StepP 4 above if, when having the cab harness connectors (X914A) OK: GO TO 5 .
Troubleshooting and (X915A) in the right hand console behind the SUP (A902) disconnect, one of the
following voltages are incorrect: NOT OK: Loss of
Switched power (922)
• Switched power (922) and CAN bus voltage and CAN bus voltage
GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: Loss of CAN

905)
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
8 Circuit 922 Check Circuit 922 provides switched power from the ELX relay (K15) on circuit 072 through OK: GO TO 7 .
fuse (F16). 922 is connected to the two pin connectors (X915A), (X915B) and (X915C)
on pin 1 of both connectors. NOT OK: Problem found
with circuit 922 on
Check continuity of circuit 922 and check that 922 is not shorted to other circuits in the harness. Repair as
harness. necessary. Reconnect
harness to tractor.
240-25-013e). GO TO 2 .

246a-GSS-306).
– – –1/1
9 GREENSTAR™ CAN The CAN circuits (904, 905) connect only to the two 4-pin connectors (X914B, X914C). OK: GO TO 7 .
Circuits Check
(Implement Harness) Check continuity of circuit 904 between (X914B) pin 2 and (X914C) pin 2. NOT OK: Problems found
with CAN circuits. Repair
Check continuity of circuit 905 between (X914B) pin 4 and (X914C) pin 4. as necessary. Reconnect
Implement Ready
Check for CAN circuit shorts to the other wires in the Implement Ready Harness. Harness to tractor.
See GREENSTAR™ AMS Ready Harness Schematic (010001—)-SE12e, (Referemce GO TO 2 .

240-25-013e).

246a-GSS-306).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=952
Loss of Power at Implement Breakaway

Connector
OURX908,000062D –19–03SEP03–1/1
NOTE: This symptom covers troubleshooting power problems at the Breakaway Connector (X917) for both factory
and field installed Implement Ready Harnesses. Switched power is in respect to the relay in the Implement Ready 212
16
Harness (—010000) and in the tractor load center (010001—).
15
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Visually inspect the Breakaway Connector (X917) for broken or loose wires. Inspect OK: No problems found.
the harness back to the cab.
GO TO 2 .
On the implement connection side check that all pins are visible and not bent or
damaged. Remove any dirt, corrosion or other debris as necessary. NOT OK: Make
necessary repairs.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Breakaway Connector With key switch (S001) ON, check for Battery voltage between pins 1 and 3 (switched OK: Voltage available.
Voltage Check power) and pins 2 and 4 (unswitched power) Diagnosis complete.
NOTE: Breakaway Terminator Connector Pictorial (See Reference 246a-GSS-305). NOT OK: Voltage
problem exists.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=953
3 Factory or Field Determine if the Implement Ready Harness is factory or field installed. OK: Factory installed
Installed Harnesses harness (—009999).
Field installed harnesses (—009999) use the convenience outlet connection for power
and ground. The factory harness (—009999) uses eyelet terminals and connectors GO TO 4 .
inside the right side console. All N.A. tractors after (010001—) had a factory install
implement harness that is part of the cab harness. OK: Field installed
harness (—009999).
NOTE: Factory Implement Ready Harness Wiring Diagram (W91) (—009999) (See
Reference 246a-GSS-301) or GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Circuit Drawing (010001— GO TO 5 .
), (See Reference 246a-GSS-306).
OK: Factory installed
Field Installed Implement Ready Harness Wiring Diagram (W93) (See Reference harness (010001—).
212 246a-GSS-303).
16 GO TO 6 .
16 – – –1/1
4 Factory Harness With the Factory Installed Implement Ready Harness, switched power (132) comes OK: GO TO 2 .
Circuits Check (— through pin 87 of the Implement Harness Relay (K900) to Breakaway Connector
009999) (X917) pin 3. The relay is energized from circuit 992 on pin 86 and circuit 070 on pin NOT OK: No voltage on
85. Voltage from circuit 122 supplies the contact side of the relay with power on pin 30 pin A of F900.
after passing through fuse F90. The Breakaway Connector (X917) provides ground to Troubleshoot circuit 002
switched power with circuit 010 on pins 1 and unswitched power with circuit 070 on pin back to eyelet terminal on
2. junction block inside right
side console. Check that
Perform the following checks: voltage is available on
junction block.
1. Check Implement Ready Harness fuse F900.
2. Check for Battery voltage on pin A (002) of fuse F900. GO TO 2 .
3. Replace Implement Ready Harness Relay (K900) with known good relay and verify
if problem remains. NOT OK: Replace relay
4. Circuit 132—Check continuity from pin 87 of the relay to pin 3 of the Breakaway or repair circuits as
Connector (X917). necessary.
5. Circuit 122—Check continuity from F90 pin B to Implement Ready Harness Relay
(K900) pin 30. GO TO 2 .
6. Circuit 992—Check continuity from pin B of the GREENSTAR™ Cab/Tractor Cab
Harness Connector (X913) to pin 86 of Implement Ready Harness Relay (K90) and
pin 4 of the Breakaway Connector (X917).
NOTE: Circuit 922 on the cab harness changes to circuit 992 on the factory
implement ready harness at connector (X918).
7. Circuit 070—Check continuity from one pin connector (X919) with black wire to
Implement Ready Harness Relay (K900) pin 85.
8. Check for short circuits between all wires in harness.
and pin 4 (992) of X917. This is the coil resistance of the Implement Ready
Harness Relay (K900) .

246a-GSS-301).
SE11 DIAG/PGM Connector Schematic (See Reference 240-25-012).
122106
PN=954
5 Field Harness Circuits With the Field Installed Implement Ready Harness, power comes through the OK: GO TO 2 .
Check (—009999) convenience outlet connection. Circuit 192 on the tractor harness becomes circuit 032
on the Field Installed Implement Ready Harness and tractor circuit 262 becomes circuit NOT OK: No voltage on
012. Switched power (062) comes through pin 87 of the Implement Harness Relay convenience outlet.
(K900) to Breakaway Connector (X917) pin 3. The relay is energized from circuit 032 Check fuses F41 and
on pin X917 and circuit 050 on pin 85. Voltage from circuit 012 supplies the contact F48. Use SE6 schematic
side of the relay with power on pin 30. The Breakaway Connector (X917) provides to troubleshoot
ground to circuit 010 on pins 1 and 2. appropriate circuits.
Perform the following checks: GO TO 2 .
1. Key Switch (S001) ON; On the tractor convenience outlet, check for Battery voltage NOT OK: Replace relay
between pins 1 and 3 (192, 010) and between pins 2 and 3 (262, 010). or repair circuits as 212
2. Replace Implement Ready Harness Relay (K900) with known good relay and verify necessary. 16
if problem remains. 17
3. Circuit 032—check continuity from convenience outlet connector pin 1 to Breakaway GO TO 2 .
Connector (X917) pin 4 and pin 86 of the Implement Ready Harness Relay (K900).
4. Circuit 012—check continuity from convenience outlet connector pin 2 to pin 30 of
the Implement Ready Harness Relay (K900).
5. Circuit 062—check continuity from pin 87 of the Implement Ready Harness Relay
(K900) to pin 3 of the Breakaway Connector (X917).
6. Circuit 010—check continuity from convenience outlet connector pin 3 to pins 1 and
2 of the Breakaway Connector (X917) and pin B of the implement switch.
7. Circuit 050—check continuity from Implement Ready Harness Relay (K900) pin 85
to GREENSTAR™ /Implement Ready Harness Connector (X915B), Implement
Connector (X915C) and tractor single point ground.
NOTE: There should be approximately 80 ohms of resistance between circuit 032
and 050. This is the coil resistance of the Implement Ready Harness Relay (K900).

246a-GSS-303) (—009999)).
SE6 Accessory Connectors Schematic (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-007)..
SE12d Active Terminator Harness Schematic (See Reference 240-25-013d).
NOTE: Fuse F41 was used for outlets X242, X243, X244 and X248 to serial
number —009999.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=955
6 Factory Harness With the Factory Implement Ready Harness being part of the cab harness, switched OK: GO TO 2 .
Circuits Check power (132) comes through pin 87 of the Implement Harness Relay (K31) to
(010001—) Breakaway Connector (X917) pin 3. The relay is energized from circuit 922 on pin 86 NOT OK: No voltage on
and circuit 070 on pin 85. Voltage from circuit 122 supplies the contact side of the pin (A) of (F49).
relay with power on pin 30 after passing through fuse (F49). The Breakaway Troubleshoot circuit 002
Connector (X917) provides ground to circuit 010 on pin 1 and to circuit 070 on pin 2. back to eyelet terminal on
cab power junction block
Perform the following checks: inside right side console.
Check that voltage is
1. Check Implement Ready Harness fuse (F49). available on junction
2. Check for battery voltage on pin (A) (002) of fuse (F49). block.
3. Replace Implement Ready Harness (K31) with known good relay and verify if
212 problem remains. GO TO 2 .
16 4. Circuit 132—Check continuity from pin 87 of the relay to pin 3 of the Breakaway
18 Connector (X917). NOT OK: Replace relay
5. Circuit 122—Check continuity from (F49) pin (B) to Implement Ready Harness or repair circuits as
Relay (K31) pin 30. necessary.
6. Circuit 922—Check continuity from pin (G) GREENSTAR™ Display harness
connector (X907), pin (6)STARFIRE™ Receiver Connector (X908), and pin (J) GO TO 2 .
Mobile Processor harness connector (X909) to pin 86 of Implement Ready
Harness Relay (K31) and pin 4 of the Breakaway Connector (X917).
7. Circuit 070—Check continuity from one pin connector with black wire to Implement
Ready Harness Relay pin 85.
and pin 4 (922) of (X917). This is the coil resistance of the Implement Ready
Harness Relay (K31).

240-25-013e).
See GREENSTAR™ Cab Harness Circuit Drawing (010001—), (Reference

246a-GSS-306).
122106
PN=956
JDLINK™ System Problem
JDLINK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX908,0000668 –19–20JUN02–1/1
16
19

– – –1/1
1 JDLINK™ System JDLINK™ is failing to communicate. Perform JDLINK™ Machine Messenger OK: Diagnostics
Malfunction Check Diagnostics Test. (See Reference 246b-15a-004.) completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=957
GREENSTAR™ FIELDDOC™ Diagnostics
FIELDDOC is a trademark of Deere & Company HP51992,00008A3 –19–20DEC04–1/1
212 to help repair technicians resolve faults which may occur with the AMS FIELDDOC™ feature. This subject matter is
16
located in Section 246D of this manual.
20
• Reference 246D-15B-200, FIELD DOC™ Theory of Operation

• Reference 246D-15B-300, FIELD DOC™Schematics
• Reference 246D-15A-001, GPS Position Receiver Identification
• Reference 246D-15A-200, GPS Position Receiver Theory of Operation
• Reference 246D-15A-300, GPS Diagnostic Wiring Diagrams
– – –1/1
1 FIELDDOC™ System Perform reference 246D-15B-001, FIELD DOC™ Diagnostics. OK: Diagnostics
Code Check completed.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=958
Group 20
Hitch
Hitch Won’t Raise And/Or Lower
OUO1052,000009E –19–07AUG03–1/1
NOTE: Service code diagnosis may resolve this observable symptom and must be performed first. See Additional
References for Service Code Descriptions. 212
20
1
• Recall, Record and Clear Codes (See Reference 245-05-001.)

• Control Unit Addresses (See Reference 245-05-004.)
• HCU Wiring Diagram (SE7) (See Reference 245-HCU-300.)
– – –1/1
1 Hydraulic Pressure NOTE: If this symptom arose immediately following disassembly and service of the OK: Correct Pilot and
Verification valve stack, a part(s) may have been missed during reassembly. (See Load Sense Standby pressures are
(Dime Valve) Circuit Leak, Reference 270-15-004). available to the valve
stack.
A lack of pressure in the hydraulic circuits will not provide enough force in the hitch
cylinders to lift the load. GO TO 2 .
If the SCV valves are operating normally, i.e. delivering full power to their attached NOT OK: Stall pressure
functions, these pressures are likely available. If the functions lack power, or there is was not correct and
any question concerning their performance, a pressure check should be made. See would not rise as the
Hydraulic Pressure Test and Adjustment, Reference 270-15-003. adjustment was turned.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=959
Hitch
2 Hitch Valve Check Check pressure at the hitch valve Raise port. OK: Pressure is correct
at hitch valve. A
1. Connect JT07117, Three Gauge Manifold, (used in Hydraulic Pressure Test and mechanical bind or hitch
Adjustment at Step 1) to the cylinder work port DR on the hitch valve. overload may be
preventing the hitch from
2. Install ’Diag’ fuse (F10) and access HCU Address 20 on the display. (See raising/lowering.
Reference 245-HCU-001.) (See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference
245-05-002.) NOT OK: The pressure
changes very little or
3. Start engine and set speed to 1000 rpm. does not change and
hitch does not move.
4. Watch for pressure reading as hitch control lever is moved to Raise and Lower.
212 Pressure should go to stall (19,700-20,700 kPa) (197-207 bar) (2850-3000 psi) GO TO 3 .
20 when hitch is fully raised.
2 NOT OK: The pressure is
IMPORTANT: Lower hitch, set throttle at idle, and exit the calibration address (or lower than the
turn engine OFF) before removing ’Diag’ fuse to avoid changing HCU calibration. specification for the SCV
pressure check.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
3 Power Check Check for magnetism in the hitch raise and lower solenoids using a thin (.008—.010 OK: Magnetism is
in.) feeler gauge blade against the sides of the coils when the control lever is moved present.
forward and backward.
GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: Magnetism is

not present.
GO TO 4
– – –1/1
4 Circuit Check Access HCU Address 17 and perform the Rear Hitch Raise/Lower Valve Commands OK: Solenoids,
Test to check the solenoid coils and circuits. See Reference 245-HCU-001. connections, and circuits
are correct. Replace
HCU.
NOT OK: Test indicates

resistance out of
specification.
Repair/replace as
necessary.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=960
Hitch
5 Leak Check Perform the Internal Leak Test and Hitch Leak-Down Test in SCV/Hitch Valve Leak OK: Point(s) of leakage
Test, Reference 270-15-005, and Load Sense (Dime Valve) Circuit Leak Test, were found.
Reference 270-15-004, to find the leakage. Repair/replace as
necessary.
NOT OK: Leakage not

evident. Attempt to adjust
stall pressure. See
Hydraulic Pressure Test
and Adjustment,
212
20
– – –1/1 3
6 Pump Load Sense Install the JT071171, Three Gauge Manifold (used in Hydraulic Pressure Test and OK: Load sense
Check Adjustment at Step 1), to the load sense DR on the pressure reducing valve manifold pressures are indicated.
at the pump. Inspect for sensing line
restriction from valve
With engine running at 1000 rpm, firmly depress brake pedal and operate hitch control stack or hitch ’dime’ valve
lever to Raise while observing gauge pressure. If pressure increases and hitch function not seating.
improves, a load sensing problem exists from the SCV/Hitch stack to the pump control
valve. NOT OK: Load sense
pressure is low or doesn’t
exist, indicates a pump,
or pump stroking
mechanism, problem.
This may be confirmed
with the Main Pump Flow
Test, Reference
270-15-007.
Repair/replace as
necessary.
1
Part of JT07115 Master Hydraulic Test Kit. See Section 299, Group
15 for complete breakdown of kit.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=961
Hitch
Hitch Raise/Lower Speed Incorrect
OUO1052,000009F –19–15NOV01–1/1
212 References for Service Code Descriptions.
20
4

– – –1/1
122106
PN=962
Hitch
1 Confirm Fill Volume 1. Measure the size of the hitch cylinders and refer to table for correct calibration OK: Fill volume
Calibration value. calibration is correct.
• 90 mm - Small cylinder = 106 mm (4.17”) OD and 333 mm (13.1”) circumference.
• 100 mm - Large cylinder = 118 mm (4.65”) OD and 371 mm (14.6”) GO TO 2 .
circumference.
NOT OK: Access HCU
Size of Cylinders Calibration Value Address 20 and perform
90/90 - two of same size 136 ±1 an HCU Calibration. (See
90/100 - one of each size 138 ±1 Reference 245-HCU-001.)
2. Move diagnostic fuse from location F9 to location F10.

3. Access HCU Address 20. See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference
245-05-002. 212
4. When the warning light switch is cycled, a string of readings will appear on the 20
display. Be prepared to record these readings. 5
Cycle the warning light switch to ON and then OFF (or remove diagnostic fuse
F10). The display should show:
EOC
XXXa
111
136 or 138 (±1)
196, 183, or 172 (±1)
END
The calibration value determined in step 2 should match the display’s reading. (136
or 138 ±1)
5. Exit the HCU Address 20. Prolonged access to this address may affect calibration
of the HCU.
a
Version of the HCU software to support 9020 series tractors. Later versions (with
higher numbers) may be developed to include changes and/or improvements. This
version number may also be found at HCU Addresses 86 and 87.
– – –1/1
2 Cylinder Leak Check If the hitch cylinder(s) piston seals are leaking severely, it will be apparent from the OK: No excessive flow.
settling of the hitch assembly. However, if the cylinder(s) only leak under high pressure
a check can be made. GO TO 3 .
NOTE: Hitch settling can also be a result of a faulty load check valve assembly. The NOT OK: Leakage rate
load check would not affect cylinder speed unless the valve was not opening was excessive. Repair
completely. and repeat cylinder leak
check.
1. Start tractor and raise Hitch until cylinders are at full extension.
2. Turn engine off. Disconnect the return hose from the manifold (coming from the rod
side of the cylinders) and place end into a container. Cap the fittings on the
manifold.
3. Access HCU Address 20 again.
4. Start engine and set speed to 1500 rpm.
5. Actuate the control to raise the hitch. Observe the amount of leakage flowing from
the hose into the container. If more than a few drops, or small trickle, is passing the
cylinder piston packing is damaged.
6. Exit Address 20 and “Diag” mode and shut down engine. Reconnect return hose
line.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=963
Hitch
3 Flow Volume Hydraulic cylinder speed is a result of the amount of flow within the circuit. Flow is OK: Test appears normal
determined by: but hitch is slow. An
internal hitch valve
• Speed of the pump, most notable with fixed-displacement pumps (determined by problem is indicated.
engine speed). (binding spool or
• Pressure within the circuit (pressure compensated, variable displacement pump). A compensator, or cracked
malfunctioning compensator will greatly affect flow. valve body, etc.)
• The pressure compensator valve within the hitch valve restricts flow depending upon Repair/replace as
the amount of pressure in the circuit. necessary and check
• Any restrictions will affect flow volume to the cylinders. operation.
Perform the Main Pump Flow Test, Reference 270-15-007. NOT OK: Test shows low
212 flow. Disassemble and
20 inspect pump control
6 valve and pump. Repair
or replace as necessary
and check hitch
operation.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=964
Hitch
Hitch Cycles Up And Down
OUO1052,00000A0 –19–15NOV01–1/1
20
7
This symptom addresses hitch cycling which is NOT commanded by the operator’s manual controls or the
load/draft feature.

– – –1/1
1 Determine Problem 1. Install a quick coupler or 150-200 lb weight on hitch. OK: Hitch does not settle
Type 2. Start engine and set speed to 1000 rpm. in either case and
3. Cycle hitch fully up and down three times ending with hitch raised. up/down cycling has
4. Observe hitch for two minutes to determine if it is settling while engine is running. ceased. Release tractor
5. Shut down engine and observe hitch for settling for an additional two minutes. for service.
NOT OK: Settling occurs

only with engine off.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Settling occurs

only with engine running.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=965
Hitch
2 Hitch Cycles When “Extend” side circuit of hitch cylinders is losing fluid. As leakage occurs and the hitch OK: Test was normal.
Running and Settles lowers, the Hitch Position Feedback Sensor causes the HCU to raise the hitch back to Symptom did not return.
with Engine Off the selected position. Release tractor for
service.
The hitch valve load check and cylinder packing should hold the load with minimal
leakage. Perform the Hitch Leak-Down Test in the SCV/Hitch Valve Leak Test, NOT OK: Leakage rate
Reference 270-15-005. was excessive.
GO TO 3 .
212
20
8 – – –1/1
3 Cylinder Leak Check If the hitch cylinder(s) piston seals are leaking severely, it will be apparent from the OK: Cylinder check did
settling of the hitch assembly. However, if the cylinder(s) only leak under high pressure not show excessive
a check can be made. leakage. Load check
leakage is indicated.
NOTE: Hitch settling can also be a result of a faulty load check valve assembly. The Repair or replace as
load check would not affect cylinder speed unless the valve was not opening necessary.
completely.
NOT OK: Cylinder check
1. Start tractor and raise Hitch until cylinders are at full extension. showed excessive
2. Turn engine off. Disconnect the return hose from the manifold (coming from the rod leakage. Repair and
side of the cylinders) and place end into a container. Cap the fittings on the repeat cylinder leak
manifold. check.
3. Access HCU Address 20.
4. Start engine and set speed to 1500 rpm.
5. Actuate the control to raise the hitch. Observe the amount of leakage flowing from
the hose into the container. If more than a few drops, or small trickle, is passing the
cylinder piston packing is damaged.
6. Exit Address 20 and “Diag” mode and shut down engine. Reconnect return hose
line.
– – –1/1
4 Hitch Cycles When The hitch is “hunting” for it’s correct position. Mechanical or electrical operation is OK: Checks were normal.
Running but Does suspect. Symptom did not return.
Not Settle with Release tractor for
Engine Off • Check the operating linkage and mounting of the hitch position feedback sensor. service.
• Check the wiring harness and connector of the position sensor for damage, loose
connections, and moisture. NOT OK: If symptom
• Access HCU Address 08 and perform the Rear Hitch Position Sensor Voltage or continues, inspect hitch
SCU CAL Pressure Switch Voltage w/o Hitch Test in Reference 245-HCU-001. components and cylinder
mounting pins for wear or
binding.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=966
Group 25
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (Standard)
Specifications
A/C Dual Pressure Switch
A/C Dual Pressure Switch (Low Closing Pressure 160—260 kPa

Side) (1.6—2.6 bar)
(23—37 psi)
Opening Pressure 140—230 kPa 212
(1.4—2.3 bar) 25
(20—33 psi) 1
A/C Dual Pressure Switch (High Opening Pressure 2600—2900 kPa

Side) (26.0—29.0 bar)
(380—420 psi)
Closing Pressure 1380—2070 kPa
(13.8—20.7 bar)
(200—300 psi)
A/C System Static Pressure
A/C System Static Pressure Static Pressure 300 kPa

Minimum (3 bar)
(45 psi)
Compressor Clutch Coil
Compressor Clutch Coil Coil Resistance 3.5—4.0 Ohms

Resistance
RW39137,0000465 –19–19APR02–1/1
122106
PN=967
Air Conditioning Not Cooling Adequately

(Standard)
OURX949,0000293 –19–02AUG02–1/1
NOTE: Diagnosis of related service code(s) may resolve this observable symptom and must be performed first.
212 Consult with customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See Additional References for Service Code Descriptions.
25
2

• Air Conditioning Theory of Operation (Standard) (See Reference 290-20-001).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Perform preliminary checks to insure all filters, condenser and evaporator are clean OK: Performed
and have proper air flow through them. Perform the Air Flow Preliminary Check, preliminary checks.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Repair or
replace as needed.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=968
2 Operational Checks Perform the Air Conditioning Operational Checks (Standard), (See Reference OK: All Operational
290-10-001). checks are good.
Release tractor to field.
NOT OK: Circulator

blower motor
malfunctions.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Pressurizer

motor malfunctions. 212
25
GO TO 4 . 3
NOT OK: Compressor

clutch does not engage.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Inadequate

cooling or bubbles in
sight glass.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
3 Isolate Circulator Review the four types of circuit malfunctions and 7-step electrical procedure. Refer to OK: Repaired circulator
Blower Motor Circuit 7-Step Electrical Procedure, (See Reference 210-15-009). for troubleshooting blower motor malfunction.
Malfunction methods.
GO TO 2 .
Refer to electrical schematic SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (—009999),
(See Reference 240-25-021a) or SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—)
(See Reference 240-25-052a), follow circuit path making voltage and continuity checks
of components and wire harness as necessary to isolate the cause of problem. Refer
to Isolate Circulator Blower Motor Circuit Malfunction (Standard), (See Reference
290-15-002) for additional troubleshooting information.
– – –1/1
4 Isolate Pressurizer Review the four types of circuit malfunctions and 7-step electrical procedure. Refer to OK: Repaired pressurizer
Blower Motor Circuit 7-Step Electrical Procedure, (See Reference 210-15-009) for troubleshooting blower motor function.
Malfunction methods.
GO TO 2 .
Refer to electrical schematic SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard), (See
Reference 240-25-021a) or SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—) (See
Reference 240-25-052a), follow circuit path making voltage and continuity checks of
components and wire harness as necessary to isolate the cause of problem. Refer to
Isolate Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit Malfunction (Standard), (See Reference
290-15-003) for additional troubleshooting information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=969
5 Static Pressure Test See Install Test Equipment, (See Reference 290-15-001), connect gauges and OK: Pressure above 300
perform Static Pressure Test (Standard), (See Reference 290-15-004). kPa (3 bar) (45 psi)
Air-conditioning system must have at least 300 kPa (3 bar) (45 psi) to close the low
side of the dual pressure switch. GO TO 6 .
A/C System Static Pressure—Specification NOT OK: Pressure below

A/C System Static Pressure Minimum— 300 kPa (3 bar) (45 psi)
Static Pressure ..................................................................................................... 300 kPa
(3 bar) GO TO 7 .
(45 psi)
212
25
4 – – –1/1
122106
PN=970
6 Isolate Circuit Review the four types of circuit malfunctions and 7-step electrical procedure. See OK: Repair Compressor
Malfunction to 7-Step Electrical Procedure, (See Reference 210-15-009) for troubleshooting Clutch as needed then...
Compressor Clutch methods.
GO TO 2 .
Refer to electrical schematic SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard), (See
Reference 240-25-021a) or SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—) (See
Reference 240-25-052a), follow circuit path making voltage and continuity checks of
components and wire harness as necessary to isolate the cause of problem. See
Isolate Compressor Clutch Circuit Malfunction (Standard), (Reference 290-15-005)
for test procedure.
The following conditions must exist for the compressor clutch to engage.
212
• Battery voltage should be available at compressor clutch coil. 25
• Power from blower switch (S210) to relay K30 coil (circuit 227). 5
• Power from fuse F26 to relay K30 switch (circuit 902), to AC ON-OFF switch (S211)
(circuit 226), to de-icing switch (S212) (circuit 215), through dual pressure switch
(S213) (circuit 217) and then to compressor clutch coil (Y220).
• The evaporator temperature must be above 3°C (37°F) for the de-icing switch
contacts to close (less than 0.5 ohm across switch). See De-Icing Switch Test
(Standard), (Reference 290-15-006) to check operation of de-icing switch.
• The system pressure must be 140—270 kPa (1.4—2.7 bar) (20—40 psi), for the low
side of the dual pressure switch to close. See Dual Pressure Switch (Low Side)
Test, (Reference 290-15-007) to check the low side of the dual pressure switch.
• The high side of the dual pressure switch must be closed. See Dual Pressure
Switch (High Side) Test, (Reference 290-15-008) to check the high side of the dual
pressure switch.
• Compressor clutch coil should have 3.5 to 4.0 ohms resistance.
A/C Dual Pressure Switch—Specification

A/C Dual Pressure Switch (Low Side)—
Closing Pressure ........................................................................................ 160—260 kPa
(1.6—2.6 bar)
(23—37 psi)
Opening Pressure ...................................................................................... 140—230 kPa
(1.4—2.3 bar)
(20—33 psi)
A/C Dual Pressure Switch (High Side)—
Opening Pressure .................................................................................. 2600—2900 kPa
(26.0—29.0 bar)
(380—420 psi)
Closing Pressure .................................................................................... 1380—2070 kPa
(13.8—20.7 bar)
(200—300 psi)
Compressor Clutch Coil—Specification

Compressor Clutch Coil Resistance—
Coil Resistance ......................................................................................... 3.5—4.0 Ohms
If open circuit is found in De-Icing Switch, refer to De-Icing Switch Test (Standard),
(Reference 290-15-006) for additional testing.
If open circuit is found in dual pressure switch (low side) and static pressure was
above 400 kPa (4 bar) (60 psi) in step 5, refer to Dual Pressure Switch (Low Side)
Test, (Reference 290-15-007) for additional testing.
If open circuit is found in dual pressure switch (high side) refer to Dual Pressure
Switch (High Side) Test, (Reference 290-15-008) for additional testing.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=971
7 Causes for Incorrect Restricted air flow through the condenser or radiator. Check and clean as necessary. OK: GO TO 8 .
Air Vent Temperature
Heater valve leaking or improperly adjusted. From left side of tractor under the cab, NOT OK: Repair as
behind the receiver/dryer, check temperature of the heater coolant tube and hose needed and then...
below evaporator housing. If heater tube is warmer than the hose, there is flow of
coolant through the valve. GO TO 2 .
NOTE: If the heater valve was turned ON for only a few minutes then turned OFF for a
test, it may take 20—30 minutes for the heater tube to cool down.
Air leakage from seals for door, windows, floor plate or openings for electrical
harnesses. Check for poor sealing of the cab.
212
25
6 – – –1/1
8 A/C System Testing Install Test Equipment (See Reference 290-15-001), connect gauges if not previously OK: Repairs made, all
done and perform A/C System Testing (Standard) procedures, (Reference system testing passed.
290-15-009) in sequence to isolate system problems.
GO TO 2 .
System Static Pressure
Ambient Temperature Pressure
°C °F kPa bar psi
15 60 390 3.9 57
18 65 430 4.3 63
21 70 490 4.9 71
24 75 535 5.35 78
27 80 590 5.9 86
29 85 655 6.55 95
32 90 715 7.15 104
35 95 785 7.85 114
38 100 855 8.55 124
41 105 930 9.3 135
43 110 1010 10.1 147
46 115 1095 10.95 159
49 120 1185 11.85 172
– – –1/1
122106
PN=972
Heating Inadequate (Standard)
OURX949,0000294 –19–12DEC03–1/1
Consult with customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See Additional References for Service Code Descriptions. 212
25
7

• SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-021a).
• SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—) (See Reference 240-25-052a).
– – –1/1
and have proper air flow through them. Perform Air Flow Preliminary Check. (See Preliminary Checks.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Repair or
replace as needed.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=973
2 Operational Checks Perform Heating System Operational Checks (Standard). (See Reference OK: All Operational
290-10-002.) checks are good.
Release tractor to field.
NOT OK: Circulator

blower motor
malfunctions.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Pressurizer

212 motor malfunctions.
25
8 GO TO 4 .

reach operating
temperature.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Heater hoses

and lines are cold.
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
Blower Motor Circuit 7-Step Electrical Procedure, (Reference 210-15-009) for troubleshooting methods. blower motor function.
Malfunction
Refer to electrical schematic SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (Reference GO TO 2 .
240-25-021a) or SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—) (See Reference
240-25-052a), follow circuit path making voltage and continuity checks of components
and wire harness as necessary to isolate the cause of problem. Refer to Isolate
Circulator Blower Motor Circuit Malfunction (Standard) (Reference 290-15-002) for
additional troubleshooting information.
– – –1/1
Blower Motor Circuit 7-Step Electrical Procedure (Reference 210-15-009) for troubleshooting methods. blower motor function.
Malfunction
Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit Malfunction (Standard) (Reference 290-15-003)
for additional troubleshooting information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=974
5 Reasons Tractor • Engine thermostats are stuck open. OK: Repair as needed
Won’t Reach • Engine cooling system is missing thermostats. and then...
Operating
Temperature Refer to CTM86, POWERTECH™ 8.1L Diesel Engines Base Engine or CTM100, GO TO 2 .
PowerTech™ 10.5L and 12.5L Diesel Engines Base Engine (Section 02 - Group
070) for engine thermostat replacement.
212
25
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company – – –1/1 9
6 Reasons Heater Engine coolant is not circulating, possible causes are: OK: Repair as needed
Hoses are not Warm and then...
• Heater valve control is not properly adjusted.
• Heater valve is malfunctioning restricting flow. GO TO 2 .
• Heater lines or hoses between engine and heater core are dented, kinked or
internally plugged restricting flow.
• Heater core is internally plugged restricting flow.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=975
Low or No Air Flow From Air Ducts

(Standard)
OURX949,0000295 –19–02AUG02–1/1
25
10

• Air Conditioning Theory of Operation (Standard) (See Reference 290-20-001).
– – –1/1
and have proper air flow through them. Perform Air Flow Preliminary Check, Preliminary Checks.
(Reference 290-05-001).
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Repair or
replace as needed.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Circulator Blower A—Blower Switch OK: GO TO 4 .

Motor Check
Turn key switch (S001) to RUN position. NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
Turn blower switch (S210) (A) from LOW to MEDIUM,

HIGH and PURGE positions.
Listen for a change of blower speed as each speed is

selected.
RW45786 –UN–20JUL96
– – –1/1
122106
PN=976
Malfunction
Circulator Blower Motor Circuit Malfunction (Standard) (Reference 290-15-002) for
additional troubleshooting information.
212
25
– – –1/1 11
4 Pressurizer Blower A—Fuse 26 Location OK: GO TO 6 .

Motor Check
Turn key switch to RUN position and blower switch at NOT OK: GO TO 5 .
“LOW”. Listen for motor operation to stop when fuse F26
(A) is removed.
Listen for motor operation to start when fuse F26 is

reinstalled.
RW45788 –UN–21JUN00
NOTE: Motor operation can be visually checked by
removing the fresh air filter under right-front corner of the
cab.
– – –1/1
Malfunction
Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit Malfunction (Standard) (Reference 290-15-003)
for additional troubleshooting information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=977
6 Air Duct Distribution A—Air Vent Control Knob OK: If all steps have
Check checked out OK to this
Check flow of air from outlets at steering cowl and point air flow is normal.
right-hand side panel with blower motor control at
PURGE. Operate air vent control (A) in steering cowl Release tractor to field.
above clutch pedal.
NOT OK: Repair or
RXA0057482 –UN–04OCT01 • Windshield position/Defrost (knob full right): Majority of replace as necessary.
air is directed toward windshield and right-hand foot. Repeat this step.
• Floor position (knob first position left of full right):
Majority of air is directed toward feet.
• Dash position (knob second position left of full right):
212 Majority of air is directed out of louvered panels on
25 console and right foot.
12 • Windshield, Dash and Floor position (knob full left): Air
is distributed to all vents.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=978
Group 26A
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—
009999)
212
26A
1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 212-26A-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=979
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—009999)
Specifications
Blower Motor and Circuit Resistance
Resistance through motor and Resistance 0.7 — 1.2 ohms

wires
212 Pressurizer Motor Resistance

26A
2
Motor Resistance Resistance 0.7—1.3 ohms
Compressor Clutch Air Gap
Clutch Air Gap 0.35—0.65 mm

(.014—.026 in)
Compressor Clutch Coil Resistance
Clutch Coil Resistance Resistance 3.5—4.0 ohms
Minimum A/C Pressure
Minimum A/C Static Pressure Static Pressure 400 kPa

(4 bar)
(60 psi)
RW39137,0000466 –19–19APR02–1/1
122106
PN=980
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Trouble Light Flashing

(—009999)
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX949,0000296 –19–02AUG02–1/1
NOTE: ATC light codes are not broadcast on the CCD network (Corner Post Display or SERVICE ADVISOR™).
212
26A
3

• SE3b CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Circuits (—009999) (See Reference 240-25-021b).
• CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Theory Of Operation (—009999) (See Reference 290-20-002).
1 Access Light Codes Electrical faults of sensors and circuits in the ATC system are indicated by a flashing OK: Release vehicle to
light on the control panel. If the light does not flash with the engine OFF and the key field.
switch (S001) ON, it will be necessary to start the engine and operate the system. If
engine must be running, set throttle to 1500 rpm. NOT OK: Perform test(s)
as indicated in
Insert a good fuse into the F10 (diag) fuseholder. CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
Light Code Tests. (See
The trouble light (H220) will flash rapidly for three to four seconds, then, at one second Reference 290-15-010).
intervals, will flash a trouble light code of 1 to 9 times. If a second code is initiated,
there will be a three to four second pause followed by the 1 to 9 flashes indicating the
code. Once all codes have been flashed, the light will rapidly flash for two to three
seconds. The sequence will repeat until the “diag” fuse is removed.
Reference 290-15-010, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Light Code Tests, contains individual

checks for the electrical components of the unit.
Within the reference, select the appropriate test(s) from the following list of trouble light
codes:
• Light Codes 1, 2, and 3 —Temperature Sensor(s) Check

• Light Code 4 — Evaporator Core Temperature Sensor
• Light Code 5 — Clutch Cycling Too Frequently
• Light Code 6 — Temperature Control Potentiometer Circuit
• Light Code 7 — Blower Motor Control Potentiometer Circuit
• Light Code 8 — Water Valve Actuator Circuit
NOTE: Resolve all other codes and perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Calibration
Procedure (See Reference 290-15-012). before resolving light code 9.
• Light Code 9 — ATC Control Unit Failure
– – –1/1
122106
PN=981
Diagnostic Trouble Lamp Does Not Light,

CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—009999)

212
26A
• CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Schematic (—009999) (See Reference 290-25-002).
4
• CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Theory Of Operation (See Reference 290-20-002).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Check fuse F25 in the fuse panel. OK: GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Replace as

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Lamp Circuit Check Anytime the key switch (S001) is turned from OFF to RUN the lamp (H220) should OK: Replace lamp.
light for two to three seconds. Perform the Operational
Check, CLIMATRAK™
Check lamp circuits. (ATC) (See Reference
290-10-003).
1. Remove the ICU Control Unit from the right console to access the trouble lamp.
2. Remove lamp and lamp holder from control panel. NOT OK: Circuit faults.
3. Prepare the lamp holder (with circuit 231, brown wire) to check for voltage. Turn Repair and...
key switch to RUN. Voltage should be present during the lamp check period (two to
three seconds). Minimum voltage with engine OFF is 10.0 volts. GO TO 3 .
4. Check resistance to ground of circuit 050H (less than 1.0 ohm).
– – –1/1
3 K220 Relay Check 1. Remove rear cab cover, control units and rear, inner cover for access to ATC unit. OK: Replace ATC Control
2. Disconnect 30-way connector (X220) from ATC Control Unit (A220). Unit. Perform the
3. Turn key switch to RUN. Check resistance from harness connector pin C3 to CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
ground (less than 1.0 ohm). Calibration Procedure
4. Turn key switch to OFF. Circuit from harness connector pin C3 to ground (circuit (See Reference
228) should now be open. 290-15-012).
5. Check related circuits for shorts and grounds and condition of connectors and
terminals. NOT OK: GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=982
4 K220 Relay Circuits 1. Remove K220 diagnostic relay from it’s socket. (Located in wiring harness on top of OK: Replace relay K220.
Check blower housing.) Perform the Operational
2. Check for continuity to ground at relay socket terminals 85 and 87 (less than 1.0 Check, CLIMATRAK™
ohm). (ATC) (See Reference
3. Check for continuity from ATC connector, terminal C3, to relay terminal 30. 290-10-003).
4. Check related circuits for shorts and grounds and condition of all terminals.
5. Insert a good fuse into the F10 (diag) fuseholder. Turn key switch to RUN. NOT OK: Repair circuits
6. Check for battery voltage at relay socket terminal 86. as necessary.
Perform the Operational

Check, CLIMATRAK™
(ATC) (See Reference
290-10-003). 212
26A
– – –1/1 5
122106
PN=983
Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (No

Cooling), CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—009999)
NOTE: Resolve all indicated trouble light code(s) before performing this observable symptom. (See CLIMATRAK™
212 Trouble Light Flashing, this group.)
26A
6

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Check fuse F25 in the fuse panel. OK: GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Replace as

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Circulation Blower 1. Three position mode switch (S220) should be in OFF position. OK: GO TO 3 .
Operation 2. Set blower motor control at 12 o’clock position.
3. Blower motor should run when key switch (S001) is turned to RUN. NOT OK: Blower motor
did not run. See
observable symptom
Circulation Blower
Inoperative or Slow,
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC).
– – –1/1
3 Clutch Voltage Check 1. Three position mode switch should be in ON position (center). OK: GO TO 4 .
2. Set blower motor control (R221) at 12 o’clock position.
3. Turn key switch to RUN. NOT OK: GO TO 5 .
4. Check for voltage (minimum 11.0 volts) on circuit 236 of the compressor clutch
connector.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=984
4 Compressor Check 1. Check resistance through the clutch coil. OK: Perform the
Operational Check,
Compressor Clutch Coil Resistance—Specification CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
Clutch Coil Resistance—Resistance .......................................................... 3.5—4.0 ohms (See Reference
290-10-003).
2. Check for continuity to ground of circuit 010 in the clutch connector.
3. Measure the clutch’s air gap. NOT OK: Repair as
necessary. Perform the
Compressor Clutch Air Gap—Specification Operational Check,
Clutch Air—Gap ....................................................................................... 0.35—0.65 mm CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(.014—.026 in) (See Reference
290-10-003).
4. Compressor shaft must turn easily by hand. 212
26A
– – –1/1 7
5 Static Pressure Check 1. Connect the gauge set hoses to line couplers and open hose valves. See Install OK: GO TO 6 .
Test Equipment, (See Reference 290-15-001).
2. Open both manifold valves to equalize pressure. Gauges should read the same. NOT OK: Add refrigerant
to system.
Minimum A/C Pressure—Specification
Minimum A/C Static Pressure—Static GO TO 3 .
Pressure ............................................................................................................... 400 kPa
(4 bar)
(60 psi)
– – –1/1
6 Mode Switch Check 1. Remove the ICU Control Unit from the right console to access the mode switch OK: GO TO 7 .
(S220).
2. Disconnect switch from harness. NOT OK: Repair as
3. Check for continuity to ground of circuit 050 in the switch connector. necessary. Perform the
4. Check for continuity through the switch in each position. Operational Check,
• OFF position — Open between all terminals CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
• ON position — Continuity from A to B (See Reference
• ON with DEFOG — Continuity from A to B to C 290-10-003).
– – –1/1
7 Clutch Circuit Check 1. Remove cover from rear of cab. OK: Replace ATC control
2. Remove small panel at left, rear to access thermal expansion valve and evaporator. unit. Perform the
3. Remove ATC control unit and it’s cover to access the 30-way connector (X220). CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
4. Disconnect 30-way connector (A220) and the connector to the dual pressure switch Calibration Procedure
(S221). (See Reference
5. Check continuity through the dual pressure switch (less than 1.0 ohm). 290-15-012).
6. Install a jumper wire across dual pressure switch connector.
7. Check for continuity from ATC connector, terminal B3, to clutch connector’s circuit NOT OK: Repair as
236 (less than 1.0 ohm). necessary. Perform the
8. Check for continuity from ATC connector, terminal F3, to mode switch’s connector, Operational Check,
terminal B (less than 1.0 ohm). CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
9. Check for continuity from ATC connector, terminal F2, to mode switch’s connector, (See Reference
terminal C (less than 1.0 ohm). 290-10-003).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=985
Circulation Blower Inoperative, Slow, or

Erratic, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—009999)
212 Trouble Light Flashing, this group.)
26A
8

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Check fuse F25 in fuse panel. Replace if necessary. OK: Performed
preliminary check.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Circulation Motor 1. Turn key switch (S001) to the RUN position. OK: Blower function
Operational Check 2. Turn the blower motor control (R221) fully counter-clockwise and the ATC mode follows control. Perform
switch (S220) in the ON position. the Operational Check,
3. Turn the blower motor control (R221) clockwise up to just before the AUTO detent. CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
There should be a steady increase in circulation blower speed and air flow from the (See Reference
vents. 290-10-003).
4. Put the blower motor control in the AUTO detent. The blower speed and air flow
should decrease to a point set by the control unit based temperature NOT OK: Blower motor
does not operate or only
operates slowly.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Blower motor

follows control, but speed
is erratic before the auto
detent is reached.
Perform the
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(See Reference
290-15-012).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=986
3 K28 Relay Check 1. Check for continuity to ground from terminal 85 of K28 relay socket (less than 1.0 OK: GO TO 4 .
ohm).
2. With key switch in RUN position, check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 NOT OK: No ground, or
of K28 relay socket. high resistance, at
3. Insert a jumper wire between terminals 30 and 87. If blower runs, relay K28 is terminal 85. Repair
faulty. ground circuit as
4. Following any repair, perform the Operational Check, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (See necessary.
terminal 86 of relay
socket. Check operation
of relay K15 (ELX) and
it’s circuits. Replace or 212
repair as necessary. 26A
9
socket. Check fuse F25
and it’s circuits (circuit
002). Replace or repair
as necessary.
– – –1/1
4 Blower Motor and 1. Remove rear cab cover, control units and rear, inner cover for access to ATC OK: GO TO 6 .
Motor Driver Check Control Unit (A220).
2. Check continuity to ground of motor driver (A221) circuit 010 (less than 1.0 ohm). NOT OK: No ground, or
3. Check continuity of circuit 241 (brown wire) from ATC terminal B1 to motor driver high resistance, in circuit
terminal 2 (less than 1.0 ohm). 010. Repair ground circuit
4. With key switch in RUN position, check for battery voltage on circuit 282A to the as necessary.
motor driver (red wire, terminal 3).
5. Following any repair, perform the Operational Check, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (See NOT OK: High
Reference 290-10-003). resistance, or open, in
circuit 241. Repair wire as
necessary

circuit 282A.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
5 Circuit Check 1. Check circuit 282A for continuity from relay K28, terminal 87, to blower motor driver, OK: Check indicates
terminal 3. continuity. Suspect the
ATC Control Unit as
faulty. Replace and
perform the
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(See Reference
290-15-012).
NOT OK: No continuity.

Repair or replace as
necessary.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=987
6 Blower Motor Check 1. Remove motor driver from blower air duct and housing. OK: Replace motor
2. Disconnect wiring from the motor driver. driver.
3. Check resistance through the wires and blower motor.
NOT OK: Replace blower
Blower Motor and Circuit Resistance—Specification motor.
Resistance through motor and wires—
Resistance ............................................................................................... 0.7 — 1.2 ohms
212
26A
10 – – –1/1
122106
PN=988
Pressurizer Motor Inoperative or Slow,

CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (—009999)
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX949,000029A –19–02AUG02–1/1
Trouble Light Flashing, this group.) 212
26A
11

– – –1/1
1 Circulation Blower 1. Turn key switch (S001) to RUN position. OK: GO TO 2 .

Check 2. Set blower motor control at 12 o’clock position.
3. If circulation blower is operating, power through F25 and K28 relay is confirmed. NOT OK: See observable
symptom Circulation
Blower Inoperative or
Slow, CLIMATRAK™
(ATC).
– – –1/1
2 Relay Power Circuit 1. Remove and check condition of fuse F26. OK: GO TO 3 .
2. Check for battery voltage on A terminal of fuseholder.
3. Check for continuity to ground from B terminal of fuseholder. Circuit should read NOT OK: Repair as
OPEN. necessary. Perform the
4. Reinstall good fuse. Operational Check,
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(See Reference
290-10-003).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=989
3 Pressurizer Blower 1. Disconnect harness to pressurizer blower (M220) (under right, front corner of cab). OK: GO TO 4 .
Power Check 2. Turn key switch to RUN position.
3. Check for battery voltage at blower connector, circuit 226 (red wire). NOT OK: GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
4 Pressurizer Motor 1. Check resistance across motor leads. OK: GO TO 5 .

Check
Pressurizer Motor Resistance—Specification NOT OK: Repair or
Motor Resistance—Resistance .................................................................. 0.7—1.3 ohms replace as necessary.
212
26A
2. Check resistance to ground of motor connector, circuit 010 (less than 1.0 ohm). Check, CLIMATRAK™
12
290-10-003).
– – –1/1
5 Relay Operation 1. Access relay panel and remove relay K30. OK: GO TO 6 .
Check 2. Insert a jumper wire between terminals 30 and 87 of the relay socket.
3. The pressurizer blower should be operating. NOT OK: Repair circuit
902 from fuse F26.
Check, CLIMATRAK™
290-10-003).
– – –1/1
6 Control Unit Signal 1. Turn key switch to RUN. OK: Replace K30 relay.
2. Check for voltage on terminal 86 (circuit 227, light blue wire) of K30 relay socket
(10.5 volts minimum). NOT OK: GO TO 7 .
3. With key switch OFF, check continuity to ground from terminal 85 of the relay
socket (circuit 010).
– – –1/1
7 ATC Control Unit 1. Remove rear cab cover, control units and rear, inner cover for access to ATC OK: Replace ATC Control
Circuit Control Unit (A220). Unit. Perform the
2. Disconnect 30-way connector (X220) from ATC Control Unit. CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
3. Check for continuity on circuit 227 (light blue wire), terminal G1, to terminal 86 of Calibration Procedure
K30 relay socket (less than 1.0 ohm). (See Reference
4. Check related circuits for shorts and grounds and condition of connectors. 290-15-012).
NOT OK: Repair as

necessary. Perform the
Operational Check,
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(See Reference
290-10-003).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=990
Group 26B
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC)
(010001—)
CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Problem

(010001—)
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company HP51992,00008AA –19–20JUN03–1/1

212
NOTE: Diagnosis of the CLIMATRAK™ system is supported by a system diagnosis and, service codes after serial 26B
number (010001—). If there are no active or stored ATC service codes, see CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System 1
Diagnosis (010001—), Section 213, Group 90 to diagnose an ATC system problem. If ATC service codes are active
or stored, refer to the following list of codes and proceed.
– – –1/1
TM1972 (21DEC06) 212-26B-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=991
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning - CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (010001—)
1 Service Code If ATC service codes are stored or active , see appropriate service code in Section OK: Perform ATC service
Diagnosis 211, Group ATC: code diagnosis.
• ATC 01.3—Cab Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage High

• ATC 01.4—Cab Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 03.3—Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 03.4—Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 07.3—Outlet Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 07.4—Outlet Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 08.3—Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 08.4—Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 09.1—Excessive A/C Clutch Cycling
212 • ATC 10.3—Cab Temperature Control Circuit Voltage High
26B • ATC 10.4—Cab Temperature Control Circuit Voltage Low
2 • ATC 11.3—Blower Control Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 11.4—Blower Control Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 12.3—Water Valve Position Sensor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 12.4—Water Valve Position Sensor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 13.1—Water Valve Motor Not Calibrated
• ATC 13.3—Water Valve Motor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 13.4—Water Valve Motor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 13.7—Water Valve Motor Mechanical Fault
• ATC 14.3—Air Flow Mode Position Sensor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 14.4—Air Flow Mode Position Sensor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 15.1—Air Flow Mode Motor Not Calibrated
• ATC 15.5—Air Flow Mode Motor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 15.6—Air Flow Mode Motor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 15.7—Air Flow Mode Motor Mechanical Fault
• ATC 16.3—Compressor Clutch Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 16.4—Compressor Clutch Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 17.3—Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 17.4—Pressurizer Blower Motor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 18.3—Circulation Blower Motor Circuit Voltage High
• ATC 18.4—Circulation Blower Motor Circuit Voltage Low
• ATC 19.1—Circulation Blower Motor Driver Circuit Fault
• ATC 20.3—ATC Supply Voltage High
• ATC 20.4—ATC Supply Voltage Low
• ATC 22.1—ATC Memory Fault
• ATC 23.2—ATC Control Unit Fault
• ATC 24.1—ATC CAN Bus Fault
• ATC 24.9—ATC CAN Bus Fault
• ATC 25.5—Compressor Shutoff Due to Engine Overheat
• ATC 26.9—ECU CAN Message Missing
– – –1/1
122106
PN=992
Group 30
Operator Station
Essential Tools

212
30
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RW39137,0000467 –19–19APR02–1/2 1
–UN–12JUL99
RW78294
RW39137,0000467 –19–19APR02–2/2
122106
PN=993
Operator Station

212
30
2 SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RW39137,0000468 –19–19APR02–1/3
86 87
30
–UN–26FEB02
87a
87
30 85 87a
85

30
87a 87
85
30
87 87a
85 86
RXA0059577
RW39137,0000468 –19–19APR02–2/3
RXA0059514 –UN–07MAR02
-6 ORFS Plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38H1146
Hydraulic Fitting Plug
RW39137,0000468 –19–19APR02–3/3
122106
PN=994
Operator Station
Display Units Not Operational
OURX908,0000434 –19–05AUG04–1/1
30
3
Use the following diagnostic procedure if none of the display units are ON after the key switch has been turned on.

– – –1/1
1 Display Units Power Perform Display Units Power Supply Test. (See Reference 240-15-020). NOT OK: Made
Check necessary repairs.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=995
Operator Station
Warning Horn Does Not Operate
OURX908,0000435 –19–10JUN04–1/1
30
4

– – –1/1
122106
PN=996
Operator Station
1 Preliminary Checks With Key Switch (S001) in ON position, check for the following observable symptoms OK: Warning Horn
on the tractor. Warning Horn (H200) should “beep” and Instrument Control Unit (ICU) “beeps” and Instrument
(A900) should illuminate. Control Unit (ICU)
illuminates.
Turn Key Switch to START position, if tractor Starter Motor will crank, a problem with
circuit 012 and fuse F18 is eliminated. Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: Warning Horn

does not “beep” and
Instrument Control Unit
(ICU) does not illuminate.
GO TO 2 . 212
30
NOT OK: ICU illuminates. 5
Warning Horn does not
“beep”.
GO TO 4 .

sounds continuously.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
2 Check Fuse F2 Remove fuse F2. Check fuse to ensure it is intact. Place Key Switch (S001) in RUN OK: Fuse F2 is intact.
position. Check for battery voltage on pin A of fuse socket. Battery voltage indicated
on Pin A of F2.
Check Fuse (F2) for opens.
GO TO 3 .
Check terminal A of F2 for battery voltage.
(See Reference 240-25-010, Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) Pin A of fuse F2.
Schematic.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Fuse is failed.

Replace as necessary.
Check for possible short
to ground on circuit 972.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=997
Operator Station
3 Check Harness Remove ICU and Warning Horn. Disconnect ICU connecting harness and Warning OK: Battery voltage
Horn harness. Place Key Switch in ON position. Check for battery voltage on terminal indicated on terminal 13
13 of ICU connector and terminal A of cab harness (W6). of ICU connecting
harness and continuity to
Check for continuity to ground on circuit 050 from ICU unit to Single Point Ground. ground is good. Replace
ICU and perform full
(See Reference 240-25-010, Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) (— calibration.
009999) Schematic or SE9 Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-up Panel (SUP)
Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-049). Access ICU Address 08
and perform Field Cruise
Control Factor
Configuration. (See ICU
212 Addresses, Reference
30 245-ICU-001).
6
GO TO 1 .
OK: Battery voltage on

terminal A of Warning
Horn harness
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated on terminal 13.
display unit back to fuse
panel as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated on terminal A.
harness plug back to fuse
load center as necessary.
GO TO 1 .

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=998
Operator Station
4 Check Warning Horn Apply battery voltage to terminal A and ground terminal B of Warning Horn (H200). OK: Warning Horn
Warning horn should sound. sounds. Check circuit 256
from terminal B to ICU
(See Reference 240-25-010, Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) (— using Seven Step
009999) Schematic or SE9 Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-up Panel (SUP) Electrical Test Procedure
Schematic (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-049). (See Reference
210-15-009). Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .

does not sound. Replace 212
Warning Horn. 30
7
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
5 Check ELX Relay 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. OK: Voltage on terminals
2. Remove ELX relay (K15) and install DFRW130 in relay panel. 30 and 86.
3. Check terminals 30 and 86 of socket for battery voltage. Key switch OFF, check
terminal 85 for continuity to ground. GO TO 1 .
4. Install relay in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87.
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall relay in panel. OK: Pin 85 continuity to
ground good.
GO TO 1 .

002 as necessary.
GO TO 1 .

112, or Key Switch as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .

necessary.
GO TO 6 .

terminal 87. Replace
relay.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=999
Operator Station
6 Check Diode Block Remove ELX Relay (K15) and Diode Block (V1) from load center. OK: Diode OK, continuity
to ground is good.
Check for continuity between socket terminal 85 of ELX Relay and diode V1 socket Reinstall K15 and V1.
terminal 1, (cct 111).
GO TO 1 .
Check for continuity to ground between diode V1 socket terminal 2 and Single Point
Ground. NOT OK: No continuity
on circuit 111. Repair as
Perform a diode check on diode block (V1) between terminals 1 (+) and 2 (-). necessary. Reinstall K15
and V1.
Reverse meter leads and retest. Reading should be between .3 to .7 voltage drop in
one position and “OL” in the other. GO TO 1 .
212
30 NOT OK: No continuity
8 from Diode V1 to Single
Point Ground. Repair
Reinstall K15 and V1.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Diode V1 not

intact. Replace Diode V1.
Reinstall K15.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
7 Warning Horn Check circuit 256 from terminal B of Warning Horn (H200) to ICU (X900) pin 7 for OK: Circuit 256 good.
Sounds Continuously shorts to ground. Intermittent problem is
indicated. Access ICU
ICU System Beep Mode
Test, (See Reference
245-ICU-001, ICU
Addresses).
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Repair circuit

256.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1000
Operator Station
Windshield Wiper/Washer Malfunction
OURX908,0000436 –19–02AUG02–1/1
30
9
NOTE: This diagnostic procedure assumes the Corner Post Display, and Performance Monitor (if equipped) are
operating correctly.

• SE2a Wiper System Circuits (See Reference 240-25-020a).
• Windshield Wiper/Washer Theory of Operation (See Reference 290-20-004).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check For washer pump malfunctions, check reservoir to ensure there is fluid. OK: GO TO 2 .
Free wiper motors of any accumulated debris. NOT OK: Fill reservoir.
Remove debris.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1001
Operator Station
2 Operational Check Put Key Switch in RUN position. Operate the Front Wiper Switch in all three positions, OK: Front and rear
INTERMITTENT, LOW, and HIGH. Press Front Wiper Switch to operate Front Washer wipers and washers
Pump. Put Rear Wiper Switch in ON and WASH positions to operate. operating correctly.
Diagnosis complete.
Possible malfunctions are as follows:
NOT OK: Wiper Arm
• Front Wiper Motor (M240), Front Washer Pump (M243), Rear Wiper Motor (M241), does not return to PARK
and Rear Washer Pump (M242) do not function. position.
• Rear Wiper Motor and/or Rear Washer Pump do not function.
• Front Washer Pump does not function. GO TO 14 .
• Front Wiper Motor does not function in:
– Intermittent Mode. NOT OK: For all other
212 – Low Mode. Wiper/Washer
30 – High Mode. malfunctions.
10 – All Modes.
• Wiper Arm does not return to PARK position. GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1002
Operator Station
3 Check Wiper Circuit 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. OK: All voltage readings
Relay Voltage 2. Remove wiper circuit relay (K24) and install DFRW130 in relay panel. good and continuity to
3. Check terminals 30 and 86 of socket for battery voltage and check terminal 85 for ground. Front Washer
continuity to ground. Pump (M240) will not
4. Install relay in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87. function.
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall relay in panel.
GO TO 5 .
OK: All voltage readings

good and continuity to
ground. Rear Wiper Motor
(M241) and/or Rear
Washer Pump (M242) will 212
not function. 30
11
GO TO 6 .
OK: All voltage readings

good and continuity to
ground. All or some
speeds of Front Wiper
Switch (S241) will not
function.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: No voltage

Switch (S001) as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage

GO TO 4 .

ground from terminal 85
of wiper circuit relay to
Single Point Ground
(W1). Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Voltage

indicated on terminal 30,
no voltage indicated on
terminal 87 of Pulse
Relay K25. Repair circuit
232 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .

relay.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1003
Operator Station
4 Check Fuse F28 Remove and check fuse F28. Check for battery voltage on terminal A of fuse socket. OK: Battery voltage
indicated on terminal A,
and fuse is good. Repair
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated on terminal A.
necessary.
212 GO TO 2 .
30
12 NOT OK: Fuse is failed.
Check circuit 252 and
232 for possible short to
ground. Replace fuse.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
5 Check Front Washer Disconnect Front Wiper Switch (S241) connector from switch. Press Front Wiper OK: All voltages and
Pump Switch and check for continuity from terminal 4 to terminal B+ of Front Wiper Switch. continuity OK. Replace
Front Washer Pump.
Access the Front Washer Pump (M243) located on the left side of tractor, mounted on
the outside of the frame directly below the hood release. GO TO 2 .
Press Front Wiper Switch and check for battery voltage on circuit 238, terminal A NOT OK: No continuity
connection to washer pump. indicated between
terminal 4 and terminal
Check pump ground circuit (010). B+ of Front Wiper Switch.
Repair or replace Front
NOTE: See SE2a Wiper System Circuits, (Reference 240-25-020a). Wiper Switch.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated at terminal A of
circuit 238 connection to
Front Washer Pump
Motor. Repair circuit 238
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .

ground. Repair ground
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1004
Operator Station
6 Check Rear Wiper Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and check for battery voltage on terminal A of OK: Voltage indicated on
Switch Voltage Rear Wiper Switch (S242) Connector. all pins.
Put Rear Wiper Switch in ON position. Locate Cab Harness-to-Roof Harness connector GO TO 8 .
(X006). Check for battery voltage at terminal G of harness connector.
NOT OK: Low or no
Put Rear Wiper Switch in WASH position. Locate Cab Harness-to-Chassis Harness voltage indicated on
connector (X005) and check for battery voltage on terminal B3 of harness connector. terminal A of Rear Wiper
Switch connector. Check
NOTE: See SE2a Wiper System Circuits, (Reference 240-25-020a). for opens or high
resistance on circuit 232.
GO TO 2 . 212
30
terminal G of Cab
Harness-to-Roof Harness
connector. Check for
opens or high resistance
on circuit 244 or repair
Rear Wiper Switch as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Low or no

terminal B3 of Cab
Harness-to-Chassis
Harness connector.
Check for opens or high
resistance on circuit 239
or repair Rear Wiper
Switch as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1005
Operator Station
7 Check Roof Harness Access the Cab Harness-to-Roof Harness (X006) connector located at the top of the OK: Voltage on all
Connector right-rear corner post of the interior of the cab. terminals in
corresponding switch
Disconnect the Cab Harness-to-Roof Harness connector. Place Key Switch (S001) in positions.
RUN position.
GO TO 11 .
Perform the following diagnostic checks:
NOT OK: Low or no
1. With Front Wiper Switch (S241) in OFF, check for voltage on terminal E of (X006) voltage on terminal E in
Harness connector. ALL position. Repair
2. With Front Wiper Switch in LOW, check for voltage on terminal E and D of (X006) circuit 232 back to Wiper
Harness connector. Circuit Relay (K24) as
212 3. With Front Wiper Switch in HIGH, check for voltage on terminals E and C of (X006) necessary.
30 Harness connector.
14 4. With Front Wiper Switch in INTERMITTENT, check for voltage on terminal D of GO TO 2 .
(X006) Harness connector.
NOTE: With the tractor in PARK and the wiper switch in the INTERMITTENT NOT OK: Low or no
position, voltage reading on terminal “D” with will be pulsing on a 12 second voltage on terminal D in
interval. LOW position.
See Cab Harness (—009999), (Reference 240-25-026) or Cab Harness (010001—), GO TO 9 .

(See Reference 240-25-055), (See Reference 240-25-055).
NOT OK: Low or no
voltage on terminal C in
HIGH position.
GO TO 9 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage on terminal D in
INTERMITTENT position.
GO TO 10 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1006
Operator Station
8 Check Rear Perform the following checks for: OK: Voltage indicated at
Wiper/Washer circuit 244 connection.
• Rear Wiper Motor (M241) Continuity to ground.
– Locate the Rear Wiper Motor at the top of the rear of the cab. Put Rear Wiper Replace Rear Wiper
Switch (S242) in ON or WASH position. Access Rear Wiper Motor and check for Motor.
continuity to ground on circuit 010, and battery voltage on terminal A of circuit 244
connection to motor. GO TO 2 .
• Rear Washer Pump (M242)
– Put Rear Wiper Switch in WASH position. Locate the Rear Washer Pump on left OK: Voltage indicated at
side of tractor, mounted on the outside of the frame directly below the hood circuit 239 connection.
release. Check for battery voltage on terminal A of circuit 239 connection to pump. Continuity to ground.
Check for continuity to ground on circuit 010. Replace Rear Washer
NOTE: See Wiper and Seat Control Circuits (SE2), (Reference 240-25-003). Pump. 212
30
GO TO 2 . 15
NOT OK: Low or no

circuit 244 connection to
Rear Wiper Motor. Repair
circuit 244 back to Cab to
Roof Harness connector
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Low or no

circuit 239. Repair circuit
239 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .

GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1007
Operator Station
9 Check Front Wiper Access Front Wiper Switch (S241) in right hand console and disconnect the switch OK: Battery voltage
Switch connector. indicated on B+ terminal
of Front Wiper Switch
Check for battery voltage on B+ terminal of Front Wiper Switch connector. Connector. Continuity
between terminals in
Put Switch in LOW position. Check for continuity from B+ terminal to terminal 2. LOW position. Repair
Put Switch in HIGH position. Check for continuity from B+ terminal to terminal 3.
GO TO 2 .
NOTE: See Wiper and Seat Control Circuits (SE2), (Reference 240-25-003).
OK: Battery voltage
See SE2a Wiper System Circuits, (Reference 240-25-020a). indicated on B+ terminal
212 of Front Wiper Switch
30 Connector. Continuity
16 between terminals in
HIGH position. Repair
GO TO 2 .

between terminal B+ and
terminals 2 and 3 and
their corresponding switch
positions. Replace Front
Wiper Switch.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
10 Check Enable Relay Low or no voltage is indicated on terminal D of Cab Harness-to-Roof Harness OK: All voltages good.
connector (X006). Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and Front Wiper Switch Continuity to ground on
(S241) in INTERMITTENT position. Check for battery voltage from pin 87 of Enable 85. Repair circuit 229 as
Relay (K26) to B terminal of Front Wiper Motor. necessary.
NOTE: With the tractor in PARK and the wiper switch in the INTERMITTENT position, GO TO 2 .
voltage reading on terminal D with will be pulsing on a 12 second interval.
NOT OK: Voltage
Remove Enable Relay and check for voltage on pin 86. Check for continuity to ground indicated on terminal 30.
from pin 85 to Single Point Ground on circuit 050. Check for pulsed voltage at pin 30. No voltage indicated from
terminal 87 to terminal B
of motor. Replace Enable
Relay or repair circuit 229
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage

Front Wiper Switch as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage

GO TO 12 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1008
Operator Station
11 Check Front Wiper Disconnect Front Wiper Motor (M240) connecting harness. OK: All voltages good.
Motor Continuity to ground.
With Key Switch (S001) in RUN position, operate Front Wiper Switch (S241) in LOW, Replace Front Wiper
HIGH and INTERMITTENT positions. Motor.
Check for battery voltage on Front Wiper Motor connector terminals corresponding with GO TO 2 .
the following switch positions.
NOT OK: No voltage
Front Wiper Switch Position Wiper Motor Connector Pin(s) indicated on terminal A of
OFF ............................................................................................................................ A connector. Repair circuit
LOW ........................................................................................................................ A/B 232 as necessary.
HIGH ....................................................................................................................... A/C
INTERMITTENT ...................................................................................................... A/B GO TO 2 . 212
30
Check for continuity to ground on circuit 010 from Front Wiper Motor. NOT OK: No voltage 17
indicated on terminal B of
NOTE: With transmission in PARK and wiper switch in INTERMITTENT position, connector. Repair circuit
voltage readings on terminal B will be pulsing on a twelve second interval. 229 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated on terminal C of
224 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .

GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1009
Operator Station
12 Check Pulse Relay Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and Front Wiper Switch (S241) in OK: Intermittent mode
INTERMITTENT position. operational with new
relay. Replace Relay K25.
NOTE: When tractor is in PARK, and wiper switch in INTERMITTENT, voltage at relay
terminal 30 will pulse on at a 12 second interval. GO TO 2 .
Remove Pulse Relay (K25). NOT OK: No voltage

Check for battery voltage on socket terminal 87. Repair circuit 232 or
Check for pulsed voltage on socket terminal 30 of K26. necessary.
212 With Key Switch in OFF position, check terminal 85 for continuity to the CCU (X991-2 GO TO 2 .
30 pin X1). While tractor is in PARK, CCU will ground circuit 243 from Pulse Relay (K25)
18 on 12 second intervals to create pulse effect. There should be battery voltage on NOT OK: No voltage
circuit 243 when closed. indicated on terminal 86.
Repair circuit 072 back to
NOTE: See SE2a Wiper System Circuits, (Reference 240-25-020a). ELX Relay (K15) as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No voltage

indicated on terminal 30
of K26 relay. Repair
circuit 233 between K25
and K26 relays as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Constant open

circuit indicated from
terminal 85 to CCU
Connecting Harness
X991-2 pin X1. Repair
GO TO 13 .
– – –1/1
13 Check Intermittent Access ICU Address 05 and perform Wiper Switch Test in Reference Field Cruise, OK: Wiper
Signal Wiper and Light Switches Tests. See ICU Addresses (Reference 245-ICU-001). INTERMITTENT switch
Toggle Front Wiper Switch between OFF and INTERMITTENT position. Watch status toggles between ON and
of Address 5 change when switch position is OFF or in INTERMITTENT mode. OFF.
Wiper Switch - Intermittent GO TO 2 .

INTERMITTENT mode ON .................................................................................... X1X
INTERMITTENT mode OFF .................................................................................. X0X NOT OK: ICU Address
05 OK. Repair CCD Bus
NOTE: Pin 85 of Pulse Relay (K25) is grounded within the CCU. The CCU operates as necessary. Check for
the Intermittent function of the Front Wiper Switch (S241) by sensing wheel speed. By related CCD code.
grounding circuit 243 intermittently, the CCU creates the “pulse” of relay K25.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No status

change in ICU Address
05. Repair circuit 235 or
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1010
Operator Station
14 Check Wiper Arm Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and Front Wiper Switch (S241) in LOW IF OK: Circuit 234 is
PARK Position position. good. Continuity from
terminals P to L on Front
Perform the following test procedure: Wiper Switch. Battery
1. Disconnect Front Wiper Motor harness connector and check for battery voltage on terminal A of Front Wiper
terminal A of harness connector. Motor. Replace Front
2. Disconnect Front Wiper Switch connector. Check for continuity between switch Wiper Motor.
terminals P and L.
3. Check circuit 234 from terminal D of Front Wiper Motor to terminal P of Front Wiper GO TO 2 .
Switch using the Seven Step Electrical Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009).
NOT OK: Front Wiper
Motor will not work in 212
LOW position. Repair 30
circuit 229 as necessary. 19
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Low or no

voltage on terminal A of
Front Wiper Motor
Connector. Repair circuit
232 as necessary.
GO TO 2 .

indicated from terminal P
to terminal L. Replace
Front Wiper Switch.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Circuit 234

from terminal D to
terminal P not OK. Repair
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1011
Operator Station
Dust In Cab
OURX908,0000437 –19–10JUN04–1/1
212 customer for resolution of unrelated codes. See additional references for code descriptions.
30
20

• SE3a-SE3b Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning System (HVAC) Schematic (—009999), (See Reference
240-25-004).
• SE3a-SE3b Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning System (HVAC) Schematic (010001—), (See Reference
240-25-044).
• SE1 Power Supply, Starting and Charging Systems Circuits (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-051).
• SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-021a).
• SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-052a).
• SE3b CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (ATC) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-021b)
• SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-052b).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1012
Operator Station
1 Preliminary Inspect tractor cab door for: OK: All items good.
Operational Checks
• Gasket seal condition. GO TO 2 .
• Latch adjustment.
NOT OK: Window and/or
Inspect rear cab window for: door gaskets bad.
Replace as necessary.
• Gasket seal condition.
• Latch engagement. GO TO 2 .
Inspect tractor cab air filter. NOT OK: Window and/or

door latch out of
adjustment. Service or 212
repair as necessary. 30
21
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Cab air filter

dirty. Service or replace
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Check Key Switch Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and listen for Warning Horn (H200) “beep”. If OK: All tractors except
ELX Relay (K15) Warning Horn “beeps”, Fuse Link (F001), Fuse F18, Key Switch and ELX Relay (K15) ATC from 010001—. . . .
are good.
Warning Horn “beeps”.
NOTE: SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting Schematic (See Reference
240-25-002). GO TO 3 .
OK: Tractors with ATC

from 010001—. . . . .
Warning horn “beeps”.
GO TO 14 .

does not “beep”.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1013
Operator Station
3 Check Pressurizer The Pressurizer Blower Motor runs whenever the Circulation Blower Motor is ON. If the OK: Circulation Blower
Blower Motor Run Circulation Blower Motor runs but the Pressurizer Blower Motor does not, the Blower Motor and Pressurizer
Motor Switch, Circulator Blower Harness (3-WAY), Blower Motor Relay (K28) and Fuse Blower Motor run.
(F25) are good. Diagnosis complete.
Put Key Switch in RUN position. NOT OK: Circulation

Blower Motor and
Put the Blower Motor Switch in the LOW position. Pressurizer Blower Motor
do not run.
The Circulation Blower Motor should run.
GO TO 7 .
The Pressurizer Blower Motor should run.
212 NOT OK: Circulation
30 NOTE: See SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (—009999), ( Reference Blower Motor does run.
22 240-25-021a) or SE3b CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Circuits (—009999), (Reference Pressurizer Blower Motor
240-25-021b). does not run.
See SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—), (See Reference GO TO 11 .

240-25-052a) or SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—), (See
Reference 240-25-052b).
4 Check Key Switch 1. Remove and check F18 (30A). OK: Battery voltage on
Fuse F18 2. Check for battery voltage on terminal A of fuse F18 terminals. terminal A of F18. Fuse
3. Install a good fuse in F18 holder. does not open.
4. Operate Key Switch (S001). If fuse F18 opens again, there is a short downstream
from Key Switch. GO TO 5 .
5. If fuse F18 opens without operating the Key Switch, the short is between terminal B
of fuse F18 fuse holder and the Key Switch. NOT OK: No volts on
terminal A of F18. Repair
NOTE: SE1 Power Supply, Charging and Starting Schematic (See Reference circuit 002 as necessary.
240-25-002).
GO TO 2 .
NOTE: Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure (See Reference 210-15-009).
If Fuse F18 opens when Key Switch is operated, check the following circuits on terminal A of terminal
corresponding to the following Key Switch positions: F18. Fuse opens with
Key Switch OFF. Repair
Key Position F18 opens in Circuit Number Shorted to Ground circuit 012 as necessary.
ACCESSORY .......................................................................................................... 212 GO TO 2 .

OFF ......................................................................................................................... 012
RUN ........................................................................................................... 112/022/212 NOT OK: Fuse F18
START .............................................................................................................. 022/311 opens when Key Switch
is operated to all
positions. Check for
shorts and grounds on
circuits 112, 311, 212,
and 022. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1014
Operator Station
5 Check Key Switch • Disconnect Key Switch (S001) harness. OK: Battery voltage at
• Check Key Switch cab harness for battery voltage at terminals 1 and 2. terminals 1 and 2 and
• Key Switch in RUN position. Check Key Switch terminal 1 to terminal 4 for continuity at Key Switch.
continuity.
GO TO 6 .
240-25-002). NOT OK: No voltage at
terminals 1 and 2. Repair
circuit 012 between F18
and Key Switch.
GO TO 2 .
212
NOT OK: No continuity at 30
terminals 1 and 4. 23
Replace Key Switch.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
6 Check ELX Relay 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. OK: All check good.
2. Remove ELX relay (K15) and install DFRW130 in relay panel.
3. Check terminals 30 and 86 of socket for battery voltage. Key switch OFF, check GO TO 7 .
terminal 85 for continuity to ground.
4. Install relay in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87. NOT OK: No voltage on
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall relay in panel. terminal 30. Repair circuit
002 as necessary.
240-25-002). GO TO 3 .

112.
GO TO 3 .

Repair circuits 111, 050
and/or Diode V1 as
necessary.
GO TO 3 .

relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1015
Operator Station
7 Check Circulation Disconnect Circulation Blower Motor harness at motor. OK: Battery voltage at
Blower Motor terminal A and continuity
Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. to ground at terminal B.
Replace Circulation
Put Blower Motor Switch (S210) in LOW position (Standard) or Mode Switch (S220) in Blower Motor.
ON position (ATC).
GO TO 3 .
Check for battery voltage at terminal A of cab harness connector.
NOT OK: No or low
Check terminal B of cab harness connector for continuity to ground. voltage at terminal A.
NOTE: See SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (—009999), ( Reference GO TO 8 .

212 240-25-021a) or SE3b CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Circuits (—009999), (Reference
30 240-25-021b). NOT OK: No continuity to
24 ground at terminal B.
See SE3a HVAC System Circuits (Standard) (010001—), (See Reference Repair Circuit 010 to
240-25-052a) or SE3b HVAC CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—), (See ground.
Reference 240-25-052b).
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
8 Check Blower Motor 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and put Blower Motor Switch (S210) in OK: All check good.
Circuit Relay LOW position.
2. Remove relay K28 and install DFRW130 in relay panel. GO TO 9 .
3. Check terminals 30 and 86 of socket for battery voltage and check terminal 85 for
continuity to ground. OK: Terminal 85
4. Install relay in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87. continuity to ground good.
GO TO 9 .
NOTE: SE3a-SE3b Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning System (HVAC)
Schematic (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-004) or SE3a HVAC System Circuits NOT OK: No voltage on
(Standard) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-052a). terminal 30. Repair circuit
042 as necessary.
GO TO 3 .

072.
GO TO 3 .
No continuity to ground
GO TO 3 .

relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1016
Operator Station
9 Check Blower Motor Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position. OK: Battery voltage at
Switch terminal B of harness and
Disconnect Blower Motor Switch from the harness. continuity between
terminal B and terminal 1
Check for battery voltage at terminal B of harness. of Blower Motor Switch.
Place Blower Motor Switch (S210) in LOW position. GO TO 10 .
Check for continuity between terminal B and terminal 1 on Blower Motor Switch. NOT OK: No continuity
between terminal B and
NOTE: SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (—009999), (See Reference terminal 1 of Blower
240-25-021a) or (See Reference 240-25-052b). Motor Switch. Replace
switch. 212
30
GO TO 3 . 25
NOT OK: No or low

harness plug.
GO TO 10 .
– – –1/1
10 Check Circulator Disconnect Circulator Blower Harness (X211) (3-WAY). OK: Battery voltage at
Blower Harness terminal A. Check circuit
(3-WAY) Check for battery voltage at terminal A of cab harness. 282 from terminal A of
Circulator Blower Harness
NOTE: SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (—009999), (See Reference (3-WAY) switch harness
240-25-021a) or (See Reference 240-25-052b). to Blower Motor Switch
terminal B. (See
Reference 210-15-009,
Seven Step Electrical
Procedure). Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No voltage at

terminal A of Circulator
Blower Harness (3-WAY).
terminal A of Circulator
Blower Harness (3-WAY)
to Blower Motor Relay
(K28).
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1017
Operator Station
11 Check Pressurizer Disconnect Pressurizer Blower Motor harness connector at motor. OK: Replace Circulation
Blower Motor Blower Motor.
Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position.
GO TO 3 .
Put Blower Motor Switch (S210) in LOW position.
NOT OK: No or low
Check for battery voltage at terminal A of cab harness connector. voltage at terminal A.
Check terminal B of cab harness connector for continuity to ground. GO TO 12 .
Reconnect harness to Pressurizer Blower Motor. NOT OK: No continuity to

212 NOTE: SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (—009999), (See Reference Repair Circuit 010 to
30 240-25-021a) or (See Reference 240-25-052b). ground (W2).
26
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
12 Check Pressurizer 1. Put Key Switch (S001) in RUN position and put Blower Motor Switch (S210) in OK: All check good.
Blower Motor Relay LOW position.
2. Remove relay K30 and install DFRW130 in relay panel. GO TO 13.
continuity to ground. NOT OK: No voltage on
4. Install relay in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87. terminal 30. Repair circuit
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall relay in panel. 042 as necessary.
NOTE: SE3a-SE3b Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning System (HVAC) GO TO 3 .

Schematic (—009999), (See Reference 240-25-004) or SE3a HVAC System Circuits
(Standard) (010001—), (See Reference 240-25-052a). NOT OK: No voltage on
terminal 86.
GO TO 13.

Repair circuit 050 to
ground (W1) as
necessary.
GO TO 3 .

relay.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1018
Operator Station
13 Check Circulator Disconnect Circulator Blower Harness (X210) (4-WAY). OK: Battery voltage at
Blower Harness terminal C. Check circuit
(4-WAY) Check for battery voltage at terminal C of cab switch harness. 227 from terminal C of
NOTE: SE3a HVAC System Circuits-(Standard) (—009999), (See Reference (4-WAY) switch harness
240-25-021a) or (See Reference 240-25-052b). to Blower Motor Relay
(K30) terminal 86. (See
Reference 210-15-009,
Seven Step Electrical
Test Procedure). Repair
as necessary.
GO TO 3 . 212
30
voltage at terminal C of
(4-WAY). Repair circuit
227 from terminal C of
(4-WAY) to Blower Motor
Switch (S11) harness
terminal 1.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
14 Pressurizer Blower The Pressurizer Blower Motor should run whenever the heating/air conditioning system OK: Pressurizer blower
Check is ON. motor runs.
Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Pressurizer Blower Test (010001—), (See Reference Diagnosis complete.
290-15-023).
NOT OK: Corrected
pressurizer blower
problems.
Diagnosis complete.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1019
Operator Station
Operator Seat Problem (Air Seat)
OURX949,000029B –19–12DEC03–1/1
NOTE: Service code diagnoses may resolve this observable symptom and must be performed first. Consult with
30
28

• Power Supply, Starting and Charging Circuits (SE1) (See Reference 240-25-002).
• SE2b Wiper and Seat Control Circuits (See Reference 240-25-020b).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Inspect the following: OK: GO TO 2 .
• Area around the seat. Remove any items that might restrict seat movement or NOT OK: Repair as
adjustment. necessary.
• Wiring behind seat for damage. Repair or replace wiring as needed.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Key Switch 1. Turn key switch (S001) to RUN position. OK: GO TO 3 .

Operational Check 2. Operate accessory functions to ensure that the key switch is closed.
3. Check fuses (F18), (F38) and (F45). NOT OK: Fuse F18 good
and accessory functions
not working. Key switch
problem.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Fuse(s) open.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1020
Operator Station
3 Mechanical Check 1. Check mechanical seat adjustments for smoothness and full range of operation. OK: Diagnosis complete.
2. Raise the seat to full up and lower seat to full down using the Seat Height Control
switch (S931). NOT OK: Mechanical
• Raise Specification: With a 73-82 kg (160-180 lb) weight applied, seat should go seat adjustments not
from full down to full up in less than 85 seconds. working properly. Service
• Lower Specification: With no weight applied the seat should go from full up to full and repair as needed.
down within 55 seconds. See TM1623, Section 90,
Group 15.
3. Raise the seat to center of it’s travel range and bounce on the seat. The seat
should be free to travel up and down with little restriction. Repeat Step 3 .
NOT OK: Seat moves,

but not through it’s full 212
range or does not move 30
at all in one or both 29
directions.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
4 Operator Presence Access ACU Address 19 and perform Operator Presence Switch Test. See ACU OK: Operator presence
Switch Check Addresses (Reference 245-ACU-001). switch good. Diagnosis
complete.
Return to this diagnosis after test.
– – –1/1
5 Check Key Switch Check for battery voltage at key switch as follows. OK: GO TO 2 .
1. Disconnect key switch harness connector. NOT OK: No voltage at

2. Check battery voltage at connector terminals 1 and 2. terminals 1 and 2. Repair
3. With the key switch ON, check key switch terminals 1 to 3 for continuity. circuit 012 between Fuse
4. Reconnect key switch harness connector. F18 and key switch.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: No continuity at

terminals 1 and 3.
Replace key switch.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
6 Inspect Seat 1. Loosen top of seat boot. OK: GO TO 6 .

Suspension 2. Remove any foreign objects that could be interfering with the suspension operation.
3. Check scissor suspension for corroded, damaged or worn parts. NOT OK: Repair or
4. Visually inspect harnesses, shock absorber, air bag and lines for damage. replace as necessary.
5. Check for leaks in the air suspension components using a 50/50 mixture of soap See TM1623, Section 90,
and water. Group 15.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1021
Operator Station
7 Seat Electrical Check Perform Seat Electrical Test (Air Seat) (See Reference 240-15-015). OK: GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Repair as

necessary.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
212
30
30
122106
PN=1022
Operator Station
Operator Seat Problem (ACTIVE SEAT™)
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX949,000029C –19–19MAY06–1/1
30
31

• Power, Starting and Charging Circuits (SE1) (See Reference 240-25-002).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check If problem occurs after seat hydraulic system service or on a new tractor, air may be OK: GO TO 2 .
trapped in the pressure control valve. Manually purging the air from the valve is done
by accessing ASU Address 17 and performing Flow Control Valve Manual NOT OK: Repair as
Operation, (See Reference 245-ASU-001). necessary.
This will remove most of the trapped air. Driving the tractor in field conditions (for up to GO TO 2 .
an hour) will finish purging the valve. If conditions persist refer to the following
diagnosis.
245-05-001).
Inspect the following:
• Area around seat. Remove any items that might restrict seat movement or
adjustment.
• Fuses (F13), (F18), (F38) and (F45). Replace open fuse(s).
• Wiring behind seat for damage. Repair or replace wiring as needed.
• Accelerometer orientation. Accelerometer is easily installed upside down, if recently
replaced. Verify that arrow on side of accelerometer is pointing up.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1023
Operator Station
2 Operational Test Perform Operational Checks (ACTIVE SEAT™) (See Reference 290-10-004). OK: Diagnostic complete.
NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Air System Check OK: Seat operates

CAUTION: To prevent seat from lowering and causing injury use correctly.
tool before cycling seat. GO TO 6 .
212
30
NOT OK: Seat not
32
performing correctly.
1. Remove the actuator from the seat assembly.
2. Cap both ends of the actuator hydraulic hoses with -6 plugs (38H1146). GO TO 4 .
3. Cycle seat from Full Up to Full Down and back to Full Up.
– – –1/1
4 Suspension System Check the suspension system for: OK: GO TO 5 .

Check
• Bent/binding parts. NOT OK: Repair or
• Rusty or corroded pivot points. replace as needed.
• Debris or materials interfering with suspension travel.
• Excessive wear. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
5 Pneumatic System Inspect the following for any damage or leaks using a 50/50 mix of soap and water. OK: GO TO 2 .
Check
• Seat air compressor filter. NOT OK: Repair or
• Seat air spring. replace as necessary.
• Seat air lines.
• Seat air bleed valve. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
6 Hydraulic System Hydraulic problem indicated. OK: Seat hydraulics test

Test “good”.
Perform Seat Hydraulic System Test (ACTIVE SEAT™), (See Reference
270-15-050). GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Repaired as

necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1024
Operator Station
Power Mirror Malfunction
OURX908,0000628 –19–04MAR02–1/1
30
33
• Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (See Reference 240-25-006b).

• SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (See Reference 240-25-023b).
• Power Mirror Theory (See Reference 290-20-008).
• Power Mirror Circuit Drawing (See Reference 290-25-004).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Visually inspect tractor mirror and mounting brackets for damage. OK: Mirror and brackets
good.
Remove accumulated dirt and debris that could hinder mirror operation.
GO TO 2 .

mirror and brackets as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Power Mirror NOTE: Arrow on power mirror switch should point to right mirror. OK: Power mirror
Operational Check operates. Diagnosis
Operate power mirror switch (S107) in each position and watch for correct mirror complete.
movement.
NOT OK: Power mirror
does not operate.
See Power Mirror Circuit

Test (Reference
290-15-020).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1025
Operator Station
212
30
34
122106
PN=1026
Group 40
Power Take-Off
PTO Engages Aggressively
OURX949,000029D –19–16NOV01–1/1
40
1

– – –1/1
1 PTO Engagement NOTE: All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. OK: Diagnostics
Operational Check completed.
With engine running at slow idle and with a PTO driven implement attached, observe
PTO shaft while slowly engaging PTO lever. NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
PTO should engage smoothly without sudden jerking of shaft.

– – –1/1
2 PTO Clutch and Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Engagement Test, (See Reference 256-15-007) to OK: GO TO 1 .
Brake Engagement check for valve modulation.
Test NOT OK: Repair PTO
control valve and spring
as needed and then...
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1027
Power Take-Off
PTO Slips Under Load
OURX949,000029E –19–16NOV01–1/1
40
2

– – –1/1
1 PTO Operational NOTE: All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. OK: PTO does not slip.
Observe PTO clutch for slipping with normal rated load applied.
NOT OK: PTO slips
under load.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1028
Power Take-Off
2 PTO Clutch and Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Leak Test, (See Reference 256-15-008). OK: No leaks present.
Brake Leak Test
GO TO 1 .
OK: No leaks present,

symptom still exist. Cause
of failure can not be
isolated to PTO
clutch/brake control
circuit. Removal and
internal inspection of PTO
unit will be necessary.
Refer to repair manual 212
TM1623 for procedures. 40
3
NOT OK: PTO clutch
shows leakage.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: PTO brake

shows leakage.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
3 Clutch Leaks Possible areas of leakage in PTO clutch circuit are: OK: Leaks repaired.
• PTO control valve housing gasket. GO TO 2 .

• Clutch piston OD or ID packing.
• Output shaft sealing rings.
• Missing pipe plugs in PTO clutch housing.
Determine source of leakage and repair.
– – –1/1
4 Brake Leaks Possible areas of leakage in PTO brake circuit are: OK: Leaks repaired.
• PTO control valve housing gasket. GO TO 2 .

• PTO brake pistons scored.
• Sealing rings.
Determine source of leakage and repair.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1029
Power Take-Off
PTO Will Not Run
OURX949,000029F –19–16NOV01–1/1
40
4

• Install Test Equipment (See Reference 255-15-003).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks NOTE: All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. OK: Control cable
connected and
Check that control cable is moving PTO control arm on the side of PTO clutch housing functioning, symptom still
when PTO lever is being operated. exist.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Repair control

linkage as needed and
then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1030
Power Take-Off
2 PTO Operational Perform PTO Operational Check, (See Reference 256-10-003). OK: PTO functions
Check correctly, diagnosis
complete.
NOT OK: PTO will not

run.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Diagnose any

other observed symptom
discovered during
Operational Check. See 212
symptom list for other 40
PTO observable 5
symptoms.
– – –1/1
3 PTO Clutch and (Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Engagement Test , (See Reference 256-15-007) to OK: Clutch pressure
Brake Engagement check for clutch engagement pressure. present, PTO operates.
Test
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Clutch pressure

present, PTO will not run.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: NO clutch

pressure present when
PTO lever is engaged.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
4 Reasons PTO will Not • Mechanical failure within PTO clutch unit. OK: Repair as needed
Run With Pressure • Drive line failure between engine and PTO clutch unit. and then...
• Oil passages plugged within PTO clutch unit.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
5 Reasons For NO • EOV valve stuck in OFF position. OK: Repair as needed
Clutch Pressure • Oil pressure supply from transmission control valve obstructed. and then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1031
Power Take-Off
PTO Will Not Stop Turning
OURX949,00002A0 –19–16NOV01–1/1
40
6

• Access Control Unit Addresses (See Reference 245-05-002).
– – –1/1
1 PTO Operational Perform PTO Operational Check, (See Reference 256-10-003). OK: PTO functions
Check correctly, diagnosis
complete.
NOT OK: PTO will not

stop turning.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Diagnose any

other observed symptom
discovered during
Operational Check. See
symptom list for other
PTO observable
symptoms.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1032
Power Take-Off
2 PTO Clutch and Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Engagement Test, (See Reference 256-15-007) to OK: Brake pressure
Brake Engagement check for brake engagement pressure. present, PTO stopped.
Test
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Brake pressure

present, PTO will not stop
turning.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: NO brake

pressure present with 212
PTO lever disengaged. 40
7
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
3 Reasons For PTO Will • Failed PTO brake. OK: Repair as needed
Not Stop with • Warped PTO clutch plates and disks. Also check for brake piston malfunction. and then...
Pressure • Mechanical failure within PTO clutch unit.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
4 Reasons For NO PTO • Oil pressure supply from transmission control valve obstructed. OK: Repair as needed
Brake Pressure • Leakage within PTO clutch control valve. and then...
• Blockage of internal passages of PTO control valve.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1033
Power Take-Off
212
40
8
122106
PN=1034
Group 45
Selective Control Valve
Hose Ejects From SCV Coupler
OUO1052,00000A1 –19–15NOV01–1/1
45
1
This hydraulic failure may also be observed when a connected implement cylinder leaks down.

– – –1/1
1 Check for Trapped An internal leak can allow circuit pressure to build behind the coupling assembly. The OK: Test shows no
Pressure pressure forces the coupler assembly outward from the valve body until the locking leakage. Check for
balls disengage from the hose connector. sufficient slack in hoses
from implement and that
To check for this condition, perform the SCV Leak-Down Test in the SCV/Hitch Valve coupler lever is in latch
Leak Test, Reference 270-15-005. position.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Test shows

leakage.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
2 Inspect Drain Inspect the drain hose from the valve stack back to sump for any restriction or OK: No restriction is
blockage. evident.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Restriction has

been repaired. Check for
correct operation.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1035
3 Inspect Coupler Remove coupler assembly and inspect coupler O-rings and lip seals. (See Repair OK: No damage found.
Manual, TM1623, Section 70, Group 30.) Remove, inspect and
clean the load check
poppet, spring, and seat
for the appropriate port of
the valve. Repair/replace
damaged components
and check operation.
NOT OK: Damaged

components found.
Repair couplers and
212 check for correct
45 operation.
2 – – –1/1
122106
PN=1036
Implement Settles
OUO1052,00000A2 –19–15NOV01–1/1
45
3
This hydraulic failure may also be observed when an implement hose ejects from SCV coupler.

– – –1/1
1 Check for Trapped An internal leak can allow circuit pressure to build behind the coupling assembly. The OK: Test shows no
Pressure pressure forces the coupler assembly outward from the valve body until the locking leakage. Check for
balls disengage from the hose connector. To check for this condition, perform the SCV sufficient slack in hoses
Leak-Down Test in the SCV/Hitch Valve Leak Test, Reference 270-15-005. from implement and that
coupler lever is in latch
position.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Test shows

leakage.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
2 Inspect Drain Inspect the drain hose from the valve stack back to sump for any restriction or OK: No restriction is
blockage. evident.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Restriction has

been repaired. Check for
correct operation.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1037
3 Inspect Load Check Remove, inspect and clean the load check poppet, spring, and seat for the appropriate OK: No damage found.
port of the valve. Replace any damaged parts and reinstall assembly. (See Repair Remove coupler
Manual, TM1623, Section 70, Group 30.) assembly to inspect
coupler O-rings and lip
seals. Repair/replace
damaged components
and check operation.
NOT OK: Damaged

components found.
Repair load check/poppet
and check for correct
212 operation.
45
4 – – –1/1
122106
PN=1038
SCV(s) Does Not Work
OUO1052,00000A3 –19–28APR06–1/1
45
5

• Pump Control Valve (See Reference 270-20-005.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1039
1 Operational Check Determine the extent of this hydraulic system failure by operating each SCV in the OK: All SCV’s operate
stack. consistently. No problem
found. Release tractor for
• Record operating characteristics of each valve. service.
• Operate the Hitch Valve to full raise and lower.
• Connect a remote cylinder or implement to SCV 1 valve. NOT OK: All SCV’s fail to
• On the Set-Up Panel, set controls for all SCV’s to maximum flow for sufficient time operate but the Hitch
to completely stroke the cylinder. Valve does operate.
• Operate SCV 1 in extend and retract modes.
• Connect and operate each SCV in the stack above No.1 valve. GO TO 2 .
NOTE: An SCV which has not been operated for an extended period of time may not NOT OK: If all SCV’s and
212 flow due to sticking of the pilot valve(s). Removal and thorough cleaning of the pilot the Hitch Valve fail to
45 valve should correct this problem. operate.
6
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Only one SCV

does not perform.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Flow continues

until opposite direction is
commanded.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Flow stops

before detent time
expires.
GO TO 8 .
– – –1/1
2 Electronic The electronic commands to the Selective Control Valves are monitored closely by the OK: Codes are stored.
Communication SCU and SCo control units. If this were the cause of the operational failure, a service Follow diagnosis for code
code(s) would be stored. related failure.
See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, Reference 245-05-001. NOT OK: No codes are
stored.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1040
3 Power Check Check for magnetism in the SCV’s extend and retract solenoids using a mechanical OK: Magnetism is
stud/nail finder within 13 mm (1/2 in) of the solenoid coil, or a thin steel (.008—.010) present only while
feeler gauge blade (or equivalent) against the sides of the coils, when the control is command is active. The
moved to extend and retract modes. valve should be
disassembled to inspect
for failed or contaminated
components. (See Repair
Manual, TM1623, Section
70, Group 30.)

present even after flow
time has elapsed. Test 212
control circuit for shorts 45
and check for codes. 7
(See Recall, Record and
Clear Codes, Reference
245-05-001.)

not present. Test for
opens, shorts, and
grounds in coils and
circuits. Repair as
necessary and test SCV
operation.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
4 Check Pilot Pressure Low, or non-existent, pilot pressure will not shift the main spool in the SCV. Check for OK: Correct pressure is
pilot pressure. See Hydraulic Pressure Test and Adjustment, Reference available.
270-15-003.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Pilot pressure

is available but low.
Adjust as necessary and
retest.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Pressures are

very low, don’t exist, or
won’t adjust. Disassemble
valve to inspect for
debris, binding, and
spring condition. If valve
is in proper operating
condition....
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1041
5 Check Load Sense Check the load sense circuit for proper operation. The load sense signal from the valve OK: Circuit is in good
stack must be strong enough to cause the pump to go on stroke. Perform the Pump operating condition and at
Load Sense Differential Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-023. correct pressure.
NOT OK: Pressure can

not be adjusted to correct
value. Test for leaks in
the valve’s shuttle
system. Perform the
SCV/Hitch Shuttle (Dime)
Valve Test, Reference
270-15-019.
212
45
8 – – –1/1
6 Check Pump Control A faulty pump control valve is indicated. Disassemble valve to inspect for debris, OK: Control valve is in
Valve binding, and spring condition. (See Repair Manual, TM1623, Section 70, Group 10.) good condition. Inspect
pump’s stroking
mechanism for proper
operation. Reassemble
and test SCV operation.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Control valve is

faulty. Repair/replace as
necessary and test SCV
operation.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
7 Flow Direction Check An SCV which requires the control to be moved to the opposite flow direction to stop OK: No codes were
flow may be a result of: present. Disassemble
valve to inspect for
• The pilot valve is remaining open after solenoid is de-energized. damaged components or
• The electronic command is not interrupting as programmed. This may cause a code debris in failure mode
to be stored. (extend or retract).
• Shuttle valves under the logic plate (left side of valve body) are damaged,
contaminated, or sticking. NOT OK: Codes were
present. Follow diagnosis
Check for stored SCU/SCo codes (See Recall, Record and Clear Codes, Reference for code related failure.
245-05-001.) and then....
Perform the SCV Flow Resolution Test, Reference 270-15-006.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1042
8 Flow Path Check The flow path through the valve and implement’s circuits may be blocking due to: OK: If the symptom no
longer exists, check the
• Implement’s hose ends flow-checking. suspect valve’s couplers
• Inner layer of hose has separated. for internal leakage.
• SCV’s coupler with internal leakage will not maintain trapped oil to hold hose end Perform the SCV
open. Leak-Down Test in
SCV/Hitch Valve Leak
Connect hoses to another SCV and operate. Test, Reference
270-15-005.
NOT OK: If the symptom

still exists, the problem is
likely in the implement’s 212
hose. 45
– – –1/1 9
122106
PN=1043
212
45
10
122106
PN=1044
Group 50
Steering
Specifications
Flow Through SCV’s (270-15-022)
Minimum Flow Rate at 65°C Flow 141.0 l/m

(150°F) and 2000 rpm (37.0 gpm)
Priority Valve Differential and Relief 212

Pressure (270-15-027) 50
1
Differential Pressure 900—1280 kPa

(9—12.8 bar)
(130—185 psi)
Relief—Pressure 18000—18800 kPa
(180—188 bar)
(2600—2725 psi)
“PS” Port Pressure (270-15-024)
PS Port Pressure 1700—2100 kPa

(17—21 bar)
(245—305 psi)
RW39137,000052A –19–18SEP02–1/1
122106
PN=1045
Steering
Steering Wander or Drift
OURX908,0000718 –19–21MAY02–1/1
50
2

• Steering and Brake System Theory of Operation (See Reference 260-20-001).
• Cab Harness (See Reference 240-25-026).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Inspect tractor for: OK: GO TO 2 .
• Loose or worn cylinder pin bushings. NOT OK: Repair as

• Loose or worn connection between steering wheel, column and steering valve necessary, then....
assembly.
• Loose or worn tractor hinge pins and bearings. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check NOTE: Full left to right turn is normally 4.5 turns of the steering wheel with the engine OK: GO TO 4 .
running, without steering cylinder stop blocks. See operator manual for correct size
stop blocks for different tire sizes. NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
1. Start engine and turn full left and full right four times.
2. Set engine at 2000 rpm.
3. Turn steering wheel from full left to full right at a rate of one turn in five seconds.
4. Record number of steering wheel turns.
5. Repeat full left to full right turn at a rate of one turn in one second.
6. Record number of steering wheel turns.
NOTE: The number of steering wheel turns should be the same at slow and fast
operation.
7. Stop engine and check free travel of steering wheel from left to right of neutral.
NOTE: Free travel is excessive if total movement is more than 250 mm (10 in.).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1046
Steering
3 Steering Cylinder Check tension of steering cylinder piston to steering cylinder rod on each cylinder. See OK: GO TO 4 .
Tension Check TM 1623, 9100-9400 and 9120-9520 Tractors Repair, Section 60, group 15.
cylinders as necessary.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
4 Steering Cylinder Leakage past the steering cylinders may cause tractor to wander or not make a full OK: Steering Cylinder
Packing Leakage right or full left turn. Perform Steering Cylinder Leak Test, Reference 260-15-022. Leak Test is normal.
Check
GO TO 5 .
212
50
NOT OK: Steering
3
cylinders leak.
Repair/replace cylinders
as necessary.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
5 Steering/Gerotor NOTE: Hydraulic oil must be at least 60°C (140°F) before performing this check. OK: GO TO 6 .
Leakage Check Hydraulic oil temperature is displayed on the side panel when the PTO SPEED and
SRV HOURS touch switches are pressed at the same time. If hydraulic oil is below NOT OK: Steering
60°C (140°F), see Heating Hydraulic Oil, (Reference 270-15-100). anti-cavitation valves are
stuck, steering valve or
1. Remove steering wheel emblem. gerotor is worn or has
2. Start tractor and set at slow idle. excessive leakage.
3. Set steering wheel at full right position. Repair/replace steering
4. Use torque wrench to turn steering wheel full left with 12 N.m (9 lb-ft) torque. unit and bleed air from
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 in opposite direction. circuits.
6. Reinstall steering wheel emblem.
GO TO 6 .
There is excessive leakage if the steering wheel can be turned more than 3 turns in
one minute with oil at 60°C (140°F).
– – –1/1
6 Steering Free Travel 1. Start tractor and set at slow idle. OK: Steering is normal.
Sensitivity Check 2. Set steering wheel to center position. Release tractor to field.
3. Turn steering wheel left and right of center.
4. Record amount of free travel before tractor begins to turn. Diagnosis complete.
Free travel should not be less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) on each side of neutral or less NOT OK: Steering is too
than 20 mm (0.8 in.) total travel. sensitive. Replace
steering unit and bleed air
from circuits.
Repeat step 6 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1047
Steering
Steering Capacity Low or Stalls Under Load
OURX908,0000719 –19–21MAY02–1/1
50
4

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Check tractor for: OK: GO TO 2 .
• Hydraulic oil level. NOT OK: Correct

• Hose routing for pinching and restrictions. problems found.
• Proper loading. Tractor has appropriate amount of:
– ballast. GO TO 2 .
– air pressure in tires.
– fluid in tires.
– number of tires.
– equipment and implements.
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Verify tractor steering capacity low or stalls under load OK: Steering checks
good.
1. Start tractor and set engine at 2000 rpm.
2. Tractor straight and steering at neutral position. Diagnosis Complete.
CAUTION: Perform check in open area away from bystanders and NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
obstacles.
3. Turn steering wheel (QUICKLY) right or left. Tractor angle should follow the
operation of steering wheel.
4. Drive tractor at slow speed under load and repeat step 3.
It is abnormal for steering angle to stall, then catch up with steering wheel.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1048
Steering
3 Hydraulic Pump Perform Pump Standby and Stall Pressure Test, (Reference 270-15-021) and follow OK: Pressures and flow
Pressure and Flow reference path to Pump Flow from SCV (75 cc/rev pump) Test, (Reference normal.
Check 270-15-022) and Pump Load Sense Differential Pressure Test, (Reference
270-15-023). GO TO 4 .
Typical Stall Pressure Reading (270-15-021) NOT OK: Corrected

Pressure ...................................................................... 19700—2070 kPa pressure and flow
(197—207 bar) problems.
(2850—3000 psi)
GO TO 2 .
Flow Through SCV’s (270-15-022)—Specification
Minimum Flow Rate at 65°C (150°F) and
2000 rpm—Flow ................................................................................................. 141.0 l/m 212
(37.0 gpm) 50
5
Typical Load Sense Differential Pressure (270-15-023)
Typical Differential Pressure .............................................. 2800—3200 kPa
(28—32 bar)
(405—465 psi)
– – –1/1
4 Priority Valve Check Perform Priority Valve Test, (Reference 270-15-024) and follow reference path to OK: Priority valve checks
Priority Valve Differential Pressure and Steering Load Sense Relief Pressure normal.
Test, (Reference 270-15-027) and Brake “BRL” Load Sense Check Valve Leak
Test, (Reference 270-15-025). GO TO 5 .
Priority valve pressure readings (270-15-024): NOT OK: Corrected

priority valve problems.
Valve
PLD CFD PLD CFD
Condition GO TO 2 .
Typical Pressures
2340-2760
550-900 kPa
kPa
All at Neutral (5.5-9 bar)
(23.4-27.6 bar)
(80-130 psi)
(340-400 psi)
4830-6730 3030-3800
No.1 SCV kPa kPa
Flowing Oil (48.3-67.3 bar) (30.3-38.0 bar)
(700-975 psi) (440-550 psi)
18970-20000
kPa 3450-4490
No. 2 SCV at (189.7-200 kPa
Stall bar) (34.5-44.9 bar)
(2750-2900 (500-650 psi)
psi)
“PS” Port Pressure (270-15-024)—Specification

PS Port—Pressure ................................................................................. 1700—2100 kPa
(17—21 bar)
(245—305 psi)
Priority Valve Differential and Relief Pressure (270-15-027)—Specification

Differential—Pressure .............................................................................. 900—1280 kPa
(9—12.8 bar)
(130—185 psi)
Relief—Pressure ................................................................................ 18000—18800 kPa
(180—188 bar)
(2600—2725 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1049
Steering
5 Priority Valve Orifice Perform SCV/Hitch “EFL” Load Sense Check Valve and Priority Valve .036” OK: Orifice checks good.
Check Orifice Test, (Reference 270-15-026) and Load Sense Bleed Down Orificed Check
Valve Test, (Reference 270-15-028). GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: Corrected

priority valve orifice
problems.
GO TO 2 .
212
50
6 – – –1/1
6 Tractor Load Check Tractor may be over loaded. Perform Steering Preliminary Check, Reference OK: Tractor loading
260-05-001. normal.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Corrected

tractor loading.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
7 Steering Turn Rate Steering turn rate may be too slow. Perform Steering Turn Rate Test, Reference OK: Steering turn rate
Check 260-15-021. normal. Diagnosis
compete.
NOT OK: Corrected

steering rate problem.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1050
Steering
Intermittent Drag When Turning Steering

Wheel
OURX908,000071D –19–21MAY02–1/1
50
7

– – –1/1
1 Operational Check 1. Engine OFF. Turn steering wheel (slightly) until resistance is felt. OK: GO TO 3 .
2. Release steering wheel and observe left and right motion of wheel.
3. Steering wheel should spring in the opposite direction to neutral. NOT OK: GO TO 2 .
4. Repeat check at four points, 90° apart.
– – –1/1
2 Steering Column 1. Engine OFF. Loosen screws holding steering column and steering control support. OK: Drag is reduced.
Mounting Check 2. Turn steering wheel (slightly) until resistance is felt. Repair/replace steering
3. Release steering wheel and observe left and right motion of wheel. column parts.
4. Steering wheel should spring in the opposite direction past neutral (slightly) and
spring back to neutral. Is steering drag reduced? GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: There is debris

in the steering valve.
Disassemble valve for
inspection, cleaning and
repair.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
3 Steering Check 1. Start tractor and set engine at slow idle. Turn steering wheel (slightly) until OK: Diagnosis complete.
w/Engine On resistance is felt.
2. Release steering wheel and observe left and right motion of wheel. NOT OK: Repeat step 2
3. Steering wheel should spring in the opposite direction to neutral. with engine running.
4. Repeat check at four points, 90° apart.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1051
Steering
Loss of Power Steering and Brakes
OURX908,000071E –19–21MAY02–1/1
50
8

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks • Check hydraulic fluid level. OK: GO TO 2 .

• Inspect hydraulic system for leaks.
NOT OK: Fill hydraulic
system to proper level.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Repair system

leaks.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1052
Steering
2 Operational Check 1. Start tractor and note whether hydraulic oil reservoir lamp is OFF after system lamp OK: All checks good.
check.
2. Check hydraulic pump operation: Diagnosis complete.
• Move hitch control lever reward. Does hitch raise?
• Move SCV lever to operate a remote cylinder. Does cylinder extend and retract? NOT OK: Hitch, SCV and
steering do not operate.
3. Turn steering wheel and verify tractor does not have power steering. Manual brakes only.
CAUTION: Perform check in open area away from bystanders. Be GO TO Hydraulic System
prepared to push clutch in and shut engine OFF. Diagnosis, (Section
213-70).
4. Place transmission in first gear and release clutch. Verify tractor does not have
power brakes. NOT OK: No power 212
Steering. Hitch and SCV 50
operate. 9
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Priority Valve Check Check priority valve: OK: All checks good.
• Steering load sense valve stuck open. Perform Steering Load Sense Relief Valve GO TO 4 .
Isolation Test, (Reference 260-15-026).
• Stuck open to “EF” port. NOT OK: Repair/replace
• Restriction of the 0.78 mm (0.031 in.) orifice of priority valve. priority valve as
necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 Steering Valve Check Causes for no power steering are: NOT OK: Repair/replace
steering valve as
• Debris in 0.91 mm (0.036 in.) orifice in steering valve body. Inspect orifice for debris. necessary.
• Steering valve spool and sleeve stuck. Inspect spool and sleeve for scoring.
• Steering metering pump failure. Inspect pump for broken gears. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1053
Steering
Loss Of Power Steering (Brakes Are Normal)
OURX908,000071F –19–21MAY02–1/1
50
10

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks Inspect hose condition and routing from: OK: GO TO 2 .
• Priority valve to steering valve. NOT OK: Correct faulty

• Steering valve to Hydraulic oil filter. conditions.
• Steering valve to right steering cylinder.
• Between left and right cylinders. GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Start tractor and confirm no power steering. OK: Tractor has power
steering.
Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Steering Valve Check Causes for no power steering are: OK: Diagnosis complete.
GO TO 2 .
• Steering load sense valve relief stuck OPEN. Perform Steering Load Sense Relief
Valve Isolation Test, (Reference 260-15-026). NOT OK: Repair/replace
• Steering valve neutral spring is broken. Steering wheel should spring back to neutral steering valve.
from left or right rotation.
• Pressure, load sense or return passage is restricted. See Steering System GO TO 2 .
Restriction Test, (Reference 260-15-023).
• 0.91mm (0.036 in.) orifice in steering valve housing is restricted. Remove steering
valve for inspection.
• Pressure, load sense or return passage is restricted. See Steering System
Restriction Test, (Reference 260-15-023).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1054
Steering
Steering Is Slow, Sluggish Or Hard To Turn

(Tractor Moving)
OURX908,0000720 –19–21MAY02–1/1
50
11

– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Check tractor for: OK: All checks good.
• Proper loading. Tractor has appropriate amount of: GO TO 2 .

– ballast.
– air pressure in tires. NOT OK: Correct
– fluid in tires. problems found.
– number of tires.
– equipment and implements. GO TO 2 .
• Hydraulic oil level.
• Hose routing for pinching and restrictions.
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Verify tractor steering is slow, sluggish or hard to turn with tractor moving. OK: All checks good.
1. Start tractor and set engine at 2000 rpm. Diagnosis complete.

2. Tractor straight and steering at neutral position.
3. Turn steering wheel (QUICKLY) right or left. Tractor angle should follow the NOT OK: Steering is
operation of steering wheel. slow, sluggish or hard to
turn.
CAUTION: Perform check in open area away from bystanders and
obstacles. GO TO 3 .
4. Drive tractor at slow speed and repeat step 3.
It is abnormal for steering angle to stall, then catch up with steering wheel.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1055
Steering
3 Operational Check 1. Start tractor and set engine at 2000 rpm. OK: Steering operation
Continued 2. Tractor straight and steering at neutral position. improve with SCV
3. Engage SCV (without hoses in couplers). engaged.
4. Turn steering wheel (QUICKLY) right or left. Tractor angle should follow the
operation of steering wheel. GO TO 4 .
Does steering operation improve with SCV engaged? NOT OK: Steering
operation did not improve.
GO TO 5 .
212
50
12 – – –1/1
4 EFL Port Check Perform SCV/Hitch “EFL” Load Sense Check Valve and Priority Valve .036” OK: GO TO 2 .
Orifice Test, (Reference 270-15-026).
– – –1/1
5 Pump Flow Check Perform Pump Flow from SCV (75 cc/rev pump) Test, (Reference 270-15-022) and OK: GO TO 2 .
Priority Valve Test, (Reference 270-15-024).
NOT OK: GO TO 6 .
Flow Through SCV’s (270-15-022)—Specification
Minimum Flow Rate at 65°C (150°F) and
2000 rpm—Flow ................................................................................................. 141.0 l/m
(37.0 gpm)
Valve
PLD CFD PLD CFD
Condition
Typical Pressures
2340-2760
550-900 kPa
kPa
(23.4-27.6 bar)
(80-130 psi)
(340-400 psi)
4830-6730 3030-3800
No.1 SCV kPa kPa
(700-975 psi) (440-550 psi)
18970-20000
kPa 3450-4490
No. 2 SCV at (189.7-200 kPa
(2750-2900 (500-650 psi)
psi)
“PS” Port Pressure (270-15-024)—Specification

PS Port—Pressure ................................................................................. 1700—2100 kPa
(17—21 bar)
(245—305 psi)
– – –1/1
6 Hose Restriction Perform Steering System Hose Restriction Test, (Reference 260-15-023). OK: GO TO 2 .
Check
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1056
Group 60
Manual Shift Transmission
Specifications
Transmission Lube Pressure without

PTO
Typical Pressure without PTO Pressure at 38—52°C. (100—125°F). 100—170 kPa

(1000 RPM) (1.0—1.7 Bar)
(15—25 Psi)
Pressure at 65°C. (150°F). 70—140 kPa 212
(0.7—1.4 Bar) 60
1
(10—20 Psi)
Minimum Pressure without PTO Pressure at 38—52°C. (100—125°F). 310 kPa

(2000 RPM) (3.1 Bar)
(45 Psi)
Pressure at 65°C. (150°F). 240 kPa
(2.4 Bar)
(35 Psi)
Transmission Lube Pressure with

PTO
Typical Pressure with PTO (1000 Pressure at 38—52°C. (100—125°F). 90—150 kPa
RPM) (0.9—1.5 Bar)
(13—22 Psi)
Pressure at 65°C. (150°F). 55—120 kPa
(0.55—1.2 Bar)
(8—18 Psi)
Minimum Pressure with PTO (2000 Pressure at 38—52°C. (100—125°F). 280 kPa
RPM) (2.8 Bar)
(40 Psi)
Pressure at 65°C. (150°F). 200 kPa
(2.0 Bar)
(30 Psi)
Transmission System Pressure
Transmission System Pressure Pressure at (2000 rpm) 1775—1875 kPa

(17.8—18.8 bar)
(257—273 psi)
RW39137,000046D –19–19APR02–1/1
122106
PN=1057
Transmission Will Not Hold In Park (MST)
OURX908,0000438 –19–07NOV01–1/1
60
2

• MST Theory of Operation (See Reference 255-20-002).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks NOTE: All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. OK: Preliminary checks
OK. Controls and
Perform preliminary checks and check for: linkages are OK and
correctly adjusted. Cause
• Disconnected, broken or binding operating levers and linkages. of problem lies within the
• Other mechanical failures. transmission. Refer to
• Previous failures and repairs. repair manual TM1782 for
transmission removal and
Repair and adjust any abnormal conditions found. Refer to repair manual TM1782 for repair.
transmission adjustment and repair
NOT OK: Correct
abnormal conditions
including control linkage
adjustments per tractor
repair manual.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1058
2 Operational Check OK: Tractor PARK holds

CAUTION: Perform test in area clear of all bystanders and objects. on an incline, diagnosis
completed.
Drive tractor onto a steep incline that will allow tractor to roll a few feet. Move speed
lever (inside lever) to NEUTRAL and range lever (outside lever) to PARK. Release NOT OK: Tractor PARK
brakes, tractor should not coast or roll. does not hold, refer to
tractor repair manual for
internal repairs of park
components. After repair
repeat Operational
Check.
212
60
– – –1/1 3
122106
PN=1059
Traction or Hi/Lo Clutch Slips (MST)
OURX908,0000439 –19–12DEC03–1/1
60
4

• Heating Transmission Oil (See Reference 255-15-100).
• Diagnostic Receptacle Locations (See Reference 255-15-200).
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks NOTE: Check related Service Code, CCU 075, Traction Clutch Slipping Too Long. All OK: Preliminary checks
related codes must be resolved before proceeding. OK.
Perform Transmission Preliminary Checks, (See Reference 255-05-001). GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Made repairs

and or adjustments.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Access and note ECU Address 38, Clutch Slip Warning Set Count (MST only) and OK: Transmission does
ECU Address 39, Longest Period of Time Clutch Slipping (MST only). See ECU not slip.
Addresses, Reference 245-ECU-001.
Drive tractor at normal operating temperatures and conditions. If possible simulate
operating conditions when original symptom was discovered. With load applied, shift NOT OK: Transmission
Hi/Lo and check for slipping. slips.
NOTE: See Additional References for Heating Transmission Oil. GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1060
3 Transmission System Install test equipment, heat transmission oil and perform Transmission System Leak OK: No transmission
Leak Test Test, (See Reference 255-15-007). circuit leaks,
NOTE: See Additional References for Installing Test Equipment and Heating GO TO 4 .
Transmission Oil.
NOT OK: Pressure is
zero or very low.
GO TO Transmission
Lube Pressure Test,
(Reference 255-15-010)
and perform transmission
pump flow test, step 3 . 212
60
NOT OK: Leaks found in 5
clutch or two speed
circuits, repair and repeat
Transmission System
Leak Test (See
Then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
4 PTO Clutch and If tractor is not equipped with PTO option GO TO 5 . OK: No leaks found in
Brake Leak Test PTO clutch or brake.
Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Leak Test, (See Reference 256-15-008).
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Leaks isolated

in PTO elements, repair
and repeat PTO Clutch
and Brake Leak Test
(See Reference
256-15-008).
Then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1061
5 Transmission Lube Perform Transmission Lube Pressure Test, (Reference 255-15-010). OK: Lube pressure in
Pressure Test specification
NOTE: See Additional References for Installing Test Equipment and Heating
Transmission Oil. GO TO 6 .
Typical Transmission Lube Pressure Reading without PTO (1000 RPM) NOT OK: Make
Temperature Pressure necessary repair
38—52•°C .................................................................... 100—170 kPa indicated by results of
(100—125°F) (1.0—1.7 bar) test and repeat
(15—25 psi) Transmission Lube
65°C ............................................................................ 70—140 kPa Pressure Test. (See
(150°F) (0.7—1.4 bar) Reference 255-15-010).
212 (10—20 psi)
60
6 Transmission Lube Pressure without PTO—Specification
RPM)—Pressure at 38—52°C. (100—
125°F). .................................................................................................................. 310 kPa
(3.1 Bar)
(45 Psi)
Pressure at 65°C. (150°F).................................................................................... 240 kPa
(2.4 Bar)
(35 Psi)
Typical transmission Lube Pressure Reading with PTO (1000 RPM)

38—52°C ................................................................. 90—150 kPa
(100—125°F) (0.9—1.5 bar)
(13—22 psi)
65°C ........................................................................ 55—120 kPa
(150°F) (0.55—1.2 bar)
(8—18 psi)
Transmission Lube Pressure with PTO—Specification

125°F). .................................................................................................................. 280 kPa
(2.8 Bar)
(40 Psi)
(2.0 Bar)
(30 Psi)
– – –1/1
6 Transmission System Perform Transmission System Pressure Test, (See Reference 255-15-011). OK: System pressure in
Transmission System Pressure —Specification NOT OK: More than 100

Transmission System Pressure— kPa (1.0 bar) (15 psi)
Pressure at (2000 rpm) .......................................................................... 1775—1875 kPa above specification:
(17.8—18.8 bar)
(257—273 psi) GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1062
7 Transmission Oil Perform Transmission Oil Cooler Inlet Pressure Test, (See Reference 255-15-012). OK: Oil cooler differential
Cooler Inlet Pressure pressures correct.
Test NOTE: See Additional References for Installing Test Equipment and Heating
NOT OK: Make

necessary repairs as
indicated in test.
GO TO 8 .
212
60
– – –1/1 7
8 Test Summary If all transmission testing has passed and symptom still exist, cause of symptom is OK: Remove and inspect
within the transmission. internal components of
transmission. Refer to
tractor repair manual,
TM1784.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1063
Tractor Will Not Move (MST)
OURX908,000043A –19–10OCT02–1/1
60
8

• Heating Transmission Oil (See Reference 255-15-100).
• Diagnostic Receptacle Locations (See Reference 255-15-200).
– – –1/1
OK.
Perform Transmission Preliminary Checks, (See Reference 255-05-001).
GO TO 3 .

and or adjustments.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Start tractor and check for normal clutch engagement and function. OK: Tractor moves and
clutch functions normal.

move.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1064
3 Engagement Override Perform Engagement Override Valve (EOV) Test, (See Reference 255-15-013). OK: Engagement
Valve (EOV) Test Override Valve (EOV) is
NOTE: See Additional References for Installing Test Equipment and Heating functioning and pressures
Transmission Oil. are correct.
GO TO 9 .
NOT OK: Engagement

Override Valve (EOV) is
NOT stuck or sticking and
pressure is low or not
present.
212
GO TO 4 . 60
9
NOT OK: Engagement
stuck or sticking, repair
and repeat Engagement
Override Valve (EOV)
Test, (See Reference
255-15-013).
Then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
Leak Test Test, (See Reference 255-15-007). circuit leaks.
Transmission Oil.
NOT OK: Pressure is
zero or very low.
GO TO: Transmission
Lube Pressure Test,
(Reference 255-15-010)
and perform Transmission
Pump Flow Test, step 3 .
NOT OK: Leaks found in

clutch or two speed
circuits, repair and repeat
Transmission System
Leak Test, (See
Then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1065
Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Leak Test, (See Reference 256-15-008).
GO TO 6 .

in PTO elements, repair
and repeat PTO Clutch
and Brake Leak Check,
(See Reference
256-15-008).
212 Then...
60
10 GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1066
6 Transmission Lube Perform Transmission Lube Pressure Test, (Reference 255-15-010). OK: Lube pressure in
38—52•°C .................................................................. 100—170 kPa indicated by results of
(100—125°F) (1.0—1.7 bar) test and repeat
65°C ........................................................................... 70—140 kPa Pressure Test,
(150°F) (0.7—1.4 bar) (Reference 255-15-010)
(10—20 psi) then.... 212
60
Transmission Lube Pressure without PTO—Specification GO TO 7 . 11
125°F). .................................................................................................................. 310 kPa
(3.1 Bar)
(45 Psi)
(2.4 Bar)
(35 Psi)
Typical Transmission Lube Pressure Reading with PTO (1000 RPM)

38—52°C ................................................................... 90—150 kPa
(100—125°F) (0.9—1.5 bar)
(13—22 psi)
65°C .......................................................................... 55—120 kPa
(150°F) (0.55—1.2 bar)
(8—18 psi)

125°F). .................................................................................................................. 280 kPa
(2.8 Bar)
(40 Psi)
(2.0 Bar)
(30 Psi)
– – –1/1
7 Transmission System Perform Transmission System Pressure Test, (See Reference 255-15-011). OK: System pressure in

Pressure at (2000 rpm) .......................................................................... 1775—1875 kPa above specification:
(17.8—18.8 bar)
(257—273 psi) GO TO 8 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1067
8 Transmission Oil Perform Transmission Oil Cooler Inlet Pressure Test, (See Reference 255-15-012). OK: Oil cooler differential
Cooler Inlet Pressure pressures correct.
Test NOTE: See Additional References for Installing Test Equipment and Heating
NOT OK: Make

indicated in test then...
GO TO 9 .
212
60
12 – – –1/1
9 Test Summary If all transmission testing has passed and symptom still exist, cause of symptom is IF OK: Remove and
within the transmission. inspect internal
components of
Tractor Repair Manual,
TM1784.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1068
Hi/Lo Does Not Shift (MST)
OURX908,000043B –19–12DEC03–1/1
60
13

– – –1/1
OK.
If symptom is that tractor will not move, See “Tractor Will Not Move” observable
symptom (Section 212-60). GO TO 3 .
Access CCU Address 29 and perform Transmission Configuration to varify CCU is NOT OK: Made repairs
matched to transmission. See CCU Addresses, Refernece 245-CCU-001. and or adjustments then...
Perform Transmission Preliminary Checks, (See Reference 255-05-001).Check CCU GO TO 2 .

address 29, transmission configuration is "001".
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1069
2 Operational Check Perform Two-Speed Planetary (Hi/Lo) Operational Check, (See Reference OK: Display shows H and
255-10-002). L, Hi/Lo can be heard
shifting up and down.
Two-Speed shifts,
NOT OK: Two-Speed

does not shift.
GO TO 3 .
212
60
14 – – –1/1
3 Reasons Two-Speed 1. Faulty 2-speed (Hi/Lo) shift solenoid circuit: NOT OK: Repair as
Does Not Shift a. With key switch OFF check solenoid ground circuit needed and then...
for continuity to ground. Resistance should be less
than 0.5 ohms. Repair circuit if resistance is high. GO TO 2 .
If resistance is less than 0.5 ohms, continue to
1-b.
b. Install JDG774 Solenoid Test Harness in series
with two-speed solenoid and harness connector.
RW30377 –UN–03SEP96
c. Connect voltmeter to tap out of test lead.
d. Turn key switch to the ON position.
e. Hold Hi/Lo shift lever (C) rearward.
f. The display should read “Lo” and there should be
12.0 volts minimum at two-speed solenoid lead.
NOTE: With solenoid disconnected, the reading will

be inaccurate and not useful.
If voltage is below 12.0, test and repair circuit 579

between CCU and solenoid.
Then repeat step 2 .
2. Shift solenoid inoperative:
• Check for resistance across solenoid terminals (E).

Resistance should be 10—13 ohms. Replace
solenoid if resistance is out of specification.
• Check solenoid valve for sticking. Repair as
needed.
3. Pressure passage after solenoid valve to two-speed

clutch and brake release pistons is blocked. Repair
pressure passage.
RW22941 –UN–06MAY93
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1070
Transmission Hard to Shift or Grinds Gears

(MST)
OURX908,000043C –19–11NOV02–1/1
60
15

• Heating Transmission Oil (See Reference 255-15-100.)
• Install Test Equipment (See Reference 255-15-003.)
• Diagnostic Receptacle Locations (See Reference 255-15-200.)
• MST Theory of Operation (See Reference 255-20-002.)
– – –1/1
OK.
Perform Transmission Preliminary Checks, Reference 255-05-001.
GO TO 3 .

and or adjustments.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Operate tractor under normal operating conditions and temperatures, shift transmission OK: Shifting normal, NO
through all gears and check for hard shifting or grinding/clashing of gears. grinding or clashing of
gears. Diagnosis
completed.
NOT OK: Transmission

shifts hard or grinds
gears.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1071
3 Engagement Override Perform Engagement Override Valve (EOV) Test, Reference 255-15-013. OK: Engagement
Valve (EOV) Test Override Valve (EOV) is
NOTE: See Additional References for Installing Test Equipment and Heating functioning and pressures
Transmission Oil. are correct.
GO TO 9 .
NOT OK: Engagement

NOT stuck or sticking and
pressure is low or not
present.
212
60 GO TO 4 .
16
NOT OK: Engagement
stuck or sticking. Repair
and then perform
Engagement Override
Valve (EVO) Test,
Then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
Leak Test Test, Reference 255-15-007. circuit leaks.
Transmission Oil.
NOT OK: Pressure is
zero or very low.
See Transmission Lube

Pressure Test, Reference
255-15-010, and perform
Transmission Pump Flow
Test, step 3 .
NOT OK: Leaks found in

clutch or two speed
circuits. Repair and
repeat Transmission
System Leak Test,
Then...
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1072
Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Leak Test, Reference 256-15-008.
GO TO 6 .

in PTO elements, repair.
See PTO Clutch and
Brake Leak Test,
212
60
– – –1/1 17
6 Transmission Lube Perform Transmission Lube Pressure Test, Reference 255-15-010. OK: Lube pressure in
Pressure Test specification.
38—52 °C ................................................................... 100—170 kPa indicated by results of
(100—125 °F) (1.0—1.7 bar) test and repeat
65 °C ........................................................................... 70—140 kPa Pressure Test, Reference
(150 °F) (0.7—1.4 bar) 255-15-010.
(10—20 psi)
Transmission Lube Pressure without PTO—Specification

RPM)—Pressure at 38—52 °C. (100—
125 °F).................................................................................................................. 310 kPa
(3.1 bar)
(45 psi)
Pressure at 65 °C. (150 °F). ................................................................................ 240 kPa
(2.4 bar)
(35 psi)
Typical Transmission Lube Pressure Reading with PTO (1000 RPM)

38—52 °C .................................................................. 90—150 kPa
(100—125 °F) (0.9—1.5 bar)
(13—22 psi)
65 °C ......................................................................... 55—120 kPa
(150 °F) (0.55—1.2 bar)
(8—18 psi)

RPM)—Pressure at 38—52 °C (100—
125 °F).................................................................................................................. 280 kPa
(2.8 bar)
(40 psi)
Pressure at 65 °C (150 °F) .................................................................................. 200 kPa
(2.0 bar)
(30 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1073
7 Transmission System Perform Transmission System Pressure Test, Reference 255-15-011. OK: System pressure in
Pressure Test specification.

Pressure at (2000 rpm) .......................................................................... 1775—1875 kPa above specification.
(17.8—18.8 bar)
(257—273 psi) GO TO 8 .
212
60
18 – – –1/1
8 Transmission Oil Perform Transmission Oil Cooler Inlet Pressure Test, Reference 255-15-012. OK: Oil cooler differential
Cooler Inlet Pressure pressures correct. Adjust
Test NOTE: See Additional References for Installing Test Equipment and Heating transmission system
Transmission Oil. pressure as directed in
step 7 .
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Make

indicated in test.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
9 Test Summary If all transmission testing has passed and symptom still exist, cause of symptom is NOT OK: Remove and
within the transmission. Remove and repair transmission as directed in TM1623. inspect internal
components of
tractor repair manual,
TM1623.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1074
Transmission Jumps Out of Gear (MST)
OURX908,000043D –19–07NOV01–1/1
60
19

– – –1/1
OK.
GO TO 3 .

and or adjustments.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Drive tractor at normal operating temperatures and conditions. If possible simulate OK: Transmission does
operating conditions when original symptom was discovered. With load applied not jump out of gear.
observe transmission characteristics. Diagnosis completed
NOTE: See Additional References for Heating Transmission Oil. NOT OK: Transmission
jumps out of gear.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1075
3 Transmission Jumps Reasons for transmission jumping out of gear: NOT OK: Inspect and
Out of Gear repair cause of failure.
• Worn and or lose shifting control linkages, causing incomplete shifting position.
• Linkage and controls out of adjustment. GO TO 2 .
• Worn detent pawls and or cams.
• Weak or broken detent pawl springs.
• Worn synchronizer or collars in transmission.
212
60
20 – – –1/1
122106
PN=1076
Engine Stalls When Clutch Pedal is Released

(MST)
OURX908,000043E –19–07NOV01–1/1
60
21

– – –1/1
OK.
GO TO 3 .

and or adjustments.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1077
2 Operational Check NOTE: PTO OFF OK: Tractor will move in

(PTO OFF) all gears.
Operate transmission in all gears and determine if symptom is present in all gears.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Tractor engine

labors or dies in all gears.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Tractor engine

labors or dies in some
212 gears but not in others.
60 Problem lies within the
22 transmission assembly.
Remove, disassemble
and repair according to
Tractor Repair Manual
TM1782.
– – –1/1
3 Powertrain Isolation 1. Remove driveline between transmission and rear axle assembly. OK: Engine does not stall
Test 2. Start engine and run at slow idle. or load. Problem lies
3. Operate transmission in all gears and check for engine stalling and loading when within rear axle assembly.
clutch is engaged. Disassemble and repair
according to Tractor
Repair Manual TM1782.
NOT OK: Engine stalls or

loads when clutch is
engaged. Problem lies
within the transmission
assembly. Remove,
disassemble and repair
– – –1/1
4 Operational Check NOTE: PTO ON OK: Tractor will move in

(PTO ON) all gears with PTO ON.
Operate transmission in all gears and determine if symptom is present in all gears. Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: Tractor labors

or dies with PTO
engaged. Problem lies in
PTO assembly. Remove,
disassemble and repair
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1078
Section 213
SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
Contents
Page
Group 50—Powershift Transmission

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-50-1
PST System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-50-3
Major System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-50-3

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-55-1
213
MST System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-55-2
Group 60—Steering System

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-60-1
Steering System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-60-2
Group 61—AutoTrac Steering System

AutoTrac Steering System Diagnosis . . . . . . .213-61-1
Group 70A—Hydraulic System (Standard)

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70A-1
Hydraulic System Diagnosis (Standard) . . . 213-70A-3
Major System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70A-3
Group 70B—Hydraulic System (Scraper High Flow)

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70B-1
Hydraulic System Diagnosis (Scraper High
Flow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70B-4
Major System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70B-4
Group 70C—Hydraulic System (Ag High Flow)

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70C-1
Hydraulic System Diagnosis (Ag High
Flow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70C-3
Major System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-70C-3

ATC System Diagnosis (010001—) . . . . . . . . .213-90-1
Heated Seat System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . .213-90-5
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213-90-5
122106
PN=1
Contents
213
122106
PN=2
Group 50
Powershift Transmission
Specifications
Park Brake Manifold Release

Pressure (—002423)
Park Brake Release Pressure Release Pressure 3800-4800 kPa

(38-48 bar)
(550-700 psi)
Park Brake Manifold Release

Pressure (002424—011407)
Park Brake Release Pressure Release Pressure 22760 kPa

213
(227.6 bar) 50
(3300 psi) 1
Internal Park Brake Release

Pressure (011408—)
Park Brake Release Pressure Release Pressure 1590-1790 kPa

(15.9-17.9 bar)
(230-260 psi)
Maximum Pressure at 2000 RPM
Pressure Release Pressure 1930 kPa

(19.3 bar)
(290 psi)
Park Brake Relief Valve Pressure
Minimum Relief Pressure Pressure 21700 kPa

(21.7 bar)
(315 psi)
Continued on next page HP51992,0000E51 –19–17NOV04–1/2
122106
PN=1081
Lube Pressure
2000 rpm Minimum Pressure @ 40-50 °C 345 kPa

(104—122 °F)
(3.45 bar)
(50 psi)
Minimum Pressure @ 65 °C (149 °F) 240 kPa
(2.4 bar)
(35 psi)
Maximum Lube Pressure 830 kPa
(8.3 bar)
(120 psi)
213
50 Pump Flow
2
Minimum flow rate at 2000 rpm @ 40-50 °C (104-122 °F) 160 l/m
(42.0 gpm)
@ 65 ° C (150 ° F) 163 l/m
(43 gpm)
Transmission System Pressure Pressure at 1000 rpm 1590-1790 kPa

(15.9-17.9 bar)
(230-260 psi)
Pressure at 2000 rpm 1790-1930 kPa
(17.9-19.3 bar)
(260-290 psi)
Oil Cooler Flow
Flow Rate at 2000 rpm Minimum Flow Rate @ 65 °C (149 106.5 l/m
°F)
(28.0 gpm)
Park Brake Solenoid Resistance
Coil Resistance Ohms 8.0—16.0 Ohms
HP51992,0000E51 –19–17NOV04–2/2
122106
PN=1082
PST System Diagnosis
This procedure will check out the complete Powershift

Transmission System.
OUO1052,00000A4 –19–16NOV04–1/1
Major System Checks

213
Before You Start 50
3
NOTE: If Park Brake will not release and tractor needs to be moved, see Manual Release of the Park Brake (—
011407), Reference 260-15-046 or Manual Release of the Park Brake (011408—). Reference 260-15-048.
This procedure will check out the complete Powershift Transmission System. All Service Codes and apparent
Observable Symptoms should be resolved prior to performing this diagnosis. The procedure may also be used to
check out general tractor operation.
Always start with the first step and follow the sequence of Check and Result. Read each step completely before
performing the check. Concentrate only on the check you are performing and disregard signals from unrelated
components.
Complete all checks before making repairs unless instructed otherwise in the right column.
The engine and other major components must be at operating temperature for some checks.
CAUTION: Perform checks in an open area. Tractor may move when checks are made.
NOTE: ACU Address 24 must be configured to “000” for PST transmission before performing this series of checks.
• PCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (See Reference 245-PCU-300.)

• PST Transmission ISO Diagram (See Reference 250-25-002.)
• Transmission (PST) System Record Sheet (See Reference 250-15-201.)
• 18-Speed PST Operations, Test and Diagnostic Manual (See CTM280.)
• 18-Speed PST Repair Manual (See CTM 168.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1083
1 Preliminary Check Check the tractor’s physical condition and history of operation and service. OK: GO TO 2 .
Perform the Transmission Preliminary Checks procedure, Reference 250-05-001. NOT OK: Resolve all
related Service Codes
before continuing these
checks. Correct all
abnormal conditions,
then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Observe conditions and listen for unusual sounds while tractor is running. Leakage or OK: GO TO 3 .
mechanical problems may become apparent.
213
NOT OK: Resolve all
50
Perform the Transmission Operational Checks procedure, Reference 250-10-001. related Service Codes
4
checks. Correct all
CAUTION: Beware of moving or rotating parts and stay well clear. abnormal conditions,
then....
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Transmission Filter Ensure the transmission indicators, sensor, and circuits are working correctly to warn OK: GO TO 4 .
Checks the operator of problems that may exist.
NOT OK: Replace or
Perform the Transmission Filter Checks, Reference 250-15-003. correct components and
circuits indicating
problems, then....
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1084
4 Park Brake Circuits The park brake indicator is controlled by shift lever position. Check operation of the OK: Indicator function is
indicator. correct.
Tractors having external park brake disk and valve housing at input of front axle GO TO 5 .
housing:
NOT OK: Park brake
Perform the Park Brake System Test (—011407), Reference 260-15-045. circuits indicated a fault.
Repair as required then....
Park Brake Solenoid Resistance—Specification
Coil Resistance—Ohms .......................................................................... 8.0—16.0 Ohms GO TO 5 .
Park Brake Manifold Release Pressure (—002423)—Specification

Park Brake Release Pressure—Release
Pressure .................................................................................................... 3800-4800 kPa
(38-48 bar)
(550-700 psi)
Park Brake Manifold Release Pressure (002424—011407)—Specification

Pressure ........................................................................................................... 22760 kPa 213
(227.6 bar) 50
(3300 psi) 5
Tractors having park brake internal with PST transmission:
Perform the Park Brake System Test (011408—), Reference 260-15-047.
Park Brake Solenoid Resistance—Specification

Solenoid Coil Resistance—Ohms ........................................................... 8.0—16.0 Ohms
Park Brake Release Pressure (011408—)—Specification

Pressure .................................................................................................... 1590-1790 kPa
(15.9-17.9 bar)
(230-260 psi)
Maximum Pressure at 2000 RPM—Specification

Pressure—Release Pressure ............................................................................. 1930 kPa
(19.3 bar)
(290 psi)
Park Brake Relief Valve Pressure—Specification

Minimum Relief Pressure—Pressure ............................................................... 21700 kPa
(21.7 bar)
(315 psi)
– – –1/1
5 Transmission Control Transmission control is basic to shifting and engagement of clutches. Test the circuitry OK: GO TO 6 .
Circuits Check of the shift lever on the armrest and clutch pedal for correct operation. See
Transmission Control Circuits Test, Reference 250-15-015. NOT OK: If any display is
incorrect, check the shift
lever and clutch pedal
assemblies for proper
operation, connection,
and damage. Check for
PCU Service Codes and
resolve them before
continuing. (See Recall,
record and clear codes,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1085
6 Clutch Pedal The clutch pedal uses two switches and a potentiometer to help control modulation of OK: GO TO 7 .
Potentiometer Check the transmission clutches. (See CTM280, 18-Speed PST Operations, Test and
Diagnostics for additional information.) NOT OK: Repair or
replace clutch pedal
Perform the Clutch Pedal Potentiometer Test, Reference 250-15-016. circuits/components as
necessary. If the PCU
was replaced a full
calibration is required.
– – –1/1
7 Clutch Element The PCU commands to the transmission solenoids can be monitored at each shift. OK: GO TO 8 .
Command Check
213
Perform the Clutch Element Command Test, Reference 250-15-005.
50
6
– – –1/1
8 Transmission Control Each progressive shift of gears and engagement of clutch packs can be confirmed OK: GO TO 9 .
Solenoid Circuit using the display and lube pressure readings.
Check
Perform the Transmission Control Solenoid Circuit Test, Reference 250-15-017.
– – –1/1
9 PTO Clutch and If the tractor is not equipped with a PTO unit GO TO 10 . OK: GO TO 10 .
Brake Leak Check
Transmission system pressure is used to perform the Preliminary PTO Clutch and NOT OK: Pressure is not
Brake Leak Test, Reference 256-15-015. Specification: Pressure difference of 30 kPa within specification. See
(0.3 bar) (4.0 psi) or more indicates excessive leakage in element with lower pressure. PTO Clutch and Brake
Leak Test, Reference
256-15-008.
– – –1/1
10 Clutch Element Leak A series of shifts while observing lube pressure will indicate whether the internal OK: GO TO 11 .
Check clutches may be leaking. Evaluate how each clutch engagement affects it.
Lube pressure is typically 5 psi lower on a tractor equipped with a PTO.
Perform the Clutch Element Leak Test, Reference 250-15-007.

– – –1/1
122106
PN=1086
11 Transmission Lube Check transmission circuit for correct transmission lubricating pressure and pump flow OK: GO TO 12 .
and Pump Flow if the pressure is low.
Check
Perform the Transmission Lube and Pump Flow Test, Reference 250-15-018.
Lube Pressure—Specification
2000 rpm—Minimum Pressure @ 40-50
°C (104—122 °F).................................................................................................. 345 kPa
(3.45 bar)
(50 psi)
Minimum Pressure @ 65 °C (149 °F) .................................................................. 240 kPa
(2.4 bar)
(35 psi)
Maximum Lube Pressure ..................................................................................... 830 kPa
(8.3 bar)
(120 psi)
Pump Flow—Specification
Minimum flow rate at 2000 rpm—@
40-50 °C (104-122 °F)........................................................................................... 160 l/m 213
(42.0 gpm) 50
@ 65 ° C (150 ° F) ................................................................................................ 163 l/m 7
(43 gpm)
– – –1/1
12 Transmission A system pressure test proves the integrity of several internal components of the OK: GO TO 13 .
System Pressure transmission; pump, pressure regulating valve, shift valves, etc. It is also important in
Check troubleshooting other components receiving flow from the transmission (e.g. PTO).
Perform the Transmission System Pressure Test, Reference 250-15-008.
Transmission System Pressure—Specification

Transmission System Pressure—
Pressure at 1000 rpm ............................................................................... 1590-1790 kPa
(15.9-17.9 bar)
(230-260 psi)
Pressure at 2000 rpm ............................................................................... 1790-1930 kPa
(17.9-19.3 bar)
(260-290 psi)
– – –1/1
13 Transmission Oil Correct system oil pressure is necessary for proper performance and shifting of the OK: GO TO 14 .
Cooler Test transmission. Overheated oil loses viscosity, lubrication qualities, and pressure due to
increased “leaking”. The oil cooler helps maintain a good working oil temperature.
Perform the Transmission Oil Cooler Test, See Reference 250-15-010.
Oil Cooler Flow—Specification

Flow Rate at 2000 rpm—Minimum Flow
Rate @ 65 °C (149 °F) ...................................................................................... 106.5 l/m
(28.0 gpm)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1087
14 Summary of If all transmission and PTO checks, electrical and hydraulic, are normal at this step OK: All checks completed
Transmission and an operational problem has been corrected or there was no transmission and correct. Release
Testing operational complaint, the transmission is NORMAL. tractor for service.
If all transmission and PTO checks, electrical and hydraulic, are normal at this step NOT OK: Testing was not
and no repair has been made that corresponds to the customer complaint, heat the conclusive or a
transmission oil and repeat the test procedures. performance problem is
suspected. Heat
transmission oil to 65 °C
and perform checks
again.
– – –1/1
213
50
8
122106
PN=1088
Group 55
Specifications
System Pressure @ 2000 rpm 1780-1880 kPa

(17.8-18.8 bar)
(257-273 psi)
Transmission Lube Circuit Minimum

Pressure
Lube Minimum Pressure w/o PTO @ 38-52 °C (100-125 °F) 310 kPa
(3.1 bar)
213
(45 psi) 55
@ 65 °C (150 °F) 240 kPa 1
(2.4 bar)
(35 psi)
Lube Minimum Pressure w/PTO @ 38-52 °C (100-125 °F) 280 kPa

(2.8 bar)
(40 psi)
@ 65 °C (150 °F) 200 kPa
(2.0 bar)
(30 psi)
RW39137,0000472 –19–19APR02–1/1
122106
PN=1089
MST System Diagnosis
This procedure will check out the complete Manual Shift

Transmission System and related components. All Service
Codes and apparent Observable Symptoms should be
resolved prior to performing this diagnosis. The procedure
may also be used to check out general tractor operation.
OUO1052,0000115 –19–07AUG03–1/1
Major System Checks

213
55 Before You Start
2
This procedure will check out the complete Manual Shift Transmission System and related components. All Service
Codes and apparent Observable Symptoms should be resolved prior to performing this diagnosis. The procedure
may also be used to check out general tractor operation.
components.
• Diagnostic Receptacle Locations (See Reference 255-15-200.

• MST Transmission ISO Diagram (See Reference 255-25-003.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1090
1 Preliminary Check Check all reservoir oil levels, condition of the oil and for hydraulic leaks with engine OK: GO TO 2 .
OFF and again with engine running. See Transmission Preliminary Checks,
Reference 250-05-001. NOT OK: Correct all
abnormal conditions
then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check Several Operational Checks will be made to discover and correct system problems in OK: GO TO 3 .
the quickest manner. See MST System Operational Check, Reference 255-10-015.
213
55
3
– – –1/1
3 Preliminary Record system pressure at transmission filter housing DR. See Install Test OK: Transmission
Transmission System Equipment, Reference 255-15-003. pressure warning is OFF.
Pressure Check
Transmission System Pressure—Specification GO TO 4 .
System Pressure at 2000 rpm at 38 °C
(100 °F).— ............................................................................................. 1730—1830 kPa NOT OK: Transmission
(17.3—18.3 bar) pressure warning is ON.
(257—273 psi) Recall codes and follow
the code diagnostic
procedure. See Recall,
Record and Clear Codes,
NOT OK: Pressure is

zero or very low. Perform
the ’Transmission Pump
Flow Check’ at Step 2 of
NOT OK: Pressure is

slightly to moderately low.
GO TO 4 .
– – –1/1
4 Clutch Circuit Leak Record system pressure at transmission filter housing with the clutch pedal up and OK: GO TO 5 .
Check again with the pedal down. See Install Test Equipment, Reference 255-15-003.
NOT OK: See
Perform Transmission Clutch Circuit Leak Test, Reference 255-15-023. Transmission Clutch
Circuit Leak Test,
• If system pressure at the filter housing changes 28 kPa (0.3 bar) (4 psi) or more, Reference 255-15-023.
there is excessive leakage.
NOT OK: Made a note to
• If pressure difference between filter and clutch port is 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) or repair after testing.
more, there is excessive leakage.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1091
5 Two-Speed Leak Record lube pressure with two-speed lever in Lo-range and again in Hi-range. See OK: GO TO 6 .
Check Install Test Equipment, Reference 255-15-003.
NOT OK: See
Perform Transmission Two-Speed Leak Test, Reference 255-15-021. Transmission Two-Speed
Leak Test, Reference
• If lube pressure difference is greater than 20 kPa (0.2 bar) (3.0 psi) there is 255-15-021.
excessive leakage.
NOT OK: Made a note to
repair after testing.
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
6 Differential Lock Leak Record lube pressure with the differential lock disengaged and again with it engaged. OK: GO TO 7 .
Check See Install Test Equipment, Reference 255-15-003.
213
NOT OK: See Differential
55
Perform Differential Lock Leak Test, Reference 256-15-017. Lock Leak Test,
4
• If lube pressure difference is greater than 30 kPa (0.3 bar) (4.0 psi) there is
excessive leakage. NOT OK: Made a note to
• If pressure difference between system and differential lock operating pressure is 140
kPa (1.4 bar) (20 psi) or greater, there is excessive leakage. GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
7 PTO Clutch and NOTE: If tractor is not equipped with a PTO.... OK: GO TO 8 .
Brake Leak Check
GO TO 8 . NOT OK: See Reference
256-15-008.
Record system pressure with PTO clutch engaged and again with the clutch
disengaged. See Install Test Equipment, Reference 255-15-003. NOT OK: Made a note to
Perform PTO Clutch and Brake Leak Test, Reference 256-15-008.
GO TO 8 .
• System pressure difference of 30 kPa (0.3 bar) (4.0 psi) or more is excessive
leakage in the circuit with lower pressure.
– – –1/1
8 Clutch Lube Record lube pressure with the clutch pedal up and again with the pedal fully OK: GO TO 9 .
Reduction Valve depressed. See Install Test Equipment, Reference 255-15-003.
Check NOT OK: See Reference
Perform Traction Clutch Lube Reduction Valve Test, Reference 255-15-009. 255-15-009.
• Lube pressure should change more than 310 kPa (3.1 bar) (45 psi) at 38 °C (100 NOT OK: Made a note to
°F); 240 kPa (2.4 bar) (35 psi) at 65 °C (150 °F). repair after testing.
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1092
9 Lube Pressure Check Record lube pressure at 1000 rpm and again at 2000 rpm. See Install Test OK: GO TO 10 .
Equipment, Reference 255-15-003.
NOT OK: Perform the
Perform Transmission Lube Pressure Test, Reference 255-15-010. Transmission Pump Flow
Check at Step 2 of
Transmission Lube Pressure @ 1000 rpm — Typical Pressures Reference 255-15-010.
No PTO 38-52 °C (100-125 °F) ................................... 100-170 kPa

(1.0-1.7 bar)
(15-25 psi)
No PTO 65 °C (150 °F) ............................................... 70-140 kPa

(0.7-1.4 bar)
(10-20 psi)
With PTO 38-52 °C (100-125 °F) ................................... 90-150 kPa

(0.9-1.5 bar)
(13-22 psi)
With PTO 65 °C (150 °F) ............................................... 55-120 kPa 213

(0.55-1.2 bar) 55
(8-18 psi) 5
Transmission Lube Circuit Minimum Pressure—Specification

Lube Minimum Pressure w/o PTO—at
38-52 °C (100-125 °F).......................................................................................... 310 kPa
(3.1 bar)
(45 psi)
at 65 °C (150 °F) .................................................................................................. 240 kPa
(2.4 bar)
(35 psi)
Lube Minimum Pressure w/PTO—at
38-52 °C (100-125 °F).......................................................................................... 280 kPa
(2.8 bar)
(40 psi)
at 65 °C (150 °F) .................................................................................................. 200 kPa
(2.0 bar)
(30 psi)
– – –1/1
10 Transmission Record system pressure at 1000 rpm and again at 2000 rpm. See Install Test OK: GO TO 11 .
System Pressure Equipment, Reference 255-15-003.
Check NOT OK: Perform
Perform Transmission System Pressure Test, Reference 255-15-011. Transmission System
Transmission System Pressure—Specification 255-15-011.
System Pressure at 2000 rpm at 38 °C
(100 °F).— ............................................................................................. 1730—1830 kPa
(17.3—18.3 bar)
(257—273 psi)
NOTE: Transmission system pressure is typically 170-240 kPa (1.7-2.4 bar) (25-35 psi)
lower at 1000 rpm.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1093
11 Summary of • If all transmission and PTO checks (electrical and hydraulic) are normal at this step OK: All checks completed
Transmission and an operational problem has been corrected or there was no transmission and correct. Release
Testing operational complaint, the transmission is NORMAL. Release tractor for field tractor for service.
operation.
• If a note was made at a previous step to make a repair, make the repair at this time.
Repeat the transmission leakage, lube and system pressure checks, starting at step 1 .
• If all transmission and PTO checks (electrical and hydraulic) are normal at this step
and no repair has been made that corresponds to the customer complaint, the
problem is intermittent or the problem could be with the front or rear differentials.
a. Perform Axle Lube Oil Pump Pressure Test, Reference 256-15-001.
b. Repeat transmission troubleshooting procedure with transmission oil at a higher

temperature. Heat transmission oil. See Heating Transmission Oil, Reference
255-15-100, then....
GO TO 3 .
c. Depending upon the symptom reported by the customer and seriousness of the
213 problem, it is sometimes desirable to have the operator observe pressure gauges
55 taped to inside of the windshield during operation. E.g. Clutch and lube port
6 pressures.
d. If the transmission appears to be operating too hot, go to Transmission Oil

Cooler Inlet Pressure Test, Reference 255-15-012.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1094
Group 60
Steering System
Specifications
Brake Circuit Pressure
Brake Pressure Pressure—9120 and 9220 6900-9700 kPa

(69-97 bar)
(1000-1400 psi)
Pressure—9320, 9420, 9520, and 3800—6200 kPa
9620
(38—62 bar)
(550—900 psi)
Priority Valve Differential and Relief

213
Pressure 60
1
Priority Valve Differential Pressure 900—1280 kPa
(9—12.8 bar)
(130—185 psi)
Steering Load Sense Relief— 18000—18800 kPa
Pressure
(180—188 bar)
(2600—2725 psi)
Pump Stall Pressure
Pump Stall Pressure Pressure 19700—20700 kPa

(197—200 bar)
(2850—3000 psi)
Pump Standby Pressure
Pump Standby Pressure Pressure 3000—4800 kPa

(30—48 bar)
(550—700 psi)
RW39137,000054D –19–15SEP05–1/1
122106
PN=1095
Steering System
Steering System Diagnosis
This procedure will check out the complete Steering

System and related components. All Service Codes and
apparent Observable Symptoms should be resolved prior
to performing this diagnosis. The procedure may also be
used to check out general tractor operation.
OURX908,0000728 –19–15SEP05–1/1
Major System Checks

213
60 Before You Start
2
This procedure will check out the complete Steering System and related components. All Service Codes and
apparent Observable Symptoms should be resolved prior to performing this diagnosis. The procedure may also be
used to check out general tractor operation.
components.

• Steering and Brake System Theory of Operation (See Reference 260-20-001.)
• Priority Valve Theory of Operation (See Reference 260-20-002.)
• Steering Control Valve Theory of Operation (See Reference 260-20-003.)
• Steering Cylinders Theory of Operation (See Reference 260-20-004.)
• Secondary Steering Theory of Operation (See Reference 260-20-005.)
• Steering System ISO Diagram (See Reference 260-25-002.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1096
Steering System
1 Preliminary Check Check tractor physical condition and history of operation and service. OK: GO TO 2 .
Perform Preliminary Steering Check procedure. (See Reference 260-05-001.) NOT OK: Resolve all
and correct all abnormal
conditions then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Checks OK: GO TO 3 .

CAUTION: Perform checks in an open area, free of hazards and away
from other vehicles and bystanders. 213
NOT OK: Resolve all
60
Observe conditions and listen for unusual sounds while tractor is running. Leakage or 3
mechanical problems may become apparent. checks. Correct all
Perform the Steering Operational Check procedure. (Reference 260-10-001.) then....
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Pump Standby and NOTE: Check hydraulic oil temperature with the engine running. Press the upper and OK: Pressures are
Stall Pressure Check lower touch pad switches, second from rear, on the ICU console. If oil temperature is normal.
below 38 °C (100 °F), heat the oil when possible. See Heating Hydraulic Oil,
Reference 270-15-100. Steering system checks:
Perform Pump Standby and Stall Pressure Test, (Reference 270-15-021). GO TO 4 .
IMPORTANT: Stop engine immediately if pump Stall pressure is above 22000 kPa Brake system checks:
(220 bar) (3200 psi). GO TO Hydraulic Pump Load Sense Compensator Valve
Test, (Reference 270-15-018). GO TO 9 .
Pump Stall Pressure—Specification NOT OK: Excessive

Pump Stall Pressure—Pressure ....................................................... 19700—20700 kPa gauge needle pulsation or
(197—200 bar) Standby or Stall pressure
(2850—3000 psi) out of specification.
Pump Standby Pressure—Specification See Pump Standby and

Pump Standby Pressure—Pressure ...................................................... 3000—4800 kPa Stall Pressure Test,
(30—48 bar) Reference 270-15-021.
(550—700 psi)
Pump pressure should not pulsate more than 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1097
Steering System
4 Priority Valve NOTE: Check hydraulic oil temperature with the engine running. Press the upper and OK: All ’PLD’” and ’CFD’
Position Check lower touch pad switches, second from rear, on the ICU console. If oil temperature is pressures normal.
below 38 °C (100 °F), heat the oil when possible. See Heating Hydraulic Oil,
Reference 270-15-100. GO TO 5 .
Perform Priority Valve Test, Reference 270-15-024. NOT OK: Any ’PLD’ or
’CFD’ pressure does not
Record pressures for conditions in chart and compare to typical pressure. compare to chart.
Valve See Priority Valve Test,

PLD CFD PLD CFD
Condition Reference 270-15-024.
Typical Pressures
2340-2760
550-900 kPa
kPa
(23.4-27.6 bar)
(80-130 psi)
(340-400 psi)
4830-6730 3030-3800
No.1 SCV kPa kPa
213 Flowing Oil (48.3-67.3 bar) (30.3-38.0 bar)
60 (700-975 psi) (440-550 psi)
4
18970-20000
kPa 3450-4490
No. 2 SCV at (189.7-200 kPa
(2750-2900 (500-650 psi)
psi)
– – –1/1
5 Brake ’BRL’ Load NOTE: Check hydraulic oil temperature with the engine running. Press the upper and OK: No kick-back.
Sense Check Valve lower touch pad switches, second from rear, on the ICU console. If oil temperature is
Leak Check below 38 °C (100 °F), heat the oil when possible. See Heating Hydraulic Oil, GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: Replace check
Perform Brake ’BRL’ Load Sense Check Valve Leak Test, (Reference 270-15-025). valve in ’BRL’ port and
repeat step 3 .
With engine at 1500 rpm, there should not be any brake pedal kick-back when the
SCV is engaged.
– – –1/1
6 SCV/Hitch ’EFL’ Load NOTE: Check hydraulic oil temperature with the engine running. Press the upper and OK: Steering effort is
Sense Check Valve lower touch pad switches, second from rear, on the ICU console. If oil temperature is normal.
and Priority Valve below 38 °C (100 °F), heat the oil when possible. See Heating Hydraulic Oil,
.036 Orifice Check. Reference 270-15-100. GO TO 7 .
Perform SCV/Hitch “EFL” Load Sense Check Valve and Priority Valve .036” NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
Orifice Test, Reference 270-15-026. ’EFL’ Load Sense Check
Valve and Priority Valve
Steering effort should not change when one SCV is put at Stall mode. .036” Orifice Test,
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1098
Steering System
7 Priority Valve NOTE: Check hydraulic oil temperature with the engine running. Press the upper and OK: Differential and relief
Differential Pressure lower touch pad switches, second from rear, on the ICU console. If oil temperature is pressure is normal.
and Steering Load below 38 °C (100 °F), heat the oil when possible. See Heating Hydraulic Oil,
Sense Relief Pressure Reference 270-15-100. GO TO 8 .
Check
Perform Priority Valve Differential Pressure and Steering Load Sense Relief NOT OK: Differential
Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-027. pressure out of
specification. Replace
Priority Valve Differential and Relief Pressure—Specification priority valve spring.
Priority Valve Differential—Pressure ........................................................ 900—1280 kPa
(9—12.8 bar) Repeat Step 7 .
(130—185 psi)
Steering Load Sense Relief—Pressure ............................................. 18000—18800 kPa NOT OK: Relief pressure
(180—188 bar) out of specification.
(2600—2725 psi)
See Priority Valve
Pressure Typical Pressure Differential Pressure and
’CFD’ Port 18100 kPa Steering Load Sense
(181 bar) Relief Pressure Test,
(2625 psi) Reference 270-15-027. 213
’PLD’ Port 17200 kPa 60
(172 bar) 5
(2490 psi)
Differential Pressure 900 kPa
(9 bar)
(135 psi)
– – –1/1
8 Steering Turn Rate OK: Steering system is

Check CAUTION: Perform check in open area away from bystanders and normal.
obstructions.
GO TO 9 .
Perform Steering Turn Rate Test, Reference 260-15-021.
NOT OK: Steering turn
1. Set engine rpm at 1500 and drive tractor in first gear. rate is out of
specification.
2. Turn steering wheel at moderate rate to full turn against stop.
NOTE: Avoid heavy force against either stop at full turn. See Steering Turn Rate
Test, Reference
3. Turn steering wheel three turns in opposite direction at rate of one turn per second. 260-15-021.
Specification: Turn is normal if only light force is required to turn the steering wheel.
The turn is not normal if it feels like the steering wheel is being forced to turn (similar
to manual steering).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1099
Steering System
9 Brake System NOTE: If brake system check is not desired, GO TO 10 . OK: Brake pressure
Pressure Check normal.
Perform Brake System Pressure Test, (Reference 260-15-024).
GO TO 10 .
Brake Circuit Pressure—Specification
Brake Pressure—Pressure—9120 and NOT OK: Brake pressure
9220 ........................................................................................................... 6900-9700 kPa out of specification.
(69-97 bar)
(1000-1400 psi) See Brake System
Pressure—9320, 9420, 9520, and 9620 ................................................ 3800—6200 kPa Pressure Test, Reference
(38—62 bar) 260-15-024.
(550—900 psi)
– – –1/1
10 Summary of Steering The steering and brake system is normal if previous checks are normal and there was OK: Problem corrected.
Checks no operator complaint or a problem was corrected that relates to operator complaint.
213
Diagnosis complete.
60
Perform the steering and brake operational check before releasing the tractor for field
6
operation. NOT OK: Problem not
corrected.
If previous checks are normal and no problem has been corrected that relates to
operator complaint, heat hydraulic oil to 65° (150°F). Repeat this test procedure, GO TO 1 .
starting at step 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1100
Group 61
AutoTrac Steering System
AutoTrac Steering System Diagnosis
This procedure will systematically check out the AutoTrac

Steering system. This procedure will check out the
complete AutoTrac Steering System and related
components. All Service Codes and apparent Observable
Symptoms should be resolved prior to performing this
diagnosis. The procedure may also be used as part of an
overall tractor check out procedure.
213
61
1
OUO1045,0000148 –19–30JAN04–1/1
AutoTrac Steering System Diagnosis
NOTE: This procedure provides a GREENSTAR™ AutoTrac Assisted Steering System steering system checkout.
Service Code diagnosis may resolve problem and should be performed first. Consult with customer for resolution of
unrelated service codes.
• Steering System w/AutoTrac ISO Diagram (See Reference 260-25-003.)

• Recall, Record, and Clear Codes (See Reference 245-05-001.)
1 Preliminary Check Perform AutoTrac Steering System Preliminary Check, Reference 260-05-005. OK: GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Repair as

necessary, then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1101
2 Operational Check Perform AutoTrac Steering System Operational Check, Reference 260-10-005. After OK: AutoTrac operates
performing Operational Check, check for codes. See Recall, Record and Clear correctly. Diagnosis
Codes, Reference 245-05-001. If Codes are stored, see Service Code Descriptions, complete.
Reference 245-05-003, to determine if they are related to steering.
NOT OK: Codes stored.
Exit this diagnosis and
troubleshoot all related
service codes.
NOT OK: AutoTrac will

not activate.
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Turning the

steering wheel does not
deactivate AutoTrac.
GO TO 4 .
213
61 NOT OK: AutoTrac
2 activates, but does not
steer correctly.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Manual

steering operational
check problem. See
Steering System
Diagnosis in Section 213,
Group 60A.
– – –1/1
3 Auto Resume Switch Access ACU Address 32 and perform Auto Resume Switch Test, in Reference OK: Continue testing.
Check 245-ACU-001. See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002.
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Repair resume

switch circuit as needed
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1102
4 Steering Wheel 1. Start engine and set speed at 1000 rpm. OK: Both steering wheel
Position Sensor position sensor supply
Supply Voltage Test 2. Access SSU Address 05 and perform Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Supply voltage within
Voltage Test in Reference 245-SSU-001. specification while
connected
3. Access SSU Address 06 and perform Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 Supply
Voltage Test in Reference 245-SSU-001. GO TO 5 .
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. NOT OK: One or both
sensor voltage out of
Steering Wheel Position Sensor Voltage—Specification range while connected
Steering Wheel Position Sensor— but OK when
Voltage ................................................................................................... 4.50 V — 5.50 V disconnected. Replace
sensor assembly and
repeat this test with
connector connected.

range with connector
disconnected. 213
61
GO TO 7 . 3
– – –1/1
5 Steering Wheel 1. Access SSU Address 07 and perform Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Status OK: Both position
Position Sensor Test in Reference 245-SSU-001. sensors operate correctly.
Count Test
2. Access SSU Address 08 and perform Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 Status GO TO 8 .
Test in Reference 245-SSU-001.
NOT OK: Value out of
3. Alternate from one address to the other during testing to compare count values. specification or different
• Both SSU Addresses 07 and 08 should always read the same number (± 2). from each other.
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
6 Interchange Position 1. Interchange the two steering wheel position sensor connectors. NOT OK: Problem exists
Sensor Connectors NOTE: Be sure to clear all codes between each steering wheel position sensor in same address.
count test.
GO TO 7 .
2. Repeat Steering Wheel Position Sensor 1 Status Test at SSU Address 07 in
Reference 245-SSU-001. NOT OK: Problem moved
to the opposite address.
3. Repeat Steering Wheel Position Sensor 2 Status Test at SSU Address 08 in Indicates problem in
Reference 245-SSU-001. sensor. Replace sensor
assembly, then....
4. Observe if the problem has moved to the opposite address.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1103
7 Steering Wheel See Factory Installed SSU Wiring Diagram, Reference 245-SSU-300a, or Field OK: All circuits test good.
Position Sensor Installed SSU Wiring Diagram, Reference 245-SSU-300b, and test circuits for shorts, Replace the SSU and
Harness Check opens, grounds, and high resistance from the SSU to the steering wheel position calibrate control unit.
sensor.
GO TO 2 .

as needed, then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
8 Check Auto Trac Access SSU Address 28 and perform SSU Calibration in Reference 245-SSU-001. OK: System calibrates
Steering Calibration correctly, no problem or
213
complaint exists.
61
Diagnosis complete.
4
NOT OK: System
calibrates correctly and a
problem or complaint
exists.
GO TO 13 .
NOT OK: System does

not calibrate correctly.
Service Code generated
during calibration
indicating an angle
sensor problem.
GO TO 11 .
NOT OK: System does

not calibrate correctly.
Service Code generated
during calibration
indicating an EH steering
valve problem.
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1104
9 Steering Valve Access SSU Address 30 and perform Steering Valve Manual Test in Reference OK: Manual steering
Manual Test 245-SSU-001. operates correctly.
Replace SSU and
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. calibrate control unit. See
SSU Calibration at SSU
Address 28.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Harness

circuits found failed. Test
and repair as needed.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Manual

steering does not operate
correctly, harness circuits
test good.
213
GO TO 10 . 61
5
– – –1/1
10 Electro-Hydraulic Perform EH Steering Valve Manual Test, Reference 260-15-050. OK: Steering valve
Steering Valve operates correctly,
Manual Test replace SSU and
calibrate control unit. See
SSU Calibration in
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Replace the

Electro-Hydraulic steering
valve and calibrate
control unit. See SSU
Calibration in Reference
245-SSU-001.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
11 Steering Angle 1. Start engine and set speed at 1000 rpm. OK: GO TO 12 .
Sensor Supply
Voltage Check 2. Insert a good fuse in the F10, ’Diag’, slot. NOT OK: Repair as
indicated in test
3. Access SSU Address 04 and perform Sensor Supply Voltage Test. procedure and repeat this
test.
NOT OK: Circuits test
Steering Angle Sensor Supply Voltage—Specification good and supply voltage
Steering Angle Sensor Supply—Voltage ............................................... 4.50 V — 5.50 V still out of range. Replace
SSU and calibrate control
unit. See SSU Calibration
in Reference
245-SSU-001.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1105
12 Perform Steering Access SSU Address 09 and perform Steering Angle Sensor Output Voltage Test in OK: Steering Angle
Angle Sensor Test Reference 245-SSU-001. Sensor operating
correctly, and no
See Access Control Unit Addresses, Reference 245-05-002. problems were found.
GO TO 13 ....
If problems have been

detected and repaired.
NOT OK: Sensor found

faulty. Replace steering
angle sensor and repeat
this test. After repair....
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Circuits found

faulty. Repair as indicated
213 in test procedure and
61 repeat this test. After
6 repair....
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
13 Test Summary If no problems have been detected at this point, cause of complaint should not be fault NOT OK: GO TO 3 .
of electrical / electronic system. Heat hydraulic oil and repeat AutoTrac Steering
System Operational Check. If problem still exists, hydraulic or mechanical faults in
steering valve may be cause.
GO TO 2 .
See Heating Hydraulic Oil, Reference 270-15-100.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1106
Group 70A
Hydraulic System (Standard)
Specifications
74cc Pump Flow Through SCV’s

Without AutoTrac at 172 bar (2500
psi)
With AutoTrac at 138 bar (2000 psi)
and Steering Stalled
MST Transmission Typical Flow Rate at 1000 rpm and 83.0 l/m
65 °C (150 °F) (21.9 gpm)
Typical Flow Rate at 1500 rpm and 125.0 l/m
65 °C (150 °F) (32.9 gpm)
65 °C (150 °F) (44.4 gpm)
213
70A
PST Transmission Typical Flow Rate at 1000 rpm and 89.0 l/m 1
65 °C (150 °F) (23.5 gpm)
65 °C (150 °F) (35.8 gpm)
65 °C (150 °F) (47.0 gpm)
MST Transmission Minimum Flow Rate at 2000 rpm and 137.0 l/m
65 °C (150 °F) (36.0 gpm)
PST Transmission Minimum Flow Rate at 2000 rpm and 152.0 l/m
65 °C (150 °F) (40.0 gpm)
Load Sense Differential Pressure
Typical Differential Pressure 3000-3400 kPa

(30-34 bar)
(435-495 psi)
Pilot Port Pressure
“PS” Port Pressure 1700-2100 kPa

(17-21 bar)
(245-305 psi)
122106
PN=1107

Pressure
Differential Pressure 900-1280 kPa

(9-12.8 bar)
(130-185 psi)
Relief Pressure 18000-18800 kPa

(180-188 bar)
(2600-2725 psi)

213
70A “P” Port, Standby Approximate Pressure 3800 kPa
2 (38 bar)
(550 psi)
Pump Stall Pressure
“P” Port, Stall Approximate Pressure 20700 kPa

(207 bar)
(3000 psi)
RW39137,0000473 –19–28APR06–2/2
122106
PN=1108
Hydraulic System Diagnosis (Standard)
This procedure will check out the complete Hydraulic

System. All Service Codes and apparent Observable
diagnosis. The procedure may also be used to check out
general tractor operation.
OUO1052,00000A5 –19–28APR06–1/1
Major System Checks

213
Before You Start 70A
3
This procedure will check out the complete Hydraulic System. All Service Codes and apparent Observable
Symptoms should be resolved prior to performing this diagnosis. The procedure may also be used to check out
components.

• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), See Reference 245-CCU-300b).
• Tractor Hydraulic ISO Diagram (See Reference 270-25-002.)
• Brake System ISO Diagram (See Reference 260-25-005.)
• Hydraulic System Record Sheet (See Reference 270-15-201.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1109
1 Preliminary Checks Check tractor over for any obvious signs of problems. OK: GO TO 2 .
Perform Preliminary Hydraulic Check, Reference 270-05-001. NOT OK: Correct any
then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
2 Operational Checks Observe conditions and listen for unusual sounds while tractor is running. Leakage or OK: GO TO 3 .
213
NOT OK: See Hydraulic
70A
Perform the Hydraulic Operational Check procedure. (See Reference 270-10-001.) Operational Check,
4
CAUTION: Beware of moving or rotating parts and stay well clear.
– – –1/1
3 Hydraulic Filter Perform Hydraulic Filter Test, Reference 270-15-015. OK: GO TO 4 .

Sensor Circuit
Checks Hydraulic and filter lamps on ICU console should be OFF after lamp check cycle. NOT OK: See Hydraulic
Lamps should be OFF after running engine at 2000 rpm for three minutes with Filter Test, Reference
hydraulic oil temperature at, or above, 20 °C (68 °F). 270-15-015.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1110
4 Electronic Check of Perform the SCV/Hitch Electronic Test, Reference 270-15-016.

SCV and Hitch
Controls • Check SCU and SCo readout with engine OFF at Addresses 07 through 11.
SCV Lever Corner Post

SCV No. Address
Positiona Display
01 SCU 07 Neutral 003

Extend 004
Extend Detent 005
Neutral 003
Retract 002
Retract Detent 001
Float 000
02 SCU 08 Same display for each lever position as above
04 SCo 10 Same display for each lever position as above
– SCV lever should cancel out when time is set at 19 seconds or less. 213
– SCV lever should not cancel out when time is set at “C”. 70A
5
• Check SCU and SCo readout at Addresses 13 through 17.
SCV Corner
SCV
Address Lever Post Description
No.
Position Display
01 SCU 13 Neutral 100 Lever Centered

(000 will display until after initial
calibration)
Extend 110-199 Lever movement should change readout

When the lever is released, readout
should be “100” (neutral). the lever is
centered by spring force.
Extend 199 Maximum flow readout

Detent (maximum)
Neutral 100 or Lever centered

200 (or when lever is moved to opposite side
and released or Auto detent time expires)
Retract 210-299 Lever movement should change readout

Retract 299 Maximum flow readout

Detent (maximum)
Float FLO or Display is held until SCV lever moved out

200 of Float

• Check Hitch control display at Addresses HCU 03 through 13 with engine OFF.
HCU Control Moved Tachometer

Address Display
03 Console raise/lower switch at Center OFF

– – –1/2
122106
PN=1111
OK: GO TO 5 .
Console raise/lower switch at Forward Dn
Console raise/lower switch at Rearward Up
(Reference ACU when repair required)
05 Draft sensor voltage. (No load on Hitch) 1.5-2.2
06 Load/depth CCW. Number increases when load/depth 000

knob turned CW. (Reference ACU to repair) 010
07 Control lever full up. Number increases when 000

Control lever moved full down. (Reference ACU) 010
08 Hitch position feedback sensor voltage 0.5-4.5

Hitch full up, typical 0.98
Hitch full down, typical 4.09
09 Raise/limit knob CCW. Number increases when 000

Raise/limit knob turned full CW. (Reference ACU) 010
213
70A 10 Rate-of-drop knob CCW. Number increases when 000
6 Rate-of-drop turned full CW. (Reference ACU) 010
11 External raise/lower switch at neutral 001

External switch at up and a beep 010
External switch at down 001

External switch at down and a beep 010
13 Sensor supply voltage 4.8-5.2
• Check Hitch control display at HCU Addresses 07, 08, 17, and 18 with engine
running.
HCU Control Moved Corner

Address Post
Display
07 Control lever rearward, hitch full up 000

Control lever forward, hitch full down 010
08 Feedback sensor voltage 0.5-4.5

17 Hitch control lever at full lower with load/depth, raise/limit

and rate-of-drop knobs full CW. Slowly move hitch control
lever rearward. Readout should decrease as lever is moved
rearward and increase with forward movement.
When hitch control lever is at full up a number (e.g. 169) 000
will be displayed, then hitch valve goes to neutral.
18 Battery/system voltage. (Normal is 12.3-15.5) Voltage
–19– –2/2
122106
PN=1112
5 SCV/Hitch Pilot Perform the SCV/Hitch Pilot Pressure Test at ’PS’ Port, Reference 270-15-017. OK: GO TO 6 .
Pressure Check at
’PS’ Port 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
Pilot Pressure Test at
2. Engine at slow idle, then at WOT. ’PS’ Port, Reference
270-15-017.
Pilot Port Pressure—Specification
’PS’ Port—Pressure .................................................................................. 1700-2100 kPa
(17-21 bar)
(245-305 psi)
3. Pressure change from slow idle to WOT is usually less than 105 kPa (15 psi).
– – –1/1
6 Hydraulic Pump Load Perform the Hydraulic Pump Load Sense Compensator Valve Test, Reference OK: GO TO 7 .
Sense and 270-15-018.
213
Compensator Valve NOT OK: See “Hydraulic
70A
Check at ’P’ Port 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Pump Load Sense
7
Compensator Valve Test”,
Pump Standby Pressure—Specification Reference 270-15-018
’P’ Port, Standby—Approximate
Pressure ............................................................................................................. 3800 kPa
(38 bar)
(550 psi)
Pump Stall Pressure—Specification

’P’ Port, Stall—Approximate Pressure ............................................................. 20700 kPa
(207 bar)
(3000 psi)
– – –1/1
7 SCV/Hitch Shuttle Perform the SCV/Hitch Shuttle (Dime) Valve Test, Reference 270-15-019. OK: GO TO 8 .
(Dime) Valve Check
from ’P’ Port 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
Shuttle (Dime) Valve
Pump Stall Pressure—Specification Test, Reference
’P’ Port, Stall—Approximate Pressure ............................................................. 20700 kPa 270-15-019.
(207 bar)
(3000 psi)
2. Same pressure with Hitch at full UP position.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1113
8 SCV/Hitch Leak Perform the SCV and Hitch Leak Test, Reference 270-15-020. OK: GO TO 9 .
Check from ’P’ Port
1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See SCV and
Hitch Leak Test,
2. Engine at slow idle. Reference 270-15-020.
3. Stall pressure must be present at stall position of each valve.

’P’ Port, Stall—Appoximate Pressure .............................................................. 20700 kPa
(207 bar)
(3000 psi)
4. If difference between lowest and highest pressure (for all valves) is 300 kPa (3.0
bar) (45 psi) or more, there is excessive leakage at the valve with the lowest
pressure.
213
70A
8
– – –1/1
9 Pump Standby and Perform the Pump Standby and Stall Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-021. OK: GO TO 10 .
Stall Pressure Check
from ’P’ Port 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See Pump
Standby and Stall
2. Engine at 1500 rpm. Pressure Test, Reference
270-15-021.
3. Pump should not pulsate more than 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi).
Pump Standby Pressure—Specification

’P’ Port, Standby—Pressure ..................................................................... 3800-4800 kPa
(38-48 bar)
(550-700 psi)

’P’ Port, Stall—Pressure ........................................................................ 19700-20700 kPa
(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1114
10 Pump Flow Check Perform the Pump Flow from SCV (74 cc/rev pump) Test, Reference 270-15-022. OK: GO TO 11 .
from SCV
74cc Pump Flow Through SCV’s NOT OK: See Pump
Without AutoTrac at 172 bar (2500 psi) Flow from SCV (74 cc/rev
With AutoTrac at 138 bar (2000 psi) and Steering Stalled—Specification pump) Test, Reference
MST Transmission—Typical Flow Rate 270-15-022.
at 1000 rpm and 65 °C (150 °F) .......................................................................... 83.0 l/m
21.9 gpm
Typical Flow Rate at 1500 rpm and 65
°C (150 °F) ......................................................................................................... 125.0 l/m
32.9 gpm
°C (150 °F) ......................................................................................................... 169.0 l/m
44.4 gpm
PST Transmission—Typical Flow Rate at
1000 rpm and 65 °C (150 °F) .............................................................................. 89.0 l/m
23.5 gpm
°C (150 °F) ......................................................................................................... 136.0 l/m
35.8 gpm 213
Typical Flow Rate at 2000 rpm and 65 70A
°C (150 °F) ......................................................................................................... 179.0 l/m 9
47.0 gpm
MST Transmission—Minimum Flow Rate
at 2000 rpm and 65 °C (150 °F) ........................................................................ 137.0 l/m
36.0 gpm
PST Transmission—Minimum Flow Rate
at 2000 rpm and 65 °C (150 °F) ........................................................................ 152.0 l/m
40.0 gpm
– – –1/1
11 Pump Load Sense Perform the Pump Load Sense Differential Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-023. OK: GO TO 12 .
Differential Pressure
Check 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See Pump
Load Sense Differential
2. ’P’ port pressure must be at 138 bar (2000 psi). Pressure Test, Reference
270-15-023.
3. Engine speed at 2000 rpm.
Load Sense Differential Pressure—Specification
Typical Differential—Pressure ................................................................... 3000-3400 kPa
(30-34 bar)
(435-495 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1115
12 Priority Valve Perform the Priority Valve Test, Reference 270-15-024. OK: GO TO 13 .
Position Check from
“PLD” and “CFD” 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See Priority
Ports Valve Test, Reference
2. Engine speed at 1500 rpm. 270-15-024.
Valve
PLD CFD PLD CFD
Condition
Typical Pressures
2340-2760
550-900 kPa
kPa
(23.4-27.6 bar)
(80-130 psi)
(340-400 psi)
4830-6730 3030-3800
No.1 SCV kPa kPa
(700-975 psi) (440-550 psi)
213 18970-20000
70A kPa 3450-4490
10 No. 2 SCV at (189.7-200 kPa
(2750-2900 (500-650 psi)
psi)
– – –1/1
13 Brake ’BRL’ Load Perform the Brake ’BRL’ Load Sense Check Valve Leak Test, Reference OK: GO TO 14 .
Sense Check Valve 270-15-025.
Leak Check NOT OK: See Brake
1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). ’BRL’ Load Sense Check
Valve Leak Test,
2. Engine at 1500 rpm. Reference 270-15-025.
3. There should not be any brake pedal kickback when the SCV is engaged.
– – –1/1
14 SCV/Hitch ’EFL’ Perform the SCV/Hitch ’EFL’ Load Sense Check Valve and Priority Valve .036” OK: GO TO 15 .
Load Sense Check Orifice Test, Reference 270-15-026.
Valve and Priority NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
Valve .036” Orifice 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). “EFL” Load Sense Check
Check Valve and Priority Valve
2. Engine at 1500 rpm. .036” Orifice Test,
3. Steering wheel can be turned full left to full right at one turn in 1.0 - 1.25 seconds
without a change of force when an SCV is engaged.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1116
15 Priority Valve Perform the Priority Valve Differential Pressure and Steering Load Sense Relief OK: GO TO 16 .
Differential Pressure Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-027.
and Steering Load NOT OK: See Priority
Sense Relief 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Valve Differential
Pressure Check from Pressure and Steering
’CFD’ and ’PLD’ 2. Engine at 1500 rpm. Load Sense Relief
Ports Pressure Test, Reference
3. Record the two pressures. 270-15-027.
Priority Valve Differential and Relief Pressure—Specification

Differential—Pressure ................................................................................. 900-1280 kPa
(9-12.8 bar)
(130-185 psi)
Relief—Pressure ................................................................................... 18000-18800 kPa
(180-188 bar)
(2600-2725 psi)
4. If pressure gets trapped in ’CFD’ hose, open valve for ’PLD’ to bleed down
pressure.
213
70A
11
– – –1/1
16 Load Sense Bleed Perform the Load Sense Bleed Down Orificed Check Valve Test, Reference OK: GO TO 17 .
Down Orificed Check 270-15-028.
Valve Check from NOT OK: See Load
’PDL’ Port 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Sense Bleed Down
Orificed Check Valve
2. Engine at 1500 rpm. Test, Reference
270-15-028.
3. Typical time of 5.0 seconds to bleed ’PLD’ pressure from 69 bar (1000 psi). Longer
than 7.0 seconds is excessive.
– – –1/1
17 Summary of 1. Complete repairs now if notes were made to inspect and repair any discrepancies OK: Perform Hydraulic
Hydraulic Testing throughout the diagnostic procedure. Perform Hydraulic Operational Check, Operational Check,
Reference 270-10-001, to verify the problem has been corrected. Reference 270-10-001, to
verify correct operation.
2. The hydraulic system is normal if previous checks ARE NORMAL and there was no
operating complaint or problem corrected that relates to the operating complaint. NOT OK: Complete
Perform Hydraulic Operational Check, Reference 270-10-001, before releasing repairs and then....
the tractor for field operation.
GO TO 4 .
3. If the previous checks are NORMAL and no problem has been corrected that
relates to the operational complaint, heat the oil to 65 °C (150 °F). Repeat the
diagnostic procedure starting with Electronic Check of SCV and Hitch Controls,
Step 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1117
213
70A
12
122106
PN=1118
Group 70B
Hydraulic System (Scraper High Flow)
Specifications
Accumulator Pilot Pressure
Pilot Pressure as Noted Pressure at 1000 rpm and SCV’s at 3500-4500 kPa
neutral (35-45 bar)
(510-650 psi)
Maximum Pressure Rise from Pressure Rise 20 bar

Neutral to Stall (190 psi)
Compensator Relief Pressure

213
Relief Pressure Pressure 214-221 bar 70B
(3100-3200 psi) 1
Coupler Pressure
Coupler Pressure Pressure 200-207 bar

(2900-3000 psi)
Minimum Combined Pump Flow

From Couplers
Minimum Combined Pump Flow Flow at138 bar (2000 psi) 121.6 l/m
From Couplers at 1000 RPM (32.0 gpm)
Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi) 114.0 l/m
(30.0 gpm)
Minimum Combined Pump Flow Flow at 138 bar (2000 psi) 216.6 l/m
From Couplers at 2000 RPM (57.0 gpm)
Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi) 209.0 l/m
(55.0 gpm)

Pressure

(9-12.8 bar)
(130-185 psi)
122106
PN=1119

(180-188 bar)
(2600-2725 psi)
SCV Accumulator Nitrogen Gas

Pressure Precharge
Gas Precharge Pressure 960—1240 kPa

(9.6—12.4 bar)
(140—180 psi)
SCV Solenoid Resistance

213
70B
2 Solenoid Resistance Ohms 4.8—5.8 ohms
Standby and Stall Pressure for

Pumps
Standby Pressure with SCV’s at 74 cc Pump 34—42 bar

neutral (490—610 psi)
45 cc Pump 44—52 bar
(635—755 psi)
Stall Pressure 74 cc Pump 200—207 bar

(2900—3000 psi)
45 cc Pump 200—207 bar
(2900—3000 psi)
Load Sense Differential Pressure
74cc Pump Typical Differential Pressure 3000-3400 kPa

(30-34 bar)
(435-495 psi)
45cc Pump Typical Differential Pressure 3800-4200 kPa

(38-42 bar)
(550-610 psi)
122106
PN=1120
74cc Pump Flow Through SCV’s

Without AutoTrac at 172 bar (2500
psi)
With AutoTrac at 138 bar (2000 psi)
and Steering Stalled
Typical Flow From Couplers, 74 cc Free Flow at 1000 rpm 148.2 l/m
Pump (39.0 gpm)
Flow at 138 bar (2000 psi) at 1000 76.0 l/m
rpm (20.0 gpm)
rpm (18.0 gpm)
Free Flow at 2000 rpm 182.4 l/m
(48.0 gpm)
213
Flow at 138 bar (2000 psi) at 2000 159.6 l/m 70B
rpm (42.0 gpm) 3
rpm (40.0 gpm)
Minimum Flow at 2000 rpm Flow at 138 bar (2000 psi) 155.8 l/m
(41.0 gpm)
Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi) 148.2 l/m
(39.0 gpm)
45 cc Pump Flow From Couplers
Typical Flow From Couplers, 74 cc Free Flow at 1000 rpm 106.4 l/m
Pump (28.0 gpm)
rpm (10.5 gpm)
rpm (9.0 gpm)
Free Flow at 2000 rpm 110.2 l/m
(29.0 gpm)
rpm (25.5 gpm)
rpm (24.0 gpm)
Minimum Flow at 2000 rpm Flow at 138 bar (2000 psi) 93.1 l/m
(24.5 gpm)
Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi) 87.4 l/m
(23.0 gpm)
RW39137,0000550 –19–28APR06–3/3
122106
PN=1121
Hydraulic System Diagnosis (Scraper High

Flow)
This procedure will check out the complete Scraper

Hydraulic System. All Service Codes and apparent
Observable Symptoms should be resolved prior to
performing this diagnosis. The procedure may also be
used to check out general tractor operation
OUO1052,0000172 –19–07AUG03–1/1
Major System Checks

213
70B Before You Start
4
components.

• Scraper High Flow Hydraulic ISO Diagram (See Reference 270-25-005.)
• Scraper High Flow SCV System ISO Diagram (See Reference 270-25-006.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1122
1 Preliminary Checks Check tractor over for any obvious signs of problems. OK: GO TO 2 .
Perform Preliminary Hydraulic Check, Reference 270-05-001. NOT OK: Correct any
then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
213
70B
Perform the Hydraulic Operational Check, Reference 270-10-001.
5
CAUTION: Beware of moving or rotating parts and stay clear.
– – –1/1
3 Hydraulic Filter Perform High Flow Hydraulic Filter Test, Reference 270-15-055. OK: GO TO 4 .
Sensor Circuit
Checks Hydraulic and filter lamps on ICU console should be OFF after lamp check cycle. NOT OK: See High Flow
Lamps should be OFF after running engine at 2000 rpm for three minutes with Hydraulic Filter Test,
hydraulic oil temperature at, or above, 20 °C (68 °F). Reference 270-15-055.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1123
4 Electronic Check of Perform the SCV/Hitch Electronic Test, Reference 270-15-016. OK: GO TO 5 .
SCV Controls
• Check SCU and SCo readout with engine OFF at Addresses 07 through 10. NOT OK: Perform the
SCV/Hitch Electronic
SCV Lever Corner Post Test, Reference
SCV No. Address
Positiona Display 270-15-016.

Extend 004
Extend Detent 005
Neutral 003
Retract 002
Retract Detent 001
Float 000
– SCV lever should cancel out when time is set at 19 seconds or less.
213 – SCV lever should not cancel out when time is set at “C”.
70B
6 • Check SCU and SCo readout at Addresses 13 through 16.
SCV Corner
SCV
No.
Position Display

calibration)
Extend 110-199 Lever movement should change readout.

Maximum number will depend upon “Flow”
setting on SUP panel.
Extend 110-199 Maximum flow readout. This number

Detent should not be lower than the maximum
value in “Extend”.

Retract 210-299 Lever movement should change readout.

Maximum number will depend upon “Flow”
setting on SUP panel.
Retract 210-299 Maximum flow readout. This number

Detent should not be lower than the maximum
value in “Retract”.
Float 000 Display is held until SCV lever moved out

of Float
(“Float” is not functional on a Scraper
Tractor)

– – –1/1
122106
PN=1124
5 SCV Pilot Pressure Perform the Accumulator Pilot Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-035. The oil OK: GO TO 6 .
Check at Accumulator temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher. With the engine first at slow idle and
then at wide open throttle (WOT) the maximum pressure change from slow idle to NOT OK: See
WOT is usually less than 3 bar (45 psi). Accumulator Pilot
Accumulator Pilot Pressure—Specification 270-15-035.
Pilot Pressure as Noted—Pressure at
1000 rpm and SCV’s at neutral ................................................................ 3500-4500 kPa
(35-45 bar)
(510-650 psi)
Maximum Pressure Rise from Neutral to
Stall—Pressure Rise ............................................................................................... 20 bar
(190 psi)
Nitrogen Gas Pressure Precharge—Specification

Gas Precharge—Pressure ....................................................................... 960—1240 kPa
(9.6—12.4 bar)
(140—180 psi)
213
70B
7
– – –1/1
6 Hydraulic Pump This test will be made at the ’PD’ port of the 74 cc main pump and the ’P’ port of the OK: GO TO 7 .
Compensator Check 45 cc pump. The oil temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at
1000 rpm. NOT OK: See Hydraulic
Pump Compensator Test,
Perform the Hydraulic Pump Compensator Test, Reference 270-15-036. Reference 270-15-036.
Typical Standby and Stall Pressures for Pumps
Standby Pressure with SCV’s at Neutral

74 cc Pump ....................................................... Approximately 38 bar
(550 psi)
45 cc Pump ....................................................... Approximately 48 bar
(700 psi)
Stall Pressure
74 cc Pump ....................................................... Approximately 207
bar
(3000 psi)
45 cc Pump ....................................................... Approximately 207
bar
(3000 psi)
CAUTION: If either pump pressure is more than 23500 kPa (235 bar)
(3400 psi), STOP the engine immediately.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1125
7 SCV Load Sense This test will be made at the ’P’ port of the 45 cc pump. The oil temperature must be OK: GO TO 8 .
Circuit Valve Check 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at slow idle.
NOT OK: See SCV Load
Perform the SCV Load Sense Circuit Valve Test, Reference 270-15-037. Sense Circuit Valve Test,
Typical Stall Pressure for 45 cc Pump
Stall Pressure
45 cc Pump ................................................... Approximately 207 bar
(3000 psi)
SCV Solenoid Resistance—Specification

Solenoid Resistance—Ohms ..................................................................... 4.8—5.8 ohms
– – –1/1
8 SCV Leak Check This test will be made at the ’P’ port of the 45 cc pump. The oil temperature must be OK: GO TO 9 .
38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at slow idle.
213
NOT OK: See SCV Leak
70B
Perform the SCV Leak Test, Reference 270-15-038. Test, Reference
8
270-15-038.
Maximum difference between lowest and highest pressure is 300 kPa (3.0 bar) (45
psi).
– – –1/1
9 SCV Coupler This test will check for stall pressure at the SCV couplers. The oil temperature must be OK: GO TO 10 .
Pressure Check 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at 1000 rpm.
NOT OK: See SCV
Perform the SCV Coupler Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-039. Coupler Pressure Test,
Coupler Pressure—Specification
Coupler Pressure—Pressure ......................................................................... 200-207 bar
(2900-3000 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1126
10 Pump Standby and This test will be made at the ’PD’ port of the 74 cc main pump and the ’P’ port of the OK: GO TO 11 .
Stall Pressure Check 45 cc pump. The oil temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at
1000 rpm. NOT OK: See Pump
Standby and Stall
Perform the Pump Standby and Stall Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-040. Pressure Test, Reference
270-15-040.
Standby and Stall Pressure for Pumps—Specification
Standby Pressure with SCV’s at
neutral—74 cc Pump ....................................................................................... 34—42 bar
(490—610 psi)
45 cc Pump ..................................................................................................... 44—52 bar
(635—755 psi)
Stall Pressure—74 cc Pump ....................................................................... 200—207 bar
(2900—3000 psi)
45 cc Pump ................................................................................................. 200—207 bar
(2900—3000 psi)
Stall pressure should not pulsate more than 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi).
213
70B
9
– – –1/1
11 Pump Compensator NOTE: If the operational complaint is related to speed of hydraulic cylinders (flow), this OK: GO TO 12 .
Relief Valve Test check may be unnecessary. GO TO 12 .
NOT OK: See Pump
This test should be used if the complaint is related to hydraulic power (pressure) or Compensator Relief Valve
ability to extend cylinders under load. Each pump must be checked separately. The oil Test, Reference
temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at 1000 rpm. 270-15-041.
Perform the Pump Compensator Relief Valve Test, Reference 270-15-041.
Compensator Relief Pressure—Specification

Relief Pressure—Pressure ............................................................................. 214-221 bar
(3100-3200 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1127
12 Pump Flow from NOTE: Normal pump flow from both pumps cannot be obtained at engine speeds OK: GO TO 13 .
SCV Check above 1000 rpm from two sets of SCV couplers because of internal leak-off to return.
This leak-off is past the three .031 orifices, isolation valve, and other valves in the SCV NOT OK: See 74 cc and
stack. Also, 3/4” ID flow meter hoses are too restrictive and will be damaged by high 45 cc Pumps Flow From
temperature and very turbulent oil that exits the flow meter. The flow meter inlet hose SCV Couplers Test,
should be 1 inch ID and outlet hose should be 1 1/4 inch ID. The meter outlet should Reference 270-15-042.
also be equipped with a flow straightener of 1 inch ID x 6 inch minimum length to
prevent turbulent oil.
Perform the 74 cc and 45 cc Pumps Flow From SCV Couplers Test, Reference
270-15-042.
Minimum Combined Pump Flow From Couplers—Specification

Minimum Combined Pump Flow From
Couplers at 1000 RPM—Flow at138 bar
(2000 psi) ........................................................................................................... 121.6 l/m
(32.0 gpm)
Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi) ................................................................................. 114.0 l/m
(30.0 gpm)
213 Minimum Combined Pump Flow From
70B Couplers at 2000 RPM—Flow at 138 bar
10 (2000 psi) ........................................................................................................... 216.6 l/m
(57.0 gpm)
Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi) ................................................................................. 209.0 l/m
(55.0 gpm)
Typical Flow From Combined Pumps
RPM Free Flow Volume Flow at 138 bar Flow at 172 bar
(2000 psi) (2500 psi)
1000 148.2 l/m 129.2 l/m 121.6 l/m

(39.0 gpm) (34.0 gpm) (32.0 gpm))
1500 211.0 l/m 193.8 l/m 186.2 l/m

(55.5 gpm) (51.0 gpm) (49.0 gpm)
2000 244.3 l/m 228.0 l/m 212.8 l/m

(64.3 gpm) (60.0 gpm) (56.0
– – –1/1
13 Priority Valve This test will be made at the ’PLD’ and ’CFD’ ports of the 74 cc main pump. The oil OK: GO TO 14 .
Position Check temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at 1500 rpm.
NOT OK: See Priority
Perform the Priority Valve Test, Reference 270-15-024. Valve Test, Reference
270-15-024.
– – –1/1
14 Brake ’BRL’ Load This test will be made at the ’PLD’ and ’CFD’ ports of the 74 cc main pump. The oil OK: GO TO 15 .
Sense Check Valve temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at 1500 rpm. There
Leak Check should not be any brake pedal kickback when the SCV is engaged. NOT OK: See Brake
’BRL’ Load Sense Check
Perform the Brake ’BRL’ Load Sense Check Valve Leak Test, Reference Valve Leak Test,
270-15-025. Reference 270-15-025.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1128
15 SCV ’EFL’ Load The oil temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at 1500 rpm. OK: GO TO 16 .
Sense Check Valve Steering wheel can be turned full left to full right at one turn in 1.0 - 1.25 seconds
and Priority Valve without a change of force when an SCV is engaged. NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
.036” Orifice Check ’EFL’ Load Sense Check
Perform the SCV/Hitch ’EFL’ Load Sense Check Valve and Priority Valve .036” Valve and Priority Valve
Orifice Test, Reference 270-15-026. .036” Orifice Test,
– – –1/1
16 Priority Valve The oil temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at 1500 rpm. OK: GO TO 17 .
Differential Pressure Record the two pressures.
213
70B
Sense Relief Perform the Priority Valve Differential Pressure and Steering Load Sense Relief Valve Differential
11
Pressure Check from Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-027. Pressure and Steering
’CFD’ and ’PLD’ Load Sense Relief
Ports Priority Valve Differential and Relief Pressure—Specification Pressure Test, Reference
Differential—Pressure ................................................................................. 900-1280 kPa 270-15-027.
(9-12.8 bar)
(130-185 psi)
(180-188 bar)
(2600-2725 psi)
– – –1/1
17 Load Sense Bleed The oil temperature must be 38 °C (100 °F) or higher with the engine at 1500 rpm. OK: GO TO 18 .
Down Orificed Check Typical time of 5.0 seconds to bleed ’PLD’ pressure from 69 bar (1000 psi). Longer
Valve Check from than 7.0 seconds is excessive. NOT OK: See Load
’PLD’ Port Sense Bleed Down
Perform the Load Sense Bleed Down Orificed Check Valve Test, Reference Orificed Check Valve
270-15-028. Test, Reference
270-15-028.
– – –1/1
18 Summary of • Complete repairs now if notes were made to inspect and repair any discrepancies OK: Perform Hydraulic
Hydraulic Testing through out the diagnostic procedure. Perform Hydraulic Operational Check, Operational Check,
• The hydraulic system is normal if previous checks are NORMAL and there was no
Perform the hydraulic Hydraulic Operational Check, Reference 270-10-001, before repairs and then....
releasing the tractor for field operation.
GO TO 6 .
• If the previous checks are NORMAL and no problem has been corrected that relates
to the operational complaint, heat the oil to 65 °C (150 °F). Repeat the diagnostic
procedure starting with step 6 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1129
213
70B
12
122106
PN=1130
Group 70C
Hydraulic System (Ag High Flow)
Specifications
Pilot Port Pressure
’PS’ Port Pressure 1700-2100 kPa

(17-21 bar)
(245-305 psi)
Pump Load Sense Differential

Pressure
Differential Pressure at 138 bar Differential Pressure 3000-3400 kPa

(2000 psi) (both pumps) (30-34 bar)
213
(435-495 psi) 70C
1
74 cc pump ’P’ Port, Standby Approximate Pressure 3800 kPa

(38 bar)
(550 psi)
45 cc pump ’P’ Port, Standby Approximate Pressure 3100 kPa

(31 bar)
(450 psi)
Pump Stall Pressure
’P’ Port, Stall Approximate Pressure 19700-20700 kPa

(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
74 cc Pump Pressures
Pressure Range Standby Pressure 3400-4200 kPa

(34-42 bar)
(490-610 psi)
Stall Pressure 19700-20700 kPa
(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
Continued on next page TD21397,00002BF –19–21AUG03–1/2
TM1972 (21DEC06) 213-70C-1 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620 Tractors
122106
PN=1131
45 cc Pump Pressures
Pressure Range Standby Pressure 2700-3500 kPa

(27-35 bar)
(390-510 psi)
Stall Pressure 19700-20700 kPa
(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
Minimum Pump Flow
Minimum Flow at 172 bar (2500 74 cc Pump Minimum Flow Rate 141.0 l/m
psi), 2000 rpm, and 65 °C (150 °F) (37.0 gpm)
213
70C 45 cc Pump Minimum Flow Rate 87.4 l/m
2 (23.0 gpm)

Pressure

(9-12.8 bar)
(130-185 psi)

(180-188 bar)
(2600-2725 psi)
TD21397,00002BF –19–21AUG03–2/2
122106
PN=1132
Hydraulic System Diagnosis (Ag High Flow)
This procedure will check out the complete Hydraulic

System. All Service Codes and apparent Observable
diagnosis. The procedure may also be used to check out
TD21397,000029A –19–18NOV03–1/1
Major System Checks

213
Before You Start 70C
3
components.
• CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999), (See Reference 245-CCU-300.)

• CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), See Reference 245-CCU-300b.)
• Ag High Flow Hydraulic ISO Diagram (See Reference 270-25-008.)
• Ag High Flow SCV System ISO Diagram (See Reference 270-25-009.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1133
1 Preliminary Checks Check tractor for any obvious signs of problems. OK: GO TO 2 .
See Preliminary Hydraulic Check, Reference 270-05-001. NOT OK: Correct any
then....
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
213
NOT OK: See
70C
Perform the Hydraulic Operational Check, Reference 270-10-001. Operational Checks,
4
CAUTION: Beware of moving or rotating parts and stay clear.
– – –1/1
3 Hydraulic Filter Check Perform High Flow Hydraulic Filter Test, Reference 270-15-055. OK: GO TO 4 .
Hydraulic and filter lamps on ICU console should be OFF after lamp check cycle. NOT OK: See Hydraulic
Lamps should be OFF after running engine at 2000 rpm for three minutes with Filter Test, Reference
hydraulic oil temperature at, or above, 20 °C (68 °). 270-15-055.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1134
4 Electronic Check of Perform the SCV/Hitch Electronic Test, Reference 270-15-016.

SCV and Hitch
Controls • Check SCU and SCo readout with engine OFF at Addresses 07 through 11.
SCV Lever Corner Post

SCV No. Address
Positiona Display

Extend 004
Extend Detent 005
Neutral 003
Retract 002
Retract Detent 001
Float 000
– SCV lever should cancel out when time is set at 19 seconds or less. 213
– SCV lever should not cancel out when time is set at “C”. 70C
5
• Check SCU and SCo readout at Addresses 13 through 17.
SCV Corner
SCV
No.
Position Display

calibration)
Extend 110-199 Lever movement should change readout

Extend 199 Maximum flow readout

Detent (maximum)

Retract 210-299 Lever movement should change readout

Retract 299 Maximum flow readout

Detent (maximum)
Float FLO or Display is held until SCV lever moved out

200 of Float

• Check Hitch control display at Addresses HCU 03 through 13 with engine OFF.
HCU Control Moved Tachometer

Address Display
03 Console raise/lower switch at Center OFF

– – –1/2
122106
PN=1135
OK: GO TO 5 .
Console raise/lower switch at Forward Dn
Console raise/lower switch at Rearward Up
(Reference ACU when repair required)
05 Draft sensor voltage. (No load on Hitch) 1.5-2.2
06 Load/depth CCW. Number increases when load/depth 000

knob turned CW. (Reference ACU to repair) 010
07 Control lever full up. Number increases when 000

Control lever moved full down. (Reference ACU) 010
08 Hitch position feedback sensor voltage 0.5-4.5

09 Raise/limit knob CCW. Number increases when 000

Raise/limit knob turned full CW. (Reference ACU) 010
213
70C 10 Rate-of-drop knob CCW. Number increases when 000
6 Rate-of-drop turned full CW. (Reference ACU) 010

External switch at up and a beep 010

External switch at down and a beep 010
13 Sensor supply voltage 4.8-5.2
• Check Hitch control display at HCU Addresses 07, 08, 17, and 18 with engine
running.
HCU Control Moved Corner

Address Post
Display
07 Control lever rearward, hitch full up 000

Control lever forward, hitch full down 010
08 Feedback sensor voltage 0.5-4.5

17 Hitch control lever at full lower with load/depth, raise/limit

and rate-of-drop knobs full CW. Slowly move hitch control
lever rearward. Readout should decrease as lever is moved
rearward and increase with forward movement.
When hitch control lever is at full up a number (e.g. 169) 000
will be displayed, then hitch valve goes to neutral.
18 Battery/system voltage. (Normal is 12.3-15.5) Voltage
–19– –2/2
122106
PN=1136
5 Pilot Pressure Check Perform SCV/Hitch Pilot Pressure at ’PS’ Port Test, Reference 270-15-056. OK: GO TO 6 .
• Oil temperature must be at or above 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
• Record ’PS’ pressure at slow idle and at wide open throttle (WOT). Pilot Pressure Test at
• The maximum pressure change from slow idle to WOT is usually less than 105 kPa ’PS’ Port, Reference
(15 psi). 270-15-056.
Pilot Port Pressure—Specification

’PS’ Port—Pressure .................................................................................. 1700-2100 kPa
(17-21 bar)
(245-305 psi)
– – –1/1
6 Load Sense and Perform Hydraulic Pump Load Sense and Compensator Valve Test, Reference OK: GO TO 7 .
Compensator Valve 270-15-057.
213
Check NOT OK: See Hydraulic
70C
Take the pressure reading at the ’P’ port on the stack. Pump Load Sense
7
Compensator Valve
• 74 cc pump ’P’ DR on SCV stack, mid-section, left side. Test, Reference
• 45 cc pump ’P’ DR on SCV stack, top section, left side, rear port. 270-15-057.
CAUTION: If pressure of either pump is more than 224 bar (3250 psi),
stop engine immediately. Then GO TO Step 6 of Reference 270-15-057.
• The oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F).

• Record ’Standby’ pressure at each port with all SCV’s at neutral.
• Record ’Stall’ pressure with No. 1 SCV lever rearward (74 cc pump) and No. 4 SCV
lever rearward (45 cc pump).
Pump Standby Pressure—Specification

74 cc pump ’P’ Port, Standby—
Approximate Pressure ........................................................................................ 3800 kPa
(38 bar)
(550 psi)
45 cc pump ’P’ Port, Standby—
Approximate Pressure ........................................................................................ 3100 kPa
(31 bar)
(450 psi)

’P’ Port, Stall—Approximate Pressure .................................................. 19700-20700 kPa
(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
– – –1/1
7 SCV/Hitch Shuttle Perform SCV/Hitch Shuttle (Dime) Valve Test, Reference 270-15-058. OK: GO TO 8 .
(Dime) Valve Check
from SCV Stack • 74 cc pump ’P’ DR on SCV stack, mid-section, left side. NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
• 45 cc pump ’P’ DR on SCV stack, top-section, left side, rear port. Shuttle (Dime) Valve
– The oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Test, Reference
– Record ’Stall’ pressure with No. 3 SCV lever rearward (74 cc pump) and No. 5 270-15-058.
SCV lever rearward (45 cc pump).

(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1137
8 SCV/Hitch Leak Perform SCV and Hitch Leak Test, Reference 270-15-059. OK: GO TO 9 .
Check from SCV
Stack • 74 cc pump ’P’ DR on SCV stack, mid-section, left side. NOT OK: See SCV and
• 45 cc pump ’P’ DR on SCV stack, top section, left side, rear port. Hitch Leak Test,
– The oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Reference 270-15-059.
– Record SCV pump ’Stall’ pressure with each SCV lever at Extend and Retract
position. SCV’s 1, 2, 3, and Hitch at ’P’ DR on SCV stack, mid-section, left side.
SCV’s 4 and 5 at ’P’ DR on SCV stack, top section, left side, rear port.
– Record pump ’Stall’ pressure with hitch full up in diagnostic mode.

(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
– – –1/1
9 Pump Standby and Perform Pump Standby and Stall Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-060. OK: GO TO 10 .
Stall Pressure Check
213
from ’P’ Port • 74 cc pump ’PD’ DR on priority valve housing. NOT OK: See Pump
70C
• 45 cc pump ’P’ DR at left side of pump. Standby and Stall
8
– The oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Pressure Test, ,
– Engine at 1500 rpm. Reference 270-15-060.
– Record Standby pressure with all valves at neutral.
– Record Stall pressure with No. 1 SCV lever at rear detent position.
– Record Stall pressure with No. 4 SCV lever at rear detent position.
– Stall pressure should not pulsate more than 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi).
74 cc Pump Pressures—Specification
Pressure Range—Standby Pressure ........................................................ 3400-4200 kPa
(34-42 bar)
(490-610 psi)
Stall Pressure ........................................................................................ 19700-20700 kPa
(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
45 cc Pump Pressures—Specification
Pressure Range—Standby Pressure ........................................................ 2700-3500 kPa
(27-35 bar)
(390-510 psi)
Stall Pressure ........................................................................................ 19700-20700 kPa
(197-207 bar)
(2850-3000 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1138
10 Pump Flow Check Perform 74cc Pump Flow from SCV’s Test, Reference 270-15-061 and 45cc Pump OK: GO TO 11 .
from SCV Couplers Flow from SCV’s Test, Reference 270-15-063.
NOT OK: (74 cc pump)
• Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). See 74cc Pump Flow
• Engine speed at 1000 rpm. Repeat check at 2000 rpm. from SCV’s Test,
• Record 74 cc pump flow from Nos. 1 and 2 SCV couplers. Reference 270-15-061.
• Record 45 cc pump flow from No. 4 SCV couplers.
NOT OK: (45 cc pump)
Minimum Pump Flow—Specification See 45cc Pump Flow
Minimum Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi), from SCV’s Test,
2000 rpm, and 65 °C (150 °F)—74 cc Reference 270-15-063.
Pump Minimum Flow Rate ................................................................................. 141.0 l/m
(37.0 gpm)
45 cc Pump Minimum Flow Rate ......................................................................... 87.4 l/m
(23.0 gpm)
Typical Pump Flow at 172 bar (2500 psi) at 65 °C (150 °F)
Pump RPM Flow Rate 213

70C
74cc 1000 83.6 l/m (22.0 gpm) 9
74cc 1500 125.4 l/m (33.0 gpm)
74cc 2000 167.2 l/m (44.0 gpm)
45cc 1000 51.3 l/m (13.5 gpm)

45cc 1500 76.0 l/m (20.0 gpm)
45cc 2000 102.6 l/m (27.0 gpm)
– – –1/1
11 Pump Load Sense Perform 74cc Pump Outlet and Load Sense Differential Pressure Test, Reference OK: GO TO 12 .
Differential Pressure 270-15-062 and 45cc Pump Outlet and Load Sense Differential Pressure Test,
Check Reference 270-15-064. NOT OK: (74 cc pump)
See 74cc Pump Outlet
• Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). and Load Sense
• Engine speed at 2000 rpm. Differential Pressure Test,
• ’PD’ or ’P’ port pressure must be at 138 bar (2000 psi) Reference 270-15-062.
• Record 74 cc pump differential pressure between ’PD’ and ’PLD’ ports using SCV’s
1 and 2 couplers. NOT OK: (45 cc pump)
• Record 45 cc pump differential pressure between ’P’ and ’BLS’ ports using SCV 4 See 45cc Pump Outlet
couplers. and Load Sense
Differential Pressure Test,
Pump Load Sense Differential Pressure—Specification Reference 270-15-064.
Differential Pressure at 138 bar (2000
psi) (both pumps)—Differential Pressure .................................................. 3000-3400 kPa
(30-34 bar)
(435-495 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1139
12 Priority Valve Perform Priority Valve Test, Reference 270-15-024. OK: GO TO 13 .

Position Check from
’PLD’ and ’CFD’ • The oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). NOT OK: See Priority
Ports • Engine at 1500 rpm. Valve Test, Reference
270-15-024.
Valve
PLD CFD PLD CFD
Condition
Typical Pressures
2340-2760
550-900 kPa
kPa
(23.4-27.6 bar)
(80-130 psi)
(340-400 psi)
4830-6730 3030-3800
No.1 SCV kPa kPa
(700-975 psi) (440-550 psi)
18970-20000
213 kPa 3450-4490
70C No. 2 SCV at (189.7-200 kPa
10 Stall bar) (34.5-44.9 bar)
(2750-2900 (500-650 psi)
psi)
– – –1/1
13 Brake ’BRL’ Load Perform the Brake ’BRL’ Load Sense Check Valve Leak Test, Reference OK: GO TO 14 .
Sense Check Valve 270-15-025.
Leak Check NOT OK: See Brake
1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). ’BRL’ Load Sense Check
Valve Leak Test,
2. Engine at 1500 rpm. Reference 270-15-025.
3. There should not be any brake pedal kickback when the SCV is engaged.
– – –1/1
14 SCV/Hitch ’EFL’ Perform the SCV/Hitch ’EFL’ Load Sense Check Valve and Priority Valve .036” OK: GO TO 15 .
Load Sense Check Orifice Test, Reference 270-15-026.
Valve and Priority NOT OK: See SCV/Hitch
Valve .036” Orifice 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). ’EFL’ Load Sense Check
Check Valve and Priority Valve
2. Engine at 1500 rpm. .036” Orifice Test,
3. Steering wheel can be turned full left to full right at one turn in 1.0 - 1.25 seconds
without a change of force when an SCV is engaged.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1140
15 Priority Valve Perform the Priority Valve Differential Pressure and Steering Load Sense Relief OK: GO TO 16 .
Differential Pressure Pressure Test, Reference 270-15-027.
Sense Relief 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Valve Differential
Pressure Check from Pressure and Steering
’CFD’ and ’PLD’ 2. Engine at 1500 rpm. Load Sense Relief
Ports Pressure Test, Reference
3. Record ’CFD’ and ’PLD’ pressures. 270-15-027.
Priority Valve Differential and Relief Pressure—Specification

Differential—Pressure ................................................................................. 900-1280 kPa
(9-12.8 bar)
(130-185 psi)
(180-188 bar)
(2600-2725 psi)
4. If pressure gets trapped in ’CFD’ hose, open valve for ’PLD’ to bleed down
pressure.
213
70C
11
– – –1/1
16 Load Sense Bleed Perform the Load Sense Bleed Down Orificed Check Valve Test, Reference OK: GO TO 17 .
Down Orificed Check 270-15-028.
Valve Check from NOT OK: See Load
’PDL’ Port 1. Oil temperature must be at, or above, 38 °C (100 °F). Sense Bleed Down
Orificed Check Valve
2. Engine at 1500 rpm. Test, Reference
270-15-028.
3. Typical time of 5.0 seconds to bleed ’PLD’ pressure from stall pressure to 69 bar
(1000 psi). Longer than 7.0 seconds is excessive.
– – –1/1
17 Summary of 1. Complete repairs now if notes were made to inspect and repair any discrepancies OK: Perform Hydraulic
Hydraulic Testing throughout the diagnostic procedure. Perform Hydraulic Operational Check, Operational Check,
2. The hydraulic system is normal if previous checks ARE NORMAL and there was no
Perform Hydraulic Operational Check, Reference 270-10-001, before releasing repairs and then....
the tractor for field operation.
GO TO 4 .
3. If the previous checks are NORMAL and no problem has been corrected that
relates to the operational complaint, heat the oil to 65 °C (150 °F). Repeat the
diagnostic procedure starting with Electronic Check of SCV and Hitch Controls,
Step 4 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1141
213
70C
12
122106
PN=1142
Group 90
Operator Station
ATC System Diagnosis (010001—)
This procedure will check out the complete Automatic

Temperature Control System and related components.
OURX908,0000761 –19–28JUL03–1/1
Major System Checks

213
Before You Start 90
1
This procedure will check out the complete Automatic Temperature Control System and related components. All
Service Codes should be resolved prior to performing this diagnosis. The procedure may also be used to check out
components.

1 Preliminary Check Perform Air Flow Preliminary Check, (See Reference 290-05-001). OK: GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Correct all

problems and. . . .
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1143
Operator Station
2 Operational Check Perform Operational Check, CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) (010001—), (See Reference OK: GO TO 3 .
290-10-005).
NOT OK: Note all
malfunctions and. . . .
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Recall, Record and Recall, record and clear all ATC codes. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Recall, Record OK: No codes.
Clear Codes and Clear Codes (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-021).
GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Repair/correct

fault codes and . . . .
GO TO 4 .
213
90
2
– – –1/1
4 Install Test Perform Install Test Equipment, (See Reference 290-15-001). OK: GO TO 5 .
Equipment
– – –1/1
5 Pressurizer Blower Test pressurizer blower motor. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Pressurizer Blower OK: GO TO 6 .
Check Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-023).
NOT OK: Corrected
pressurizer blower
problems.
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
6 Circulation Blower Test circulation blower motor. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Circulation Blower Test OK: GO TO 7 .
Check (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-024).
NOT OK: Corrected
circulation blower motor
problems.
GO TO 7 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1144
Operator Station
7 System Static Test refrigerant system static pressure. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Static OK: GO TO 8 .
Pressure Check Pressure Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-025).
NOT OK: Corrected static
system pressure
problems.
GO TO 8 .
– – –1/1
8 Compressor Clutch Test clutch engagement. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Compressor Clutch OK: GO TO 9 .
Engagement Check Engagement Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-026).
213
NOT OK: Corrected
90
clutch engagement
3
problems.
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
9 System Pressure Check system operating pressures. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Pressure OK: GO TO 10 .
Check Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-028).
NOT OK: Corrected
system operating
pressure problems.
GO TO 10 .
– – –1/1
10 Dual Pressure Test dual pressure switch low side. Perform Dual Pressure Switch (Low Side) Test, OK: GO TO 11 .
Switch Low Side (See Reference 290-15-007).
Check NOT OK: Corrected
problems.
GO TO 11 .
– – –1/1
11 Dual Pressure Test dual pressure switch low side. Perform Dual Pressure Switch (High Side) Test, OK: GO TO 12 .
Switch High Side (See Reference 290-15-008.)
Check NOT OK: Corrected
problems.
GO TO 12 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1145
Operator Station
12 Compressor Clutch Test compressor clutch cycling. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Compressor Clutch OK: GO TO 14 .
Cycling Check Cycling Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-029).
NOT OK: Sensor/harness
problems. . . .
GO TO 13 .
– – –1/1
13 System Test ATC system sensors. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) A/C System Temperature OK: GO TO 14 .
Sensor/Harness Sensor Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-030).
Checks NOT OK: Corrected
sensor problems.
GO TO 14 .
– – –1/1
14 Temperature Drop Compare ambient temperature to A/C output temperature. Perform CLIMATRAK™ OK: GO TO 15 .
Check (ATC) Temperature Drop Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-031).
213
NOT OK: Corrected
90
problems.
4
GO TO 15 .
– – –1/1
15 Heater Valve Check Check operation of heater control valve. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Heater Valve OK: GO TO 16 .
Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-032.
NOT OK: Corrected
problems.
GO TO 16 .
– – –1/1
16 Air Flow Mode Check operation of air flow mode control. Perform CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) Air Flow OK: GO TO 17 .
Control Check Mode Motorl Test (010001—), (See Reference 290-15-033.
NOT OK: GO TO 17 .
– – –1/1
17 Summary of ATC If compressor clutch was earlier wired directly to battery voltage to keep compressor OK: Diagnosis complete.
System Checks operating, reconnect compressor.
NOT OK: Corrected
If the system checks out to be NORMAL at this step and any problem (including moisture problem.
cleaning filters) has been corrected, the system is NORMAL. Return to diagnosis in
progress. Diagnosis complete.
If the system checks out to be NORMAL at this step and no problem has been
corrected, there is the possibility of moisture in the system.
• If customer complaint is “system does not cool properly above approximately 27°C
(80°F) ambient temperature”, the problem is not moisture in the system.
• If customer complaint is “system cools satisfactory above approximately 27°C (80°F)
ambient temperature, but does not cool properly at or below 27°C (80°F) there may
be moisture in the system. Perform Removing Moisture From A/C System
(010001—), (See Reference 290-15-034).
IMPORTANT: If the temperature control and dual pressure switches are not
functioning within their specified ranges, the conclusion of moisture in the
system would be incorrect.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1146
Operator Station
Heated Seat System Diagnosis
BB92646,0000371 –19–14DEC06–1/1
Reference
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Checks • Inspect for visible damage to wiring harnesses behind vehicle seat. OK: GO TO 2.
• Locate and inspect fuse F45.
213
NOTE: See Fuse Load Center Diagram Listing (Reference 240-25-031Fuse Panel NOT OK: Repair as
90
(—901999T)(—009999W) or 240-25-057Fuse Panel (902001T—)(010001—W) for needed.
5
fuse locations).
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
2 Operational Checks 1. Place key in RUN position (engine OFF). OK: Indicator lights up
2. Depress heated seat switch. and stays on.
3. Verify indicator light on switch comes on after switch is activated.
4. Turn key to OFF position. GO TO 3.
NOT OK: Indicator light

does not light.
GO TO 4.

flashes, light is on more
than off. Indicates
problem with heating
elements or harness.
GO TO 6.

flashes, light is off more
than on. Indicates
problem with temperature
sensor or harness. Repair
harness or replace seat
bottom as needed.
Repeat step to confirm

repair.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1147
Operator Station
3 Temperature Check 1. Tape a thermometer to seat bottom and back and observe. OK: Both seat bottom
2. Place key in RUN position (engine OFF). and back temperatures
3. Depress heated seat switch. increase. Diagnosis
4. Verify temperatures of the seat bottom and back are increasing. complete.
NOTE: It may take a few minutes to notice a temperature change, especially at
higher ambient temperatures. NOT OK: No temperature
increase.
GO TO 4.
– – –1/1
4 Heated Seat Supply Perform Heated Seat Supply Voltage and Ground Circuit Test (Reference OK: GO TO 5.
Voltage and Ground 240-15-021).
213
Circuit Test NOT OK: Repair as
90
needed.
6
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
5 Heated Seat Switch Perform Heated Seat Switch Circuit Test (Reference 240-15-022). OK: GO TO 6.
Test
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
6 Heated Seat Heating Perform Heated Seat Heating Element Circuit Test (Reference 240-15-023). OK: GO TO 2.
Element Test
NOT OK: Repair as
needed.
GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1148
Section 220
ENGINE
Contents
Page
Group 10—Operational Checks

Reference 220-10-001, Engine Cooling
Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-10-1
Reference 220-10-002, Distinguishing
Engine Control Units (ECUs) . . . . . . . . . . . .220-10-2
Group 15—Tests and Adjustments

Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-3
Reference 220-15-001, Engine Coolant
Quality Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-4
Reference 220-15-002, Radiator and Radiator
Cap Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-5 220
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-5
Reference 220-15-003, Engine Oil
Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-7
Reference 220-15-004, Viscous Fan Drive
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-9
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-9
Reference 220-15-005, Engine Block
Heater Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-14
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-14
Reference 220-15-010, Dynamometer
Horsepower Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-16
Reference 220-15-011, Engine Performance,
Fuel/Boost Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-15-24

System Operation (12.5L Engine) . . . . . . . .220-20-1
Reference 220-20-002, Engine Lubrication
Reference 220-20-003, Oil Filter
Operation (8.1L and 12.5L Engine) . . . . . . .220-20-6
Reference 220-20-004, ECU Torque Curve
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-20-7
System Operation (8.1L Engine) . . . . . . . . .220-20-9
Reference 220-20-006, Engine Lubrication
Reference 220-20-007, Torque and Power
Curve Explanation and Interpretation . . . . .220-20-12
122106
PN=1
Contents
220
122106
PN=2
Group 10
Operational Checks
Operational Check
Perform the following steps in the order listed:
1. With vehicle in Park, start engine and set throttle to

1500 rpm.
2. Access CCU Address 34 and monitor Engine Coolant
Temperature sensor reading on display, see CCU
Addresses (Reference 245-CCU-001). See Access
Control Unit Addresses (Reference 245-05-002).
3. Let engine run until a steady operating temperature is
reached or until coolant temperature reaches 106 °C
(222.8°F) for 9320—9520 or 111°C (231.8°F) for 9120
and 9220 tractors.
4. If display reaches 106°C ±1°C (222.8°F ±1.8°F) for
9320—9520 or 111°C ±1°C (231.8°F ±1.8°F) for 9120
and 9220 tractors, the Service Alert, Engine System
and Temperature Function Indicators will flash and the
warning horn will beep five times. ECU Code 062 (SPN
110, FMI 16) will also be stored.
5. If display reaches 109°C ±1°C (228.2°F ±1.8°F) for 220
10
9320—9520 or 114°C ±1°C (237.2°F ±1.8°F) for 9120
1
and 9220 tractors, the Stop Engine, Engine System
and Temperature Function Indicators will flash and the
warning horn will sound steady. ECU Code 063 (SPN
110, FMI 0) will also be stored.
6. Stop engine. Return to diagnosis in process.
OURX949,00002A1 –19–16NOV01–1/1
122106
PN=1151
Operational Checks
Reference 220-10-002, Distinguishing Engine

Control Units (ECUs)
• Level 6 ECU
– 12.5 L engines
– 4 ECU connectors (Three 30-way and one 18-way
connectors)
– 6 Electronic Unit Injectors (EUIs)
• Level 9 ECU
– 8.1 L engines
– 2 ECU connectors (Two 30-way connectors)
– Denso High Pressure Pump with Common Fuel Rail
– 6 Electronically-controlled injection nozzles
JW67297,00001CF –19–28MAR03–1/1
220
10
2
122106
PN=1152
Group 15
Tests and Adjustments

Cooling System Pressure Pump . . . . . . . . . . D05104ST
–UN–27FEB02
Tests Radiator Leaks
RXA0059522
220
15
1
RW39137,0000474 –19–19APR02–2/6
RXA0059598 –UN–25FEB02
Oil Galley Plug Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG782
Removes Oil Plug
Hand Held Digital Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05719
Checking speed in rpm
100 PSI Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT07034
Measures Pressure
RW39137,0000474 –19–19APR02–3/6
Power Checking Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05879A

–UN–07MAR02
Power Testing Wheel Tractor

RXA0059515
122106
PN=1153
RXA0059514 –UN–07MAR02
-10 ORFS Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38H1148
Hydraulic Fitting Plug
RW39137,0000474 –19–19APR02–5/6
RXA0059394 –UN–06FEB02
-10 ORFS Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38H1417
Hydraulic Fitting
RW39137,0000474 –19–19APR02–6/6
220
15
2
122106
PN=1154
Specifications
Engine Oil Pressure
Minimum No Load (Idle) Pressure 100 kPa

(1.0 bar)
(15 psi)
Maximum Full Load (Rated Speed) Pressure 450 kPa

(4.5 bar)
(65 psi)
Radiator and Radiator Cap Pressure
Radiator Pressure 80 kPa

(0.8 bar)
(12 psi)
Radiator Cap Pressure 60-80 kPa 220

(0.6-0.8 bar) 15
3
(9-12 psi)
Engine Fuel Pressure
Fuel Pressure During Cranking 20-25 psi

Low Idle 60-80 psi
High Idle 70-90 psi
RW39137,0000475 –19–19APR02–1/1
122106
PN=1155
Reference 220-15-001, Engine Coolant

Quality Check
Maintaining adequate concentrations of glycol and

inhibiting additives in the coolant is critical to protect the
engine and cooling system against freezing, corrosion,
and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.
Test the coolant solution at intervals of six months or less

and whenever excessive coolant is lost through leaks or
overheating.
Coolant Test Strips
Coolant Test Strips are available from a John Deere

dealer. These test strips provide a simple, effective
method to check the freeze point and additive levels of
the engine coolant.
Compare the results to the supplemental coolant additive

(SCA) chart to determine the amount of inhibiting
220 additives in the coolant and whether more John Deere
15
COOLANT CONDITIONER should be added.
4
COOLSCAN™
For a more thorough evaluation of the coolant, perform a

COOLSCAN™ analysis. Consult a John Deere dealer for
more information.
COOLSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX949,00002A2 –19–16NOV01–1/1
122106
PN=1156
Reference 220-15-002, Radiator and Radiator

Cap Test
OURX949,00002A3 –19–20JUN03–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure pressure tests the Radiator and Radiator Cap.
– – –1/1
1 Radiator Check Raise hood. Open side shields and front grille screen. OK: Pressure held
steady.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Pressure drops,

repair system.
GO TO 2 . 220
15
5
TS281 –UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system

can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with
bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before
removing completely.
Remove pressure cap from coolant recovery tank.
Attach D05104ST, Cooling System Pressure Pump, and JDG839, Radiator Pressure
Tester Adapter to filler neck.
Pressurize system to 80 kPa (0.8 bar) (12 psi).
Pressure should hold steady and not decrease.
Radiator and Radiator Cap Pressure—Specification

Radiator—Pressure ................................................................................................ 80 kPa
(0.8 bar)
(12 psi)
Radiator Cap—Pressure ................................................................................... 60-80 kPa
(0.6-0.8 bar)
(9-12 psi)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1157
2 Radiator Cap Check Install Radiator Cap on D05104ST, Radiator Pressure Tester and JDG839, Radiator OK: Cap holds pressure.
Pressure Tester Adapter. Return to diagnosis in
process.
Pressurize cap to 60-80 kPa (0.6-0.8 bar) (9-12 psi).
NOT OK: Cap DOES
Pressure should hold steady and not decrease. NOT hold pressure,
replace. Return to
diagnosis in process.
– – –1/1
220
15
6
122106
PN=1158
Reference 220-15-003, Engine Oil Pressure

Test
Check Engine Oil pressure:
1. Remove pipe plug from main oil galley using JDG782,

Oil Galley Plug Tool.
2. Attach JT07034, Hydraulic Pressure Gauge, to oil
galley.
IMPORTANT: To achieve an accurate oil pressure

reading, warm engine oil to 105 °C (220
°F).
3. Start engine, run at speeds given below, measure and

record oil pressure readings.
Tractors to serial number —002341
Engine Oil Pressure (—002341)—Specification

Minimum No Load (Idle)—
Pressure ........................................................................................ 100 kPa
(1.00 bar)
220
(15 psi)
15
Maximum Full Load (Rated
7
Speed)—Pressure ......................................................................... 450 kPa
(4.5 bar)
(65 psi)
Tractors from serial number 002342—
Engine Oil Pressure (002342—)—Specification

Minimum No Load (Idle)—
Pressure .......................................................................................... 89 kPa
(0.89 bar)
(13 psi)
Minimum 2000 rpm—Pressure...................................................... 169 kPa
(1.69 bar)
(24.5 psi)
Maximum Full Load (Rated
Speed)—Pressure ......................................................................... 400 kPa
(4.0 bar)
(58 psi)
4. Access CCU Address 19 and perform Engine Oil

Pressure Sensor Voltage Test. Record engine oil
pressure sensor voltage and compare this reading to
table that follows to verify sensor operation. See CCU
Addresses, (Reference 245-CCU-001.)
Continued on next page OURX949,00002A4 –19–11AUG03–1/2
122106
PN=1159
Sensor Voltage Pressure (kPa) Pressure (psi) Sensor Voltage Pressure (kPa) Pressure (psi)
0.6 0-9 0-1.3 2.7 285-299 41.4-43.4
0.7 9-23 1.3-3.3 2.8 299-313 43.4-45.4
0.8 23-37 3.3-5.4 2.9 313-327 45.4-47.4
0.9 37-51 5.4-7.4 3.0 327-341 47.4-49.4
1.0 51-65 7.4-9.4 3.1 341-354 49.4-51.4
1.1 65-79 9.4-11.4 3.2 354-368 51.4-53.4
1.2 79-92 11.4-13.3 3.3 368-382 53.4-55.4
1.3 92-106 13.3-15.4 3.4 382-396 55.4-57.4
1.4 106-120 15.4-17.4 3.5 396-410 57.4-59.4
1.5 120-134 17.4-19.4 3.6 410-424 59.4-61.4
1.6 134-148 19.4-21.4 3.7 424-437 61.4-63.4
1.7 148-161 21.4-23.4 3.8 437-451 63.4-65.4
1.8 161-175 23.4-25.4 3.9 451-465 65.4-67.4
1.9 175-189 25.4-27.4 4.0 465-479 67.4-69.4
2.0 189-203 27.4-29.4 4.1 479-492 69.4-71.4
2.1 203-217 29.4-31.4 4.2 492-506 71.4-73.4
2.2 217-230 31.4-33.4 4.3 506-520 73.4-75.4
220 2.3 230-244 33.4-35.4 4.4 520-534 75.4-77.4
15 2.4 244-258 35.4-37.4 4.5 534-548 77.4-79.4
8
2.5 258-272 37.4-39.4 4.6 548-561 79.4-81.4
2.6 272-285 39.4-41.4 4.7 561-575 81.4-83.4
4.8 or more Error Error
NOTE: The oil pressure regulating valve is designed so

that adjustment of oil pressure should not be
required.
OURX949,00002A4 –19–11AUG03–2/2
122106
PN=1160
Reference 220-15-004, Viscous Fan Drive

Test
OUO1052,0000171 –19–07AUG02–1/1
Test Procedure
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check NOTE: Do the following preliminary checks with the engine OFF. Correct any abnormal OK: GO TO 2 .
conditions before proceeding with warm or hot viscous fan drive checks.
NOT OK: Make repairs
1. Check front screen, oil cooler, condenser, and radiator fins. They must be free of then....
dirt and debris.
NOTE: Any dirt found in front of the radiator is an indication the radiator fins are GO TO 2 .
plugged.
2. Make sure all foam seals are present and properly positioned. 220
3. The radiator core must be internally free of sludge or sediment. 15
4. Coolant must be at the correct level. 9
NOTE: If coolant level is low, a faulty radiator cap could be the cause.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1161
2 Fan Drive Check 1. Rotate the fan by hand. The fan blades (A) should not contact the fan shroud. OK: GO TO 3 .
• The fan should resist motion but still turn with resistance.
• The fan should not be locked up. NOT OK: Replace fan
drive, then....
A—Fan Blade
B—Fan Drive Input Flange GO TO 3 .
2. The maximum linear movement, at the input flange of

the fan drive (B), should be no more than 3 mm (1/8
in).
NOTE: Apply a slight push and pull at tip of the fan
blade for this check. The fan should not spin more
than 1/2 revolution when the fan is at operating
temperature.
RW45748 –UN–16JUL96
220
15 A—Area Behind Fan
10
3. The area behind the fan assembly (A) should be dry,
and free from oil.
NOTE: A damp area accumulating a small amount of
dust is acceptable.
RW45749 –UN–16JUL96
– – –1/1
3 Recall Diagnostic 1. Install a good fuse in the F10, “Diag”, terminals. OK: No codes related to
Codes 2. Turn key switch ON. engine overheating.
3. Access diagnostic Address CCU 001. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes,
Reference 245-05-001. GO TO 4 .
4. Record Service Codes.
NOT OK: Repair
problems indicated by
Service Codes that are
related to the engine
overheating.
– – –1/1
4 Perform Hydraulic Perform hydraulic pump pressure and Hitch/SCV leakage checks to verify engine OK: GO TO 5 .
Checks overheating is not related to a hydraulic system problem.
NOT OK: Make
See Hydraulic Pressure Test and Adjustment, Reference 270-15-003. necessary repairs, then....
See SCV/Hitch Valve Leak Test, Reference 270-15-005. GO TO 5 .

– – –1/1
122106
PN=1162
5 Check Operation of NOTE: Correct any abnormal conditions found in the earlier testing before continuing OK: GO TO 6 .
the Thermostats with this step.
1. Install a jumper hose in Number 1 SCV couplers.
RXA0061995 –UN–09AUG02
220
A—Temperature Probe Taped to Coolant Line 15
11
2. Attach the temperature sensing lead (A) from the JT02156A, Digital
Pressure/Temperature Analyzer, to the steel section of the top radiator hose with a
piece of tape. This will be used to measure the temperature of the coolant in the
top tank of the radiator.
NOTE: If JT02156A is not available a thermometer may be used but the reading
may slightly vary.
3. Start engine and set speed at 2000 rpm.

4. Engage SCV 1 at continuous detent and adjust the flow rate to load the engine.
5. Press the “Speed” and “Code” touch switches on the right console, at the same
time, to display the coolant temperature.
NOTE: Coolant temperature may also be displayed on the corner post at CCU
Address 34.
6. Run engine until the display reads 78-88 °C (172-190 °F).

NOTE: If ambient temperature is below 4 °C (40 °F), cover the radiator with
cardboard or a sheet of plastic to help reduce running time.
7. Check the reading on the JT02156 digital tester. The temperature on the meter
should be within 10 °C (18 °F) of the cab display.
8. Record readings from both temperature sources.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1163
6 Temperature/Resistance Compare readings to the following chart to determine temperature sensor resistance OK: GO TO 7 .
Difference Readings readings.
NOT OK: Make needed
RH Console Approximate Radiator Approximate Coolant repairs, then....
Coolant Temperature Temperature Sensor
Ohms GO TO 7 .
21 °C (70 °F) 21 °C (70 °F) 3065

60 °C (140 °F) 54 °C (130 °F) 570
82 °C (180 °F) 75 °C (167 °F) 318
100 °C (212 °F) 95 °C (203 °F) 178
• If right console digital readout and top tank temperature correspond to the chart, the
thermostats are operating correctly.
• If right console digital readout indicate coolant is much hotter than radiator top tank
temperature, check the sensor resistance and compare to chart. If resistance is
normal, the thermostat is stuck closed.
• If the digital readout is slow to rise, and the top tank temperature is above 74 °C
(165 °F), check the temperature sensor resistance and compare with the chart
above.
• If coolant is circulating in the radiator, but the coolant temperature is below 74 °C
(165 °F), the thermostat is stuck open.
– – –1/1
220
7 Warm Viscous Fan IMPORTANT: Radiator cap must be installed. OK: Fan speed is
15
Drive Check acceptable.
12
1. Stop engine.
2. Open left hand side panel to gain access to the fan. GO TO 8 .
3. Install a piece of Photo Reflective Tape on the rear side of a fan blade,
approximately 6 mm (1/4 in) from the tip of the blade. NOT OK: Fan operation
NOTE: Do not use a magnetic speed sensor on tractors with aluminum fans, this is incorrect, replace fan
will give false speed readings. drive.
If using cardboard or plastic to help heat the engine coolant, remove it before
checking fan speed. The fan would not be properly loaded, causing incorrect fan
speed.
4. Start engine and set speed at 1500-1800 rpm.

5. Circulate the hydraulic oil in the SCV to get engine coolant to 78-88 °C (172-190
°F) on the right console. The gauge indicator should be near the 12 o’clock
position.
6. Stop engine. The fan should stop spinning immediately after the engine stops
rotating.
• If the fan continues to rotate for several revolutions after the engine has stopped,
this is an indication the fan drive may be faulty.
CAUTION: Fan is spinning at a very high rate of speed. To prevent

contact with spinning fan, hold photo tachometer at least 12 inches away
from fan.
7. Run engine at 2100 rpm for two minutes before recording fan speed with a
JT05719, Photo Tachometer. Compare readings to specified speed in the following
chart. Fan speeds may vary about 150 rpm during testing.
Tractor Model Engine RPM Fan Drive RPM Fan RPM
9120 2100 2080-2120 800-1400

9220 2100 2290-2330 800-1400
9320 2100 2290-2330 800-1400
9420 2100 2290-2330 800-1400
9520 2100 2290-2330 800-1400
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1164
8 Hot Viscous Fan NOTE: If the tractor is in the shop and a dynamometer is available, this can be used to OK: Fan speed within
Drive Check load the engine for testing. specification.
1. Start engine and set speed to 2100 rpm. GO TO 9 .

2. Warm the engine coolant to 98-100 °C (208-212 °F). Once the coolant has reached
this temperature, run the tractor for a few minutes to ensure the fan is up to speed. NOT OK: Fan speed is
NOTE: A normally operating fan drive will respond within 25-35 seconds. Some fan not within specification,
drives have a “fluid lag” that requires a heat soaking period to provide proper drive continue to operate the
engagement. tractor at the coolant
temperature suggested
The radiator may need to be covered with cardboard or plastic for the engine to above. Recheck fan
reach this temperature. Remove these items before checking fan speed, or the fan speed after 5 minutes of
will not be properly loaded, causing incorrect fan speed reading. operation at 98-100 °C
(208-212 °F) coolant
temperature.
CAUTION: Fan is spinning at a very high rate of speed. To prevent
contact with spinning fan, hold photo tachometer at least 12 inches away NOT OK: Fan speed
from fan. incorrect after second hot
check. Replace the fan
3. Measure the fan speed with a JT05719, Photo Tachometer. drive.
4. Compare measured fan speed to the following chart.
Tractor Model Engine RPM Fan Drive RPM Fan RPM
9120 2100 2080-2120 1930-2020

9220 2100 2290-2330 2125-2220 220
9320 2100 2290-2330 2125-2220 15
9420 2100 2290-2330 2125-2220 13
9520 2100 2290-2330 2125-2220
– – –1/1
9 Summary of Viscous If fan speeds were correct and engine overheating is the problem, check the following: NOT OK: Make repairs
Fan Drive Testing as needed and return the
• The transmission and hydraulic reservoir for proper oil fill level. tractor to field operation.
• Restricted air flow through the air to air cooler.
• Restricted air flow through the radiator.
– Inspect the radiator fins thoroughly for dirt and debris.
• Air conditioning compressor discharge pressure is too high.
– Check condenser for restricted air flow, and for the system being overcharged.
• Engine cooling systems thermostats being stuck open. Remove from tractor and
test.
• Continuous loss of coolant due to faulty radiator cap or head gasket or cylinder liner
leaking combustion pressure into the cooling system.
• Radiator core is internally restricted with sludge or sediment.
• Improperly fitting or missing foam and seals causing improper air flow through the
radiator.
• Faulty water pump.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1165
Reference 220-15-005, Engine Block Heater

Test
HP51992,0000268 –19–05AUG04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure test engine block heater and power supply.
– – –1/1
1 Preliminary Check Visually inspect: OK: All checks good.
• Electrical supply outlet and face cover clean and in good condition. GO TO 2 .
• Extension cord (if used):
– Adequate size to carry electrical load. NOT OK: Make
– Electrical connectors clean and in good condition. necessary repairs and
– Electrical cord clean and in good condition.
• Block heater cord: GO TO 2 .
220 – Electrical connectors clean and in good condition.
15 – Electrical cord clean and in good condition.
14
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check 1. Tractor OFF, engine at ambient temperature. OK: Engine block heater
2. Using JT05800, Digital Thermometer, read temperature of engine block heater. is beginning to warm.
3. Connect engine block heater cord to electrical power supply.
4. After five minutes, re-read temperature of engine block heater. Diagnosis complete.
NOT OK: Engine block

did not begin to warm.
GO TO 3 .
– – –1/1
3 Supply Power Check Using JT05791, Digital Multimeter, check electrical power supply outlet for correct OK: Voltage check good.
voltage.
GO TO 4 .
CAUTION: Use care to avoid electrical shock. High voltage and current NOT OK: No or low
flow are possible. voltage at electrical power
supply. Correct electrical
NOTE: If an extension cord is being used, check voltage at tractor end of extension power supply problem.
cord.
GO TO 2 .
Power Supply Voltage—Typical Reading
North America ......................................................................................... 110/120 VAC
Region II .................................................................................................. 220/240 VAC
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1166
4 Engine Block Heater Disconnect engine block heater cord from engine block heater element and electrical OK: All checks good.
Cord Check power supply. Replace engine block
heater element.
Using JT05791, Digital Multimeter, check block heater cord for opens, shorts and
grounds. GO TO 2 .

engine block heater cord
as necessary.
GO TO 2 .
– – –1/1
220
15
15
122106
PN=1167
Reference 220-15-010, Dynamometer

Horsepower Test
Several variables exist which can substantially affect the

result of the horsepower testing. This will be seen as
power readings different than advertised even though the
engine is well within specification.
Factors Affecting Horsepower
• Fuel Temperature
• Air Temperature
• Fuel’s Specific Gravity
• Tractor Components
• Dynamometer Calibration
Fuel Temperature
Fuel temperature probably has the most significant single

affect on engine power. As the temperature decreases,
fuel becomes more dense and power increases. An
220 increase in temperature reduces the density of the fuel
15
and results in a decrease in power. Power will change
16
approximately three to four percent for every 10 °C (18
°F) change in inlet fuel temperature. Factory power testing
is conducted at a fuel temperature of 42 °C (108 °F) at
the injection pump inlet.
Air Temperature
Temperature also greatly affects the density of air. Colder,

more dense, air will contain more oxygen molecules than
hot air. This effect causes more change in the power of a
naturally aspirated engine. Due to boost pressures,
turbo-charged and supercharged engines show minimal
affect on power with changes in air temperature.
Fuel’s Specific Gravity
Horsepower changes one percent for every one-point

change in the fuel’s API rating. A higher API rating
indicates lighter fuels and will result in horsepower
decreases. Heavier, longer burning fuels, will produce
increases in power. Factory power testing uses fuel
corrected to a 37.5 API rating.
Tractor Components
Continued on next page OUO1052,0000102 –19–14DEC06–1/12
122106
PN=1168
• Viscous Fan Drive

The viscous fan drive improves fuel economy by
operating at reduced speed when full cooling is not
required. As the temperature sensed by the fan drive
increases, the fan speed, and the power required to
drive it, will increase. This will result in a power
decrease observed at the dynamometer.
• EOV Valve
On MST transmissions the traction clutch does not
engage after starting until the clutch pedal has been
cycled. If the engine power is tested without depressing
the clutch pedal after startup, the observed horsepower
will be higher since transmission components are not
rotating. Always cycle the clutch after the tractor startup
before conducting a power check.
Dynamometer Calibration
Proper calibration of the dynamometer’s speed and torque

measurement is very important for accurate power testing.
Follow the operating instructions in the Dynamometer
Operation Manual. 220
15
17
122106
PN=1169
FAN POWER CORRECTION CHART FOR HORSEPOWER (hp)

30
25
20
FAN POWER (hp)
15
10
9120/9220
5 9320/9420/9520
-5
–UN–07MAR02
-10
220 -15
RXA0059576
15 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200
18
FAN SPEED (rpm)
Fan Power Difference Correction Chart

NOTE: Zero line on correction chart is Nebraska test
1. Install JT05709, Reflective Tape, on rear of fan point at 24 °C (75 °F) outside air temperature.
blade approximately 25 mm (1.0 in) from tip of
blade. 4. Determine power (hp) draw from measured fan
2. Operate engine at 2100 rpm until fan speed speed (rpm) using the Fan Power Difference
stabilizes. Correction Chart. Add the chart value (hp) to the
dynamometer reading to adjust actual power
NOTE: Two to four minutes running time normally will reading
stabilize fan speed.
Example—9220
PTO hp (Factory Observed) .............................. 310 hp
Field Dynamometer Measured Value ................ 291.4 hp
CAUTION: Hold the Hand Held Digital Fan Speed Measured ........................................ 1900 rpm
Tachometer at least 305 mm (12 in) from the Fan Power Difference Correction Value ............ 10.0 hp
fan while checking fan speed to prevent
possible contact with fan blades. Calibration:
Dynamometer Measured Value ......................... 291.4 hp
Correction Value (added) ................................... + 10.0 hp
3. Measure fan speed with JT05719, Hand Held Adjusted Power .................................................. = 301.4 hp
Digital Tachometer, and immediately check
dynamometer reading.
122106
PN=1170
Power Testing Procedure 1. Remove the left and right, rear dual wheels if so
equipped to provide necessary clearances.
2. Remove right side steering stop.
CAUTION: Locate the tractor on a flat, level
surface while performing this test.
NOTE: Do not operate any hydraulic functions during

the test procedure or the results will not be
valid.
OUO1052,0000102 –19–14DEC06–4/12
3. Steer the tractor into a full right turn and install a

JDG1003, Steering Cylinder Stop (A).
4. Raise hitch completely. Turn engine OFF.
NOTE: Valid test readings can only be obtained if the

hitch is fully raised.
–UN–23JUL96
220
5. Securely block tractor’s wheels to prevent rolling.
15
6. Remove drive line from transmission-to-front-axle. 19
RW45796
OUO1052,0000102 –19–14DEC06–5/12
7. Disconnect transmission-to-gudgeon drive line at

gudgeon yoke (B).
–UN–24JUL96
RW45797
OUO1052,0000102 –19–14DEC06–6/12
8. Loosen hydraulic lines from bracket (A) and position as

shown to allow power checking bracket to be installed.
9. Remove hose from left steering cylinder and use
38H1417, Cap, and 38H1148, Plug, (C) to prevent oil
leakage.
10. Using a hoist, install JT05879A, Power Checking
–UN–22JUL96
Bracket (B), onto gudgeon frame. Keep the Power

Checking Bracket supported with the hoist until it is
securely attached to the gudgeon.
RW45794
122106
PN=1171
a. Install and tighten (1 x 10 in.) cap screw (D) to 40

N•m (30 lb-ft).
–UN–11JUL89
RW13444
220
15
20
122106
PN=1172
b. Install positioning strap (B) onto bracket.

c. Tighten positioning capscrews on bracket (B) until
rear edge of plate begins to contact front face of
gudgeon (A).
IMPORTANT: Additional tightening of the positioning
–UN–22JUL96
capscrews on the bracket (B) after
contacting the face of the gudgeon will
force the bracket out of alignment.
RW45795
d. Torque the three setscrews (C) in a circular
sequence to 136 N•m (100 lb-ft).
CAUTION: Additional tightening of set screws

(C) may result in risk of personal injury and
damage to equipment.
11. Select the correct yoke size to mate with the tractor’s
drive line and install on the bracket’s shaft. Secure
with capscrew and torque to 366 N•m (270 lb-ft).
12. Attach transmission output shaft to power checking 220
bracket stub shaft yoke. Torque capscrews to 150 15
21
N•m (110 lb-ft).
13. Lubricate both bearings on the bracket and all service
points on the dynamometer before each use.
14. Position dynamometer for best shaft alignment and
connect to stub shaft on power checking bracket.
15. Set dynamometer controls for “no load”.
CAUTION: Keep all personnel and tools out of

the hinge area. Shafts will be rotating at high
rates of speed.
16. Before running Power Test with dynamometer, start

the engine and allow it to warm up. Leave the
transmission in PARK until the engine has reached
operating temperature and you are ready to perform
the test.
NOTE: Valid test readings can only be obtained if the

hitch is fully raised.
17. Select proper gear for transmission:
122106
PN=1173
• PST: Fully depress the clutch pedal. Move the shift

control lever from the PARK position to the forward
slot. Slowly release the clutch pedal. Bump the shift
lever to upshift two times to select 9th gear.
• 12-speed MST: select 2nd gear, B range (B2).
• 24-speed MST: select 2nd gear, B range, Low
(B2Lo).
NOTE: The engine must be running at slow idle when

engaging the transimssion to prevent damage to
tools, tractor and dynamometer.
18. Start engine and set speed to 1000 rpm with no load
on dynamometer. (MST: depress clutch, select proper
gear, and slowly engage clutch to bring dynamometer
up to speed.)
IMPORTANT: To prevent failure of dynamometer

shear bolt, do not shift transmission
with load applied to dynamometer.
220 19. Check dynamometer tachometer to assure proper

15 gear selection. At 1000 engine rpm the dynamometer
22
tachometer should read:
• PST—548 ±25 rpm
• MST—533 ±25 rpm
20. Tractor is now ready to perform Power Testing. See

Dynamometer Operation Manual for procedure.
See Reference 220-20-007, Torque and Power Curve
Explanation and Interpretation for additional
information.
21. Refer to the following table for supporting information:
RPM SPECIFICATIONS FOR TORQUE CURVES

9120—9520
Engine RPM PTO Speed PST Hinge Speed MST Hinge Speed
2100 1108 1153 1120
2000 1055 1098 1066
1900 1003 1043 1013
1800 950 988 960
1700 897 933 906
1600 844 878 853
1500 792 823 800
1400 739 768 747
122106
PN=1174
Remove Dynamometer and Power Checking Bracket
1. Place the transmission in neutral and allow all rotating

parts to stop rotating. Then place the transmission in
PARK and stop the engine
2. Remove dynamometer from power checking bracket
stub shaft.
3. Remove power checking bracket from tractor.
4. Attach transmission front and rear output shafts.
Torque capscrews to 150 N•m (110 lb-ft).
5. Connect steering line to cylinders and reposition
steering lines in bracket on side of gudgeon. Install
right side steering stop.
OUO1052,0000102 –19–14DEC06–11/12
220
6. Remove steering cylinder stop (A). 15
7. Recall all codes (PST). See Recall, Record and Clear 23
Codes (Reference 245-05-001.
8. Check operation of transmission. For PST, see
Transmission Operational Checks, Reference
250-10-001.
–UN–23JUL96
RW45796
OUO1052,0000102 –19–14DEC06–12/12
122106
PN=1175
Reference 220-15-011, Engine Performance,

Fuel/Boost Tables
This information may be used when an engine is

suspected of having low power or may require ether to
start when at operating temperature. It will assist
diagnosis for tractors without a PTO, an available hinge
kit, or an adequate dynomometer for testing.
1. Check for any Service Codes which may have been

stored. See Recall, Record and Clear Codes,
2. Ensure the engine’s air system is in good condition.
Check for failed hoses, loose/broken clamps, etc. This
may appear as:
• Having low power or excessive smoke.
• “Air” noise heard from engine area.
• Turbo boost pressure checks low.
3. Verify throttle operation through it’s full range (address

displays ’percent of throttle’, “000” at low idle and “100”
220 at high idle). Access ECU Address 26 and perform the
15
Throttle Status Test.
24
4. Check fuel pressure with a fuel pressure gauge (0-150
psi). Pressure port is located on back side of fuel filter
housing.
Engine Fuel Pressure—Specification

Fuel Pressure—During Cranking ................................................ 20-25 psi
Low Idle ....................................................................................... 60-80 psi
High Idle ...................................................................................... 70-90 psi
If fuel pressure is low check for following problem:
• Plugged fuel filters

• Fuel line restriction
• Faulty low/high pressure regulating valve
• Faulty transfer pump
• Air in fuel
• Fuel drainback before starting
5. Install a turbocharger boost pressure gauge (40-60 psi)

at the intake manifold. (Also available is the JT07248,
Turbo Boost Test Kit.)
Continued on next page OUO1052,0000111 –19–05MAR02–1/3
122106
PN=1176
6. Access ECU Address 20 to display Commanded Fuel

Delivery Status. At WOT and the engine loaded down
to 2100 rpm, this display must be 99-100%. If display
is not correct, access ACU Address 20 and perform
ACU Calibration for the throttle lever.
7. Start tractor and prepare to operate in clear area. To
avoid engine power derates, the following conditions
must be observed:
• Tractor must be operated at speeds above 7.25 kph
(4.5 mph).
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use brakes to hold tractor

during test. Brake failure can occur due
to overloading.
• PTO and Field Cruise must be OFF.

• Hitch must be fully raised.
• Fuel must be summer grade (#2).
8. Compare results to the averaged data in the following

tables.
220
NOTE: All “percent fuel” values except at 2100 rpm have 15
25
a tolerance of ±10%.
9120
Engine RPM % Fuel Boost PSI
2100 100 30
2000 104 31
1900 115 32
1800 120 32
1700 122 30
1600 128 29
1500 136 30
9220
2100 100 19
2000 107 19
1900 115 20
1800 126 21
1700 137 22
1600 147 23
1500 144 22
Continued on next page OUO1052,0000111 –19–05MAR02–2/3
122106
PN=1177
9320
2100 100 23
2000 109 25
1900 116 26
1800 131 29
1700 138 30
1600 142 31
1500 140 29
9420
2100 100 23
2000 106 25
1900 115 26
1800 122 27
1700 130 29
1600 136 31
1500 135 29
9520
2100 100 25
2000 107 26
1900 115 28
220 1800 125 30
15 1700 133 32
26 1600 135 33
1500 133 30
OUO1052,0000111 –19–05MAR02–3/3
122106
PN=1178
Group 20
Theory of Operation
Reference 220-20-001, Engine Cooling System Operation (12.5L Engine)
220
20
1
–UN–16NOV01
RXA0058547
Continued on next page OURX949,00002A5 –19–26FEB02–1/3
122106
PN=1179
Theory of Operation
A—Radiator F—Thermostat Housing K—Directed Top Liner Cooling O—To Radiator Top Tank
B—Water Pump G—Engine Oil Cooler Return Line P—From Radiator
C—Coolant Heater H—Surge Tank L—Coolant Bypass Tube Q—Low Temperature Coolant
D—Coolant Manifold I—Coolant Recovery Tank M—From Heater Core R—High Temperature Coolant
E—Thermostats J—Directed Top Liner Cooling N—To Heater Core
Passages
The pressurized cooling system consists of a radiator The larger and higher number of coolant flow holes
(A), coolant pump (B), coolant heater (C), coolant around cylinders 5 and 6 force more coolant to flow to
manifold (D), coolant passages in block and the the back of the cylinder head than to the front.
cylinder head, thermostats (E), and thermostat housing
(F). Once coolant is in the cylinder head, all flow is towards
the front. Coolant from cylinder 6 flows forward and
The coolant pump draws coolant from the radiator accumulates with flow from other cylinders. All coolant
through the lower radiator hose (P). Flow then goes flow then exits out the head at number 1 cylinder to
past a coolant heater (C) and into the oil cooler the thermostat housing (F).
housing (G). Coolant flows around the oil cooler and
then flows into one of two circuits. The second circuit is called the "directed top liner
cooling" system. Two drilled passages (J) at the top of
The main circuit flows coolant from the oil cooler into the oil cooler cavity in the cylinder block route coolant
the coolant manifold (D). The coolant manifold extends to cylinders 3 and 4 liners for top liner cooling.
the length of the right side of the block. From the
220 coolant manifold, coolant flows into each liner cavity. Coolant will flow around the top of cylinder 3 liner, then
20 From the liners coolant flows up into the cylinder head. flow forward to cylinder 2 liner and then to cylinder 1
2
liner. Coolant will leave cylinder 1 through a drill
The coolant flow through the block and cylinder head passage to the thermostat housing. Coolant entering
is optimized to provide ample flow around each liner number 4 cylinder will flow rearward to number 5 and
and to provide more flow to the rear of the cylinder then to number 6. Coolant leaves number 6 cylinder
head than into the front. To achieve this the coolant through a drilled passage and flows though an external
passages from the block to the cylinder head vary in steel line to the thermostat housing.
size and in number.
When the engine is cold, the thermostats (E) will be
The holes on the right side of the block are smaller closed. Coolant will flow through the bypass tube (L),
than the holes on the left side. Therefore, as coolant into the inlet of the coolant pump.
flows out of the coolant manifold on the right side of
the block, it is forced to flow around the liners to When the engines warms to operating temperature,
escape through larger holes on the left of the block. the thermostats will open and coolant will flow past the
This assures that each liner is surrounded by coolant open thermostats to the top of the radiator (A).
flow.
Once the coolant is in the cylinder head, all flow is
In addition, there are more holes and larger holes at towards the front. Coolant passes into the thermostat
the rear of the cylinder head than at the front. housing, past the two open thermostats (engine at
Cylinders 1 and 2 have one 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) and one normal operating temperature), and then returns to the
9 mm (0.35 in.) hole. Cylinders 3 and 4 have two 6.3 radiator.
mm (0.25 in.) and two 10 mm (0.39 in.) holes.
Cylinders 5 and 6 have two 10 mm (0.39 in.) and two
16 mm (0.63 in.) holes.
Continued on next page OURX949,00002A5 –19–26FEB02–2/3
122106
PN=1180
Theory of Operation
If the thermostats are closed (as during warm-up On water-to-air aftercooled engines, coolant is routed
periods), coolant is directed back to the pump through through an external line to the aftercooler, then back to
the bypass tube to be recirculated. This provides a the oil cooler housing through a second external line.
faster more uniform warm-up. Some coolant is passing
through the bypass tube even while the thermostats
are open.
OURX949,00002A5 –19–26FEB02–3/3
220
20
3
122106
PN=1181
Theory of Operation
Reference 220-20-002, Engine Lubrication System Operation (12.5L Engine)
220
20
4
–UN–21MAY99
RW70933
A—Oil Pump G—Oil Pick-Up Tube M—Rocker Arm Shaft R—Valve Rocker Arm Rollers
B—Oil Cooler H—Pressure Regulating Valve Assemblies S—Electronic Unit Injector
C—Oil Filter Housing N—Idler Gear Bushing (EUI)
D—Oil Filter Bypass Valve I—Main Oil Galley O—Rocker Arm Shaft Oil T—Turbocharger Lube Line
E—Oil Cooler Bypass Valve J—Piston Lube Spray Jets Supply U—Pressurized Oil
F—Oil Pressure Regulating K—Crankshaft Main Bearing P—Unit Injector Rocker Arm V—Pressure Free Oil
Valve L—Connecting Rod Bearing Q—Unit Injector Rocker Arm
Roller Bushing
The lubrication system consists of a crankshaft driven passage in the cylinder block. An oil cooler relief valve
oil pump (A), oil cooler (B), oil filter (C), oil filter bypass protects the oil cooler during cold oil starting by
valve (D), oil cooler bypass valve (E), and oil pressure returning oil to sump. The cooler bypass valve allows
regulating valve (F). oil to bypass the cooler and flow to the filter if the oil
cooler is restricted. From the oil cooler oil flows to the
Oil is drawn from the sump via a pick-up tube (G) and oil filter housing and into the filter. If the filter becomes
an internal passage in the cylinder block. The oil pump restricted, the oil filter bypass valve will open sending
sends the oil to the pressure regulating valve housing oil to the main oil gallery.
(H) and then to the oil cooler through an internal
Continued on next page OURX949,00002A6 –19–16NOV01–1/2
122106
PN=1182
Theory of Operation
Oil flow from the filter is sensed by the oil pressure Two drilled passages route oil from the main oil gallery
regulating valve. This valve regulates the pressure in through the cylinder block towards the head. At the
the main oil gallery (I). Excess oil is returned to sump. head gasket, oil flows into head bolt holes 19 and 23.
Oil flows around these bolts and into a cross-drilled
Clean cool oil (T) is routed directly from the top of the passage at the top of the head. Steel lines (O) connect
filter base to the turbocharger. Turbocharger return oil with the cross drilled passages and routes oil to a
is routed through a steel line to the cylinder block and rocker arm shaft hold down clamp for each rocker arm
then to sump. shaft.
The remaining oil is routed to the main oil galley then At the rocker arm hold down clamp, oil flows around a
distributed to the piston spray jets (J), crankshaft main cap screw and enters the rocker arm shaft. The rocker
bearings (K), connecting rod bearings (L), the two arm shaft is hollow and is sealed on each end. A
rocker arm shaft assemblies (M), oil pump bushing, hollow roll pin connects with each rocker arm shaft
upper idler gear bushing (N), and auxiliary drive. drilled passage and routes oil to the two center
camshaft bushings.
The piston spray jets receive oil directly from the main
oil galley. These spray jets allow for precise targeting The front and rear camshaft bushings receive oil from
of the oil spray onto the bottom of the piston. a hole in the respective rocker arm shaft. A drilled
passage lines up with a drilled passage in the head to
Drilled passage in the block route oil directly to each route oil to the bushings.
crankshaft main journal. The main bearing is slotted to
allow oil to flow to the crankshaft cross-drilled The rocker arm shaft is cross-drilled to provide 220
passages. The crankshaft cross drilled passages route lubrication to each rocker arm bushing. 20
5
oil flow from a main journal to each connecting rod
bearing. The unit injector rocker arms (P) are cross-drilled to
route oil from the bushing to each end of the rocker
A drilled passage at the front of the block routes arm. At the roller end, oil flows through the roller
lubrication oil to the oil pump. A cross drilled passage bushing (Q) and out to spray and lubricate the
in the pump housing routes this oil to the outside edge adjacent valve rocker arm rollers (R). Oil then sprays
of the pump. This oil lubricates the oil pump gear on to the camshaft lobes.
bushing.
At the front of the unit injector rocker arms, oil sprays
A drilled passage from the number one main bearing out the adjusting screw to lubricate the unit injector (S)
routes oil to the upper idler gear hub. A drilled and the adjacent valves and adjusting screws.
passage in the hub routes oil to the outside edge of
the hub. This oil lubricates the upper idler gear Some oil is routed from the top of the oil filter base
bushing. through an external line (T) to the turbocharger and is
returned to the cylinder block crankcase through
A drilled passage in the cylinder block connects with another external line.
the upper idler passage. This oil is available to
lubricate auxiliary drive components.
OURX949,00002A6 –19–16NOV01–2/2
122106
PN=1183
Theory of Operation
Reference 220-20-003, Oil Filter Operation (8.1L and 12.5L Engine)
B A
Full Flow Media

Stack Disc To
Bypass Media Lubrication
Circuit
C
–UN–12JUL99
RW70923
220
20 A—Full Flow Media B—Stacked Disc Bypass C—Oil to Lubrication Circuit
6 Media
Oil flows around the outside of the filter media and The pressure differential causes a metered amount of
then through the full flow media (A) to the center. oil to pass through the stacked disc bypass media (B)
and combines with the oil from the full flow media.
Oil flow from the full flow media passes through the
venturi causing a pressure differential. All oil (C) then flows to the lubrication circuit.
OURX949,00002A7 –19–16NOV01–1/1
122106
PN=1184
Theory of Operation
Reference 220-20-004, ECU Torque Curve

Selection
NOTE: The following torque curves can be viewed on

SERVICE ADVISOR™ or the Corner Post Display
by utilizing the CCD network. An engine
Diagnostic Scan Tool (DST) may also be used to
view torque curves. The (DST) reading and
SERVICE ADVISOR™ reading will be one less
than shown below and will be a single digit, (eg.
CCD torque curve 001 would appear as 0 on the
DST). For more information on the DST refer to
CTM188 for 9220—9620 tractors or CTM255 for
the 9120.
ECU Torque Curves
PST Torque Curves Enabling Conditions

9120, 9220, 9320, 9420 and 9520 with 100mm and 110mm Axles
1 When curve 2, 3 or 4 conditions are not met.
2 When in gear 7.
3 When in gears 5—6.
4 When in gears 1—4 . . . or . . . 220
with hitch down or stationary with PTO engaged. 20
7
(9520—120 mm Axles)
2 When in gear 5.
3 When in gear 4.
4 When in gears 1—3 . . . or . . .
with hitch down or stationary with PTO engaged.

(9620)
1 When curve 2, 3, 4, 9 or 10 conditions are not met.
2 When in gear 7.
3 When in gear 6.
4 When in gear 5.
9 When in gear 4.
10 When in gears 1—3 . . . or . . .
with hitch down or stationary with PTO engaged.
MST Torque Curves Enabling Conditions

2 When curve 3 and 4 conditions are not met.
3 When in gears A3H or B1L.
4 When in following gears: A1L, A1H, A2L, A2H, A3L, ARL, ARH . . .
or . . .
with hitch down, failed wheel speed sensor or stationary with PTO
engaged.
SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX949,00002A8 –19–10JUN04–1/2
122106
PN=1185
Theory of Operation
The CCU enables one of four torque curves based on

current gear selection, PTO ON/OFF status and hitch
position.
NOTE: If any SCV is in “Detent” and detent time is set to

“Continuous”, the ECU will select the next higher
torque curve. This change in torque curve
provides an additional 18.6 kW (25 hp) to
compensate for power consumption from
continous flow hydraulics. Tractor horsepower will
not increase beyond maximum model rating.
NOTE: A tractor equipped with high flow hydraulics and

SCV “Flow Rate” set to 10 (maximum flow) will
have a power boost of 10% for a maximum of 6
seconds when the SCV is moved to “Detent”
position.
Torque Curve Horsepower Specifications
Torque 9120 9220 9320 9420 9520 9620

Curve
220 1 280 hp 325 hp 375 hp 425 hp 450 hp 500 hp
20 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge
8 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise
2 280 hp 325 hp 375 hp 425 hp 425 hp 475 hp
7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge 7% Power Bulge
38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise 38% Torque Rise
3 280 hp 325 hp 375 hp 400 hp 400 hp 450 hp
4 280 hp 325 hp 375 hp 375 hp 375 hp 425 hp
9 280 hp 325 hp 375 hp 375 hp 375 hp 400 hp
10 280 hp 325 hp 375 hp 375 hp 375 hp 375 hp
The above table indicates horsepower ratings for each of

the torque curves.
OURX949,00002A8 –19–10JUN04–2/2
122106
PN=1186
Theory of Operation
Reference 220-20-005, Engine Cooling System Operation (8.1L Engine)
E
D
F
B
C 220
G
20
9
J
H
–UN–20NOV01
K
A
RXA0058548
L
A—Radiator E—Thermostat Housing I—Surge Tank L—High Temperature Engine

B—Coolant Bypass Tube F—Coolant Manifold J—Coolant Recovery Tank Coolant
C—Water Pump G—Inlet Manifold K—Low Temperature Engine
D—Thermostats (2 used) H—Engine Oil Cooler Coolant
The pressurized cooling system consists of a the radiator. The surge tank provides a low velocity
conventional radiator (A), bypass tube (B), water pump area where added coolant is maintained and air
(C), thermostats (D), thermostat housing (E), cylinder allowed to separate from the coolant. The initial
block with coolant cavities and coolant manifold (F), coolant fill is made at the surge tank by removal of the
lower inlet manifold (G), engine oil cooler (H), surge radiator cap. The radiator cap is designed to relieve at
tank (I), and coolant recovery tank (J). 70 kPa (.7 bar) (10 psi).
Hoses connect the surge tank to the top of the cylinder

head, the coolant recovery tank and top and bottom of
Continued on next page OURX949,00002A9 –19–16NOV01–1/2
122106
PN=1187
Theory of Operation
The coolant recovery tank is an unpressurized The second circuit involves flowing coolant from the
chamber, which captures coolant released by the upper coolant manifold through a small vertical
pressurized cooling system as the coolant heats up passage into the left hand side of the cylinder head.
and expands. When the system cools, after the engine
is shut down, the coolant is drawn back into the The third circuit is called the “direct cooling” system.
system. This allows the system to consistently operate Coolant flows through a small port and into a groove at
with a maximum of coolant. A sight glass on the the top of the cylinder liner. Coolant passes around a
recovery tank indicates tank coolant level. A cap groove in the liner, and exits into the vertical passage
provides access for adding coolant. of the main circuit, then into the right-hand side of the
cylinder head.
The pump draws coolant from the bottom of the
radiator and discharges it through the lower inlet Once the coolant is in the cylinder head, all flow is
manifold on the left hand side of the engine block. The towards the front. Coolant passes into the thermostat
inlet directs coolant to the engine oil cooler and housing, past the two open thermostats (engine at
provides the cooling capability from the coolant flow normal operating temperature), and then returns to the
around it. Coolant passes through the oil cooler cavity radiator.
and enters the upper coolant manifold. At this time, the
coolant flow will move in one of three directions. Each If the thermostats are closed (as during warm-up
cylinder is unitized and has a separate flow circuit periods), coolant is directed back to the pump through
the bypass tube to be recirculated. This provides a
The main coolant passage flows through a rectangular faster more uniform warm-up. Some coolant is passing
220 port and around the cylinder liner, then exits the block through the bypass tube even while the thermostats
20 through a vertical passage into the right-hand side of are open.
10
the cylinder head.
OURX949,00002A9 –19–16NOV01–2/2
122106
PN=1188
Theory of Operation
Reference 220-20-006, Engine Lubrication System Operation (8.1L Engine)
C
B
O
N
I
Q
H L
J
K 220
G 20
11
D E
–UN–27AUG01
F S
RXA0056644
A—Oil Pump F—Oil Pressure Regulating J—Camshaft Bushings O—Rocker Arm Shaft
B—Oil Cooler Valve K—Connecting Rod Bearings P—Turbocharger Lube Line
C—Oil Cooler Bypass Valve G—Oil Filter Base L—Thrust Washer (2 used) Q—Camshaft Followers
D—Oil Filter Bypass Valve H—Crankshaft Main Bearing M—Main Oil Gallery R—Pressure Oil
E—Oil Pressure Regulating I—Piston Cooling Orifices N—Drilled Oil Passage S—Pressure Free Oil
Valve Housing
The engine lubrication system consists of a cooler bypass valve (C), oil filter bypass valve (D), and
crank-driven oil pump (A), oil cooler (B) oil filter, oil oil pressure regulating valve (F).
Continued on next page OURX949,00002AA –19–16NOV01–1/2
122106
PN=1189
Theory of Operation
Oil is drawn up from the sump through the oil pump pressurized oil to also lubricate the connecting rod
and on to the oil cooler by way of the oil cooler cover bearings (K). The piston cooling orifices direct oil onto
which houses the oil cooler bypass valve. Oil proceeds the piston crown and piston/wrist pin assembly.
through the oil cooler where it exchanges heat with the
engine coolant, unless high restriction is sensed in Oil from the front camshaft bushing travels through
which case the oil cooler is bypassed. Oil Goes to the drilled passages in the camshaft nose to lubricate the
oil filter base (G) which houses the oil filter bypass camshaft thrust washer (L) and front drive train.
valve. Oil passes through the oil filter (not shown),
unless high restriction is sensed in which case the oil Oil from the rear camshaft bushing feeds through
filter is bypassed. drilled passages (N) in the cylinder block and cylinder
head into passages in the rocker arm shaft (O) which
The oil then moves to the oil pressure regulating valve lube the rocker arms, which in turn provide oil to the
housing (E) where the regulating valve regulates main other valve train components as well as the camshaft
oil gallery (M) pressure and permits excess oil to be followers (Q).
returned to sump. After flowing past the regulating
valve, cooled, clean pressurized oil is supplied to the Some oil is routed from the top of the oil filter base
main oil gallery, then distributed to the crankshaft main through an external line (P) to the turbo charger and is
bearings (H) and piston cooling orifices (I) through returned to the cylinder block crankcase through
drilled passages in the cylinder block. another external line.
The main bearings work to send oil to the camshaft The fuel injection pump is pressure lubed by way of an
220 bushings (J) while passages in the crankshaft allow external line which taps into the main oil gallery.
20
12
OURX949,00002AA –19–16NOV01–2/2
Reference 220-20-007, Torque and Power

Curve Explanation and Interpretation
The following provides information on interpretation of

torque and power curves.
Continued on next page RX33672,0000EC4 –19–14DEC06–1/10
122106
PN=1190
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110%
100%
220
90% 20
13
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083352
RPM x 100
Torque Curve - Rated Torque
NOTE: The following are examples only; they do not

reflect this machine’s performance
specifications.
Torque Curve Explanation and Interpretation
Rated torque is the torque level at rated engine speed.

In this example, rated speed is 2100 rpm and rated
torque is 100%.
122106
PN=1191
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110%
100%
220
20 90%
14
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083353
RPM x 100
Torque Curve - Peak Torque
Peak torque is the highest level of torque reached by

an engine. In this example, peak torque is
approximately 144%.
122106
PN=1192
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
A
120%
110%
100%
C 220
90% 20
15
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083354
RPM x 100
Torque Curve - Torque Rise
Torque rise (A) is the reserve “capacity” or reserve example, peak torque is 144% and rated torque is
power for performing work. Torque rise is calculated by 100%. Therefore, torque rise is 144% - 100% or 44%.
taking peak torque (B) minus rated torque (C). In this
122106
PN=1193
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110%
100%
220 C
20 90%
16 A
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083355
RPM x 100
Torque Curve - Lugging Ability
Lugging ability (A) is the range a machine has (in rpm) engine stopping. In this example, torque continues to
below rated engine speed from which it is capable of rise as the engine slows down. So, lugging ability is
recovery. More simply, lugging ability is the ability of a the range from rated speed (C) to peak torque (B).
machine to pull through a tough spot without the
122106
PN=1194
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110%
100%
A 220
90% 20
17
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083361
RPM x 100
Power Curve - Rated Power
Power Curve Explanation and Interpretation
Rated power is the power level at rated engine speed.

In this example, rated speed is 2100 rpm and rated
power (A) is 100%.
122106
PN=1195
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110% A
100%
220
20 90%
18
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083362
RPM x 100
Power Curve - Peak Power
Peak power is the highest level of power reached by

an engine. In this example, peak power is
approximately 118%.
122106
PN=1196
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110% B A
100%
C 220
90% 20
19
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083363
RPM x 100
Power Curve - Power Bulge
Power bulge is the amount of horse power growth from this example, peak power is 118% and rated power is
rated power to peak power. It is calculated as a 100%. Therefore, power bulge is 118% - 100% or
percent by taking peak power minus rated power. In 18%.
122106
PN=1197
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110%
100%
220 B A
20 90%
20
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083364
RPM x 100
Power Curve - Power and Recovery Slope
Slope of the power curve should be looked at prior to The slope of the curve after (recovery slope) (B) peak
peak power and after peak power. Therefore, peak power should be flat. The slope of the curve after peak
power is the dividing line when looking at power curve power represents the ability of the engine to recover
slope. The slope of the power curve prior (power lost rpm. The flatter the curve, the easier it is for the
slope) (A) to peak power represents resistance to rpm engine to recover lost rpm.
drop and should have a steep slope. The steeper the
slope, the higher the resistance to rpm drop. The steep
slope shows that as the engine loads, power responds
quickly with increased power to resist rpm drop.
122106
PN=1198
Theory of Operation
150%
140%
130%
120%
110%
100%
220
90% 20
A 21
–UN–27OCT05
80%
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RXA0083365
RPM x 100
Power Curve - Constant Power Range
Constant power is the range that the machine will power range is from 1460 to 2100 rpm or a 640 rpm
maintain rated power. In this example, the constant range.
RX33672,0000EC4 –19–14DEC06–10/10
122106
PN=1199
Theory of Operation
220
20
22
122106
PN=1200
Section 230
FUEL AND AIR
Contents
Page

Reference 230-20-001, Fuel Supply
Reference 230-20-002, Air Intake and
Exhaust System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .230-20-8
Reference 230-20-003, Air Cleaner
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230-20-9
Reference 230-20-004, Turbocharger
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230-20-10
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230-20-11
Reference 230-20-006, Fuel Tanks . . . . . . . .230-20-12
Reference 230-20-007, Fuel Supply
230
122106
PN=1
Contents
230
122106
PN=2
Group 20
Theory of Operation
230
20
1
122106
PN=1203
Theory of Operation
Reference 230-20-001, Fuel Supply System Operation (12.5L Engine)
230
20
2
–UN–16NOV01
RXA0058585
Continued on next page OURX949,00002AB –19–16NOV01–1/6
122106
PN=1204
Theory of Operation
A—Pre-Filter F—Fuel Transfer Pump K—Head Debris Filter O—Water Drain

B—Fuel Filter Inlet From Fuel G—Electronic Unit Injectors L—Fuel Supply Pressure P—Fuel Temperature Sensor
Tank (EUI’s) Quick Connect Port Q—Water in Fuel Sensor
C—Hand Primer H—Fuel Rail M—Fuel Filter Housing Outlet R—Fuel Filter Housing
D—Vacuum Port I—Fuel Return from Cylinder to Fuel Tank (Low S—Water Separator Bowl
E—Fuel Filter Outlet to Head Pressure Regulating Valve)
Transfer Pump (Check J—Fuel Pressure Sensor N—High Pressure Regulating
Valve) Valve and Housing
Low Pressure Single Rail Supply System Operation through a head debris filter (K), which is a 10 micron
filter. After flowing through the head debris filter, the
The fuel transfer pump (F) draws fuel from the fuel fuel enters a chamber that includes the fuel supply
tank through the pre-filter (A) and fuel filter. The fuel pressure quick disconnect port (L). Once the fuel is in
filter is located in the fuel filter housing (R). The fuel this chamber, it will either travel through the low
filter housing contains a hand primer pump (C) and a pressure regulating valve (M) or the high pressure
water separator bowl (S), which screws to the bottom regulating valve. If fuel goes through the low pressure
of the fuel filter housing. A self-venting water drain regulating valve, it will return to the fuel tank. If fuel
valve (O) is mounted on the bottom of the clear bowl. goes through the high pressure regulating valve, it will
pass the fuel temperature sensor (P), which is
Fuel flows from the fuel filter outlet (E) to the inlet of mounted into the fuel filter housing. The fuel will return
the fuel transfer pump which is mounted on the rear of to the fuel filter to be cleaned, then it will be
the cylinder head. The pump shaft is coupled to the recirculated through this system.
end of the camshaft. The fuel transfer pump contains a
pressure regulating valve for system over-pressure Electronic Unit Injector (EUI) Operation on the
protection. A bypass valve in the pump base allows Single Rail Fuel System
fuel to bypass the gears during hand priming.
The electronic unit injector pumping action is created
Fuel flows from the transfer pump into the side of the by the up and down movement of the plunger. The
cylinder head, and then it enters the fuel rail (H). The plunger movement is caused by the rotation of the 230
20
fuel rail is a drilled passage in the cylinder head that camshaft and the rocking action of the rocker arms.
3
routes fuel to each unit injector. The unused fuel is The larger return spring will move the plunger up as
rejected back from the EUI’s (G) into the fuel rail and the camshaft rotates and relaxes the force on the
returned back to the fuel housing (I). rocker arm.
In this portion of the fuel filter housing, the fuel passes

by a fuel pressure sensor (J), and then it travels
122106
PN=1205
Theory of Operation
A—Fuel Passage
B—Fuel Passage
C—Plunger
D—Fuel Rail
E—Spill Valve
F—Plunger Cylinder
–UN–30NOV99
230
20
RG10422
EUI Fill Cycle
EUI Fill Cycle - Single Rail Fuel System
The electronic unit injector will fill with fuel when the
plunger is moving up. Fuel from the fuel rail (D) enters
fuel passage (A) of the unit injector, Fuel flows past the
open spill valve (E) into fuel passage (B). Passage B
routes fuel into the plunger cylinder (F), which fills as the
plunger moves up.
122106
PN=1206
Theory of Operation
A—Plunger
B—Vent Port
C—Fuel Rail
–UN–30NOV99
230
20
RG10423
EUI Vent Cycle
EUI Vent Cycle - Single Rail Fuel System
The vent cycle begins when the plunger (A) nears the top
of the fill cycle stroke. At this point a vent port (B) will be
uncovered and fuel and any trapped air can flow to the
fuel rail (C).
122106
PN=1207
Theory of Operation
A—Fuel Passage
B—Fuel Passage
C—Vent Port
D—Plunger Cylinder
E—Spill Valve
F—Plunger
–UN–30NOV99
230
20
RG10424
EUI Pumping Cycle
EUI Pumping Cycle - Single Rail Fuel System
The pumping cycle begins when the camshaft lobe

pushes on the rocker arm to cause the plunger (F) to start
moving down. During the first downward movement of the
plunger, the vent port (C) will close.
Further downward movement of the plunger will force fuel

from the plunger cylinder (D). Fuel will flow out fuel
passage (A) and back to the fuel rail. This flow will
continue until the injection cycle begins.
122106
PN=1208
Theory of Operation
A—EUI Solenoid
B—Spill Valve
C—Plunger Cylinder
D—Plunger
E—Injector Needle
–UN–30NOV99
230
20
7
RG10425
EUI Injection Cycle
EUI Injection Cycle - Single Rail Fuel System
The injection cycle will start when the Engine Control Unit
(ECU) energizes the EUI solenoid (A). This will occur
during the downward stroke of the plunger.
The energized solenoid will close the spill valve (B). With
the spill valve closed, fuel cannot escape from the plunger
cylinder (C). The downward movement of the plunger (D)
will cause the fuel pressure to rise. When the pressure
reaches 30,000 kPa (300 bar) (4350 psi), the injector
needle (E) will start to move up and injection will begin.
As the plunger continues to move down, pressure will
rapidly rise to approximately 160,000 kPa (1600 bar)
(23,200 psi). Injection will continue until the ECU
de-energizes the solenoid. The spill valve will then open
allowing fuel pressure to drop rapidly. The injector needle
will close and injection will stop.
OURX949,00002AB –19–16NOV01–6/6
122106
PN=1209
Theory of Operation
Reference 230-20-002, Air Intake and Exhaust

System Operation
Engine suction draws dust-laden outside air through an air

inlet stack into the air cleaner. Air is filtered through
dry-type primary and secondary (safety) filter elements in
the air cleaner canister. Clean air travels through the air
intake hose to the turbocharger, aftercooler and air intake
manifold to the engine.
All engines are turbocharged. Operated by exhaust gases,

the turbocharger compresses intake air from the air
cleaner and routes it to each cylinder’s combustion
chamber.
An air-to-air aftercooler cools the turbocharger compressor

discharge air by routing through a heat exchanger (usually
mounted in front of radiator) before it enters the intake
manifold. The heat exchanger uses no liquid coolant, but
relies on air flow to cool the charge air.
This increased volume of air, when combined with a

predetermined quantity of additional fuel, enables more
power to be produced.
230
20
8
OURX949,00002AC –19–16NOV01–1/1
122106
PN=1210
Theory of Operation
Reference 230-20-003, Air Cleaner Operation
IMPORTANT: Air cleaner information supplied below

is for OEM engines using air cleaned
kits supplied by John Deere. Refer to
the appropriate machine technical
–UN–08JUN99
manual for specific information
detailing air cleaner systems used on
all other applications.
RW70920
Dust-laden air enters the air cleaner inlet (A) and is forced
into a high-speed centrifugal motion.
Most of the dust settles out of the air (before it enters the A—Air Inlet
filter elements) and falls to the bottom of the air cleaner B—Dust Outlet
body. It is expelled to the outside of the air cleaner C—Primary Element
through a rubber valve (B), which automatically ejects the D—Secondary (Safety) Element
E—Air Outlet
dust and keeps it from accumulating inside the air cleaner
body.
As the intake air is drawn through the primary element (C)

and a secondary element (D), the remaining dust particles
are retained in the primary element to permit only clean
air to enter the intake manifold through outlet (E).
The safety element retains the dust that would otherwise

pass into the engine if the primary element should rupture.
230
20
See the Operator’s Manual for recommended service and 9
service intervals.
OURX949,00002AD –19–16NOV01–1/1
122106
PN=1211
Theory of Operation

Operation
The turbocharger, which is basically an air pump that is

driven by exhaust gases, allows the engine to produce
added power without increasing displacement.
Turbochargers are specially matched for the power ratio

requirements of each specific application.
Exhaust gases from the engine pass through the turbine
–UN–02JUN99
housing (B) causing the turbine wheel (A) to rotate before
the exhaust gas is discharged to the atmosphere. The
turbine wheel is mounted on a shaft (F) to drive the
RW70921
compressor wheel (D) which is also mounted on the shaft.
As the compressor wheel rotates in the compressor

housing (E), an increased volume of compressed inlet air A—Turbine Wheel
is drawn into the housing and delivered to the intake B—Turbine Housing
manifold (through the aftercooler or heat exchanger, if so C—Center Housing
equipped. D—Compressor Wheel
E—Compressor Housing
F—Shaft
All rotating components of the turbocharger are lubricated
within the center housing (C). See Turbocharger
Lubrication (Reference 230-20-005).
230
20
10
OURX949,00002AE –19–16NOV01–1/1
122106
PN=1212
Theory of Operation

Lubrication
Engine oil, under pressure from the engine lubrication

system, is pumped through a passage in the bearing
housing and directed to the bearing (A), thrust plate (B),
and thrust sleeve (C). Oil is sealed from the compressor
and turbine by a piston ring (D) at both ends of the
–UN–02JUN99
bearing housing.
The turbocharger contains a single floating bearing. This

bearing has clearance between the bearing O.D. and the
RW70922
housing wall as well as clearance between the bearing
I.D. and the shaft Outer Diameter. These clearances are
lubricated by the oil supply and the bearings are protected
by a cushion of oil. Discharge oil drains by gravity from A—Bearing
the bearing housing to the engine crankcase. B—Thrust Plate
C—Thrust Sleeve
D—Piston Ring
E—Pressure Oil
F—Discharge Oil
OURX949,00002AF –19–16NOV01–1/1
230
20
11
122106
PN=1213
Theory of Operation
Reference 230-20-006, Fuel Tanks
A
H J
L
B D
C
I
–UN–30JUL03
F
G
RXA0069390
230
20
12
A—Filler Caps E—Fuel Return H—Left-Hand Tank K—Fuel Tank Pressurizer
B—Vent Hose F—Drain Valve I—Right-Hand Tank Valve/Breather
C—Anti-spill Check Valve G—Crossover J—Intake Manifold L—Fuel Tank Pressurizer Hose
D—Fuel Supply Manifold/Strainer
011474The fuel tanks combine to hold 1,022 L (270 Tractor fuel tanks are pressurized. A fuel tank pressure
gal) of fuel. The fuel tanks can be filled from either valve (K) was installed in the intake manifold (J). The
side. The two tanks are connected by a vent hose (B) valve provides approximately 27.5 kPa (.275 bar) (4
and crossover manifold (G). After serial number psi) air pressure from the intake manifold to the tank
011474, the crossover manifold also has a fuel strainer through a fuel tank pressurizing hose (L) routed to
in it. The filler caps (A) are not vented, so breather (K) ani-spill check valve (C) on the right tank (I).
on the intake manifold serves as a vent for both tanks.
Fuel is supplied to the engine from the crossover
manifold and is returned to the left-hand tank (H). A
drain valve (F) is located on the crossover manifold.
OURX949,00002B0 –19–12DEC03–1/1
122106
PN=1214
Theory of Operation
Reference 230-20-007, Fuel Supply System Operation (8.1L Engine)
I
F
E
G 230
D 20
13
A B
–UN–21NOV00
RG11354A
A—Primary Filter D—Fuel Transfer Pump G—High Pressure Common I—Fuel Return Line
B—Final Filter E—High Pressure Fuel Pump Rail (HPCR) J—Electronic Injector (EI)
C—Diagnostic Port F—Overflow Valve H—Pressure Limiter K—Two-Way Valve (TWV)
Continued on next page OURX949,00002B1 –19–16NOV01–1/11
122106
PN=1215
Theory of Operation
The fuel transfer pump draws fuel from the vented fuel Injectors (EI’s) (J). The HPCR uses pressure limiters
tank through the primary fuel filter (A) by pressurizing (H) to regulate a constant pressure to the EI’s. Excess
the fuel. Once the fuel is pressurized in the fuel fuel pressure is relieved by the overflow valve (F) and
transfer pump (D), it travels through the final filter (B) routed through the fuel return line (I) back to the fuel
with a water separator, and to the high pressure fuel tank. The ECU sends a signal to the two-way valve
pump (E). Air can be bled out of the system at the final (TWV) (K) on each EI. This controls the volume of fuel,
filter through the diagnostic port (C). The high pressure the timing of delivery, and the rate of delivery for each
fuel pump raises the pressure of the fuel to the EI. Once the fuel enters the EI, the high pressure
required pressure for injection. This high pressure fuel overcomes the nozzle valve allowing fuel to spray into
is routed into the high pressure common rail (HPCR) each cylinder. Excess fuel from the nozzles routes
(G) which transfers the fuel to all of the Electronic through the fuel return line and back to the fuel tank.
OURX949,00002B1 –19–16NOV01–2/11
A—Primary Filter Inlet

B—Primary Filter Outlet
C—Return Port
230
20
14
–UN–13JUN01
RG11376A
Primary Fuel Filter Operation
The primary filter is a 250 micron filter on the suction side

of the transfer pump. Fuel is routed from the vented fuel
tank directly to the primary filter inlet (A). The primary filter
screens particles out of the fuel system before exiting the
primary filter outlet (B), routed to the fuel transfer pump. If
the final filter starts to plug, pressure will build up and
open a pressure relief valve. Fuel will then be routed back
to the primary filter at the return port (C).
This filter does not need to be replaced, but it should be

emptied and cleaned periodically.
122106
PN=1216
Theory of Operation
–UN–29NOV00
230
20
15
C
RG11377
A—Hand Primer B—Fuel Transfer Pump Inlet C—Fuel Transfer Pump Outlet
Fuel Transfer Pump Operation the transfer pump inlet (B). Fuel is then pressurized,
exits the transfer pump at outlet (C), and is routed
The fuel transfer pump is mounted on the high through the final filter to the high pressure fuel pump.
pressure fuel pump and is driven by the high pressure The hand primer (A) provides manual pump operation
fuel pump camshaft. The transfer pump draws fuel for bleeding air from the fuel system.
from the fuel tank, through the primary filter, and into
122106
PN=1217
Theory of Operation
D A—Fuel Inlet
C B—Fuel Outlet
C—Diagnostic Port
D—Fuel Temperature Sensor
E—Drain Valve
F—Water in Fuel (WIF) Sensor Harness
G—Relief Valve
B
A
–UN–21NOV00
E
RG11375
Final Fuel Filter Operation

230
20
CAUTION: Fuel in filter may be under high
16
pressure. Open valve on bottom of water
separator bowl to relieve pressure prior to
removing filter.
The final fuel filter is a 2 micron filter. Fuel enters the final
filter at the fuel inlet (A), flows through the filter element,
and exits through the outlet (B) to the high pressure fuel
pump. Air and excess fuel are expelled through the
diagnostic port (C), for bleeding purposes. If filter plugs,
pressure will increase causing the pressure relief valve
(G) to open. Once the valve opens, fuel flows back to the
primary filter until the pressure decreases inside the final
filter and the valve closes.
The fuel temperature sensor (D) is located in the base of

the filter and measures the temperature of the fuel. This
helps the ECU calculate fuel density for injection
purposes.
Waste and contaminants settle to the bottom of the water

separator bowl. Open valve (E) in bottom of the bowl to
drain these contaminants from the system.
122106
PN=1218
Theory of Operation
The WIF sensor is located inside of the water separator

bowl and is used to detect water contaminated fuel.
230
20
17
122106
PN=1219
Theory of Operation
A
B
C
F
–UN–29NOV00
230 E
20
18
RG11378
A—Pump Control Valves B—Fuel Outlets D—Pump Position Sensor F—Fuel Inlet
(PCV’s) C—Overflow Valve E—Oil Lube Line
High Pressure Fuel Pump Operation additional notch to determine when cylinder #1 is
approaching Top-Dead-Center (TDC).
Filtered fuel under pressure from the fuel transfer
pump fills the high pressure fuel pump at the fuel inlet The PCV’s (A) receive an electronic signal from the
(F). As the high pressure fuel pump camshaft rotates, ECU to regulate the delivery of fuel to the high
the cam lobes operate plungers to increase pressure pressure common rail (HPCR). When the PCV is
of the fuel. The auxiliary gear also rotates on the energized, fuel is allowed to discharge from the fuel
camshaft and is used for timing the high pressure fuel outlet (B) to the HPCR. PCV #1 is located closest to
pump. The auxiliary gear is composed of 6 equally the front of the engine.
spaced notches with 1 additional notch. The ECU uses
the pump position sensor to detect each notch on the Excess fuel inside the pump flows out of the overflow
gear as it rotates past the sensor. The ECU uses the valve (C) and is routed back to the tank.
122106
PN=1220
Theory of Operation
D
C
–UN–29NOV00
B
RG11380
A
A—Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor B—Fuel Inlets C—Flow Damper D—Pressure Limiter
High Pressure Common Rail (HPCR) Operation damage if the EI should fail or if a high pressure leak
develops by shutting off fuel flow to that particular EI. If
High pressure fuel is delivered to the HPCR at the fuel an abnormally high pressure is generated within the 230
inlets (B) from the high pressure fuel pump. The HPCR HPCR, the pressure limiter (D) is used to release the 20
distributes high pressure fuel to all of the Electronic excess pressure and drain fuel back to the tank. 19
Injectors (EI’s) for each cylinder. The fuel rail pressure
sensor, the flow damper, and pressure limiter work Electronic Injector (EI) Operation
together to accomplish the distribution of fuel. The fuel
rail pressure sensor (A) detects the fuel pressure The electronic injectors (EI’s) are located inside the
inside the rail. The engine control unit (ECU) uses this engine’s cylinder head and are electronically controlled
sensor to monitor the fuel pressure to determine the by the ECU. The amount of fuel delivered to the
timing of the pump control valves on the high pressure cylinder is in direct proportion with the length of time
fuel pump. The flow dampers (C) are used to control current is supplied to the two-way electromagnetic
the maximum fuel flow to the EI’s and prevent engine valve (TWV) on each EI.
122106
PN=1221
Theory of Operation
A—Two-Way Valve (TWV)

A B—Solenoid Valve
C—Fuel Inlet
D—Orifice Seat
E—Fuel Leakoff
F—Nozzle
D G—Control Chamber
B H—Valve Spring
C E
G –UN–16FEB01
H
RG11556A
EI - No Injection
Fuel from the HPCR enters the EI at the fuel inlet (C).
When no current is supplied to the TWV (A), the valve
spring (H) and the hydraulic pressure of the fuel in the
control chamber (G) cause the hydraulic piston to push
the needle down and close the nozzle until injection.
230
20
20
122106
PN=1222
Theory of Operation

A
B—Solenoid Valve
C—Fuel Inlet
D—Orifice Seat
E—Fuel Leakoff
F—Nozzle
B D
G—Control Chamber
H—Valve Spring
C E
G
H
–UN–26FEB01
F
RG11557A
EI - Begin Injection
Injection begins when current is supplied from the ECU to

the TWV (A). The electromagnetic force pulls the solenoid
valve (B) up, causing the orifice seat (D) to open. The fuel
in the control chamber (G) flows out of the injector to the
fuel leakoff (E) line. Fuel is then routed back to the fuel 230
tank. As the fuel exits the injector, the force is removed 20
from the hydraulic piston allowing fuel through the nozzle 21
(F) to start the injection process.
122106
PN=1223
Theory of Operation

A B—Solenoid Valve
C—Fuel Inlet
D—Orifice Seat
E—Fuel Leakoff
F—Nozzle
D G—Control Chamber
B H—Valve Spring
C E
G –UN–16FEB01
H
RG11556A
EI - Ending Injection
Injection ends when the current is removed from the TWV

(A). The solenoid valve (B) closes causing fuel to fill the
control chamber (G). The valve spring and the hydraulic
force from the fuel in the control chamber causes the
hydraulic piston to push the needle down and close the
230 nozzle. At this time the injection is complete.
20
22
OURX949,00002B1 –19–16NOV01–11/11
122106
PN=1224
Section 240
ELECTRICAL
Contents
Page Page
Group 15—Tests and Adjustments Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-127

Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-1 Reference 240-15-015, Seat Electrical Test
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-2 (Air Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-134
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-4 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-134
Reference 240-15-001, Charging System Seat Electrical Test Procedure (—
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-5 020439) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-134
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-5 Seat Electrical Test Procedure (020440—
Test Procedure (—019999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-5 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-138
Test Procedure (020000—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-15 Reference 240-15-016, Compressor
Reference 240-15-002, Internal Alternator Circuit Test (ACTIVE SEAT™) . . . . . . . . .240-15-142
Tests (—019999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-21 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-142
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-21 Reference 240-15-017, Off-Load Vent
Reference 240-15-003, Battery Inspection. . .240-15-24 Circuit Test (ACTIVE SEAT™) . . . . . . . . .240-15-147
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-24 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-147
Reference 240-15-004, Lights—Road Reference 240-15-020, Display Units Power
Position, Low Beam Test (NA). . . . . . . . . .240-15-29 Supply Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-149
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-29 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-149
Reference 240-15-005, Lights—Road Reference 240-15-021, Heated Seat
Position, High Beam Test (NA) . . . . . . . . .240-15-37 Supply Voltage and Ground Circuit
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-37 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-154
Reference 240-15-006, Lights—Field 1 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-154
Position Test (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-43 Reference 240-15-022, Heated Seat Switch
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-43 Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-157
Reference 240-15-007, Lights—Field 2 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-157 240
Position Test (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-61 Reference 240-15-023, Heated Seat
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-61 Heating Element Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . .240-15-162
Reference 240-15-008, Lights—Delay Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-162
Position Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-68
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-68 Group 20—Theory of Operation
Reference 240-15-009, Turn Signal Switch Reference 240-20-002, Charging Circuit
Test (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-70 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-1
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-70 Reference 240-20-003, Starting Circuit
Reference 240-15-010, Lights—Park Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-2
Position, (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-82 Reference 240-20-004, Convenience
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-82 Outlet/Auxiliary Power Strip Theory of
Reference 240-15-011, Lights—Road Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-3
Position, Low Beam, (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-89 Reference 240-20-005, Horn Circuit Theory
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-89 of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-4
Reference 240-15-012, Lights—Road Reference 240-20-006, Seven Pin Outlet
Position, High Beam, (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-95 Theory Of Operation (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-5
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-95 Reference 240-20-007, Hazard Lights
Reference 240-15-013, Lights—Flood 1 Theory Of Operation (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-7
Position, (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-100 Reference 240-20-008, Lighting Circuit
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-100 Theory Of Operation (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-8
Reference 240-15-014, Lights—Flood 2
Position, (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-15-127 Continued on next page
122106
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Reference 240-20-009, Hazard Lights Reference 240-25-013c, SE12c

Theory of Operation (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-11 GREENSTAR™ Cab
Reference 240-20-010, Lighting Circuit Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Field Installed)
Theory of Operation (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-12 (—009999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-45
Reference 240-20-011, Seven Pin Outlet Reference 240-25-013d, SE12d Active
Theory of Operation (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-20-16 Terminator Harness Schematic . . . . . . . . .240-25-47
Reference 240-25-013e, GREENSTAR™
Group 25—Schematics and Diagrams AMS Ready Harness Schematic (010001—
Reference 240-25-001, Tractor Schematic )-SE12e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-49
List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-1 Reference 240-25-014, SE13 SCV IV & V
Reference 240-25-002, SE1 Power Control Unit (SCo) Schematic . . . . . . . . . .240-25-51
Supply, Charging and Starting Reference 240-25-015, SE14 Armrest
Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-13 Control Unit (ACU) Schematic (—
Reference 240-25-003a and 003b, 009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-53
SE2a-SE2b Wiper and Seat Control Reference 240-25-016b, SE15 Powershift
Schematic (—020439) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-15 Transmission Control Unit (PCU)
Reference 240-25-003c, SE2c ACTIVE Schematic (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-55
SEAT™ Control (ASU) Schematic . . . . . . .240-25-17 Reference 240-25-018, SE 17 JDLINK™ . . . .240-25-57
Reference 240-25-004, SE3a-SE3b Heating, Reference 240-25-019, SE1 Power Supply,
Ventilating and Air Conditioning System Starting and Charging System Circuits (—
(HVAC) Schematic (—009999) . . . . . . . . .240-25-19 009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-59
Reference 240-25-005, SE4a-SE4b Radio, Reference 240-25-020a, SE2a Wiper System
Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-61
Schematic (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-21 Reference 240-25-020b, SE2b Air Seat
Reference 240-25-006a, SE5a Lighting System Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-63
System Schematic (NA) (—009999) . . . . .240-25-23 Reference 240-25-021a, SE3a HVAC
Reference 240-25-006b, SE5b Lighting System Circuits (Standard) (—009999) . . .240-25-66
System Schematic (Eur) (—009999) . . . . .240-25-25 Reference 240-25-021b, SE3b
Reference 240-25-007, SE6 Accessory CLIMATRAK™ (ATC) System Circuits (—
Connectors Schematic (—009999) . . . . . .240-25-27 009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-68
240
Reference 240-25-008, SE7 Hitch Control Reference 240-25-022, SE4 Radio, Dome
Unit (HCU) and SCV I, II, III Unit (SCU) Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Circuits (—
Schematic (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-29 019999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-70
Reference 240-25-009, SE8 Central Reference 240-25-023a, SE5a Lighting
Control Unit (CCU) Schematic (— Circuits (NA) (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-72
009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-31 Reference 240-25-023b, SE5b Lighting
Reference 240-25-010, SE9 Vehicle Monitor Circuits (Eur) (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-74
(ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) Reference 240-25-024, SE6 Accessory
Schematic (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-33 Power Circuits (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-78
Reference 240-25-011a, SE10a Engine Reference 240-25-025, SE11
Control Unit (ECU) Schematic (9220, Diagnostic/SERVICE ADVISOR™
9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620) . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-35 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-80
Reference 240-25-011b, SE10b Electronic Reference 240-25-026, Cab Harness (—
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Schematic 009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-82
(9120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-37 Reference 240-25-027, Cab Connecting
Reference 240-25-012, SE11 DIAG/PGM Harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-84
Connector Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-39 Reference 240-25-028, Chassis Harness . . .240-25-87
Reference 240-25-013a, SE12a Corner Post Reference 240-25-029, GREENSTAR™ Cab
Displays Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-41 Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-90
Reference 240-25-013b, SE12b Reference 240-25-030, Ground Point
GREENSTAR™ Cab Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-92
Harness/Implement Ready Harness (Factory
Installed) (—009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-43 Continued on next page
122106
PN=2
Contents
Page Page
Reference 240-25-031, Fuse Panel (— Reference 240-25-057, Fuse Panel

009999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-100 (010001—). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-142
Referemce 240-25-032, Load Center Reference 240-25-058, Load Center Relay
Relay Panel (—009999). . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-102 Panel (010001—011231) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-144
Reference 240-25-040, Road Light Switch Reference 240-25-059, SE14 Armrest
Operation (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-104 Control Unit (ACU) Schematic (010001—
Reference 240-25-041, Combined Road, ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-146
Turn and Warning Light Switch Operation Reference 240-25-060, SE7 Hitch Control
(NA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-105 Unit (HCU) and SCV 1-3 Control Unit
Reference 240-25-042, Road Light Switch (SCU) (010001—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-148
Operation (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-106 Reference 240-25-061, SE16 Steering
Reference 240-25-043, Field Light Switch System Control Unit (SSU) Schematic . . .240-25-150
Operation (Eur) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-107 Reference 240-25-062, SE1 Power Supply,
Reference 240-25-044, SE3a-SE3b Heating, Starting and Charging System Circuits (020000—
Ventilating and Air Conditioning System ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-154
(HVAC) Schematic (010001—) . . . . . . . .240-25-108 Reference 240-25-063, SE4 Radio, Dome
Reference 240-25-045, SE4a-SE4b Radio, Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Circuits
Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch (020000—). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-156
Schematic (010001—019999) . . . . . . . . .240-25-110 Reference 240-25-064, SE4a-SE4b Radio,
Reference 240-25-046a, SE5a Lighting Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch
System Schematic (NA) (010001—) . . . .240-25-112 Schematics (020000—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-158
Reference 240-25-046b, SE5b Lighting Reference 240-25-065, Cab Harness
System Schematic (Eur) (010001—) . . . .240-25-114 (020000—). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-160
Reference 240-25-047, SE6 Accessory Reference 240-25-066, SE2a-SE2b Wiper
Connectors Schematic (010001—) . . . . .240-25-116 and Seat Control Schematic (020440—
Reference 240-25-048, SE8 Central ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-162
Control Unit (CCU) Schematic (010001— Reference 240-25-067, SE20 Scraper
). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-118 AutoLoad™ Control Unit (SCS)
Reference 240-25-049, SE9 Vehicle Monitor Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-164
(ICU) and SCV Set-up Panel (SUP) Reference 240-25-068, SE14 Armrest
240
Schematic (010001—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-120 Control Unit (ACU) Schematic W/Scraper
Reference 240-25-050, SE15 Powershift AutoLoad™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-168
Transmission Control Unit (PCU) (010001—
). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-122
Reference 240-25-051, Power Supply,
Starting and Charging Systems Circuits (010001—
019999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-124
Reference 240-25-052a, SE3a HVAC
System Circuits (Standard) (010001—
). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-126
Reference 240-25-052b, SE3b HVAC
CLIMATRAK™ System Circuits (010001—
). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-128
Reference 240-25-053a, SE5a Lighting
Circuits (NA) (010001—) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-130
Reference 240-25-053b, SE5b Lighting
Circuits (Eur) (010001—) . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-132
Reference 240-25-054, SE6 Accessory
Power Circuits (010001—) . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-136
Reference 240-25-055, Cab Harness
(010001—019999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-138
Reference 240-25-056, JDLINK™ Cab
Harness (010001—020000) . . . . . . . . . . .240-25-140
122106
PN=3
Contents
240
122106
PN=4
Group 15
Essential Tools

–UN–12JUL99
RW78294
RW39137,0000476 –19–19APR02–2/3
Battery Service Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05833
–UN–27FEB02
Service and Test batteries
240
JT05843—Hydromete1 15
RXA0059526
1
1
Part of JT05833 Battery Service Kit. See section 299, Group 15 for
complete breakdown of kit.
RW39137,0000476 –19–19APR02–3/3
122106
PN=1227

86 87
30
–UN–26FEB02
87a
87
30 85 87a
85

30
87a 87
85
30
87 87a
85 86
RXA0059577
RW39137,0000477 –19–19APR02–2/5
Electrical Testing
240
15
–UN–13FEB02
2
RXA0059399
RW39137,0000477 –19–19APR02–3/5
Battery Load Tester

–UN–13FEB02
RXA0059401
122106
PN=1228
Technicians Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT07232
Technicians Tool Kit
RW39137,0000477 –19–19APR02–5/5
240
15
3
122106
PN=1229
Specifications
Alternator Output Capacity Amperage 140 (min) at 13.2 volts
Compressor Motor Resistance
Compressor Motor Resistance Resistance (Max.) 1 Ohm
Field Continuity Check
Field Continuity Continuity across rotor slip rings. 3.0 to 3.5 ohms
Field Current Draw
Current Amperage with battery at 12.3-12.6 3.3 to 4.3 amps

volts
System Current Leakage
Current Milliamps less than 100
Vent Solenoid Resistance
240 Vent Solenoid Resistance Resistance 31 Ohms

15
4
RW39137,0000478 –19–19APR02–1/1
122106
PN=1230
Reference 240-15-001, Charging System Test
OURX908,000043F –19–16DEC03–1/1
Test Procedure
– – –1/1
1 Tractor Serial Number Design and output capacity of the alternator on 9020 series tractors has changed. OK: GO TO test
Determine tractor serial number and perform appropriate test procedure. procedure required.
• For tractors before —019999, GO TO Test Procedure (—019999).
• For tractors after 020000, GO TO Test Procedure (020000—).

– – –1/1
Test Procedure (—019999)
NOTE: This procedure covers Testing the alternator and the circuits to/from the battery and key switch.
Voltage Tests/checks should always be made with respect to the tractor frame ground, that is, the meter common
lead (black) should be connected to the tractor frame. Make sure the meter lead makes good contact with the
tractor frame and paint, dirt or oil, etc. does not interfere with the connection.
240
15
– – –1/1
5
122106
PN=1231
1 Check Alternator OK: Warning devices

Output Voltage OFF and volts in
specification
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Warning

devices ON or OFF and
volts above specification
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Warning

devices ON or OFF and
volts below specification
GO TO 4 .
RW15894 –UN–22SEP00
1. Key switch (S001) ON, read voltage on ICU display.

NOTE: If battery voltage is below 12.3 volts, charge batteries. (See Battery
Inspection, Reference 240-15-003).
2. Start engine and set above 1500 rpm.

3. Warning horn service alert and alternator indicator light should be OFF.
4. Connect red lead of digital multimeter to alternator output terminal and ground black
lead.
Alternator output voltage should be:
• 13.2-14.2 volts at 90° C (194° F) on alternator surface

• 13.7-14.8 volts at 50° C (122° F) on alternator surface.
240
15
– – –1/1
6
2 Alternator Indication of overcharging: OK: Replaced regulator.

Overcharging
• Batteries low on water, require frequent addition of water to batteries or batteries boil GO TO 1 .
dry.
• Batteries wet and connection require frequent maintenance.
• Short battery life.
1. Replace voltage regulator.

2. Clear alternator codes from CCU.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1232
3 Alternator High OK: If Service Alert lamp

Voltage and Warning and warning horn come
Test ON at correct voltage and
regulated voltage returns
to 13.2-14.2 volts,
operation is normal.
GO TO 6 .

do not come ON at
15.4-15.6 volts, replace
the CCU module, perform
full calibration of the CCU
and repeat step 3 .

and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
RW15895 –UN–22SEP00 Configuration. (See CCU
Addresses, Reference
245-CCU-001.)
CAUTION: Watch for moving drive belt and rotating pulley.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow alternator voltage to exceed 16.5 volts in following voltage does not
Test. decrease to 13.2-14.2
Engine above 1500 rpm and multi-meter connected to alternator output terminal. screwdriver, replace
Bypass voltage regulator through 5 mm (3/16 in.) hole in rear cover of alternator with a voltage regulator, clear
small screwdriver. When readout of multi-meter reaches 15.5 volts, the yellow service CCU code 047 and
alert lamp should be ON. Remove the screwdriver. repeat step 3 .
NOT OK: High output

voltage 15.4-15.6 cannot
be reached.
GO TO 8 .
240
15
– – –1/1
7
122106
PN=1233
4 Battery- Alternator OK: Voltage reading

Circuit Check good.
B
A GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Voltage reading

low. Repair circuit 002
from battery.
GO TO 1 .
RW15896 –UN–22SEP00
1. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON.

2. Press VOLTS touch pad on ICU display panel and read current system voltage.
3. Disconnect voltage regulator connector.
4. Using a digital multi-meter, check voltage at batteries, alternator output terminal (A)
and voltage regulator connector “S” terminal (B).
Voltage at ICU display and voltage on measured terminals should be 0.2 volts
maximum below battery voltage.
NOTE: If battery voltage is below 12.3 volts, charge batteries. (See Battery Inspection,
NOTE: See Power Supply, Starting and Charging Circuits (SE1) (Reference
240-25-002).
240
15
– – –1/1
8
122106
PN=1234
5 Alternator “IG” OK: Voltage reading

Circuit Check good.
A
GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: Out of Spec,

repair circuit 022 from key
switch to fuse F11 pin A
and/or circuit 082 from
fuse F11 pin B to
alternator “IG” terminal.
GO TO 1 .
RW17013 –UN–22SEP00
With key switch ON, connect digital multimeter to IG (A) of voltage regulator connector.
Voltage should be zero with key switch OFF. Voltage should be 12.3 volts minimum
with key switch ON.
NOTE: See Power Supply, Starting and Charging Circuits (SE1) (Reference
240-25-002).
NOTE: Using a probe light when checking IG terminal voltage will slightly load circuit.
Reconnect voltage regulator after Testing or repair.
240
15
– – –1/1
9
122106
PN=1235
6 Alternator Output OK: Voltage increases

Voltage Check 1.5 to 2.5 above battery.
(Regulated)
A GO TO 9 .
NOT OK: Voltage does

not increase.
GO TO 7 .
RW15898 –UN–22SEP00
Connect digital multimeter to alternator output terminal (A).
Check output terminal volts before starting engine.
Run engine above 1500 rpm.
Output voltage should increase 1.5-2.5 volts above battery voltage.
NOTE: Voltage increase will be greater if battery level of charge is below 12.3 volts.
– – –1/1
240
15
10
122106
PN=1236
7 Alternator Output OK: Output voltage

Voltage Check exceeds 15.5 volts.
(Non-Regulated)
Replace regulator.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Output voltage

less than 15.5 volts.
GO TO 8 .
RW15895 –UN–22SEP00
CAUTION: Watch for moving drive belt and rotating pulley.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow alternator voltage to exceed 16.5 volts for the
following Test.
Engine above 1500 rpm and multimeter connected to alternator output terminal.
Bypass voltage regulator through 5 mm (3/16 in.) hole in rear cover of alternator with a
small screwdriver.
Readout of alternator should increase above 15.5 volts and CCU Code 047 will be
stored in the CCU memory indicating high voltage.
240
15
– – –1/1
11
8 Causes for Low Loose alternator belt or pulley. Inspect parts for wear and torque. NOT OK: Repair/Replace
Alternator Output Are alternator then check
NOTE: To prevent rounding of rotor shaft hex or socket breakage, a six point, 10 mm alternator output voltage.
drive deep well impact socket must be used for removal and installation of the pulley
nut. Tighten pulley nut to 93—128 N•m (69—94 lb-ft). GO TO 1 .
Loose hardware or connections for rectifier, regulator, stator or brushes.
Worn brushes or faulty rotor field circuit.
Rectifier diodes shorted or open.
Stator winding shorted.
If repairing the alternator is desired, (See Internal Alternator Tests (—009999),,

– – –1/1
122106
PN=1237
9 Alternator Output OK: Alternator output

Capacity Test good.
GO TO 10 .
NOT OK: Alternator

output low.
- -
GO TO 8 .
+ +
RW15899 –UN–22SEP00
Output amperage Test: Attach JT02153, current gun around alternator output lead.
Connect multimeter to output terminal.
Attach JT05832, Battery Load Tester to battery terminals.
output, release load and remove Test equipment.

240 Alternator Output Capacity—Amperage ........................................ 140 (min) at 13.2 volts
15
– – –1/1
12
122106
PN=1238
10 Electrical System OK: Current draws less

Leakage Check than 100 milliamps.
progress.
NOT OK: Current draw

High.
- -
GO TO 11 .
+ +
RW15900 –UN–22SEP00
IMPORTANT: All switches must be OFF and cab door closed.
NOTE: If tractor is equipped with JDLINK™ Machine Messenger and/or GREENSTAR™

AutoTrac, the fuses for these systems must be removed before performing this test.
Disconnect battery ground cable (only) from frame. All other ground leads must remain
connected. Connect red lead of digital multimeter to frame and black lead to battery
cable.
Select 10 amp meter jacks first. Select lower meter range if current draw is within a
lower range.
Current draw (system leakage) should be less than 100 milliamps (mA) or Test light
should be OFF.
System Current Leakage—Specification

Current—Milliamps ...................................................................................... less than 100
240
15
13
122106
PN=1239
11 System Leak Check NOT OK: Repair circuit.

(Continued)
GO TO 10 .
- -
+ +
C A
RW15901 –UN–22SEP00
A—Alternator
B—Starter
C—Start Circuit Relay
Connect multimeter as in Step 11. Follow numbers in sequence, disconnecting

components one at a time until leakage is less than 100 mA or light goes OUT.
Reconnect each lead after check.
Leak check sequence (meter in series with battery (-) cable).
1. Alternator regulator
2. Alternator Output Terminal
3. Starter Solenoid
240 4. Starter Circuit Relay
15 5. Remove fuses F1—F900 one fuse at a time.
14
When the leak is interrupted, follow lead that was last disconnected to component it
supplies and disconnect lead at that component. If the leak still exists, the problem is a
grounded or shorted circuit. If the leak does not exist, the problem is at the component.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1240
Test Procedure (020000—)
NOTE: This procedure covers testing the alternator and the circuits to/from the battery and key switch.
Voltage tests/checks should always be made with respect to the tractor frame ground, that is, the meter common
lead (black) should be connected to the tractor frame. Make sure the meter lead makes good contact with the
tractor frame and paint, dirt or oil, etc. does not interfere with the connection.
– – –1/1
1 Check Alternator OK: Warning displays

Output Voltage OFF and volts in
specification
GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: Warning

displays ON or OFF and
volts above specification
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Warning

displays ON or OFF and
volts below specification
GO TO 3 .
RXA0071977 –UN–04NOV03
240
1. Key switch ON, press Volts switch on side console Vehicle Monitor .
15
15
2. Read voltage on Vehicle Monitor display.
NOTE: If battery voltage is below 12.3 volts, charge batteries. (See Battery
Inspection, Reference 240-15-003).
3. Start engine and set above 1500 rpm.
4. Warning horn, service alert and alternator indicator light should be OFF.
5. Connect red lead of digital multimeter to alternator output terminal and ground black
lead.
Alternator output voltage should be:
• 13.2-14.2 volts at 90° C (194° F) on alternator surface

• 13.7-14.8 volts at 50° C (122° F) on alternator surface.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1241
2 Alternator Indication of overcharging: NOT OK: Replaced

Overcharging alternator.
• Batteries low on water, require frequent addition of water to batteries or batteries boil
dry. GO TO 1 .
• Batteries wet and connection require frequent maintenance.
• Short battery life.
1. Replace alternator.
2. Clear alternator codes.
– – –1/1
3 Battery - Alternator A—Alternator Output Terminal OK: Voltage reading

Circuit Check B B—Battery Input Voltage Terminal good.
1. Engine OFF, key switch (S001) ON. GO TO 4 .

1 2 3
A 2. Access System Voltage display on Vehicle Monitor. NOT OK: Voltage reading
low. Repair circuit 002
3. Disconnect alternator connector. from battery.
4. Using a digital multi-meter, check voltage at batteries, GO TO 1 .

alternator output terminal (A) and alternator connector
terminal “3” (B).
Voltage at display and voltage on measured terminals

should be 0.2 volts maximum below battery voltage.
NOTE: If battery voltage is below 12.3 volts, charge

batteries. (See Battery Inspection, Reference
240-15-003).
RXA0071978 –UN–04NOV03
240
15
– – –1/1
16
4 Alternator Terminal A—Ignition Input Voltage Terminal OK: Voltage reading

“2” Circuit Check A good.
1. With key switch ON, engine OFF, connect digital
multimeter to terminal “2” (A) of alternator connector. GO TO 5 .
1 2 3
2. Voltage should be 12.3 volts minimum with key switch NOT OK: Voltage reading
ON. With key switch OFF, voltage should be zero . low. Repair circuit 082
NOTE: Using a probe light when checking terminal from key switch.
“2” voltage will slightly load circuit.
GO TO 1 .
3. Reconnect alternator connector after testing or repair.
RXA0071980 –UN–04NOV03
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1242
5 Causes for Low Loose or worn alternator belt or pulley. Inspect belt, alternator pulley, idler pulleys, NOT OK: Replace worn
Alternator Output Are drive pulley and belt tensioner for wear and tension. Service as necessary. parts as needed.
NOTE: To prevent rounding of rotor shaft hex or socket breakage, a six point, 10 mm GO TO 1 .
drive deep well impact socket must be used for removal and installation of the pulley
nut. Tighten pulley nut to 93—128 N•m (69—94 lb-ft).
Loose hardware or connections for rectifier, regulator, stator or brushes.
Worn brushes or faulty rotor field circuit.
Rectifier diodes shorted or open.
Stator winding shorted.
NOTE: Internal alternator parts are non serviceable and alternator must be replaced.
– – –1/1
240
15
17
122106
PN=1243
6 Alternator Output OK: Alternator output

Capacity Test good.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Alternator

output low.
- -
GO TO 5 .
+ +
RXA0071981 –UN–04NOV03
Output amperage test:
1. Attach JT02153—current gun around alternator output lead.
2. Connect multimeter to output terminal.
3. Attach JT05832, Battery Load Tester to battery terminals.
4. With engine at 2000 rpm, turn all lights and accessories ON (except windshield
wiper motor). Apply a 50-70 amp load on batteries with JT05832 Tester.
5. Record alternator output, release load and remove test equipment.
240 NOTE: If alternator output volts fall below the normal regulator range of 13.2 volts, the
15 alternator is overloaded. Decrease load to get 13.2—13.4 volt range and continue.
18
Alternator Output Capacity—Amperage ........................................ 150 (min) at 13.2 volts
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1244
7 Electrical System OK: Current draws less

Leakage Check than 100 milliamps.
progress.
NOT OK: Current draw

High.
- -
GO TO 8 .
+ +
RW15900 –UN–22SEP00
IMPORTANT: All switches must be OFF and cab door closed.
NOTE: If tractor is equipped with JDLINK™ Machine Messenger and/or GREENSTAR™

AutoTrac, the fuses for these systems must be removed before performing this test.
1. Disconnect battery ground cable (only) from frame. All other ground leads must
remain connected.
2. Connect red lead of digital multimeter to frame and black lead to battery cable.
3. Select 10 amp meter jacks first. Select lower meter range if current draw is within a
lower range.
Current draw (system leakage) should be less than 100 milliamps (mA) or test light
should be OFF.
System Current Leakage—Specification

Current—Milliamps ...................................................................................... less than 100
240
15
19
122106
PN=1245
8 System Leak Check NOT OK: Repair as

(Continued) necessary.
GO TO 7 .
- -
+ +
C A
RXA0071982 –UN–04NOV03
A—Alternator
B—Starter
C—Start Circuit Relay
Connect multimeter as in Step 7. Follow numbers in sequence, disconnecting

components one at a time until leakage is less than 100 mA or light goes OUT.
Reconnect each lead after check.
Leak check sequence (meter in series with battery (-) cable).
1. Alternator Connector
2. Alternator Output Terminal
3. Starter Solenoid
240 4. Starter Circuit Relay
15 5. Remove fuses F1—F900 one fuse at a time.
20
When the leak is interrupted, follow lead that was last disconnected to component it
supplies and disconnect lead at that component. If the leak still exists, the problem is a
grounded or shorted circuit. If the leak does not exist, the problem is at the component.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1246
Reference 240-15-002, Internal Alternator

Tests (—019999)
OURX908,0000440 –19–12DEC03–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure covers testing the internal components of the alternator if repairing the alternator is desired.
Field Current Draw, Rectifier Diodes and Stator Assembly Continuity are checked. CTM77 is a source of more
detailed information.
– – –1/1
1 Field Current Draw OK: GO TO 2 .

Check
NOT OK: Replace Fields
and repeat this step.
240
15
RW15902 –UN–22SEP00
21
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cable to prevent damage to alternator,
harness and other parts from electrical arcing.
Disconnect alternator output terminal. Connect red lead of multimeter to eyelet of

harness and black lead to output terminal. Position meter leads and selector switch for
10 amp range.
Reconnect battery ground cable. Bypass voltage regulator through 5 mm (3/16 in.)
hole in rear cover of alternator with a small screwdriver and observe meter reading.
Current draw should be 3.3-4.3 amps with battery at 12.3-12.6 volts.
Field Current Draw—Specification

Current—Amperage with battery at
12.3-12.6 volts .......................................................................................... 3.3 to 4.3 amps
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1247
2 Field Continuity Remove brush assembly and check continuity of field winding between rotor slip rings. OK: Field continuity good.
Check Continuity across rotor slip rings should be 3.0-3.5 ohms and no continuity from one
slip ring to housing. GO TO 3 .
Field Continuity Check—Specification NOT OK: Replace Fields.

Field Continuity—Continuity across rotor
slip rings. .................................................................................................. 3.0 to 3.5 ohms GO TO 1 .
Reconnect alternator output terminal after testing or repair with battery disconnected.
– – –1/1
3 Rectifier Diodes OK: Diodes check good.

Check
A GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Rectifier

diode(s) failed test.
2 1 Replace rectifier diodes.

Repeat this step.
B 3
4 5 7
N 6 8 C
RW15903 –UN–22SEP00
240
Remove rectifier assembly from alternator. Check diodes as follows:
15
22
Using a digital multimeter set selector switch at diode test position.
1. Attach black meter lead to output terminal. With red meter lead contact A-B-N-C.
Meter should read between .3 to .7 voltage drop. Reverse polarity of meter leads
and repeat check. Meter should read “OL”.
NOTE: Continuity in both directions, diode is shorted. No continuity in either direction,
diode is open.
2. File terminals of each diode (1 through 8) for test probe contact. Connect red meter
lead to output terminal. With black lead contact each diode terminal. Meter should
read between .3 to .7 voltage drop. Reverse polarity of meter leads and repeat
check. Meter should read “OL”.
NOTE: Continuity in both directions, diode is shorted. No continuity in either direction,

diode is open.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1248
4 Stator Assembly Remove rectifier assembly. OK: Diagnosis complete.

Continuity Check
NOTE: If stator windings are burned, replace stator. NOT OK: Stator fails test.
Using a digital multimeter, connect one lead to any Replace stator. Repeat
eyelet. With other lead probe other eyelets of stator. this step.
Continuity should be less than 0.2 ohms. There should
not be continuity from any eyelet to stator housing.
RW15904 –UN–22SEP00
NOTE: Touch meter leads together and subtract meter
reading from continuity reading of stator.
– – –1/1
240
15
23
122106
PN=1249
Reference 240-15-003, Battery Inspection
OURX908,0000441 –19–08JAN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: If storing tractor for short-term periods of 20 to 90 days, disconnect battery ground cable.
If storing tractor for long-term periods of more than 90 days, remove and store batteries in a cool dry location. Keep
batteries charged.
This procedure covers voltage, electrolyte and specific gravity checks as well as charging the batteries.
– – –1/1
1 Visual Battery Check OK: GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Correct all

abnormal conditions.
CRACKED CASE? CORRODED TERMINALS

GO TO 2 .
DIRTY BATTERY? DAMP BATTERY?

240
15
24
LOOSE TERMINALS
OR BATTERY POSTS?
RXA0059289 –UN–28JAN02
CAUTION: Review safety precautions before Testing or charging

batteries.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1250
2 Check Electrolyte OK: Electrolyte level 6

Level of All Cells mm (0.25 in) above
plates:
GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: Electrolyte level

below plates. Add water,
then;
GO TO 5 .
RXA0059290 –UN–28JAN02
NOTE: Cut and remove decal over center section of maintenance-free batteries for
access to cell plugs.
If level is below top of plates, add water to approximately 6 mm (1/4 in) above plates.
NOTE: Add water to correct level just before releasing battery. Do NOT over-fill
batteries.
– – –1/1
3 Check Specific NOTE: If any cell is at or above 1.175 points, see result OK: ALL cells 1.225 or
Gravity of Each Cell column. above and less than 50
points variation between
Test specific gravity of electrolyte in each cell with cells.
battery hydrometer JT058431.
GO TO 8 .
State of Specific Battery Voltage
Charge Gravity NOT OK: ANY cell below
100% 1.265 12.65V 1.225 and less than 50
75% 1.225 12.45V points variation between
50% 1.190 12.24V cells.
25% 1.155 12.06V
Discharged 1.120 11.89V GO TO 4 .
240
NOT OK: More than 50 15
points variation between 25
RXA0059291 –UN–28JAN02
cells.
Replace battery.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: All cells are

below 1.175 points.
GO TO 5 .
1
Part of JT05833 Battery Service Kit. See section 299, Group 15 for
complete breakdown of kit.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1251
4 Check Individual OK: 12.4V or more;

Battery Voltage
GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: Less than

12.4V;
GO TO 5 .
RW18010 –UN–27JUN90
Batteries connected in parallel must be disconnected and surface charge removed

before checking voltage of each battery.
To remove surface charge, ground each battery negative terminal one at a time and
turn light switch to "F" (Field) position for one minute. Then turn light switch OFF, wait
one minute and check battery voltage.
– – –1/1
5 Charge Batteries Batteries connected in series can be charged together if their voltages are within 0.2V OK: If battery did not
or specific gravity is within 20 points. Otherwise charge batteries individually. require water at step 2
and is accepting charge
NOTE: Batteries connected in parallel can be charged together without disconnecting, of 10 amps:
when battery voltage is 12.0V or above. If battery voltage is below 12.0V the batteries
may be Sulfated. Charging each battery individually will break down the oxide and GO TO 6 .
revive the batteries quicker than charging all batteries together in parallel connection.
OK: If battery required
When replacing battery or after cleaning battery terminals, use AR94760 an electrical water at step 2 or all cells
sealant, or equivalent, around base of terminals. were below 1.175 points,
but battery is accepting a
IMPORTANT: Charger clamps must have a solid connection. Use 3/8 x 2 in. charge of 10 amps:
coupling nuts if battery is equipped with stud terminals.
240 GO TO 6 .
15 1.Connect a charger of 30 to 300 amp rating.
26 NOT OK: If battery is not
IMPORTANT: The maximum charging time at the boost selection is 10 minutes accepting the required
for 1 conventional battery (20 minutes for maintenance-free battery). Allow 5 10-amp charging rate of
minutes additional charging time for each -12°C (10°F) below 21°C (70°F). If the the specified time,
charging rate is obtained before the specified time, see RESULTS. REPLACE the battery.
2.Start charger at a slow or low charging rate. Increase charging rate one selection at process.
a time. Observe ammeter after 1 minute of each selection for a 10-amp charging rate.
If necessary, select boost.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1252
6 Select Charging Rate Charge at 15 to 30 amps for 12V battery. OK: Variation less than
50 points:
NOTE: Decrease charging rate if battery gases or
bubbles excessively or the temperature of battery case is GO TO 7 .
uncomfortable to hold.
NOT OK: Variation is 50
RW6124 –UN–16NOV88
points or more:
Check specific gravity after 30 minutes for a REPLACE battery. Return
conventional battery (60 minutes for a maintenance-free to diagnosis in process.
battery).
RXA0059292 –UN–28JAN02
– – –1/1
7 Charge Batteries Charge batteries as specified to obtain a specific gravity reading of 1.230 to 1.265 OK: GO TO 8 .
(Continued) points.
NOTE: Decrease charging rate if battery gases or bubbles excessively or the

temperature of the battery case is uncomfortable to hold.
If battery was discharged at a slow rate or discharged rate is unknown, adjust charging
rate to 10-15 amps for 12-volt battery. Charging of conventional batteries may require
6 to 12 hours (maintenance free batteries may require 12 to 24 hours).
NOTE: Fast rate of discharge would be one day to one week. Slow rate of discharge
would be two to four month period of time. This longer period of time allows sulfation
to happen to battery and a slower charge rate is needed to reverse this condition.
240
If battery was discharged at a fast rate, adjust charging rate to 20-30 amps for 12-volt 15
battery. Charging of conventional batteries may require 2 to 4 hours (maintenance free 27
batteries may require 4 to 8 hours).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1253
8 Check Battery Check battery condition using load Tester. OK: IF OK: See “Battery
Condition Condition” in RESULTS
Attach JT05832, Battery Load Tester to battery terminals. chart. Return to diagnosis
in process.
IMPORTANT: Tester clamps must have a solid connection. Use T57553 Nut if
battery is equipped with stud terminals.
NOTE: All 7010—9020 series tractors use a 950 CCA rated battery (TY6128).
Adjust load (amp draw) to 1/2 the CCA Rating of the battery (475 CCA).
Observe voltage at 15-20 seconds and release load.
RESULTS a
Battery Voltage Battery Condition
9.6 volts or higher Battery is serviceable
Below 9.6 volts Replace battery
a
Refer to following Temperature Correction Chart
TEMPERATURE CORRECTION CHART

Temperature
°C (°F) Battery
21 (70) & above 9.6V
16 (60) 9.5V
10 (50) 9.4V
4 (40) 9.3V
-1 (30) 9.1V
-7 (20) 8.9V
-12 (10) 8.7V
-18 (0) 8.5V
240
15
– – –1/1
28
122106
PN=1254
Reference 240-15-004, Lights—Road

Position, Low Beam Test (NA)
OURX908,0000442 –19–12AUG04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will Test lights and circuits when light switch (S100) is in ROAD position and HI/LO Beam
Switch (S102) is in LOW beam position.
NOTE: Light Switch (S100) in the ROAD position also activates the hazard light circuit.
– – –1/1
1 Light Switch Check Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position, and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in Low OK: All lights work.
(LOW Beam Position) Beam position.
Check light operation against tables and note which lights do not light. progress.
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (NA), (Reference 240-25-042) and Combined NOT OK: No Head
Light, Turn and Hazard Switch Operation (NA), (Reference 240-25-041). Lights.
POSITION LIGHTS ACTIVATED GO TO 2 .

ROAD (Low Beam) Head Lights (2)
Tail Lights (2) NOT OK: No Tail Lights
Turn Indicators (2) (flashing) or no/low voltage at
Roof Hazard Lights (4) (flashing) Trailer Lighting and
Extremity Lights (2) (flashing) Accessory Outlet (7 240
Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin)—terminal 6. 15
Pin)—terminal 6 (12V) 29
Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 GO TO 5 .
Pin)—terminals 3 and 5 ("pulsing "12 V)
Console Lights NOT OK: Turn Indicators,
Roof Hazard Lights,
Extremity Lights do not
flash and Trailer Lighting
and Accessory Outlet (7
Pin) does not have
“pulsing” 12 V on
terminals 3 and 5.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: No Console

Lights.
GO TO 9 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1255
2 Check Head Light NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006a) OK: F42 good and
Fuse F42 or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046a). battery voltage at terminal
A.
Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position.
GO TO 3 .
Remove and check fuse F42 (30A).
NOT OK: No or low
Check terminal A of F42 socket for battery voltage. voltage at terminal A.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F42 open.

downstream for shorts to
ground. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
30
122106
PN=1256
3 Check Low and High NOTE: High and Low beam relays (K1 and K11) are used when HI/LO beam switch OK: All terminal checks
Beam Relays (S102) is in Low beam position. good.
GO TO 4 .
A
NOT OK: Relay K1. No
or low voltage on terminal
necessary.
B
GO TO 1 .

or low battery voltage at
terminals 30 and 87A.
Replace relay K1.
GO TO 1 .

continuity to ground at
D 050 (SPG) as necessary.
85
30 GO TO 1 .
87A
87
C
86 NOT OK: No or low
voltage at terminal 30 of
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04 necessary.
A—Load Center/Relay Pane GO TO 1 .

B—DFRW130
C—Relay To Be Tested NOT OK: No or low
D—Relay Terminal Calls voltage at terminal 86 of
1. Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position and HI/LO beam switch (S102) in LOW necessary.
beam position.
2. Remove High beam relay (K1) and install DFRW130 in relay panel K1 position. GO TO 1 .
240
3. Install K1 in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminals 30 and 87A of
15
DFRW130. NOT OK: No or low
31
4. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and re-install K1 in panel. voltage at terminal 87 of
5. Remove Low beam relay (K11) and install DFRW130 in relay panel K11 position. K11. Replace K11.
6. Check DFRW130 terminals 30 and 86 for battery voltage and terminal 85 for
continuity to ground. GO TO 1 .
8. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and re-install K11 in panel.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1257
4 Check Low Beam NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006a)
Head Lamp Harness or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046a).
K1
HIGH BEAM
RELAY
86
87A 30
87
85 86
85
87
X005
30
CAB
87A
87
119
N
M
L
119 A7 K
J
H
W6
G
CAB HARNESS
F
E
114 A6
D
C
B
114
A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
87
86
85
X005
87
30
CHASSIS
87A
86 N
30 M
87A
87
L W8
240 85 K CHASSIS
15 J HARNESS
32 K11 H A6 114
LOW BEAM G A7 119
RELAY F
119 HIGH
114 LOW
E
D
010
C
B A B C
A W2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E135/136 A
HIGH/LOW B
BEAM
HEAD C
LAMPS
RXA0074733 –UN–12MAY04
E135/E136—High/Low Beam Headlamp Harness Connector

K1—High Beam Relay
K11—Low Beam Relay
W2—Chassis Ground
W6—Cab Harness
W8—Chassis Harness
X005—Cab Harness-to-Chassis Harness (78-Way)
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1258
Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position, HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in LOW beam OK: Battery voltage at
position. terminal C and continuity
to ground at terminal A.
Disconnect head lamps (E135/E136) (2) from harness. Replace head lamp(s) as
necessary.
Check for battery voltage at terminal C of harness. Check for continuity to ground at
terminal A of harness. GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at terminal C.
light harness to relay
K11.
GO TO 1 .

as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
5 Check Tail Light Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. OK: F35 and F36 good
Fuses and battery voltage at
Remove and inspect fuse F35 (20A) and F36 (20A). terminal A.
Check terminal A of fuse sockets for battery voltage. GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: F35 and/or F36

open. Replace fuse(s).
Fuse(s) opens repeatedly.
S100 DELAY
Check circuits
OFF
LIGHT ROAD downstream from fuse(s)
SWITCH FIELD 1
FIELD 2
for shorts to ground.
F35 Repair as necessary.
240
20A 15
B GO TO 1 .
33
A
4 2
NOT OK: No or low
103
B voltage at terminal(s) A.
3 5 2 103
4 Repair circuit 103 from
103
3 1 terminal A to (S100) as
A necessary.
2
20A
GO TO 1 .
F36
1
RXA0074734 –UN–12MAY04
F35—Left Tail Light Fuse

F36—Right Tail Light Fuse
S100—Light Switch
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1259
6 Check Left and Right NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006a) OK: Battery voltage at
Tail Light (E131/E130) or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046a). terminal B of Left and
and Trailer Lighting Right Tail Light harness
and Accessory Outlet 1. Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. and continuity to ground
(7 Pin) 2. Check for battery voltage at terminal 6 of Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 at terminal C. Replace
Pin) (X130). lamp.
3. Disconnect harness from Left Tail Light (E131) and check for battery voltage at
terminal B of harness. GO TO 1 .
4. Disconnect harness from Right Tail Light (E130) and check for battery voltage at
terminal B of harness. NOT OK: No or low
5. Check terminal C of both harnesses for continuity to ground. voltage at terminal B of
tail light and/or terminal 6
X130 of 7 Pin Outlet. Repair
TRAILER LIGHTING circuit 118 as necessary.
AND
ACCESSORY GO TO 1 .
OUTLET
NOT OK: No or low
6 1
2
Right Tail Light. Repair
X005 5 7
CHASSIS 4 3
GO TO 1 .
6
TAIL 118
N
M
L ground. Repair/replace
K cct. 010 as necessary.
J
H M1 118
M2 128 GO TO 1 .
G
F
128
101
101
118
E
D
B C C B
C W2
B
A D B D B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C A C A
X005 E131 E130

CAB RIGHT LEFT
F35
240 (TAIL) (TAIL)
20A
15 E139 E140
34 B N (TURN) (TURN)
M
LAMPS
118
L
LAMPS
K
J
H
118 M1
128 M2 G
F
E
D
128
C
B B
A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
20A
F36
RXA0074735 –UN–12MAY04
E130—Left Tail Lamp

E131—Right Tail Lamp
F35—Left Tail Light Fuse
F36—Right Tail Light Fuse
W2—Chassis Ground
X005—Cab Harness-to-Chassis Harness (78-Way)
X130—Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1260
7 Check Hazard Lights Put hazard switch (S101) in ON position. OK: Hazard Lights
flashing.
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (NA) (Reference 240-25-006a) and
Combined Light, Turn and Hazard Switch Operation (NA) (Reference 240-25-041). GO TO 8 .
NOT OK: Hazard Lights

do not flash.
See Observable
Symptom: Hazard Lights
Malfunction and then
return to diagnosis in
progress.
– – –1/1
8 Check Hazard Light Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. OK: Battery voltage at
Switch terminal A of harness and
NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006a) continuity between
or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046a). terminals A and B of
hazard switch.
GO TO 1 .
S100 DELAY NOT OK: No or low

OFF
LIGHT ROAD voltage at terminal A of
SWITCH FIELD 1
FIELD 2
harness. Repair circuit
103 from terminal A to
Light Switch (S100)
B terminal 2.
4 2
A GO TO 1 .
B
3 5 C B
4 2 103 103 A NOT OK: Switch fails
3 1 continuity check. Replace
OFF
HAZARD
hazard switch.
2
GO TO 1 . 240
S101
1 HAZARD 15
SWITCH 35
5
RXA0074736 –UN–12MAY04
S100—Light Switch
S101—Hazard Switch
Disconnect hazard switch (S101) harness. Check for battery voltage at terminal A of
harness.
Put hazard switch in OFF position. Check continuity between terminals A and B of
hazard switch.
Put hazard switch in ON position. Check continuity between terminals B and C of

hazard switch.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1261
9 Check Console Light Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. OK: F24 good and
Remove and inspect fuse F24 (10A). B.
Check terminal B of F24 socket for battery voltage. GO TO 10 .
NOT OK: F24 open.

Replace fuse. F24 opens
repeatedly. Check circuit
S100 DELAY 134 downstream from
OFF
LIGHT ROAD F24 for shorts to ground.
SWITCH FIELD 1
FIELD 2
GO TO 1 .
B
NOT OK: No or low
4 2
B Repair circuit 158 from
3 5
4 1 158 158 B F24 to Light Switch as
10A
134 A F24
3 1 necessary.
134
2 GO TO 1 .
E101
RIGHT
CONSOLE
010
1
LAMPS
(2)
5
W2
RXA0074737 –UN–12MAY04
E101—Right Console Lamps (2)

F24—Display Lighting and Right Console Light Fuse
S100—Light Switch
W2—Chassis Ground
240
15
– – –1/1
36
10 Check Console Remove nonlighting Console Lamps. OK: Battery voltage on

Lights terminal A and continuity
Check terminal A of cab harness for battery voltage. to ground on terminal B.
Replace lamp(s).
Check terminal B of cab harness for continuity to ground.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

terminal A to F24 terminal
B as necessary.
134 A A
E101
010 B B
RIGHT HAND
CONSOLE LIGHTS GO TO 1 .

as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074794 –UN–04MAY04
E101—Console Lamp
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1262

Position, High Beam Test (NA)
OURX908,0000443 –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: Light Switch (S100) in the ROAD position also activates The Hazard Light Circuit.
– – –1/1
1 Light Switch Check Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position, and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in High OK: High Beam Indicator
(HIGH Beam Position) Beam position. and High Beam
Headlights ON.
Check light operation against table and note which lights do not light.
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (NA) (Reference 240-25-042) and Combined progress.
Light, Turn and Hazard Switch Operation (NA) (Reference 240-25-041).
NOT OK: No High Beam
NOTE: This section will check High Beam Indicator and High beam Head Lights only. Indicator and High Beam
For problems with other lights in this switch position see Lights—Road Position, Low Headlights.
Beam Test (Reference 240-15-004).
GO TO 2 .
ROAD (High Beam) High Beam Indicator NOT OK: No High Beam 240
Head Lights (2) Indicator. Replace 15
Tail Lights (2) Indicator lamp. 37
Roof Hazard Lights (4) (flashing) Return to diagnosis in
Extremity Lights (2) (flashing) progress.
Pin)—terminal 6 (12 V)
Pin)—Terminals 3 and 5 ("pulsing" 12 V)
Console Lights
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1263
2 Check HI/LO Beam Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. Put HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in HIGH OK: Battery voltage at
Switch beam position. terminal 2 of cab harness
and continuity between
NOTE: See Radio, Dome Lamp, and Multi-Function Switch (SE4) (—009999), terminals 1 and 2 of
(Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch X101.
Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045).
GO TO 3 .
Disconnect Steering Column Module (X101) harness.
NOT OK: No or low
Check terminal 2 of cab harness for battery voltage. voltage at terminal 2 of
cab harness. Repair
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 of Steering Column Module harness. circuit 158 As necessary.
GO TO 1 .
S100 DELAY NOT OK: No continuity at

OFF
LIGHT ROAD terminals 1 and 2 of X101
SWITCH FIELD 1 harness plug. Replace
FIELD 2 HI/LO Beam switch.
B
GO TO 1 .
4 2
B 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3 5
4 1 158 158 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 1
X101
2
RXA0074742 –UN–10MAY04
240 S100—Light Switch

15 X101—Steering Column Module Connector
38
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1264
3 Check Head Light Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. Put HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in HIGH OK: F42 good, continuity
Fuse F42 beam position. to High Beam Relay and
Remove and inspect fuse F42 (30A). A.
Check terminal A of F42 socket for battery voltage. GO TO 4 .
Check terminal B of F42 socket for continuity to terminal 30 of High Beam Relay. NOT OK: No or low
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F42 open.

downstream for shorts to
ground. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
39
122106
PN=1265
4 Check High Beam NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead OK: All terminal checks
Relay K1 (Reference DFRW130). good.
GO TO 5 .
A
NOT OK: No or low
K1. Repair circuit 163.
GO TO 1 .
B
NOT OK: No or low
K1. Repair circuit 113.
GO TO 1 .

ground at terminal 85 of
K1. Repair circuit 050
(SPG) as necessary.
D GO TO 1 .
85
87A
87
C
86 Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04
A—Load Center/Relay Pane

B—DFRW130
C—Relay To Be Tested
D—Relay Terminal Calls
1. Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. Put HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in HIGH
beam position.
2. Remove High beam relay (K1) and install DFRW130 in relay K1 position.
240
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and continuity to ground on
15
terminal 85 of DFRW130.
40
4. Install K1 in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage on terminal 87 of DFRW130.
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and re-install K1.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1266
5 Check High Beam Put Light Switch (S100) in ROAD position. Put HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in HIGH
Head Lamp Harness beam position.
NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006a)

or SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046a).
Disconnect head lamps (E135/E136) (2) from harness.
Check for battery voltage at terminal B of harness. Check for continuity to ground at
terminal A of harness.
K1
HIGH BEAM
RELAY
86
30
87A
87
85
86
85
87
X005
30
CAB
87A
87
119
N
M
L
119 A7 K
J
H
W6
G
CAB HARNESS
F
E
114 A6
D
C
B
114
A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
87
240
15
86
85
41
X005
87
30
CHASSIS
87A
86 N
30 M
87A
87
L W8
85 K CHASSIS
J HARNESS
K11 H A6 114
LOW BEAM G A7 119
RELAY F
119 HIGH
114 LOW
E
D
010
C
B A B C
A W2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E135/136 A
HIGH/LOW B
BEAM
HEAD C
LAMPS
RXA0074733 –UN–12MAY04
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1267
E135/E136—High/Low Beam Headlamp Harness Connector OK: Battery voltage at

K1—High Beam Relay terminal B and continuity
K11—Low Beam Relay to ground at terminal A.
W2—Chassis Ground Replace head lamp(s) as
W6—Cab Harness necessary.
X005—Cab Harness-to-Chassis Harness (78-Way) GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

light harness to relay K1.
GO TO 1 .

as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
240
15
42
122106
PN=1268
Reference 240-15-006, Lights—Field 1

Position Test (NA)
OURX908,0000444 –19–27SEP05–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will Test lights and circuits activated when Light Switch (S100) is in FIELD position and
HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) is in HIGH beam position.
– – –1/1
1 Light Switch Check Tractor has (2) Front Flood Lights and (1) Center Spotlight. OK: All lights work.
(Field 1 Position)
Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position and HI/LO beam switch (S102) in HIGH Return to diagnosis in
beam position. progress.
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (NA) ( Reference 240-25-040) and Combined NOT OK: No lights work.
Light, Turn and Hazard Switch Operation (Reference 240-25-041).
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Some Floods
NOTE: This section will check Front Flood Lights (E132), Rear Fender Flood Lights and/or terminal 2 of X130
(E191) Front Grill Spotlight and Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet (7 Pin) (X130). (7 Pin) do not light.
For problems with other lights in this switch position see Lights—Road Position, Low
Beam Test (Reference 240-15-004). GO TO 3 . 240
15
POSITION LIGHTS ACTIVATED NOT OK: Center 43
FIELD 1 Front Floods (2) Spotlight does not Light.
Center Spotlight
Rear Fender Floods (4) GO TO 6
Pin)—terminal 2 (12 V)
positions)
High Beam Indicator
Console Lights
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1269
2 Check Diode V1 Diode V1 is used to direct voltage to flood lights in both FIELD 1 and FIELD 2 OK: Tractors up to —
positions. 009999. . . .
NOTE: See SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a Diode Test ok. Battery
Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). voltage on terminals 4
and 6 of socket.
Remove Diode V1 from relay panel.
GO TO 3 .
Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position. Check for battery voltage on terminal 4 of
Diode V1 socket. OK: Tractors from
010001—. . . .
Put Light Switch in FIELD 2 position. Check for battery voltage on terminal 6 of Diode
V1 socket. Diode Test ok. Battery
Perform diode Test on Diode V1 between terminals 4 and 5 and between terminals 6 and 6 of socket.
and 5. Reverse meter leads and retest.
GO TO 10 .
V1 NOT OK: No or low

DIODE voltage on terminal 4 of
BLOCK 1 socket. Repair circuit 124
9 6 3 from terminal 4 to
8 5
2 5 145 terminal 3 of Light Switch.
7 4 1
GO TO 1 .
145
050
168
168
145
050
165
165
050
145
107
107
86 85 30 B 86 85 30 A 85 86 30 A
NOT OK: No or low
30A 30A 30A voltage on terminal 6 of
socket. Repair circuit 137
86
86
85
85
86
85
F29 F31 F44 from terminal 6 to
87
87
87
terminal 4 of Light Switch.
30
30
30
87A
87A
87A
86
GO TO 1 .
86 86
30 30 30
87A
87A
87A
87
87
87
NOT OK: Diode V1 failed

85 85 85 Test. Replace Diode.
K4 K5 K7
FRONT REAR FLOODS REAR FENDER GO TO 1 .
FLOODS TO ACCESSORY FLOODS RELAY
240
RELAY OUTLET RELAY
15
44 RXA0074743 –UN–10MAY04
S100—Light Switch
V1—Diode Block
the other.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1270
3 Check FIELD 1 Fuses Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position. OK: All fuses good and
battery voltage at all
Remove and inspect fuses F27 (30A), F29 (30A), F31 (30A) and F44 (30A). terminal A.
Check terminal A of all fuse sockets for battery voltage. GO TO 4 .
Fuse Lights NOT OK: Fuse(s) open.

F27 Front Grill Spot Light (E132) Replace fuse(s). Fuse(s)
F29 Front Grill Flood Lights (2) (E134) opens repeatedly. Check
F31 Trailer Flood Lights (X130) terminal 2 circuit(s) downstream
F44 Rear Fender Flood Lights (4) (E191) from fuse(s) for shorts to
ground. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at any terminal A.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
45
122106
PN=1271
4 Check FIELD 1 Relays Put (S100) in FIELD 1 position.
Check only relays of lights not working. See table below.
Check one relay at a time.
LIGHTS RELAY
Front Floods K4
Rear Fender Floods K7
7 Pin Outlet K5
NOTE: For center spot light; GO TO 6.
D
85
30
87A
87
240 C
86
15
46
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
D—Relay Terminal Callouts
1. Remove a relay and install DFRW130 in relay panel.

– – –1/2
122106
PN=1272
OK: GO TO 1 .
V1
DIODE OK: All terminal checks
BLOCK 1 good.
9 6 3
8 5
2 5 145 GO TO 5 .
7 4 1
145
050
168
168
145
050
165
165
050
145
107
107
86 85 30 B 86 85 30 A 85 86 30 A
30A 30A 30A necessary.
86
86
85
85
86
85
F29 F31 F44 GO TO 1 .
87
87
87
30
30
30
87A
87A
87A
86
86 86
30 30
30
87A
87A
87A
87
87
87
necessary.
85 85 85
K4 K5 K7 GO TO 1 .
FRONT REAR FLOODS REAR FENDER
FLOODS TO ACCESSORY FLOODS RELAY NOT OK: Relay K7. No
RELAY OUTLET RELAY or low voltage on terminal
RXA0074744 –UN–10MAY04 necessary.
F29—Front Flood Light Fuse GO TO 1 .

F31—7 Pin Accessory Outlet Flood Light Fuse
F44—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Fuse NOT OK: All relays. No
K4—Front Grill Flood Light Relay or low voltage on terminal
K5—7 Pin Accessory Outlet Flood Light Relay 86. Repair circuit 145
K7—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Relay from terminal 86 to
V1—Diode Block terminal 5 of Diode V1 as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: All relays. No

240
15
050 (SPG) as necessary.
47
GO TO 1 .

Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
122106
PN=1273
5 FIELD 1, Flood Light NOTE: See SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a
and Seven Pin Outlet Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a).
Check
K4
FRONT
FLOODS
RELAY
86 87A 87 85
30
87A
87
87 138 138 G7
85 30 86
K5 N
REAR FLOODS M
TO ACCESSORY L
OUTLET RELAY K
86 J
87A 87 85 H
30 X005
87A
87
87 109 109 A5 G
F CAB
85 30 86
E
D
C
K7 B
REAR FENDER A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FLOODS RELAY
86 87A 87 85
30
87A
87
87 108 108 N1
85 30 86
N
M
L
K
J
H
138 G7
G X005
109 A5
F CHASSIS
108 N1
E
138
010
D
138
010
C
B
240
A
B A W2 B
A
15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
48
B W8
A CHASSIS
A HARNESS E191
B
A LEFT/RIGHT
E134 REAR FENDER
B L/R LAMPS
FRONT (4)
FLOODS 108 A A A A 108
A B 010 B B B
B 010
W2
A X130
E134 TRAILER LIGHTING
B
AND
ACCESSORY
OPTION
OUTLET
A110
HID FLOOD 6 1
109 2
BALLEST 2
GROUND 5 7
010 1
4 3
W2
RXA0074745 –UN–10MAY04
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1274
A110—HID Ballast OK: HID lights only. All

E134—Left/Right flood Lights checks good.
E191—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Lights
K4—Front Grill Flood Light Relay GO TO 9 .
K5—7 Pin Trailer and Accessory Outlet Flood Light Relay
K7—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Relay OK: All checks good.
W2—Chassis Ground Replace lamps as
W8—Chassis Harness necessary.
X005—Cab to Chassis Harness Connectors
X130—7 Pin Trailer and Accessory Outlet Connector GO TO 1 .
1. Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position. NOT OK: No or low

2. Disconnect harness from Flood lights that are not lighting. voltage at front flood
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal A of Light harness and terminal B of Light lights. Repair circuit 138
harness for continuity to ground. as necessary.
4. Check for battery voltage at terminal 2 of seven pin outlet (X130).
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at rear fender
flood lights. Repair circuit
108 as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at terminal 2 at
X130. Repair circuit 109
as necessary.
GO TO 1 .

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
240
15
–19– –2/2
49
122106
PN=1275
6 Field 1 Center Spot NOTE: See SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a
Light Relay K14 Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a).
Check
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Put light switch (S100) in Field 1 position and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in High
Beam position.
2. Remove center spot light relay K14 and install DFRW130 in relay panel K14
240
position.
15
3. Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 of K14.
50
4. Install K14 in DFRW130 and check for continuity from terminal 86 to terminal 85.
5. Ground terminal 85 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1276
OK: Tractors up to —
V1 V1 009999. . . .
DIODE DIODE
BLOCK 1 BLOCK 1 All checks good.
9 6 3 9 6 3
8 5
2
8 5
2 GO TO 7 .
7 4 1 7 4 1
OK: Tractors from
010001—. . . .
5 5
All checks good.
145
145
GO TO 12 .
145
142
142
145
139
139
NOT OK: Tractors up
86 30 A 86 30 A to —009999. . . .
30A 30A
No or low battery voltage
86
86
85
85
F27 F30 at terminal 30. Repair
87
87
30
30
87A
87A
86 86
Tractors from 010001 —.
30 30
...
87A
87A
87
87
85 85 No or low battery voltage
K14 K14 at terminal 30. Repair
GRILL SPOT GRILL SPOT circuit 139 as necessary.
LIGHT RELAY LIGHT RELAY
GO TO 1 .
(-009999) (010001-)
NOT OK: No or low
RXA0074747 –UN–10MAY04
necessary.
F27—Front Grill Spot Light Fuse (—009999)
F30—Front Grill Spot Light Fuse (010001—)
GO TO 1 .
K14—Front Grill Spot Light Relay
V1—Diode Block
NOT OK: No Continuity
from terminal 86 to
240
15
Relay.
51
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

87. Replace Relay.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
122106
PN=1277
7 Center Spot Light NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead
Grounding Relay K31 (Reference DFRW130).
Check
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
D—Relay Terminal Calloutss
1. Put Light Switch (S100) in Field 1 position and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in High
Beam Position.
2. Remove Center Spot Light Grounding Relay K31 and install DFRW130 in relay
240
panel.
15
3. Check for battery voltage at terminals 86 and 30 and continuity to ground on
52
4. Install K31 in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1278
OK: All checks good.

86 86
K31 30 30 K14 GO TO 8 .
87A
87A
SPOTLIGHT
87
87
GRILL SPOT
GROUNDING 85 85 LIGHT RELAY
RELAY NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage on
164 as necessary.
86
86
85
85
87
87
GO TO 1 .
30
30
87A
87A
87 86 30 85 NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage on
050
113
164
164
113 as necessary.
113
GO TO 1 .
1

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ground on terminals 85 or
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 87. Repair circuit 050 as
necessary.
X101
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074748 –UN–10MAY04
NOT OK: No or low

K14—Front Grill Spot Light Relay battery voltage at terminal
K31—Front Grill Spot Light Grounding Relay 87. Replace Relay.
X101—Steering Column Module Connector
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
240
15
53
122106
PN=1279
8 Field 1 Center Spot NOTE: See SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a
Light Harness Check Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—) (Reference 240-25-053a).
1. Put light switch (S100) in Field 1 position and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in High
Beam Position.
2. Disconnect light harness from Center Spot Light.
3. Check light harness for battery voltage at terminal A and terminal B for continuity to
ground.
E132 A
FRONT
GRILL B
SPOT
X005 A B
CHASSIS
131
010
N
M W2
L
K
W8
J CHASSIS HARNESS
H
G G1 131
F
E
D
010
131
C
B
W2 A B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B
X005
CAB A
E132 A110
A HID
BALLEST
B
N
M
L
K
240 J A B
H
15 131 G1 G
54 F
E
D A
131
C
87 B B
A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 OPTION
86
85
87
30
87A
86
30
87A
87
85
K14
GRILL SPOT
LIGHT RELAY
RXA0074749 –UN–10MAY04
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1280
A110—HID Ballast OK: HID lights only. All

E132—Front Grill Spot Light checks good.
W2—Chassis Ground GO TO 9 .
X005—Cab to Chassis Harness Connectors OK: Battery voltage at
to ground at terminal B.
Replace Light.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or Low

battery Voltage of
terminal A. Repair circuit
131 as necessary.
GO TO 1 .

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
9 HID Bulb/Ballast OK: HID bulb lit. Replace

Check CAUTION: NEVER stare at HID lamps while in operation. Ultraviolet, bad ballast.
visible and infrared radiation is emitted from HID lights that can cause
eye and skin irritation. GO TO 1 .
240
NOT OK: HID bulb did 15
CAUTION: Wear safety glasses and gloves when working with HID lamps.
not light. Replace HID 55
Lamps are under pressure and can explode if damaged. Allow lamps to
bulb.
cool before removing.
GO TO 1 .
IMPORTANT: Gloves should be worn to prevent contamination to lamp that
could shorten its life. Use care to maintain proper polarity to ballast and light to
prevent damage.
NOTE: Before performing this test, check that ballast is for a 12V system. Ballast
should be labeled “XLD912”. If ballast is for 24V system, replace with correct 12V
ballast.
1. Light switch OFF.

2. Remove and disconnect nonlighting HID bulb from its ballast.
3. Remove and disconnect known good HID bulb from its ballast and connect
nonlighting HID bulb to this known good ballast.
4. Put light switch in FIELD position, High/Low beam switch in HIGH position.
5. Does HID bulb light?
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1281
10 Check FIELD 1 Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 1 position. OK: All fuses good and
Fuses battery voltage at all
Remove and inspect fuses F30 (30A), F41 (30A), F31 (30A) and F44 (30A). terminal A.
Check terminal A of all fuse sockets for battery voltage. GO TO 11 .
Fuse Lights NOT OK: Fuse(s) open.

F30 Front Grill Spot Light (E132) Replace fuse(s). Fuse(s)
F41 Front Grill Flood Lights (2) (E134) opens repeatedly. Check
F31 Trailer Flood Lights (X130) terminal 2 circuit(s) downstream
F44 Rear Fender Flood Lights (4) (E191) from fuse(s) for shorts to
ground. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at any terminal A.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
56
122106
PN=1282
11 Check FIELD 1 Put (S100) in FIELD 1 position.

Relays
Check only relays of lights not working. See table below.
Check one relay at a time.
LIGHTS RELAY
Front Floods K4
Rear Fender Floods K6
7 Pin Outlet K5
NOTE: For center spot light; GO TO 6.
D
85
30
87A
87
C 240
86
15
57
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Remove a relay and install DFRW130 in relay panel.

– – –1/2
122106
PN=1283
V1 OK: GO TO 1 .
DIODE A
BLOCK 1 OK: All terminal checks
9 6 3 good.
2
8 5
GO TO 5 .
7 4 1

5
145
necessary.
GO TO 1 .

145
050
107
107
121
050
145
121
165
145
050
165
85 86 30 B 86 85 30 A 86 85 30 A necessary.
30A 30A 30A
GO TO 1 .
86
87 85
86
86
87 85
87 85
F41 F31 F44

30
30
30
87A
87A
87A
86 86 86 necessary.
30 30 30
87A
87A
87A
87
87
87
85
GO TO 1 .
85 85
K4 B K5 C K6 D
FRONT REAR FLOODS REAR FENDER or low voltage on terminal
86. Repair circuit 145
RELAY OUTLET RELAY
from terminal 86 to
RXA0074751 –UN–04MAY04
terminal 5 of Diode V1 as
necessary.
A—Diode Block (V1)
B—Front Grill Flood Light Relay (K4)
GO TO 1 .
C—7 Pin Trailer and Accessory Outlet Relay (K5)
D—Left/ Right Rear Fender Flood Light Relay (K6)
F31—7 Pin Trailer and Accessory Outlet Fuse
240 F41—Front Grill Flood Light Fuse
15 F44—Left/ Right Rear Fender Flood Light Fuse
050 (SPG) as necessary.
58
GO TO 1 .

Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
122106
PN=1284
12 Center Spot Light NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead
Grounding Relay K7 (Reference DFRW130).
Check
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Put Light Switch (S100) in Field 1 position and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in High
Beam Position.
2. Remove Center Spot Light Grounding Relay K7 and install DFRW130 in relay
240
panel.
15
3. Check for battery voltage at terminals 86 and 30 and continuity to ground on
59
4. Install K7 in DFRW130 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1285
GO TO 8 .
A
NOT OK: No or low
K7
SPOTLIGHT battery voltage on
GROUNDING terminal 30. Repair circuit
RELAY 164 as necessary.
87 87A 87 85
87A GO TO 1 .
86
86 113
85
30 164
30 30 86 87 050 NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage on
87 87A 87 113 as necessary.
87A
86
85
85 164
GO TO 1 .
30
30
B NOT OK: No continuity to

ground on terminals 85 or
K14 87. Repair circuit 050 as
GRILL SPOT necessary.
LIGHT RELAY
113
GO TO 1 .
1 NOT OK: No or low

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 87. Replace Relay.
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SE4, X101
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074752 –UN–04MAY04
A—Front Grill Spot Light Grounding Relay (K7)

B—Front Grill Spot Light Relay (K14)
C—Steering Column Module Connector (X101)
240
15
–19– –2/2
60
122106
PN=1286
Reference 240-15-007, Lights—Field 2

Position Test (NA)
OURX908,0000445 –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will Test lights activated when light switch (S100) is in FIELD 2 position.
– – –1/1
1 Light Switch Check Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 2 position. OK: Roof floods work.
(FIELD 2 Position)
Check light operation against table and note which lights do not light. Return to diagnosis in
progress.
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (NA) (Reference 240-25-042) and Combined
Light, Turn and Hazard Switch Operation (Reference 240-25-041). NOT OK: Roof floods do
not work.
NOTE: This section will check Roof Flood Lights (E190) only. For problems with other
lights in this switch position see Lights—Field 1 Position Test (Reference 240-15-006) GO TO 2 .
and Lights—Road Position, Low Beam Test (Reference 240-15-004).

FIELD 2 Roof Floods (4)
Front Floods (2) 240
Center Spotlight 15
Rear Fender Floods (4) 61
Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet—
terminal 2 (12 V)
positions)
High Beam Indicator
Console Lights
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1287
2 Check Diode V1 NOTE: See SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a OK: Tractors up to —
Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). 009999. . . .
Diode V1 is used to direct voltage to flood lights in both FIELD 1 and FIELD 2 Diode Test ok. Battery
positions. voltage on terminals 4
and 6 of socket.
Remove Diode V1 from relay panel.
GO TO 3 .
Diode socket. OK: Tractors from
010001—. . . .
Diode socket. Diode Test ok. Battery
Perform diode Test on Diode V1 between terminals 4 and 5 and between terminals 6 and 6 of socket.
and 5. Reverse meter leads and retest.
GO TO 6 .
the other. NOT OK: No or low
V1 from terminal 4 to
DIODE terminal 3 of Light Switch.
BLOCK 1
9 6 3 GO TO 1 .
2 5 145
8 5
NOT OK: No or low
7 4 1
145
050
168
168
145
050
165
165
050
145
107
107
86 85 30 B 86 85 30 A 85 86 30 A
from terminal 6 to
30A 30A 30A terminal 4 of Light Switch.
86
86
85
85
86
85
F29 F31 F44 GO TO 1 .

87
87
87
30
30
30
87A
87A
NOT OK: Diode V1 failed

87A
86
check. Replace Diode.
86 86
30 30 30
87A
87A
87A
87
87
87
GO TO 1 .
85 85 85
240
15 K4 K5 K7
62 FRONT REAR FLOODS REAR FENDER
RELAY OUTLET RELAY
RXA0074743 –UN–10MAY04
S100—Light Switch
V1—Diode Block
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1288
3 Check Roof Flood Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 2 position. OK: F30 good and
Lights Fuse F30 battery voltage at terminal
NOT OK: Fuse open.

Replace fuse. Fuse
circuit 157 down stream
from fuse for shorts to
ground. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
4 Check Roof Floods

Relay K3 A
240
15
63
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Put light switch (S100) in FIELD 2 position.

2. Remove Roof Floods Relay (K3) and install DFRW130 in relay panel.
Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check terminal 85 for
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1289
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead OK: All terminal checks
(Reference DFRW130). good.
GO TO 5 .
A
S100 DELAY
NOT OK: No or low
LIGHT OFF voltage on terminal 30.
ROAD
SWITCH FIELD 1
FIELD 2 necessary.
GO TO 1 .
B
4 2
NOT OK: No or low
B
3 5 4 137 Repair circuit 137 as
4
necessary.
3 1
GO TO 1 .
2
137
050
167
167
B 30 86 85 ground on terminal 85.
1
30A
Repair circuit 050 (SPG)
as necessary.
86
5 87 85
F30
GO TO 1 .
30
87A
NOT OK: No or low

86
30
87A
87
B Replace relay.
85
GO TO 1 .
K3
ROOF
FLOODS
RELAY
RXA0074771 –UN–04MAY04
A—Light Switch (S100)

B—Roof Flood Light Relay (K3)
240 F30—Roof Flood Light Fuse
15
–19– –2/2
64
122106
PN=1290
5 Check Roof Flood NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006a OK: Battery voltage at
Lights and SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a). each harness terminal A
and continuity to ground
Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 2 position. at each terminal B.
Replace lamp(s).
Disconnect harness from non-lighting Roof Flood Lights (E190) (4).
GO TO 1 .
Check for battery voltage at each harness socket terminal A.
NOT OK: No or low
Check for continuity to ground at each harness socket terminal B. voltage at any terminal A.
necessary.
A X106 B GO TO 1 .
CAB HARNESS E190
TO OPTIONAL
ROOF NOT OK: No continuity to
ROOF HARNESS
FLOODS (4) ground at any terminal B.
A A 157 Repair circuit 010 as
157 A A
necessary.
010 B B
B B 010
GO TO 1 .
W2
157
87
86
87 85
30
87A
86
30
87A
87
C
85
K3 240
ROOF 15
FLOODS 65
RELAY
RXA0074772 –UN–04MAY04
A—Cab Harness to Roof Harness Connectors (X106

B—Roof Flood Lights (4) (E190)
C—Roof Flood Light Relay (K3)
W2—Chassis Ground
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1291
6 Check Roof Flood Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 2 position. OK: F29 good and
Lights Fuse F29 battery voltage at terminal
NOT OK: Fuse open.

Replace fuse. Fuse
circuit 168 down stream
from fuse for shorts to
ground. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
7 Check Roof Floods

Relay K16 A
240
15
66
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Put light switch (S100) in FIELD 2 position.

2. Remove Roof Floods Relay (K16) and install DFRW130 in relay panel.
Check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 and check terminal 85 for
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1292
NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types (Reference 210-15-016) and Relay Circuit Test Lead OK: All terminal checks
(Reference DFRW130). good.
GO TO 8 .
A
S100 DELAY
NOT OK: No or low
LIGHT OFF voltage on terminal 30.
ROAD
SWITCH FIELD 1
FIELD 2 necessary.
GO TO 1 .
B
4 2
NOT OK: No or low
B
3 5 4 137 Repair circuit 137 as
4
necessary.
3 1
GO TO 1 .
2
137
050
168
168
B 30 86 85 ground on terminal 85.
1
30A
Repair circuit 050 (SPG)
as necessary.
86
87 85
5
F29
GO TO 1 .
30
87A
NOT OK: No or low

86
30
87A
87
Replace relay.
85
GO TO 1 .
K16
ROOF
FLOODS
RELAY
RXA0074774 –UN–04MAY04
A—Light Switch (S100)

B—Roof Flood Light Relay (K16)
F29—Roof Flood Light Fuse 240
15
–19– –2/2
67
8 Check Roof Flood NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (009999—), (Reference 240-25-046a OK: Battery voltage at
Lights and SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). each harness terminal A
Put Light Switch (S100) in FIELD 2 position. at each terminal B.
Replace lamp(s).
Disconnect harness from non-lighting Roof Flood Lights (E190) (4).
GO TO 1 .
Check for battery voltage at each harness socket terminal A.
NOT OK: No or low
Check for continuity to ground at each harness socket terminal B. voltage at any terminal A.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .

ground at any terminal B.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1293
Reference 240-15-008, Lights—Delay Position

Test
OURX908,0000446 –19–02AUG02–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will test lights and circuits activated when light switch (S100) is in DELAY position.
customer for resolution of unrelated codes.
– – –1/1
1 Check Delay Switch The DELAY position controls the egress lighting which is an option included with OK: Front Floods and
Position Egress CLIMATRAK™ (ATC). The DELAY position may not be on all tractors. Rear Fender Flood lamps
Lighting light and battery voltage
Put Light Switch (S100) in DELAY position and release. Switch should return to OFF at terminal 2 of 7 Pin for
position. Lights should come ON for 90 seconds. Check light operation against table 90 seconds.
and note which lights do not light.
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (NA) (Reference 240-25-042) and Combined progress.
Light, Turn and Hazard Switch Operation (Reference 240-25-041).
NOT OK: Light Switch
POSITION LIGHTS ACTIVATED—90 Seconds does not return to OFF
DELAY Front Floods (2) position. Replace switch
Rear Fender Floods (4) and retest.
240 Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet—
15 terminal 2 (Battery voltage) GO TO 2 .
68
NOT OK: No lights and
no or low voltage at
terminal 2.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Lights do not

shut off after 90 seconds.
GO TO 2 .
NOT OK: Some lights

come on. See Lights—
FIELD 1 Position Test
(Reference 240-15-006).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1294
2 Check Delay Timer • Disconnect Delay Timer (A100) from harness. OK: All Ok. Replace
• Check for battery voltage at terminal A1 of harness. Delay Timer.
• Hold Light Switch (S100) in DELAY position. Check for battery voltage at terminal
B1 of harness. GO TO 1 .
• Check for continuity to ground at terminal B2 of harness.
• Jumper between terminals A1 and C1 of harness. Field Lights should light. NOT OK: No or low
voltage at terminal A1.
NOTE: See SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a Repair circuit 062 as
Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a). necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

voltage at terminal B1
with Light Switch held in
DELAY position. Repair
GO TO 1 .

ground at terminal B2.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Field lights do

not light with jumper
between terminals A1 and
C1. Repair circuit 145 as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Lights do not

go OFF after 90 seconds.
Replace Delay Timer.
240
GO TO 1 .
15
– – –1/1
69
122106
PN=1295
Reference 240-15-009, Turn Signal Switch

Test (NA)
OURX908,0000447 –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure covers Testing the Turn Signal circuits.
The Turn Signal Switch operates the turn signals by sending a signal to the ICU. The ICU signals the CCU (via
CCD network) that a specific turn signal has been commanded. The CCU then activates the appropriate relay (K8-
right turn relay or K9-left turn relay).
– – –1/1
1 Identify Condition NOTE: Steps one through five cover components common to both left and right turn OK: All lamps work.
signals. Step six and beyond isolates the problem to the left or right turn signal circuit. Return to diagnosis in
process.
Operate both left and right turn signals.
NOT OK: Problems with
Identify which of the following condition exists: left and right turn signal
lamps not working.
• Problems with left and right turn signal lamps not working.
• Left side works, some or all of right does not. GO TO 2 .
• Right side works, some or all of left does not.
• Roof and Extremities work, left or right fender turn signals do not. NOT OK: Left side works,
some or all of right does
not.
240
15 GO TO 7 .
70
NOT OK: Right side
works, some or all of left
does not.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Tractors up

to —009999. . . .
Roof and Extremities

work, left or right fender
turn signals do not.
GO TO 11 .
NOT OK: Tractors from

010001—. . . .
Roof and Extremities

work, left or right fender
turn signals do not.
GO TO 13 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1296
2 Check Related If the Horn (B920), Dome Lamp (E100) and the Clock Radio (A240) do not work, OK: Fuse OK and battery
Functions check fuse F19. voltage on terminal A.
Check circuit 032 for short to ground from F19 terminal B to circuits 010, 050. GO TO 3 .
Check F19 terminal A for battery voltage from circuit 002 (B+). NOT OK: Replaced
fuse/repaired circuit.
See Radio, Dome Lamp, and Multi-Function Switch Circuits (SE4) (—009999),
(Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function GO TO 1 .
Switch Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045).
– – –1/1
3 Turn Signal Relay OK: Voltage present at

Voltage Check K9 87
both relays.
87A 87 85
LEFT 87A 30 102
86
85
TURN 86 102
GO TO 4 .
30
LAMPS 30 86
RELAY NOT OK: Replaced
K8 87 87A 87 85 fuse/repaired circuit.
RIGHT 87A 86 102
86
85
TURN 30 102 GO TO 1 .
30
30 86
LAMPS
RELAY
20A
F32 B 102
RXA0074779 –UN–11MAY04
F32—Left and Right Turn Lights Fuse

K8—Right Turn Lights Relay
K9—Left Turn Lights Relay
Remove relays K8 and K9 from the load center.

240
With Key Switch (S100) ON, check for battery voltage on terminals 30 and 86 of both 15
relay sockets. 71
If no voltage on any of the terminals, check fuse F32.
Turn Key Switch (S100) OFF and check circuit 102 for short to ground.
Check continuity of circuit 102 from F32 terminal B to K8 and K9 terminals 30 and 86.
Check for open circuit or high resistance for those terminals that do not have battery
voltage.
See SE5a Lighting Circuits (NA) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023a) or SE5a

Lighting Circuits (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053a).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1297
4 Steering Column X101 OK: Harness check OK.

Module Harness 16 WAY
Check GO TO 5 .
1 9
2 10 NOT OK: Repaired

3 11 circuit.
4 12
10A
5,7 032 032 B F19 GO TO 1 .
5 13 8 050
6 14
7 15
8 16
RXA0074780 –UN–11MAY04
F19—Turn Signal Fuse

X101—Steering Column Module Harness Connector
With Key Switch (S100) OFF, disconnect Steering Column Module harness from
chassis harness.
Turn Key Switch (S100) ON. Check for battery voltage on Steering Column Module
harness connector (X101) between terminals 7 & 8 and 5 & 8.
If no voltage, turn key switch OFF and check continuity of circuit 050 from terminal 8 to
SPG and circuit 032 from terminals 5 and 7 to fuse F19 terminal B.
(Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function
– – –1/1
5 Turn Signal Switch X101 OK: Continuity checks

Check 16 WAY S102 OK.
1 9 TURN
SIGNAL GO TO 6 .
240 2 10 SWITCH
7 032 NOT OK: Turn signal
15 3 11
72 switch not working.
4 12 3 149 Replace Steering Column
LEFT
TURN
OFF
RIGHT
TURN
5 13 4 151 Module.
6 14
GO TO 1 .
7 15
8 16
RXA0074781 –UN–11MAY04
S102—Turn Signal Switch

A101—Steering Column Module Connector
With Key Switch (S100) OFF and Steering Column Module (A101) harness
disconnected from chassis harness;
1. Place Turn Signal Switch (S102) in left turn position.

2. Check continuity between Steering Column Module (X101) terminals 3 and 7.
3. Place Turn Signal Switch (S102) in right turn position.
4. Check continuity between Steering Column Module (X101) terminals 4 and 7.
(Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1298
6 Components NOTE: Steps one through five cover components common to both left and right turn
Common to Left and signals. Steps seven and beyond isolate the problem into specific left and right turn
Right Turn Signal signal circuits.
Circuits
The only other components that affect both left and right are the ICU (A900), CCU
(A991) and the CCD Network.
For neither the left or right to work implies four things:
• There is a control unit problem.
S102
TURN
SIGNAL
SWITCH
RIGHT
TURN
OFF
LEFT
TURN
X900 X101
ICU 16 - WAY
1 12
1 9
2 13
3
2 10
14
4 15 3 11
149
151
5 16
16 149 149 3 4 12 3 149
6 17
17 151 151 4 4 151
7 18 5 13
8 19
6 14
9 20
7 15
10 21
11 22 8 16
RXA0074782 –UN–11MAY04

X900—ICU Harness Connector 240
15
• Both circuits from the Turn Signal Switch (S102) to the ICU (A900) are faulty. 73
circuits 149 and 151.
– – –1/3
122106
PN=1299
87 K9
87A LEFT
86
85
TURN
30
LAMPS
RELAY
86
87 85 X005 X005
CAB CHASSIS
30
87A
85
N N
W6
133
CAB
M M W8
L L CHASSIS
HARNESS K K HARNESS
J J
H H
133 J4 J3 141
141 J3 G G J4 133
F F
E E
D D
141
C C
133
141
85 B B
A A W2 W3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
L
86
85
M
N
87
P
30
R
87A
K8
86 RIGHT S
30 TURN T
87A
87
W
LAMPS X
85 Y
RELAY 123
X991-2
RXA0074783 –UN–11MAY04
K8—Right Turn Signal Relay

K9—Left Turn Signal Relay
W6—Cab Harness
240 X005—Cab to Chassis Connector
15 W991-2—CCU Harness Connector
74
• Both left and right turn circuits from the CCU (A991) to the turn relays (K8, K9) are
faulty. Perform Seven Step Procedure (see Reference 210-15-009) on circuits 133
and 141.
• CCD Network problem.
(Reference 240-25-005).
See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic

(010001—), (Reference 240-25-045).
See Lighting System Schematic (SE5a) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006a).
See SE5a Lighting System Schematic (NA) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046a).
See Radar, Central Control Unit Schematic (SE8) (—009999), (Reference

240-25-009).
See SE8 Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic, (010001—), (Reference

240-25-048).
See Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) (—009999), (Reference
240-25-010).
–19– –2/3
122106
PN=1300
See SE9 Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-up Panel (SUP) Schematic (010001— NOT OK: Exit this
), (Reference 240-25-049). diagnosis and resolve any
CCD related codes before
See Electronic Engine Control Unit Schematic (SE10), (Reference 240-25-011a). proceeding.
See Diagnostic/Program Connector-SE11, (Reference 240-25-012). NOT OK: Begin Left Turn
Signal portion of Test.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Begin Right

Turn Signal portion of
Test.
GO TO 7 .
NOT OK: Ccts 133, 141,

149 and 151 good.
control units one at a
time.

and perform Engine
Speed Sensor
Configuration. (See
Reference 245-CCU-001,
CCU Addresses).
Access ICU Address 08

and perform Field Cruise
Control Factor
Configuration. (See
Reference 245-ICU-001
ICU Addresses).
GO TO 1 .
240
15
–19– –3/3
75
122106
PN=1301
7 Turn Signal Switch to OK: No problems found.

ICU Check S102
TURN GO TO 8 .
SIGNAL
SWITCH NOT OK: Repaired
RIGHT
circuits.
TURN
OFF GO TO 1 .
LEFT
TURN
X900 X101
ICU 16 - WAY
1 12
1 9
2 13
3
2 10
14
4 15 3 11
149
151
5 16
16 149 149 3 4 12 3 149
6 17
17 151 151 4 4 151
7 18 5 13
8 19
6 14
9 20
7 15
10 21
11 22 8 16
RXA0074782 –UN–11MAY04

X900—ICU Harness Connector
For Left Turn, check circuit 149:
• for continuity from Steering Column Module harness connector terminal 3 to ICU
(A900) terminal 16.
• for short to ground.
For Right Turn, check circuit 151:
• for continuity from Steering Column Module harness connector terminal 4 to ICU
240 (A900) terminal 17.
15 • for short to ground.
76
(Reference 240-25-005).
See SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch Schematic

(010001—), (Reference 240-25-045).
See Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) (—009999),) Reference
240-25-010).
See SE9 Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-up Panel (SUP) Schematic (010001—
), (Reference 240-25-049).
See Electronic Engine Control Unit Schematic (SE10), (Reference 240-25-011a).
See Diagnostic/Program Connector-SE11, (Reference 240-25-012).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1302
8 CCU to Turn Signal 87 K9 OK: No problems found.

Relay Check 87A LEFT
86
85
TURN GO TO 9 .
30
LAMPS
RELAY NOT OK: Repaired
circuits.
86
87 85
X005 X005
CAB CHASSIS GO TO 1 .
30
87A
85
N N
W6
133
CAB
M M W8
L L CHASSIS
HARNESS K K HARNESS
J J
H H
133 J4 J3 141
141 J3 G G J4 133
F F
E E
D D
141
C C
133
141
85 B B
A A W2 W3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
L
86
85
M
N
87
P
30
R
87A
K8
86 RIGHT S
30 TURN T
87A
87
W
LAMPS X
85 Y
RELAY 123
X991-2
RXA0074783 –UN–11MAY04
K8—Right Turn Signal Relay

K9—Left Turn Signal Relay
W6—Cab Harness
X005—Cab to Chassis Connector
W991-2—CCU Harness Connector 240
15
For Left Turn, check circuit 133; 77
• for continuity from CCU X991-2 terminal W2 to Left Turn Relay (K9) terminal 85.
• for short to voltage source.
For Right Turn, check circuit 141;
• for continuity from CCU X991-2 terminal W3 to Right Turn Relay (K8) terminal 85.
• for short to voltage source.
NOTE: The CCU is grounding relays K8 & K9 and not providing a voltage to energize.
That voltage comes from circuit 102. This is why a check for short to voltage source is
called for.
See Radar, Central Control Unit Schematic (SE8) (—009999), (Reference

240-25-009).
See SE8 Central Control Unit (CCU) Schematic, (010001—), (Reference

240-25-048).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1303
9 Turn Signal Relay For Left Turn, remove K9. Place jumper across terminals 30 and 87 of relay socket OK: Lamps light. Replace
Check K9. The left side Roof Hazard/Turn and Extremity Lamps should light. bad relay.
The Fender Turn Lamp should not. If it does, there is a short to ground on circuit 154 GO TO 1 .
or relay K10 is bad.
NOT OK: Lamps do not
For Right Turn, remove K8. Place jumper across terminals 30 and 87 of relay socket light.
K8. The right side Roof Hazard/Turn and Extremity Lamps should light.
GO TO 10 .
The Fender Turn Lamp should not. If it does, there is a short to ground on circuit 154
or relay K10 is bad.
– – –1/1
10 Turn Lamp Circuit Check the following circuits for Opens, High Resistance and shorts to ground. OK: No problems found.
Check
For Left Turn; GO TO 1 .
Circuit 125 from K9 relay socket terminal 87 to: NOT OK: Repaired
circuits.
• Left Fender Turn Lamp (E140)
• Left Roof Turn/Hazard Lamp (E141) GO TO 1 .
• Left Extremity Lamp (E142)
• Left Turn Indicator (H101)
• Trailer Lighting/Accessory Outlet (X130) terminal 3
For Right Turn;

240
15 Circuit 115 from K8 relay socket terminal 87 to:
78
• Right Fender Turn Lamp (E139)
• Right Roof Turn/Hazard Lamp (E138)
• Right Extremity Lamp (E137)
• Right Turn Indicator (H100)
• Trailer Lighting/Accessory Outlet (X130) terminal 5
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1304
11 Fender Turn Lamp OK: No problems found.

Relay Check
X005 X005 GO TO 12 .
CAB CHASSIS
NOT OK: Repaired
circuits.
N N
M M
L L GO TO 1 .
F32 K K
B 102 154 M5 J J
20A A 002 H H
G G
F F
E E
010
102
154
D D
W2 87 86 30 C C
B B
A A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
86
87 85
M5
30
154
87A
86
30
87A
87
85
K10 (-009999)
154
154
FENDER
E131 D D E130
TURN LEFT
LAMPS RIGHT
D B D B (TAIL)
RELAY (TAIL)
E139 C A C A E140
K19 (010001-) (TURN)
FENDER (TURN)
LAMPS
TURN LAMPS
LAMPS
RELAY
RXA0074788 –UN–04MAY04
E130/E140—Left Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector

E131/E139—Right Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector
F32—Left and Right Turn Signal Fuse 240
K10—Turn Signal Relay (—009999) 15
K19—Turn Signal Relay (010001—) 79
W2—Chassis Ground
X005—Cab to Chassis Harness Connector
Remove Fender Turn Lamp Relay (K10 —009999 or K19 010001—) from load
center.With Key Switch (S001) OFF, check for 12 volts on terminal 86 of K10/K19
relay socket (circuit 102).
Check for continuity and high resistance from K10/K19 socket terminal 30 to both
Fender Turn Lamps (E139, E140) terminal B.
Check relay socket terminal 87 for good ground (circuit 010).

– – –1/1
122106
PN=1305
12 Circuit 143 Check OK: No circuit problems

found. Replace and
X005 X005 calibrate CCU (A991).
CAB CHASSIS
and perform Engine
N N
M M Speed Sensor
L L Configuration. (See
K K Reference 245-CCU-001,
J J CCU Addresses).
H H
143 J2 G G J2 143
F F GO TO 1 .
E E
143
D D NOT OK: Repaired

85 C C
B B
circuits.
143
A A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GO TO 1 .
86
87 85
W1
L
30
M
87A
N
P
86 R
30 X991-2
87A
87
SE8
S
85 T
W
K10 (-009999) X
Y
FENDER 123
TURN
LAMPS
RELAY
K19 (010001-)
FENDER
TURN
LAMPS
RELAY
RXA0074789 –UN–04MAY04
K10—Turn Signal Relay (—009999)

K19—Turn Signal Relay (010001—)
240 X005—Cab to Chassis Harness Connector
15 X991-2—CCU Harness Connector
80
With Key Switch OFF, check circuit 143 for continuity and high resistance from K10 (—
009999) or K19 (010001—) socket terminal 85 to CCU X991-2 terminal W1.
Also check this circuit for a short to voltage. This would prevent K10/K19 from working.
See CCU Wiring Diagram (SE8) (—009999), (Reference 245-CCU-300).
See CCU Circuit Wiring Diagram (SE8) (010001—), (Reference 245-CCU-300b).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1306
13 Fender Turn Lamp OK: No problems found.

Relay Check
X005 X005 GO TO 12 .
CAB CHASSIS
NOT OK: Repaired
circuits.
N N
M M
L L GO TO 1 .
F32 K K
B 102 154 M5 J J
20A A 002 H H
G G
F F
E E
010
102
154
D D
W2 87 86 30 C C
B B
A A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
86
87 85
M5
30
154
87A
86
30
87A
87
85
K10 (-009999)
154
154
FENDER
E131 D D E130
TURN LEFT
LAMPS RIGHT
D B D B (TAIL)
RELAY (TAIL)
E139 C A C A E140
K19 (010001-) (TURN)
FENDER (TURN)
LAMPS
TURN LAMPS
LAMPS
RELAY
RXA0074788 –UN–04MAY04
E130/E140—Left Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector

E131/E139—Right Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector
F32—Left and Right Turn Signal Fuse 240
K10—Turn Signal Relay (—009999) 15
K19—Turn Signal Relay (010001—) 81
W2—Chassis Ground
Remove Fender Turn Lamp Relay (K10 —009999 or K19 010001—)) from load center.
With Key Switch (S001) OFF, check for 12 volts on terminal 86 of K10/K19 relay
socket (circuit 102).
Check for continuity and high resistance from K10/K19 socket terminal 30 to both
Fender Turn Lamps (E139, E140) terminal B.
Check relay socket terminal 87 for good ground (circuit 010).

– – –1/1
122106
PN=1307
Reference 240-15-010, Lights—Park Position,

(Eur)
OURX908,0000448 –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will Test the lights and circuits activated when the Road Light Switch is in the PARK
position.
– – –1/1
1 Road Light Switch Put Road Light Switch (S120) in PARK position. OK: All lights work.
Check (PARK Return to diagnosis in
position) Check light operation against table and note which lights do not light. progress.
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (Eur), (Reference 240-25-042). NOT OK: No console
lights.
PARK POSITION Console Lights
License Plate Light GO TO 2
Front Clearance Lights (2) (yellow)
Rear Tail Lights (2) (red) NOT OK: Left rear tail
7 Terminal connector, terminals 5 and 7 (left and light and/or right front
right tail lights) clearance lights does not
light and/or no battery
240 voltage at 7 pin connector
15 terminal 5.
82
GO TO 4
NOT OK: Right rear tail

light and/or left front
clearance lights and/or
license plate does not
light.
GO TO 6
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1308
2 Fuse F24 Check NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F24 good and
or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . battery voltage at terminal
B.
GO TO 3
S120 NOT OK: No or low

DELAY
LIGHT OFF voltage at terminal B.
SWITCH ROAD Repair circuit 158 from
FIELD 1
FIELD 2 F24 light switch (terminal 1) to
F24 (terminal B).
30A
B B A GO TO 1
134
158
2
4
3
B NOT OK: F24 open.
4
5
1 158 134 A A E101 Replace F24. F24 opens
1 010 B B RIGHT HAND repeatedly. Check circuit
3 CONSOLE LIGHTS 134 for shorts. Repair as
W2 necessary.
2
GO TO 1
1
RXA0074793 –UN–04MAY04
E101—Right Hand Console Lights

F24—Right Hand Console Light Fuse
S120—Road Light Switch
W2—Chassis Ground
Put Road Light Switch (S120) in PARK position.
Remove and inspect fuse F24. Check terminal B of F24 socket for battery voltage.
240
15
– – –1/1
83
122106
PN=1309
3 Console Light Check NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: Battery voltage at
or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . terminal A and continuity
Replace light(s).
GO TO 1
NOT OK: No or low

134 A A
E101 Repair circuit 134 as
010 B B
RIGHT HAND
CONSOLE LIGHTS necessary.
GO TO 1

as necessary.
RXA0074794 –UN–04MAY04
GO TO 1
E101—Right Hand Console Light Connector
1. Put Road Light Switch (S120) in PARK position.

2. Remove nonlighting console light(s).
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal A of light socket.
4. Check for continuity to ground at terminal B of light socket.
– – –1/1
4 Fuse F35 Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: F35 good and
SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). battery voltage at terminal
A.
240 GO TO 5 .
15 Remove and inspect fuse F35. Check terminal A of F35 socket for battery voltage.
light switch (terminal 1) to
F35 (terminal A) as
necessary.
GO TO 1
NOT OK: F35 open.

repeatedly. Check circuit
118 for shorts. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1310
5 Fuse F35 Lights NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or
Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b).
DELAY
OFF
ROAD
FIELD 1 F35
FIELD 2
20A N
M
A B L
B
118
158
K
2 J
4
B H
3
4
5 1 158 118 M1
G X005
F CAB
1
E
3 D
C
2 S120 B
LIGHT A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SWITCH
1
N
M
L
K
J
E161,E165,E163 H
LEFT TAIL LAMP/ G X005
LEFT TURN/ F CHASSIS
WARNING BRAKE E
D
C
B
A A
B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
M1
B
118
118
E135,E136
118
E161,E164 240
B RIGHT
HEADLIGHT 15
A B C D CLEARANCE 85
TURN/WARNING
A B C D 1 4
D B
2 5 X160
3 6 TRAILER
010
118
4 6
LIGHTING
ACCESSORY
118
010
OUTLET
1
118 5 6 2
7
010 3 5 3
4
RXA0074795 –UN–04MAY04
F35—Left Tail/Clearance Light Fuse

E135/E136/E161/E164—Right Headlight/Right Clearance/Right Turn Warning
Lamps
E161/E163/E165—Left Tail/Left Turn/Left Warning Brake Lamps
X160—7 Pin Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet

– – –1/2
122106
PN=1311
Left Rear Tail Light (E161) and Right Front Clearance Lights (E161) (2) should be ON OK: Battery voltage at
and terminal 5 of 7 Way Accessory Outlet (X160) should have battery voltage. terminal 5 and at each
lamp terminal and
Note which lights are not ON. continuity to ground at
each lamp. Replace
Check for battery voltage at terminal 5 of 7 Way Accessory Outlet and at terminal 4 of non-lighting lamps.
right front clearance light harness and terminal B of left rear light harness.
GO TO 1
Check for continuity to ground at terminal 6 of front harness and terminal D of rear
harness. NOT OK: No or low
voltage at terminal 4
(front) or B (rear) of
light(s) or terminal 5 of 7
Way Accessory Outlet.
necessary.
GO TO 1

ground at terminal 6
(front) or D (rear) of
light(s). Repair circuit 010
as necessary.
GO TO 1
–19– –2/2
6 Fuse F36 Check NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F36 good and
or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . battery voltage at terminal
A.
240 GO TO 7 .
15 Remove and inspect fuse F36. Check terminal A of F36 socket for battery voltage.
light switch (terminal 1) to
F36 (terminal A) as
necessary.
GO TO 1
NOT OK: F36 open.

repeatedly. check circuit
128 for shorts. Repair as
necessary.
GO TO 1
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1312
7 Fuse F36 Lights NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or
Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b).
DELAY
OFF
ROAD
FIELD 1 F36
FIELD 2
20A N
M
A B L
B
128
158
K
2 J
4
B H
3
4
5 1 158 128 M2
G X005
F CAB
1
E
3 D
C
2 S120 B
LIGHT A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SWITCH
1
N
M
L
K
J
E160,E164,E163 H
RIGHT TAIL LAMP/ G X005
RIGHT TURN/ F CHASSIS
WARNING BRAKE E
D
C
B
A A
B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E135,E136
B
E160,E165 M2
LEFT
128
128
HEADLIGHT
CLEARANCE
128
TURN/WARNING
240
B
15
A B C D 1 4 87
2 5
E162
3 6 LICENSE
PLATE
A B C D 4 6 LAMP
128
010
D B
X160
A B TRAILER
010
128
A B LIGHTING
ACCESSORY
010
128
OUTLET
1
128 7 6 2
7
010 3 5 3
4
RXA0074796 –UN–04MAY04
F36—Right Tail/Clearance Light Fuse

E135/E136/E160/E165—Left Headlight/Left Clearance/Left Turn Warning Lamps
E160/E163/E164—Right Tail/Right Turn/Right Warning Brake Lamps
X160—7 Pin Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1313
Right Rear Tail Light (E160), Left Front Clearance Lights (E160) (2), and the License OK: Battery voltage at
Plate Light (E162) should be ON. terminal 5 of each lamp
Note which lights are not ON. at terminal of each lamp.
Replace non-lighting
Check for battery voltage at terminal 4 left front clearance light harness, terminal B of lamps.
right rear light harness and terminal of license plate light harness.
GO TO 1
Check for continuity to ground at terminal 6 of front harness, terminal D of rear
harness and terminal B of license plate light harness. NOT OK: No or low
voltage at terminal 4
(front), B (rear) of light(s)
or terminal A of license
plate light. Repair circuit
128 as necessary.
GO TO 1

ground at terminal 6
(front), D (rear) of light(s)
or terminal B of license
plate. Repair circuit 010
as necessary.
GO TO 1
–19– –2/2
240
15
88
122106
PN=1314

Position, Low Beam, (Eur)
OURX908,0000449 –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will Test the lights and circuits activated when the Road Light Switch is in the ROAD
position-LOW Beam.
– – –1/1
1 Light Switch Check Put Road Light Switch (S120) in ROAD position, and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in low OK: All lights work.
(ROAD position) beam position. Return to diagnosis in
progress.
NOT OK: No LOW Beam
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (Eur), (Reference 240-25-042). Headlamps light.
ROAD POSITION Low Beam Headlights (2) GO TO 2 .

Console Lights
License Plate Light NOT OK: One LOW
Front Clearance Lights (2) (yellow) Beam Headlamp does not
Rear Tail Lights (2) (red) light.
7 Terminal connector, terminals 5 and 7 (left and
right tail lights) GO TO 3 . 240
15
NOTE: This procedure will only Test the Low Beam Light circuit. For problems with NOT OK: Lights other 89
other lights in this switch position See Lights—PARK Position, (Eur) Test, (Reference than LOW Beam Lights
240-15-010. do not light. GO TO—
Lights—PARK Position,
(Eur) Test, (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1315
2 Low Beam Relay NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016). OK: GO TO 3 .
Check
NOT OK: No or low
A voltage on terminal 30.
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: No or low

B
GO TO 4 .

necessary.
GO TO 1 .

at terminals 30 and 86
D and continuity to ground
85 at terminal 85, no voltage
30 at terminal 87. Replace
87A
87
relay.
C
86
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Put Road Light Switch (S120) in ROAD position, and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in
LOW beam position.
2. Remove Low Beam Relay (K11) from relay panel and install DFRW130 in K11
position.
240
15
90
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1316
3 LOW Beam Lamp NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Battery voltage at
Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (Eur) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). terminal C and continuity
Replace headlamp(s).
X005 X005

N N
M M ground at terminal A of
L L harness connector(s).
K K Repair circuit 010 as
J J
H H
necessary.
114 A6 A6 114
G G
F F GO TO 1 .
E E
D D
114
NOT OK: No battery

C C
87 B B
voltage at terminal C on
A A harness connector(s).
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Repair circuit 114.
86
87 85
GO TO 1 .
30
87A
86
30
87A
87
114
010
010
85
114
K11 2 6 6 2
LOW
BEAM
1 4 1 4
RELAY 2 5 2 5
3 6 3 6
E135,E136 E135,E136
E160,E165 E161,E164
LEFT RIGHT
HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
TURN/WARNING TURN/WARNING
RXA0074797 –UN–06MAY04 240
15
E135/E136/E160/E165—Left Headlight/Clearance/Turn/ Warning Lamps 91
E135/E136/E161/E164—Right Headlight/Clearance/Turn/ Warning Lamps
LOW beam position.
2. Disconnect HI/LO beam lamps (E135/E136) harness.
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal C and continuity to ground at terminal A of
harness connector.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1317
4 High Beam Relay NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016). OK: Battery voltage at
Check terminals 30 and 87A.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
A 002 BATT
30A
F42 B 163
NOT OK: Voltage at
terminal 30. NO voltage
at terminal 87A. Replace
163
Relay (K1).
30
GO TO 1 .
K1
86
87 85
HIGH NOT OK: No voltage at
BEAM terminal 30.
30
RELAY
87A
GO TO 6 .
86
30
87A
87
85
RXA0074798 –UN–06MAY04
F42—High/Low Beam Light Fuse

LOW beam position.
2. Remove High Beam Relay (K1) from relay panel and install DFRW130 in (K1)
position.
3. Install relay (K1) in DFRW130 and check terminals 30 and 87A for battery voltage.
240
15
– – –1/1
92
122106
PN=1318
5 Fuse F42 Check OK: Repair circuit 163 as

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
A 002 BATT
30A
F42 B 163
NOT OK: No or low
163
necessary.
30
GO TO 1 .
K1
86
87 85
HIGH NOT OK: F42 open.
BEAM Replace fuse. F42 opens
30
RELAY repeatedly. Check circuits
87A
86 Repair as necessary.
30
87A
87 GO TO 1 .
85
RXA0074798 –UN–06MAY04

Check terminal A of fuse socket for battery voltage.

– – –1/1
240
15
93
122106
PN=1319
6 Diode Block 1 Check S120 OK: Battery voltage at

LIGHT terminal 4 and V1 Tests
SWITCH good. Repair circuit 153
as necessary.
DELAY
OFF
ROAD GO TO 1 .
FIELD 1
FIELD 2
K11 NOT OK: No or low
LOW voltage at terminal 4.
B
BEAM Repair circuit 124 as
RELAY necessary.
4
2 V1 87A 87 85 86
B 4 5
3 30 GO TO 1 .
87A
5 153 86
87
4 3 124
1 30 86
85
3
NOT OK: V1 failed diode
Test. Replace V1.
2
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074799 –UN–06MAY04

V1—Diode Block 1
1. Remove Diode Block 1 (V1) from relay panel.

2. Check for battery voltage at terminal 4 of diode socket.
3. Perform diode Test between terminals 4 and 5 of V1.
reverse position.
240
15
– – –1/1
94
122106
PN=1320

Position, High Beam, (Eur)
OURX908,000044A –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will Test the lights and circuits activated when the Light Switch is in the ROAD position and
the HI/LO Beam Switch is in HIGH Beam position.
– – –1/1
1 Light Switch Check Put Road Light Switch (S120) in ROAD position, and HI/LO Beam Switch (S102) in OK: All lights work.
(ROAD position) HIGH beam position. Return to diagnosis in
progress.
NOT OK: High Beam
NOTE: See Road Light Switch Operation (Eur), (Reference 240-25-042). Headlamps do not light.
ROAD POSITION High Beam Headlights (2) GO TO 2 .

High Beam Indicator
Console Lights NOT OK: High Beam
License Plate Light Indicator does not light.
Front Clearance Lights (2) (yellow)
Rear Tail Lights (2) (red) GO TO 6 .
7 Terminal connector, terminals 5 and 7 (left and 240
right tail lights) NOT OK: One High 15
Beam Headlamp does not 95
NOTE: This procedure will only test the High Beam Lights (E135, E136) and High light.
Beam Indicator (H107). For problems with other lights in this switch position, See
Lights—PARK Position, (Eur), Test, (Reference 240-15-010). GO TO 4 .
NOT OK: Lights other

than HIGH Beam Lights
do not light. GO TO
Lights—PARK Position,
(Eur) Test, (See
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1321
2 Fuse F42 Check OK: GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: No or low

A 002 BATT
30A
F42 B 163
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
163
Replace fuse. F42 opens
K1 repeatedly. Check circuits
86
87 85
HIGH down stream for shorts.
BEAM Repair as necessary.
30
RELAY
87A
GO TO 1 .
86
87A 30
87
85
RXA0074798 –UN–06MAY04

Check terminal A of fuse socket for battery voltage.

– – –1/1
240
15
96
122106
PN=1322
3 High Beam Relay NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016). OK: GO TO 4 .
Check
NOT OK: No or low
A voltage on terminal 30.
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
B
NOT OK: No or low
GO TO 5 .

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
D NOT OK: Battery voltage

85 at terminals 30 and 86
30 and continuity to ground
87A
87
at terminal 85, no voltage
C
86 at terminal 87. Replace
relay.
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04 GO TO 1 .

B—DFRW130
HIGH beam position.
2. Remove High Beam Relay (K1) from relay panel and install DFRW130 in (K1)
position.
240
15
97
4. Install (K1) in DFRW130 and check terminal 87 for battery voltage.
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall (K1).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1323
4 HIGH Beam Lamp NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Battery voltage at
Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). terminal B and continuity
Replace headlamp(s).
X005 X005

N N
M M ground at terminal A of
L L harness connector(s).
J J
H H
necessary.
119 A7 A7 119
G G
F F GO TO 1 .
E E
D D
119
NOT OK: No battery

C C
87 B B
voltage at terminal B on
A A harness connector(s).
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Repair circuit 119 as
86
87 85
necessary.
30
GO TO 1 .
87A
86
30
87A
87
119
010
010
85
119
K1 3 6 6 3
HIGH
BEAM 1 4 1 4
RELAY 2 5 2 5
3 6 3 6
E135,E136 E135,E136
E160,E165 E161,E164
LEFT RIGHT
HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
TURN/WARNING TURN/WARNING
240 RXA0074800 –UN–06MAY04
15
98 E135/E136/E160/E165—Left Headlight/Clearance/Turn/ Warning Lamps
E135/E136/E161/E164—Right Headlight/Clearance/Turn/ Warning Lamps
K1—Low Beam Relay
HIGH beam position.
2. Disconnect HI/LO beam lamps (E135/E136) harness.
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal B and continuity to ground at terminal A of
harness connector.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1324
5 HI/LO Beam Switch NOTE: Radio, Dome Lamp, and Multi-Function Switch (SE4) (—009999), (See OK: Battery voltage at
Check Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch terminal 2 of cab harness
Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045). and continuity between
terminals 1 and 2 of A101
harness. Repair circuit
DELAY 113 as necessary.
OFF X101
ROAD
FIELD 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GO TO 1 .
FIELD 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 1 NOT OK: No or low

158
113
B
2
4 necessary.
B
3 5 1 158
4
GO TO 1 .
1
S120 3
LIGHT NOT OK: No continuity
113
SWITCH 2 between terminals 1 and
86
2 of X101 harness.
Replace Steering Column
1
K1 Module.
86
87 85
HIGH
BEAM
GO TO 1 .
30
5
RELAY
87A
86
30
87A
87 85
RXA0074801 –UN–06MAY04

HIGH beam position.
2. Disconnect Steering Column Module (A101) harness (X101).
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal 2 of cab harness connector.
4. Check for continuity between terminals 1 and 2 of A101 harness.
240
15
– – –1/1
99
6 High Beam Indicator NOTE: Radio, Dome Lamp, and Multi-Function Switch (SE4) (—009999), (See OK: Battery voltage and
Light Check Reference 240-25-005) or SE4a-SE4b Radio, Dome Lamp and Multi-Function Switch continuity to ground at
Schematic (010001—), (Reference 240-25-045). circuit board. Replace
H107 light.
HIGH beam position. GO TO 1 .
2. Remove High Beam Indicator (H107) light.
3. Check printed circuit board for battery voltage and continuity to ground. NOT OK: Low or no
voltage and/or continuity
to ground. Replace
Steering Column Module
(A101).
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1325

Position, (Eur)
OURX908,000044B –19–18AUG04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will test the lights and circuits activated when the Field Lights Switch is in the FLOOD 1
position.
– – –1/1
240
15
,100
122106
PN=1326
1 Field Light Switch Put Road Lights Switch (S120) in FIELD position, HI/LO beam switch in HIGH beam OK: All lights work.
Check (FLOOD 1 position and Field Light Switch in FLOOD 1 position. Return to diagnosis in
Position) progress.
Check lights operation against table and note which lights do not light.
NOT OK: Tractors up
NOTE: See Field Light Switch Operation (Eur) (Reference 240-25-043). to —009999. . . .
Field Switch, FLOOD 1 Position Left/Right Grill Flood Lights (2) Front Grill Flood Light(s)
Center Grill Spot Light (HI/LO Beam do not light.
Switch in HIGH Beam Position)
Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Lights (4) GO TO 2 .
Battery Voltage at Trailer Flood Light
Connector (X161) NOT OK: Tractors from
Battery Voltage at 7 Way Trailer Lighting 010001—. . . .
and Accessory Outlet (X160)
Console Lights Front Grill Flood Light(s)
License Plate Light do not light.
Front Roof Clearance Lights (2)
Rear Tail Lights (2) GO TO 17 .
Low Beam Head Lights (2) (HI/LO Beam
Switch in LOW beam position) NOT OK: Tractors up
High Beam Lights (2) (HI/LO Beam to —009999. . . .
Switch in HIGH beam position)
Center Grill Spot Light
NOTE: This procedure will only test Grill Flood Lights, Grill Spot Light, Left/Right Rear does not light.
Fender Flood Lights and Trailer Flood Light Connector and circuits. For problems with
other lights in this switch position, see tests for Road Light Switch. GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: Tractors from

010001—. . . .
Center Grill Spot Light

does not light.
GO TO 18 .
NOT OK: Left/Right

Fender Flood Light(s) do
not light.
240
15
GO TO 9 .
,101
NOT OK: No or low
battery voltage at Trailer
Flood Light Connector.
GO TO 12 .
NOT OK: Front Head

lights (High and Low
beam) do not light.
GO TO 15 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1327
2 Grill Flood Lights NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F29 good and
Fuse Check or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . battery voltage at terminal
A.
A 002 BATT
30A
F29 B 168 GO TO 3 .
W19
A BEACON NOT OK: No or low
168 A
B LIGHT voltage at terminal A.
HARNESS Repair circuit 002 as
168
necessary.
30
GO TO 1 .
K4
86
87 85
GRILL NOT OK: F29 open.
FLOODS Replace F29. F29 opens
30
RELAY repeatedly. Check circuits
87A
86
30 GO TO 1 .
87A
87
85
RXA0074802 –UN–06MAY04
F29—Front Floods and Roof Beacon Fuse

K4—Front Grill Flood Light Relay
W19—Beacon Light Harness
Remove and inspect fuse F29.
Check for battery voltage at terminal A of F29 socket.
– – –1/1
240
15
,102
122106
PN=1328
3 Grill Flood Lights NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016).
Relay Check
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Put Road Light Switch (S120) in FIELD position and Field Light Switch (S190) in
FLOOD 1 position.
2. Remove Grill Flood Light Relay (K4) from relay panel and install DFRW130 in K4
position.
240
15
,103
5. Remove DFRW130 from relay panel and reinstall K4 in panel.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1329
OK: All check good.
GO TO 4 .
F29 NOT OK: No or low

A 002
30A
B 168 117 A A S190 Repair circuit 168 as
145 B B FEILD LIGHT
137 C necessary.
C SWITCH
050
168
145
GO TO 1 .
85 30 86
NOT OK: No or low
K4 voltage on terminal 86.
86
87 85
GRILL Repair circuit 145 as
FLOODS necessary.
30
RELAY
87A
GO TO 1 .
86
30
87A

87

85
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074803 –UN–06MAY04

F29—Front Floods and Roof Beacon Fuse at terminals 30 and 86
K4—Front Grill Flood Light Relay and continuity to ground
S190—Field Light Switch at terminal 85, no battery
Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
240
15
–19– –2/2
,104
122106
PN=1330
4 Grill Flood Light NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: HID lights only. All
Lamp Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). checks good.
A110 GO TO 16 .
HID
BALLEST OK: Battery voltage at
E134 to ground at terminal A.
GRILL Replace lamp(s).
FLOOD
X005 LAMPS
(OPTIONAL)
CAB X005 GO TO 1 .
CHASSIS
A B
NOT OK: No or low
A B voltage at terminal B.
N N
138
010
M M Repair circuit 138 as
L L necessary.
K K
J J
H H GO TO 1 .
138 G7 G G G7 138
F F NOT OK: No continuity to
E E ground at terminal A.
D D
138
C Repair circuit 010 as
010
C
138
87 B B necessary.
A A A B
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A B GO TO 1 .
86
87 85
E134
30
87A
GRILL
FLOOD
86 LAMPS
30
87A
87
85
K4
GRILL
FLOODS
RELAY
RXA0074804 –UN–07MAY04
240
A110—HID Ballast 15
E134—Front Grill Flood Light ,105
K4—Front Grill Flood Light Relay
FLOOD 1 position.
2. Disconnect nonlighting front Grill Flood lamps (E134).
harness connectors.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1331
5 Grill Spot Light Fuse NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F27 good and
Check or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . battery voltage at terminal
A.
Remove and inspect Grill Spot Light fuse (F27).
GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: No or low
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F27 open.

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
,106
122106
PN=1332
6 Grill Spot Light Relay NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016).
Check
NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or
SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b).
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
1. Put Road Light Switch (S120) in FIELD position, HI/LO Beam Switch (S103) in
240
HIGH beam position and Field Light Switch (S190) in FLOOD 1 position.
15
,107
position.
3. Check DFRW130 terminals 30 and 86 for battery voltage.
4. Install K14 in DFRW130 and check continuity between terminals 85 and 86.
5. Ground terminal 85 and check for battery voltage at terminal 87.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1333
OK: Tractors up to —
S190 S190
FEILD LIGHT FEILD LIGHT 009999. . . .
SWITCH SWITCH
F27 F30 All checks good.
A B C A B C
30A 30A
B B GO TO 7 .
B A B A
145
145
002
002
142
139
OK: Tractors from
010001—. . . .
145
142
145
139
All checks good.
86 30 86 30
GO TO 19 .
86
86
87 85
87 85
NOT OK: No or low
30
30
Tractors up to (—
87A
87A
009999), repair circuit
86 86
142 as necessary.
30 30
87A
87A
Tractors from 010001—:
87
87
85 85
repair circuit 121 as
necessary.
K14 K14
GRILL SPOT GRILL SPOT GO TO 1 .
LIGHT RELAY LIGHT RELAY
(-009999) (010001-) NOT OK: No or low
RXA0074805 –UN–07MAY04 Repair circuit 145 as
necessary.
F27—Front Grill Spot Light Fuse (—009999)
F30—Front Grill Spot Light Fuse (010001—) GO TO 1 .
S190—Field Light Switch NOT OK: No continuity
between terminals 85 and
86. Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

240
15
87 when 85 is grounded.
,108
Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
122106
PN=1334
7 Grill Spot Light NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016).
Grounding Relay
Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
240
15
2. Remove Grill Spot Light Grounding Relay (K31) from relay panel and install
,109
DFRW130 in K31 position.
3. Check DFRW130 terminals 30 and 86 for battery voltage and terminals 85 and 87
for continuity to ground.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1335
X101 OK: All checks good.
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 113
GO TO 8 .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NOT OK: No or low

battery voltage on
050
050
113
164
164
113
85 87 86 30 85 86
164 as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
86
86
86
87 85
87 85
87 85
NOT OK: No or low
30
30
30
87A
87A
87A
battery voltage on
86 86 86
30 30 30 113 as necessary.
87A
87A
87A
87
87
87
85 85 85 GO TO 1 .
K31 K14 K1
SPOT LIGHT GRILL SPOT HIGH NOT OK: No continuity to
GROUNDING LIGHT RELAY BEAM ground on terminals 85
RELAY (-009999) RELAY and 87. Repair circuit 050
as necessary.
RXA0074806 –UN–07MAY04
GO TO 1 .
K14—Front Grill Spot Light Relay NOT OK: No or low
K31—Front Grill Spot Light Grounding Relay battery voltage on
X101—Steering Column Module Connector terminal 87. Replace
relay.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
240
15
,110
122106
PN=1336
8 Grill Spot Light Lamp NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: HID lights only. All
Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). checks good.
A110 GO TO 16 .
HID
BALLEST OK: Battery voltage at
E132 to ground at terminal A.
GRILL Replace lamp.
SPOT
X005 LIGHT
(OPTIONAL)
X005 GO TO 1 .
CAB
CHASSIS
A B
NOT OK: No or low
A B voltage at terminal B.
N N
131
010
M M
L L necessary.
K K
J J
H H
GO TO 1 .
131 G1 G G G1 131
F F NOT OK: No continuity to
E E ground at terminal A.
131
D D Repair circuit 010 as

87 C C
B necessary.
010
131
B
A A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B
GO TO 1 .
86
87 85
A B
30
87A
E132
86 GRILL
30 SPOT
87A
87
LIGHT
85
K14
GRILL SPOT
LIGHT RELAY
RXA0074807 –UN–07MAY04
A110—HID Ballast
E132—Front Grill Spot Light 240
K14—Front Grill Spot Light Relay 15
X005—Cab to Chassis Harness Connector ,111
2. Disconnect front Grill Spot lamp (E132).
harness connectors.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1337
9 Rear Fender Flood NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: Tractors up to —
Lights Fuse Check or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . 009999. . . .
Remove and inspect Rear Fender Flood Lights Fuse (F44). F44 good and battery
GO TO 10 .
OK: Tractors from

010001—. . . .
F44 good and battery

GO TO 20 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F44 open.

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
,112
122106
PN=1338
10 Rear Fender Flood NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016).
Lights Relay Check
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
FLOOD 1 position.
position.
240
15
,113
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1339
OK: All check good.

F44
30A GO TO 11 .
B A
NOT OK: No or low
002
107
necessary.
V1
6
GO TO 1 .
145
107
050
NOT OK: No or low
86 30 85 voltage on terminal 86.
necessary.
K7
86
87 85
REAR FENDER
GO TO 1 .
FLOODS RELAY
30
87A

86 ground on terminal 85.
87A
87
necessary.
85
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074808 –UN–07MAY04

F44—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Fuse at terminals 30 and 86
K7—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Relay and continuity to ground
V1—Diode Block 1 at terminal 85, no battery
Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
240
15
–19– –2/2
,114
122106
PN=1340
11 Rear Fender Flood NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Battery voltage at
Light Lamp Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). terminal A and continuity
X005 Replace lamp(s).
CAB X005
CHASSIS
GO TO 1 .
N N NOT OK: No or low

M M
L L
J J necessary.
H H
108 N1 G G N1 108 GO TO 1 .
F F
E E
D D NOT OK: No continuity to
108
C C ground at terminal B.
B B
87
A
A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 necessary.
86
87 85
GO TO 1 .
30
87A
E191 E191
86 RIGHT REAR LEFT REAR
30 FENDER FLOODS FENDER FLOODS
87A
87
85 B A A B B A A B
K7 B A A B B A A B
010
010
REAR FENDER
108
108
010
108
108
010
FLOODS RELAY
108
RXA0074809 –UN–07MAY04
E191—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Lights

K7—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Relay
1. Put Road Light Switch (S120) in FIELD position and Field Light Switch (S190) in 240
FLOOD 1 position. 15
2. Disconnect nonlighting rear fender flood lamps (E191). ,115
3. Check for battery voltage at terminal A and continuity to ground at terminal B of
harness connectors.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1341
12 Trailer Flood Light NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F31 good and
Connector Fuse or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . battery voltage at terminal
Check A.
Remove and inspect fuse Trailer Flood Light Connector Fuse (F31).
GO TO 10 .
NOT OK: No or low
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F31 open.

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
,116
122106
PN=1342
13 Trailer Flood Light NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016).
Connector Relay
Check
A
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
FLOOD 1 position.
2. Remove Trailer Flood Light Connector Relay (K5) from relay panel and install
240
15
,117
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1343
OK: All check good.

V1
6 GO TO 14 .
F31
A 002 NOT OK: No or low
30A
B 165 voltage on terminal 30.
necessary.
165
145
050
W2
30 86 85 GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low
86
87 85
30
necessary.
87A 86
GO TO 1 .
87A 30
87
85
K5 Repair circuit 050 as
TRAILER
necessary.
FLOOD
RELAY
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074810 –UN–01JUN04

F31—7 Pin Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet Fuse at terminals 30 and 86
K5—7 Pin Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet Relay and continuity to ground
V1—Diode Block 1 at terminal 85, no battery
W2—Chassis Ground voltage at terminal 87.
Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
240
15
–19– –2/2
,118
122106
PN=1344
14 Trailer Flood Light NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Battery voltage at
Connector Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). X161.
GO TO 1 .
X005
CAB X005
CHASSIS NOT OK: No or low
voltage at X161
N N
M
109 as necessary.
M
L
L X161
K K
IMPLEMENT GO TO 1 .
J J
H H FLOODS
109 A5 G G A5 109
F F
E E
D D
109
C C
B B
87 A A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
86
87 85
30
87A
86
30
87A
87
85
K5
TRAILER
FLOOD
RELAY
RXA0074811 –UN–01JUN04
K5—7 Pin Trailer Lighting and Accessory Outlet Relay

X161—Trailer Flood Light Connector
Check Trailer Flood Light Connector (X161) for battery voltage.

240
15
– – –1/1
,119
122106
PN=1345
15 Diode V2 Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Diode tests good
SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). and battery voltage on
terminal 1.
S120
LIGHT GO TO Lights—ROAD
SWITCH Position, LOW Beam,
(Eur) (See Reference
DELAY 240-15-011).
OFF
ROAD
FIELD 1
S190 NOT OK: No or low
FIELD 2 FEILD LIGHT
SWITCH voltage on terminal 1 of
B A B C as necessary.
A
4 GO TO 1 .
117
2 NOT OK: Diode V2 failed
3 B 1 2 test. Replace diode.
3 5 4 117 153
4
2 1 V2 GO TO 1 .
RXA0074812 –UN–01JUN04

S190—Field Light Switch
V2—Diode Block V2
Diode V2 is used to direct voltage to the headlights in both FLOOD 1 and FLOOD 2
switch positions.
Remove V2 from relay panel.
Put Road Light Switch (S120) in FIELD position and Field Light Switch (S190) in
240 FLOOD 1 position.
15
,120 Check for battery voltage on terminal 1 of diode socket.
Perform diode test on V2 between terminals 1 and 2. Reverse meter leads and retest.
reading should be between .3 to .7 voltage drop in one position and “OL” in the other.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1346
16 HID Bulb/Ballast OK: HID bulb lit. Replace

Check CAUTION: NEVER stare at HID lamps while in operation. Ultraviolet, bad ballast.
visible and infrared radiation is emitted from HID lights that can cause
eye and skin irritation. GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: HID bulb did

CAUTION: Wear safety glasses and gloves when working with HID lamps.
not light. Replace HID
Lamps are under pressure and can explode if damaged. Allow lamps to
bulb.
cool before removing.
GO TO 1 .
IMPORTANT: Gloves should be worn to prevent contamination to lamp that
could shorten its life. Use care to maintain proper polarity to ballast and light to
prevent damage.
NOTE: Before performing this test, check that ballast is for a 12V system. Ballast
should be labeled “XLD912”. If ballast is for 24V system, replace with correct 12V
ballast.
1. Road light switch and field light switch OFF.

2. Remove and disconnect nonlighting HID bulb from its ballast.
3. Remove and disconnect known good HID bulb from its ballast and connect
nonlighting HID bulb to this known good ballast.
4. Put Road Lights Switch (S120) in FIELD position, HI/LO beam switch in HIGH
beam position and Field Light Switch in FLOOD 1 position.
5. Does HID bulb light?
– – –1/1
17 Grill Flood Lights NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F41 good and
A.
Remove and inspect fuse F41.
GO TO 3 . 240
Check for battery voltage at terminal A of F41 socket. 15
NOT OK: No or low ,121
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F41 open.

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1347
18 Grill Spot Light Fuse NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F30 good and
Check or SE5b Lighting System Schematic (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-046b) . battery voltage at terminal
A.
Remove and inspect Grill Spot Light fuse (F30).
GO TO 6 .
NOT OK: No or low
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F30 open.

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
,122
122106
PN=1348
19 Grill Spot Light NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016).
Grounding Relay
Check NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
240
15
2. Remove Grill Spot Light Grounding Relay (K7) from relay panel and install
,123
3. Check DFRW130 terminals 30 and 86 for battery voltage and terminals 85 and 87
for continuity to ground.
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1349
X101 OK: All checks good.
GO TO 8 .
10
16
11
15
12
14
13
9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 NOT OK: No or low
113
battery voltage on
164 as necessary.
113
050
050
113
164
164
GO TO 1 .
85 87 86 30 85 86
NOT OK: No or low
K1 battery voltage on
K7 K14
86
86
87 85
87 85
86
87 85
HIGH
SPOT LIGHT GRILL SPOT
BEAM 113 as necessary.
GROUNDING LIGHT RELAY
30
30
30
RELAY
RELAY
87A
87A
87A
GO TO 1 .
86 86 86
30 30 NOT OK: No continuity to
87A
87A
30
87A
87
87
87
ground on terminals 85
85 85 85
and 87. Repair circuit 050
as necessary.
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074813 –UN–01JUN04
NOT OK: No or low

K1—High Beam Relay battery voltage on
K7—Front Grill Spot Light Grounding Relay terminal 87. Replace
K14—Front Grill Spot Light Relay relay.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
240
15
,124
122106
PN=1350
20 Rear Fender Flood NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, (Reference 210-15-016).
Lights Relay Check
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
FLOOD 1 position.
position.
240
15
,125
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1351
OK: All check good.

F44
30A
GO TO 11 .
B A NOT OK: No or low
002
107
V1 necessary.
6
GO TO 1 .
145
107
050
NOT OK: No or low
86 30 85 voltage on terminal 86.
K6 necessary.
86
87 85
REAR FENDER
FLOODS RELAY GO TO 1 .
30
87A

86
30
87A
87

85 necessary.
GO TO 1 .
RXA0074814 –UN–01JUN04

F44—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Fuse at terminals 30 and 86
K6—Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Light Relay and continuity to ground
V1—Diode Block V1 at terminal 85, no battery
Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
240
15
–19– –2/2
,126
122106
PN=1352

Position, (Eur)
OURX908,000044C –19–16AUG04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure will test the lights and circuits activated when the Field Lights Switch is in the FLOOD 2
position.
– – –1/1
1 Field Light Switch Put Road Lights Switch (S120) in FIELD position and Field Light Switch in FLOOD 2 OK: All lights work.
Check (FLOOD 2 position. Return to diagnosis in
Position) progress.
Check lights operation against table and note which lights do not light.
NOT OK: Tractors up
NOTE: See Field Light Switch Operation (Eur), (Reference 240-25-043). to —009999. . . .
Field Switch, FLOOD 2 Position Roof Flood Lights (Optional) Roof Flood Light(s) do
Left/Right Grill Flood Lights (2) not light.
Center Grill Spot Light (HI/LO Beam
Switch in HIGH Beam Position GO TO 2 .
Left/Right Rear Fender Flood Lights (4)
Battery Voltage at Trailer Flood Light NOT OK: Tractors from
Connector (X161) 010001—. . . .
Battery Voltage at 7 Way Trailer Lighting
and Accessory Outlet (X160) Roof Flood Light(s) do
Console Lights not light.
License Plate Light
Front Roof Clearance Lights (2) GO TO 5 .
Low Beam Head Lights (2) (HI/LO Beam
Switch in LOW beam position) 240
High Beam Lights (2) (HI/LO Beam 15
Switch in HIGH beam position) ,127
NOTE: This procedure will only test Roof Flood Lights and circuit. For problems with
other lights in this switch position see Lights—Flood 1 Position, (Eur) (Reference
240-15-013).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1353
2 Roof Flood Lights NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F30 good and
A.
FLOOD 2 position. GO TO 3 .
Remove and inspect fuse F30. NOT OK: No or low

Check for battery voltage at terminal A of F30 socket. Repair circuit 002 as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F30 open.

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
,128
122106
PN=1354
3 Roof Flood Lights NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, ( Reference 210-15-016).
Relay Check
D
85
30
87A
87
C
86
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04

B—DFRW130
FLOOD 2 position.
2. Remove Roof Flood Light Relay (K3) from relay panel and install DFRW130 in K3
position.
240
15
,129
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1355

S190
FEILD LIGHT
SWITCH F30 GO TO 4 .
30A
A B C NOT OK: No or low
B A voltage on terminal 30.
C
002
167
Repair circuit 167 Put
137
Road Light Switch (S120)
in FIELD position and
Field Light Switch (S190)
in FLOOD 2 position. as
W2 necessary.
137
167
050
86 30 85 GO TO 1 .
K3 NOT OK: No or low
86
87 85
ROOF voltage on terminal 86.
FLOODS Repair circuit 137 as
30
RELAY
necessary.
87A
86 GO TO 1 .
30
87A
87

85
RXA0074815 –UN–01JUN04
necessary.
F30—Roof Flood Light Fuse
K3—Roof Flood Light Relay
GO TO 1 .
S190—Field Light Switch
W2—Chassis Ground
at terminal 85, no battery
Replace relay.
GO TO 1 .
240
15
–19– –2/2
,130
122106
PN=1356
4 Roof Flood Lamps NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Battery voltage at
Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). terminal A and continuity
Replace lamp(s).
(OPTIONAL)
GO TO 1 .
B 010
X106
010 B B B
CAB HARNESS NOT OK: No or low
157 A A A
A 157 TO voltage at terminal A.
ROOF HARNESS Repair circuit 157 as
W2 E190 ROOF FLOODS
157
necessary.
87
GO TO 1 .
86
87 85
87A
necessary.
86
30 GO TO 1 .
87A
87
85
K3
ROOF
FLOODS
RELAY
RXA0074816 –UN–01JUN04
E190—Roof Flood Lights

W2—Chassis Ground
X106—Cab to Roof Harness Connector
FLOOD 2 position.
2. Disconnect nonlighting Roof Flood lamps (E190).
harness connectors.
240
15
– – –1/1
,131
5 Roof Flood Lights NOTE: See Lighting System Schematic (SE5b) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-006b) OK: F29 good and
A.
FLOOD 2 position. GO TO 6 .
Remove and inspect fuse F29. NOT OK: No or low

Check for battery voltage at terminal A of F29 socket. Repair circuit 002 as
necessary.
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: F29 open.

GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1357
6 Roof Flood Lights NOTE: See Relay Circuit Types, ( Reference 210-15-016). OK: All checks good.
Relay Check
GO TO 7 .
A
NOT OK: No or low
necessary.
B
GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: No or low

necessary.
GO TO 1 .

D necessary.
85
30 GO TO 1 .
87A
87
C
86 NOT OK: Battery voltage
RXA0074732 –UN–12MAY04 at terminal 85, no battery
A—Load Center/Relay Pane Replace relay.
B—DFRW130
C—Relay To Be Tested GO TO 1 .
FLOOD 2 position.
position.
240
15
,132
X106
CAB HARNESS
TO
K16 ROOF HARNESS
ROOF (OPTIONAL)
FLOODS W2
RELAY
86 87A 87 85 B B 010
010 B B
30
87A
147 A A A
87
87 147
A 147
85 30 86
E190 ROOF FLOODS
RXA0074817 –UN–12MAY04
E190—Roof Flood Lights

W2—Chassis Ground
X106—Cab to Roof Harness Connector
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1358
7 Roof Flood Lamps NOTE: See SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (—009999), (Reference 240-25-023b) or OK: Battery voltage at
Check SE5b Lighting Circuits (EUR) (010001—), (Reference 240-25-053b). terminal A and continuity
1. Put Road Light Switch (S120) in FIELD position and Field Light Switch (S190) in Replace lamp(s).
FLOOD 2 position.
2. Disconnect nonlighting Roof Flood lamps (E190). GO TO 1 .
harness connectors. NOT OK: No or low
necessary.
GO TO 1 .

necessary.
GO TO 1 .
– – –1/1
240
15
,133
122106
PN=1359
Reference 240-15-015, Seat Electrical Test

(Air Seat)
OURX949,00002B2 –19–20OCT04–1/1
Test Procedure
– – –1/1
1 Tractor Serial Number A change was made to the air seat Height Control Switch (S931) and OK: GO TO test
Compressor/Bleed Valve assembly (M930/Y930). Determine tractor serial number and procedure required.
perform appropriate test procedure.
• For tractors with articulating armrest before —020439, GO TO Seat Electrical

Test Procedure (—020439).
• For tractors with tilt-up armrest before —020458, GO TO Seat Electrical Test
Procedure (—020439).
• For tractors with articulating armrest after 020440, GO TO Seat Electrical Test
Procedure (020440—).
• For tractors with tilt-up armrest after 020459, GO TO Seat Electrical Test
Procedure (020440—).
– – –1/1
Seat Electrical Test Procedure (—020439)
NOTE: This procedure tests the air seat using an all electric seat height switch and a compressor/bleed valve
240 assembly.
15
,134 Tractors with articulating armrest after serial number 020440 or tilt-up armrest after serial number 020459 have an
electric raise/mechanical vent lower seat switch and have eliminated the bleed valve assembly.
NOTE: This procedure covers testing the seat electrical circuits. See SE2b Wiper and Seat Control Circuits, (See
Reference 240-25-020b) for additional information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1360
1 Check Fuse Circuits 1. Turn key switch (S001) to RUN position. OK: GO TO 2 .
2. Check for battery voltage at terminal “A” and “B” of fuses F18, F38 and F45. NOT OK: No voltage at
NOTE: Fuses do not have to be removed for this check. terminal “B” of fuse(S)
F18, F38 or F45. Replace
fuse.

terminal “A” of fuse(s)
002 as necessary and
progress.

terminal “A” of fuse F45.
necessary and return to
– – –1/1
240
15
,135
122106
PN=1361
2 Height Control Switch F45 OK: GO TO 3 .

and Circuit Check
20A
NOT OK: No or low
A voltage at terminal “B”.
Repair circuit 092 and
092
progress
092
NOT OK: Switch open in
A
one or both positions.
F E D
Replace switch and return
X930 A B C
SEAT HARNESS to diagnosis in progress.
TO
CAB HARNESS B C
A
F E D
S931 A
SEAT HEIGHT
092
CONTROL SWITCH
OFF
DOWN UP
092 B C C B 092
OFF B B
A A
RXA0074819 –UN–12MAY04
F45—Seat Compressor Motor and Bleeed Valve Fuse

S931—Seat Raise/Lower Switch
X930—Seat Harness to Cab Harness Connector
1. Remove Height Control Switch (S931) from the armrest.
2. Disconnect switch from harness.
3. Key switch (S001) ON. Test for battery voltage at terminal “B” of tractor harness.
4. Hold switch in the UP position and check for continuity between switch terminals
“A” and “B”.
240 5. Hold switch in the DOWN position and check for continuity between switch
15 terminals “C” and “B”.
,136
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1362
3 Compressor OK: GO TO 4 .
Motor/Bleed Valve CAUTION: USE JDG1424 Support Block to keep seat assembly from
Check lowering and causing injury. NOT OK: Compressor
Motor/Bleed Valve
IMPORTANT: Leaving power applied to the motor or solenoid for more than 30 Solenoid does not
seconds could cause damage. Only apply power long enough to determine if the operate. Repair or
motor or solenoid works. replace as necessary and
NOTE: See SE2b Wiper and Seat Control Circuits, (Reference 240-25-020b). progress.
See TM1782, Section 90, Group 15 for more information on servicing the seat
mechanical assembly.
B C
A D
A B C D
979
010
976
M 010
M930
COMP
MOTOR
RXA0074820 –UN–12MAY04
M930—Seat Compressor Motor Harness Connector
1. Disconnect Compressor Motor/Bleed Valve Solenoid harness connector.
2. Ground terminal “D” of the connector.
3. Briefly apply 12V power to terminal “C” of the connector. The compressor should
run and seat should rise. Motor should draw 14 Amps.
4. Ground terminal “B” of the connector.

240
5. Briefly apply 12V power to terminal “A” of the connector. The bleed valve should 15
vent and seat should lower. ,137
6. Reconnect Compressor Motor/Bleed Valve Solenoid harness connector and remove

JDG1424 support block.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1363
4 Circuit 976 and 979 OK: GO TO 5 .

Check S931 C
SEAT HEIGHT C 979 979 A NOT OK: Seat does not
B
CONTROL A 976 976 C M930 go up. Repair circuit 976
SWITCH A COMP as necessary and repeat
MOTOR step.
A D
B C NOT OK: Seat does not
D C C D
go down. Repair circuit
GND 010 E E B B E E 010 GND 010 D
F A A F 010 B repeat step.
W2 X930
SEAT HARNESS
TO
CAB HARNESS
RXA0074821 –UN–12MAY04

W2—Chassis Ground
1. Turn key switch to RUN position.
2. Cycle Height Control Switch UP. Seat should rise.
3. Cycle Height Control Switch DOWN. Seat should lower.
– – –1/1
5 Seat Harness Diode OK: Return to diagnosis

Check CAUTION: To prevent seat from lowering and causing injury use in progress.
tool before cycling seat. NOT OK: Replace as
240 necessary and return to
15 Check seat harness diode (V933) for a short by performing diode test on seat harness diagnosis in progress.
,138 connector terminals “A” and “E”. Reverse meter leads and retest. Reading should show
.3 to .7 voltage drop in one position and “OL” in the other.
– – –1/1
Seat Electrical Test Procedure (020440—)
NOTE: This procedure tests the air seat using an electric raise/mechanical vent lower seat switch and compressor
assembly.
Tractors with articulating armrest up to serial number 020439 or tilt-up armrest up to serial number 020458 have an
all electric seat height switch and a compressor/bleed valve assembly.
NOTE: This procedure covers testing the seat electrical circuits. See SE2b Wiper and Seat Control Circuits,
(Reference 240-25-020b) for additional information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1364
1 Check Fuse Circuits 1. Turn key switch (S001) to RUN position. OK: GO TO 2 .
2. Check for battery voltage at terminal “A” and “B” of fuses F18, F38 and F45. NOT OK: No voltage at
NOTE: Fuses do not have to be removed for this check. terminal “B” of fuse(S)
F18, F38 or F45. Replace
fuse.

terminal “A” of fuse(s)
progress.

terminal “A” of fuse F45.
necessary and return to
– – –1/1
2 Height Control Switch OK: GO TO 3 .

and Circuit Check F45
20A NOT OK: No or low
voltage on cct 092.
A Repair circuit 092 and
092
progress
092
A NOT OK: Seat does not

lower in DOWN position.
F E D
Check hose routing for
X930 A B C
SEAT HARNESS pinched hose. If none
S931 TO found, replace switch.
SEAT HEIGHT CAB HARNESS 240
A B C
CONTROL NOT OK: Switch open in 15
F E D
SWITCH UP position. Replace ,139
A
DOWN
switch and return to
092
OFF diagnosis in progress.

UP
092
RXA0074823 –UN–12MAY04
F45—Seat Compressor Motor

1. Hold switch in the DOWN position. Listen for air bleeding off from seat height
switch (S931). Seat should lower.
2. Remove height control switch (S931) from the armrest.
3. Disconnect switch from electrical harness.
4. Key switch (S001) ON. Test for battery voltage on cct 092 of tractor harness.
5. Hold switch in the UP position and check for continuity between switch terminals.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1365
3 Compressor Motor OK: GO TO 4 .

Check CAUTION: USE JDG1424 Support Block to keep seat assembly from
lowering and causing injury. NOT OK: Compressor
Motor does not operate.
IMPORTANT: Leaving power applied to thecompressor motor for more than 30 Repair or replace as
seconds could cause damage. Only apply power long enough to determine if the necessary and return to
compressor motor works. diagnosis in progress.
NOTE: See SE2b Wiper and Seat Control Circuits, (Reference 240-25-020b).
See TM1782, Section 90, Group 15 for more information on servicing the seat
mechanical assembly.
B C
A D
C D
976
010
M930
COMP
MOTOR
RXA0074824 –UN–12MAY04
1. Disconnect Compressor Motor harness connector.
2. Ground terminal “D” of the connector.
3. Briefly apply 12V power to terminal “C” of the connector. The compressor should
run and seat should rise. Motor should draw 14 Amps.
4. Reconnect Compressor Motor harness connector and remove JDG1424 support

240 block.
15
– – –1/1
,140
122106
PN=1366
4 Circuit 976 Check OK: GO TO 5 .
092
NOT OK: Seat does not
A go up. Repair circuit 976
S931 F E D as necessary and repeat
SEAT HEIGHT X930 A B C step.
CONTROL SEAT HARNESS
SWITCH TO
CAB HARNESS A B C
DOWN
F E D
OFF
A
UP
RED
WHITE
010
WHITE
RED
C D
A D
B C
B C
A D
C D
WHITE
RED
M
M930
COMP
MOTOR
RXA0077952 –UN–20OCT04

240
15
W2—Chassis Ground
,141
1. Turn key switch to RUN position.
2. Cycle Height Control Switch UP. Seat should rise.
– – –1/1
5 Seat Harness Diode OK: Return to diagnosis

Check CAUTION: Use JDG1424 Support Block to keep seat assembly from in progress.
lowering and causing injury.
NOT OK: Replace as
Check seat harness diode (V933) for a short by performing diode test on seat harness necessary and return to
connector terminals “A” and “E”. Reverse meter leads and retest. Reading should be diagnosis in progress.
between .3 to .7 voltage drop in one position and “OL” in the other.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1367
Reference 240-15-016, Compressor Circuit

Test (ACTIVE SEAT™)
ACTIVE SEATt is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX949,00002B3 –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
– – –1/1
1 Inspect Harness and Check the harness condition, connections, pin condition and component condition. OK: GO TO 2 .
Connections Refer to ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Circuits (SE2c) (See Reference 240-25-003c).
NOT OK: Repair or
replace as needed.
progress.
– – –1/1
240
15
,142
122106
PN=1368
2 K940 Relay Circuit OK: GO TO 3 .

X940
Check 30-WAY
ASU NOT OK: No ground, or
CONNECTOR high resistance, at
3 21
terminal 86. Repair
K ground wire as
J necessary.
H
G
F Return to diagnosis in
progress.
E NOT OK: No voltage on

D
C terminal 85 of relay
B socket. Repair circuit 978
A as necessary.
B2
978
progress.
BAT
X942
SEAT HARNESS NOT OK: No voltage on
202
socket. Repair circuits

1 4 4 1
2 5 5 2
092 and 202 as
A 3 6 6 3 5 978 necessary.
F45 978 5
B X943 X943 UPPER LOWER
CAB SEAT Return to diagnosis in
092
HARNESS HARNESS progress.

A F F A 87 K940
978 85
092 A A 092 092 30
87A SEAT
B E E B 30
010 E E 010 010 86 85 86 COMPRESSOR
C D D C RELAY
RXA0074827 –UN–11MAY04
F45—Seat Compressor Motor/Bleed Valve Fuse

K940—ACTIVE SEAT™ Relay
X940—ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Unit Connector
X942—Upper/Lower ACTIVE SEAT™ Harness
240
X943—Seat Harness to Cab Harness
15
,143
1. Check for continuity to ground from terminal 86 of K940 relay socket (less than 1.0
ohm).
2. With the key switch (S001) in RUN position, check for battery voltage on terminals
30 and 85 of relay socket.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1369
3 K940 Relay Check IMPORTANT: Leaving power applied to the compressor motor for more than 30 OK: Compressor runs,
seconds could result in damage to the motor. Only apply power long enough to replace relay and then ....
determine if motor works.
progress.
NOT OK: Compressor

K940 does not run with jumper
SEAT wire.
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
GO TO 4 .
978 85 87
092 30 87A
010 86
30
976 87 85 86
SPARE 87A
RXA0074828 –UN–11MAY04
K940—Seat Compressor Relay
With the key switch in RUN position, insert a jumper wire between terminals 30 and 87
of relay K940 and listen for seat compressor running.
– – –1/1
240
15
,144
122106
PN=1370
4 Vent/Compressor X940 OK: GO TO 5 .

Circuit Check 30-WAY
ASU NOT OK: No voltage at
CONNECTOR pin “C”. Repair circuit 976
A B C D E F G H J K as needed and then ....
3
2
progress.
C2
979
NOT OK: No ground or
high resistance at pin “D”.
Repair ground wire as
979
needed and then ....
6
3
1
2
LOWER progress.
X942
6
5
4
SEAT
6
5
4
HARNESS
UPPER
3
1
979 6 2
X943 X943
CAB SEAT
HARNESS HARNESS
87 K940
A F F A 87A SEAT
30 COMPRESSOR
B E E B E 010 976 87 85 86
010 E
RELAY
C D D C
010
979
010
976
D B A C
M940
A D COMPRESSOR
B C
Y940
BLEED VALVE
RXA0074830 –UN–11MAY04
K940—ACTIVE SEAT™ Relay

M940—Seat Compressor Motor
X940—ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Unit Connector
X942—Upper/Lower ACTIVE SEAT™ Harness 240
X943—Seat Harness to Cab Harness 15
Y940—Seat Bleed Valve ,145
1. Turn key switch to RUN and raise the seat with the raise/lower rocker switch.
2. Check pin “C” of the 4-way vent/compressor connector for voltage.
3. Check pin “D” of the 4-way vent/compressor connector for continuity to ground.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1371
5 Compressor Motor OK: Return to diagnosis

Test in progress.
NOT OK: Replace the
979
010
010
976
compressor motor and
A D BC then ....
M940
A D COMPRESSOR Return to diagnosis in
B C
Y940 progress.
BLEED VALVE
RXA0074836 –UN–11MAY04
M940/Y940—Seat Compressor Motor/Bleed Valve Connector
Check resistance across terminals “C” and “D” of the 4-way vent/compressor
connector.
Compressor Motor Resistance—Specification

Compressor Motor Resistance—
Resistance (Max.) .................................................................................................. 1 Ohm
– – –1/1
240
15
,146
122106
PN=1372
Reference 240-15-017, Off-Load Vent Circuit

Test (ACTIVE SEAT™)
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX949,00002B4 –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
– – –1/1
1 ASU Input Voltage K15 OK: GO TO 2 .

ELX
NOT OK: Voltage not
present at fuse F13.
072
X940 Repair circuit 072 as

30-WAY necessary and then ....
A
F13 ASU
B X944 X944 CONNECTOR Return to diagnosis in
CAB SEAT 3 21 progress.
HARNESS K
HARNESS
J NOT OK: Voltage not
H
A A G present at Pin B1. Repair
F circuit 542 as necessary
B B
542 A A 542 542 B1 and then ....
C C
E
D D
D
C progress.
B
A
RXA0074837 –UN–11MAY04
F13—ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Unit (ASU) Fuse 240

K15—ELX Relay 15
X940—ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Unit Connector ,147
X944—Cab to Seat Harness Connector
1. Turn the key switch (S001) to the “RUN” position.

2. Check for voltage at terminal “A” of fuse F13.
3. Check for voltage at terminal “B1” of ASU 30-way connector.
NOTE: Refer to ACTIVE SEAT™ Control Circuits (SE2c), (See Reference

240-25-003c) for additional information.
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1373
2 Vent Solenoid Check for continuity from pin “B” of the vent/compressor 4-way connector to ground. OK: GO TO 3 .
Ground Check
NOT OK: Repair ground
circuit as necessary and
then ....
progress.
– – –1/1
3 Vent Solenoid Check for voltage at pin “A” of the vent/compressor 4-way connector with the OK: GO TO 4 .
Voltage Check raise/lower switch in the lower position.
NOT OK: Voltage not
present.
GO TO 5 .
– – –1/1
4 Test Vent Solenoid Measure resistance across terminals “A” and “B” of the vent/compressor 4-way OK: Resistance in
Resistance connector. specification.
Vent Solenoid Resistance —Specification Return to diagnosis in

Vent Solenoid Resistance—Resistance .............................................................. 31 Ohms progress.
NOT OK: Resistance out

of specification. Replace
vent solenoid and ....
progress.
240
15
– – –1/1
,148
5 Circuit 979 Test Check pin “C2” of ASU connector X940 (30-way) for battery voltage with the OK: Voltage is present.
raise/lower switch in the lower position. Repair circuit 979.
progress.
NOT OK: Voltage is not

present.
Access ASU Address 09

and perform Seat Height
Control Switch Status
Test. (See Reference
245-ASU-001.)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1374
Reference 240-15-020, Display Units Power

Supply Test
OURX908,000044D –19–10JUN04–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: This procedure checks the power and ground circuits of each display unit. These include the Cornerpost
Display, Vehicle Monitor (ICU), SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) and Performance Monitor (PrF).
– – –1/1
1 Power Check Turn Key Switch (S100) ON. Observe Cornerpost Display, Vehicle Monitor (ICU), SCV OK: All display units
Set-Up Panel (SUP) and Performance Monitor (PrF), if equipped. functioning correctly.
Each display unit should go through a five second start-up check where all digital progress.
segments and lights appear. After this, each device should have its normal display.
NOT OK: No lights in any
Check the following list for the circumstances that match the observed condition on the of the listed devices.
tractor.
GO TO 2 .
• No lights in any of the listed devices.
• Cornerpost Display and/or Performance Monitor do not light. NOT OK: Cornerpost
• ICU and SUP will not light. Display and/or
• ICU will not light. Performance Monitor do
• SUP will not light. not light.
NOTE: The ICU, SUP and Cornerpost Display backlighting bulbs are replaceable. GO TO 3 .
NOT OK: ICU and SUP

will not light.
GO TO 4 .
240
NOT OK: ICU will not 15
light. ,149
GO TO 5 .
NOT OK: SUP will not

light.
GO TO 6 .
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1375
2 No Lights In Any Of M
The Listed Devices M001
BATTERY STARTER
MOTOR
F001
FUSE
LINK
A OFF
B AID
A OFF
ACCESSORY
DETENTS OFF
(ACC, OFF, RUN X007
RUN) START F18 CAB LOAD
002 002
CENTER
RUN 30A A 002
JUNCTION
1 B 012
2 (BAT) BLOCK
A B
002
4
(ELX)
6 1 2
(ST) 8 3 1,2 012 F18 86 30 86
002 30
4 112 112 86 30
87A
5 7 4
87
(IGN) 6 5 111 85
072 87 85 87 87A 85
3
(ACC) S001 K15
KEY
ELX
SWITCH
072
7 RELAY
(AID)
072
A
8 (GND) 86
NOT USED 86 20A
30
87A
87
SE7, F5, F6
050
111
85 SE8, F1, F10, F14

SE2, K25 SE9, F2
3 2 1 SE11, F16
AND
SE3, K28 SE12, F4
SE13, F7
SE14, F3
9 6 3 SE15, F8, F15
V1 2
DIODE 8 5
240
BLOCK 1 7 4 1
15
,150 RXA0074843 –UN–20MAY04
F001—Fusible Link
F18—Ignition Switch Fuse
K15—ELX Relay
M001—Starter Motor
S001—Key Switch
V1—Diode Block 1
X007—Cab Load Center Junction Block
1. Remove and check fuses F2 and F4 and turn Key Switch ON. Check for battery
voltage on terminal A of each fuse (circuit 072 to ELX relay K15, terminal 87).
Repair circuit or replace fuses.
2. With Key Switch ON and K15 removed from its socket, check for battery voltage on
terminal 86 of the relay socket (circuit 002 to Fuse Link, F001). Repair circuit or
replace Fuse Link (F001).
3. With Key Switch ON and K15 removed from its socket, check for battery voltage on
terminal 86 of the relay socket (circuit 112 to Key Switch (S001) terminal 4). Repair
circuit or replace Key Switch.
4. Check Fuse F18. Replace as necessary.
5. Check for continuity between F15 socket, terminal 85 to diode block No. 1 (V1),
terminal 1 (circuit 111).
6. Perform diode check on diode block No. 1 (V1) between terminals 1 (+) and 2 (-).
7. Check for continuity between diode block No. 1 (V1) terminal 2 and SPG (050).
– – –1/2
122106
PN=1376
8. If there was no voltage at fuses F2 and F4 but all other checks were OK, replace OK: Check for
relay K15. intermittent problems.
(See Tractor Schematic List, Reference 240-25-001). GO TO 1 .
NOT OK: Made

necessary repairs.
GO TO 1 .
–19– –2/2
3 Cornerpost Display X903 1 2 3 5 4 3 2 1 X904 OK: Check for

and/or Performance CORNER 4 5 6 10 9 8 7 6 PERFORMANCE intermittent problems.
Monitor Do Not Light POST MONITOR
DISPLAY (PrF) GO TO 1 .
3 6 10 5
(CPD)
982
050
982
050
982 NOT OK: Make
050 necessary repairs.
W20 GO TO 1 .
982
050
PERFORMANCE
3 6 MONITOR
HARNESS
X916B 4 5 6
PERFORMANCE
1 2 3
MONITOR
HARNESS 1 2 3
TO CAB
4 5 6
HARNESS
3 6 K15
982
050
ELX
RELAY
86 30 86
B 982
10A
F4 30
87A
240
87
A 072 072 87
85 87 87A 15
85
,151
RXA0074844 –UN–20MAY04
F4—Corner Post Display and Performance Monitor Fuse

K15—ELX Relay
W20—Performance Monitor Harness
X903—Corner Post Display Harness Connector
X904—Performance Monitor Harness Connector
X916B—Performance Monitor Harness to Cab Harness Connector
1. Check fuse F4. Replace as necessary.

2. Check circuit 982 from fuse F4 terminal B to Cornerpost Display connector (X903)
terminal 3 and to Performance Monitor connector (X904) terminal 10.
3. Check Circuit 050 from Cornerpost Display connector (X903) terminal 6 and
Performance Monitor connector (X904) terminal 5 to Single Point Ground.
(See Reference 240-25-013a, Corner Post Displays-SE12a).

– – –1/1
122106
PN=1377
4 ICU and SUP Will Not OK: Check for

Light 86 30 86 intermittent problems.
30 K15
87A
87
A 072 072 87 ELX
10A
F2 GO TO 1 .
B 972 85 87 87A 85 RELAY
NOT OK: Make
necessary repairs.
X900 GO TO 1 .
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
INSTRUMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 CONTROL
13 12
UNIT (ICU)
972
050
972
050
X902
3 6
SCV
SET-UP 1 2 3
PANEL (SUP) 4 5 6
RXA0074845 –UN–20MAY04
F2—Instrument Control Unit (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) Fuse
K15—ELX Relay
X900—Instrument Control Unit (ICU) Connector
X902—SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) Connector
1. Check fuse F2. Replace as necessary.

2. Check circuit 972 from fuse F2 terminal B to both ICU connector (X900) terminal 13
and SUP connector (X902) terminal 3.
3. Check Circuit 050 from ICU connector (X900) terminal 12 and SUP connector
(X902) terminal 6 to Single Point Ground.
See Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) (—009999), (Reference
240-25-010).
240
15 See SE9 Vehicle Monitor (ICU) and SCV Set-up Panel (SUP) Schematic (010001—
,152 ), (Reference 240-25-049).
See Electronic Engine Control Unit Schematic (SE10), (Reference 240-25-011a).
See Diagnostic/Program Connector-SE11, (Reference 240-25-012).
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1378
5 ICU Will Not Light OK: Check for

86 30 86 intermittent problems.
30 K15
87A
87
A 072 072 87 ELX
10A
F2 GO TO 1 .
B 972 85 87 87A 85 RELAY
NOT OK: Make
necessary repairs.
X900 GO TO 1 .
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
INSTRUMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 CONTROL
13 12
UNIT (ICU)
972
050
972
050
X902
3 6
SCV
SET-UP 1 2 3
PANEL (SUP) 4 5 6
RXA0074845 –UN–20MAY04
K15—ELX Relay
1. Check bulbs in ICU.

2. Check circuit 972 from fuse F2 terminal B to ICU connector (X900) terminal 13.
3. Check circuit 050 from ICU connector (X900) terminal 12 to Single Point Ground.
4. Replace ICU if all checks OK.
240
15
– – –1/1
,153
122106
PN=1379
6 SUP Will Not Light OK: Check for

86 30 86 intermittent problems.
30 K15
87A
87
A 072 072 87 ELX
10A
F2 GO TO 1 .
B 972 85 87 87A 85 RELAY
NOT OK: Make
necessary repairs.
X900 GO TO 1 .
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
INSTRUMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 CONTROL
13 12
UNIT (ICU)
972
050
972
050
X902
3 6
SCV
SET-UP 1 2 3
PANEL (SUP) 4 5 6
RXA0074845 –UN–20MAY04
K15—ELX Relay
1. Check bulbs in SUP.

2. Check circuit 972 from fuse F2 terminal B to SUP connector (X902) terminal 3.
3. Check circuit 050 from SUP connector (X902) terminal 6 to Single Point Ground.
4. Replace SUP if all checks OK.
240
15
– – –1/1
,154
Reference 240-15-021, Heated Seat Supply

Voltage and Ground Circuit Test
BB92646,000036C –19–20DEC06–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: Following tools will be required for proper diagnosis:
❒ JDG1478—Digital Multimeter
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1380
1 Preliminary Check 1. Place Key in RUN position (engine OFF). OK: GO TO 2

2. Locate and remove fuse F45 (20 A).
3. Visually inspect fuse to ensure it is intact. NOT OK: Low or no
4. Use a JDG1478 —Digital Multimeter to test for specified voltage on terminal ”A” of voltage on terminal ”A” of
fuse according to following specification: F45. Repair circuit 002 as
Battery Voltage—Specification necessary.
Supply Voltage—Key Switch in RUN
(engine off) ...................................................................................................... 12.5-14.5 V GO TO 2.
– – –1/1
2 Operational Check 1. Place Key in RUN position (engine OFF). OK: Indicator light comes
2. Depress Heated Seat Switch. on. Return to diagnosis in
3. Verify indicator light on switch comes on after activated. progress.

does not come on.
GO TO 3.
– – –1/1
240
15
,155
122106
PN=1381
3 Heated Seat Supply 1. Key switch (S001) OFF. OK: GO TO 4.

Voltage Check 2. Disconnect X946 Heated Seat Power to Controller Harness Interconnect (W941).
3. Use JDG1478—Digital Multimeter to check for battery voltage from X946 harness NOT OK: Repair circuit
terminal 1 (red wire) to tractor ground. 092 as necessary.
Battery Voltage—Specification GO TO 4.
(engine off) ...................................................................................................... 12.5-14.5 V
NOTE: Use a chassis ground point rather than ground circuit at connector to test for
supply voltage. This step of the procedure is only to test integrity of supply voltage
circuit.
X943B
X930B
D E F
C B A
X943
E A
X930
W944
W6
D E F F E D
092 A A RED
010 E E BLACK
C B A A B C
092
A
W2 2 1
2 1
F45
X946
RXA0091851 –UN–19DEC06
240 F45—Seat Compressor Motor/Bleed Valve (W6)

15 W2—Chassis Ground
,156 X930—Manual Seat to Cab Interconnect (Plug), Manual Seat to Cab Interconnect
(Receptacle) (Serial No. - 020439)
X930B—Heated Seat Power to Manual Seat Interconnect (Serial No. - 020439)
X943—Manual Seat to Cab Interconnect (Plug), Manual Seat to Cab Interconnect
(Receptacle) (Serial No. 020440 - )
X943B—Heated Seat Power to Manual Seat Interconnect (Serial No. 020440 - )
X946—Heated Seat Power to Controller Harness Interconnect (W941)
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1382
4 Heated Seat Ground 1. Disconnect X944 Heated Seat Power to Controller Harness Interconnect (SE10E) OK: All checks good.
Circuit Check (W941, W944).
2. Use JDG1478—Digital Multimeter to check for opens and high resistance of circuit Diagnosis complete.
010 from X944—terminal 2 (black wire) to chassis ground. Return to diagnosis in
progress.
X943B
X930B NOT OK: Repair circuit
010 as necessary.
Diagnosis complete.
D E F Return to diagnosis in
progress.
C B A
X943
E A
X930
W944
W6
D E F F E D
092 A A RED
010 E E BLACK
C B A A B C
092
A
W2 2 1
2 1
F45
X946
RXA0091851 –UN–19DEC06
F45—Seat Compressor Motor/Bleed Valve (W6)

W2—Chassis Ground
(Receptacle) (Serial No. - 020439)
(Receptacle) (Serial No. 020440 - )
X946—Heated Seat Power to Controller Harness Interconnect (W941) 240
15
– – –1/1
,157
Reference 240-15-022, Heated Seat Switch

Circuit Test
BB92646,000036E –19–20DEC06–1/1
Test Procedure
NOTE: following tools may be required for proper diagnosis:
❒ JDG1478—Digital multimeter
– – –1/1
122106
PN=1383
1 Access Component Access rear connectors on S943 Heated Seat Switch (W941). OK: GO TO 2.
To Be Tested
– – –1/1
2 Supply Voltage Check Use a JDG1478 —Digital Multimeter to test for supply voltage on the red wire
according to the specification below:
Heated Seat Switch—Specification

(engine off) ................................................................................................... 12.5—14.5 V
– – –1/3
240
15
,158
122106
PN=1384
NOTE: Use a chassis ground point rather than ground circuit at connector to test for
supply voltage. This step of procedure is only to test integrity of supply voltage circuit.
X943B
F45 X930 B
X906
A
092
2 1 D E F
6 5 4 3
10 9 8 7 C B A
923 13
F38 14 13 12 11
16 15
C D E A
092
923
010
292
A
W944
292
X943
X930
923 D
092 A
292 C D E F C 292
F E D
010 E D 923
C B A A B C A 092
E 010
W2
W941 1 2 2 010
RED 1
BLACK

9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 96-Diagnostic-TM1972

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 96-Diagnostic-TM1972

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

9120, 9220, 9320,

9420, 9520 and 9620

For complete service information also see:

John Deere Waterloo Works

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

Group 15—Tests and Adjustments

Group 05—Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-05-1

Group 10—General Specifications

Group 15—General References

This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn

Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm

Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

Prevent Acid Burns

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

1. Do not induce vomiting.

Chemicals used in agricultural applications such as

Reduce risk of exposure and injury:

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

Park Machine Safely

Before working on the machine:

• Lower all equipment to the ground.

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

When implements or attachments are used with a

Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

Work in Clean Area

Before starting a job:

• Clean work area and machine.

• Have the right parts on hand.

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,

Service Accumulator Systems Safely

Escaping fluid or gas from pressurized hydraulic

Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a

Replace Safety Signs

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the

Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe

Follow recommended procedure for removal and

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.